oEPA
           United States
           Environmental Protection
           Agency
           Hazardous Waste Engineering
           Research Laboratory
           Cincinnati OH 45268
EPA/600/9-87/018F
August 1987
            Research and Development
Proceedings:

Second International
Conference on New
Frontiers for Hazardous
Waste Management
    ."4

-------

-------
                                               EPA/600/9-87/018F
                      SECOND

             INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE

                        ON

   NEW FRONTIERS FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT





                   Proceedings

              September  27-30, 1987
             Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania
                  Sponsored by
Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
       Office of Research and Development
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                NUS Corporation
                 Pittsburgh, PA
          National Science Foundation
              Washington, D.C.
  American Academy of Environmental Engineers
                 Annapolis, MD
HAZARDOUS WASTE ENGINEERING RESEARCH LABORATORY
       OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
      U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
             CINCINNATI, OH  45268

-------
                                  NOTICE
     These Proceedings have been reviewed in accordance with the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency's peer and administrative review policies
and approved for presentation and publication.  Mention of trade names or
commercial products does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for
use.
                                     ii

-------
                                 FOREWARD

     The managing of hazardous waste has proved itself to be of vast world
concern.  Because of this, the United States Environmental  Protection
Agency (U.S. EPA) has developed a keen interest in working  with environ-
mental specialists from all nations.  We view face-to-face  conferences
with our peers from many lands to be the most effective method of learning
the problems and solutions so important to us all.  The papers and poster
presentations given at the sessions of this meeting will, we are certain,
bring greater understanding of what we must accomplish to return this,  '
our earth, to as close to its primal being as possible. --At U.S. EPA we
feel if we, as world citizens, fail in this mission we will leave a re--
minder, for future generations, of our dereliction as they  suffer the con-
sequences.  We must not fail and so we come to this international gather-
ing to learn from the work being done in other lands and to share our own
findings.

     As one of your hosts, at the Second International Conference on New
Frontiers of Hazardous Waste Management, U.S. EPA's Hazardous Waste Engi-
neering Research Laboratory assists in providing an authoritative and de-
fensible engineering basis for assessing and solving the problems posed
by hazardous waste in the environment.  Its products support the policies,
programs, and regulations of U.S. EPA, the permitting and other responsi-
bilities of State and local governments, and the needs of both large and
small businesses in handling their wastes responsibly and economically.

     These Proceedings present the papers and poster presentation ab-
stracts from this Second International Conference.  U.S. EPA, NUS Corpor-
ration, National Science Foundation, and Academy of Environmental Engi-
neers have cosponsored this conference in order to summarize important
new technological developments and concepts with broad international
application.

                                          Thomas R. Hauser
                                              Director
                          Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory

-------
                                 ABSTRACT
     The International Conference on New Frontiers for Hazardous Waste
Management was held in Pittsburgh. Pennsylvania. September 27-30, 1987.
The purpose of this conference was to examine the state of technology for
the disposal of hazardous waste.  Emphasis was placed on the presentation
of papers and posters that summarized important new technological devel-
opments and concepts with broad international application.

     Sessions were held in the areas of :  (1) Thermal Destruction, (2)
Physical/Chemical Treatment, (3) Biological Treatment, (4) Land Disposal,
(5) Solidification, (6) Recycle/Reuse.

     These Proceedings are a compilation of the speaker's papers, or ab-
stracts of some, plus scripts of the poster presentations.  Where material
for the entire work of a presenter was not available for primary publica-
tion, copies of the full paper may be obtained in the Conference lobby or
later, by contacting  NUS Corporation at their Pittsurgh address.

     An addition to the 1987 Proceedings is a topical index located at the
back of the book, starting on Page 581.  We hope you find it useful.

     This Conference, as its predecessor, was sponsored by the United
States Environmental  Protection Agency, NUS Corporation, National Science
Foundation, and American Academy of Environmental Engineers.
                                     IV

-------
                             ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

                             Organizing Board
Allen Cywin
NUS Corporation
Arlington, Virginia
William C. Anderson
American Academy of
Environmental Engineers
Annapolis, Maryland
                      Ronald D. Hill
                      U.S. Environmental Protection
                      Agency
                      Cincinnati, Ohio

                      Clyde J. Dial
                      U.S. Environmental Protection
                      Agency
                      Cincinnati, Ohio
                            Dr. K.T. Thirumalai
                        National Science Foundation
                              Washington, D.C.
Debra M. Wroblewski
Co-Director
NUS Corporation
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
James Z. Alleman
Purdue University

Gary F. Bennett, Ph.D
The University of Toledo

Arthur Bomberger
NUS Corporation

Donald R. Brenneman
NUS Corporation

Asher Brenner
University of Notre Dame

Alexander H. Danzberger

Robert Fell man
Ebasco Services, Inc.

Brian P. Flynn
ERM- Southwest

Scott C. Fredericks
U.S. EPA

Eugene A. Glysson, Ph.D.
University of Michigan
                            Organizing Committee
                      Lynne M. Casper
                      Co-Di rector
                      NUS Corporation
                      Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
Peer Review Committee

Michael D. La Grega
Bucknell University

Jack Lindsay
U.S. EPA

Richard Godfrey Luthy
Carnegie Mellon University
                             William B. Schmidt
                             U.S. Department of
                             Interior

                             Norbert B. Schomaker
                             U.S. EPA
                             Randy Seeker
                             U.S. EPA
Tapan Muhkerjee
National Science Foundation  William Shively
                             CH2M Hill
Tommy E. Myers
USAE Waterways Experiment
Station
                             Gerald H. Teletzke, Ph.D,
                             GHT Associates
Ronald D. Neufeld, Ph.D.
University of Pittsburgh

E. Timothy Oppelt
U.S. EPA
                             J.C. Touhill
                             Baker/TSA, Inc.

                             Thomas Voltaggio
                             U.S. EPA
Frederick G. Pohland, Ph.D.  Carlton Wiles
Georgia Institute of
Techno! ogy

F. Michael Saunders, Ph.D.
Georgia Institute of
Technology
                             U.S. EPA

-------

-------
                                    CONTENTS
Notice 	 i i
Foreward 	t	 i i i
Abstract	 i v
Acknowl edgements	 v


Paper Number (The index, at the back of this volume, will  refer to the individual
              Paper Numbers indicated below for each paper presented.)

                        SESSION 1 - THERMAL DESTRUCTION

 1.  Nonsteady-state Testing of Industrial Boilers Burning Hazardous
     Wastes
          Carlo Castaldini, Harold Lips, Ramsay Chang, Acurex Corporation;
          and Ivars Licis, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 	   1


 2.  Waste Destruction by Plasma Arc Pyrolysis
          Michael F. Joseph, Westinghouse Plasma Systems Canada Inc.;
          and Thomas G. Barton, Pyrolysis Systems Incorporated 	  11

 3.  Leaching Characteristics of Residual Ashes From the Incineration
     of Municipal Solid Waste
          Tracey L. Clapp, David S. Kosson, Robert C. Ahlert,
          Rutgers University, Department of Chemical and
          Biochemical  Engineering	  19

 4.  The Clean-up of Contaminated Soil  by Thermal Desorption
          JoAnn S.  Lighty, David W. Pershing, Chemical Engineering
          Department,  University of Utah; Vic A. Cundy,
          Frank R.  Groves, Jr., Departments of Mechanical  and Chemical
          Engineering, Louisiana State  University; and David G. Linz,
          Environment  and Safety Research, Gas Research Institute .........  29

 5.  High Temperature  Slagging Incineration of Hazardous Waste
          Rik Vanbrabant, and Norbert Van de Voorde, Waste Treatment
          Department,  Belgian Nuclear Research Center (SCK/CEN) 	  35

 6.  PCB Trial  Burn in a Modular, Movable Incinerator
          Prakash Acharya, ENSCO Environmental  Services (ENSCO) 	  43
                                      Vll

-------
                     SESSION 2 - PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL TREATMENT

  7.  Extractive Methods for Soil Decontamimation; Operational
,      Treatment Installations in the Netherlands
           J.W. Assink, Dutch Organization for Applied Scientific
           Research (TNO)	  55
  8.  Evaluating Elector-Kinetics as a Remedial Action Technique
           Jao-Jia Horng, Sunirmal Banerjee9 Department of Civil
           Engineering, University of Washington; and Jonathan G. :
           Herrmann, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	  65

  9.  Offsite Treatment of RCRA Hazardous Wastes - A Case Study
           Ronald J. Turner, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 	  79

 10.  The Destruction of Hazardous Organic Waste Materials Using
      the MODAR Oxidation Process
           Carl N. Staszak, Kenneth C. Malinowski, CECOS Inter-
           national, Inc.; and William R. Killilea, Kathleen C. Swallow,
           MODAR, Inc	  97

 11.  Remedial Action of Hydrocarbon Contamination in the Glacial
      Drift Deposit
           Jan Wilk and Wladyslaw Skalny, Development Center for Chemical
           Raw Materials in Cracov, Poland	 107

 12.  Prospects for Robotics in Hazardous Waste Management
           James F. Osborn, William W. Whittaker, and Syd Coppersmith,
           Field Robotics Center, The Robotics Institute, Carnegie
           Mellon University	.......*........	 119

                         SESSION 3 - BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT

 13.  Evaluation of an Engineered Biodegradation Land Treatment System
      for Soil Decontamination at a Wood Preserving Site
           Jaw K. Fu and John R. Smith, Keystone Environmental
           Resources, Inc	 129

 14.  Stimulation of Microbial Biodegradation in a Jet Fuel
      Contaminated Soil
           Raymond N. Yong and Diana Mourato, Geotechnical Research
           Centre, McGill University	 131

 15.  Biological Treatment of Hazardous Aqueous Wastes
           Edward J. Opatken, Hinton K. Howard, and James J. Bond,
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 	 148

 16.  Feasibility Study on Disposal of Oily Sludge in Kuwait
           Amin S. EINawawy, Fikry H. Ghobrial, and Abdelghani A. Elimam,
           Kuwait Institute for Scientific Research	 162

 17.  Treatment of Toxic Wastewaters by Powdered Activated Carbon
           John Meidl, ZIMPRO/PASSAVANT INC	...170
                                       vm

-------
                           SESSION 4 - LAND DISPOSAL

18.  The Attenuation of Landfill  Gas Odour Using Waste Materials
          J.R. Emberton, P.E. Scott, and C.G. Dent, Environmental
          Safety Centre, AERE Harwell ..................... ---- ... ......... 172

19.  Plastic Concrete Slurry Trench Cutoff Walls
          Jeffrey C. Evans, Bucknell University; Eric D. Stahl,
          R.H. Stahl & Sons, Inc.; and Eric Drooft, Sardone
          Construction Co .............................................. ••• 185

20.  Study of Transport of Concentrated Organics in the
     Unsaturated Zone
          Tissa H. Illangasekare, University of Colorado;
          and Danny D. Reible, Louisiana State University ................. 193

21.  Worldwide Perspective on the Disposal of Solid Wastes from
     Mining Operations
          Jacek S. Libicki, POLTEGOR ........................... . .......... 205

22.  Distribution of Flow Rates and Tracer Breakthrough Times in
     Field Soil
          Andrew S. Rogowski, USDA-ARS, Northeast Watershed Center .. ...... 219

                        SESSION 5 - BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT

23.  Stabilization of Enzymes Used to Degrade Pesticides
          Daniel R. Coleman, F. Reese Frazer, Douglas B. Rivers,
          Thomas R.  Tice, Thomas 0. Dappert, and David W. Mason,
          Southern Research Institute ..................................... 23l

24.  Plant Responses to Petrochemical Wastes
          Robert W. Duel! and Fred E. Katz, New Jersey Agricultural
          Experiment Station ..................................... ....... t. 237

25.  Stimulated In Situ Biodegradation of Aromatic Hydrocarbons
          Peter Geldner, Associate Consultant Engineer  ........ ............ 247

26.  Bacterial Treatment of PCB-Contaminated Soils:  Prospects for
     the Application of Recombinant  DNA Technology
          Ronald Unterman, frank J. Mondello, Michael J. Brennan,
          Ronald E.  Brooks, David P. Mobley, John B. McDermott,  and
          Charles C. Schwartz; General Electric, Corporate Research and .
          Devel opment  .................. . ........................ • • •
                                                                            259
27.  Screening Study for On-Site Biological  Remediation of Soils Con-
     taminated by Coal Conversion Residuals  and By-Products
          A. Brenner, R.L. Irvine, L.H. Ketchum, Jr., and C.F. Kulpa, Jr.,,
          University of Notre Dame; and J.P. Moreau, Niagra Mohawk
          Power Corporati on ...............................................  265

28.  White Rot Fungus Detoxification Research: Status and Directions
          John A. Glaser and Pasquale R. Sferra, U.S. Environmental
          Protection agency ............... . ...................... .........  277

-------
                       SESSION 6 - SOLIDIFICATION
 29.



 30.


 31.



 32.




 33.



 34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
 Ocean Disposal of Solidified/Stabilized Hazardous Wastes
      Paul L. Bishop and Kristine L. Mel chinger, Department of
      Civil Engineering,, University of New Hampshire ....... ... ........ 285

 Soluble Silicates in Solidification and Fixation Technology
      Jesse R. Conner, Conner Technologies ...................... . ..... 295

 In Situ Vitrification - an Innovative Thermal  Treatment Technology
      V.F. FitzPatrick, C.L. Timmerman, and J.L. Buelt, Pacific
      Northwest Laboratory ..... ...................... .....' ............ 305

 Characterization and Treatment of Wastes Comprised of  Hazardous,
 Radioactive Mixed,  and Rransuranic Fractions
      James T. Nelson and Richard A. Martineit, NUS Corporation;  and
      R.E. Helms, Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc.  .. ....... ....... 323

 A Method for Predicting Quality in Solidified  Hazardous Wastes
      C.6. Dent,  P.E. Rushbrook, and 6. Baldwin, Waste  Research
      Unit Harwell  Laboratory ........................ . ................ 331

 Interlaboratory  and  Intralaboratory Reproducibility of Results
 of an Investigation  of Test Methods for Solidified Waste  '
 Characterization
      J.  Stegeman,  Environment  Canada,  Conservation and
      Protection  Wastewater Technology  Centre ......... ..... ........... 341

                 ,  SESSION 7 - THERMAL DESTRUCTION

 The Generation of Hazardous  Waste  by MSW-Incineration  Calls
 for New  Concepts  in  Thermal  Waste  Treatment
      Paul'H.  Brunner and  Peter Baccini,  Swiss  Federal  Institute
      for  Water Resources  and Water Pollution Control ..... ...... ......  343

 Incineration  of  PCB's  in  France:   Decontamination  of Electrical
 Equipment  and Polluted  Sites
   ;  G. Millot,  PECSIE; and  Georges Milleret,  TREDI  ____ .... ........... 351

 Engineering Analysis of Metal  Emissions  from Thermal
 Destruction Devices
      R.G.  Barton, :W.D.  Clark,  W.R.  Seeker, Energy  and Environmental
      Research Corp.; and C.C.  Lee,  U.S.  Environmental Protection
     Agency ................................................ m ......... 359

Distillation of Leachates from Hazardous Waste  Landfills -
One Yearrof Experience
     Hans-Christian Steinmetzer, Bavarian EPA  ........................ 367

Pilot-Scale Incineration of a Dioxin-Containing Material
     Larry R. Waterland;  Robert W. Ross, II, Thomas H. Backhouse,
     Ralph H. Vocque, and Johannes W. Lee, Acurex Corporation; and
     Robert E. Mournighan, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ...... 375

-------
                    SESSION 8 - PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL TREATMENT

40.  Supercritical Fluid Extraction and Catalytic Oxidation of
     Toxic Organics from Soils
          Kerry M. Dooley1, Robert Gambrell2. and F. Carl Knopf1,
          Department of Chemical Engineering1, and Department of Marine
          Science2, Louisiana State University	 383

41.  EPA's Pilot Scale Treatability Studies for Hazardous Wastes
          Robert A. Olexsey and Douglas W. Grosse, U.S. Environmental
          Protection Agency	 399

42.  The Use of Air Stripping and Vapour Phase Adsorption Processes
     for the Removal of Volatile Organics from Contaminated Grounwater
          L. Simovic1, L.A. Lishman2, and S.A. Zaidi1; ^Environment Canada,
          and 2McMaster University	 409

43.  Chemical Destruction of Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans
          Charles J. Rogers and Alfred Kprnel; U.S. Environmental
          Protection Agency	...	419

44.  Supercritical Extraction of Contaminants from Water and Soil
     with Toxicological Validation
          T.'R. Irvin2, E.K. Stevens2, R.K. Roop1, and A. Akgerman1;
          ^-Department of Chemical Engineering, and 2 Department of,,.".   ,
          Veterinary Anatomy; Texas A&M University	 425

                              SESSION 9 - POSTERS

45.  Durability of Slurry Cut-Off Walls Around The Hazardous Waste Sites
          Raj P. Khera, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering,
          New Jersey Institute of Technology; Yuan H. Wu, Dames and Moore:
          M. Khalid Umer, Department of Civil Engineering, New Jersey
          Institute of Technology 	••••••	 433

46.  Assessment of Leachate Monitoring and Toxicity in Groundwater
     Around  Iowa Municipal Landfills
          Burton C. Kross, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering,
          and Department of Preventive Medicine and Environmental Health,
          University of Iowa	 441

47.  Leachate Synthesis for Clay and FML Compatibility Testing    ,
          Stephen S. Odojewski, Water Resource Associates, Inc.	 451

48.  Minimization of Waste Utilizing High Pressure Membrane Filter Presses
          C. Robert Steward, Schriver Filter  Presses/Eimco Process
          Equipment Company	 459

                           SESSION 10 - LAND  DISPOSAL

49.  Soil Standards for Hazardous Waste Disposal and Cleanup       ,
     in the  Netherlands
          F.B. DeWalle, University of Washington	 461

-------
50.  Land Treatment of an Oily Waste - Degradation,  Immobilization            ;
     and Bioaccumulation
          Raymond C. Loehr, The University of Texas; John H. Martin, Jr.,
          Cornell University; and Edward F. Neuhauser, Niagara Mohawk
          Power Corporation	 469

51.  The Use of Contaminated Material for the Creation of New
     Housing Land at Thamesmead, London
          George W. Lowe, London Scientific Services	 477

52.  Secure Landfill Design/Operation to Reduce Leachate and Closure
     Cost
          Randolph W. Rakoczynski, Waste Resource Associates, Inc.  ........ 485

53.  Safe, Zero-Migration Ultimate Disposal of Solid Hazardous
     Waste in Salt Caverns
          H.-J. Schneider, Kavernen Bau- und Betriebs-GMBH; and
          W. Bishop, PB-KBB Inc	;	 493

54.  In Situ Treatment Process for Removal of Volatile Hydrocarbons
     from Soils:  Results of Prototype Test
          Phillip N. La Mori and Michael Ridosh, Toxic Treatments
          (USA) Inc	 503

                           SESSION 11 - RECYCLE/REUSE

55.  The One-step Method for Recovery and Reuse of Waste Chromium
     from Electroplating Plants
          Yancey Chou, The Peoples Republic of China	 511

56.  Reuse of Waste Ferrous Sulphate
          Lucjan Pawlowski and Marek Kotowski, Department of Water
          and Wastewater Technology, Technical University of Lublin ....... 521

57.  Barium Recovery From Spent Hardening Salts
          Ryszard Szpadt and Marta Sebastian, Institute of Environment
          Protection engineering,  Technical University of Wroclaw  	 531

58.  Economic Evaluation of Source Reduction Projects
          David Butler, Carl Fromm, and Christopher Timm, Jacobs
          Engineering Group Inc	 539

59.  Minimization of Solvent Wastes from an Electronic Capacitor
     Manufacturing Process
          Harry M. Freeman, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency;
          James R. Teuscher, SFE Technologies, Inc.; Michael S. Callahan,
          and Carl H. Fromm, Jacobs Engineering Group, Inc	 547

                              SESSION 12 - POSTERS

60.  Selection of a Mobile Incineration System
          John C. Reed, Steven R. Strauss, and James D. Cobb,    j
          Illinois Environmental  Protection Agency	 555
                                      xn

-------
61.
62.
Tracing Contaminant Leaks Using Borehole Television
     Alan M. Jacobs, 6EOPROBE	
                                                                            561
The Effect of pH on 2,4-D Biodegradation
     G.L. Sinton, I.E. Erickson, and L.T. Fan, Department of
     Chemical Engineering, Kansas State University 	 573

INDEX	 581
                                  xm

-------

-------
   NONSTEADY-STATE TESTING OF INDUSTRIAL BOILERS BURNING HAZARDOUS WASTES

               Carlo Castaldlnl, Harold Lips, and Ramsay Chang
                             Acurex Corporation
                       Environmental Systems Division
                              485 Clyde Avenue
                                P.O. Box 7044
                      Mountain View, California  94039
                                     and
                                 Ivars Licis
                    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
               Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
                          26 West St. Clair Street
                           Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                                  ABSTRACT
     Results from several  field tests  of industrial boilers   burning  liquid
hazardous  waste have  indicated that  these devices  achieve   destruction  and
removal efficiency   (ORE) of principal organic hazardous   constituents  (POHC)
in excess of 99.99 percent when operating under typical   steady-state combus-
tion conditions.  Recent EPA-sponsored field tests  have focused on  the  effect
of  nonsteady-state  and transient  boiler operation   on DRE and  formation of
products  of incomplete combustion (PICs) from  decomposition,  recombination,
or partial oxidation of the parent POHC.  This paper  presents  test  results on
three industrial boilers cofiring liquid wastes spiked with hazardous organic
compounds.   The boilers  tested comprise  the major  watertuhe  design  types:
one gas- and  oil-fired packaged boiler, one field-erected gas-fired boiler,
and one coal-fired stoker.   Emission sampling  included  detailed evaluations
of volatile  and semivolatile organic  pollutants  in  the flue gas   for POHC,
DRE, and  PIC  determinations under  several steady   conditions  and induced
operational upsets.    In the case of the coal-fired stoker,   emission evalua-
tions also  included detailed  organic  and metal   analyses of  flue gas  and
flyash samples from  collection devices.
INTRODUCTION

     Cofiring of  combustible  hazard-
ous wastes with conventional fuels  in
industrial boilers   is  widely  prac-
ticed  in industry   as  an  economical
disposal method and  for energy recov-
ery.   The  Environmental   Protection
Agency  (EPA) Office  of  Solid Waste
and Emergency Response  has conducted
a  regulatory  impact  assessment  to
evaluate hazards  and  potential con-
trol  measures in preparation for rec-
ommending  a boiler  regulation.   To
support  this  regulatory assessment,
EPA's  Hazardous   Waste  Engineering

-------
 Research  Laboratory  and  Office  of
 Solid Waste  and  Emergency  Response
 conducted  a series  of  field tests,
 Sites A  through K,  to  evaluate the
 capability and limitations  of indus-
 trial  boilers  for  hazardous  waste
 thermal  destruction by  cofiring with
 conventional fuels (1).   While these
 tests showed  high  waste destruction
 (composite  weighted  ORE  of  99.998
 percent), the tests were conducted at
 nominally steady operating conditions
 and  did not  address  transient  and
 off-design operating conditions which
 may influence ORE.   To complete this
 evaluation,    information   was  then
 needed on  boiler  operational  limits
 yielding satisfactory  waste destruc-
 tion, and on the effects  of routine,
 nonsteady  operation  on  destruction
 performance.

 PURPOSE

      The overall   objective   of  this
 study was to quantify DREs   of POHCs
 for transients  and off-design operat-
 ing  conditions   during  cofiring  in
 industrial    boilers.   The study   was
 also  to provide  sufficient   ORE  data
 to   deduce   an   acceptable   operating
 window,   and  background  information
 for determining   regulatory   require-
 ments  for organic,  metal,   and chlo-
 ride  emissions   during   cofiring  of
 hazardous wastes.

 APPROACH

      Three watertube    boilers    were
 selected  for these  tests.   Table 1
 summarizes design  characteristics  and
 test  operating  conditions  for these
 boilers.

     Site L  is a  forced  draft Combus-
tion  Engineering  (CE)  package  water-
tube  boiler  with  a  maximum  rated
capacity of  13.9  kilograms per  second
 (kg/s)    (110,000 pounds   per    hour
 (lb/hr)) of  superheated  steam.  Natu-
ral  gas  and/or No. 6  oil  is  fired
 through  a single  dual  air register
 burner.   The  burner  is retrofitted
 with two steam atomized  liquid waste
 guns designed to fire  a distillation
 byproduct containing methylmetnacryl-
 ate (MMA).  The waste was spiked with
 CCl^ and monochlorobenzene in concen-
 trations ranging from 0.7 to 4.5 per-
 cent by  weight.   MMA  concentration
 varied  from   6 to   8.4 percent  by
 weight.  Spiked waste feedrate during
 tests  accounted for 7.3 to 56 percent
 of the total  heat input to  the boil-
 er.   This waste feedrate encompasses
 the range of typical   plant  operating
 practice  of 15 to 40 percent  of the
 total  heat input.  Boiler loads test-
 ed  were  as   low  as  25 percent  of
 capacity  which is lower  than normal
 operating practice for this  site.  In
 addition to tests performed   at high-
 and   low-steam  loads,   excess  air
 levels, and waste/fuel  ratios,  sever-
 al  other conditions  were: investigated
 including transients,  waste atomiza-
 tion upsets,  and sootblow cycles.

     Site M  is  a  field-erected  CE
 watertube boiler with a  rated  capac-
 ity of  44 kg/s  (350,000 lb/hr)  of
 superheated  steam.    The boiler  is
 equipped  with  four   gas  and/or oil-
 fired  CE R-type burners arranged in a
 square   pattern.   Combustion  air  is
 preheated   to   about   260°C   (500°F).
 Typically,  the  boiler  operates   at
 about   57  percent  capacity   using  a
 mixture  of  natural gas;, waste process
 gas, and  a  liquid  waste.  This  waste,
 fired with  the  lower   2 burners,  con-
 sists of  heavy  ends from  a   butanol/
 propanol   production  unit   combined
 with surface oil  from a   waste  reten-
 tion  pond.   During  the  tests, the
waste oil was spiked with CC14,  mono-
 chlorobenzene,  and    1,2,4-trichloro-
 benzene  in  varying    concentrations
 ranging  from   1  to  15' percent  by
weight.   The   boiler  was tested  at
nominal- and  low-steam   load  condi-
tions with various amounts  of excess

-------
           Table  1.   Boiler design  and operating  characteristics.
Boiler*
type and
capacity
Site kg/s
identification (103 lb/hr)
L FO-HT
1 burner
14 (110)







H FD-HT
4 burners
44 (350)







Primary
fuel
No. 6
oil


Natural
gas



Natural
gas







Waste fuel
POHCt, metals
TSB
CCla.MCB.HHA


TSB
CC14,HCB,HHA



Waste 611
CC14,MCB,





Operation
Haste/
primary
Steam load POHC fuel
kg/s concentration percent
(103 ih/hr) Percent 0? (percent) heat Input
3.4 to 7.8 2.5 to 7.9 2.8 to 7.5 7.3 to 34
(27 to 62)


3.2 to 9.6 1.2 to 7.5 0.7 to 8.4 8.8 to 56
(25 to 76)



16 to 25 1.2 to 10 1.0 to 15 20 to 30
(125 to 195)







Additional
variables
Load and Q?
transients;
waste flow
transients;
atoml zatl on;
sootblow
Load and 02
transients;
waste flow
transients;
atoml zatton;
sootblow
Waste
lightoff;
waste
Injection
location;
waste flow
transients;
atoml zatl on;
sootblow


Sampling
protocol
Continuous
monitors,
mlni-VOST,
periodic
full-VOST

Continuous
monitors,
mlni-VOST,
periodic
full-VOST

Continuous
monitors,
mlni-VOST,
periodic
full-VOST




                                           6.7 to 10   5 to 10
                                           5.4 to 12   5 to 6
            BD-MT    Stoker  Sludge      10 to 17
            Stoker    coal    TCE;1,2,4-TCB (80 to 135)
            19 (150)         Pb.Cr
                   Stoker  No. 2 oil    10 to 17
                   coal    TCE;1,2,4-TCB (80 to 135)
                         Pb.Cr
 *FD-WT = forced draft watertube; 8D*WT * balanced draft watertube.
 *TSB » third stage bottoms from production of methyl methacrylate (HMA); CC14
  TCE - trlchloroethylene; 1,2,4-TCB = 1,2,4-trichlorohenzene.
0 Norm-





an to 35 None


Continuous
monitors,
mtnl-VOST,
periodic
full-VOST.
EPA HM5,
Andersen,
ash
sampling
        carbon tetrachloride; MCB =• monochlorobenzene;
air.  Nonsteady and upset  test condi-
tions  were induced by   operating the
boiler  with  extreme   high  and  low
excess air and during wastefldw tran-
sients, waste lightoff,  waste atomiz-
ation cutoff, and sootblow cycles.   A
less favorable waste  injection loca-
tion  was  also  tested   by  switching
waste firing  to the upper  two burn-
ers.   This caused  very unstable com-
bustion   conditions  with  significant
smoke generation.

     Site N is a Riley  balanced-draft
spreader  stoker with a  rated capacity
of   19  kg/s  (150,000 Ib/hr)  of satu-
rated steam.   Figure  1 illustrates  a
side  view  of the  boiler  and flyash
control  devices.  The  boiler disposes
of  liquid sludge through two pressure
atomized  guns  located   opposite each
other  in   the furnace   side  wall  at
approximately 3 feet   (ft)   above the
grate.    The sludge,  consisting pri-
marily  of water (greater  than  (>) 90
percent),  was  spiked   with  various
quantities  of  trichloroethylene and
1,2,4-trichlorobenzene   for  a  total
sludge  concentration  of  5 to 10 per-
cent by  volume.    Lead and  chromium
salts   in water  solution  were  also
injected  to determine   the partition-
ing of  these metals  among  the  bottom
ash, dust collector  ash,  or baghouse
ash.    Boiler test   loads and   excess
air levels  spanned  the range   of the
plant  operating practice.  Excess air
in the furnace was  varied by changing
undergrate  and   overfire  airflows.
Similar  tests  were  also  performed

-------
                            FOID fan

                                 Legend -- sample location

              A  Baghouse Inlet flue gas    D Baghouse ash   G
              B  Baghouse outlet flue gas   E Bottom ash    OFA
              C  Mechanical separtor ash    F Coal         FDID
          Sludge
          Overflre air
          Forced draft induced draft
                Figure  I.   Site N -- site layout  (not  to scale);
with  distillate oil spiked   with tri-
chlorobenzene  and  trichloroethylene
to  determine  the  effect   of   waste
heating  value  on  POHC  destruction
effi ci ency.

      At Sites M and N, POHC  injection
pumps were  used to  spike   the  waste
streams.   This allowed better control
of  POHC  concentration  in   the  waste
and POHC  feedrate to the boiler.   The
sampling  and  analysis  protocol  con-
sisted  of the following:

•  Continuous flue gas monitoring  for
   02,  C02,   CO, NOX,  S02,   and  total
   unburned  hydrocarbons (TUHC)

•  Particulate  and  semi volatile  or-
   ganic  sampling using the  EPA Mod-
   ified   Method 5 (MM5)   train; post
   test semi volatile analyses  by  gas
   chromatography/mass   spectrometry
   (GC/MS).;  priority pollutant metals
   for  Site  N by furnace   atomic  ab-
   sorption  (AA)
    Volatile organic sampling  by mini-
    volatile  organic  sampling  trains
    (VOST) and VOST  protocols;  onsite
    GC/Hall   for  chlorinated  organics
    by direct desorption  of mini-VOST
    samples; offsite  laboratory GC/MS
    for priority pollutant organics  by
    direct desorption of VOST  samples
    HC1    sampling  by
    Method 6 (MM6) train:
    titration
Modified  EPA
  analyses by
•   Particulate size  distribution  and
    metals  by Andersen impactor stages
    at   inlet  and  outlet  of  Site  N
    baghouse; analyses by furnace AA

•   Grab  sample of waste  and primary
    fuels;  GC/MS  for  POHC  analyses,
    and  ultimate  analyses   by  ASTM
    methods

«   Grab  sample  of  ash  streams  at
    Site N;    selected   analyses  for
   metals     by    AA,    semi volatile

-------
   ganics by GC/MS, and  leachates  by
   extraction procedures   (EP) toxic-
   ity protocols

The bulk of volatile organic sampling
and analysis was done with  a simpli-
fied mini -VOST protocol  (2).   A sim-
ple Tenax trap was used with the VOST
train  for a  10 liter  (L)  sample  of
stack gas.  Immediately following the
sampling, the traps were taken  to an
onsite GC/Hall and  thermally desorb-
ed.   Trap  QC  preparation was  also
performed onsite.

     Tables 2  and 3  summarize  con-
tinuously monitored gas emissions re-
corded  during  off-design  and tran-
sient  test conditions  at  the three
test sites.  During off-design tests,
Table 2.  Summary of criteria flue gas  emissions  during  off-design  operation.
As measured
dry basis
Site
L
L
L
M
H
M
M
M
M
N

N

N
N

N
Test conditions
Low air, load, waste
Atomization upsets
Inverted atomizer
Low air
Low air, high POHC
No atomization steam
Improper burner
High POHC
Low air, low load
Low load, high air,
sludge
Low load, low air,
sludge
Low load, sludge
Low load, high air,
oil
Low load, oil
No. of
tests
10
6
3
11
7
2
1
11
6
3

1

1
1

3
Oo
W
3.7
4.0
4.7
3.5
3.8
3.4
6.5
7.2
5.0
9.7

6.4

8.7
10.1

8.0
C02
(%)
10.5
12.0
11.7
11.3
11.1
10.9
9.5
8.6
9.3
9.4

11.5

10.5
8.4

10.9
Corrected
to 3%
dry basis
(ppm) (ppm)
320
242
156
1011
1548
460
432
201
332
89 1881

1876

37 1895
78 1675

47 1491
NOX
(ppm)
365
400
390
105
81
107
119
105
64
450

297

398
428

331
02

TUHC
(ppm)
3
3
1
39
38
6
21
7
49
6

4

23
12

11
Table 3.  Summary of criteria flue gas emissions during transient  operation,
As measured

Site
L
L
L
L
M
M
M

Test conditions
02 transients
Waste flow transients
Load transients
Soot blowing
Waste oil lightoff
Soot blowing
Unsteady oil flow

No. of
tests
1
5
5
4
5
8
4
dry
°2
(*)
3.3
4.3
4.1
4.6
6.3
5.7
5.3
basis
COo
fo/\
10.7
11.0
11.1
11.5
9.2
10.1
7.7
Corrected to 3%

CO
(ppm)
156
271
700
195
412
64
45
dry basis
SO? NOX
(ppm) (ppm)
330
401
367
387
105
127
102
°2

TUHC
(ppm)
1
1
4
2
23
5
7

-------
the boiler operational  settings were
selected to deliberately induce smok-
ing or higher CO and  TUHC emissions.
For  Site N,  foreseen   problems  in
clinkering of  coal ash on  the grate
and  baghouse  blinding  limited  the
degree of  off-design  and  transient
boiler operation investigated.

RESULTS

     Tables  4 and  5  summarize  the
DREs measured  during  off-design and
transient   operation,  respectively.
Average DREs are calculated using the
arithmetic  averaging  of  individual
test DREs.  Tests are grouped accord-
ing to specific boiler operating con-
ditions   investigated   (e.g.,   low
excess air, low steam load, etc.).  A
total chlorinated organic ORE is also
reported.  This value is based on the
total amount of  volatile chlorinated
organics detected in the flue gas and
the  total   amount   of  chlorinated
organics  (POHCs)  burned   with  the
waste.   Thus, this  value is  always
lower  than the  individual  POHC ORE
because it  takes  into consideration
the levels  of  volatile  chlorinated
PICs also  emitted  during  cofiring.
It should also be clearly  noted that
these ORE  values are based  on vola-
tile organics only and that emissions
of semivolatiles were not included in
the DRE equation.

     Typically  all  individual POHCs
were destroyed at greater  than 99.99
percent efficiency regardless  of the
nonsteady state  operating conditions
of the  boiler.   Thus,  despite  the
nonideal  combustion  conditions pre-
sent  in these  boilers  the  thermal
environment was such that POHC decom-
position   was    not   significantly
affected.   One  noted  exception  is
given for CC14 during low air  at low
steam  load for  the  Site L boiler.
Statistically,  this  simple measure-
ment  represents an  anomaly  in  the
data  set since  duplicate  tests did
not confirm this trend.
     The  total  Cl  DREs  were  also
generally higher  than 99.99 percent.
Exceptions  were  recorded  only  for
selected  off-design  (low  air)  and
transient (sootblowing) tests.  These
results are an indication  that vola-
tile chlorinated  PIC  emissions were
measured at orders of magnitude high-
er than unburned POHCs.  During these
tests, nonchlorinated  volatile orga-
nic emissions  were  also  increased.
Sootblowing test results are  of sig-
nificance because it  is hypothesized
that soot  generated  during improper
boiler   operation  may  act   as  an
absorbent  for  volatile   PICs   and
POHCs, trapping  these  emissions  on
boiler internals until  released dur-
ing sootblowing.

The  destructibility  index  (TCB>MCB
>CCl4>TCE)  found during  the steady-
state   tests    and    reported   in
laboratory-scale experiments (3), was
not found  for  off-design operation.
In fact, there does not appear  to be
any correlation between  the measured
DREs and  the predicted ease  of des-
truction for these compounds.

     Figure 2 shows total chlorinated
organics DRE versus CO for  all three
sites.   High CO values are from non-
steady-state  test  conditions.   The
lack  of a meaningful  correlation is
obvious.   Note that,  Although there
are  several values  less  than 99.99
percent, the weighted average DRE for
a  given  test  condition   is  still
greater  than  99.99  percent.   Also
note that the nonsteady  values (off-
design  and transient) are  about the
same  as   the   steady-state  values
(normal).  An attempt was made to fit
a least  square line  to  these data,
but the correlation was poor  and the
correlation had only a slightly nega-
tive slope  at an average  value (in-
tercept) of about 99.997 percent.  In
general, other attempts  to correlate
DRE  with criteria gas  emissions did
not reveal any meaningful  trends in-
dicating that  at this high  level  of

-------
          Table  4.   Summary  of average  DREs for off-design  operation.
                                     Average
                                                             Average DREs
Site
L

L
L
M
M
M
M
M
M
N
N
N
N
N
Description
Low air, load

Atomization upsets
Inverted atomizer
Low air
Low air, high POHC
No atonrization steam
Improper burner
High POHC
Low air, low load
Low load, high air, sludge
Low load, low air, sludge
Low load, sludge
Low load, high air, oil
Low load, oil
No. of
tests
10

6
3
11
7
2
1
11
6
8
3
3
3
6
Cl feed
(mg/MJ)
227

320
413
204
391
179
444
368

692
510
489
374
441
Total Cl
99.9734
(99.9944)
99.9921
99.9940
99.9871
99.9963
99.9978
99.9990
99.9984
99.9927
99.9970
99.9998
99.9973
99.9989
99.9970
CC14
99.9700
(99.9962)
99.9994
99.9988
99.9996
99.9994

99.9997
99.9993
99.9985





MCB TCE
99.9976
(<-excludes one low
99.9956
99.9998
99.9984
99.9993
99.9987
99.9994
99.9996
99.9973
99.9997
100
99.9999

100
TCB

point)


99.9997
99.9977


99.9989

99.9996


99.9997
99.9995
MCB — monochlorobenzene
TCE -- 1,1,2-trichloroethylene
TCB -- 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene
          Table 5.   Summary of  average  DREs  for transient  operation.


Site
L
L
L
L
M
M :
M


Description
02 transients
Waste flow transients
Load transients
Soot blowing
Waste oil lightoff
Soot blowing
Unsteady oil flow

No. of
tests
1
5
5
4
5
8
4
Average
Cl feed
(mg/MJ)
92
324
261
302
377
248
521
Average DREs

Total Cl
99.9964
99.9937
99.9974
99.9928
99.9985
99.9782
99.9960

CC14
100.0000
99.9948
99.9988
99.9991
99.9993
99.9999


MCB
99.9939
99.9961
99.9995
99.9935
99.9994
99.9968


TCE TCB





99.9994
99.9996
    MCB — Monochlorobenzene
    TCE — 1,1,2-trichloroethylene
    TCB -- 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene

-------
           99.99999
                                  SITES L, M, AND N
                            O.8


                             +  OFF-DESIG
1.2    1.6     2
  (Thousands)

     NPm
     2.4    2.8


O  TRANSIENT
                     Figure 2.  Total Cl ORE versus CO.
destruction, the  ORE  is essentially
independent of  other  gaseous  emis-
sions such as CO and TUHC.

     Figure  3  shows  the  CC14  ORE
versus  the boiler  surface  heat re-
lease  rate.   These  plots  gave the
best correlation, though the correla-
tion is not  strong; the  coefficient
of fit is 0.19 (a value of  1.0  is a
perfect fit).   The least squares fit
of a straight line correlation, shown
on the graph, shows a  small tendency
for  the ORE correlation  to increase
as  the heat release  rate increases.
Again, the values for nonsteady-state
operation are not  significantly dif-
ferent  than  for  normal  operation.
Generally, values for  total  PIC and
POHC emissions tend to be  higher for
nonsteady-state  operation,  but this
is not significantly reflected in the
DREs.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     This  research effort  was spon-
sored by the Environmental Protection
      Agency    under   Contract  68-03-3241.
      Ivars Licis  and  Bob  Mournighan  of the
      Hazardous Waste   Engineering  Research
      Laboratory,  and   Marc  Turgeon  of the
      Office   of Solid Waste  and Emergency
      Response were  the   Project Officers.
      Their support  and   assistance  during
      all  phases of  this effort  was greatly
      appreciated.   The authors also  wish

      to acknowledge  the  contribution and
      logistical support   from  the manage-
      ment and technical personnel  at  each
      host site.

      REFERENCES

      1.  Castaldini,   C.,  et al.,  "Engi-
          neering  Assessment  Report,  Haz-
          ardous Waste Cofiring in  Indus-
          trial  Boilers,"  Acurex Report TR-
          84-159/EE  to USEPA    under  Con-
          tract No.  68-02-3188,  June  1984.

      2.  Spannagel, U., et  al., "Mini-VOST
          Field   Analytical  i  Protocol,"
          Acurex Draft Report  'FR-85-159/EED
                                      8

-------
            99.99999
                                      SITES L AND M
            99.9999 -
            99.999 -
           • 99.99
           O.

          Ul
          an
          O 99.9
          8
            99
            90
                 63
                 (20>
                         190
       .  -                (60)  •
HEAT RELEASE RATE, kW/m2 (103 Btu/hr-ft2)
     Q  SITE U       *  SITE M '
               Figure  3.   CC14 DRE versus the heat  release rate,

     to the  USEPA  under  Contract 68-
     03-3241, July 1985.

 3.   Del linger,  B., et al.,  "Determi-
     nation  of  Thermal Decomposition
     Properties of 20  Selected Hazard-
     ous  Organic  Compounds,"  Proceed-
     ing  of the Tenth  Annual  Research
     Symposium,    Incineration    and
     Treatment  of   Hazardous  Waste,
     EPA-600/9-84-022, September 1984.
                                 Disclaimer

This paper  has  been reviewed in accordance with the U.S. Environmental
Protection  Agency peer and administrative review policies and  approved  for
presentation  and  publication.

-------

-------
                  WASTE DESTRUCTION BY PLASMA ARC PYROLYSIS

                              Michael F. Joseph
                   Westinghouse Plasma Systems Canada Inc.
                    Niagara  Falls,  Ontario, Canada L2H  1J6

                              Thomas G.  Barton
                        Pyrolysis Systems Incorporated
                      Kingston,  Ontario, Canada K7K 6C2
                                  ABSTRACT
     A completely mobile system for the destruction of hazardous or highly
toxic liquid organic wastes has completed initial testing in Canada and is
now being marketed by Westinghouse Plasma Systems Incorporated of
Westinghouse Electric Corporation.  This technology has been under
developement for the past 10 years and gives extremely high destruction
efficiencies and low emissions for typically hard to destroy toxic wastes *

     The Pyroplasma unit with a throughput rate of 3 gallons per minute
(6PM), is contained in a single 48 foot tractor trailer and requires power,
water and sanitary sewer to become completely operational.  Mobilization
requires only one to two days,  the heart of the technology lies within the
plasma torch, an electrical device which efficiently converts electrical
energies to thermal energies in the form of a heated gas with temperatures
in the 5-20,000 degree Celcius range.  The entire system is computer
controlled with numerous environmental, safety and operational fail safes as
well as continuous process gas analysis.

     In 1982 the developer of the Pyroplasma technology, Pyrolysis Systems
Incorporated of Canada, entered into a contract with the New York State
Department of Environmental Conservation and the EPA to design, construct,
test and operate the plasma  arc unit for use at the Love Canal site in New
York State.  The first three phases of work; design, construction, and
testing, are now complete.  The testing phase consisted of numerous hours of
mechanical shakedown of the system with non-toxic solvents followed by
extensive testing using carbon tetrachloride and PCBs.  Destruction
efficiencies ranging from 6 to 9 'nines' combined with low emissions of
products of incomplete combustion make this technology environmentally and
commercially attractive.
                                       11

-------
INTRODUCTION

     In the past two decades it has
become obvious that the large
volumes and many types of hazardous
industrial wastes produced pose a
serious threat to both the public
and the environment.  It is
estimated that over 290-300 million
metric tons of hazardous and/or
toxic wastes are generated on an
annual basis (1,2) translating into
an estimated greater than 10
billion dollar a year market.  In
1976, the United States
Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) responded to this threat with
the enactment of the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA) and the Toxic Substances
Control Act (TSCA).  This brought
about a rapid increase into
research for methods to destroy
organic liquid and solid wastes.
This was accelerated again in 1984
by the passing of the Hazardous and
Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) to
RCRA which requires a series of
landfill restrictions on eventually
all hazardous wastes by 1990.  The
implementation of these amendments
are dependent upon the availability
of successfully demonstrated
alternative technologies to replace
existing land disposal practices.

     Destruction technologies are
regulated by RCRA and TSCA which
specify all the necessary criteria
that must be demonstrated before
any technology can be permitted.
These regulations apply to the
operation of the process, the
efficiency of destruction for the
waste stream in question and
certain restrictions as to the
quality of emissions that must be
achieved and maintained.

     Efficiencies are measured as a
destruction and removal  efficiency
(DRE) and expressed in percent as
calculated by the following
formula:

       Waste In - Waste Out
 DRE =	-	- X100
              Waste In

The waste is measured by the mass
feed rate of the Principal Organic
Hazardous Constituent (POHC).
Under RCRA, hazardous waste
facilities must maintain at least a
99.99% removal efficiency (99.9999%
for dioxins) while technologies
processing PCBs which are
considered toxic and regulated
under TSCA must operate at DREs
greater than 99.9999%.  There are
also particulate and HC1 emission
restrictions.  Also important are
the Products of Incomplete
Combustion (PICs) associated with
the process.  These are compounds
which are not present in the actual
feed stream but may be produced as
a byproduct of the destruction
itself such as highly toxic
chlorinated dioxins and furans.
PURPOSE

     While incineration is still
recognized as one of the best
demonstrated available technologies
(BOAT) there has been a rapid
increase in the number of
innovative chemical and thermal
processes for the ultimate
destruction or reduction of
hazardous wastes.

     The development of the
Pyroplasma1 technology was
dependent upon several factors
directly related to required
operational criteria.  In order to
easily achieve destruction and  ,
removal efficiencies greater than
the six 9's necessary for the most
toxic of wastes an alternate source
                                      12

-------
of thermal energy other than
combustion was a prime
consideration.  The technology had
to be competitive economically and
of an appropriate commercial
scale.  The technology was also
designed to be as mobile as
possible so that the perception
problems asociated with the 'not in
my back yard' syndrome (NIMBY)
could be alleviated.
APPROACH

     A thermal plasma, properly
applied to toxic waste destruction,
provides a pyrolytic or reducing
environment with several distinct
advantages over conventional
combustion technologies (3).  The
extremely high plasma temperatures
combined with the flaring of the
product gas assures high DREs.  The
reducing atmosphere reduces the
production of oxygen containing
PICs such as dioxins and furans.
In addition, since the process is
pyrolytic and large volumes of
execess air are not required the
scale of the equipment is small and
can be easily made mobile while
still allowing for throughput rates
as high as 3 6PM, or about one ton
per hour (see Figure 1).

     Work on a pilot scale
prototype over a five year period
yielded preliminary results which
indicated that the Pyroplasma
technology could indeed be a viable
thermal destruction technique.  In
1982, Pyrolysis Systems
Incorporated (PSI) of Canada signed
a co-operative agreement with the
New York State Department of
Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC)
providing funding for the design,
construction, testing and operation
at Love Canal of a one gallon per
minute commercial scale Pyroplasma
unit.  The first three phases of
work are now complete and the last
phase is awaiting the necessary
permitting.  In 1985, PSI signed a
joint venture partnership with
Westinghouse Electric Company
forming Westinghouse Plasma Systems
to commercialize this technology.

Process Description

     The heart of the system is the
plasma torch (see Figure 2).  A
co-linear electrode arrangement and
about 750 kilowatts (kW) of power
are used to create an electric arc
in the presence of a medium of low
pressure air.  Electrical energy
absorbed by the air molecules
raises them to highly excited
states.  During relaxation these
molecules release thermal energy
producing a plasma.  When a process
gas such as air is passed through
this thermal plasma the result is a
hot gas with temperatures in the
5,000-20,000 degree C range.  Waste
fluids are injected directly into
the tail of the plasma and the hot
process gas.  The extremely high
temperatures associated with the
plasma torch provide enough energy
for completed atomization of the
waste molecules thus providing very
high DREs with relatively low
energy requirements, typically less
than one kilowatt-hour per kilogram
of waste.

     The atoms then react in a
recombination chamber according to
chemical kinetic equilibriums and
the minimization of Gibb's free
energy, to form non-toxic type
gases.  The product gas typically
comprises about 50% hydrogen, 30%
carbon monoxide, 15% nitrogen and
the remainder lower hydrocarbons
such as methane and ethylene.  Acid
gas (HC1) formed from the
destruction of chlorinated wastes
is neutralized by caustic soda
(NaOH) in a wet scrubber to give a
                                      13

-------
                         Solvent Pumps and
                         Waste Feed Pumps

                          Plasma
                           Torch
                                                                                    ^^ Computer
                                                                                       Control
                                                                               Analysis and Control ,
                                                                                 Laboratory
                                                                             Gas Analysis
Figure 1.   Schematic of 3 6PM  Mobile  Plasma  Arc  Destruction Unit
                  Customer's
                  Liquid Feed-
                  Mattn»li
                                  Torch Process
                                  Gu Compressor
                                                                        Scrubber Water
                                                                        Effluent
Figure 2.   Mobile Pyroplasma  Process  Schematic
                                               14

-------
 slightly salted (NaCl) scrubber
 effluent which is discharged along
 with any particulate carbon that
 may be formed.  The product gas is
 drawn off the scrubber by an
 induction fan which maintains a
 negative system pressure and the
 gas is flared.  Fuel values of the
 product gas are typically between
 2-3 times the actual power required
 for the torch.  The composition of
 the gas may be altered by careful
 blending of the waste feed prior to
 destruction or by the addition of
 other constituents such as water or
 air to the recombination chamber.

      Operation begins with a
 non-toxic type solvent such as
 methanol  and continues for about
 ten to fifteen minutes until  the
 recombination chamber stabilizes at
 a predetermined temperature,
 typically about 1200-1400 C.   A
 stable operating chamber
 temperature is an indication  of
 balanced  energy absorption of the
 torch power by the incoming wastes
 thus  ensuring efficient waste
 destruction.   Chamber temperature
 is  controlled by adjustments  in
 torch power,  torch process  gas  flow
 or  waste  feed flow rate.   Since  the
 destruction process  occurs  in the
 plasma field,  system destruction
 efficiencies  do  not  depend  upon the
 actual  value  of  the  reactor chamber
 temperature or residence times.
 The entire  system  is  computer
 monitored through  a  series of
 temperature,  pressure,  flow and
 electrical  sensors so that
 operational parameters  and system
 efficiencies  are maintained.  There
 are a number  of  fail safes built
 into the system to minimize the
risk to the environment even in the
event of power failure, a worst
case situation.  Carbon monoxide,
carbon dioxide, hydrogen, oxygen
and total hydrocarbons of the bulk
gas are measured on line for
 comparison to theoretical models.

 Testing

      The Pyroplasma process is
 capable of destroying a wide
 spectrum of liquid organic wastes.
 Materials were selected for testing
 purposes to demonstrate the ability
 of the plasma to process difficult
 to destroy, highly chlorinated
 wastes.  In 1985 and early 1986,  a
 rigorous series of tests were
 conducted with methyl  ethyl  ketone
 (MEK), ethanol  (EtOH), methanol
 (MeOH), carbon tetrachloride
 (CCl*) and transformer Askarel
 fluid (PCBs and trichlorobenzene).
 All  tests were observed by both
 federal and state authorities from
 the United States,  as  well  as
 federal, provincial  and local
 Canadian authorities.   All  sampling
 and analyses were performed by
 external agencies as part of the
 New York State contract with PSI
 and the data has been  reviewed and
 approved by the EPA.


 RESULTS

      Mechanical  operation of the
 mobile plasma pyrolysis system was
 first verified  by processing a
 non-chlorinated blend  of MEK/MeOH
 (151  volume).   Following this,
 three one-hour  CC1*  runs were
 conducted to demonstrate (i) the
 destruction  efficiency with  a hard
 to destroy chlorinated compound
 (ii)  the stability of  the system
 upon  exposure to  high
 concentrations  of chlorine,  and
 (iii)  the  effectiveness  of the
 scrubber  for HC1  removal.  The
 CCl* was  blended with
 MEK/MeOH/H20 and  fed at  a rate of
 one kilogram of CC14 per minute.
DREs were greater than 99.99995%
 for all three runs based on
measured residuals in all effluent
                                      15

-------
streams.  Stack emissions for
CC14 were analytically
non-detectable (see Table 1).

     Following this stage of
testing seven tests were performed
using a blend of Askarel (Aroclors
1254/1260 in trichlorobenzene) in
MEK/MeOH to determine the PCB
destruction capability of the
process.  Three one-hour, one
two-hour and three five-hour tests
with feedstocks approximately
30-35% by mass Askarel gave DREs
consistently greater than 99.99999%
(see Table 2).  Table 3 summarizes
the HC1, particulate, NOX, 02»
CO and C02 emissions for the
flared product gas.  Emissions of
HC1, particulate and NOX were
below accepted Canadian and
American regulatory agency
guidelines.

     In addition to the high
destruction efficiencies, emissions
of chlorinated dioxins and furans
were usually below detection limits
in both the gas and water
effluents.  For example, no
chlorinated dioxins were detected
in either the gas or water
effluents in PCB test #9, the
highest PCB concentration test.
Typical of pyrolytic systems the
products of incomplete combustions
found were polyaromatic
hydrocarbons (PAHs).  Analytical
data shows that better than 99.5%
of the PAHs produced by the system
were found to be absorbed on the
particulate carbon in the water
phase.  Studies-also show that when
this carbon was removed from the
scrubber water by simple filtration
resultant PAH concentrations were
in the low ppb range.  PAH
concentrations in the gas phase
were below regulatory guideline
limits.

These analytical results are even
more meaningful if you consider the
relatively low gas and water
volumes associated with this
pyrolytic process in combination
with the emission concentrations
expressed in mass per unit volume.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     The co-operation and
assistance of the Environmental
Protection Service and the Ministry
of the Environment of Canada, and
the Environmental Protection Agency
and New York State Department of
Environmental Conservation are much
appreciated.
REFERENCES

1.   Matey, J.S., and L.F.
     Tischler, 1986, 1984 Hazardous
     Waste Survey, Journal of the
     Air Pollution Control Assoc..
     vol. 36(6), pp.737-740.

2.   Rich, L.A., 1986, Hazardous
     Waste Management, Chemical
     Week. August 20, pp.26-64.

3.   Barton, T.6., 1984S Mobile
     Plasma Pyrolysis, Hazardous
     Waste, vol. 1(2), pp. 237-247.
            Disclaimer

The work described in this paper was
not funded by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.  The :contents do
not necessarily reflect the views of
the Agency and no official endorse-
ment  should be inferred.
                                      16

-------
       Table 1.  CC14 test results
Test
(#)

1
2
3
Mass

35.0
40.0
35.0
Input
(kg/hr)

64.2
60.6
64.2
Output
Air Water
fmq/hr)
29.27*
22.79.
22.89
Total
DE
ra
(mq/hr) fmq/hr)
2.51
9.85
6.26
31.78
32.64
29.15
99.99995
99.99995
99.99995
        Table  2.  PCB  test  results
Test
(#)
3
4
5




Mass
(%)
14.1
14.1
11.5
14.3
12.5
12.8
17.5
Input
(kg/hr)
23.9
18.8
19.8
18.0
17.5
16.9
26.7
Output
Air Water
fmo/hr) fma/hr)
0.65*
2.00
6.96^
0.43*
0.02*
0.03
0.33
4.08
10.16
18.76.
0.41
93.12
19.56
0.75
Total
(mq/hr)
4.73
12.16
25.72
0.84
93.14
19.59
1.08
ORE
(%)
99.999997
99.999994
99.99996
99.999998
99.9999999
99.9999999
99.999999
Table 3. Flared product gas parameters®
Test
(#)
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
°Z
(fa
14.0
14.5
16.5
15.8
14.0
15.3
13.3
refers to PCB
CO
(%)
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
tests
COo
f%7
5.5
5.0
3.0
3.8
5.1
4.3
5.2
#3-#9 of
HC1 ,
fmq/M3)
NA
43
68
1.07
2.68
1.30
26.8
Table 2
NOX
foom)
117
NA
139
96
115
108
81

parti cul ate
fmq/M3)
10
180
12.5
15.84
7.60
10.96
11.9

                     17

-------

-------
                     LEACHING CHARACTERISTICS OF RESIDUAL ASHES
                   FROM THE INCINERATION OF MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE
                Tracey L. Clapp, David S. Kosson and Robert C. Ahlert
                                 Rutgers University
                 Department of Chemical and Biochemical  Engineering
                            Piscataway, New Jersey  08855
                                      ABSTRACT
      Preferred  disposal   methodology  for municipal  solid waste (MSW)   has   shifted  to
           Sn!y Ptrocf ses>  or incineration,   from  landfill ing as  land becomes  scarce.
 ih  -T?   9!me«  of,reslduals f™m incineration of MSW must be considered carefully.
 Reachability  of  flyash  and bottom ash will  be of increasing   importance.    Preliminary
 ISS  LtindJ"te  thai 3 sy£Sant1al  fract1on  of the ashes produced will not  pass  the
 ?c^  J^racti;n Procedure (EP)  and a greater fraction will  not pass the proposed TCLP.
 Ashes failing these criteria will require disposal  as hazardous wastes.
                   *              .  ha!  been   "rried   out   to  determine  the  leaching
                  of flyash resulting from incineration  of MSW from  a  mixed  residential
 and commercial  service area.   Extractions under  conditions  similar  to EP and with use of
             C  K   Ve been  considered.    Detailed equilibrium partitioning  isotherms  for
            * +£eavy me^ls have  been  devel°Ped-   Results  indicate that the total ionic
          T    J£?.  resu1*1 "9  extract has significant influence on partitioning  of  some
          f addition,  under certain  conditions,  only a  small fraction of the total metal
 rnc      M   *  ?!       is   readily Teachable.    Thus,   the   structure  of  the  ash  has
 considerable influence on  leaching results.
 INTRODUCTION

     Land  disposal  of municipal  solid
wastes  (MSW)  in  landfills  has   been
increasing  in  recent  years.   Current
estimates indicate that 144 million tons
per  year (as generated,  with moisture)
of  municipal wastes are disposed of  in
this  fashion and it is  predicted  that
approximately   197   million  tons   of
municipal  solid wastes will be generated
in 1990 [1].   Under present solid waste
management   practices,    wastes    are
primarily   disposed   of  in   approved
sanitary  landfills.    In  addition  to
overflow,   there  are  the  problems  of
leachate generation by the  infiltration
of  rainwater and methane gas production
due  to  decomposition.    At   present,
federal,  state  and local  governmental
agencies are seeking alternative methods
for the safe disposal of solid wastes.

     Thermal     destruction,      i.e.,
incineration  with or without energy  or
substance recovery,  is a means of solid
waste     management    of    increasing
importance.    Incineration  is  also  a
preferred  means  for disposal  of  many
industrial  and hazardous  wastes.    This
method of treatment destroys solid waste
through oxidation,  i.e., exposure  of the
                                           19

-------
solid  material to high temperatures  in
the   presence  of  air.    The  process
results  in  the production  of  exhaust
gases,  solid residuals and contaminated
quench and scrubbing  waters.   Ideally,
the  quality  of  these  output  streams
should  be  such that free discharge  of
the gases,  straight-forward  wastewater
treatment  and conventional  landfill ing
of the solid residuals are possible.

     Inorganic    species,     including
metals,  metallic salts and oxides, S0?,
NO  and HC1,  pass through combustion or
are  formed  and appear in various  free
and  combined states in all  incinerator
residuals.  There are two types of solid
residuals from incineration.   Flyash is
the    gasborne   particulate    residue
collected  from incinerator  flue  gases
using   state-of-the-art  air  pollution
control devices, e.g., venturi scrubbers
and    baghouses    or     electrostatic
precipitators.    Bottom   ash  is   the
heavier    preliminary   ash    residual
collected  from  the primary  combustor,
quench water and scrub  water.   Because
of  the sorption characteristics of ash,
and flyash in particular, as well as the
volatilization/condensation   properties
of metals,  the process of  incineration
tends to condense metal and metal oxides
onto  and within the ash particles.   To
predict  environmental  impacts  and  to
avoid leaching of contaminants into  the
environment, a complete understanding of
the composition and chemical behavior of
flyash   is  essential.    Leaching   of
contaminants  from landfilled ash is one
of   the   pathways   by   which   toxic
substances can migrate to groundwater.

      To   simulate  the   mobility   of
inorganic constituents from wastes after
landfill ing,   the  U.S.   Environmental
Protection    Agency    established    a
laboratory  batch leaching test known as
the  Extraction Procedure (EP).  The  EP
was  promulgated under the authority  of
the  Resource Conservation and  Recovery
Act of 1976 [2].  This procedure employs
the  use of a dilute solution of  acetic
acid  (HOAc)  as  the  leaching  medium.
This  volatile fatty acid is  common  in
leachate from municipal waste,  since it
is  a  byproduct of the first  stage  of
anerobic  degradation.   However,  there
has  been  much recent criticism of  the
applicability of the EP.  As a result of
the criticisms, a new test was developed
and   proposed   [3].     The   Toxicity
Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP)
differs   from  the  EP  in   that   the
extractant  is  either  buffered  acetic
acid  or dilute acetic acid depending on
the initial pH of slurried  solid.   The
extractant is introduced in one addition
and  the  pH  is  no  longer  maintained
externally.   The  extraction is run for
18 hours in a closed extraction  vessel.
Both EP and TCLP methodologies have been
used   to   evaluate   incinerator   ash
behavior after landfill ing.

PURPOSE

       The  focus  of this paper  is  to
examine  the behavior of metals found in
residual  flyash from the combustion  of
MSW.    Initial   research  began   with
experiments  simulating the EP and  TCLP
procedures  [4].    In  addition,  total
metal content of the ash was  determined
through sequential acid digestions using
nitric  and perchloric  acid.   Research
was   then  initiated  to  examine  more
thoroughly   the  leach   potential   of
certain  metals  since both the  EP  and
TCLP   impose  severe  constraints  upon
leach conditions.  Equilibrium isotherms
were established at a series of pH's  by
varying  the  extractant-to-solid  ratio
and  a variety of metals were  examined.
Acetic   and  hydrochloric  acids  (HC1)
extractants    were    examined,     and
equilibrium partitioning isotherms  were
developed.  This information can be used
to provide a more thorough understanding
of   the   metal  chemistry   of   solid
residuals.   Such  an  understanding  is
essential  in  order to develop  on-line
process  equipment  for  the  systematic
removal or recovery of these metals.

APPROACH

     Figure     1    is    a     graphic
representation  of the incinerator  used
                                           20

-------
  to   generate   the  ash   assayed   in   this
  study.   The MSfel is  fed into  a  partially
  rotating primary combustor,   followed  by
  the   secondary,   fixed   after-burner.
  Solid  residuals from the primary solids
  combustor,   quench  tower  and venturi
  scrubber   all  feed  into  an   ashpit.
  Bottom  ash is sampled  from   the  ashpit
  and   flyash   is   collected   from  three
  baghouses.

      Samples of ash were collected   from
  a .demonstration   burn  of MSH  generated
  from  a  residential  community in  New
  Jersey.   Two  flyash grab samples  were
  taken at the conclusion of the  burn. The
  samples were combined and mixed well  to
 minimize  the effect of heterogenity  of
  the bulk composite.

      Concentrations  of  lead,  cadmium,
 copper,  chromium,  zinc,  aluminum, nickel
 and  silver  were determined  by  Atomic
 Absorption      Spectroscopy      (AAS).
 Dissolutions     for     total     metal
 determinations   were  carried  out   in
 replicate      using     1:1       nitric
 acid/perchloric      acid     sequential
 digestions.     Two   grams  of  ash  were
 placed  in   the  bottom   of  a  100   ml
 Kjeldahl    flask.      Twenty    ml.     of
 concentrated   nitric   acid  were  slowly
 added along   with  a  few teflon   boiling
 chips.    The mixture  was allowed to  boil
 slowly for two  hours.  After  cooling, 20
 ml  of 70  v/o perchloric   acid    were
 introduced  and the mixture was  reboiled
 for an additional two hours using a  trap
 to  catch any escaping   perchloric   acid
 fumes.  The digested  sample was  filtered
 and diluted quantitatively to  100 ml.

     Ten  gram  samples (in replicate) of
 the  flyash  were used in  EP  and  TCLP
 extraction   experiments.    Experiments
 were  carried  out  with  a  methodology
 comparable  to the  Extraction  Procedure
 Toxicity  Characteristic.      The  solid
material   was  weighed and placed  in  a
beaker   with  deionized  water,   at  a
liquid-to-sol id   ratio  of    16:1.    An
overhead stirrer equipped with a  teflon
stirring   rod    was  used  to   provide
sufficient  agitation  to  the  mixture.
  The   pH   of the  solution   was   monitored
  during the  course of  the  extraction;   pH
  was maintained at 5.0 +/-  0.2 with  0.5N
  acetic acid addition, not  exceeding 4  ml
  of acid per gram of ash.   At the end  of
  twenty-four hours,   deionized  water was
  added  to bring  the final  mix to a  20:1
  extractant-to-solid ratio.

      Experiments  designed  to  simulate
  the  TCLP   were carried  out  using  ten
  grams  of   ash and 200 ml of  extraction
  fluid.   This  solution was prepared   by
  diluting  5.7 ml glacial HOAc to 500   ml
  with ASTM Type 2 water,  adding 64.3   ml
  of 1.0 N NaOH,  and diluting to.a volume
  of  1  liter.   After eighteen  hours   of
  agitation   (using the same apparatus   as
  in   EP   methodology),   samples   were
  filtered and analyzed.

      Elemental analysis was done with  a
  Perkin   Elmer  3030  Atomic  Absorption
 Spectrophotometer (AA).  All  metals with
 the exception of aluminum were  detected
 using  an air-acetylene flame;  aluminum
 detection required the use of a  nitrous
 oxide-actylene flame.

      To   examine  leaching   potential,
 various    extraction     liquids    were
 employed;   pure   deionized  H«0 (pH  7),
 dilute  aqueous   HOAc   (pH  3f  5),   and
 dilute   aqueous   HC1   (pH    1,2,3,5).
 Equilibrium  isotherms were  constructed
 at  each  of these pH's by   variation  of
 the     extractant-to-solid    ratio.     A
 fractional     factorial     experimental
 design,  with replication,  was  employed
 (Table  1).   Five  gram samples of  the
 flyash  were used  in each  extraction
 experiment.

       Equilibration      time       was
 established    through   a   series   of
 experiments   extending over a period  of
 five days.   Equilibration was based upon
 a liquid-to-sol id ratio of 20 to 1 and  a
neutral  pH  since these  two  conditions
were  the mildest and would be  expected
to reach equilibrium most slowly.
                                           21

-------
RESULTS

     Data for total metal concentrations
as well as EP and TCLP results for these
ashes  are  presented in Table  2.   The
concentrations   of  cadmium  and   lead
leached  from the flyash were  found  to
exceed  EP  and TCLP regulatory  limits.
Other metals,  such as nickel, chromium,
and   silver  were  extracted   in   low
concentrations.   The  amount of several
of  the metals extracted by EP  or  TCLP
represents  only a small fraction of the
total quantity of the metal extractable.
     The   time   required   to   attain
extraction  equilibrium is presented  in
Figures  2  and  3.    Equilibrium   was
approached  at 24 hours for every  metal
tested.    Therefore,   all   subsequent
extractions  were carried out with a  24
hour contacting period.

     Extraction of lead at a pH of 3 for
acetic  acid,  and a pH of 1 for HC1 was
substantial.   Figures  4 and 5  display
the final pH after 24 hours.  At initial
extractant  pHs  of 7 and 5  for  acetic
acid and 7,  5,  and 3 for hydrochloric,
the  buffering capacity of the  ash  was
demonstrated.  Final extraction pHs were
all  approximately 6.   At a pH of 3 for
acetic   acid   and   2   and   1    for
hydrochloric,  the buffering capacity of
the  ash was finally overcome.   At this
point,  lead extraction was substantial,
clearly     indicating   a   strong    pH
dependency.  In addition,  it can be seen
that at a 40 to 1 liquid-to-sol id ratio,
lead  extraction still did not  reach   a
maximum  quantity.    Expansion  of  the
                  extraction  curve to  a
                   ratio   of  100  to   1
                   maximum was  finally
acetic acid pH 3
liquid  to  solid
shows  that  the
reached.
    '  Lead  behavior as  shown  in  figures  6
 and   7 was dramatically affected by both
 pH and liquid-to-sol id ratio.    At   pH's
 of 5  and 7,  as  the liquid to solid  ratio
 increased, the  equilibrium aqueous  phase
 lead  content decreased.   One   possible
 explanation for this behavior is that at
 low liquid-to-solid ratios,  the solution
 chemistry    (salting    in/out   effects)
controlled   lead    extraction.    This
hypothesis  is further supported by  the
fact that at a 1:1 liquid-to-solid ratio
extractant solutions at an initial pH of
7,  5,  and  3 removed approximately the
same quantity of lead.  At a pH of 1, it
would  be plausible that at low  liquid-
to-solid  ratios,   solution   chemistry
controlled  pH,  but  the highly  acidic
conditions  also  played  a  substantial
part in extraction.

     Equilibrium   isotherms   for   the
different  extractants :  and  extractant
pHs examined are presented in Figures  8
and  9.   These  isotherms describe  the
partitioning  of lead between the  solid
and  aqueous   phases.    Generally,   a
monotonically   increasing  response  is
expected.     However,    the   response
observed at pHs 7  (H?0),  5 (HOAc) and 5
and  3 (HC1) deviate from this  pattern.
This  is most likely the result  of  the
confounding  effects of equilibrium  pH,
aqueous    phase   solubility   (salting
in/out,   i.e.,    aqueous  phase   ionic
strength),   extractant  efficiency  and
lead species present.

     Cadmium  and  lead present   in  the
flyash  from  MSW  incineration   pose   a
serious    disposal    problem.      The
quantities of these metals available for
extraction  are  high  and not necessarily
accurately  reflected  by  EP  or  TCLP
measurements.    EP and TCLP methodology
dictate a 20 to  1  liquid-to-solid ratio
and  a relatively high  pH.   From  Figures
6   and  7,    it  is   clear  that these
extraction parameters  dictate  a   removal
of  only   a  small   fraction of   the
available lead.

CONCLUSIONS            :

      Lead  extraction   is   dramatically
affected  by pH,   liquid-to-solid ratio,
and  extractant type.   The precise nature
of  these  affectations  remains  to  be
explored.   Chemical   behavior must  be
examined in detail in  the regions where
solution  chemistry controls extraction.
                                            22

-------
 D
5.1 (M
1 I 1 rr,
as
i
WMK
tl
Csaas.
83


-\

                                                                    f  A—i—-J  e
                                                  •"•     *$£*
                                                                                      t
                                                                                     ¥r»
                         FIGURE 1:  Process  Flow Diagram of the Incinerator Sampled for this Study.
                                          TABLE 1

      EXPERIMENTS. DESIGN - Extractants Used at Different Liquid to Solid Ratios and pHs.

1
~ z
jr
£
4-»
"> 3
"" «»••»•
<
4
3:
a.
S
6
7
.5


HOAc

HOAc

H20
1


•UOAc




LI
2
HC1
HC1
HC1
HOAc

HOAc

H20
3UID TO
4
HC1
HC1
HC1
HOAc

HC1
HOAc

H20
SOLID
6
HC1

HC1
HOAc

HC1
HOAc

H20
RATIO
8
HC1
HC1
HC1
HOAc

HC1


(ml Ex
10
HC1
HC1
HC1
HOAc

HC1
HOAc

HjO
:ractan
12
HC1
HC1
HC1
HOAc

HC1
HOAc

H20
t/g Ash
14
HC1
HC1
HC1

HC1
HOAc

H20
}
16
HC1
HC1
HC1
HOAc

HC!
HOAc

H20
18







20
HC1
HC1
HC1
HOAc

HC1
HOAc

HZO
SO

HC1
HC1
HOAc

HC1
HOAc

H20
100


HOAc




                           NOTE:  Each test case was carried out in duplicate.
                                  US extractions were carried out.

                                                        23

-------
In addition, chemical behavior should be
examined  when  the  ash is  exposed  to
other  extractant media.   For  example,
H«SO.  is another type of acid  commonly
present in landfills.
It    is   only   through   a   complete
understanding   of  this  behavior  that
processes and controls can be  developed
to   stabilize  residuals  to   minimize
subsequent   environmental  impact   and
treatment costs.
Table 2.
Metal

Cu
Cr
Ni
Cd
Pb
Ag
Zn
Al
Results of total
Total Metal
(ppm)
605
35
20
597
4271
43
19533
1923
metal digestion
EP Tox.
(ppm)
9
<1
<1
25
2
2
-
• • •
and EP and TCLP
TCLP
(Ppm)
15
<1
<1
24
9
2
-
-
extraction of flyash samples.
Limits '•!•
EP TCLP 1
:
5.0 (5.0)
- •
1.0 ;(1.0)
5.0 (0.2)
5.0 (5.0)
-
....
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The  authors  would  like   to   thank
Miss  Peggi  Abrahamson,  Miss  Ruth Ann
Geddings  and Mr. Stephen  White  for  their
dedication and  conscientious  laboratory
work.   This  research  was  funded by the
New  Jersey  Institute for Hazardous and
Toxic Waste Management.

REFERENCES

1. Schomaker,   Norbert  B.,    "Current
   Research     on    Land    Disposal   of
   Municipal     Solid           Wastes",
   Municipal  Solid Waste; Land  Disposal,
   Proceedings   of   the  Fifth  Annual
   Research  Symposium,  Orlando, Florida,
   pp.  9  - 31,  (March 1979).

2. The   Federal Register,  Vol.  45(98),
     Pps.  33127 -  33129,  (19 May 1980).

  3. The Federal Register,  Volume  51(9),
     Pps.  1750 - 1758,  (14 January 1986).

  4. Clapp,  T.L., Magee, J.F. II, Ahlert,
     R.C.,  and Kosson,  D.S.,  "Municipal
     Solid   Waste   Composition  and  the
     Behavior  of  Metals  in  Incinerator
     Ashes",   Environmental Progress,   In
     Press.

-------
                                                  I in
 o

CD
 O
                                         1-1-1-
                                         ******
                                          S6S
                                         •5 x x
                                         UJ ill \4»
                                         £££

                                          • • 4
                                  ^      T
                                   
-------
Q)


J->
O
(n
 O

 O


4J

 X

UJ


T3
 O
 QJ
r*» in n> (M
    inn
    tS u5 «S iS ui,
    • •
                                     o
                                    ss
                                    •2^3

                                     "o
                                     en-
                                 'g I
                                •io
                                  (A
                                 JT3


                                  3-
  B/qd Bui)
                         asoqj pips
                                              (qsy 6/qj Bui)
                                                                           y pt|°S
                                               o
                                               a
                                               a
                                               i_
                                               -»j
                                               x
                                               til

                                               -a
                                               a
                                               ai
                                               r* in m fu —


                                               5-1-f-l-^-

                                               Ills
                                               ** *» ** ** -

                                               888g|
                                               «j «j •» •* ^
                                               X X X X X


                                               iiiii

                                               • • 4 •
                                                 K!
    (Bui)
                    qj
                                            26
pa}30-n.x3 qj

-------
                                       Disclaimer

The work  described in this  paper was not  funded  by the U.S.  Environmental  Protection
Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect the views of the Agency and no official
endorsement should be inferred.
                                           27

-------

-------
          THE  CLEAN-UP  OF CONTAMINATED SOIL BY THERMAL DESORPTION

                    JoAnn S.  Lighty,  David W.  Pershing
                     Chemical  Engineering Department
                     3062 Merrill  Engineering  Building
                            University of Utah
                        Salt Lake  City, Utah 84112

                    Vic A. Cundy,  Frank R. Groves, Jr.
            Departments of Mechanical and Chemical Engineering
                        Louisiana  State University
                       Baton Rouge, Louisiana  70803

                               David 6. Linz
                      Environment  and Safety Research
                          Gas Research Institute
                          Chicago, Illinois 60631
                                 ABSTRACT

       The  overall  goal  of this  research  is  to  develop  an  understanding  of
the  fundamental  transport  phenomena  associated  with  the  evolution  of  hazar-
dous  materials  from  solids,  in  particular  contaminated  soils.   At  the  pre-
sent  time,  incineration  is  a  relatively  costly  alternative for  the clean-up
of  contaminated  soils  and  it  may  render  the  soil  inert.   A  more economical
option  is  to desorb  the  contaminants  from the  soil  at  lower  temperatures
and  then  use  high temperature incineration  to  decompose  the  hazardous  off-
gases.   This  work is  aimed  at  providing  fundamental  rate  information  which
may  be  used  to  model   the  thermal   desorption   of contaminants  from  soils
under a wide variety of thermal conditions.

       The  experimental   approach  is  three-fold.    First,  a  bench-scale  par-
ticle  characterization  reactor (PCR)  has  been  developed  and  is being  used
to   characterize   intraparticle  transport  under  conditions  where  the  bulk
concentration  and  temperature  at  the  particle  surface  are known.   Following
these  studies,  a  packed  bed  reactor will  be   used to examine interparticle
transport  within  a well  characterized  bed  of  particles.    In  the  third  por-
tion  of  the  work,  a  73,000  Watt  pilot-scale  rotary kiln will  be  used  to
obtain  time  resolved  measurements  of  trace species  evolution.   This  paper
reports  recent  PCR  and kiln  results;  it  does  not  address  the packed  bed
reactor  studies  since  they are just  being  initiated.   The PCR results  indi-
cate  that  soil   pore  structure   is   important  in  the  desorption  of  con-
taminants   from  soil  particles  and   that   the  desorption/diffusion  step  is
probably  a  controlling mechanism.
                                     29

-------
  INTRODUCTION

      The    identification    of   an
 increasing   number   of   Superfund
 sites has  brought into  focus  the
 issues concerning  the  proper dispo-
 sal  of hazardous  industrial  waste
 and   remediation  of   contaminated
 soils.   At  the present time  there
 are  several commercially  available
 treatment   alternatives   including
 redistribution  where the  hazardous
 material is  loaded into barrels  and
 redisposed   in   an  approved  land
 fill,  (6)  and  thermal  incineration
 where  the   hazardous   material   is
 destroyed   by   high   temperature.
 Redistribution   is  becoming  less
 feasible   due  to   the  onset   of
 stringent  federal  and  state  permit
 requirements  for  land fills   and
 this  strategy  only  postpones  the
 problem   for  future   generations.
 Conversely,  incineration  is a pro-
 ven   technology  and   a   permanent
 disposal  strategy  for  most  hazar-
 dous    organic    compounds     (3)
 excluding  heavy   metals;   however,
 incineration  is costly due to ini-
 tial  capital investment  and  auxi-
 liary  fuel   requirements   and   it
 results in a sterile soil.

     At the present time  the fun-
 damentals  of incineration  are  not
 well   understood   and  the  rate
 controlling  steps  have   not  been
 fully identified.  Additional basic
 research is required before conven-
 tional thermal  incineration can  be
 fully optimized and  auxiliary fuel
minimized.    In   addition,  it   is
 possible that  present  incineration
 technology  could  be   modified   to
 include a lower temperature desorp-
 tion  step  (1,2,4)  followed  by  gas
clean   up (by  chemical or thermal
means).  This concept would require
 less  auxiliary  fuel   because   the
solid phase would not be exposed  to
extremely high temperature.  The
 desorption     process    could    be
 accomplished   in   various   types  of
 incineration    or    indirect    fired
 equipment where there  is good mixing
 between  the  contaminated  soil and
 the  desorbent  gas,  e.g.   a  rotary
 kiln,  a  rotary  dryer,  or  a  heat
 screw conveyer.
PURPOSE

     The work reported in this paper
focuses     on     establishing    an
understanding  of the heat  and mass
transfer rates  in  the desorption of
contaminants from a particle of soil
where  the  bulk stream  temperature
and  concentration  at the  particle
surface  are   known.     Using  this
information,  the  intrinsic  desorp-
tion rates  can  be  characterized and
a  model  developed.    In  addition,
preliminary  kiln studies  have been
completed to demonstrate the utility
of this information.

     Future  research  in this  area
will  examine   the   heat  and  mass
transfer mechanisms  controlling the
evolution rate in a packed bed reac-
tor,  where   temperature  and  con-
centration  gradients  exist  within
the  bed.    By  combining  the  rate
information from both the intrapar-
ticle and interparticle experiments,
with the  data from the  rotary kiln
simulator,  it  will  be  possible  to
develop an  overall kiln  model  which
can be used to predict ;the evolution
of  contaminants  from  the bed,  and
hopefully optimize and  predict per-
formance .
APPROACH

     The  overall   approach  in  this
program is based on the concept that
the contaminated  solid charge  in  a
rotary kiln can be viewed as a bed
                                     30

-------
containing  many  layers  of  large
clumps   that   are   being   slowly
stirred.  The clumps are assumed to
consist of  an  aggregate of smaller
particles with varying size distri-
butions and each of  the particles
may  contain  internal   pore  struc-
ture.    Typical  contaminants  may
exist:     1)  absorbed   onto  the
internal pore structure of the par-
ticles, 2)  absorbed onto the exter-
nal     surface   of   the  particles
within  clump,  or  3)   as  separate
crystals within  the clump.   Figure
1  shows a  schematic  of  a typical
contaminated   soil    particle  and
indicates  that  the  particle aggre-
gate  may  also  contain  significant
water.

     The  experimental  testing  has
been  designed  to characterize each
phase  of  the  decontamination pro-
cess.   In  particular it will focus
on  1) the evolution of  hydrocarbons
from  within the  pore  structure of
the  soil   and  the  subsequent dif-
fusion  to  the particle surface, 2)
the   diffusion   of    contaminants
through the  voids  of  the  clump
structure to the  clump  surface, and
3)  the  diffusion  of the  contaminant
species from the clump surface to
the top of  the bed.

      A  four task program  has been
developed.    The  initial   task  is
focusing   on  the  development  of
appropriate  experimental   methods
for  the   preparation   and  charac-
terization   of   hazardous   wastes
appropriate to  the  study.   The sub-
sequent  three   tasks   are  each
designed  to characterize and  define
the rate  limiting step  in  the evo-
lution  of  contaminant  species from
a  typical  contaminated particle,  a
typical  aggregate   of   particles
 (clump),    and  the  rotary kiln bed
itself  (layers  of  clumps)  respec-
tively.  Three  experimental  reactor
systems  are  being   used   in  this
study:

    °A   particle   characterization
     reactor  to  investigate  intra-
     particle effects,

    °A controlled temperature packed
     bed   reactor  to  characterize
     interparticle effects within an
     aggregate of particles, and

    °A  pilot scale  rotary kiln  to
     characterize bed evolution and
     mixing.

This   paper   summarizes   recently
obtained  results from  the particle
characterization  reactor  along with
initial data from the rotary kiln.
EXPERIMENTAL FACILITIES

Particle Characterization Reactor

     The    bench   scale   particle
characterization    reactor    (PCR),
shown  in   Figure 2, was designed to
minimize   external   heat  and  mass
transfer   resistances  so  that  the
boundary conditions at the particle
edge were  well characterized and did
not  vary  as  a  function  of  time.
Preliminary   experimental   studies
have  indicated  that  the  PCR can be
operated  with  essentially  no tem-
perature  gradients  within the solid
bed.

     The   particle  characterization
reactor  is  composed  of  two  con-
centric pyrex glass tubes  of 7.6 and
15.2  cm diameter  respectively held
vertically  between  two  stainless
steel  flanges.   A bed of soil  with  a
known  contaminant  concentration  is
loaded into  the inner  pyrex tube.
The  soil   is  contaminated  by  intro-
ducing contaminant  into a bottle of
soil,  mixing  the bottle, and letting
                                     31

-------
the  soil/contaminant  mixture  adsorb
for  24 hours.  Nitrogen  gas  passes
through  the  annul us between the  two
tubes  and   down   through the   bed
where  the desorption  occurs.   The
bed  is supported on a wire mesh  of
nickel chromium gauze  (24 gauge,  16
mesh)  and   polyester  monofilament
(200 mesh).    Incoming   gas, exit
gas,   and  axial   and  radial  soil
temperatures   are   measured   with
thermocouples.   The  gas  is  heated
using  a  5.1  cm copper tube wrapped
with a 600 watt electric  heater  and
fiberglass insulation.    The  heater
output   is   controlled    using    a
variable voltage  transformer.

     Two 6.4  mm diameter  nickel  gas
sample probes are  located below  the
bed.    The  sample  gas   from both
probes is  combined external  to  the
apparatus and analyzed using  GC/FID
techniques with a  Porapak-P column.
A   6  port   valve   is    activated
approximately every  three minutes
allowing  a  volume of  sample  to  be
analyzed.

Rotary Kiln

     The  pilot  scale  rotary  kiln,
shown  in Figure  3,  is constructed
in   three,  refractory-lined  steel
sections.    The  core  of  the main
reactor  is 61 cm in inside diameter
by  61 cm long  and  rotates  at  a
speed  of 0.5 to  2 rpm.   The kiln
burner  fires  axial   and/or   radial
natural  gas  at  a nominal  rating  of
73 kW.   The  kiln has been designed
to  simulate   a  full  scale  unit   by
replacing the variable of distance
in  a full scale  system  with that
of  time   in   the  pilot  scale.     A
batch  of soil  is loaded  into  the
pilot  scale  kiln and  burned  for  a
predetermined residence   time.    By
sampling  the  simulator's gas  and
solid  phases  as  functions of  time,
it is possible to characterize the
 fate  of  a  control  volume  of  solid
 moving  through a  full  scale  rotary
 kiln  (see Figure 4).  The  simulator's
 gas  burner can  be  moved  away  from
 the  soil  bed  as  time  proceeds  to
 further  simulate  the movement of  a
 control  volume of  solid  away  from
 the  primary  flame  in a  full  scale
 kiln.
PRELIMINARY RESULTS

Particle Characterization Reactor

     Initially  the particle charac-
terization    reactor... experiments
focused  on verifying  the  operation
of  the  reactor  at the baseline test
conditions  (5).   Several   soil  bed
depths  and  nitrogen  flow rates were
studied  to establish  the  operating
envelope     for     the     reactor.
Additional  studies on the influence
of bed stirring were also performed.
In  these experiments  the  soil  bed
was  mixed  with a  stirrer  operating
at  45  RPM.   These results indicated
that a  soil bed depth of 1.3 cm and
a nitrogen flow rate of 5.7 1/m (the
standard  operating  conditions)  are
well within  the  operating  envelope
of the PCR.

     One  of  the   primary  variables
affecting  the  rate   of  contaminant
evolution  is   the  type  of  soil.
Figure  5  summarizes  a  series  of
experiments  on   the   rate   of  0.5
weight  percent  p-xylene  evolution
from various materials whose proper-
ties are shown in Table 1.   The data
of  Figure  5   are  reported  as   a
normalized evolution  rate,  the rate
of p-xylene evolved (gm/min) normal-
ized  with   respect  to  the  initial
amount  (gm)  of   p-xylene   in  the
soil.  With nonporous glass  beads  or
sand, the  evolution  rate is  initi-
ally   very   high   and  falls   off
rapidly.  With more porous  clay or
                                     32

-------
peat, the rate declines quickly and
then  the  decline slows.   In addi-
tion, with the porous clay and peat
the   overall   evolution  was  only
approximately  80% over  the  period
of  the test,  while  the  sand  and
glass  beads   exhibited  a  99.99%
p-xylene  evolution.    The  initial
evolution   rate   for   all    four
materials  was  high due to surface
evaporation as  expected.   The rate
changes with  time  because  of  the
change in  the  surface area covered
by the p-xylene as evaporation pro-
ceeds.   The  nonporous  glass beads
and sand  contained  little internal
surface area;   hence,  the rate  of
evolution  decreases  monotonically.
The evolution data for the peat and
clay    particles    suggest    the
existence  of  two,  very  different
processes.     The  initial   steep
region is  almost certainly associ-
ated with p-xylene evaporation from
the  external   particle  surface  as
with  the  glass  beads  and  sand;
however,  the  second  region  with
almost  constant   evolution   rate
probably  represents  the desorption
of p-xylene out of the pores  of the
soil  particles.     These  results
suggest   that   the   internal  pore
structure of the  soil  particles  is
important in  the desorption of con-
taminants   and  that  intraparticle
desorption/diffusion will likely be
one of the rate controlling steps.

     Evolution  rate data  were also
obtained  over   a  limited  range  of
temperatures   (25  to  140°  C)  as
illustrated  in  Figure  6.   Higher
temperatures      produced     higher
p-xylene  evolution  rates in  both
the evaporation and
desorption/diffusion   regimes   as
expected.     The  evaporation  rate
increases   with  temperature  due  to
the   increase   in   the   partial
pressure  of   p-xylene   at  higher
temperatures.  According to molecu-
lar theory, both the desorption and
diffusion should also  increase with
increasing  temperature,  producing a
evolution  rate  from  the  pores  as
well.

Rotary Kiln

     Similar  contaminant  evolution
rate  data  were obtained  with  0.5
weight percent  p-xylene  on the sand
particles   using   the   rotary  kiln
simulator.     Figure  7   summarizes
typical  kiln  results  obtained  at
500° C;  the results from  an ambient
temperature  PCR run  are  shown  for
comparison  purposes.  As in the par-
ticle  characterization experiments,
the  bulk   of  the  contaminant  is
evolved very  rapidly in the evapora-
tion  region;  however, even  at this
significantly  elevated  temperature
(500°  C)  the  evolution of the final
contaminant  fraction  is   relatively
slow   and  probably   dominated   by
desorption/diffusion processes.

       Hopefully     these    studies,
coupled  with  the packed-bed reactor
studies   and  the   particle  charac-
terization  research will   help deve-
lop a  full  understanding of the rate
mechanisms    associated    with   the
desorption  and diffusion  processes.
While  these experiments are focusing
primarily   on   the   rotary   kiln
environment,  the fundamental results
should  be   equally  applicable  to
other   types    of   solids   handling
equipment.

Future Work
     Future  studies will extend  the
experiments  reported here to  higher
temperatures  (up to 650°C) and will
include    consideration    of   other
surrogate  contaminants  (e.g.  gaso-
line,  naphthalene,  and coal tars)  as
well  as  actual  field  samples.   The
effects  of moisture and  particle
                                     33

-------
size will  also be examined.  These
experimental studies are being sup-
ported  by  coordinated mathematical
modeling  activities.   Theoretical
analysis is  being used to decouple
the  desorption and diffusion steps
and  the data  from  this  regime are
being  used  to  quantify  the  dif-
fusivity and desorption equilibrium
constants   as   functions   of  tem-
perature,  contaminant  composition,
and  substrate  composition.    Two
dimensional fluid mechanic and heat
transfer models  are being  used  to
support the kiln simulation experi-
ments .
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     Funding  from  the Gas Research
Institute,   the   National  Science
Foundation,  and  the NSF Advanced
Combustion   Engineering   Research
Center  (ACERC)  is  appreciated,  as
well as  the assistance  of  Mr.  Ray
Cayias   of   the   Department   of
Chemical Engineering, University of
Utah in the fabrication of the PCR.
REFERENCES

1.   deLeer, Ed W. B., et a!.,
     "Thermal Cleaning of Soil Con-
     taminated with Cyanide Wastes
     from Former  Coal  Gasification
     Plants," 1985, In:  Proceedings.
     Conference  on  New  Frontiers
     for Hazardous Waste Mangement,
     Pittsburgh, PA.
Dev,    Harsh,    1986,    "Radio
Frequency    Enhanced    In-Situ
Decontamination     of     Soils
Contaminated  with  Halogenated
Hydrocarbons," In:
Proceedings,   Twelfth   Annual
Research   Symposium  on   Land
Disposal,    Remedial    Action,
Incineration  and Treatment  of
Hazardous Waste, Cincinnati, OH.

Freestone,  F.,  et  al.,  1986,
"Evaluation of On-Site
Incineration   for   Cleanup   of
Dioxin-Contaminated Materials,"
In:      Proceedings,    Twelfth
Annual  Research  Symposium  on
Land Disposal, Remedial  Action,
Incineration  and Treatment  of
Hazardous Waste, Cincinnati, OH.

Koltuniak, D. L., 1986,
"In-Situ   Air Stripping Cleans
Contaminated Soil," Chemical
Engineering,   August  I5~,   pp.
30-31.

Lighty, J.  S.,  D.  W.  Pershing,
and  V.  A. Cundy, "A  Device to
Characterize  Phenomena   During
the  Desorption  of Contaminants
from   Soils,"   submitted   to
Review     of '    Scientific
Instruments, in press.

Singh,  U.P.,   et  al.,  1984,
"Cleanup    of    Miami     Drum
Hazardous  Waste  Site,"  Journal
of  Environmental  Engineering,
Vol. 110, pp. 343-355.
                                Disclaimer

The work  described  in  this paper was  not  funded  by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.   The contents do  not necessarily reflect  the  views  of
the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                     34

-------
         HIGH TEMPERATURE SLAGGING INCINERATION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE

                             Rik Vanbrabant
                          Norbert Van de Voorde
                                SCK/CEN
                 Belgian Nuclear Research Center (SCK/CEN)
                        Waste Treatment Department
                           Mol, B-2400, Belgium
                                ABSTRACT
    The SCK/CEN, as the treatment center for the low level radioactive
waste in Belgium, develops appropriate treatment systems for different
kinds of wastes.  Since more than ten years, the technical concept of
the high temperature slagging incineration system has been developed
and improved.  The construction of the first demonstration plant was
initiated in 1974.  Since then the system has been operated regularly
and further developed with the view to industrial operations.  Now it
handles about 5 tons of waste in a week.  The waste which is treated
consists of low level beta/gamma and alpha-contaminated radioactive
waste.  Because of the special characteristics the system is thought
to be an excellent incineration system for industrial hazardous waste
as well.  Recently the SCK/CEN has received the authorization to treat
industrial hazardous waste in the same installation.  Preliminary
tests have been executed on special waste products, such as PCB-
contaminated liquids, with excellent incineration results.
Incineration efficiency up to 99,9999 % could be obtained.

    The SCK/CEN decided to build a new facility for the treatment of
this special kind of overlapping waste streams namely, potentially
radioactive contaminated or low level contaminated waste, and highly
toxic industrial hazardous waste.  This plant is called HAWAI-system,
which stands for HAzardous WAste Incineration system, and consists of
an integrated system including the high temperature slagging
incinerator, completed with the pretreatment line of incoming waste
and the cleaning of the resulting off-gases.

    The paper presents the state of the art of this original SCK/CEN-
technology and gives the results of the tests done with special
hazardous wastes.
                                    35

-------
 INTRODUCTION
     Relatively important  volumes  of
 solid and liquid wastes slightly
 contaminated with  alpha and beta-
 gamma emitters are generated in
 almost all the activities connected
 with the  nuclear fuel  cycle.   The
 best way  to make these materials
 suitable  for final disposal.is
 through volume reduction  and
 insolubilization
     In  the high  temperature  slag-
ging incinerator (HTSI), most  of
the  solid or semi-solid combustible
and  non combustible waste  streams
can  be  mixed together and  directly
converted to a stable leach  resis-
tant residue.

     The existing HTSI-plant  at Mol,
has  treated radioactive wastes from
Belgian and foreign nuclear  power
plants,  research, centers,  radio-
isotopes production plants,  and
radioisotope users.  During  many
incineration tests of about  120
hours each, the most important
characteristics  of the process have
been studied and it has been shown
how  the  total decontamination factor
of the off-gas cleaning system, the
volume reduction factor, the quality
of the resulting slag and  so forth
depends on the heat of combustion of
the waste feed,  its composition, the
the melting point and the viscosity
of the resulting slag.

     In the meantime, exploratory
research has been carried out to
extend the range of the applications
of the system.   Possible users
include  :
- polyaromatic hydrocarbons  such as
  dioxines
- polyhalogenated hydrocarbons such
  as PCB's and PCT's
- pesticides
 - metal  containing organic waste
 - waste  from  genetic engineering
  laboratories
 - military weapons discards
 - waste  products  from chemical,
  pharmaceutical, petrochemical
  industries
 - others

    Finally,  during the whole
 operation time, continuous research
 has been carried  out about the
 recycling of  granules to increase
 the mineral content of the waste,
 to concentrate the radioactivity in
 the granules, and to improve the
 volume reduction  factor of the
 waste.
PURPOSE

    The purpose of the research work
done during the last ten years was
to develop a total system for the
incineration of different kinds of
wastes.  These waste streams all
have in common that they respond to
the following definition of toxic or
hazardous industrial waste :
- waste which, due to the presence
  of special atoms like halogens,
  sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, etc.
  needs a high temperature for com-
  plete combustion
- waste which, due to the presence
  of non combustible materials, must
  be burned at high temperature
  above the melting point to obtain
  a liquid slag
- waste which, due to the presence
  of substances hard to combust
  (like polyaromatic hydrocarbons)
  needs to be burned at high tempe-
  ratures to obtain a sufficiently
  high combustion efficiency
- waste which, due to the toxic
  characteristics, needs to be
  handled in an automatically
                                    36

-------
  operated installation to protect
  the working people.

    Therefore, this total system for
incineration of wastes has to fulfil
the following requirements :
- the system must be an integrated
  system
- the system must be remotely
  operational
- the incinerator has to be operated
  at very high temperatures,  higher
  than the melting point of the non
  combustible fraction of the waste
- the system must contain a complete
  off-gas purification system for
  dust removal and for chemical
  products and radioisotopes
- the efficiency of this off-gas
  purification system must be very
  high.
APPROACH

    Starting from an experimental
furnace, the system built in Mol
has been systematically worked out
to become an integrated industrial
demonstration plant.  Depending on
the waste feed composition, its
capacity is around 60 kg/h.

    Fundamental research as well as
many experimental incineration runs
were carried out to develop the
general basic knowledge of incine-
ration processes at high tempera-
tures, and to gain expertise in the
design, construction and operation
of these type of total incineration
processes.

    A large part of the low active
solid wastes and of particular
liquid hazardous waste produced in
Belgium and its neighbouring coun-
tries are treated in this HTSI-plant.
During the incineration campaigns
operational problems were encounter-
ed.  Rather extended shutdown
periods have been necessary for
throughout maintenance of the
installation or major improvements
to the facility.  The encountered
problems are dealt with further on
in the paper together with the pro-
posed solutions and the improvements
which have been carried out.

    Recently more extensive explora-
tory research has been carried out
on the incineration of special ha-
zardous industrial wastes.  The po-
sitive results obtained justified
the development of larger capacity
industrial units.  This work has
started in 1984 with computer code
scaling-up calculations, the design,
construction and operation of an
industrial unit of 130 kg/h and the
design of a unit of 400 kg/h.  The
latter will be used to incinerate
in one single unit both low level
radioactive waste as well as highly
toxic hazardous industrial wastes.
This installation will be ready in
1988 and will be built according
to the HAWA1 process.
RESULTS

    The complete HAWAI-system con-
sists mainly of :
- the incinerator itself
- the waste feeding system
- the granulator and its granules
   evacuation device
- the main oxygen burner with its
  feeding assemblies
- the auxiliary burner with its
  assemblies for feeding liquid
  wastes
- the off-gas purification assembly
- the instrumentation and remote
  operation and control systems
- the peripheral circuits and
  auxiliaries.
                                    37

-------
Description of the process

    At the incineration plant, the
wastes are stored in the storage
area in the original package or in
polyethylene bags after checking
the packages for the presence of
large metal pieces, explosives or
high oxidation products.

    Then the waste is fed to the
shredder by means of conveyors.  A
weighing device ensures that a
suitable feed composition is
achieved within given margin.

    The shredder reduces the waste
to a size of 5 cm.  The shredded
waste pieces fall onto a conveyor
which transfers them to mixing bins.
The latter also provides buffer
storage volume and enables the
solid waste to be mixed with pastes
or sludges before incineration.
Screw feeders convey the blended
waste from the mixing bins to the
HTSI-incinerator.

    The waste is loaded into an
annular space between the outer
wall of the furnace and an inner
cylinder and is further pushed
towards the combustion chamber.
Then, the waste slides down to the
outlet hole of the main combustion
chamber and makes an inverted coni-
cal surface which delimits the com-
bustion chamber at its lower part.
The surface of the cone melts
locally, forming an thin film of
molten slag, flowing along the slope
of the cone and leaving the main
combustion chamber through the cen-
tral outlet hole, together with the
hot flue gas flow.  The slag drop-
lets fall into the granulator where
they are quenched and burst to
yield granules, while the combustion
gas is channelled into the horizon-
tal secondary combustion chamber.
Here all the oxidation reactions are
completed.

    Downstream of the secondary com-
bustion chamber the off-gases are
cooled in a heat exchanger and by
injection of water in an evaporative
cooler.  Dust is completely filter-
ed out in classical bag filters fol-
lowed by absolute HEPA-fliters.  In
a scrubbing unit the gaseous oxida-
tion products are absorbed accord-
ing to the stack emission limits.
An off-gas blower keeps the whole
installation in underpressure.

The incinerator

    The incinerator itself consists
of three parts : the main combustion
chamber, the outlet chamber, and the
post-combustion chamber.

    One of the original features of
the HTSI-process is that the main
combustion space is surrounded by a
wall formed by very material to be
treated.  This space is a conical
cavity formed in the bottom part of
the main combustion chamber between
the lower edge of an interior cylin-
drical wall and the slag outlet
hole.  The inner wall of that cylin-
der is lined with refractory
material so as to form conical sur-
face opposite to that in which the
combustion takes place.   The main
burner is mounted at the top of this
so-called "bell".

    The waste is fed into the annu-
lar space between the outer shell of
the furnace and the fixed inner cy-
linder.  Rotating paddles and
ploughs ensure progression of the
feed material down to the top of the
conical cavity, which is continuous-
ly fed.

    The upper layer of the waste
                                    38

-------
cone is exposed to intense heat ra-
diation from the main oxygen burner
off-gas stream and from the combus-
tion of the waste pyrolysis products.
This radiation is reflected down-
wards by the bell and the whole
forms a kind of cupola furnace.  As
a result of this, the non combusti-
ble residues from the waste are
melted into a slag film flowing
along the slope of the waste cone
towards the central bottom hole.
The waste pyrolysis gases flow
through this viscous layer which
acts as a liquid filter lowering the
dust content of the non filtered
off-gases down to maximum 30 mg/Nm3.

    Originally, the main burner was
supplied with fuel and ambient air
to promote combustion.  Recently,
this device had been replaced with
an advance prototype using pure
oxygen.  The mean off-gas tempera-
ture out of the primary combustion
chamber is therefore increased up to
1700° G.  The surface of the waste
cone reaches under those working
conditions a temperature between
1450 and 1650° C.

    The outlet chamber is located
under the common outlet hole for the
molten slag and the off-gases.  The
bottom of this chamber is fitted
with an outlet dipping into the
water pool of the slag catching unit,
the so-called granulator.  The
molten slag and the off-gases are
separated from each other in this
chamber.

    In the post-combustion chamber,
the off-gases are mixed with the
steam produced in the granulator and
with the secondary air.  It is equip-
ped with an auxiliary burner working
with waste oil.  Injection systems
for waste liquids are mounted around
this waste burner.  The combustion
air is enriched with oxygen and the
possibility exists to inject pure
oxygen in the flame to obtain a
very high flame temperature.

Slag extraction

    The slag is quenched in water,
yielding very irregularly shaped
granules with a basalt like appea-
rance .

    Due to the high incineration
temperature, this product has ex-
cellent properties for safe dispo-
sal.  The residues from incinerated
materials are concentrated in a
small volume and trapped in an amor-
phous matrix consisting mainly of
silica, alumina, iron(2)-oxide,
alkaline earths and oxides of the
other metals present in the original
waste materials.  The true.density
has a mean value of 3300 kg/m3, the
Vickers microhardness is,in the
range of 500 10(exp7) Nm/m2, the
global leaching rate based on the
most significant elements varies
from
10(exp-7- to 10(exp-5) g/cm2/day.

    The grain size distribution of
the product is :

2.5 <
2.0 <
1.0 <
0.5 <

0 5
C 0 <
C 0 <
: 0 <
C 0 <
0 <
> 5.0 TTUTI
C 5.0 mm
C 2.5 mm
: 2.0 mm
: 1.0 mm
: 0.5 mm
21 wt.
27 wt.
13 wt.
26 wt.
8 wt.
5 wt.
    The melting point varies between
1200 and 1500° C according the
chemical composition.

Secondary wastes

    The only secondary waste stream
generated during this process is the
granulated basaltic material called
slag.  Indeed, the quenching efflu-
                                    39

-------
ents and scrub solutions are ade-
quately treated and the resulting
concentrates are fed back into the
furnace together with fly ash suita-
ble modified after collection on the
bag filters, the prefilters and the
HEPA-air filters.

Incineration efficiency

    The incineration efficiency
depends on many parameters such as
incineration temperature, residence
time and spread on residence time,
the mixing rate of fuel and oxidant,
the chemical substances partici-
pating in the reactions etc.

    The interdependence of the reac-
tion rate and the temperature can be
determined by the typical Arrhenius
equation
          k = A.e(exp-E/RT)
where :
   k - reaction rate
   E s activation energy (enthalpy)
   R = the gas constant
   T - the absolute temperature
   A = a constant factor.

    Kinetic data of the incineration
of waste products can rarely be
found. Reed (1) has collected some
results from a number of tests and
research and development studies on
the destruction of hazardous
materials.  Mean values of the rate
constant can be calculated fom some
typical waste products such as poly-
halogenated hydrocarbons (PCB's).

    During special test runs the
combustion efficiency for a wide
range of chemical substances was
determined.  Tests were done with
polychlorobyphenyl, chlorinated
derivation products from toluene,
solid chlorinated wastes such as
PVC(polyvinylchloride).-containing
solid waste, phosphorous containing
waste, etc.

    The tests were always characte-
rized by the following operational
parameters :
- temperatures at different loca-
    tions in the combustion ,-chambers
- chemical analysis of the off-gases
- flow rates of incoming products
- flow rates of off-gases
- residence time.

    As an example the results of an
incineration run for PCB's at mode-
rate temperature are given in table
1.

Table 1 : Experimental test results
          of PCB's incineration
mass flow rate of PCB
air flow rate
off-gas flow rate
  % H20 in off-gases
  % C02 in off-gases
  % N2  in off-gases
  248 g/h
 1222 Nm3/h
 1272 Nm3/h
 7.81 %
 8.47 %
75.91 %
PCB mass flow rate in off-gases
                         0.55 mg/h
residence time           1.92 sec
combustion temperature    957° C
lambda air factor        1.635
off-gas 02 concentration 7.8  %
combustion efficiency   99.99977 %
    This high incineration efficien-
cy is achieved at moderate tempera-
ture (957° C) due to the following
facts :
— high oxygen amount in the off-
  gases
- good vaporization of the liquid
  waste which was done with a spe-
  cial device whereby the liquid
  waste is vaporized in droplets of
  50 to 100 micron diameter
- the good contact between waste
  and oxidant due to high mixing
  effect in the flame.

    The combustion efficiency is
                                    40

-------
calculated as the destruction effi-
ciency for PCB.  One should have in
mind that a high destruction effi-
ciency of the waste product is not
sufficient.  In case of too low
incineration temperatures or too low
residence times, highly toxic par-
tial oxidation products can be form-
ed in the off-gases, resulting in
an overall very bad process.  There-
fore the off-gases should be ana-
lyzed completely and one should look
for PCDD, PCDF, and others.

    In the test mentioned above all
important harmful substances were
present in the off-gases at concen-
trations lower than the detection
limits.  Analyses were done for
PCDD's (tetra, penta, hexa, hepta,
octa isomeres) and for PCDF's (te-
tra, penta, hexa, hepta and octa
isomeres).

    In practical conditions where
the incineration conditions are not
always optimal, it is to be prefer-
red to operate the incinerator at a
very high temperature, to be sure
that all hazardous materials are
completely oxidized, even in case of
poor vaporization.  The HTSI-furnace
as part of the new HAWAI-process
will have following operational
conditions and corresponding oxida-
tion"' efficiencies :
Table 2  : HAWAI operational condi-
	tions	
main combustion chamber
  flame  temperature       > 2000° C
  residence time at T       0.1 sec
  mean temperature in the combus-
  tion chamber              1700° C
  mean residence time at T  0.5 sec
  corresponding efficiency  99.2 %
outlet chamber
  temperature                1300° C
  residence time             0.5 sec
  corresponding  efficiency  93.7 %

post-combustion chamber
  temperature in 1st zone    1700° C
  residence time at T        1 sec
  corresponding efficiency   99.99 %
  temperature in 2nd zone    1300° C
  residence time at T        1 sec
  corresponding efficiency   99.6 %

overall efficiency of the global
system ; 99.99999998 %	

    This means that at this moment
the HAWAI-system is the only one
with such high operating tempera-
tures and corresponding operational
features, which has reached the
industrial application phase.  At
Mol in Belgium the first plant is
in operation since 1976 and working
partly according the conditions of
table 2.  From 1989 on a second
industrial installation will be
operational for both low level
radioactive waste and industrial
hazardous waste, which can be solid,
liquid or sludges.
REFERENCES

(1) Reed, J.C., Moore, B.L.
    Ultimate hazardous waste dispo-
    sal by incineration.  Toxic and
    hazardous waste disposal.

DISCLAIMER

The work described in this paper was
not funded by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.  The contents
do not necessarily reflect the
views of the Agency and no official
endorsement should be inferred.

-------
                        Stack
                                    Biowers
Bag filters
   S
p-
'f!
F
R

Iw

HEPA
Miters
IW

y

?
?



w

W
HEPA
Filters
._2_

w

pp_


                 Heater
                                   Cooling water
                                 Slow-down  water

-------
               PCB TRIAL BURN IN A MODULAR,  MOVABLE INCINERATOR

                               Prakash Acharya
                     ENSCO Environmental Services (ENSCO)
                            White Bluff, TN  37187
                                   ABSTRACT
     ENSCO  conducted  a  trial  burn  from March 11-13, 1986, in El Dorado,
Arkansas,  of  an  MWP-2000  Modular  Incinerations  system  to  ''destroy PCB
liquids,  PCB  items  and  PCB-contaminated  solids in conformance with TSCA
requirements.  MWP-2000  has 4 main process modules—Rotary kiln, capable of
destroying  liquid  PCBs  and  PCB-contaminated  dirt;  secondary combustor,
capable   of  destroying  high-level  PCB  liquids;  heat  recovery  system,
generating  steam  to  drive the system's prime mover; and pollution control
system  that  removes  acid gases and fine particulates from the gas stream.
The  trial  burn  consisted  of  5  separate  tests.  The first 3 tests were
replicate tests. In these tests PCB-contaminated soils, having a PCB content
of 1.8%, and PCB-contaminated fuel, having a PCB content of 2.9% were burned
in the kiln, while high level PCB liquids, having a PCB Content of 603s, were
burned  simultaneously  in  the secondary combustor. In the fourth test, PCB
liquids, having a PCB content of 61%, were burned in the secondary combustor
while  the kiln was not operated. In the fifth test, pre-shredded capapitors
having  a  PCB  content of 18% were fed to the kiln and PCB liquids having a
PCB  concentrations  of 64%, were fed to the secondary combustor. Trial burn
results  clearly  demonstrate  that  a DREs of 99.999999% were achieved. HCl
removal  efficiencies of 99.9% were achieved. Total particulate emissions of
0.01-0.02  gr/DSCF  were  achieved.  PCB  contamination  in the kiln ash and
effluent residuals of <2 ppm were achieved.
Trial Burn Plan
     The   demonstration   burn  plan
 (trial  burn  plan) consisted of five
 separate tests. The first three tests
 (trial burn #1) were replicate tests.
 In,  these   tests   PCB-contaminated
 soils,   having   a  PCB  content  of
 approximately 5.5%, and PCB-contamin-
 ated  fuel,  having  a PCB content of
 approximately  4.5%,  were  burned in
 the rotary kiln (Fig. 1). At the same
 time,  high-level PCB liquids, having
 a  PCB  content of approximately 46%,
were  burned  simultaneously  in  the
secondary  combustor.  The purpose of
these  three tests was to demonstrate
the  capability  of the system to (1)
achieve  99.9999% PCB destruction and
removal  efficiency (DRE); (2) handle
solid  and  liquid wastes in the kiln
and  liquid  wastes  in the secondary
combustor;   (3)   remove  PCBs  from
contaminated soils; and (4) produce a
scrubber  effluent having less than 2
ppm PCB.
                                     43

-------
      In  the  fourth test  (trial burn
 #2),  high-level  PCB liquids, having a
 PCB  content  of approximately  46%,
 were   burned in  the secondary combus-
 tor  while the kiln was not operated.
 The  purpose  of this  test  was  to
 demonstrate   that   a  99.9999%  PCB
 destruction  and removal  efficiency
 and  a  scrubber effluent PCB concen-
 tration of less  than 2 ppm could also
 be  achieved  when the secondary com-
 bustor was operated without the kiln.

      In  the  fifth  test  (trial burn
 *3),   pre-shredded capacitors, having
 a   PCB  content  of approximately 38%,
 were   fed  to the kiln and high-level
 PCB  liquids,  having a PCB concentra-
 tion   of  approximately 46%, were fed
 to  the secondary combustor. The pur-
 pose   of this test was to demonstrate
 that   (1)   a 99.9999% PCB destruction
 and removal  efficiency and a scrubber
 effluent  PCB concentration  of less
 than   2  ppm  could  be achieved when
 burning  capacitors  in  the kiln and
 PCB  liquids  in  the secondary combus-
 tor:    (2)    the  kiln  could  handle
 shredded  capacitors;    and   (3)   a
 detoxified kiln  ash could be achieved
 when burning capacitors.

     An  independent  contractor  was
hired to sample and analyze stack gas
emissions. Each test was divided  into
two  portions.  In the  first portion,
which  took  approximately  one hour,
stack emissions were sampled for  HC1,
particulate, 02,  C02, NOx and SOx.  In
the   second   portion,    which   took
approximately   four   hours,   stack
emissions   were  sampled  for PCBs,
PCDDs   (dioxins),  PCDFs (dibenzofur-
ans)    and   Chlorinated   Organics.
Solids/Ash and scrubber effluent  gen-
erated  during the tests were sampled
and  analyzed  for  PCBs,   PCDDs  and
PCDFs. All wastes,  contaminated fuel,
and  clean  fuel  were   sampled   then
analyzed  for  PCB.   BTU and Chlorine
content by the in-house personnel.
Process Description

     The   modular   waste  processor
(MWP-2000)   has  four  main  process
modules;  (1) Rotary Kiln,  (2) Liquid
Incinerator/Secondary  Combustor,  (3)
Heat  recovery system, and  (4) Pollu-
tion  control  system. A process flow
diagram is presented in Figure 1.

     The  rotary kiln is a  refractory
lined,  carbon steel cylinder mounted
horizontally on a trailer and rotated
by  a  trunnion drive mechanism. Con-
taminated  solids  are transported by
belt conveyor to a .charging hopper at
the front of the kiln. A screw feeder
at the bottom of the hopper feeds the
solids  into the front of 'the kiln at
a  controlled  feed rate. Kiln Outlet
gas  temperature is maintained around
1700 degrees F to assure vaporization
and  partial  destruction   of organic
constituents.  Solids  residence time
of  approximately  30-40  minutes and
kiln  rotation  of  2-3 rpm are main-
tained  to ensure complete mixing and
sufficient  burn time for the solids.
Residual  ash  drops  out of the back
end  of  the kiln into a water sealed
ash receiving tank and is transported
by  a  chain drag conveyor to a port-
able  ash  storage  bin  where  it is
sampled  for  potential  contaminates
before being sent to landfill.


     The liquid incinerator/secondary
combustor is a large refractory lined
shell  sized  to provide a  combustion
gas  residence time of 2 seconds at  a
temperature exceeding 2200  degrees F.
PCBs  and other hazardous liquids are
destroyed  in the primary burner that
completes  the  incinerator/secondary
combustor  assembly.  This  burner has
the  capability to burn highly chlor-
inated materials with low BTU values.
The  primary  combustion products mix
with  the kiln off gas and  additional
air  in  the secondary combustor. The
design  of  the system allows a range
                                      44

-------
of  combinations  of  kiln  off  gas,
secondary  waste to be destroyed. The
variations   are   governed   by  the
thermal inputs imposed by the various
waste streams.

     A   trailer  mounted  fire  tube
boiler  is  provided  to recover heat
from  the  gas  leaving the secondary
combustor.   The  waste  heat  boiler
provides  the  steam required for the
system  prime  mover.  A  boiler feed
water  treatment  package is included
to  assure minimal boiler fouling and
subsequent  boiler maintenance. A de-
aerator   is   provided   for  oxygen
removal  and  feed water heating. Off
gases from the waste boiler are drawn
through  an  Inconnel elbow where the
hot   gas   is  sprayed  with  quench
recirculation solution. The off gases
are   cooled   to  saturation  before
reaching   the  exit  of  the  quench
elbow.

     A  Fiber Reinforced Plastic sump
box  drains  all  the solution into a
large  neutralization  tank  where  a
sufficient amount of lime is added to
neutralize  the  acid  solution. This
neutralization  tank not only acts as
the sump for the Quench recirculation
pump, but also provides the scrubbing
medium  for  the  packed  tower which
removes  the  bulk  of the acid gases
from the quenched off gas stream.

     The  steam   from  the  boiler is
used  to  drive   an  ejector/scrubber
system.  The  steam  ejector/scrubber
acts  not  only   as  the system  prime
mover,  but also  as  a  final pollution
control   device.  The  quenched and
scrubbed   gases   containing    small
amounts  of. particulates and HC1 are
drawn through the ejector nozzle. The
turbulence   created   by  the  unique
nozzle _ and  mixing  tube arrangement
causes  efficient particulate capture
well  into  the   submicron range. The
water,  after removal  of agglomerated
particulate, is recycled to the  steam
 ejector scrubber.  A small,  continuous
 purge is maintained from the scrubber
 sump to keep the solids concentration
 from  building  up  in  the  scrubber
 recirculation stream.

      A    state-of-the-art     support
 laboratory   is  provided  for  rapid
 chemical  and  heating value analyses
 of   the  waste materials. The labora-
 tory   is  equipped  with  an  atomic
 absorption    spectrophotometer   for
 metals  analyses  and a gas chromato-
 graph   for   analyses   of  volatile
 organics  and  other organic priority
 pollutants.   The control room is also
 located  in  the  laboratory van.  The
 incinerator    combustion    process,
 ancillary  processes,   and   stack gas
 quality are continuously monitored by
 a  microprocessor   system for instant
 analysis  of  process  conditions.  In
 the  event  that critical process pa-
 rameter  specifications  are not met,
 the   computer  automatically  ceases
 waste feed operations and switches to
 clean feed until the problem has been
 resolved.

 Test Conditions

 Waste Characteristics

      The  high-level PCB liquids that
 were  fed  to the  Secondary Combustor
 in   all five tests and that were used
 to    formulate  the  PCB-contaminated
 soil and fuel used in the first three
 tests  were  liquids  that   had  been
 drained  from  non-mineral  oil  trans-
 formers at ENSCO's transformer  decom-
 missioning    facility.     The    PCB,
 Chlorine  and  BTU  contents of these
liquids, as  determined from  composite
samples  collected   during   each test
are  presented  in Tables  1 and  2. The
PCB  content  of  the  high-level PCB
liquids averaged 61%  (Table  1) versus
the   anticipated   46*.   Also,  the
chlorine  content  of  these  liquids
averaged  43%   (average   of  the first
three  HCl/particulate  part  of  the
                                      45

-------
 test—Table 2)  versus  the anticipated
 40*.

      The PCB-contaminated fuel fed to
 the  kiln  burner  in  the first three
 tests of Trial  burn #1 was formulated
 by mixing  63% (by.wt.) of the high-
 level  PCB  liquids with 37%  (by.wt.)
 of clean fuel  in a storage tank. The
 resulting  mixture  was kept mixed by
 recirculating pumps.   The PCB. chlor-
 ine and BTU contents of this mixture,
 as determined  from composite samples
 collected   during  each   test  are
 presented  in Tables 1 and 2. The PCB
 content  of this  mixture averaged 29%
 (Table  1)   versus  the planned 4.5%.
 This  higher content was formulated to
 offset,    in part,  the  lower-than-
 planned  introduction  of PCBs to the
 kiln  via the feed of PCB-contaminated
 soils which could be fed at a rate of
 only   4000   Ib/hr  rather  than  8000
 Ib/hr (because  of the  kiln's physical
 limitation   at  the time of the test).
 For  the same  reason,  the chlorine
 content   of  the  mixture averaged 20%
 (Table 2) versus  the planned 4.5%.

      The PCB-contaminated soil fed to
 the kiln in the first  three tests was
 formulated   by  mixing 12%  of high-
 level  PCB  liquids with 88% of moist.
 clean sandy soil.  The  mixture used in
 each   test was   formulated  several
 hours  before  the   test and properly
 stored.   The  PCB,  chlorine  and BTU
 content   of the mixture as determined
 from   composite   samples  collected
 during  each  test  are  presented in
 Tables   1   and  2. The PCB content of
 the  mixture  averaged 1.8% (Table 1)
versus   the  planned 5.5%.  This lower
 contamination level was formulated to
 avoid  creating a mixture having free
 liquids.  Also,   for the same reason,
the  chlorine  content of the mixture
averaged   3.6%  versus  the   planned
4.8%.

      The  PCB  capacitors  fed to the
 kiln   in  Test  5  were  pre-shredded at
ENSCO's El Dorado facility, placed in  ;
30-pound  fiberboard drums and stored  .
in  a warehouse until just before the
initiation  of the test. The calcula-  /
ted  PCB and chlorine contents (Table
2)  of the capacitor feed was 18% and
10.2% respectively were less than the
anticipated values of 36% and 16%.

Waste Feed Rates

     The  computer  logged  the waste
feed rate for every 15 minutes during. •,
the  test. The computed waste rate is  ;
the  average  of  all  the  15 minute -.4
waste  rate readings for that part of -:
the  test.  Separate  waste rates are  >
computed for the HCl-particulate part ,:«
of  the  test and the ORE part of the
test.  The  waste rates are presented ".*,
in Table 3.

Total PCB and Chlorine Feed Rates

     Total  PCB  and  total  chlorine  .
feed  rates to the system were calcu-
lated  using  waste  characterization
data  (Tables  1 and 2) and using the
waste  feed  rates   (Table  3). These
totals are presented in Table 4.

CONCLUSIONS

     The trial burn results  (Table 6)
clearly  demonstrate  the outstanding
performances of the unit.

a)  DREs of 99.999999% were achieved,
when PCB containing wastes are incin-
erated.  ENSCO also  conducted another
trial  burn  using   surrogate  wastes
demonstrating  that  the MWP-2000 can
achieve  99.9999%  ORE  when  burning
predominantly  organic  manufacturing
and   formulating  processing  wastes
that are included among the  F020-F)27
wastes.  The TSCA and RCRA trial  burn
results  show  that  the   MWP-2000  is
capable of incinerating a  broad  range
of  hazardous  wastes   and  hazardous
constituents. The results  of the  RCRA
trial  burn  is  not included  in  this
paper.
                                     46

-------
b)  HC1 removal efficiencies of 99.9%
were achieved. Table 4 indicates that
the  chloride  loading  to the system
was  in  the range of 600-1000 Ib/hr.
ENSCO  also  tested the HC1 scrubbing
system  up  to  a chloride loading of
1300 Ib/hr and HC1 removal efficiency
of 99.9% were achieved.

c)  Total  particulate  emissions  of
0.01-0.02  gr/DSCF were achieved when
soil  throughput  to  the kiln was in
the  range of 2000-4000 Ib/hr. Recent
test  results indicate that the total
particulate  emissions  of  0.01-0.02
gr/DSCF  could  also be achieved when
soil   throughput  to  the  kiln  was
8000-12000 Ib/hr.

d)  Total  dioxins  through the stack
gas  was below the detection limit of
the instrument.

e)  PCB contamination in the kiln ash
and effluent residuals of less than 2
ppm were  achieved.
                                  Disclaimer

 The work described  in this paper was  not  funded  by the  U.S.  Environmental
 Protection Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect  the  views  of  the
 Agency and no official endorsement  should be  inferred.
                                      47

-------
48

-------



























o

o
e
V
j-J
x
0)
•a
•—i
o
w

no
C3
E
03

c
O
o
"^
1— (
CO
3
•c
cr
c
to
a
u
a.
T-l
V
a
H
4*1
c a.

o -o
o "s
-« cr
J3 o 1
bt

a
_,
0.
c o.
1-1
to

0)
(3
C
E «-l
0 CO
4-> 3
c rtii
o
0

CO
a,
T>
0)
4J
«3
C
4J o
C CO
o

1
CO

a.

CO
V
10
(4
0)
•0 E
C 9
e 4-»
LI to
3 tu
00 H



CM
V






|
1






O
1C






CM
V





^
O
C4










o>
CD
T-l





CJ
4->
a
i-t
3
U
•^
4->
(4
n)
o,
—i
o
w
TH TH
C *J
14 n
9 0)
CO H



CM
V






t
1






CM
*
00
to






CM
V





(O
CO
CM










co
CM






(d
Ctf
Q



CM
V






I
1






O
10






CM
V





CO
CO
CM










O>
CO
'-I





u
*j
td
•-i
3
0
n
4J
t,
a
a,
•-i
0
K
»-« CM
C 4->
fci «
3 0>
CQ H



CM
V






1
1






t-
o
CO






CM
V





c-
CM
CO










5
'T-«






a



CM
V





CO

CM
CO






IO
CD






CM
V





co
t-
CM










oo
CO
T-l





CO
4->
a
—i
3 '
O
— 4
4->
Li Cd
a os
cu a
—i -a
CO C
S CO
»-< co
e +->
u n
3 W
CO H



CM
V






•
t






0)
o
CO





1
1





1
1










1
1
1





o
+J
10
l-i
3
U
iH
4J
Li Cd
(0 C£
a a
•-i -a
0 C
w ca
CM •*«
C 4J
L. n
9 0)
pa H



M
V





£-

T-l






O
CD






fl





|
1









(0
O
O
co
•




0)
+J
03
«-l
O
1-1
4J
Li Cd
co ct:
CU Q
-1 TJ
0 C
W 0
CO IO
C 4J
Li M
9 U
n H














































w
&4
o
4J
•H
u
CO
a
co
u
a PCB content of shredded
4J J-l
Bf**i . O
•H
2 4-1 J->
co co
o -H S-l
~i i*-) CO
«*H i<
o <"
?} 4-1
flj ^ W

*° co
2 "to M
* 4J ^
*  S
L, x: £j p
CO 4-> W 5
•C CO -H
O O [2 t ].
o
W J3 4-1 QJ
MO CO
CU (0 CU 13
C O
3 C X O
-H CO)
-v crt CO
4J w W
PCB contents are in (*by.w
Total PCDDs and total PCDF:
of the instrument.
Five tests were conducted.
was HCL/Particulate and the
in the PCB concentrations.
49

-------
 Table 2.

 Heating Value and Chlorine Contents in the Liquid Wastes/Contaminated Solids
  Trial
   Burn
  Test
   Number Test
                               Kiln Waste
                                          Secondary
                                       Coinbustor Waste
 PCB-contaminated
      Fuel	
 PCB-contaminated
       Soil	
           High-level
           PCB liquids
Chlorine    HHV
 %by.wt.   BTU/lb
Chlorine    HHV     Chlorine    HHV
 ftbv.wt.   BTU/lb    %by.wt.   BTU/lb
 Burn 1    HC1
 Test 1  Particulate

           DRE
  21.23    15000
  19.70    15100
   3.90     1290
   4.13     1100
         34.46    12140
         49.33     9500
 Burn 1    HC1
 Test 2  Particulate

           DRE
  21.23    15000
  18.17    13160
   3.90     1290
   3.14
800
         34.46    12140
47.54     9500
 Burn 1    HC1
 Test 3  Particulate

           DRE
  20.85    14800
  20.85    14800
   3.10     1100
   3.10     1100
         48.49     8800
         48.49     8800
 Burn 1    HC1
 Test 4  Particulate

           DRE
                                          49.36     9400
                                          49.36     9400
 Burn 3    HC1
 Test 5  Particulate

           DRE
                      10.20^    6900a     47.28     9400
                      10.203    69003     47.28     9400
 a Estimated for shredded capacitors.

HHV—Higher Heating Value
                                        50

-------
 Table  3.   Waste Rates
HCl-Particulate Test? /DRE Test**


WASTE
PCB-Contaminated Soils
Flow to Kiln (Ib/hr)
Shredded PCB
Capacitors to Kiln
(Ib/hr)
PCB-Contaminated Fuel
to Kiln Burner (Ib/hr)
High-level PCB Liquid
to Secondary Combustor
( Ib/hr)



Trial Burn #1 Trial Burn #2
Test
2370
4174

	

425
261

1796
1722
lc Test 2C
a 4074
b 3331

	

283
297

1616
1706
Test $ Test 4C
3530
4059

— — — ___

330
291

1718 1901
1727 2110

Trial Burn #3
Test 5C



902
751



1061
	 1062
 a  HCl-Particulate test was for one hour.
 b  DRE test was for four hours,
 c  Each test consisted of HCl-Particulate test and DRE test, totalling
    five hours of sampling time.
Table 4. Summary of PCBs and Chlorides
Trial

Trial
Burn 1

Trial
Burn 2
Trial
Burn 3
Burn
Test

Test
Test

Test

Test
Total PCBs Total PCBs
to the system through Stack
1

2
3

4

5
1170

1181
1211

1285

815
5.9 x

4.6 X
2.96 x

5.38 X

11.95 x
io-6

10~6
1C' 6

io~6

10~6
Total Chlorides Total Chlorides
to the System through sta^v
802

775
1011

938

593
.0

.9
.3

.3

.6
o

0
o

o

0
.779

.939
.703

.846

.076
 * All  flow rates are in Ib/hr.
                                     51

-------
Table S.  Summary of Critical Operating Conditions During the Tests
TEST CONDITION

PARAMETER
FEED TO SYSTEM
PCB-Contamineated soil
feed rate to the
kiln (Ibs/hr)
Shredded PCB
capacitors to the
kiln (Ibs/hr)
PCB-Contaminated fuel
to kiln burner (Ib/hr)
High-level PCB liquids/
clean fuel to
sec. comb. (Ib/hr)
Total heat input to
the system (MM Btu/hr)
OPERATING CONDITIONS
Kiln outlet gas
temperature (degree F)
Secondary combustor
outlet gas temp. (F.)
Gas residence time in
sec. combustor (sec)
Stack flow rate (DSCFM)
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
Oxygen concentration in
stack gas (X by vol . )
(dry basis)
Carbon monoxide in
stack gas (ppm)
(dry basis)
Carbon dioxide
concentration in
stack gas (9. by vol.)
(dry basis)
TRIAL
TEST 1



2370


	 •

425

1796/
572

42.37


1628

2310

1.75
7342



4.6


2



13.4
BURN *1
TEST 2



4074


	

283

1616/
578

40.4


1515

2352

1.78
6800



5.7


3



12.8
TRIAL BURN
*2
TEST 3 TEST 4



3530 	


	 ' ' . 	

330 	

1718/ 1901/
561 462
? .
34.64 36.11


1688 710

2386 2404

2.02 1.84
6072 6586



4.6 8.7


5 4



13.8 11.4
TRIAL BURN
*3
TEST 5



— — —


902

182a

1061/
579

30.92


2052

2361

2.04
6180



5.0
•

3



13.0
 a  During Test  5,  clean  fuel was used.
                                       52

-------
Table 6.  Summary of Test Results
                                            TEST RESULT
                               TRIAL BURN #1
                                TRIAL BURN   TRIAL BURN
                                     »2	 #3
   PARAMETER
 TEST 1
TEST 2
                                               TEST 3
          TEST 4
                                               TEST 5
 Destruction and
 Removal Efficiency:
 ORE  (%) (overall)     99.999999
            PCBs
 Particulate
 concentration in
 stack gas corrected
 to 7* oxygen
 {gr/DSCF)
 Acid gas scrubbing
 efficiency:  (%)

 Nox concentration
 in stack gas:
 (Ib/hr)

 S02 concentration
 in stack gas:
 (Ib/hr)
0.0105
 99.90
  2.26
 <0.2
 Total chlorinated      0.0353
 organics (Rcl)(Ib/hr)

 Chlorinated benzene    <0.009
 (Ib/hr) x 10°

 Chlorinated Phenol     <0.058
 (Ib/hr) x 10~J

 Dioxins/Furans;

 Dioxins (Ib/hr)
 (2.37,8-TCDD,  total
 tetra, total PCDD)      B.D.L.

 Furans (Ib/hr)
           99.999999  99.999999  99.999999   99.999998
 0.0239    0.0151
  99.88     99.93
   2.12
   <0.2
2.39
<0.2
                                   0.0252
           99.91
                                     3.31
                                     <0.2
              0.0364     0.0168    0.0386
              <0.035     <0.009     <0.009
              <0.015     <0.022      <0.039
               B.D.L.
 B.D.L.     B.D.L.
                      0.0117
                                                99.99
                                     2.39
                                     <0.2
                                    0.0309
                                    <0.022
                                    B.D.L
2,3,7,8-TCDF
Total tetra x
Total PCDF
-f
10

2.33
28.0
99.1
3.85
6.25
38.1
2.7
4.8
14.5
1.4
1.4
1.4
12.0
41.8
234.1
                                                                       .  y
B.D.L.:   Below Detection Limit—Detection Limit for 2,3,7,8 TCDD—1.6xlO~ Ib/hr
                                                    Total Tetra —1.6x10"f Ib/hr
                                                    Total PCDD  —9.9xlO~*lb/hr
  '•Five  different tests were conducted and each of  the above  number represents
  the result  for the entire system as a whole.
  -'•Acceptable limit for total Particulates is 0.08 gr/DSCF. Acceptable limit
  for ORE is  99.9999%.  (Overall)
                                        53

-------

-------
                 EXTRACTIVE METHODS FOR SOIL DECONTAMINATION;

            OPERATIONAL TREATMENT INSTALLATIONS  IN THE NETHERLANDS

                                 J.W.  Assink
          Dutch Organization for Applied Scientific Research  (TNO)
                 P.O.  Box 342,  7300 AH APELDOORN,  NETHERLANDS


                                   ABSTRACT

    In  a general introduction to extractive methods attention  is given to
the basic principles, the.potential  fields of  application and the costs of
methods  for treating  contaminated soil.
    The  operational  installations  for extractive treatment  in  the Nether-
lands as well as some  recent  developments  are  described in the second part
of the paper.
INTRODUCTION

    This paper deals with the cleaning
of excavated soil by means of extrac-
tion. The  extractive methods include
those by which contaminants are trans-
ferred to and carried off by a liquid
phase. The  following topics  are dis-
cussed:
- A general description of the extrac-
  tion process
- Field of application
- Available installations and state of
  the art in the Netherlands
- Costs of the cleaning method.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE EXTRACTION
PROCESS

    Two principal  removal mechanisms
may  be distinguished  in  extractive
cleaning (1, 2, 3, 4):
- The contaminants  are  dissolved  in
  the extracting agent, with or with-
  out the  assistance  of a  chemical
  reaction preceding or acting simul-
  taneously with the extraction.
- The contaminants  are  dispersed  in
  the extraction phase in the form of
  particles (suspended or colloidal),
  with or  without the  assistance  of
  prior mechanical treatment. The sub-
  sequent separation between the con-
  taminated particles and the relati-
  vely  clean soil  particles  in  the
  slurry is  to  be based on differen-
  ces in:
  . particle size (sieving or classi-
    fication)
  . settling velocity and/of specific
    density  (wet  classification  or
    sink/float techniques).
  . surface   properties   (selective
    coagulation or flotation*)
  . combinations of these properties.

Since contaminants  are  often largely
adsorbed to clay particles and humus,
moderate to  fair  cleaning may result
whenever  these  clay  fractions  and
humus are separated from  the soil by
classification.

Aqueous extracting agents are usually
preferred to organic extracting agents;
this preference  is  based on  a large
number of considerations,  such as:
 ) flotation   is   not   extensively
   discussed in this paper.
                                     55

-------
- Safety of the  extracting agent for
  man and environment
- Prevention of additional groundwater
  and air pollution
- Natural  presence of  water  in the
  soil
- Purification possibilities of loaded
  extracting agent
- User friendliness
- Costs.

A number of aqueous extracting agents
may be  distinguished.  Besides water,
the  addition of  chemicals  aimed  at
improving  the extraction  efficiency
may be considered.
Among the chemicals that may be added
are:
- Acids, such as HC1, H2S04 and HN03;
  the primary purpose  of these acids
  is to dissolve  contaminants,  such as
  heavy metals.
- Bases, such as Na2C03 and NaOH; the
  purpose  of  these   substances  is
  either to dissolve or disperse con-
  taminants in the extraction phase.
  Especially clay  and  humus, usually
  containing a large quantity of con-
  taminants, are  easily dispersed in
  a NaOH-solution.  ,
- Surface  active  agents;  addition of
  these agents facilitates dispersion,
  for example of oil.  Surface agents
  also play an essential part in flo-
  tation processes.
- Sequestering     agents     (complex
  formers), such  as  citric acid, NTA
  and  EDTA;  these  substances  will
  mainly   complex  the  potentially
  "available"  fraction of inorganic
  contaminants   and  will  therefore
  minimize the adverse effects of the
  contaminated soil to the ecosystem.
  In addition to the separate use of
  the above-mentioned chemicals, com-
  binations thereof may be considered.
  The extraction  process  may also be
  favorably  influenced by elevating
  the  extraction temperature,  or  by
  prior oxidation of the contaminants
  with the assistance  of an oxidizer
  (e.g. hydrogen peroxide or ozone).
A large number of physical,  chemical
and  biological  purification  methods
are  practically  available  to  clean
the  contaminated  aqueous  extracting
agents that  have  resulted from  soil
cleaning.   In practice,  coagulation,
flocculation  followed   by   sedimen-
tation or  flotation are often  used.
However,   other  techniques  (such  as
aerobic   and  anaerobic   biological
purification, ion exchange,  electro-
lysis and membrane filtration) may be
equally considered.  These methods are
extensively  used  in  industry.   For
more information on this'subject, the
general literature is referred to.
POTENTIAL FIELD OF APPLICATION

Types of Soil

    The  extraction process  is  best
suited  for  the  cleaning  of  sandy
soils low  in  humus  and clay content;
it  is  fairly  easy  to  separate  sand
particles  larger  than 30-60 urn  from
the extraction fluid because of their
relatively  high  settling  velocity.
Separation may be achieved by using
relatively  simple separation  equip-
ment,  such  as settlers  and  hydro-
cyclones .  A  second  reason  why  the
extraction process is highly suitable
for  the cleaning of  sandy soil  is
that sand particles have a relatively
small specific surface area; thus the
amount  of  contaminants  adsorbed  to
the sand particles  after  cleaning is
relatively low.

    Other  types  of soil  (e.g.  loamy
soil,  clay,   peat and former  waste
dumping  sites)  are  generally  much
more difficult to clean by extraction
than  sandy  soil.  Humus-like  compo-
nents,   silt   and    clay   particles
readily  form   a   relatively   stable
suspension   with   the   extraction
liquid. This  is especially true for
aqueous extracting agents with a high
pH. By using methods based on classi-
                                     56

-------
 fication  these  fines  end  up  in  a
 residual sludge which has te  be pro-
 perly disposed of.  Because  the  costs
.for the  treatment itself as  well  as
 for the disposal  of relatively  large
 quantities of hazardous residual sludge
 will be very high,  classification  is
 seldom an economically feasible method
 for non-sandy soils. Furthermore, many
.types  of  contaminants   are  readily
 adsorbed by humus and clay particles.
 By using methods  based on dissolving
 contaminants the  number of extraction
 steps  or  the  amount  of extracting
 agent required  for a sufficient  clea-
 ning may be  prohibitive to a feasible
 process.

 Contaminants

     Table  1  gives  a survey  of the
 potential  applicability of extractive
 methods concerning the different  kinds
 of contaminant  in  sandy  soils. Not
 every given indication of applicabi-
 lity has yet been proven;  therefore
 the  table  should be  considered provi-
 sional .
     The  term  "applicable"  does not
 always  imply that  a  contaminated site
 will  be cleaned to a satifactory ex-
 tent. Table 1 only refers  to  the  tech-
 nical applicability.
    As may be concluded from table 1,
 extractive methods are  applicable to
virtually  every type of contaminant,
 if  only the appropriate method and
process conditions are chosen  and can
be realizedi

    The actual applicabilities of the
extractive methods do not solely de-
pend  on their  technical  ability  to
remove  contaminants.  Other  factors
that influence the selection  of a cer-
tain method are:
- costs of cleaning up.
- equipment involved and complexity of
  the system.
- safety of the  method (health risks,
  explosion risks etc.).
 - environmental impacts (especially in
   case of organic extracting agents).
 -waste  streams (e.g.  possibilities
   for the final disposal of residual
   sludge).
 - possibilities  of   reuse  of   the
   cleaned soil.
 - desired degree of contaminant remo-
   val, i.e.  ability,  to  meet  appli-
   cable standards.

 As to  the  last  factor  it should  be
 remarked that the  removal  efficiency
 obtained so  far in  the  operational
 installations seldom  exceeds  99%.
     The  costs  of  cleaning  a  given
 quantity  of soil depend on many fac-
 tors,  the principal  ones being:
 -  depreciation  of,  and  interest  in
   the  investment  in   the  treatment
   installation.                ,    .
 -  costs of  labor.
 -  demand for chemicals  and energy.
 -  costs  of  analyses for  the  purpose
   of.process control.
 -  disposal  of residual  sludge  (amount
   and  type  of sludge).
 -  the  standards  which the   cleaned
   soil and  waste water  should  meet.

     Table 2 gives a qualitative  indi-
 cation  of,  the  amount  of  residual
 sludge, the demand  for chemicals a.nd
 the  estimated  range  of  the   costs
 involved  in the various  extractive
 methods.

    The given  costs of  cleaning are
 exclusive   of   costs  involving  the
 excavation  and  transportation of the
 soil.  In  view  of the  lack  of  suf-
 ficient practical data, the estimated
 costs should be  regarded as approxi-
mations .
                                     57

-------
Table 1: Potential applicability of some extractive methods for sandy soils.
Extractive method
Extracting agent
Additives
Contaminant
Aliphatic
and
aromatic
hydrocarbons
volatile3)
non-vo-
latile
Polynuclear aromatics
Halogenated hydrocarbons
(volatile)3)
Organic pesticides
Heavy
metals
and
metalloids
cyanides
cationic
anionic
free
complex
Miscellaneous
(inorganic compounds)
Classification^-)
Water
-
+/0
0
0
+/0
+/0
+/0?
0 ?
+
0
+/0
Water
Base
+/0
0
•f/0
+/0
+/o
0
+/o
+
+
+/o
Water
Deter-
gents
+/0
+/0
+/0
+/o
+/o
0
+
+/o
Dissolving
Water
Acid
0
+
0
+/0
Water
Complex-
ing
agents
6
4-/0
0
0
0
Organic
solvent^)
-
+
+
+
+
+
1) This method comprises a  separation of humus and  fine mineral particles
   (approx. < 50 urn) from the soil; these compounds will  end up in the resi-
   dual sludge.
2) In the case  of  a water immiscible liquid, extraction must be preceded by
   the drying of the soil.
3) These will evaporate to some extent during drying and/or extraction.

Legend to the table

+   generally applicable.
+/0 occasionally applicable,  depending on the actual contaminant(s) and the
    form in  which they are present in soil.
0   seldom applicable; only a minor or moderate amount of the contaminant(s)
    will be removed.
-   generally not applicable.        53

-------
Table 2. Survey of  some relevant  factors for  the selection  of extractive
         methods to treat excavated sandy soil.
Extractive
method*)
Classification:
. water (plain)
. base
. detergent
Dissolving:
. acid
. compiexing agent
. . organic solvent
Amount of
residual sludge
large
large
moderate/ large
small /moderate
small /moderate
small
Demand for
chemicals
low
moderate
moderate
high
high
3)
Estimated
costs^)
(Dfl./
tonne
80-1504)
120-2004)
150-250
150-300
> 200
> 200
1) see also table 1.
2) Dfl. 1.00 approx. US $ 0.40  (January 1987).
3) depending on the recovery rate of the used solvent.
4) actual prices of operational installations.
OPERATIONAL  INSTALLATIONS FOR EXTRAC-
TIVE TREATMENT

Heijmans Milieutechniek B.V.

    Heijmans1   installation  for  ex-
tractive  cleaning  (5)  has  been  in
operation  since the  spring  of 1985.
Its capacity is up to 10-15 tonnes  of
soil per hour. The entire installation
has been constructed in containers and
is therefore transportable. A simpli-
fied  process scheme of the installa-
tion  is given in  figure 1.
     Generally the cleaned  extracting
 agent is  recirculated as  much as  pos-
 sible.  pH May  be controlled  between
 approx. 3 and 12 in almost every appa-
 ratus of  the plant.
 The firm claims the  following poten-
 tial fields  of  application:
 - Cyanides;
 - Water   immiscible   and   low-density
   hydrocarbons  (<1000 kg/m3);
 - Heavy metals;
 or combinations of these types of con-
 taminant  (see also table  1).  The  soil
should contain less  than  30% of fine
solids (<  63 urn) and  humuslike com-
pounds .
Table 3 gives  some  examples of prac-
tical experience obtained so far.

HWZ Bodemsanering BV

    HWZ has  developed  an extractive
cleaning plant  (6)  for sandy soil in
cooperation with TNO (Dutch Organiza-
tion    for     Applied    Scientific
Research). The  plant  has  a capacity
of 20 tonnes of soil per hour and has
been  in  operation since  the fall of
1984. A simplified  process scheme is
given in figure 2.
    The plant was initially developed
for the cleaning of soil contaminated
with  cyanides.  Besides cyanides, the
potential  applicability  of  the in-
stallation is conformable to table 1.
Thus  the  installation may  be con-
sidered  for  cleaning  soil  contami-
nated with mineral  oils, aromatics,
PNA's, some chlorinated hydrocarbons,
cyanides and/or heavy  metals. Some of
the results obtained so far  are given
in table 4.
                                      59

-------
MAKE-UP 1
EXTRAC-
TING AGENT!
I OXIDIZING I
Sll


DRYSWET SCRUBBER (INTENSIVE 	 1 	 '
I"*1 nCVINC 	 *• MIXING) S CHEMICAL >, f
DEVICES OXIDATION V
* COARSE
MATERIALS
CONTAMINATED >1°8mm
SOIL
-

SUSPENSION
; ,
i

FLOCCULANTS _». J^™1"6
SEPARATOR •
i

COAGULANTS COAGULATION
FLOCCULANTS FLOCC5LAT10N
\
i
^ Fl OTATION

r SEWER
GRASS. COKES, ETC.

HYDRO-


DEWATERING

_^_ OIL CLEANED
— » 	 UIL SAND
— »».SILT (< 63mm)


DOUBLE •
PRESS
SLUDGE
(DISPOSAL)
DOUBLE
PRESS
MINERAL
SLUDGE
 Fig.  1.  Process  scheme  of the  installation of  Heijmans Milieu-
         techniek B.V.
MAKE-UP WATER NaQH 	 ^ QRASS_ COKESt £TC
_c 1 i 	 ' 	 •
1 .L!
DRY&WET HYDRO-
DEVICES
' COARSE
MATERIALS
CONTAMINATED > 10mm
SOIL > 40mm
>150mm
j
— — SOLIDS', SLUDGE
	 LiaUID-.(DILUTED)
SUSPENSION
	 OPTIONAL
l

NaOH 4
HYDR
CYCLO
i
FVF «

JET SIZER
CLASSIFIER) T
t !
i
i
0- |

'
COAGUeLANT<; NEUTRALIZATIOh J SECOM
FLOCCULANTS 	 "" COAGULATION i, CLEAN
FLOCCULANTS R ornii ATinu (IN ST
1
^ FLOTATION _ TILTABLE PLATE FILTER :
^ * . SEPARATOR m PRESS " '"""""" ""

r SLUDGE (Fe (OH)3

DEWATERING
SIEVE
• CLEANED
SOIL
|
•- -, i
DARY|
ING | 	 '^
UDYH
~ .
^1
SLUDGE
DISPOSAL
Fig. 2.  Process scheme of the installation of HWZ Bodemsane-
         ring B.V.

                               60

-------
Table 3. Some results of  test  runs carried out with  the extractive instal-
         lation of Heijmans.
Contaminant


mineral oil
galvanic CN
Zn
Cd
Ni
Initial
concentration
(mg/kg)
3.000-8.000
450
1.600-3.200
66- 125
250- 890
Concentration
after treatment
(mg/kg)
90-120
15
300-500
5- 10
85- 95
Removal
efficiency
(%)
appr. 98
appr. 97
appr . 83
appr. 92
66-89
Table 4: Some practical experiences with the extractive installation of HWZ.

Contaminant
CN (gaswork)
PNA (gaswork)
EOCL
Zn
Pb
Initial
concentration
(mg/kg)
100-200
160-190
20-24
81
appr ox. 10
Concentration
after treatment
(mg/kg)
appr ox. 10
0,4-17
0,3-0,5
27
approx . 25
Removal
efficiency
(%)
approx. 95
90-99
98-99
67
approx. 75
Bodemsanering Nederland B.V.

    The installation of Bodemsanering
Nederland (BSN) has been in operation
since  1983  and was  originally deve-
loped to separate oil from sandy soil.
Its capacity is approximately 20 t/h,
and  the installation  can  easily  be
transported  to  a contaminated  site
(7).
The oil separation is based on a high
pressure water jet  curtain spouting
loose  the contaminants  from the sand
particles.  A simplified process scheme
is given in figure 3.
The process usually uses water without
any additives.  This  fact  offers the
option of an additional microbiologi-
cal treatment  of  the spent  process
water and/or the treated sand, as has
been indicated in the process scheme.
Often the  process  water  will  be lar-
gely  or completely  recirculated  to
the high pressure separator.

BSN claims the  following fields  of
application:
- All .aliphatics  and  aromatics  with
  low densities (floating on water).
                                     61

-------
  Contaminants   that   are   largely
  adsorped to those  soil  particles
  that  will  end up  in the  residual
  sludge.
  Volatile contaminants, e.g. per- and
  trichloro ethylene. (These are strip-
  ped to the  air when the  soil is led
  through  the  high pressure  washer.
  If necessary, off gases can be trea-
  ted by active carbon absorption).
- Some water-soluble and biodegradable
  hydrocarbons,  provided the  micro-
  biological option is chosen.
- All  types  of  soil  with  a maximum
  amount of residual sludge  (< 65 urn)
  of approx. 20% or approx.  2.5 t/h.
Some results  obtained with  this in-
stallation are given in table 5.



COARSE
MATERIALS
> 100mm
CONTAMINATED
SOIL
NUTRIENTS -
MAKE-UP WATER
CHEMICALS
_ HIGH PRESSURE SIEVES AND > 63 urn DEWATERING {BIOLOGIC

i

fFflCROBIC
— 0.JTREATM
HOPTION/
1
I
\
COAGULANTS 	 ». ®*M
^ THICK

LOGICAL"! , 	 !
f SOLIDS I
> 7mm 1
1
fy LOAKSt SILI j
>30 urn
t
ENT 	 ^ OIL/WATER 	 *- 0"- << V-8"
kU | | * SEPERATOR 	 ^ SI lmBF ,, , n/flj,
i FLOCCULANTS


AL~j
ENTI
M)|
CLEAN
SAND
                SOLIDS; SLUDGE

                LIQUID.
                (DILLUTED) SUSPENSION
      Fig.  3.  Process scheme of the installation of Bodemsanering
               Nederland B.V. •


Table 5:  Some practical  experiences with the treatment installation of BSN.

Contaminant

Aromatics
PNA's
Crude oil
Concentration
before treat-
ment (mg/kg)
240
295
79.000
Concentration
after treatment
(mg/kg)
45*
15
2.300
Removal
efficiency
(%)
81
95
97
* The concentration of aromatics was  reduced to 10 mg/kg due to microbiolo-
  gical activity 6 months after treatment.

                                     62

-------
Other  operational installations and
recent developments

    In addition to the above examples
other  operational extractive  instal-
lations  in  the  Netherlands   include
the following:
- A  so-called  thermal  washing   in-
  stallation of Ecotechniek BV.
  The  installation  has  a capacity of
  approx.  20  tonnes per  hour  and is
  especially suitable for sand  heavily
  contaminated with  (crude) oil, pre-
  ferably  less dense than water.
- Two froth flotation units of Heide-
  mij  Milieutechniek BV  and  Mosmans
  Mineraaltechniek B.V. These  instal-
  lations  have  a capacity  of  30  and
  15 tonnes per hour respectively  and
  are basically suitable for removing
  all  types  of   contaminants.  The
  treatment results are comparable to
  or sometimes even better than those
  of classification-based methods.
- IMU B.V. has  developed a treatment
  method whereby  an  extractive step
  is followed by  a  thermal treatment
  step. A pilot plant with a capacity
  of 15 tonnes a hour is operational;
  it is  applicable  to  virtually all
  types of contaminants.
Research is still going on to  improve
existing  installations  and   to  in-
crease the applicability  of   extrac-
tive  methods  in  general.  In  par-
ticular much effort is given to heavy
metal  contaminations   and  problems
related to residual sludges.

CONCLUSIONS

- Extractive methods comprise a number
  of techniques, with the common fea-
  ture that  the contaminants  in the
  soil are transferred  to a suitable
  liquid.
- In principle,  all types  of  conta-
  minants may be largely removed from
  soil by  extraction,  if  only  the
  right process and process conditions
  are chosen.
- Extractive methods are  especially
  suitable  for sandy soil, because the
  slow   and  non-settling  particles
  (clay and silt <30	60 urn; humus)
  will generally end up in a contami-
  nated  residual  sludge.  Generally
  this sludge has  to  be disposed of.
  Moreover, clay particles  and humus
  are  much more  difficult to  clean
  than sand particles.
- Up to now, at least 6 installations
  for extractive cleaning of excavated
  soil are operational in the Nether-
  lands. There is a partial overlap in
  as far as the specific applicabili-
  ties  of  these  installations  are
  concerned, since they are all based
  on  aqueous  extraction  agents.  The
  annual capacity  of  these installa-
  tions is approx.  200,000 tonnes.
- The operational  installations have
  proven to be  applicable for cyani-
  des, PNA's  and mineral  oil;  heavy
  metals, halogenated hydrocarbons and
  other  contaminants  are often also
  removed to a great extent (> 80%).

LITERATURE

1. W.H. Rulkens, J.W.  Assink:  Extrac-
   tion as a method for cleaning con-
   taminated   soil:    possibilities,
   problems and research;  Proc.  Conf.
   Management. Uncontrolled Hazardous
   Waste  Sites, Washington  DC  1984
   (Hazardous Materials  Control  Re-
   search  Institute,  Silver  Spring,
   Maryland, 1984)  pp  576-583.
2. M.A.   Smith  (edit.):  Contaminated
   Land:   Reclamation  and  Treatment.
   Plenum Press, New York and London,
   1985.
3. Handboek  Bodemsaneringstechnieken
   (Handbook Techniques for  Remedial
   Action),   Staatsuitgeverij,    The
   Hague, 1983.
4. J.W.   Assink: Extractive  methods
   for soil decontamination; a general
   survey  and  review  of  operational
   treatment installations  in Conta-
   minated  Soil;  J.W.  Assink,  W.J.
   van  den  Brink   (eds.);  Martinus
   Nijhoff   Publishers,    Dordrecht,
   1986.
                                     63

-------
   Personal   communication  with  B.
   Hilberts  (Heijmans Milieutechniek
   B.V.,  P.O.  Box  2,  5240 BB Rosma-
   len, Netherlands).
   Personal  communication  with C.J.
   Muntinga  (HWZ Bodemsanering B.V.,
   Vanadiumweg 5, 3812 PX Amersfoort,
   Netherlands).
   Personal communication with G.H.J.
   Ruiters  (Bodemsanering  Nederland
   B.V., P.O. box 22002,  6360  AA Nuth,
   Netherlands).
DISCLAIMER

The work described in this paper was not
funded by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.  The contents do not necessarily
reflect the views of the Agency and no official
endorsement should be inferred.
                                     64

-------
                       EVALUATING ELECTRO-KINETICS AS A
                          REMEDIAL ACTION TECHNIQUE

                  Jao-Jia Horng and Sunirmal  Banerjee, Ph. D
                       Department of Civil Engineering
                           University of Washington
                         Seattle, Washington    98195
                                     and
                             Jonathan G. Herrmann
               Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
                    U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
                           Cincinnati, Ohio   45268
                                   ABSTRACT
      The use of electro-kinetics has found successful  field application in
 dewatering of ground and to a limited extent in reclamation of naturally
 contaminated soils.  The objective of the project described in this paper
 is to evaluate the likely operational success of the technique in decontam-
 inating soils at a Superfund site. The evaluation is being carried out by
 conducting both laboratory experiments at the University of Washington and
 field experiments at the United Chrome Products, Inc. (United Chrome)
 Superfund site near Corvallis, Oregon.  These experiments will address the
 consequences of placing a direct current (d.c) electrical field across
 contaminated soils in order to enhance the migration of pollutants from the
 soil to a point of collection. The information presented in this paper
 describes the laboratory testing apparatus and the laboratory experiments
 that have been performed on samples of the contaminated soil  taken from the
 United Chrome site.  Results of the laboratory experiments are presented
 along with conclusions on the potential effectiveness of electro-kinetics
 treatment at United Chrome.


                                Disclaimer

This paper has been reviewed in accordance with the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency peer and administrative review policies and  approved for
presentation and publication.
                                      65

-------
INTRODUCTION

        The Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA)
has placed increasing emphasis on
the development of innovative tech-
nologies to manage hazardous wastes
at Superfund sites.  This emphasis
has superceded the concept of
relying on land-based containment
technologies which essentially do
little to reduce the overall hazar-
dous nature of the contained wastes.
Due to this changing emphasis, the
U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency's (EPA's) base Superfund re-
search program is evaluating those
technologies which are just emerg-
ing as possible remedial action
techniques at Superfund sites.  (6)
The evaluation of electro-kinetics
has been assigned to this latter
category since the basic processes
that determine the effectiveness of
electro-kinetics treatment are  not
well understood.  Also, there app-
ears be limited interest at this
time by the private sector in
developing electro-kinetics treat-
ment to a point where it could  be
evaluated on a pilot or field-scale
basis.

     Over the past decades, evidence
has been gathered to show that  when
subjected to electro-kinetics treat-
ment, the physico-chemical charac-
teristics of a saturated soil de-
posit can undergo  permanent changes.
These changes in the characteris-   •
tics of soil deposits are due to a
variety of processes, (e.g., move-
ment of water, ion migration and
diffusion, ion exchange, mineral
decomposition, precipitation of
secondary minerals, electrolysis,
hydrolysis, oxidation and reduction
of  ionic species,  and heat and  gas
generation). Many  previous studies
(2,3,4,5) have indicated that from
a technical viewpoint electro-kine-
tics treatment may be a  feasible
approach for decontaminating polluted
soils.  This is based, however, on
the fact that the hydrogeologic sys-
tem is amenable to the constraints
of electro-kinetics treatment as it
is presently understood.

PURPOSE

The purpose of the research des-
cribed here was to:

a) conduct a series of experiments
   with systematic variation of
   hydraulic and electo-kinetic
   variables (e.g., hydraulic
   gradient, induced flow velocity,
   total flow velocity, total fluid
   flow, strength and direction of
   electric field, treatment time
   interval and total current)
   which can influence the electro-
  'kinetics treatment of soil and,

b) evaluate the effects of treat-
   ment in terms of changes in
   concentration of metal ions
   (i.e., chromium).

     With some understanding of the
effectiveness of electro-kinetics
treatment in the laboratory, a pilot-
scale test at the United Chrome site
could be properly designed.
APPROACH

Site Selection

     A review of information on the
United Chrome site indicated that it
was a candidate for electro-kinetics
treatment. The site covers approxi-
mately 0.6 hectares (ha) of level
ground. The site is neither so
large that a relatively untested
technique might be considered too
risky for the benefits expected,
nor it is so small that excavation
and disposal of the contaminated
soil at a hazardous waste disposal
                                     66

-------
facility might be considered desir-
able.  The hydrogeologic conditions
at the site and the hydraulic
conductivity of the subsurface
soils are also suitable for electro-
kinetics treatment. The groundwater
table at the site varies from
between 0 to 13 meters (m) in depth
depending upon the season.  During
wet winters, the water table is
located at 0 to 2.5 centimeters
(cm) below ground surface.  Further-
more, there is very little flow of.
groundwater through the site and
the average hydraulic gradient of
the site is approximately 0.008
m/m. The contaminated near-surface
soils are adequately permeable for
electro-kinetics treatment since the
data indicate that the hydraulic con-
ductivity may range from  5 x 10~4
cm/sec  (1) to 5 xlO~6 cm/ sec.
(current investigation).  All of
these characteristics,  (e.g., app-
ropriate areal extent of  the site,
nearly  static  groundwater regime,
and  saturated moderately  permeable
soils at  shallow depth) are  suitable
for  hydraulic  leaching  and electro-
kinetics  treatment of the soils at
United  Chrome.

      The  relatively  simple  chemis-
try  of  the  wastes  at the  United
Chrome  also favors  in-situ  treat-
ment.   The  contaminants at  the site
are  inorganics  which  exist  in  the
 soil-water  system as  cations and
anions. The most important  of  these
contaminants is  hexavalent  chromium
 (CrVI)  which exists  in  anionic form
 as CrO|^ or HCrO^ or CrzQj
 depending upon the pH and concentra-
 tion of the chromium ion  in the
 soil-water system. The removal of
 anionic chromium or chromate appears
 to be the major target for any in-
 situ treatment effort at  the site.
 Chromate is relatively unreactive
 with soils and is not expected to  be
 significantly retarded in its migra-
 tion by adsorption or precipitation.
Further, chromate is present at a
concentration in the range of 100 -
10,000 mg/1  and is a major ionic
constituent  of the solution.  (1)
Hence, it can be transported by
ionic migration with relatively
high efficiency and with relatively
low electrical power consumption.

Field Exploration

     Three shallow borings were
made at United Chrome with 15-cm
hollow stem augers for the purpose of
retrieving soil samples for the lab-
oratory studies. One of the borings
was located near a dry well and a
second was located at the entrance
to the property since both of these
locations were the areas where
near-surface  soils were substan-
tially contaminated.  Two shallow
wells with stainless steel casings
and screens were installed in the
borings.  A third boring was made
east of the United Chrome building
in order to obtain samples of
uncontaminated soils located out-
side the contaminant plume.  Cores
from the three borings were obtained
using stainless steel Shelby tubes
6.3 cm  in diameter.

Testing Program and Methodology

     An outline of the hydraulic
leaching and  electro-kinetics  treat-
ment  experiments are presented  in
Table 1.  In  order to minimize  the
disturbance  of the sample to be
tested  a 5-cm diameter thin-wall
tube was inserted  into the  afore-
mentioned Shelby tube.  The  soil
sample  in this thin-walled  tube was
transferred  to a  plexiglass  oedo-
meter (see Figure  1).  The  oedometer
was  specifically  designed  and  built
for performing  laboratory  electro-
kinetics tests.   The oedometer is a
5-cm (inside diameter) plexiglass
cell  with electrode  assemblies at
both ends. Each  electrode  assembly
                                      67

-------
   Table  1. Hydraulic  and  Electro-kinetic  Leaching Experiments 1  through 8
                  with Contaminted  Soils  Using the  Oedometer
Experiment No.   Description of Testing
      2

      3

      4

      5
      7


      8
The leaching of chromium from the soil column was first tested by flushing with
tap water at 0.14 kg/cm2 hydraulic pressure. Several short-duration applications of
electrical field were also made on this sample to obtain the electro-osmotic
conductivity.

Several hydraulic pressures were employed in leaching the chromium from the soil
column.

The effects of different combinations of electrical field and hydraulic leaching were
tested in order to study the effect of these changes on the chromium removal.

The effects of different strengths and directions of hydraulic and electro-kinetic
fields on chromium removal were examined.

The soil column was changed from vertical to horizontal position in Experiments 5
through 8. The effluent of the oedometer was withdrawn at the anode during
application of constant hydraulic pressure (0.28 kg/cm2) and constant electrical
field (1.0 V/cm).

Initially, the effluent was withdrawn at the cathode during the simultaneous
treatment with a constant electrical field (1.0V/cm) and a hydraulic pressure (0.07
or 0.14 kg/cm2). Then the electrical field was reversed twice in order to study the
effect on chromium removal.

The influence of a lower electrical field (0.1 V/cm) on chromium removal was
investigated under simultaneous hydraulic and electro-kinetic treatment with  the
fluid effluent at the anode.

Electrical fields of 0.25 V/cm to 0.1  V/cm with a hydraulic gradient were tested to
study the effect on chromium removal. The effluent was collected at the anode.
              Note:
              1, 2, 3, 4:
              Voltage
              Measuring
              Points
                  Electrodes •
                                        Sample
                                         3 ZH
             	fnp2HKi?|?
               To Flowmeter:
                                                           ;To Pore Pressure
                                                              Transducer
                                          ! To Pore Pressure
                                           Transducers and
                                              Voltmeter
                                       I     '
                                          ITo Pore Pressure
                                              Transducer
                     Figure 1:  Laboratory  Electro-osmotic  Oedometer
                                            68

-------
consists of a nickel-copper wire-mesh
electrode, mounted on top of a
porous stone.  The electrode assem-
bly, at the top end, can move in re-
lation to the cell to accomodate the
consolidation processs within the
soil sample. During an experiment,
pore water pressure is monitored by
a pore pressure transducer which is
in hydraulic connection with a
closed electrode. Also, flow rate
measurements across the cathode can
be made from a variable area flow-
meter connected to another hydraulic
line at the cathode.  Two stainless
steel hypodermic needles can be
inserted into the soil sample at the
distances of 1.2 and 3.7 cm from
the cathode so that measurements of
pore pressure and electrical poten-
tial at certain locations in the
sample may be made.  A piece of
plastic tubing is fitted around the
outside wall  of the needle in such
a manner that the measured voltage
reflects the potential  of the soil
around the tip.  A diagrammatic
drawing of the test set-up for an
electro-osmotic test is presented
in Figure 2.  The set-up consists
of the previously described oedomet-
er, a loader, a DC power supply, a
variable area flowmeter, a de-aired
water tank connected to a pressure
source, pore water pressure trans-
ducers, signal conditioners, and a
strip chart recorder.  After the
soil sample is placed into the
oedometer both ends of the oedometer
are mounted with the wire-mesh
electrodes, filter papers, and
porous stones.  De-aired tap water
is introduced from a tank by com-
pressed air to the bottom of the
oedometer to saturate the soil
sample.  Following saturation, the
                    A
      DC Voltage
      Power Supply
      Loader. Pressure
                                                 Note:
                                                 P1 through P4= Pressure
                                                             Transducers
                                                 V1 through V5=Valves
             Figure 2: Schematic Arrangement for Laboratory Testing

                                     69

-------
 oedomter is fixed either vertically
 (Experiments 1 through 4) or hori-
 zontally (Experiments 5 to 8).  Hori-
 zontal  orientation of the cell is
 always  considered preferable since
 reversal  of polarity of the electro-
 des does  not introduce electro-
 kinetic flow against gravity.

 RESULTS

 Data Evaluation

      To develop an appropriate
 treatment approach by combining
 hydraulic leaching and electro-kin-
 etics treatment,  it is necessary  to
 examine their interactions.   In the
 series  of experiments, briefly
 described in Figure 1  the removal
 of chromium was first  tested by
 hydraulic leaching only (Experi-
 ments 1 & 2).   In  the  subsequent
 experiments an electrical  potential
 was  imposed on the hydraulic flow
 to study  its influence on chromium
 removal.   Results  from the experi-
 ments have  been presented as normal-
 ized curves (Figures  3 through 6)
 showing the cumulative fraction of
 chromium  removed  versus the  cumula-
 tive volume of water  removed(in
 units of  soil  column  volumes).

      Some general  observations  about
 the  experiments are appropriate
 now.  Most  of  the  chromium (over
 99%)  leached from  the  soil is  solu-
 ble  hexavalent  chromium (Cr  VI) in
 the  anionic forms  of CrO^f  ,  HCrO^
 or Cr20y^ rather than  the  fairly
 insoluble trivalent chromium (Cr  III)
 cation.  However,  the  value  of
 chromium concentration was reported
 as total chromium  in the experimen-
tal  results  in  accordance to the
analysis method.   Chromate species
are the dominant anions; therefore
a significant fraction of the
electrical  current should be
carried by the chromium ions. The
experiments were generally carried
 out  over time  periods of  a week to
 two  weeks.   During the course of an
 experiment  at  constant voltage
 and/or constant  hydraulic pressure,
 the  electrical current flow and/or
 the  hydraulic  flow tended to de-
 crease moderately.  The internal
 decrease in hydraulic conductivity
 and  increase in  electrical resis-
 tance  may be experimental artifacts
 of the oedometer test cell.  The
 evaluation  of  these parameters and
 their  change during testing is a
 major  objective  of the proposed
 field  work.

     The chromium removal by hydrau-
 lic  leaching of  the soil column
 appeared to  depend only on the
 total  water flow through the soil
 column  and was apparently indepen-
 dent of the  hydraulic pressure
 applied  on  the soil column.  Though
 Experiments  1  &  2 were tested
 under  different  hydraulic pressures,
 no significant difference in the
 ratios  of total  leached chromium
 was observed (Figure 3).  It can be
 seen that chromium removal increased
 so that  more than half was removed
 with a  volume  ratio (volume of
 fluid collected  to volume of soil
 column)  of 0.5,  which corresponds
 approximately to one pore volume of
 water passing through the soil
 column.  Chromium removal  was
 substantially complete with a
 volume  ratio of  1 to 1.2.   These
 results  indicate that there was
 some dispersion  of contaminants
 during hydraulic leaching, but that
the retardation  of chromium was
 very slight.  The results in Figure
 3 were combined and used as a
 comparison for the. electro-kinetic
 effect on the removal  of chromium
from the soil column in subsequent
experiments.   (Experiments 3 through
8).

     The imposition of an  electrical
field along with hydraulic leaching
                                     70

-------
CO
**  1 r
,0  LC

SE  0.9-


5  0-8-

O  0.7-
(0
,0  0.6H

"S  0.5H
.2
'«  0.4H
 I  0.3d

O
    0.2-
    0.1-
    0.0^
                      p=0.07
                                                !p= pressure difference
                                                   across sample
                                                +  Exp1, p = 0.14 kg/cm2
                                                O Exp2, variable p
       0.0
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.4
                   Cumulative Volume Ratio, EV/Vo

            Figure 3:  Comparison  of  a  Single  (Experiment 1)
                      Versus  a Variable  (Experiment 2)
                      Hydraulic Pressure.
                                    71

-------
co
QC
V)
U)
(0
 >
V»
JO
 3

 3
O
0.9-

0.8-

0.7-

0.6-

0.5-

0.4-

0.3-

0.2-

0.1-
0.0 J
                                                      Denotes polarity
                                                      reversal
                                                  x   Exp 1  & 2
                                                  D  Exp 3
                                                  O  Exp 4
   0.0
           0.3
0.6
 I
0.9
 i
1.2
 I
1.5
1.8
2.1
2.4
                         Cumulative Volume Ratio, E V/Vo

              Figure 4:  Comparison of Combined Hydraulic
                        Pressures (Experiments 1  & 2)  Versus
                        Combined Hydraulic Pressures  and
                        Electric Field (Experiment 3)  Versus
                        Combined Hydraulic Pressures  and
                        Electric Field with Polarity  Reversal
                        (Experiment 4).
                                    72

-------
 (0
 +•>
 .o
 1X1
 - kJ"
 o
 "(5
 (0
 CC
 (A
 V)
 (0
- 3

 3
O
1.1.

1.0-

0.9-

0.8-

0.7-

0.6-

0.5-

0.4-

0.3-

0.2-

0.1-
0.0«
          Denotes polarity
          reversal
        x Exp 1  & 2
        O Exp 5  - Effl @ Anode
       O Exp 6  - Effl @ Cathode
        0.0   0.3    0.6    0.9
                              i
                              1.2
 i
1.5
1.8     2.1
2.4    2.7
3.0
                    Cumulative Volume Ratio, EV/Vo

               Figure 5: Comparison of Combined Hydraulic
                         Pressures  (Experiments 1  &  2)  Versus
                         Effluent Removal at the  Anode
                         (Experiment 5)  Versus Effluent
                         Removal at the  Cathode (Experiment  6),
                                      73

-------
 (0
 O

.2
+3
 (0
CC
 s
I
 3
 5
o
     1.1.
§    1.0-
-—.
§    0.9-
U]
•^    0.8-
*j

™    0.7-

     0.6-

     0.5-

     0.4-
 V)
 CO
J5   0.3H
    0.2-

    0.1-
    0.0*
                  x  Exp  1 & 2
                  D Exp  5 - 1.0 V/cm
                  O Exp  7 - 0.1 V/cm
       0.0    0.3    0.6   0.9
1.2
1.5
1.8
 i
2.1
2.4
2.7    3.0
                     Cumulative Volume Ratio, E V/Vo

          Figure 6:  Comparison of Combined Hydraulic
                     Pressures (Experiments 1 & 2) Versus
                     Two Voltages (Experiments 5 & 7) at
                     a Constant Hydraulic Pressure.
                                     74

-------
of the soil columns either reduced
(Experiments 3, 4 and 6) or enhanced
(Experiment 5) removal of chromium,
as shown in Figures 4 and 5.  In
Figure 4 (Experiments 3 and 4),
chromium removal was retarded,
primarily due to reversing the
direction of net fluid flow.  More
water was required to flow through
the column in order to achieve the
same chromium removal as in Experi-
ments 1 & 2.  In these early
experiments, it was thought that
relatively frequent reversals of
flow direction or electric field
would yield useful experimental
information.  However, a delayed
response in the chromium concentra-
tion was noted due to a dead volume
of fluid in the tubing and porous
stones.  The delayed  response was
observed in both Experiments 3 and
4.  It was recognized as an unavoid-
able experimental problem that
could be reduced by minimizing
changes in flow direction and by
using longer experimental testing
times.

     Several observations can also
be made regarding the basic electro-
kinetic process.  When electro-
kinetics was the only treatment, an
increase in the pH of the water
sample collected from the cathodic
effluent was observed after the
delay mentioned previously.   In
addition,  gases evolved  and accumu-
lated at the cathode.  The pH in-
crease and  gas  production at the
cathode implies the  electrolysis of
water, which  is a likely cathode
reaction.  This pH  change may also
cause  secondary chemical  reactions.
The produced  gases  and drying caused
by heat that  is generated may in-
crease- the electrical resistance and
decrease the  efficiency  of  electro-
kinetics treatment.   Chloride  ions
behaved most  similarly to the  chro-
mate;  however,  all  anions tended to
change  concentration simutaneously.
     The concentration changes of
cations (sodium and calcium) were
similar to the concentration changes
of chromium in the leached water
sample of Experiment 4.  Since
chloride and sodium ions are unlike-
ly to react chemically with soil,
thereby retarding their leaching,
the similar behavior of chromate
ions to both of them suggests that
displacement of pore water was the
most important mechanism for remov-
ing chromium in Experiments 3 and 4
and that the effect of electro-kin-
etics was relatively small.  It was
shown in Experiments 5 and 6 (Figure
5) that electro-kinetics treatment
combined with hydraulic leaching
can have a great influence on the
removal of chromium from the United
Chrome soils. In particular the
selection of the anode or cathode for
withdrawal of effluent exerts a
dramatic effect on chromium removal.
By withdrawing the column effluent
from the anode Experiment 5 achieved
a more successful removal of chrom-
ium than was achieved in Experiments
1 & 2.

     A gradual decrease of chromi urn
removal in the initial stage of
Experiment 6 (as shown in Figure 5)
was due to the collection of water
at the cathode. After this decrease
of chromium removal in Experiment
6 was noted the polarity of the
electrical field was reversed,
which changed the water collection
to the anode, and chromium removal
increased rapidly (slope increase
as seen in Figure 5). When another
reversal of electrical field was
made to change the water collection
back to the cathode, a decrease in
slope was again noted, but the
effect was small because most of
the chromium had already been
flushed out of the soil column.
These results suggest that effluent
for chromate removal should be
collected at the anode.  The results
                                     75

-------
 also suggest that reversing the
 electrical  field should be avoided
 during the  combination of hydraulic
 leaching and electro-kinetics
 treatment because withdrawal of
 the fluid from the cathode always
 depresses the chromium removal.

      The effect of the electrical
 field strength during  the combined
 treatment was examined in Experi-
 ments 5 and 7. Effluent was coll-
 ected at the anode in  both of  these
 tests.   Experiments 5  and 7 were
 more successful  in removing chromi-
 um from the soil  column than Ex-
 periments 1  & 2 (Figure 6).  To
 achieve a 95% removal  of chromium,
 Experiments 1  & 2, 5,  and 7 would
 require about 1.1, 0.5, and 0.8
 soil  volumes of water, respect-
 ively.   These results  indicate that
 electrokinetics  treatment may
 significantly reduce the time  of
 in-situ  treatment  as well  as the
 volume  of contaminated water that
 must  be  treated  once it is  removed
 from the ground.   No significant
 difference  in the  cummulative
 removal  of  total  chromium was
 observed in  the  very early  stages
 of treatment (Figures  5 and 6)
 regardless  of the  direction and
 strength of  the  electrical  field
 vis-a-vis the direction  of  the
 hydraulic leaching.  The bene-
 ficial  effect  of electro-kinetics
 in these experiments only  became
 apparent when  the  volume ratios
 (volume  of  fluid collected to
 volume of soil column)  was  about
 0.3  (Experiment 6  in Figure 5)
 up to about  0.5  (Experiments 5
 and 7 in  Figure 6).  The volume
 ratio of  0.5 is approximately equal
to the porosity of the, soil column
 in these experiments.  This fact
suggests that  the  displacement  of
the pore water from the  pore space
 in soil may  play an  important
 role in the  early  stage  of treat-
ment  (when the water volume
flow through the soil is less than
0.3 times the soil volume) whether
the electric field is imposed or
not.  After this early stage, how-
ever a significant difference in
chromium removal by combined hydrau-
lic leaching and electro-kinetics
treatment was observed.

Conclusions

     The following conclusions may
be drawn from the results of these
experiments and applied to the United
Chrome site:

(1)  It appears that the combinat-
     ion of hydraulic leaching and
     electro-kinetics treatment can
     accelerate chromium removal
     compared to hydraulic leaching
     alone (Figure 6). This acceler-
     ation should be much more pro-
     nounced in a field test at
     United Chrome where the hydrau-
     lic gradient will be low
     relative to the electrical
     potential  applied.

(2)  The displacement of polluted
     pore water by hydraulic leach-
     ing dominates the early stage
     of chromium removal from the
     United Chrome soils until  the
     water flow through the column
     is about one-half of the fluid
     to soil column ratio, (as  seen
     in Figures 5 and 6). Sometimes,
     the electro-kinetic effect can
     be discerned as early as
     approximatley one-third of the
     fluid to soil  column ratio
     (Experiment 6 in Figure 5).

(3)  The choice of the anode for
     collection of effluent during
     simultaneous hydraulic leaching
     and electro-kinetics treatment
     determines the success of
     accelerating chromium removal
     from the United Chrome soils
     as shown in Figure 5.  When
                                     76

-------
     the  cathode was chosen,  chrom-
     ium  removal was depressed.
     When the  effluent  was  collect-
     ed at the anode, increased
     chromium  leaching  was  observed.
     There is  no advantage  to
     reversals of  either the  elect-
     rical field or hydraulic flow
     during the combined treatment.

(4)  The  possible  mechanisms  involv-
     ed  in the combination  of both
     hydraulic leaching and electro-
     kinetics  treatment are disper-
     sion due  to the  hydraulic
     flow, ion migration, water
     electrolysis, adsorption/despor-
     tion, and chromium reduction
     due  to the imposed electrical
     field* There are  significant
     experimental  and theoretical
     problems  in quantitatively
     assessing these  factors  and
     their interaction.

(5)  Laboratory studies should
     evolve to extend the range  of
     physical  and  chemical  condit-
     ions studied. While laboratory
     studies to date  have indicated
     the possible  application of
     electro-kinetics to contaminat-
     ed soils  at the  United Chrome
     site, considerable work  is
     still needed to  develop general
     guidelines for use of  electro-
     kinetics  treatment.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The  research described  in this
paper has been funded wholly or in
part by the United States Environ-
mental Protection Agency through
Cooperative Agreement No.  CR
811762 to,the  University of
Washington.   It has been sub-
jected to Agency  review and
approved  for  publication, but
does not necessarily reflect the
views of the Agency and no official
endorsement should be inferred.
Mention of trade names or commercial
products does not constitute en-
dorsement or recommendation for
use.  The authors wish to thank
Mrs. Margaret Kopriwa for clerical
support in the preparation of this
paper.

REFERENCES

1.   CH2M Hill, 1985, "Remedial
     Investigation Report - United
     Chrome Products Site Corvallis,
     Oregon, USEPA 106.0L32.0,"
     Contract No.  68-01-6692,
     Seattle, Washington.

2.   Gibbs, H.J., 1966, "Research
     on Electro-reclamation of
     Saline-Alkali Soils," Trans.
     ASCE, Vol. 9, p. 164-169.

3.   Hamnet, R., 1980, "A Study of
     the Processes Involved in the
     Electro-reclamation of
     Contaminated Soils," M.S.C.
     Thesis, University of Manchest-
     er, U.K.

4.   Puri, A.N. and Anand, B.,
     1936, "Reclamation of Alkali
     Soils by Electro-dialysis,"
     Soil Science, Vol.  42, p. 2327.

5.   Segal 1, B.A., O'Bannon, C.E.and
     Matthias, J.A.,  1980,  "Electro-
     osmosis Chemistry of Water
     Quality," J. of  Geotechnica1_
     Division, ASCE,  Vol.106, GT10,
     Oct. 1980, p. 1148-1152.

6.   USEPA,  1986  "Superfund Innova-
     tive Technology  Evaluation
      (SITE)  Strategy  and Program
     Plan,"  EPA/540/G-86/001,
     Washington,  D.C.
                                     77

-------

-------
          OFFSITE TREATMENT OF RCRA HAZARDOUS WASTES - A CASE STUDY

                              Ronald J. Turner
               Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
                    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                            Cincinnati, OH  45268
                                  ABSTRACT
     The  U.S.  EPA's  Hazardous  Waste  Engineering  Research  Laboratory  has
conducted sampling and analysis  to  evaluate  solid, liquid, and air emissions
at  a  number  of  commercial  and  industrial  hazardous waste  treatment facil-
ities.  The  results of  monitoring  treatment  processes  at one  facility  are
presented.   The  processes   sampled were  distillation,  cyanide  oxidation,
metals precipitation, and a cooling tower treating contaminated ground water.
INTRODUCTION

     A  prohibition  was  promulgated
for  the disposal  of certain  listed
hazardous  wastes  directly  into  or
onto  the  land without  their  being
treated to an acceptable degree prior
to such disposal (RCRA; Hazardous and
Solid  Wastes  Amendments  of  1984).
Before the U.S. Environmental Protec-
tion  Agency   (EPA)   promulgates  or
codifies a hazardous waste regulation
under the RCRA, data from demonstrat-
ed treatment  technologies  are  evalu-
ated.   Waste  composition  and  waste
management information was or  is be-
ing sought by  the  EPA for the  wastes
which will be  subject to conditional
land  disposal   restrictions,   i.e.,
solvents  and   dioxins,   "California
List",  and  the  "thirds".    The  sol-
vents  and  dioxins  rule was promul-
gated November  7,  1986.   The promul-
gation date for the "California List"
is  July  8,  1987.    Three  lists  of
other  wastes are  to be evaluated by
August 8,  1988,  June 8,  1989,  and
May  8,  1990.   These lists  were an-
nounced in the  May  31,  1985, Federal
Register.

     The commercial  treater of wastes
cooperating   in  this   study  began
operations  in  1970.   This  company
owns  or  has  interests  in  four fa-
cilities  located  in the  same metro-
politan area.   A  minor  part of their
operations   is   the  treatment   and
recovery  of  waste   oils  for  fuel
blends.  The two principal operations
are   aqueous   waste  treatment   and
solvent recycling.

     Drummed wastes  to be treated are
tested, segregated,  and stored at the
main  facility.   Accepted  wastes in-
clude  acids,  caustics,  chlorinated
organics,  other  organic  compounds,
cyanides,  and metal-bearing  wastes.
The solvent reclamation facility also
                                    79

-------
treats  cyanide   wastes.    The  oily
waste  treatment   operation  handles
bilge   waters,   pretreated  aqueous
wastes from  one  or more  of the com-
pany's  other  sites,  and   industrial
coolants.

PURPOSE

     Engineering   and  environmental
evaluations  are   needed   to  obtain
operating  information   on  existing
commercial  and industrial  hazardous
waste treatment technologies to docu-
ment  those which  are representative
of Best  Demonstrated  Available Tech-
nology  (BOAT).   This study was con-
ducted  to   evaluate   the  processes
commonly  used  to  treat   spent  sol-
vents, metal-bearing  aqueous wastes,
and cyanide  wastes, to  determine the
levels   of   treatment   achievable.
Similar sampling and analysis studies
will be done over the next few years
for the various listed wastes and the
appropriate treatment technologies at
offsite waste treatment, storage, and
disposal  facilities  (TSDF's)  and  at
generators' facilities.

APPROACH

     Commercial TSDF's accept many of
the listed hazardous wastes and apply
a variety  of full-scale processes to
the wastes to recover,  detoxify,  or
destroy them.  The  EPA visited a TSDF
in November  1985,  to  conduct a 3-day
onsite sampling and subsequent labo-
ratory, analyses  of  waste treatment
processes.   The  principal  processes
employed   by   the  TSDF  were  waste
solvent distillation,  cyanide oxida-
tion, and  heavy-metal precipitation.
Another process evaluated was the use
of a cooling tower  to remove volatile
organic compounds  from ground water.
The raw  waste and  effluent composi-
tions were determined by standard EPA
methods.
PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     The electrolytic  cyanide  oxida-
tion process was monitored by the EPA
during  the  first  72  hours  of  the
batch   operation,   but   the   actual
process  proceeded  for  approximately
192  hours.   The final  concentration
value (~ 1000 mg/liter)  was supplied
by  plant personnel.   No solid  dis-
tillation   process   residues   were
generated  for  evaluation during  the
sampling   episode.    The   alkaline
chlorination  process   being  operated
at  the  time of  the  test  was  not
effective  in  reducing  the  cyanide
concentration.   The  actual  percent
removal of  heavy metals  could not be
determined  as  the materials  sampled
did not  represent  a  single, discrete
batch  of waste.   (However, the  re-
sults  were probably  typical  of  the
process.)

RESULTS

Aqueous Waste Treatment

     This   system   is   comprised  of
several  unit processes   arranged  in
series.  Three   basic  steps are  em-
ployed.   First, concentrated  wastes
may be diluted with recycled, treated
effluent; second, hexavalent chromium
is  reduced  to  trivalent  with  sodium
metabisulfite;   third,   metals   are
precipitated with lime and settled by
gravity  sedimentation.   After  set-
tling,  the  decant  is  pumped  to  a
large  equalization tank  for  testing
prior  to  discharge  to   a  municipal
sewer.   The  sludge  is  subsequently
transported  offsite to   a  permitted
facility for disposal.

Waste Solvent Distillation

     Solvents are segregated based on
their physical and chemical character-
istics (water content, chlorine con-
                                    80

-------
tent, Btu value, flammability, etc.).
Three stills are available to process
the  spent solvents  (see  Figure  1).
The main still has a 500-galIon total
capacity and is capable of continuous
operation.  During  the  test episode,
this  still  was  operated in  a  semi-
batch mode at 150° F and  a  vacuum of
15  to  20 inches.   Bottoms  from this
still can  be either  recycled,  dried
for disposal, or processed in one of
the other two stills.   The vaporized
liquid   solvent-water   mixture   is
condensed and separated.   The  water
from the main still  decant and other
aqueous solvent wastes from a storage
tank were processed  in  a 1400-gallon
atmospheric batch kettle operated at
212°F.  The overheads from the batch
kettle  were  processed  further in  a
2000-gallon batch still  equipped with
a packed tower.

     The  wastewaters remaining  were
chemically treated to oxidize residu-
al  organic compounds  and transported
to the aqueous waste treatment facil-
ity.  The company's  practice  at this
time is to ship still bottoms offsite
for  solidification/stabilization  and
disposal.

Cyanide Treatment

     Treatment   of   cyanide   wastes
incorporated  a  two-cell  electrolytic
oxidation  process with  an  alkaline
chlorination process (Figure 2).  The
two electrolytic cells have a capaci-
ty  of  about  550 gallons  each  and
operate  on  direct  current.  An  air
sparger  provides mixing.   The  area
above  the cells is  ventilated  and
monitored for hydrogen.   The electro-
lytic cyanide process was designed to
treat  wastes  containing  up  to  10
percent cyanide.  At  such concentra-
tions, a week or more  is required to
oxidize  the  cyanides  to  a  nominal
1000-parts-per-mi11i on  concentrati on
before completing the destruction by
alkaline   chlorination.   The  final
effluent  is  usually  combined  with
other  aqueous   wastes   for  further
treatment at another facility.

Cooling Tower

     Prior  to 1970,  the main  plant
area was owned by a paint manufactur-
er,  and a  number  of solvents  from
spills  have  leached into  the ground
waters (Figure 3).  The contamination
level  is  about 50  parts  per million
of  volatile  organic  compounds.   To
reduce  the  contaminants,  the ground
water is pumped from wells to a cool-
ing tower which serves to remove heat
from the recirculated plant water and
to  remove  the volatile  organic  com-
pounds.   A  portion  of  the  stripped
ground  water  is   discharged  to  a
municipal sewer.

Oily Vlastewater Treatment Plant

     All incoming  aqueous  wastes re-
ceived by this facility are processed
through an API separator.  The efflu-
ent  may  be   treated  with  potassium
permanganate  to   oxidize   phenolics
and, if  hexavalent  chromium is pres-
ent, sodium metabisulfite is added to
reduce the chromium to  the trivalent
state.   The  wastewaters   are  then
flocculated  and   gravity settled  or
centrifuged.   The  separated  solids
are shipped offsite for solar evapo-
ration and  disposal.   The  final  ef-
fluent is sent to a municipal sewer.

ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

     The  analytical  procedures  and
reference sources  are listed  in the
Appendix.

PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS

Aqueous Waste Treatment

     Generally,  this  TSDF's  system
was  effective  in  treating  aqueous
                                    81

-------
Q
 O)

-------
CONCENTRATED
CYANIDE WASTE
STORAGE
                                 ELECTROLYTIC
                                 CELLS
                                                           SODIUM
                                                           HYPOCHLORITE
                                                                      LIME (DRY)
                                                           ALKALINE
                                                           CHLOR1NATION
                                                           REACTOR
                        Figure 2.   Cyanide  treatment  process
                                                                             FOR SOLAR EVAPORATION
                                                                                 SAMPLE LOCATIONS
          CONNECTION TO
          CITY WATER SUPPLY
                 I
                 I
                 I
           CONTAMINATED
           GROUNDWATER
                                       COOLING
                                        TOWER
              ©
DISTILLATION
CONDENSERS
                                    TO METRO
                                    SEWER SYSTEM
                                                         WASTEWATER SAMPLE

                                                         AIR SAMPLE
                  Figure  3.   Cooling tower/air stripping process.
                                             83

-------
wastes containing metals.  The efflu-
ent copper and nickel concentrations,
5 and 3 milligrams  per liter respec-
tively, were higher  than expected by
the plant personnel.  They noted that
chelating agents may have been pres-
ent, but this was not verified.  Vol-
atile organic compounds were detected
in  the  influent  waste  samples,  but
the concentrations were significantly
lower  in  the  treated  effluent.   It
should be noted  that the data do not
represent a single, discrete batch of
waste from beginning to end.  Rather,
the data can be considered represent-
ative  of  the  waste streams  and  the
treatment  processes  for information
purposes.  The results  of  the tests
performed on  the aqueous  waste sam-
ples  are  presented  in  Table 1.  The
gravity-thickened sludge was obtained
from  one  of   four  pH  adjustment/
sedimentation  decanter  tanks.   Each
tank  contained a treated  waste from
various mixed aqueous  influents.  The
two  isolation  tanks  contained dif-
ficult  to treat  wastes,  i.e., che-
lated metals.  The waste in  Isolation
Tank  #1  was   shipped  offsite  for
treatment by solar evaporation.

     At the time of  the  sampling, the
Extraction  Procedure   (EP)  toxicity
was the only test to define  hazardous
waste characteristics  under  the RCRA.
An  improved  method, Toxicity  Charac-
teristic  Leaching  Procedure  (TCLP),
was  being developed  and  has  subse-
quently  been  promulgated.  There are
some  differences  in  the  two  tests.
The  EP  toxicity  provides  a   liquid
extract  which  may  be  analyzed  for
eight metals,  four  insecticides, and
two  herbicides.   The  TCLP extracts
can  be analyzed  for the EP toxicity
parameters  plus about 60 other  vol-
atile and semivolatile organic  com-
pounds.   A   device   called   a  zero
headspace extractor is used to leach
solids for  the TCLP test.   The  TCLP
metals and volatile organic compounds
are given  in  Table 2,  together  with
the  compositional  (raw  waste)   and
extract concentrations  for  the aque-
ous treatment  operation  sludge  com-
posite sample  from  the  four decanter
tanks.   For example,  the  amount  of
chromium detected in the TCLP extract
was 370 mg/liter.

Waste Solvent  (Distillation)

     The   batch   of  waste  solvent
processed by the  main  still was  pre-
dominantly methyl ethyl ketone (MEK).
As  illustrated in Table  3,  the  fin-
ished solvent  product contained about
91  percent MEK.   However,  the  con-
densed water  layer (finished product
water) and the still bottoms required
further  treatment  because  of  high
solvent content.

     The influent to the  batch kettle
was  the water layer  from  the  main
still  together  with  some  materials
from  a waste  solvent  storage tank.
The mixing  of these two  streams pro-
duced a blend  containing  more than 25
percent organics.  The  overhead prod-
uct from  the  batch kettle was tempo-
rarily  stored  in drums.  The data in
Table 4 show a gradual  diminishing of
volatile  organics  in  this  stream.
Samples   of  overhead  product  were
obtained at intervals of  one hour.

     Those   drums  from   the  batch
kettle which contain mostly water are
processed  in  the batch still.  Mate-
rials  charged  to this  still  during
the test were  from a number of previ-
ous  runs   so  no mass  balance  was
attempted.  The  results are given in
Table  5.   The bottoms  were about 95
percent  water and  required chemical
treatment   for  the  organics.   The
"solvent"  in   the  receiver was about
                                     84

-------
        Table  1.   Analytical  results  for  aqueous waste  treatment.
Pollutant
METALS (mg/1)
Cadmium
Hex. chromium
Total chromium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
EP TOXICITY (mg/1)
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium ,
Chromium
Lead
Mercury
Selenium
Silver
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
Methylene chloride
Acetone
2-Butanone (MEK)
1 , 1 , 1-Trichloroethane
Benzene
4-Methyl -2-pentanone
Toluene
Ethyl benzene
Total xylenes
ACID EXTRACTABLE COMPOUNDS
(wg/D
2-Nitrophenol
4-Nitrophenol
2,4-Dinitrophenol
Pentachlorophenol
BASE/NEUTRAL EXTRACTABLE
COMPOUNDS (yg/1)
1,2-Dichlorobenzene
Naphthalene
B1s(2-ethylhexyl)
phthalate
Di-n-butylphthalate
Mixed
Aqueous
Influent
#1

88
2.4
2,800
300
660
32
28
1 40

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

8,600
4,000
100,000
500
<100
2,600
2,300
<100
<100


<1,000
<1,000
<1,000
T <1,000


<1,000
T <1,000
T <1,000

T <1,000
Mixed
Aqueous
Influent
n

0.5
4.8
10.0
9.0
3.0
0.5
2.0
0.2

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

. 1,100
5,000
210,100 .
<100
<100
660
150
<100
<100


T <1,000 •
<1,000
<1,000
<1,000


<1,000
<1,000
T <1,000

T <1,000
Isolation
Tank
#1

90
4,800
9,000 #
780 H
1,900 «
230
100
130 #

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS .

15,000
35,000
4,000
200
29
<100
860
62
200


<20,000
<20,000
«20,000
<20,000


<20,000
<20,000
<20,000

<20,000
Isolation
Tank
#2

# <86
. NS
4,300 1
74,000
12,000 6
# 300
I 130
18,500

NS
'NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS :
NS
NS
NS
NS.
NS
NS
, NS
NS •


'NS •
NS
NS
NS


NS
NS
NS

NS
Waste.
Acid

2.4
NS
,300
96
,700
40
11 .
56

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS '
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS


NS
NS
NS
NS


NS
NS
NS

NS
Gravity
Thickened
Sludge '•

# 260
# NS
H 7200
« '940
i 2000
#50
f 70
# 80

<0.10
<0.10
1.80
0.09
<0.10 '
<0.10
<1.00
<0.20

NS ,
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS .
NS
NS
NS


NS
NS .-
NS
NS


NS
NS
- NS

NS
Treated
'Effluent

0.7
3.2
' 1.6
•5.0 : •
0.7
<0.5
3.0
0-2

NS
NS
,,NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
. NS

750
12,000
24,000 .
<100
<100
<500 •
160
• <100' ,
<100


160
260
30
T <10


T <10
T <10


51 :
 T = Trace concentrations detected below the average reporting limit.
NS = Not sampled.

 f units are mg/kg.
                                       85

-------
                     Table 2.  Sludge TCLP results.
Pollutant
METALS (mg/1)
Arsenic
Barium
Cadmium
Chromium
Lead
Mercury
Selenium
Silver
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (vg/1)
Chloromethane
Bromomethane
Vinyl chloride
Chloroethane
Methyl ene chloride
Acetone
Carbon disulfide
1,1-Di chl oroethene
1,1-Di chl oroethane
Trans-1 ,2-dichl oroethene
Chloroform
1,2-Di chl oroethane
Methyl ethyl ketone
1,1,1-Trichl oroethane
Carbon tetrachloride
Vinyl acetate
Bromodi chloromethane
1 ,2-Di chl oropropane
Trans-1 ,3-di chl oropropene
Tri chl oroethene
Di bromochl oromethane
1,1,2-Trichl oroethane
Benzene
Ci s-1 ,3-di chl oropropene
2-Chl oroethy 1 vi nyl ether
Bromoform
2-Hexanone
4-Methy 1 -2-pentanone
Tetrachl oroethene
1 ,1 ,2 ,2-Tetrachl oroethane
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Ethyl benzene
Styrene
Total xylenes
Acrylonitrile
Isobutanol
Pyridine
1,1,1 ,2-Tetrachl oroethane
Raw Waste
(Compositional)

NS
NS
# 252
# 44,600
# 251
NS
NS
NS

<25
<25
<25
<25
220
3700
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
110
<50
11
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<50
<50
<10
<10
19
<10
<10
<10
<10
NS
ftt C*
NS
NS
NS
TCLP
Om
.Ui
Oon
.20
5.50
370.00
<0.10
<0.0002
<0.02
<0.02

<50
<50
<50
<50
3f*
.2
on
<20
on
<20
f\t\
<20
r\f\
<20
<-Ofl
n
^« C*\J
on
<20
<9n
i nn
<100
i nn
<100
^*>r\

..on

-------
                Table 3.   Main still analytical  results.
MEK Solvent
Pollutant
PRINCIPAL ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (mg/1)
Acetone
n-Butanol
Dioxane
Ethanol
Ethyl acetate
Isopropanol
Methanol
Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)
Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK)
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Toluene
Total unidentified concentration
METALS (mg/1)
Cadmium
Total chromium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
OTHER ANALYSES
Chemical oxygen demand (mg/1)
Total organic halide (weight %)
Oil and grease (ppra)
Total solids (ppm)
Total volatile solids (ppm)
Total suspended solids (ppm)
Total dissolved solids (ppm)
Total volatile suspended solids
(ppm)
Total volatile dissolved solids
(ppm)
Silica (weight %)
% Water (weight %)
Flashpoint (°F)
Boiling range (°C)
% Carbon (weight %)
% Hydrogen (weight %)
Btu content (Btu/lb)
Viscosity (cst)
Paint filter test
Clarified
Solvent
Influent

17,000
6,500
<2,500
<2,500
10,000
27,000
<2,500
850,000
21,000
<2,500
48,000
44,000

8
22
4
16
16
<0.3
10

NS
0.400
180,000
90,000
82,000
26,000
64,000
20,000

62,000

0.03
6.43
<75
75-95
65
11
NS
NS
NS
Settled Finished
Solvent Water
Solids Product

24,000
<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
16,000
<2,5QO
190,000
<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
45,000

f 240
1 820
f 38,000
1 3,400
1 870
f 1,900
$ 9,600

NS
0.000
NS
96,000
38,000
40,000
56,000
11,000

27,000

0.10
62.70
NS
NS
12
10
545
NS
Fail

8,500
<500
<500
8,400
<500
9,000
9,900
4,400
<500
<500
<500
1,600

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS
0.002
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS

NS
59.94
NS
NS
4
7
NS
NS
NS
Finished
Solvent
Product

20,000
6,000
<2,500
<2,500
13,000
41,000
<2,500
910,000
20,000
<2,500
51,000
25,000

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS
0.470
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS

NS
12.82
NS
NS
63
11
NS
NS
NS
Still
Bottoms

<2,500
11,000
<2,500
<2,500
4,100
9,600
<2,500
500,000
30,000
<2,500
41,000
99,000

# 620
# 2,200
# 270
# 1,200
$ 2,200
# <130
f 490

I
0.500
260,000
310,000
290,000
200,000
110,000
170,000

120,000

0.07
3.48
NS
NS
68
10
14,188
4.3 @ 52C
Fail
 # = Units are mg/kg.
 I = Sample interference.
NS = Not sampled.
                                       87

-------
          Table 4.  Batch kettle  distillation results.
Pollutant
PRINCIPAL ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
(mg/1)
Acetone
n-Butanol
Ethanol
Isobutanol
Isopropanol
Methanol
Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)
Methyl isobutyl ketone
(MIBK)
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Toluene
Total unidentified con-
centration
METALS (mg/1)
Cadmium
Total chromium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
OTHER ANALYSES
Total organic halide
(weight %)
Oil and grease (mg/1)
Total solids (mg/1)
Total volatile solids (mg/1)
Total suspended solids (mg/1)
Total dissolved solids (mg/1)
Total volatile suspended
solids (mg/1)
Total volatile dissolved
solids (mg/1)
Silica (weight %)
% Water (weight %)
Flashpoint (°F)
Boiling range (°C)
% Carbon (weight %)
% Hydrogen (weight %)
Viscosity (cst)
Clarified
Influent


84,000
<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
67,000
<2,500
6,100
<2,500

<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
5,700


<0.2
<0.3
1.8
0.4
<0.5
<0.3
1.4

0.033

5,000
5,100
4,400
70
5,000
66

4,300

0.06
83.60
<75
74-106
9
11
1.103.5C
Initial
Overhead
Product


92,000
<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
110,000
<2,500
4,900
<2,500

<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
4,800


NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

0.140

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS

NS
83.36
NS
NS
21
12
NS
Overhead
Product
1:15 hrs


20,000
<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
35,000
<2,500
<2,500
<2,500

<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
2,700


NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

0.003

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS

NS
89.44
NS
NS
8
11
NS
Overhead
Product
2:30 hrs


4,100
<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
12,000
<2,500
<2,SOO
<2,500

<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
. <2,500


NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

0.027

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS

NS
95.75
NS
NS
8
12
NS
Overhead
Product
3:15 hrs


3,200
<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
10,000
<2,500
<2,500
<2,500

<2,500
<2,500
<2,500
<2,500


NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

0.020

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS

NS
95.99
NS
NS
11
11
NS
NS = Not sampled.
                                 88

-------
             Table 5.   Batch  still  reboiler  results.
Pollutant
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (mg/1)
Methyl ene chloride
Acetone
2-Butanone (MEK)
1,1, 1-Tri chl oroethane
4-Methyl -2-pentanone
Toluene
PRINCIPAL ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (mg/1)
Acetone
n-Butanol,
Dioxane
Ethanol
Isobutanol
Isopropanol
Methanol
Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)
Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK)
1 , 1 , 1-Tri chl oroethane
Total unidentified concentration
(ppm)
Still
Bottoms

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

2,600
. 1,700
13,000
10,000
<500
7,400
5,800
4,900
<500
2,000
23,000

Finished
Product

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

7,200
4,500
17,000
29,000
<2,500
47,000
<2,500
11,000
<2,500
<2,500
4,400

Thinning
Tank Water

250
180
31
20
3.6 .
1.1

NS
NS
NS
NS
. NS
NS
NS ''
NS
NS
NS
NS

ACID EXTRACTABLE COMPOUNDS  (pg/1)
  2-Nitrophenol                          NS

BASE/NEUTRAL EXTRACTABLE COMPOUNDS
 (pg/i)
  Isophorone                             NS
NS
NS
24,000
 5,800
METALS (mg/1)
Cadmium
Total chromium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
OTHER ANALYSES
Chemical oxygen demand (mg/1)
Total organic carbon (mg/1)
Total organic halide (weight %)
Oil and grease (mg/1)
Total solids (mg/1)
Total volatile solids (mg/1 )
Total suspended solids (mg/1)
Total dissolved solids (mg/1)
Total volatile suspended solids
(mg/1)
Total volatile dissolved solids
(mg/1 )
Silica (weight %)
% Water (weight %)
% Carbon (weight %)
% Hydrogen (weight %)
Btu content (Btu/lb)
Viscosity (cst)
Paint filter test

0.3
<0.3
27.0
1.0
<0.5
<0.3
4.0

I
NS
0.030
420
7,400
1,400
130
7,300
110

' 1,300

0.13
95.33
2
11
<200
2.2067C
Fail

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS -
NS
NS

NS
NS
0.065
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS

NS
88.65
6
11
NS
NS
NS

<0.6
<0.9
<1.8
11.0
. <1.5
<0.9
<0.9

NS
•12,000
: ' 0.000
1,600.
40,000
19,000
1,300
39,000
820

18,000

0.56
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
 I - Sample interference.
NS = Not sampled.
                                   89

-------
89  percent  water and  could  not be
reused as solvent in this  instance.

Cyanide Treatment

     The  influent  waste  treated in
cells  was   a  spent  electroplating
bath,  characterized by  the manifest
as RCRA Waste Code F007.   The  initial
cyanide concentration, shown in Table
6, was 16,100 mg/liter.  The influent
also contained copper at 7,100 mg/li-
ter, zinc at 140  mg/liter, and lesser
levels  of   iron,  nickel,  cadmium,
lead, and chromium.  Volatile organic
compounds in the  untreated waste were
relatively low.

     The  cyanide  concentrations  in
the electrolytic  cells decreased only
minimally during  the 72-hour monitor-
ing  period  (less  than  15%).   This
batch  actually   required  about  192
hours  (8  days)   processing  time  to
reduce  the   concentration  to  1000
mg/liter, according  to  plant person-
nel .

     The  alkaline chlorination  data
in  Table  6  are   from  a  previously
treated electrolytic  oxidation batch
with an  influent  cyanide  concentra-
tion  of  about  1400  mg/liter.   The
effluent  cyanide  concentration  was
620  mg/liter.   The  poor  efficiency
may  be  attributable to   copper  and
iron complexes which are difficult to
treat.   The formation of trihalometh-
anes during alkaline chlorination has
been  reported  in  several  previous
studies.    The  data  from  this  study
support  these findings.   Chloroform
concentration  increased  from  10  to
6700  yg/liter,  bromodichloromethane
from less  than  10 to  1700 yg/liter,
and  dibromochloromethane  from  less
than 10  to 360 yg/liter.   Methylene
chloride, chloromethane,  and trichlo-
romethane also showed increases.
 Cooling Tower

      Results  of the  analyses  on un-
 treated ground waters, chilled efflu-
 ent from the  cooling  tower, and  an
 air sample  taken in proximity to the
 tower are  presented in Table 7.  The
 overall percent  removals of volatile
 organics partially  reflect the recy-
 cling of the cooling waters.  A well-
 developed  slime  layer was growing on
 the medium.  Other  studies have indi-
 cated that  aerobic  activity in cool-
 ing   towers  contributes  to  organic
 compound removal.

      The air  sample was  collected in
 an evacuated cylinder and analyzed by
 gas chromatography/mass  spectrometry
 (GC/MS).  None of the organics in the
 air sample  were present  above  their
 analytical   detection limits  in  this
 sample.

 Oily  Wastewater Treatment

      The chief  objective  of testing
 the centrifuge  was  to  document  its
 performance  at  thickening  an  oily
wastewater   treatment   sludge.    As
 shown  in Table 8, the oil  and grease
 content of the  centrifuge  feed  was
 about  8  percent   (83,000  ppm)  and
 about  33 percent of the  sludge  cake.
Of  the 13  volatile  organics  quan-
 tified, xylenes  were present in  the
 highest  concentration.    The   cen-
 trifuged  cake   contained   about   20
 percent water.  The  company uses this
process to  reduce  the waste  volume
ultimately  requiring land disposal.

     The research  described in  this
paper  has  been   funded  wholly or  in
part   by  the  United States   Envi-
ronmental  Protection  Agency.  It  has
been  subjected   to  Agency  peer  and
administrative  review  and  approved
for publication.   However,  the  con-
tents   do not  necessarily  reflect  the
views   of the  Agency and  no  official
endorsement should  be inferred.
                                      90

-------
                          Table 6.   Cyanide treatment results.
        Pollutant
                                     Concen-   Electro-  Electro-  Electro-
                                     trated     lytic     lytic      lytic
                                     Cyanide   Process   Process   Process
                                     Influent    Grab      Grab      Grab
Alkaline   Treated
Chlorin.   Alk-Cl
Influent*  Effluent*
TREATMENT DURATION (hours)                 0       24       48       72

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS  (vg/1)
  Chloromethane                         <25       NS       NS       NS
  Methylene chloride                     <25       NS       NS       NS
  Chloroform                            <10       NS       NS       NS
  1,2-Dichloroethane                      46       NS       NS       NS
  2-Butanone                            130       NS       NS       NS
  1,1,1-Trichloroethane                   14       NS       NS       NS
  Bromodichlorotnethane                   <10       NS       NS       NS
  Trichloroethene                        18       NS       NS       NS
  Dibromochloromethane                   <10       NS       NS       NS
  Toluene                                21       NS       NS       NS

ACID EXTRACTABLE COMPOUNDS                NO       NS       NS       NS

BASE/NEUTRAL EXTRACTABLE
 COMPOUNDS
  Bis(2-ethylhexyl)-                     <20       NS       NS       NS
   phthalate (yg/1)
   <25
   <25
    10
    12
    52
    89
    NS
NS = Not sampled.
ND = Not detected.
  From different batch.
               48
  280
  550
6,700
, <100
 <500
 <100
1,700
  740
  360
 <100

   ND
   <20     <2,000
METALS (mg/1)
Cadmium
Total chromium
Copper
Iron
Lead
Nickel
Zinc
OTHER ANALYSES
Zinc (mg/1)
Total organic carbon (mg/1)
Total organic halide (weight %)
Cyanide (mg/kg)
Free chlorine' (mg/1)
pH
Temperature (°C)

45.0
9.5
7,100.0
60.0
12.0
55.0
140.0

140.0
37,000
0.120
16,100
NS
12.5
5

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS
41,000
NS
15,500
NS
12.5
NS

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS
40,000
NS
15,600
NS
12.5
NS

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS
37,000
NS
13,800
NS
12.5
NS

55.0
15.0
1,000.0
25.0
<2.5
10.0
15.0

' 15.0
13,000
0.090
1,400
NS
12.0
NS

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

NS
16,000
0.350
620
15
NS
NS
                                                91

-------
                       Table  7.   Cooling  Tower  Results.
Pollutant Units
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (yg/1)
Bromomethane
Methyl ene chloride
Acetone
1,1-Dichloroethene
1 , 1-Di chl oroethane
Trans-1 ,2-di chl oroethene
1,2-Di chl oroethane
2-Butanone
1 , 1 , 1-Tri chl oroethane
Trichl oroethene
Benzene
4-Methyl -2-pentanone
Tetrachl oroethene
Toluene
Ethyl benzene
Total xylenes
Total unidentified
OTHER ANALYSES
Total organic carbon
(mg/1)
PH
Temperature (°C)
Untreated
Ground-
water

1,400
190
2,000
22
270
6,300
100
900
1,700
2,100
41
1,200
170
3,400
4,100
1,600
25,600

19

6
6
Chilled
Effluent

<12.5
<12.5
<12.5
<5
<5
160
8
<25
200
420
<5
<25
30
<5
<5
<5
963

9

6
6
Percent
removal

>99
>93
>99
>77
>98
98
92
>97
88
80
>88
>98
82
>99
>99
>98
97

53

_
i
Air Sample
Cooling
Tower

<250
<250
<2,500
<100
<100
<100
^> lluvs
<100
^ d,\J\J
<500
i ^> w W
<100
^•JLW
<100
<100
^» X W
<500
^ w \J\J
<100
<100
^ X \J\J
<100
<100
0

NS

MS
1 1 W
NS
NS = Not sampled.
                                     92

-------
                  Table 8.   Results for sludge dewatering.

Pollutant
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (mg/kg)
Methyl ene chloride
Acetone
1,1-Dichloroethene
1,1-Dichloroethane
1,2-Dichloroethane
2-Butanone
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethene
Benzene
Tetrachl oroethene
Toluene
Ethyl benzene
Total xylenes
Centrifuge
feed

8,100
26,000
<400
7,600
930
9,900
40,000
8,100
4,100
11,000
59,000
17,000
96,000
Centrate

NS
NS
NS
NS "
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Sludge
cake

NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
.NS
NS
NS
NS,
NS
NS,
NS'
NS
ACID EXTRACTABLE COMPOUNDS (mg/kg)

BASE/NEUTRAL EXTRACTABLE COMPOUNDS
 (mg/kg)
ND
NS
 * = Percent dry solids.
NS = Not sampled.
ND = Not detected.
NS
Naphthalene
Chrysene
Phenanthrene
OTHER ANALYSES
Total solids (ppm)
Total volatile solids (ppm)
Total suspended solids (ppm)
Total dissolved solids (ppm)
Total volatile suspended solids
(ppm)
Total volatile dissolved solids
(ppm)
Oil and grease (ppm)
% Water (weight %)
% Carbon (weight %)
% Hydrogen (weight %)
Btu content (Btu/lb)
Paint filter test
Specific gravity @ 24°C (g/ml)
<125,000
<125,000
<125,000 '

275,100
193,200
202,600
72,500
137,600

55,600

83,000
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS

226,200
179,200
144,100
82,100
108,100

71,100

190,000
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
0.97
NS ,
NS
; NS
'- ^
605,500
253,000
564,100
41,400
217,800 . '; '

35,200
• • ..-.. . ,
* 33
20
28
7
5,342
Pass
1.14
                                      93

-------
      APPENDIX

ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES
         AND
  REFERENCE SOURCES
       94

-------









to
LU
O
V)
l_t 1
U-l
o
LU
o:
LU
U-
LU
Q£

0
PROCEDURES
S
•— i
_j
IE


















S
1
CU
cc













CU
H-
O
•o
0
4-»
QJ
3£




L.
QJ
4-*
QJ
|
rO
0.
4-i
CU
OJ
u
=3
tn
to
CU




oi'
(Q
"o
to
cr
c
n»
(O
LlJ
tn
-o
O
CU
4->
trt







^

C
ra

QJ
to
o
L.
O
*»-
to
CJ
CJ
o
c
JC


CU
•M
M ro
•r-
>* •£
3 CO
'O
CT
£ 5
LU ro
3
in *
1i
Ol
in
t_


at
in
TI -o
>> "o
'O cr
ec •»•>
-U 3
• <0
tn >
• LU
• o
•a t-
O)
tn
*' ^
CO +->
i in
3 Ol
tn I—


ai
a-

J= In
o t^
0) a-
-o
ro t=
•i- 10
3* in
0) Ol
O T3

_H* <•*


01
• in
CM (O
p *
i-< -o
3 cn
cr
- c
i. 4J
jj (O
in 1o
• >
=> UJ
o
in
•a x>
c o
IM f"
. ai
10 SI
4^
i in
tn t—




01
o
ro
-71
U-
^
o
•r*
CL
S»
O
in
0;r- 0
'1 n Q) tr-
IO C E
•O O •*. 0
5.. ° S
cu tn jc
*=£ 8 £
in c c c
j-jg. 0> £
o
Cs
CO
O CD
§ §
CO fN*
•a x
•c


Ol
CM ra
00 3
CT>
i-i ~a
3 in
cr
£ |
/) rtj
=9 LU
•o £•
01
in
a -o
C 0
NJ -FT
i? 2
CO 4->
i in
3 a>
tn r^





o
a>
S
^
c
o

s
o
1
Technique)
Barium (Atomic i
§
o
•o
c
+J H-» +•* •+* •*-*
QJ flj CU CU Q.
as £ s: = 3=


01
CM OS
CO 3
cn
^ -o
— "i
3 in
» c:
•S f
a. 4^
LU 
i in
% 2




^,
u
01
o
JT
o


a*
• tn
M IO
~+ -O
3 CO
cn
•• c
LU 10
in la
=> LU
o
13 <*-
at
in
•a -u
c o
- Ol
to ^*
S 4*
t cn
-» at
tn £




o
Ol
a

o



£
• tn
CM  LU
•o •!-
Ol
in
a -a
C 0
CM J=
. aj
1 4J
3 O>
tn i—



o>


QJ
• tn
3t
^* ?
*3 tO
CT
« C
/} rtJ
r> ui
N=; £
CU
c/>
o -o
c o
CM JC
4^
* *
CO •!->
I in
3 O>
tn 1—




ij
cr
o
g
2

•r- +-> *•

in
- — - J3
O
Aspiration Meth
Cadmium (Atomic
o
C*3
•D
C
i

J3
— - 
* tn
CM ro
r-« -O
3 tO
^ cr
£ 5
JJ (O
tn ro
=3 LU
a i»-
a>
tn
0 T3
c o
CM -C
i *
IO £
S 4*
t tn
£ •=




u
L.
O
.
c
o
*f~


5
• in
M IO
--« -o
r— "o
cr
« c
Jjt fO
3
tn 
i cn
2 CU
LO h-





4J
U
S
S
*
c
•i- "a. •"
o
o
tn
_o
u
«»—•
CU
u
o
CM
Lf>
C
JC
•+-*
a

XI
f 0
CX
o
«-— . tn
Aspiration Meth
Selenium (Atomi
Aspiration Meth
Silver (Atomic
g
•o
O
JC
2
o
to
"O
o
2


QJ
• tn
J>-
r— * *O
's to
- C
< -f-
a. 4->
UJ ra
3
CO fO
r? LU
a>
tn
•o -o
c o
CM JC
vo E
CO 4->
i tn
2 CU
to i—







CU
*o
c
>^
*-~* QJ
Aspiration Meth
Total and Amena
f— i
o
cn
Q
4J
CU



tn
M (O
t—» TD
3 CO
2 'I
xi ro
3
tn 
i tn
3= CU
to »—













-S
CM to
CO 3
cn
r— "o
3 in
Ol
« c
XI 10
3

=j LU
•0 1-
ai
in
1 *
i tn
DC CU
tO H-








*j~°"
LU

* -o
ro C
*o *o
tn
cu s-
* 3 CU
CM 1— +->
CO » • 0
— - tr>
3 o r^ tn
". IS I
a_ in co m
Jj f^-. C
• CO «£
• «— CO
LO - O r-l f—
^ tj
* cx -•-
* t* E
• d) * Q>
"O 4-* in jc

o TSS i.
C 01 O
CM OC • <*-
O
•* i — co in
to 
tn u-«r z:




To
S
u *
4J" i-
t/> 4J
*O €
C T-
(O L.
O
QJ -O •—
&. o \o o
3 jc «a- o
-a 4J co — • -

XI
y^
— t
^
s
Nl
Z>
1
?\
1
•3-
-*«i
1
JU
tn
S
tn
t)
2





O
03
_
4»*

o
u
4J tO ITS Ol
4~> Wl 4J CQ
W1 Q) O O
X-M* ^ eu'S
-^- 'si aj *r- co
u cn 4J t-2=
•r- OJ TJ O O
X 40 TD 3 4-> 0
n— O *«~ *—
•r- L_ r- ^». Ol
CO
•f= '
•i- O O i/>
*j > a »-~
ro H- 10 <0
O OJ t- OJ
>  o o>
•o
•o
c « «*-
ro 4-> r—
>i O 3
C? 1— tO
u
X
o
H-
a.
LU
u! -o
4-> T
E= O
•r- 3
0- LU





•o
CU
3
•p-
4->
O
U
95

-------











































































•o
QJ


C
'•£
C
o

O
*- -•











Ol

£
Ol
Of


































a
£







£



g
Ol







J-
01

Ol
I

s.


c
aj
i
3)
in


j£



•a
c

i
i*_
o
•^
>1
1
r—


i
3j


*^™
VI
•a
o
jC

01
•a

id
i s
t»4

j= o
u
E: «

O 

TJ
C
Id
. Ol •
m 4-> m
CO id CO
en 3: en

J= O J=
0 U
Id t- Id
E in S

O id O
CM C CM
? 
id 01 id
3ub3: A-l^c 2.1^E





4J
Id

TJ
Ol

o


u

x_
4J
OJ
E

id
&
f_
O
H-*

(U i
rt i


id

-a
O)

t.
, Q


U


Of
s


id
s-
c3

01

2
at
•r-
— . U-
J


-« "O <








i.

i




CO


OJ

"§

•So1*
?— in
•r— O
U.r=l
1 1
§8

•4->
Ol id
-^ =3
_j T) TJ
in cr» in o 01 •*-
. «••
CO
0
f— <

-a
o

QJ
£

















4J
,2
i

ai
3
•o
I/I
01
3 OICO Ol I-
-4 OS «-* O£ Q
0
t-H

TJ
0

Ol
E:















Ol

S
£



u.



V^J
O
U3

T)
0

Ol
s:












Ol

id

Ol
4->
U.
1
c
o




TJ T)
C C
Id Id
01 • 01
id CO id
3 O"* 3
<+- <*-
O E O
U
•r- Id -r-
vi E vi

Id O Id
C CM C
*? *
r— CT> r—
*O •*» «

E -^ E
tU O QJ
O 10 CJ
1
o i. o

in •* tn
-0 in -0
O CU O
.C 4J JT
4-» in 4-)
OJ 
U OJ


4-* O
cu in
E vi

> '*O
03
L. "
O 4-»

7 1
5 1
ta x

»O E
OJ o 3
30 »^-

•r» IT) O
t/1 S.
o> 4-> x:
OS 03 O
O CO
*-4 CM

•a t3
0 0
4J 4_>
QJ QJ
Z









3
'e
o
L.


4->
C
01 01
1— r—
•r- IO
id ra
i— X
o 01




TJ
C
id
Ol
s

o
V)

(O
c

(O

cu


o

in
T3
O

^_>
OJ



•a




u


"cu


s_


l_


•o
c=

OJ
o
c
a>
en
o
•a
c
(O
* CO
IO (O
01 3
r*H

f O
u
IO •!-
s: vi

O Id
CM C
O <£
1
cn •—
r^» id
*4* *^*
-^. ' E
o cu
IO CJ
1


« in

OJ O
•M J=
« 4->
fO CU
X £
i
o
L.
ex.


Z3



QJ

QJ







to
4-> <
O
c*«
o*
1

T) "O
c c

• Ol • Ol •
IO ' Id CO IO CO
IA ^E CJt • 3 CD

f Of O .C
* "Hi 'vi 1
>i >1
O 10 O (0 O
CM C CM C CM
o «t o «a: o
1 1 • 1
cn r~ cn ^- cn
r-- « r^. ro r^.
^- .,_ ^- .r- 
t- «i- r-
— h- O
=i •— tn
in tn
i, >s -r-
0 
u

— c: •
U id
x; aj s-
,O -J O
o
^.

•o
0

QJ






•o
c


QJ

C
a>
en

X
o

to
u
*i
a>

CJ



tn
r-l
•3-


O

Ol









0

,

c
o

i-
IO
o
0
c
id


o




»• -r- «3
a r— u
^j flj •r_>
| 5 co
n co

TJ T3
0 0

CU QJ
E: z:












cu
in
03
a>

CD
•a '
c ra
CO U


O CO



•o -a •o
c c: c
to to to
QJ - QJ • CU
rd CO j >i >i
mo ra o ra
c CM c CM c:

m r-» to r^ to
•i— «^~ *f— *^* *r-
E -^ e ^^ E
CJ VO CJ ^O CJ
1 1
00. O Cu O

tn « in « in
~D tn *o tn . ~o
O QJ O QJ O
_C 4-> .C 4-> XT
4-> tn 4-> tn 4->
CU (d QJ IQ CU











Lf)



nz
-— * Q.
CJ

iu u

QJ i-
o 
tn
cu
E

-J
If.
0



in
T3
s-
ra
I
CO
CO
•
1 i j.
O Ol
1- i- >,
4-» n 4J
O 4-> •!-

I — l_ -r-
UJ OJ i —
• — O. 10
•Q, |2 5
CJ O O
LO r^ I-H
^-1 ^-* CO

TJ T> TJ
000
.c ^: ^=
Ol O) CD















Ol


S- •!-
8. m


Q. h- . 
O O
CQ CO
•o aj
OJ r—
«J -r-
(tt 4->
r-^-O 4-* t- R3
fd >> T- JH r—
C Z^ J. •/- 0

o
-— 3>
*O r— (tJ
r- C rt3 CJ C
o
0


CO



W CJ

* in
i S


^= fc.
•frJ QJ



V)

(O
-o
c
(D
4->
CO
CO
•
.£=
4-> tf-
E °
QJ
c cn
O C
5 <3
2 =
•*-> O

™ ^J
ra
4-* r—


as in
1- i. >, 10 ' Ol -1-
i — CO J3 3Q1 O
in
i— i
o
CM
a

iE
CO

C
QJ
4->
C
O
CJ
3

CO



\£>
^-4"
O

^
CO
«C












4J
C
QJ
4->
C
O
s~

•T)
S



CO
r*«.
o

o

JE













-M
C
OJ
4-»
C
O
o
o>
c


o
CO






•o

(0
•o
c
to
CO,
s:
t—
CO

tf-
o

0
CQ

to
c
c



CO
cn








tn

' m
>>
rtJ
c
«c

QJ
x:
•4->

E=


cn
o
•o



in
i.
m
T3
c
•p
CO
CO

If-
Q

0
CQ

ro
£=

cC


CO
CT>







tn
d.
3
O
>.
4->

1/1
O
O
m

cu :>

O QJ
»J Q_
>.
•§ "7
fO CL
,— o
a; o >»
0 jC?
•a
c:
to
tn
X3 C
r- 0
3 X»
o- s-
r- -rtj
_J <->
CO
rs.
r- 1



^
CO


c:
(U
en
o
S-
4->

Z

C

CD
O

X)

1C
c
0
_a
i_

• CJ




4- >,
0 4-/

QJ in
— o
a. . o
E 
(O *r-
^> ;>
r.
in
0
u
in

>





*.
o
u

u
OJ
a
CO
0




QJ

O
Q.


CJ

U
*C

U
cu
O-
oo

t-
o
M—
tn
cu
S-
3
•D
OJ
a
o
i.
Q.
>»
tn
tn


-------
              The Destruction of Hazardous  Organic  Waste Materials
                        Using the MODAR Oxidation Process

                                 Carl N. Staszak
                           Kenneth C. Malinowski, Ph.D
                            CECOS International, Inc.            ,
                             Buffalo, New York 14207         ,

                               William R. Killilea
                           Kathleen C. Swallow,  Ph.D.
                                   MODAR, Inc.
                           Natick, Massachusetts 01760

                                    ABSTRACT

     CECOS International, Inc.,  a hazardous  waste treatment  and disposal  firm
headquartered in Buffalo, New York, and MODAR, Inc. of Houston, Texas,   conducted
a field, pilot-scale demonstration in 1985 of the MODAR Oxidation Process for the
destruction of hazardous organic waste materials.

     The MODAR Oxidation Process utilizes water at conditions above its  critical
point (374 C and 218 atm.)  as  the reaction medium  for the oxidation of  organic
materials.  The  products  of this  oxidation  reaction, for  a  typical  organic
material, are  carbon dioxide   and water.   Any halogen  present as  part of  the
organic matrix is converted to  its halo-acid  form.

     Two waste   streams  were   destroyed   in  the  field  tests.   These  were  an
aqueous-based waste contaminated  with  several organic  EPA priority  pollutants,
and an  organic  transformer  dielectric  fluid contaminated with  polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs).  In both tests, waste constituent concentrations in liquid  and
gas process  effluents   were  below   analytical  detection  limits.   Destruction
efficiencies based, on influent  concentrations  and  the reported detection  limits
were greater than 99.99%.

     The results of the  demonstration have  shown the process' ability to  destroy
toxic and  persistent   organic   contaminants  in   liquid  waste  streams  without
producing hazardous by-products.
  INTRODUCTION

       During the Summer   of  1985,   CECOS
  International,   Inc.  of  Buffalo,   New
  York,   and  MODAR,   Inc.  of    Houston,
  Texas,  conducted  a field,   pilot-scale
  demonstration of  the  MODAR  Oxidation
  Process   for   the  destruction    of
  hazardous organic waste materials.   The
demonstration,  performed  at   CECOS'
Niagara  Falls,  New  York   Hazardous
Waste Treatment and Disposal Facility,
employed  a   skid-mounted   oxidation
unit,   having   a   nominal   organic
material flow capacity  of 50  gallons
per day,  for the  destruction of  two
waste streams.  These streams were  an
aqueous-based  waste  and  an  organic
                                         97

-------
 dielectric       fluid       containing
 polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs).

      The MODAR  process  for  hazardous
 waste destruction  uses  water  in  its
 supercritical state  (above  374 C  and
 218  atm)   as  the  process  medium  for
 carrying out the destruction of  organic
 materials by  oxidation.    Key  to  the
 success  of the process is the fact that
 gases, including  oxygen,  and  organic
 substances are  completely  soluble  in
 supercritical water,  whereas  inorganic
 salts    exhibit    greatly     reduced
 solubility  under  process  conditions.
 Thus,  it  is  possible  to  carry  out
 oxidation   reactions  by   dissolving
 organic  substances  and oxygen  in  the
 supercritical medium,  thereby bringing
 them  into   intimate,     single-phase
 contact  at  temperatures  and  molecular
 densities   that   allow    conventional
 oxidation reactions to proceed  rapidly
 to completion.

      The  process provides  a method  of
 rendering    waste    materials     into
 non-hazardous compounds.   Organic  waste
 components  are   converted  to  carbon
 dioxide   and  water    with   potential
 recovery   of  the  heat   of  oxidation,
 while  inorganic   components can   be
 separated  out   as  solid  salts,    and
 reused  or  safely  discarded.   Water,
 when present  in the   waste matrix,   is
 recovered in a  highly purified  form.
 The wastes are   treated in an enclosed
 system so that the escape of  pollutants
 to the  environment   is only  a  remote
 possibility.

     This   paper   describes  the   MODAR
Oxidation  Process,  the objectives   and
performance  of   the test   program,    and
the results  of the demonstration.

PURPOSE

     The  MODAR   process   has    several
advantages over conventional  processes
for waste  destruction.  These  include:
the destruction   of organic  compounds,
including  chemically-stable materials
 (such  as  PCBs)   is   very  high;   the
 oxidation      can      be      energy
 self-sufficient with  as   little  as   2%
 organic  concentration;   and,    excess
 energy  may  be  easily   recovered   as
 steam.    The    process   operates    at
 conditions  below  which  oxides    of
 nitrogen   are    formed;    the   MODAR
 technology  is  self-scrubbing;   and,
 inorganic contaminants  such as  salts
 and   metals    are "separated    from
 contaminated    waste   streams,   thus
 substantially reducing waste volumes.
 It  provides for beneficial  recovery  of
 valuable components   of   the   waste
 material;   i.e.,   water   for    reuse,
 energy  as ,noted   above   and in some
 cases   inorganic   salts.    The   MODAR
 system  is  closed  loop;  any  process
 upset  shuts   the  system   down and  the
 effluents are contained,  not  released
 to  the  environment.

     Bench  and  pilot-scale   laboratory
 work performed  by MODAR confirmed  the
 effectiveness of the   process on  both
 pure    chemicals    and     synthesized
 mixtures  of  chemicals.  However,  its
 applicability    to    "real    world"
 hazardous waste  materials  was  still
 undemonstrated  at  the   pilot-scale.
 Through   MODAR's   affiliation   with
 CECOS, a  pilot-scale  test  on  toxic
 waste  material  was   envisioned,  and
 ultimately realized,,

 APPROACH

 Process Description

     A schematic  flow sheet  for  the
MODAR process   as   applied  to  liquid
wastes is presented in Figure 1.

The process  consists of the  following
steps:
Feed

1.
Organic  waste  materials  in  an
aqueous medium  are  pumped  from
atmospheric   pressure   to   the
pressure in the reaction vessel.
                                       98

-------
     1	
-------
      by the readily oxidized components
      is sufficient to  raise the  fluid
      phase to temperatures at which all
      organics are oxidized rapidly.

 2.    Since  the  salts  have  very  low
      solubility in supercritical water,
      they  separate   from  the   other
      homogeneous fluids and fall to the
      bottom of  the  separation  vessel
      where they are removed as a brine.

 3.    The gaseous products of  reaction,
      along   with   the   supercritical
      water,  leave  the reactor  at  its
      top.      A    portion    of    the
      supercritical fluid is recycled to
      the    oxidizer    by    a    high
      temperature,  high  pressure  pump.
      This    operation   provides    for
      sufficient heating of the feed  to
      bring  the  oxidizer  influent  to
      optimum reactor conditions.

 4.    The  remaining  reactor   effluent
      (other    than   that    recycled),
      consisting of supercritical   water
      and carbon dioxide,   is cooled  to
      discharge  carbon dioxide and  water
      at  atmospheric  conditions.

 Cooling  and  Heat Recovery

 1.   Most  of  the heat  contained  in   the
      effluent can  be   used to generate
      steam for  use outside of  the MODAR
      Process.

 2.   The heat remaining  in the effluent
      stream  can be  used  for  lower level
     heating  requirements   or  else . be
     dissipated.

Pressure Letdown

1.   The  cooled   effluent   from   the
     process separates   into  a  liquid
     water phase and  a gaseous  phase.
     The  latter   contains   primarily
     carbon  dioxide  along  with  that
     amount of oxygen in excess of  the
     stoichiometric requirements (and
      nitrogen   when   air   is    the
      oxidant).

 2.   The separation is carried out  in
      multiple  stages   in  order   to
      minimize  erosion  of  valves  as
      well as to optimize equilibria.

 3.   Salts  are   removed   from   the
      separator as a cool brine through
      multiple letdown  stages and  are
      either    dried    (and     water
      recovered)     or     discharged,
      depending     upon      operating
      requirements.

 Sampling and Analysis

      During a  demonstration  run  key
 performance      parameters       are
 continuously monitored  using  on-line
 analytical   instruments  or    periodic
 grab   samples.     These     parameters
 include:

 1.    Effluent  gas    carbon   monoxide
      concentration   measured with  an
      on-line  non-dispersive  infrared
      analyzer.   Low  carbon monoxide
      concentrations    indicate     high
      waste  oxidation efficiency.

 2.    Liquid   effluent   total    organic
      carbon   (TOO   measured with an
      on-line  TOC analyzer.

 3.    Liquid     effluent      chloride
      concentration   measured  on   grab
      samples  with   a  chloride    ion
      selective electrode.  Chloride is
      produced from   the  oxidation  of
      chlorinated   organic   compounds
      such as chlorophenol.  The  ionic
      chloride remains dissolved in the
      process1 liquid  effluent and  is
     an indication  of destruction  of
      the chlorinated organics.

     In  addition  to  the  continuous
monitoring an  expanded  sampling  and
analysis  program   was  designed   to
provide data for the calculation of
                                      100

-------
waste  destruction  efficiencies.   For
this demonstration the expanded program
included:

1.   Analysis  of  each  waste   stream
     before the run for pH, TOC,  total
     organic    chlorine    and     the
     purgeable, acid  and  base/neutral
     fractions    of    the    priority
     pollutant  compounds.    The   PCS
     waste was also analyzed for  PCBs.
     The data from  these analyses  and
     the feed flow  rates were used  to
     calculate the mass  feed rate  for
     each  component, from  which   the
     destruction     efficiency     was
     calculated.

2.   Analysis of a sample of the liquid
     effluent,    which    had     been
     composited throughout  each  waste
     test,  for   pH,  TOC,   inorganic
     chloride and  the purgeable,  acid
     and base/neutral fractions of  the
     priority pollutant compounds.  The
     liquid effluent from the PCB  test
     was also analyzed  for PCBs.   'The
     data  from these  analyses and  the
     liquid effluent  flow  rates  were
     used  to calculate the liquid  mass
     effluent rate for each component.

3.   Analysis  of  the  extracts   from
     XAD-2 resin  traps,  which   were
     placed   in  the  gaseous  effluent
     lines during each waste test.  The
     extract   from   each   trap   was
     analyzed  for   acid   and   base/
     neutral compounds.  The data  from
     these analyses, the volume  of  gas
     passed through  each   trap and  the
     gaseous  effluent  flow rates,  was
     used  to calculate the gaseous mass
     effluent  rate for each compound.

     Waste   destruction   efficiencies
were  calculated   for  the    individual
hazardous   compounds.     The    waste
destruction efficiency  is  defined as:
 ed =
          i - (Mqi
                          xlOO%
(1)
                Mfi
where:

e<3 = destruction efficiency, %

Mfj = mass feed rate of component i
        to .the unit, g/min

Mgi = mass effluent rate of
        component i in the gaseous
        effluent from the unit, g/min

Mji = mass effluent rate of
        component i in the liquid
        effluent from the unit, g/min

System Design

     The  pilot-scale   unit's   major
components, as shown in the  schematic
of Figure 2, are grouped into, modules.
The first component is the system  air
compressor, followed by the  stainless
steel water reservoir and pump.  Next,
the aqueous and organic waste modules,
consisting of stainless steel  holding
tanks and pumps,  are each  surrounded
by splash barriers.  These  components
also are separated  from the hot  zone
by a floor-to-ceiling steel  bulkhead.
Within  the  hot   zone  itself,   the
start-up heaters,  reactor,  and  heat
exchangers    are     contained     in
Marinite-insulation enclosures.   Upon
leaving  the  hot  zone,  the  process
stream  enters  the  pressure  letdown
module containing  the  liquid-  vapor
separators  and  the  stainless  steel
effluent reservoir.

     Another steel bulkhead  separates
the  letdown  modules  from  the   two
Hoffmann boxes containing the module's
electrical connections.  Each Hoffmann
box is individually  purged with  air.
The system is  designed to process  50
gallons of organic, or 250 gallons  of
10% organic in an aqueous medium,  per
day  with  a  total   throughput:waste
ratio of up to 30:1.

Permitting

       A  permit  for  the  temporary
                                       101

-------
      I AIR INTRODUCTION UODULEl
                           lr£5
I
i

	 1

I
I
-+4-
•^ i
j
1
i i
1 i
>




1 i


fe
!
k




i





(_ REACTt

u
V REA
± UO!
A
-t> REACT<



- j
1
1

\ 1





"n 	 ^
i-i
i 	 h
1 1
—i 	 j






WATER PREHEAT UODULE
                                                  L     L	
                     FIGURE  2. PILOT-SCALE UNIT ARRANGEMENTI
operation   of    the   MODAR  Oxidation
Process at  CECOS' Niagara  Falls,  New
York Facility was  required by the  New
York State  Department of  Environmental
Conservation (NYSDEC), and  was received
from the Department  in September, 1984.
Formal  authorization   was  requested
from the  United States  Environmental
Protection  Agency (USEPA)   for the  use
of  a  PCB-contaminated  material   for
research  and    development  purposes.
This  authorization  was  received   in
October, 1984.

     Figure 3 shows  a plot  plan of  the
installation with  the major  operating
areas identified.  The MODAR  Oxidation
Process     demonstration    unit     is
skid-mounted   and   designed   to   be
transportable  by    truck.   The   unit
measures 40'0" x 8'6"  x 9'8".  It  has
been designed and  constructed to  meet
Class I, Division 2  electrical codes.

Inspection  and Testing

     Following   installation   of   the
unit, NYSDEC inspections were performed
to ensure permit compliance.
        The   NYSDEC    verified   that     all
        appropriate   safety,     health     and
        environmental    procedures    were    in
        place.     They   also    witnessed     a
        hydrostatic pressure test of  all zones
        of  the  system.

             MODAR  subsequently conducted  a
        short term operational  test to  verify
        organic   destruction    by    oxidizing
        isopropyl   alcohol   (IPA).    On-line
        instrumentation     for    temperature,
        pressure,  flow and  level  measurements,
        and gas and liquid  analyses were  also
        checked.

        Aqueous Waste Destruction Test

             The   waste   destroyed   by    the
        process was  a dilute isopropyl alcohol
        stream   contaminated     with    trace
        quantities    of     several     other
        pollutants.  In order to  increase   the
        organic content of  the waste, as  well
        as  to provide compounds that could  be
        traced  for calculation of  destruction
        efficiencies, three organic  compounds
        were  added  to  the  organic  matrix:
        1,1,2-trichloroethane,  nitrobenzene,
                                      102

-------
                                                      EXISTING CONTAINMENT BERU
y '" 	 • — • 	


I QQ
O<
T1
INSTRUMENT AIR COMPRESSOR QQ
i 	 1 ^"' '" 	 '" CO •!

OXIDATION UNIT 1 IQ METERS
' r->O x , "*
1 V 4 44-^-,
1~J CMQTJ 4
L DRUM , STORAGE/ DE-IONIZED AQUEOUS DRUM f
| FARM WORK AREA WATER SYSTEM WASTE RACK S
I
1
I
I



TANK



1

•~«
P^
EFFLUENT OPERATION
NEUT. TANKS TRAILER


L EFFLUENT
! HOLDING
TANK
«. JL ». J
              SAFETY FENCE
                    FIGURE 3. MODAR OXIDATION PROCESS
                         DEMONSTRATION PLOT PLAN
and 2-chlorophenol.  Table 1 shows  the
concentrations     of     the .    major
constituents (except  for the  alcohol)
in the synthesized waste.

     Since the waste had a TOC  content
of only 1%,  it was clear  that it  was
not   concentrated   enough   for   the
exothermic   oxidation   reaction    to
maintain the temperatures necessary for
complete  oxidation   of  the   organic
compounds.  For  this reason,  IPA  was
fed  to  the  reactor  along  with  the
wastewater  as   a  supplemental   fuel
source.  At  steady  state,  the  waste
oxidation temperature was in the  range
of 615 to 635 C.   Approximately 145

Table 1   Synthesized Aqueous
          Waste Composition

Compound   Concentration (ug/L)

2-chlorophenol           1,200,000
Nitrobenzene             1,100,000
1,1,2-trichloroethane      190,000
Chloroform                   1,000
Carbon Tetrachloride           590
Total Organic Carbon    10,300,000
operating  hours  were  logged  during
this phase of  the demonstration,   and
approximately  900  gallons  of  waste
were processed through the unit.

Organic Waste Destruction Test

     The organic  waste  destroyed  by
the unit was a transformer  dielectric
fluid    containing    polychlorinated
biphenyls.  The  concentration of   the
PCBs in the fluid was 1600 mg/L on  an
Aroclor 1260  basis.  This  value   was
used as the basis for all  destruction
efficiency calculations.

     As in  the dilute  aqueous  waste
test, the MODAR demonstration unit was
started by  heating  process  air   and
water.   When  oxidation  of  a  clean
mineral oil, mixed with an appropriate
amount of dilution  water, raised  the
operating  temperatures   to   optimal
levels, the PCS contaminated oil  flow
was   started.    At   steady   state,
oxidation  temperatures  were  in   the
range of 600 to 624 C.

     Due to the high endothermic heat
                                       103

-------
 of mixing  between  supercritical  water
 and the  compressed air  oxidant,  the
 temperature at  the reactor   inlet  was
 cooler than optimum.  For this  reason,
 the rate  at  which the  cold  organic
 waste/dilution water  was  fed  to  the
 unit was cut back to approximately  50%
 of capacity in order to ensure that the
 reaction   stayed   within    prescribed
 oxidation temperatures.

      Approximately  95 hours of  running
 time were logged  during this phase  of
 the test,  bringing the  total  elapsed
 running time for  the demonstration  to
 240 hours.  A volume  of 87 gallons  of
 organic waste was oxidized by the unit.

 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

      During  the  performance  of   the
 demonstration,      mechanical      and
 electrical failures were experienced on
 the MODAR Oxidation Unit.  However, the
 upsets were of a minor nature, and were
 all detected and  accounted for by  the
 system's process control system.  At no
 time was there an opportunity for
                          contaminated materials   to   escape   to
                          the  surroundings.

                          RESULTS
                          Aqueous  Waste Test

                               The results of the aqueous
                          test  are summarized in Table 2.
                           waste
                               Because all of the compounds were
                          either  analytically  not  detected  or
                          below the detection limit in both   the
                          liquid   and   gas   effluents,     the
                          laboratory's standard detection  limits
                          have  been  used  as  the  basis    for
                          calculation.

                               The    calculated     destruction
                          efficiencies ranged  from  99.997%  to
                          99.998% for  the  major  constituents.
                          This  should  not be  construed as   the
                          best  obtainable destruction efficiency
                          for the process, but  is the  maximum
                          possible  value  computed  using    the
                          fixed  influent   concentrations    and
                          effluent analytical detection  limits.
                          In fact, no organic compounds were
                                       Table 2
                            Waste Destruction Efficiencies
                               MODAR/CECOS Demonstration
                      Feed
                      Rate
Contaminant

Aqueous Waste Test

2-chlorophenol         490
Nitrobenzene           440
1,1,2-TCE              77
Chloroform            0.40
Carbon Tetrachloride  0.24

Organic Waste Test

PCB                    91
                  Liquid
                 Effluent
                   Rate
Gaseous
Effluent
  Rate
(g/min x 10J)   (g/min  x 10°)   (g/min x 10°)
Destruction
Efficiency
                   <9.7
                   <5.6
                   <4.7
                   <8.3
                   <0.31
  <4.9
  <2.8
   (A)
   (A)
   (A)
  <4.4
 >99.997
 >99.998
 >99.981
 >98.83
 >96,53
(B)
(B)
(B)
 >99.9949
Notes:
(A)  Not analytically recoverable from gas sorbent tubes.
(B)  Destruction efficiency based only on liquid analysis.
                                        104

-------
found above  the  analytical  detection
limit in the  gas or liquid  effluents.
Meaningful destruction efficiencies  of
the   minor   components   cannot    be
determined because of  their low  waste
feed  concentration  values.   At   the
conclusion of the  aqueous waste  test,
the liquid effluent composite was shown
to  contain  less  than  1  mg   TOC/L.
Effluent    gas     carbon     monoxide
concentrations were always less than 10
ppm.

     Elemental   mass   balances   were
calculated  for   carbon,  oxygen   and
chlorine.  Table 3 lists mass rates and
closure of balances.

Organic Waste Test

     Table 2  also summarizes  the  PCB
destruction  efficiency  based  on  the
test effluent analyses.  PCBs were  not
detected  in  either   gas  or   liquid
effluent.  A destruction efficiency  of
99.995% was calculated,  a value  which
does   not   represent   the    maximum
obtainable  efficiency,  but  rather   a
maximum that can be calculated for this
instance given  the feed  concentration
and   analytical   detection    limits.
Overall  elemental  mass  balances  for
carbon, oxygen and  chlorine are  shown
in Table 4.

CONCLUSIONS

     The  performance   of,   and   the
results  from,   the  MODAR   Oxidation
Process  Demonstration   program   have
shown that:

Table 3
Elemental Mass Balance Summary
Dilute Aqueous Waste

          Mass in   Mass Out  Closure
Element    (g/min)    (g/min)
  C         44.4       42.8
   0

   Cl
296

  0.196
                                .1.   The scale-up of the process  from
                                     bench-to-pi lot-scale          was
                                     performed effectively and with no
                                     loss in process efficiency;

                                2.   The process can be operated as  a
                                     closed   loop   system,   thereby
                                     preventing  inadvertent  releases
                                     of potentially toxic materials to
                                     the environment;

                                3.   The  pilot-scale   unit  can   be
                                     operated  on  a  long-term  basis
                                     while    maintaining     suitable
                                     effluent quality;

                                4.   The process  can oxidize  organic
                                     contaminants in an aqueous matrix
                                     to non-detectable levels;

                                5.   Similarly,   the   process    can
                                     oxidize organic  contaminants  in
                                     an organic liquid matrix, notably
                                     PCBs.

                                     It  is   expected   that   future
                                cooperation between  CECOS  and  MODAR
                                will result  in the  possibility of  a
                                second   demonstration,    with    the
                                long-term  goal  being  a   full-scale
                                installation   at   one   of    CECOS'
                                processing facilities.

                                ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

                                     CECOS and  MODAR  would  like  to
                                thank both  the  USEPA Region  II  and
                                NYSDEC  Region  IX  staffs  for  their
                                cooperation in the performance of this
                                demonstration.
                                Table 4
                                Elemental Mass Balance Summary
                                Organic Waste
                                          Mass in   Mass Out
                                Element   (g/min)   (g/min)
                                  C         4~94~8
0

Cl
251

  0.055
278

  0.071
Closure
   %
    91T

   111

   129
                                       105

-------
DISCLAIMER

The  work  described  in  this  paper  was   not   funded   by  the  U.S.
Environmental  Protection Agency.    The  contents  do  not  necessarily
reflect  the  views of  the Agency  and no  official  endorsement  should
be inferred.                                        •      ,     •
                                  106

-------
                  REMEDIAL ACTION OF HYDROCARBON CONTAMINATION IN
                                THE GLACIAL DRIFT DEPOSIT

                                           BY

                           JAN WILK AND WLADYSLAW SKALNY

          DEVELOPMENT CENTER FOR CHEMICAL RAW MATERIALS IN CRACOV, POLAND

                                       ABSTRACT
       This case study depicts an underground oil-recovery treatment system designed and installed
 in a petrochemical plant area to contain a hydrocarbon product in complex subsurface conditions.
 A loss of petroleum product from storage tanks and pipelines to the groundwater flow system in
 the glacial drift  deposits has caused significant groundwater degradation in this area.  The
 behavior  and  ultimate fate of hydrocarbons and  their dissolved  pollutant plumes  become
 dependent on hydrogeological factors such as geology, groundwater bearing zones, and their
 interconnection.  Test borings were drilled and soil and groundwater samples were collected to
 develop a comprehensive oil-recovery system   The test borings were used  to  determine  the
 magnitude of contaminated soils and preliminary locations of the monitoring wells. Selected test
 borings were converted into monitoring wells.  Monitoring wells defined the areal extent of the
 free-floating  hydrocarbon  product and migration  of  the  dissolved   hydrocarbon  in  the
 groundwater flow system. Based on these data, an underground oil recovery system was designed
 and implemented. The system successfully recovered  most of the free-floating hydrocarbon and
 abated the subsurface contamination.
INTRODUCTION

      A large petrochemical plant, the subject
of this paper, is  experiencing problems with
groundwater  and   soil  contamination  by
hydrocarbon  products  and  associated  fire
hazards. Such problems are typical for plants of
this  type.    Remedial  investigations  were
conducted to define contamination problems
and   design   hydrocarbon   recovery   and
treatment systems.

      Remedial action  has  been  taken to
prevent fires and  possible explosions as well as
to protect groundwater and institute preventive
measures.  It is noted that, in comparison with
two other plants of this type and size, located in
the neighboring  countries of Czechoslovakia
and  East  Germany,  the  contamination of
groundwater at this  plant site is  considerably
reduced.   If in those countries the quantity of
free hydrocarbon  products on the groundwater
table   was   calculated  as   in  excess  of
100,000 m3(2, 3), it was ten times less in this
case.

      This  difference can  be  attributed to
differences in the location of the local sewage
systems as well  as to differences in general
hydrogeological conditions.

      For this petrochemical plant, a secondary,
very significant problem  was prevention of the
large  groundwater well  supply from  receiving
contaminated  water by soluble  hydrocarbon
compounds.  The  existing  municipal well  is
located a few kilometers from the plant area
(Fig. 1) and supplies a medium-size city with a
good  quality of water.   It was  important to
prevent this well from becoming contaminated
with soluble hydrocarbon components because
the municipal well was located in the only area
in which sufficient yield and  good water quality
could be  found.   Fortunately, there  was no
contamination at that time, as shown  by the
results    of    widespread     water-quality
                                           107

-------
 investigations.  The typical characteristics of the
 subsurface pollution at the plant site and in the
 vicinity are hydrocarbon products (gasoline, fuel
 oil, and xylene) floating upon the water table
 and  soluble   compounds  (mainly  aromatic
 hydrocarbons).

 PURPOSE

      Several   hydrogeological   maps   were
 prepared  for the  study area to determine
 subsurface contamination and its extent before
 the remedial action was implemented.  These
 maps  are  based  on  hydrogeological  data
 obtained from  more than 300test borings and
 150 monitoring   wells.    Monitoring   wells
 encountered thick hydrocarbon layers floating
 on the water table in the vicinity of the plant's
 underground utilities  in  fenced  plant  areas.
 Soluble hydrocarbon components  were  found
 under four-fiths of the plant area. Because of
 fire hazards and the possibility of damage of
 underground utility systems (electrical conduits,
 pipe fittings) in the floating hydrocarbon areas
 (pools), remedial  action  was  undertaken to
 recover hydrocarbon product in these areas.

 TECH MICAL APPROACH

      Remedial   action   was  preceded  by
 detailed  studies of the site  hydrogeology,
 including   aquifer transmissivities, confining
 layer  occurrence, recharge and discharge  areas
 for the aquifers, groundwater  contamination,
 and  hydrocarbon physical  parameters  such
 viscosity, density and sometimes temperatures.
 It should be noted that the temperature records
 in monitoring were very useful  parameters for
the assessment  of the hydrocarbon recovery
system.  Taking  into account all the results of
the study and  considering the fact that the
surface of free hydrocarbon layers was only 4 to
7m beneath the ground  surface,  the  use of
recovery well systems was accepted as the best
method of remedial  action.    Experimental
pumping of  pure hydrocarbon product was
performed  in two large  hydrocarbon "pools,"
which appeared  in different hydrogeological
conditions.  Operations  proceeded first  with
pumping hydrocarbon  product  only and  then
progressed   to   pumping both  hydrocarbon
 product   and  groundwater.     Hydrocarbon
 product  and  groundwater  was  pumped  out
 using two different recovery systems.  The first
 system used  one recovery well to pump both
 water and hydrocarbon.  The system consisted
 of a pair of wells.  The first well was used to
 pump only groundwater and the second,  only
 hydrocarbon.

 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED
                                      - '     •*

      A   problem  arose in  handling  xylene
 during  experimental  pumping.   The  xylene
 caused deterioration of the  cables,  hoses, and
 fittings   of the pumps.   This  problem  was
 partially solved by frequently changing parts in
 the pumps and by servicing them every 10 days.
 A second problem that arose involved the need
 to pump hydrocarbon product in the plant area
 close to  the  underground  working facilities.
 Because  of the low permeability of soils  in this
 area, oil  product could not be withdrawn.  This
 is contrary to problems in Czechoslovakia  and
 East  Germany  where  hydrocarbon  product
 occured  in the high  permeable  aquifer,  this
 product  can  be pumped outside  of the plant
 area.

 RESULTS

      Remedial actions were conducted in two
 areas of  hydrocarbon  "pools"—Nos.  1 and 2.
 The remedial action started in area No. 1.  Initial
 data  from two wells installed   in  this area
 showed  the thickness of the  hydrocarbon layer
to be 2  to 3m (diesel oil and  fuel oil),  which
 suggested  that a  large  hydrocarbon   pool
 occurred in area No. 1. On closer examination,
 however, it was proved that the till  deposit,
 ranging from 2 to 5m thick, was  underlain by
the  large lens  of  fine-grained   sand (about
2.5 acres  in area) with very  low permeability.
The  hydrocarbon product was  accumulated in
the  upper portion  of the  sand lens.    The
experimental  pumping, using both  methods
mentioned in this paper, failed as a result of
both the  high viscosity of oil  (3 to 6times more
than water) and the low specific yield of till with
sand (0.5 to 0-1 liter/day).  The recovery  of oil
product   from  hydrocarbon   "pool"  No. 1 was
continued by  using hand pumps to periodically
                                           108

-------
remove accumulated oil from monitoring wells
and  recovery wells.   Similar methods of oil
withdrawal  were  used   for   those  small
hydrocarbon "pools" with high  viscosity of oil
product.  These pools were not thick enough to
create  a  cone  of  depression  by  pumping
ground water.

      Hydrocarbon   pool   area   No. 2  was
observed for the last 2 years before  remedial
action  was  implemented.     The  area  of
hydrocarbon spill was 0.1 km2  and the  total
amount of hydrocarbon was  estimated to be
more  than   2,000 m3   although   detailed
calculations  have not been  made (1).  The
average thickness of the hydrocarbon layer was
determined    through    the    hydrocarbon
measurement  in  25wells.  The variability  of
hydroca'rbon  thickness  in monitoring wells
during the pumping period is shown in Figure 2.
The oil products (gasoline in the northern and
central part of hydrocarbon "pool" and xylene
in the discharge area) have low viscosity (0.7
compared to water).  This hydrocarbon "pool"
was one of the biggest sources of groundwater
contamination     by    soluble     aromatic
hydrocarbons.  In selecting the best method of
recovery, two  pumping stands were  prepared
(Figs. 3, 4, and 5) wherein a series  of pumping
tests were performed. The results of these tests
are shown in Tables 1 and 2. Conclusions drawn
from the pumping test results indicated that the
effects   of   hydrocarbon   recovery   were
influenced by three factors:

1.    Hydrogeological   conditions   (vertical
      change in permeabilities and magnitude
      of hydraulic  conductivity in the upper
      sand unit of hydrocarbon zone).

2.    Well construction and well systems (one
      well with  two pumps or two wells with
      one pump each).

3.    Hydrocarbon  product and groundwater
      pumping regime.

      A   nonproportional  dependence  was
observed between the quantity of pumped oil
and,  water (Fig. 6).  Experience gained during
testing was used to improve the construction
wells.   Water "intrusions"  occurred  during
pumping of hydrocarbon product.  Therefore
specially designed well screens with pneumatic
packers were used.

      It was determined that the most efficient
hydrocarbon recovery system  consisted  of two
single-recovery wells.  It was also determined
that the distance  between these two wells
should be  less than 0.5m  and  that  the well
screen  interval   and   construction   should
eliminate  undesired  "water intrusion"  during
well pumping.  The removal of  a  hydrocarbon
"pool," according to applied technology in this
case,  was successfully accomplished, and the
recovery process will last for a long time because
of the large size of hydrocarbon "pools."

      As a general conclusion,  it  is suggested
that   the    possibility   of   groundwater
contamination be studied  before  facilities are
constructed or expanded. It may be possible to
take  better   advantage  of the results  of
geotechnical  test  borings  and  to  undertake
measures to protect against the possibility of
subsurface contamination.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

      This  paper   is   published  with   the
permission of the President of the Development
Center for Chemical Raw Materials.
REFERENCES
 1.
2.
Concave,   1979.
Protection   of
3.
qroundwater from oil pollution.  Concave
Report 3/79: Den Haag, Holland April.

Schmidt,  H.,  and  O.  Heiman,  1977.
Grundwasserverunreinigungen     durch
MineraloI-Ursachen    und   technische
Moglichkeiten    zur     Bekampfung.
Wasserwirtschaftstechnik 2/77, Germany.

Pelikan, V., 1978 "Hydraulic protection of
groundwaters  against  oil  substances."
Proceedings of International Symposium
on   Groundwater  Pollution   by  Oil
Hydrocarbons,  Prague,  Czechoslovakia,
June.
                                           109

-------
DISCLAIMER

      The work described in this paper was not
funded by the U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency. The contents do not necessarily reflect
the views  of the  Agency, and  no official
endorsement should be inferred.
                                          110

-------
                                         FIG.1



                            SITE LOCATION AND GENERALIZED

                           HYDROGEOLOGICAL CROSS-SECTION
1-glacial till, 2-static water level of first water-bearing zone. 3-statie water of water level of second

water-bearing zone, 4-probable directions of contamination
                                   yvater
                                   intake
                                              Petrochemical
                                                 Plant
                                     Tertiary clay
                                          111

-------
                              FIG. 2

               VARIABILITY OF HYDROCARBON THICKNESS
             IN MONITORING WELLS DURING PUMPING PERIOD
\


    \
     \
      X
         \
j
XT'
s§ '•
I 0,4
X I \M
*x^ / v \ x- v

.
     1984
1985   •              1986
                            Time/Years
                              112

-------
                                   FIG. 3

                  CONFIGURATION OF HYDROCARBON PRODUCT
                AND GROUNDWATER LEVELS IN PUMPING STAND I
               {ONE RECOVERY WELL UTILIZING TWO-PUMP SYSTEM)
                      OIL RECOVERY - 0.05 m3/HR (50L/HR)
                         WATER RECOVERY - 8.5 m3/hr
    2-
£   4-
D.
;
'-.y
/
.c


"rr
*' F




•"."". .
• .

(•'!.••
. . •
I*.;.-.

- - '
7^-^
>2 46 46




.^•- '.••.-:•: :•.'.•/•.• • v-
h-" - - .J-.4"- • •••".•.'
i - • • t •,
• ' . , ' •
[•'-. '••:[•. '•.•;•"•.•:•:
• . sand ' . - •
. • • . K = 6;4rh/d
-r-r~r~~rr~~^ glacial till
/
 E1,E1'
 P2, P40
 1.1'
 2,2'

 3.3'

 4,4'
Recovery wells
Monitoring wells
Static hydrocarbon product and water-table level
Static hydrocarbon product and water-table  level during pumping
of hydrocarbon product level
Static hydrocarbon product and water-table  level during pumping
of oil and water
Pump's position
                                    113

-------
                                 FIG. 4

                CONFIGURATION OF HYDROCARBON PRODUCT
               AND GROUNDWATER LEVELS IN PUMPING STAND I
             (TWO RECOVERY WELLS UTILIZING ONE-PUMP SYSTEM)
                    OIL RECOVERY - 0.065 m^/HR (65L/HR)
                       WATER RECOVERY - 4.3 m3/HR
   On
   2-
   4-
 JE
 »4--
 O.
   10
   12
                            P1E1E1
                      P2
46'
                            7i-
                                                      Sand.
                                                    .  K=6,4m/d
E1,E1'
P2,P4
1,1'
2,2'
3,3'
4,4'
Recovery well
Monitoring wells
Static hydrocarbon product and water-table levels
As above during pumping of water only
As above during pumping of hydrocarbon product only
Pump's position
                                  114

-------
                                  FIG. 5

                CONFIGURATION OF HYDROCARBON PRODUCT
               AND GROUNDWATER LEVELS IN PUMPING STAND II
             (ONE RECOVERY WELL UTILIZING TWO-PUMP SYSTEM)
                     OIL RECOVERY - 0.020 m3/HR (20L/hr)
                        WATER RECOVERY - 9 m3/hr
             P3
  o
    8-
    10-
    12-
             E3 P2 P4
P12
8
                                                         permeability
                                                          K m/day
ES
P3,P4
1F.11
2,21

3,31

4,41
Recovery well
Monitoring wells
Static hydrocarbon product and water-table levels
Static hydrocarbon product and water-table levels during pumping
of water only
Static hydrocarbon product and water-table levels during pumping
of hydrocarbon product only
Pump's position
                                   115

-------
            FIG. 6

CORRELATION BETWEEN CAPACITY
   OF PUMPED OIL AND WATER
          (STAND I)
                    water
                   8   Q[nT/h]
            116

-------
           TABLE 1




COMPARISON OF PUMPING STANDS
Stand
I
II
Hydrogeological Conditions
Well Locations in
Hydrocarbon Pool
Area
Central part
Area of drainage
Average
Aquifers
Permeability
(m/day)
6,4
3,3
Permeabijjty
Relation: Oil
Layer to
Bottom of
Horizon
1:2
1:7
Thickness of
Hydrocarbon
Layer (m)
1,3
0,8
Pumping Data
Pumping
Rate of
Water
Xm3/hour)
5,3
9,2
Pumping
Rate of
Hydrocarbon
Product
(liter/hour)
70
20
Relation of
Pumped
Water to
Hydrocarbon
Product
(m3/m3)
72
620
            117

-------
                                     TABLE 2

         COMPARISON OF RESULTS OF PUMPING WITH THE METHODS OF PUMPING
Stand
1





II



Methods of Pumping
One
Recovery
Well
Pumping
Hydrocarbon
Only
X





X



One
Recovery
Well Using
Two Pumps

X





X


Two Pumps
Using Two
Recovery Wells
in Distance
Between Wells
(m)


4
1.3
1.3(3)



1.0
2.5
Results of Pumping
Pumping
Rate of
Water
(m3/hour)

8.6
5.4
4.5
4.6


6.2
12.6
5.5
Pumping
Rate of
Hydrocarbon
(liter/hour)
30(D
57
50
75
86

5(2)
30
46
12
Quantity of
Pumped
Water to
Hydrocarbon
(m3/m3>

134.6
87.2
53.5
61.4


289
561
685
Increment
Quantity of
Pumped
Hydrocarbons
(%)

90
67
250
286





(1) There was an observed intrusion of water if pump was located 0.3 meter under surface of
   oil.
(2) As above, but pump was located 0.1m under surface of oil.
(3) Pumping was performed using packer inside oil recovery well.
                                      118

-------
        PROSPECTS FOR ROBOTICS IN HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

                James F. Osborn, William L. Whittaker and Syd Coppersmith
                                 Field Robotics Center
                                 The Robotics Institute
                               Carnegie Mellon University
                                 Pittsburgh, PA 15213
                                     ABSTRACT

Robotic technology can provide solutions to some hazardous waste management problems.  This
paper discusses the intersection between automation technology — already used in nuclear, subsea,
mining, and other hazardous settings -- and candidate assessment and remediation tasks. First,
robots are defined and classified according to complexity of the machine, environment, and task.
Next, an overview is given of existing and emerging robotic technologies relevant to hazardous
waste management. Possible near-term implementations using mature technologies are presented
through the examples of site perimeter monitoring and chemical munitions disposal. The paper
concludes with speculations on the future of robotics in hazardous waste management.
Introduction
Robotic  technology holds  the  promise to
provide unique, long-term solutions to a class
of hazardous waste problems, but has not yet
been introduced to  this field.  Advantages
offered by robotics include eliminating the need
for   human  presence    in   hazardous
environments, robot capabilities beyond those
of man (scale, forcefulness, sensing modes and
computational  ability),  and  the quality
assurance  and productivity of  automation.
Regulatory agencies, site operators and, most
importantly, the public all stand to benefit by
exploiting these advantages.

Robotic technology is not justified, either in
terms of need or cost, for many hazardous
waste management problems. Most "hazardous
waste sites" do not pose acute hazard, the
immediate threat to human life that  is an
irrefutable argument for robotic substitutes.
Further, because of the current state of robotic
technology, and given the cost of automation,
many tasks in hazardous waste management are
better performed by humans.

There is, however, a class of problems  that
urgent need and  existing  technology make
viable candidates for robotic applications.
These include tasks too hazardous for humans
to perform,  such  as  handling of nerve  gas,
radioactive  waste or other severely toxic
substances. Reducing human presence in such
operations  is  imperative  because  it is
impossible to adequately protect workers [1].
Capable robotic  systems able to perform
multiple functions, operate tools, and work for
extended periods offer a viable alternative since
they  are  relatively  impervious  to  these
hazardous environments.
                                          119

-------
Site characterization and long-term monitoring
also  present  problems  for which robotic
technology offers solutions. Many sites are still
incompletely characterized; for others there is a
need  to verify the confinement of the site
contents during and after remedial activities.
Proper assessment depends  on  repeated
collection and analysis of consistent data in
many forms. Through automation, these data
can be  acquired, processed,  stored and
correlated in greater quantities and  at higher
rates than possible using current methods.

Robot Attributes
Robots can be classified by several attributes:
control mode, degree of interaction with the
environment, how well the task environment is
structured, and the risks associated with their
actions [2]. Such classification lends insight to
the match of robot technologies to particular
tasks and environments.

In general, a robotic system consists of sensors
to make measurements of phenomena in its'
environment, an actuator-driven mechanism to
effect changes in this environment and  a
computing system which interprets sensor data,
creates and instantiates models, generates plans
and drives the actuators.  The robot interprets
sensory input to produce a model of itself and
the world. Using this model, it specifies goals,
formulates plans to achieve  these goals, and
executes  the plans  via  control  of the
mechanism.                 .

Robot control modes are defined by the split of
responsibility  for modeling, planning and
initiating action among humans and computers.
The simplest mode  of robot control  is
teleoperation, where humans command actions
through  joysticks and  other  controls.  A
teleoperated robot may  also be capable  of
performing simple reflexive  functions  (e.g.,
cessation of motion) based on raw sensor data
to protect  itself  and its surroundings. For
example, the Remote Work Vehicle (RWV), a
 teleoperated robot (Figure 1), performs nuclear
 cleanup tasks by remote control, but a bump
 sensor and electronic interlock prevent
 operators from raising its boom through an
 overhead obstacle [3].

 At the other extreme of control, autonomy, the
 robot functions without reliance on a human
 operator. Using sensor data, the robot creates a
 semantic model of the world that it uses to plan
 its activities. These plans are  decomposed into
 robot-executable commands and implemented
 without human intervention. REX (Figure 2), a
 robotic excavator, generates and uses such
 models and plans to uncover buried pipes. Data
 from sonar range sensors are  used to construct
 terrain maps from which digging actions are
 commanded [4].

 Intermediate between  these  levels  is
 supervisory control,  where  the robot  is
 commanded by an operator to perform tasks,
 but executes these tasks without reliance on the
 operator.  The human supervisor  interprets
 robot-constructed models  (e.g.,  synthetic
 graphics) to generate directives for the robot.
 The  Terregator (Figure 3), for example,  uses
 its laser range finder to navigate through and
 map coal mines, but travel destination decisions
 are left to the supervisory operator [5].

 Another way to classify robotic systems is by
 their  degree  of  interaction  with  the
 environment. In non-invasive operations, such
 as inspection, mapping and air sampling, the
 robot and the world affect  each other only
 slightly.   For  instance,   the  Remote
 Reconnaissance  Vehicle  (RRV)  shown in
 Figure 4 observed the Three Mile Island Unit II
 reactor containment basement, using video
 cameras and radiation detectors only. On the
 other hand, invasive operations like excavation,
 demolition and drilling alter  the environment
 and occur by intimate coupling of the robot and
 its surroundings.  An example of invasive
robot interaction is the Remote Core Sampler
                                         120

-------
(Figure 5), which went beyond the RRV to cut
concrete cylinders from the TMI basement
walls using active tooling.

The applicability of a given robot to a particular
task is governed largely by how well the task
environment is structured. Factory robots
perform repetitious tasks in an environment
characterized by a consistent well-defined
geometry. While this geometry might change,
it does so in a deterministic manner that can be
anticipated.  Unstructured environments, in
contrast, lack regular, obvious patterns that can
be exploited for classification, recognition, and
understanding. Consider the  difference
between a work station where an industrial
manipulator is removing parts from a conveyor
belt --  a repetitious task where the robot's
superior repeatability provides better quality
control -- and a field scattered with buried
waste containers, where the robot's strategy for
grasping each differs according to details of
how the cannister  lies  and what immediately
surrounds it  Robot  interaction  with  an
unstructured environment is dynamic  (it
evolves over time) and  must  be modeled
through a process of incremental discovery and
model refinement. Such environments defy
preplanning and  present  the  need  to
continuously  manage contingencies.

The risk of robotic operations depends both on
the nature of the task and on the capabilities of
the robot. It is much riskier to handle cylinders
of chemical munitions than it  is to collect air
samples from the perimeter of a hazardous
waste site. There is little or no danger attendant
to tasks  of the  latter variety, which are
relatively non-invasive. As the strength of
interaction between a robot and its environment
increases, however, so  does the risk of damage
to the robot,  its surroundings, or both.
Vehicle (Figure  1), can inflict more damage
than a system of lesser capability,  such as the
Remote Reconnaissance Vehicle  (Figure 4).
Risk is also associated with greater robot
autonomy. As robots become increasingly self-
reliant, they must cope with contingencies and
tolerate faults that are potentially debilitating.
Greater mechanical complexity and increased
sensing and computation are required for less
repetitive and less structured tasks, in conflict
with theineed for high reliability in unstructured
environments.

Robotic  Technologies  for  Hazardous
Waste  Management
Some robotic  technologies applicable  to
hazardous waste management have reached a
mature state while others are stillin research or
development  stages.  Mature  technologies
include locomotor and manipulator  control,
data acquisition, telemetry, power, generation
and distribution, electric  motor technology,
hydraulics, and,  man-machine  interfaces.
Current  technology  allows   immediate
implementations that approach simple tasks
with simple control-methods. More challenging
applications will  require the refinement of
technologies that are not yet mature.

Developing technologies are advancing the state
of the  art toward robot  autonomy, but are
found predominantly in prototypes. Examples
of these emerging technologies are machine
perception, task  planning, adaptive control and
robust  computing.   As  the  cost of these
technologies drops and capabilities improve,
the viability of exploiting them increases. For
example, the advent of  inexpensive global
positioning from navigation satellites makes
feasible the guidance  of  mobile  robots with
higher  accuracy and  significantly  less
computation than is currently possible [6].
 Implicit in a robot's ability to accomplish is its    A developing technology essential to robotics is
 ability  to  err. A large system deploying    the integration of component technologies into
 powerful tools,  such as the Remote Work    complete systems. Robot integration,is more
                                           121

-------
subtle than bolting parts together: a system
view of integration is necessary to arbitrate
among subsystems competing for power, space
and weight.  The integration  of unmanned
systems  must be  more responsive than
conventional equipment to such issues as task
specificity, efficient modeling,  operability,
fault tolerance and reliability.

The defense and space industries are setting
both  the direction  and  pace of component
technology    development   for   new
implementations. Many technologies are being
driven in a  programmatic  manner:  heavy
resources  are  brought  to  bear on  the
computing, sensing  and controls fundamental
to systems of the future. The Strategic Defense
Initiative and  space station are good examples
of  this   approach.    Hazardous   waste
management  currently  provides less of a
driving force to core robotics research and
development, but provides an opportunity to
integrate mature technologies  for near-term
robotic applications.
          Example Applications  of Robotics  in
          Hazardous Waste Management
          We speculate on site perimeter monitoring and
          chemical munitions disposal as hazardous
          waste management activities that are reasonable
          candidates for robotization. These are chosen
          on the  basis of  their technical viability,
          economic justification, and because  they
          illustrate opposite ends of the robot attribute
          spectrum as set forth in the preceding section
          (see Table 1).

          Site Perimeter Air Sampling
          There is a legal mandate to protect the public
          from emissions of volatile organic compounds
          buried in hazardous waste sites [7]. This is
          necessary during remedial activities to warn of
          acute exposure and  must continue in the
          ensuing years as  an indicator of potential
          chronic exposure.  Current methods for these
          assessments rely  on multiple samplers  of
          limited capability in fixed locations on the site
          periphery and manual transfer of these samples
          to laboratories for analysis. This assessment
          mechanism  is   sub-optimal   because
             Table 1. Attributes of Two  Example Applications  of  Robotics
                          in Hazardous Waste Management
       Attribute

       Control mode

       Degree of interaction
       with the environment

       Task environment

       Task performance

       Risk associated with actions
 Site  Perimeter
  Air  Sampling

   supervisory

   non-invasive


relatively structured

    repetitive

      low
Chemical  Munitions
     Disposal

    teleoperated

      invasive


    unstructured

  each action unique

     very high
                                        122

-------
the expense of a capable distributed sampling
system cannot be justified, and the logistics and
cost of laboratory analyses limit the quantity of
available data.

As an alternative, a mobile robot can make
appointed rounds and implement perimeter
monitoring protocols with advantages beyond
traditional methods.  Use of  a single  very
capable device rather than a larger number of
simpler fixed devices makes  it possible to
justify the purchase  of more sophisticated
sampling  equipment,  such  as  recently
developed portable gas chromatographs and
mass spectrophotometers  [8]. A complete
sample analysis  that  would,  by  present
methods,  take  days  or weeks could be
performedin near real-time and a much greater
quantity of data would be made available. The
information would exhibit less variability, since
all samples would be treated in a standardized
fashion.

We  envision  a moderate terrain locomotor
powered by a combination of  batteries and a
propane generator that slowly travels along the
site fenceline using a position-based navigation
system. Its course would be preprogrammed
and maintained with an inertia! navigation
system, possibly  with  absolute  positioning
corrections from a number of robot-identifiable
fixed landmarks. Soft bump detection, either
by acoustic or laser scanning rangefinders,
would be necessary to safeguard the robot from
unexpected obstacles in its path.  A two-way
radio or cellular telephone data link would be
used  to  send navigation and sampling
instructions to the robot and receive data from
the  robot or  serve as the telemetry system
should teleoperation become necessary for
setup, contingencies or service.

 A relevant perimeter monitoring system would
place few demands on site infrastructure.  It
 would be hardened for multi-hour  day/night
 operation in extremes of heat, cold, and
precipitation. The system would incorporate
bump detection and self-monitoring sensors to
prevent damage to itself, the site arid human
attendants.

The site perimeter air sampling robot is a good
example of a non-invasive robotic system. To
be  successful, it would maintain a minimal
presence on the site, needing human attention
only  to alter sampling instructions or  to
replenish its power system. Sampling while
slowly traveling along a predetermined course
is  a  repetitive  structured task  with  low
associated risk. This risk is further reduced by
outfitting the robot with proper safeguards.

Disposal of Chemical Munitions
The  military must dispose  of cannisters
containing obsolete chemical agents stored in
underground magazines  or "igloos" at eight
sites around the United States [9]. This is an
extreme hazard, both in terms  of exposure to
cleanup personnel and the danger of accidental
release as a result of remedial activities. The
scenario is similar to the nuclear environment:
human presence is precluded, the work space
must be sealed  during  all operations, the
environment is unstructured,  tasks are  non-
repetitive and risks are great.
 Remote operations are easily justified in this
 case by the risk of human exposure to the
 munitions. Robots would be unaffected by the
 large doses of these chemicals received during
 the years needed to complete this task. Safety
 considerations will force the cautious deliberate
 actions characteristic of teleoperated robots. We
 thus view that a  mobile teleoperated work
 system is an ideal  match to  the problems
 associated with  the decommissioning of
 chemical munitions facilities.

 Such a system would follow the precedents set
 by nuclear work systems that perform similar
 missions with analogous constraints. It would
 feature at least one manipulator that is directly
                                           123

-------
driven by, or "slaved to", a miniature replica,
or "master", from a remote location and
enhanced with force feedback from slave to
master.  The mobile  base  carrying  the
manipulator(s)   would   benefit   from
omnidirectionality, as the igloo interiors  are
cramped workspaces.  Additional  pay load
would include multiple video cameras and
lighting, microphones, specific chemical
detectors and system  status sensors. The
feedback of data and transmission of control
signals to and from the operator control station
would be via a multiconductor tether, which
would likely carry primary power to the vehicle
as well.

Beyond functional  capabilities,  a chemical
disposal robot must be responsive  to task
environment  and  operational  concerns.
Attention must be paid to seals  and surface
finishes so that the robot can be effectively
decontaminated following  exposure. The
system must also exhibit extreme reliability,
since a robot that fails inside an igloo becomes
part  of the problem rather than  providing a
solution. Reliable cannister handling is a major
consideration since rupture or chemical release
are consequences of failure.

The  high penally for mistakes when handling
chemical munitions  is an example of the risk
associated with highly invasive robot actions.
This task environment is unstructured and a
unique set of actions is used to handle each
cannister. The complexity of this task mandates
teleoperation, with  human decision-making
operative at all but the lowest level of control.
The above perspectives merely speculate on the
intersection of  needs in hazardous  waste
management  and   component  robotic
technologies. The  example  integrations,
however, can be  implemented in the near-term
since they incorporate technologies that are or
will soon be available.
Conclusion
Robotics for hazardous waste management is a
fledgling discipline. It is too early to predict the
role that robots will play or chart a direct path
to that involvement. While there is a pressing
need for pioneers to apply robotic technologies
to the comprehensive needs of the hazardous
waste  industry,  it  is  not  apparent  what
technologies or applications will be successful.
Performance is perhaps the best measure of
relevance: robotic applications will be judged
not only  by capability, but  also by  cost,
availability, and reliability.

Formative integration must ultimately come
from the hazardous waste management industry
itself. It is essential that the industry identify
and drive the developments that will distinguish
hazardous waste robotics as a discipline in its
own  right. There is now a unique opportunity
to exploit the intersection between robotic
technologies and the hazardous waste need.
Just  as  it is important  to remain open and
flexible to emerging capabilities and problems,
it is imperative to seek early implementations
and  the insights that  only experience can
provide.

References
1. Levine, S.P. and W.F. Martin, Protecting
   Personnel si Hazardous  Waste Sites.
   Butterworth Publishers,  Boston,  MA,
   1985.

2. Whittaker, W.L., "Construction Robotics:
   A Perspective,"  International Joint
   Conference  on CAD &.Robotics in
   Architecture and Construction. Marseilles,
   June 1986.

3. Whittaker,  W. L. and L.E.  Champeny,
   "Capabilities of a Remote Work Vehicle,"
   Topical Meeting on Robotics and Remote
   Handling in.Hostile Environments.
   American Nuclear Society, Seattle, March
   1987.
                                         124

-------
 4.  Whittaker,  W.L.  and  B.  Motazed,
    "Evolution  of  a Robotic Excavator,"
    International Joint Conference on CAD &
    Robotics m Architecture and Construction.
  ,  Marseilles, June 1986.

 5.  Whittaker, W.L., G. Turkiyyah, and M.
    Hebert, "An Architecture and Two Cases in
    Range-Based Modeling and Planning,"
    Proceedings of the IEEE International
    Conference on Robotics and Automation.
    Raleigh, April 1987.

 6.  Collins,  J. "GPS  Equipment  Survey,"
    Point of Beginning. Vol. 12, pp. 11-22,
    1987.

 7.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
    (1980,  1981).  Ambient  Monitoring
    Guidelines for Prevention of Significant
    Deterioration, Report EPA-450/4-8CM312.
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
    Offices  of  Air Quality  Planning  and
    Standards and Research and Development,
    Research Triangle Park, NC.

 8.  Puskar,   M.A.  and  S.P.   Levine,
    "Characterization of Bulk Materials on
    Remedial Action  Sites:  A Preliminary
    Comparison of Compatibility Testing, FT-
    IR and  GC/MS." Proceedings of the
    National Conference on Hazardous Waste
    and Environmental Emergencies. May
    1985.

 9.  U.S. Army Toxic and Hazardous Materials
    Agency, "Chemical Stockpile Disposal
    Program," Aberdeen  Proving  Ground,
    MD, 1987.
                                   Disclaimer

The  work in  this paper  was not funded  by the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection
Agency.   The  contents do  not  necessarily  reflect the  views  of the  Agency
and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                       125

-------
Figure 1. The RWV is a teleoperated  robotic work
system  for nuclear environments.
                       126

-------
 Figure 2. REX is an autonomous robot for excavation.
Figure 3. The Terregator can navigate a coal mine under
supervisory control.
                          127

-------
Figure 4. The RRV provided the first views
of the TMI Unit II reactor containment
basement following the 1979 accident.
Figure  5. The  Remoi  obre Sampler  used
electrohydraulic drills to  remove concrete
samples from the basement walls.
                                        128

-------
        EVALUATION OF AN ENGINEERED, BIOJOEGRADATION LAND TREATMENT SYSTEM
               FOR SOIL DECONTAMINATIONAT A 'WC)bb PRESERVING SITE
                          Jaw K. Fu and John R. Smith

                     KEYSTONE ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES, INC.
                                 Monreville, PA
                                    ABSTRACT

     To evaluate Engineered Biodegradation System (EBBS™) treatment of soil
contaminated with creosote and PCP wood preservative residues at a former wood
treating site, an engineered field treatment plot was constructed and loaded
with contaminated soil for susequent treatment.  The treatment area was approx-
imately one-quarter acre in size and was loaded with approximately 600 tons of
contaminated soil.  Stormwater run-off and run-on was controlled by surface
grading and stormwater retention basin.  Normal operation of the unit entails
moisture control, pH control, nutrient addition, and periodic tilling.  The
unit was operated during a six-month period from May through October in 1986.
During this time period, sampling and analysis of the air, surface soil, sub-
surface soil, and the groundwater, was carried out to address chemical reduction,
chemical migration, air emissions, groundwater impact, and acute toxicity
reduction.

     This paper presents the proceedures and results of an ongoing field inves-
tigation evaluating EBDS as a unit process that treats organically contaminated
soil utilizing the capacity and the soil matrix to biodegrade and imnobilize the
contaminants of concern.  EBDS is an aerobic soil mixture approximately 0.5 to
1.5 feet deep that is managed to promote the growth of indigenous microorganisms
to biodegrade contaminants and to promote immobilization of contaminants.  The
EBDS design combines:  (i) engineering expertise, (ii) risk management, and (iii)
regulatory liaison.

     The results of the work supported that EBDS is a very effective means to
treat soil contaminated with PCP and cresote components for the site studied.
Specifically, the results showed that:

     (i)      Chemical/biological transformations accounted for over 80
              percent of PCP removal and over 90 percent of PAH removal;

     (ii)     decomposition products were determined to be nontoxic by
              both microtox and daphnia acute toxicity assays;

     (iii)    air emission monitoring showed volatilization of approximately
              0.1 percent to 15 percent of naphthalene and some noncarcino-
                                       129

-------
              genie PAHs and less than 0.1 percent of PCP and carcino-
              genic PAHs;

     (iv)     PCP, naphthalene, and PAHs were not detected in the soil
              below the zone of incorporation;

     (v)      TCLP leaching tests at the end of the six-month treating cycle
              resulted in nondetectable levels of PCP and PAHs, and

     (vi)     November groundwater monitoring results at the end of the six-
              month treating cycle showed no detectable levels of PCP and
              PAHs resulting from EBDS treating cell.

     Ongoing work with the same field demonstration plot continues through this
year evaluating the effect of a second year of contaminated soil application
and treatment.

                                    *******                                 „ ,

WHERE ENTIRE PAPER HAS NOT BEEN INCLUDED IN THESE PROCEEDINGS COPIES WILL BE
AVAILABLE IN THE CONFERENCE LOBBY.
                                      130

-------
               STIMULATION OF HICEOBIAL BIODEGBADATION IN A JET FUEL
                                 CONTAMINATED SOIL

                          Raymond N.  Yong,  Diana Mourato
                           Geotechnlcal Research Centre
                            McQill University,  Montreal
                                  Quebec,  H3A £K6
                                     ABSTRACT

    Previous studies have indicated the marked  effect  of  aeration
additions  on  the  ability  of indigenous soil microbial populations
intruding organic contaminants. A similar phenomenon was utilized in
enhancing  the biodegradation of jet fuel contaminated soils through
the soil's indigenous microorganisms. This study was carried out as
investigation to establish the necessity to develop in-situ aeration
                         and  nutrient
                         to biodegrade
                        this study for
                        stimulation of
                        a  preliminary
                        technology.
    Jet fuel biodegradation was enhanced by supplying air, nitrogen, phosphorus and
trace minerals to the contaminated field soils. Jet fuel biodegradation  was  moni-
tored  by  C02  evolution  and  by following hydrocarbon transformation through gas
chromatography and infra-red spectroscopy studies.

    Comparative studies were  conducted  between  aerated  and  non-aerated  soils.
Whilst aeration was observed to significantly  enhance C02 evolution and hydrocarbon
degradation, non-aerated soils have also displayed some   jet  fuel   biodegradation.
The  rates  of  CO? evolution and hydrocarbon  degradation were  shown to be signifi-
cantly slower in the non-aerated soils, whereas the addition  of external sources  of
nitrogen  and  phosphorus  was  more   important for degradation to  occur.  Jet fuel
degradation was only initiated after  a lag time  in the non-exposed   soils,  whereas
the  contaminated  soils   showed immediate response. This phenomenon appeared to  be
related to  the presence of jet fuel adapted  microbial   species within  the  soils
which have  been contaminated for a  period of 5 to 10 years.
     INTRODUCTION

     Contamination of soils and ground-
 water with hydrocarbon products  is  a
 concern   of  environmentalists  since
 petroleum products are toxic compounds
 Known to be harmful to aquatic life at
 concentrations equivalent  to  90  ppm
 (1).  The  problem  of  leaking buried
 gasoline tanks as sources  of  ground-
 water  contamination  is indeed a real
 and pressing issue.
    Contaminated soils could either  be
excavated,   displaced  and  treated,  or
treated in-situ. There  are  advantages
and  disadvantages in all cases but for
large volumes  of  contaminated  soils,
in-situ  detoxification  / decontamina-
tion is an alternative  to  be  consid-
ered. If so,  techniques of land-farming
used for oily sludges  become  applica-
ble.
                                       131

-------
    Gasoline  products are composed of
a variety  of  aromatic  hydrocarbons.
Common   gas   hydrocarbons   comprise
toluene, xylene,  benzene,  ethyl  ben-
zene,    intermediary hydrocarbons, etc.
The aromaticity of these  hydrocarbons
renders  biodegradation  a more diffi-
cult task,  but partial degradation  of
such  compounds  under  aerobic condi-
tions in soils has been referenced  (2,
3).   Hydrocarbons  are  known  to  be
biodegraded by a variety of  bacterial
species. Low molecular weight aromatic
hydrocarbons,  in particular,  have been
observed to undergo significant biode-
gradation under aerobic conditions  (3,
4). In  contrast,  anaerobic biodegrada-
tion of aromatic hydrocarbons has been
largely discounted  over  the  years.
More  recent  studies  have,   however,
shown   hope  for anaerobic biodegrada-
tion  of  polyaromatic   hydrocarbons,
although  an  equivalent concentration
of these compounds were  shown  to  be
biodegraded more than 20 times as rap-
idly under aerobic conditions,  with   a
lag  time  for initiation of anaerobic
biodegradation of more than  270  days
(3, 4).

    FUBPOSE

    Initially,   the  studies  reported
herein were conducted as a preliminary
investigation to establish the useful-
ness of soil aeration for in-situ soil
decontamination  of an actual jet fuel
contaminated site. Results have,   how-
ever,    shown  that  although  aerobic
treatment was faster  and  more  effi-
cient,      anaerobic    biodegradation
appeared to occur,  and this  could  be
enhanced  through  enrichment  of  the
soils with  non-carboneous  nutrients.
The  objectives of this study included
gaining a better understanding of nat-
ural  soil-related phenomena available
for in-situ biodegradation (and possi-
bly  reactor  biotechnology) of hydro-
carbon-contaminated soils,  and  evalu-
ating metabolic stimulation procedures
for further field application.
    This paper summarizes studies  con-
ducted to evaluate the ability of soils
to undergo  self-decontamination  under
aerated   and  non-aerated  conditions.
More precisely,  emphasis was put on the
influence of soil microbiai activity on
the decontamination  ,process.  Enhanced
hydrocarbon  degradation  and microbiai
activity are studied  through  aeration
and   supply  of  non-carbonaceous  co-
nutrients to soils exposed to the  con-
taminant  for a. period of 5 to 10 years
and to soils which have not  been  pre-
viously exposed to hydrocarbons.

    APPROACH

    Two   main  experiments  were  con-
ducted;  namely a jet  fuel-contaminated
soil   biodegradation   assay,   and  an
adaptability assay.

    Soils:    The   contaminated   soils
sampled   consisted  of  a  mixture  of
gravel and silt (fill material),  conta-
minated  with  jet  fuel that has over-
flowed from reservoirs over the last  5
to  ,10  years.  The  soil's hydrocarbon
content was shown to be  equivalent  to
5X w/w and water content of iox.
    A  laboratory  processed soil,  con-
sisting primarily of  illitic  minerals
with  some  chlorite and kaolinite,  was
used for the adaptability studies.

    Biodegradabi1ity assay;  320g of jet
fuel  contaminated  soils   (5X.  w/w jet
f ue1) were  c ont inuous1y  aerated  with
COg-free  compressed  air,   routed to a
manifold system which  distributed  air
to  the  culture vessels (refer to Fig.
l). Gas flow did no  induce soil  mixing
in  the  vessels.  The  soils  were not
.inoculated  for  the   test   and   any
detected microbiai activity was consid-
ered to be inherent to the  soil.   The
C0£ produced in the vessels could orig-
inate from  two  sources;  chemical  or
biological processes. Although chemical
oxidation of the hydrocarbons has to be
considered,   biodegradation appeared to
be the most important generator of car-
bon dioxide.
                                      132

-------
  4g/L
0.4g/L MgSOy.
 12g/L
    Non-aerated  reference  tests were
carried out in parallel  by  replacing
the  flowing  air  with  argon.  These
soils were initially purged with argon
to   evacuate  trapped  oxygen.   Non-
aerated  conditions  were  ensured  by
maintaining   a  positive  argon  flow
throughout the duration of  the  test.
Air  evacuation  was  monitored with a
Yellow Springs  oxygen  meter  and  an
oxygen-free  environment  was  insured
throughout the test, by   incorporating
a  Gas Pack disposable anaerobic  indi-
cator  in each vessel.  These   provided
visual evidence that anoxic conditions
were maintained.

    All soils were enriched at various
stages  with  minimal  salts   solution
 (20mL  in 320g), consisting of  the fol-
 lowing constituents:
   20g/L
    4g/L
    8g/L
     These salts could offer sources of
 exogenous electron acceptors,   suscep-
 tible  to induce oxygen-free hydrocar-
 bon oxidation and produce carbon diox-
 ide.   This had to be taken in account
 in  the  interpretation  of  the   C02
 evolution curves.

     To  follow hydrocarbon transforma-
 tion, two types  of  tests  were  con-
 ducted;  gas  chromatography  of  pore
 fluid extracts and infra-red  spectro-
 scopy of air-dried soils. Stripping of
 hydrocarbons had to be considered as  a
 small contribution to hydrocarbon dis-
 appearance and was considered   in  the
 analysis of the results.

      COg  evolution  was monitored by  2
 distinct tests:

 -  Barium hydroxide
      (Ba(OH)g -  C02 trapping).
      Carbon dioxide produced within the
 reaction  vessels was directed  towards
 a  series of  125 mL   flasks  containing
  100 mL  of  0.024N Ba(OH)2.8H20 (refer
 to Fig.  1).  The carbon   dioxide  con-
 tained  in the flowing gas  was  trapped
by Ba(OH)2 in the form  of  BaC03.  The
cumulated  C02  trapped  as  BaC03  was
determined daily in  the  2  flasks  by
titration  of  the absorbers with 0.05N
HC1 to a phenolphthalein end-point. The
amount  of carbon dioxide produced in a
given time  period  was  calculated  as
follows (5);

C02=0.025 mole/mL x vol HC1 x 44 mg C02

- C02 analysis by infra-red detection.
    At  irregular  time   intervals, the
gas tube  leading to the Ba(OH)2  flasks
was  diverted to an infra-red detector,
part of a Beckman - Total Organic  Car-
bon  Analyzer   IR  detector, model 915.
The C02 contained in  the   gas  flowing
from the  soils represented  the C02 pro-
duced within the material,  by  chemical
or biological reactions.

    Jet fuel analysis,  before  and after
the  incubation  periods,   was   performed
using the following methods:

 - Gas   chromatography by flame  ioniza-
 tion detection (FID)         .
     2 micro!iter  samples  of  acetone
 extracted   pore  fluid  samples,   were
 injected in  a  iox   ov-351  Chromosorb
W-HP  80/100,   20ft column. Carrier gas
 (Helium) was set at a  flow  equivalent
 to  25 mL/min.  Hydrocarbon analysis was
 carried out by means of  a  temperature
 program set as follows:
     initial:  100°C for 4 mins.
     program:  4°C/min
     final:  150°C for 8 mins.

"- Infra-red spectroscopy (Beckman Accu-
   lab 9)
     IR analysis was carried  out  in  a
 4000 to 300 cm"1 wavelength range. 5 mg
 air dried soil samples were mixed  with
 495  mg  dried  KBr,   finely ground and
 pressed  into a pellet. IR  spectra were
 analyzed  as  a  function  of new peaks
 related  to the soil or to  the  contami-
 nating hydrocarbons.

     Adaptability  assay;   These   assays
 were carried  put  to   investigate  the
  potential   of   non-exposed  soils   to
  undergo    hydrocarbon     biodegradation
                                        133

-------
 in aerated and non-aerated conditions.
 Due to their nature, the  adaptability
 tests  allowed  to  study  the  initial
 steps  of  jet  fuel   Modegradation,
 since   non-degraded   jet   fuel  was
 admixed to non-exposed soils. In  con-
 trast,  the biodegradability tests were
 conducted  on  contaminated  soils  in
 which  in-situ biodegradation has been
 initiated.  The  adaptability   assays
 compared COg evolution and hydrocarbon
 biodegradation  of  aerated  and  non-
 aerated soils inoculated with microbes
 never before exposed to hydrocarbons.

     The adaptability tests set-up (gas
 distribution and analysis) was similar
 to the biodegradation  assays'  set-up
 described  above,   but  the tests were
 conducted on laboratory processed ste-
 rile  soils  (Domtar  Sealbond soils),
 enriched with 50 mL jet fuel  and 50 mL
 minimal  salts  solution,  and specifi-
 cally inoculated with 20g hydrocarbon-
 free top soil.

     During the test period, COg evolu-
 tion was  monitored by both Ba(OH)2 and
 IR  analysis.  After 13 days of incuba-
 tion residual  jet fuel   in the  soils
 was  analyzed  by IB and GC tests.  Com-
 parisons   were   established    between
 aerated  and   argonated assays in both
 natural  and reference   soils.   Control
 samples   consisted  of   jet  fuel-free
 inoculated Domtar  Sealbond  soil   and
 sterile   jet-fuel   enriched  soils (to
 investigate evaporation effects).

    BESULTS:

    Carbon dioxide Evolution
    Biodegradability assays;
    Both COg evolution  tests suggested
 that  C02  was  produced  in all  soils,
 but the rate at which COg was  synthes-
 ized  varied   in  accordance  with the
 treatment  given.  Aerated  soils   were
 characterized  by  elevated COg  evolu-
 tion curves, whereas non-aerated soils
 had  carbon dioxide  levels of  approxi-
mately half (refer to  Figures  2  and
 3).  This was verified  in both cumula-
 tive tests  (by BaC03 titration) and by
direct COg analysis  (IR spectroscopy).
     It  has  only  been  recently  that
 studies have indicated the existence of
 a  slow  anaerobic catabolism of hydro-
 carbons. In all cases, however,  anaero-
 bic  hydrocarbon catabolism only starts
 after a long period of time (270  days)
 (3,   4).  This long adaptation time was
 not reflected in our  experiments,   but
 could  have occurred naturally over the
 years at the site.   The  COg  evolution
 curves do not represent the activity of
 microbes recently in contact  with  the
 pollutant,   but  of  microbes which had
 more than 5 years to adapt to the fuel.

     whilst COg evolution is an  accept-
 able  tool  to  investigate metabolism,
 care  needs  to  be  exercised  in  the
 interpretation  of  results - especially
 in relation to biodegradation of pollu-
 tants.   Depending  on the pathway taken
 to  catabolize  the  contaminant,    the
 reaction  stochiometry  will  differ and
 the  microbes   will  produce   different
 quantities  of   carbon  dioxide.  Also,
 depending  whether  mineralization    of
 cellular synthesis  occurs,  the ratio of
 COg    produced    will    be   different.
 Finally,   as mentioned   above,   carbon
 dioxide   can  also  be  produced as  a
 result    of chemical  oxidation.    For
 these  reasons,   COg   evolution   curves
 were  interpreted  in view of the  results
 generated  by GC and IR tests.

    Carbon  dioxide  evolution  was  used
 to  evaluate the   influence of minimal
 salts on both aerated  and  non-aerated
 soils.   Both   soils  exhibited  large
 increases  in COg  production after addi-
 tion  of  these   co-nutrients  (refer to
 Figure  5).  Addition  of  salts  could
 result  in  an increase in chemical oxi-
 dation and  COg evolution, even   in  the
 absence  of  oxygen,  since the salts can
 supply  electron  acceptors.  Neverthe-
 less,   results  derived from the adapt-
 ability  studies  confirmed  that  this
 phenomenon  was   limited  in the tests,
 and the measured COg  could  be  indeed
 related  to  biological  activity.  The
 influence of salts reflected  the  lack
 of  non-carbon nutrients in hydrocarbon
rich  soils,  often  a  limitation  for
biodegradation  to  occur.  This  agrees
                                      134

-------
with studies conducted on  oil  blode-
gradation in soils  (6, 7).

    Carbon  dioxide  was also used for
rapid screening of the nature  of  the
metabolizing   microbes.   To   assess
whether  the  microbes  in  the   non-
aerated  soils  were  strict anaerobes,
the non-aerated soils were aerated for
a  period  equivalent to 10 days after
30 days of non-aerated  treatment.   In
all  cases,   the COg  produced was sig-
nificantly enhanced   after  the  first
day  (no lag time)  (refer to Fig. 4).

     Interpretation  of  these  results
could be made on the  basis of a chemi-
cal  oxidation  phenomenon.  Neverthe-
less, the  results  seem  to  indicate
that  the  metabolizing  microbes were
not  sensitive to air, unless the acti-
vity detected  was attributed to fast
growing aerobes. This in turn suggests
that  the  microbes were most probably
facultative anaerobes undergoing anae-
robic  respiration.   Biodegradation  of
hydrocarbons by  facultative  microbes
through anaerobic  respiration, utiliz-
ing  nitrogen and/or sulfate as a final
electron  acceptor  has also been demon-
strated by other researchers  (8, 9).

     Carbon dioxide Evolution
     Adaptability assays:
     Carbon dioxide  evolution  of   the
soil   samples  undergoing  adaptability
tests were similar to  the  ones   pre-
sented    for   biodegradation  studies
 (refer  to Figs. 4  and 5).  In  summary,
the  non-aerated samples exhibited  some
carbon  dioxide  production,   but   this
was    significantly   lower   than   the
aerated soil  samples.  However,  these
results  could not  be interpreted with-
out  the  support of GC and IR  results,
since  the observed carbon dioxide  syn-
thesized  could   originate from   the
biodegradation     of    non-hydrocarbon
 organics  present  in laboratory  soil or
 added        in       the      inoculum.
    Gas chromatography
    Biodegradability assays
    Gas  chromatography  of  the   non-
treated  jet fuel revealed a large num-
ber of  peaks  related  to  the  hydro-
carbons  present  in  the fuel (Fig. 6,
curve a). No attempt was made to  iden-
tify all hydrocarbons,  but the dominat-
ing peaks (f,  j and p) were  identified
as  being  benzene,   toluene and xylene
peaks respectively;  3  major  compounds
of  jet  fuel. Furthermore, analysis of
the jet fuel  chromatograms  emphasized
the  high  molecular  weight  nature of
some of the fuel constituents.

    Over the  years,  in-situ,  natural
biodegradation  appeared   to have taken
place, transforming the jet fuel  into a
product  of decomposition. However,  the
periodic addition  of  fresh  jet  fuel
resulting  from continuous spills would
indicate that the sampled  soils  could
contain jet fuel at different states of
degradation. This was indeed  exhibited
by  a  chromatogram of the soil's pore
fluid  (Fig. 6,  curve  a).  Comparative
analysis  of  the  jet fuel and of this
pore fluid extract  suggests  that  in-
situ  natural biodegradation  had  indeed
taken  place,  eliminating  most  low
molecular weight hydrocarbon  peaks. The
presence of toluene, xylene and a  com-
pound  with similar molecular weight as
xylene  (peak  o')  (absent  in the   origi-
nal   jet fuel)  is,  however, noticeable.
The   results   indicate    that  natural
biodegradation   is  more   effective   in
degrading  the   low molecular    weight
hydrocarbons,    in   accord   with  the
results  reported by Atlas
     As     expected,      biodegradation
 resulted in the appearance of  an impor-
 tant  number  of  peaks  in  the   non-
 aromatic   area   of   the  chromatogram
 (first  peaks  to  appear).   These  low
 molecular  weight  compounds would con-
 sist of by-products  of  biodegradation
 since  the original jet fuel only exhi-
 bited insignificant peaks in this chro-
 matogram  region.  Similar results were
 reported for chromatography studies  of
 biodegraded hydrocarbons (10,  11).
                                       135

-------
     Non-aerated   laboratory   treated
 soils exhibited pore  fluid  chromato-
 grams   very   similar  to  the  field
 extract.   However,   the  intensity  of
 high molecular weight compounds' peaks
 were reduced whereas the low molecular
 weight    compound   peaks   exhibited
 increased intensity. Furthermore,   the
 o'   peak  seen  in  the in-situ soil's
 pore fluid extract  was  also  clearly
 shown in these chromatograms.  Overall,
 these results supported the COg evolu-
 tion curves by demonstrating that even
 without aeration,   biodegradation  was
 successfully continued with the intro-
 duction  of  low   concentrations   of
 nitrogen and phosphorus in the system.

     Aeration  of the nutrient-enriched
 contaminated soils for a period of  30
 days  appeared to significantly reduce
 the   presence  of   higher  molecular
 weight  compounds  while building up a
 reserve of low  molecular  weight  by-
 products   of  biodegradation  (Fig.  6,
 curve c,  peaks a,  b,  c and f).  As  had
 been  noted previously,  catechol,  ace-
 tyl-COa,  succinate,   acetaldehyde  and
 pyruvate   are  common  by-products  of
 biodegradation of  aromatic hydrocar-
 bons  and  their  synthesis depends  on
 the  metabolic pathway taken (4).  These
 by-products are all  of lower molecular
 weight than most hydrocarbons   present
 in   the  jet fuel,  and their synthesis
 would appear on the   chromatograms  as
 peaks  with short retention times  (eg.
 peaks a to  e).   Further  studies  are
 presently  being conducted to  identify
 and  compare by-products   from   aerated
 and  non-aerated soils.

     Also   of   interest  was the disap-
 pearance  of  peak o'   (possibly   a  by-
 product  of   biodegradation),   in  the
 aerated soils.  Development of   equiva-
 lent  peaks  in the  low molecular range
 seems  to   indicate   that  aeration  is
 required   to   biodegrade the component
 related  to   this  o'peak.   It   would
 appear that  catabolism of  the jet  fuel
 could  also be   due   to   the anaerobic
 respiration    of   facultative  micro-
 organisms  present  in  the  soils.   It
would  appear that oxygen is required
 to fully biodegrade  the  element related
 to the  peak o'.

     Gas Chromatography
     Adaptability assays
     The results  shown in Figure 7  indi-
 cate that in general larger reductions
 in peak heights  were  obtained  in  the
 aerated  samples,  confirming  the  CC>2
 evolution results. The following points
 are noted:
         whilst   similar   trends  were
 observed in the  chromatograms,  the peak
 intensities  of   non-aerated soils were
 higher  than in the aerated  soils.
     - in the incubation   period of   13
 days,   the  results   indicate that only
 low molecular weight hydrocarbons  were
 biodegraded  in   both aerated and non-
 aerated soils with a  net  decrease   in
 the first peaks  of the chromatogram.
     -   The  j peak (toluene) in aerated
 soils was shown  to be displaced to  the
 left (shorter retention  time).   A  study
 of  the  significance  of this   event  has
 yet to  be performed.
     -   the non-aerated soils'  chromato-
 grams indicated  that the o»   peak  dis-
 cussed  above,  and thought to be related
 to  a by-product  of anaerobic  biodegra-
 dation,   is  formed after  only 13 days  of
 treatment under  anaerobic conditions.

     In   summary,    gas    Chromatography
 studies  indicate  that the C02  evolution
 observed is  related  to the   biodegrada-
 tion   of   non-aromatic   low molecular
 weight  compounds  and probably   to  some
 short    chain  hydrocarbons,   in  non-
 aerated   soils  containing   no   adapted
microbes.  Furthermore,  biodegradation
 appears  to  be accompanied by a  build-up
 of   an   intermediary  product common to
 the  non-aerated soils  (peak  o').

    However,    aerated     non-adapted
microbes  pre-sent in  topsoils appear to
 exhibit  some  low  and  intermediate  MV/
hydrocarbon    biodegradation   without
build-up   of   the   o'    peak-related
 intermediary by-product.
                                      136

-------
    IR spectroscopy
    Biodegradability assay
    The  aerated and non-aerated spec-
tra shown in Fig. 8 indicate the pres-
ence  of  absorption  bands typical of
both  laboratory  soil  and  jet  fuel
peaks   (compare  D and JF bands). How-
ever,  the non-aerated spectrum shows a
predominance  of  jet fuel bands  (JFi,
JF3 and  JF4).  These  overshadow  the
presence  of  laboratory soil's charac-
teristic bands  (M (900  -  1100  cnr1
region)).

    Only  trace bands of jet fuel were
noticeable  in the aerated soils.   One
might conclude from these results that
the contribution of air  enhances  jet
fuel  degradation.  We note that  these
results support the COg evolution data
generated and discussed above. From  IR
spectroscopy  one  can  also  conclude
that the actual  source of C02 produced
in this assay;is the  result  of   cata-
bolism of jet fuel hydrocarbons.

     IR spectroscopy
    Adaptability assays:
      Infra-red   analysis   of  the soils
derived from the  adaptability   assays
 (refer to  -Figure..9) lead to the same
conclusions as  above; The   non-aerated
soils  exhibit IR absorption bands typ-
 ical  of both laboratory soil   and  the
contaminating jet  fuel  (eg.  peaks JF£,
JF3,  JF4 and JF5),   whilst  the  bands
from  the   aerated  soils  only reflect
the soils'  spectrum.  Again,   the  jet
fuel  bands  overshadowed the laboratory
 soil  typical peaks in the  900  - ,1100
 cm"1  region in the  non-aerated soils'
 IR spectrum.   Since   the  adaptability
 tests  were  only run for 13 days,  the
 state of degradation was less than  in
 the   biodegradability  samples  which
were run for thirty days.
     Conclusions and Applications

     It would appear that  it  is  pos-
 sible   for  non-aerated  field  soils
 exposed for long periods of time to an
 aromatic hydrocarbon source (eg. jet fuel)
 to    develop    adapted     microbial
.species that can use the contaminant as
 a source of carbon.  The  biodegradation
 rate: would,  however,  be slower in com-
 parison  to  aerobic  catabolism.    All
 hydrocarbons present would probably not
 be mineralized (especially the high  MW
 molecules),   and  some  by-products  of
 biodegradation could accumulate in  the
 soils.  With  an external addition of a
 source of  readily  available  nitrogen
 and  phosphorus  to the soils,  enhance-
 ment of GO2 evolution  and  hydrocarbon
 degradation  occurs   (supported by both
 IR and QC results).

     The results obtained  indicate  that
 the  anaerobic biodegradation monitored
 could be partially attributed to facul-
 tative  anaerobes  undergoing anaerobic
 respiration. In the absence of  oxygen,
 however,  an .intermediary by-product of
 biodegradation  is shown   to  accumulate
 in  the  soil,  and   that for  further
 degradation of  the  by-product,  oxygen
 is    probably   required.   Studies  on
 accumulation and toxicity of  the   syn-
 thesized   by-products,   are  presently
 being  conducted.

      In soils, not  previously exposed to
 hydrocarbons,   oleophilic microbes are
 not   naturally   present,  and   although
 some   CO2   evolution  was  observed,  this
 can  be related  to  the biodegradation of
  low   molecular  weight compounds of  non-
 aromatic nature. Fresh hydrocarbon (jet
 fuel)   spills    in  non-preconditioned
  anaerobic  soils may not  undergo  self-
 decontamination even  if large amounts
  of nitrogen  and  phosphorus  nutrients
  are   added,   because  of  the absence of
  non-adapted microbial species.  As indi-
  cated  in   this study,  one  could expect
  that  given  sufficient  time,   adapted
 microbial   species  can develop,  there-
  fore  permitting  slow  biodegradation/
  decontamination  to  occur.  Inoculation
  of the soil with adapted anaerobes,  and
  a supply of additional nutrients,  could
  also be a  remediation  solution  tech-
  nique  to  be considered if accelerated
  biodegradation is desired.
                                       137

-------
    Aerated   soils   exhibited   faster
fuel    biodegradation   rates   by  both
adapted and non-adapted soil  microbes,
with  more complete  hydrocarbon degra-
dation.  The results  confirm the advan-
tages   of aerating contaminated soils,
and suggest that  development  of  aera-
tion  processes   for  soils would be  a
useful  technology to implement  for  a
faster   and more  thorough decontamina-
tion  of  soils.  Incorporation  of  a
mechanism to  supply  nitrogen  and phos-
phorus  solutions  to  the  soil   should
allow for better  treatment efficiency.
whilst   aerobic   biodegradation  of
hydrocarbons   in-vitro  has  been well
studied, field applications of  aerated
in-situ decontamination  requires the
development of proper  technology.

    Anaerobic     in-situ     treatment
appears  to   be   a relatively new sub-
ject.   Laboratory investigations  of
metabolic enhancers  including detailed
studies  to evaluate  the  influence of
nitrogen, phosphorus and water content
on biodegradation, steps of  biodegra-
dation,  by-products  of  metabolism,  and
toxicity of these by-products need to
be  conducted.  Development  of  such  a
technology would,  however,  be   appli-
cable   to a variety  of  refractory con-
taminants which   biodegradation  could
be enhanced by aeration of  the  soil.

    ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
    The  study was  conducted  under  a
Grant in aid of Research from the Nat-
ural  Science  and Engineering Research
Council  (NSERC) of Canada,  Grant  no.
A-882.  Special acknowledgement is due
to R.D.  Ludwig for  his   support  and
assistance.

    BEFEBENCES
i-  Environment   Canada  (1984) Manual
   for Spills  of  Hazardous  Materials
   Environmental  Protection  Service.
   March 1984.
2-  Bossert,    I.,   Kachel,  W.M.,   and
   Bartha,  R.   (1984) Fate  of Hydrocar-
   bons during Oily  Sludge  Disposal in
   Soil.   Applied   and Envir.  Micro-
   biol. 47:763-767.
 3- Atlas,  R.M.  (1986)  Fate of  Aromatics
    in  the  Environment.   Environmental
    Insult and Recovery of  Stressed Sys-
   tems  Symposium.  ASM-CSM Symposium.
     Toronto, Canada.
 4- Atlas,  R.M.  (1981)  Hicrobial   Degra-
   dation oi Petroleum Hydrocarbons:  an
   Environmental  Perspective.  Microbio-
    logical  Reviews. 45:180-209.
 5-   Larson,  R.J.   (1979)  Estimation  of
   Biodegradation Potential  of    Xeno-
   biotic  Organic Chemicals.  Applied
   and  Envir. Microbiol. 38:1153-1161.
 6- LehtomaKi, M.  and Niemela,  S.  (1975)
   Improving  Microbial  Degradation  of
   Oil  in Soil. Ambio.  4:126-129.
 7- Dibble,  J.T. and Bartha,  R.   (1979)
   Effect  of  Environmental Parameters
   on   the  Biodegradation   of   Oil
   Sludge.   Applied   and  Envir. Micro-
   biol.   37:729-739.
 8-   Bailey,  C.A.,  Jobson,    A.M  and
   Rogers,    M.A.   (1973)    Bacterial
   Degradation of  Crude Oil: comparison
   of    field  and experimental   data.
   Chem.  Geol. 11:203-221.
 9- Pierce,  R.H.,   Cundell,  A.M.,  and
   Traxler,  R.W.  (1975) Applied Envir.
   Microbiol. 29:646-652.
 10-   Smith,  E.F.  and Paulsen,    K.E.
     (1985)  Petroleum  and  Petrochemical
    Analysis by Gas Chromatography.   in
    Grob,   R.L.  Modern Practice of Gas
    Chromatography.    John Wiley   and
    Sons,  pages 631-719.
 11-   Bilstad,    T.,    Bosdal,    T and
    Toerneng, E.  (1986)  Biodegradation
    of   Oil on Drilled Cuttings.  lAwPRC
     13th Biennial  International   Conf.
    proceedings.   . Rio    De   Janeiro,
    Bras il.


            Disclaimer

The work  described in  this paper was
not funded  by the  U.S.  Environmental
Protection  Agency.  The contents do
not necessarily reflect the views  of
the Agency  and no  official  endorse-
ment should be inferred.
                                      138

-------
                                        air or arqon
                                           line
                                                                ADAPTABILITY
                                                                    TESTS
                            320 contaminated
                                  soil
                                                     50 ml jet fuel
                                                     50 ml minimal.salts-
                                                     20 g hydrocarbon-free
                                                          top soil (inoculum)
Barium hydroxide

   Titration
BIODEGRADABILITY
      TESTS
          Figure 1,  Experimental set-up for the biodegradability
                     and the adaptability assays.
                                 139

-------
(Bui)
         140

-------
H (N
|8

iK
                 (6m)
                  141

-------
142

-------
                                                                             H
                                                                             fN
                                                                             9
   s
8
      8
£
                                                                              oo
                                                                              c-
                                                                              VD
                                                                              in
                                                                              ••s4
                                                                              ro

                                                                             ' CN
                                                                             - H
                         143

-------
                                                         •H
                                                         O
                                                                 •H
                                                                  O
VO
                                                                                    (N
                                                                                    (N
                                                                                        -
                                 144

-------
                                   -
-------
146

-------
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
                                           a
                                           m
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
                                           §
                                           o

                                           9
                                           o
                                           s
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
                                           (N
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
                                           o
147

-------
               BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT OF HAZARDOUS AQUEOUS WASTES
              Edward J. Opatken, Hinton K. Howard, James J.  Bond
                United States Environmental Protection Agency
                            Cincinnati, Ohio 45268
                                   ABSTRACT

     Studies have been conducted with a rotating biological  contactor (RBC)
to evaluate the treatability of leachates from the Stringfellow and New Lyme
hazardous waste sites located in Riverside County, California and Ashtabula
County, Ohio, respectively.  The leachates were transported  from the waste
sites to Cincinnati, where a pilot sized RBC was installed at the United
States Environmental Protection Agency's Testing and Evaluation (T&E)
Facility.

     A series of batches were run with primary effluent from the City of
Cincinnati's Mill Creek Sewage Treatment Facility (MCTF) to  develop a biomass
on the disks and to obtain kinetic removal  rate data.
followed with experiments utilizing leachate that:
                                                       These runs were then
     0  Operated at various ratios of leachate to primary effluent

     0  Operated at 100% leachate

     0  Determined the final effluent quality

     0  Determined the fate of specific organic compounds

     0  Determined the rate of removal

     This paper reports on the results from these experiments and the effec-
tiveness of an RBC to adequately treat leachates from Superfund sites.
Background

     The need to destroy or con-
vert toxic organic chemicals to
harmless materials is gaining
acceptance.  Land disposal is no
longer regarded as an ultimate
solution for disposing of organic
waste because of the potential for
leachate formation or groundwater
contamination.  Leachate releases
                                        have taken place from uncontrolled
                                        waste disposal  sites and provisions
                                        are needed to remedy these  situa-
                                        tions.

                                             Biodegradation of the  organics
                                        present in leachate may provide  an
                                        acceptable and cost effective pro-
                                        cess for treating leachates.   For
                                        these reasons a study was initiated
                                        at the U. S.  Environmental  Protection
                                   148

-------
Agency Testing  and Evaluation
Facility  in Cincinnati, Ohio to
evaluate  a rotating biological con-
tactor" to reduce the level of
organics  in leachates.

Leachate  Sources

     The  initial evaluations, were
conducted with  leachates from  '
Stringfellow, CA, and New Lyme, OH.

     Stringfellow is a Superfund
site1 that is located in Glen Avon,
California near Riverside,
California.  .The'leachate is gener-
ated at an approximate rate of 96
m3/d (25000 gal/d) and contains
high concentrations of metals and
organics.  A leachate treatment
facility  (1) at the site includes
lime treatment  for metals removal,
followed  by clarification, sand
filtration, and granular ^carbon
treatment for organics reduction.
The effluent from the carbon beds
is trucked 19 km (12 mi) to an
Orange County interceptor sewer for
disposal  into the municipal sewer
system.

     New Lyme is a Superfund site
located in Ashtabula County,
Ohio (2,3).  The landfill  received
household, industrial, commercial
and institutional wastes between
1969 and 1978.  Groundwater moves
upward through the bedrock into the
landfill and under artesian condi-
tions percolates through the land-
fill and flows out through seeps
into the surrounding wet lands.

Project Description

     A pilot sized RBC for evalu-
ating the biochemical  treatability
of Superfund sites'  leachates  was
installed at the EPA Testing and
Evaluation Facility located
at the Mill  Creek Treatment Facil- .
ity in Cincinnati.  The  pilot  sized
RBC contains 1000 m2  (11000 sq ft)
of surface area which is approx-
imately 10% of a full scale RBC(4).
The diameter of the pilot unit is
3.6 m  (12 ft), which  is identical
to a full scale'RBC;  The length is
less than 1 m (3.3. ft), whereas a
full scale RBC is 7.6 m (25 ft).
The MCTF's primary 'effluent (PE)
was used to develop a biological
population on the RBC disks and to
obtain basic kinetic data on the
removal rate of dissolved organic
chemicals(5).  The ideal conditions
would have involved using leachate
from the sites to develop an indig-
enous biomass. -However, the
logisti-cs favored the treatment
plant's PE because of the distance
between Cincinnati  and the haza-
dous waste sites.  There were other
factors which favored conducting
the experiments in Cincinnati  such
as the auxiniary support available
for installation, chemical
analyses, 24 hour monitoring,  arid
the availability of specialists on
biochemical  treatment for consult-
tion.   The leachates were trucked
from the Superfund  sites to Cincin-
nati for experimentation and pumped
to a storage tank.   The Strin-
fel low leachate was  lime treated at
the California site for metals
reduction so that the experiments
could  concentrate on soluble organ-
ics removal  with the RBC facility.
The New Lyme leachate did  not
require treatment to reduce the
level  of metals.

     The pilot RBC  was designed to
operate in a batch  mode for the
following reasons:
  0 Eliminate flow  controls
  0 Minimize spillages
  0  Minimize accidental  releases.
    into the T&E sewer systems
  0  Improve  mass  balance analyses
  0  Obtain reaction  kinetics data
  0  Control  final disposal
  0  Scale-up for site operation  ''
                                    149"

-------
Objective

     The prime objective of this
project was to determine whether
leachates can be economically con-
verted into innocuous wastes by
biochemical treatment with a rotat-
ing biological contactor.

Methodology

     The RBC was initially operated
with primary effluent supplied from
the Mill Creek Treatment Facility
to develop an adequate biomass on
the RBC disks in preparation for
leachate treatment.

     The first experimental batches
for each site were made with in-
creasing ratios of leachate/RBC-
treated primary effluent to allow a
gradual acclimation period of the
biomass to the leachate.  Following
these batches the runs were made
with 100% leachate.  A flow schema-
tic of the RBC pilot plant is shown
in the attached Figure 1.  The
operation consisted of transferring
the leachate from the storage tank
to the mix tank where the volume
was determined.  It was then pumped
to the RBC and operated at a speed
of 1.5 rpm.  The experiment was
considered complete when the dis-
solved organic carbon (DOC) reached
a constant level.  For the String-
fellow leachate, the RBC contents
were then returned to the mix tank
for additional treatment with
activated powdered carbon (ARC)
followed by clarification with
ferric chloride to achieve the
effluent standards required for
disposal to the MCTF.  For New Lyme
leachate the effluent from the RBC
underwent normal clarification
before disposal into the sewer sys-
tem leading to the MCTF.

     The effluent limitations set by
the MCTF were:
  0 Total organic halides (TOX)
    £5 mg/L
  0 Vapor space organics(6) (VSO)
    £300 ppm
  0 6
-------
 treated effluent were analyzed for:

   0 Suspended solids, (SS)
   0 Volatile suspended solids,
     (VSS)
   0 Nitrogen series, including
     Kjeldahl, ammonia, nitrite,
     and nitrates
   0 Phosphorus,  (P)

      Specific organic analyses were
 also obtained for the following
 chemicals  on Stringfellow leachate:

   0 Para-chlorobenzene sulfonic
     acid  (PCBSA)
   0 1,  2 dichlorobenzene
   0 0-xylene
   0 Chloroform
   0 Ethyl benzene
   0 2-hexanone
   0 Tetrachloroethylene

      Specific  organic  analyses
 obtained on  New Lyme  leachate  and
 effluent included:

   0  Priority  pollutants
     -   volatile compounds
     -   base-neutral compounds
     -   metals
     -   acid compound
     -   pesticide and PCB compounds

 Results and Discussion

     The rate  of soluble organic
 removal was determined for the Mill
 Creek primary effluent by following
 the disappearance of SBOD, SCOD and
 DOC with time.  A typical  curve for
 the disappearance of soluble organ-
 ics using PE was used as a base
 (see Figure 2) for comparison with
data obtained on PE following
 experiments with leachate, to
determine if the biomass had under-
gone deterioration by the  leachate.
See Figure 3 and compare this
result with Figure 2 as an example
of the drop in removal rate follow-
ing an extended experimental batch
    with  leachate.

    Biomass Acclimation

         Since the  biomass established
    on the RBC disks was developed with
    primary effluent, acclimation runs
    were  made using the leachates
    diluted with primary effluent to
    avoid shock loading the biomass
    with  100% leachate.  The String-
    fellow leachate was three to four
    times stronger in organic concen-
    trations than the PE and contained
    a significant quantity of
    p-chlorobenzene sulfonic acid,
    (PCBSA) a compound that is foreign
    to the biomass.  The New Lyme
    leachate was 20 times stronger in
    organic concentration than PE.

        The acclimation period con-
    sisted of experimental  runs using
    progressively stronger concentra-
   tions of leachate as shown below.

   The ratio of leachate to PE
   For Stringfellow

     0 Batch # 1:

     0 Batch # 2:

     0 Batch # 3:


   For New Lyme

     0 Batch # 01:
     0 Batch # 02:
Leachate/treated
PE = 1/2
Leachate/treated
batch #1=1/1
Leachate/treated
batch #2=3/1
 Leachate/PE  = 1/2
 Leachate/PE  = 2/1
        When Stringfellow  leachate was
   combined  with  treated PE  in batch
   #  1  there was  a  six  day lag period
   before  the DOC began to disappear.
   (See Figure 4.)  After the incuba-
   tion period the  reaction  required
   approximately  2  days to obtain a
   drop of approximately 60% in the
   DOC. The residual DOC, approxi-
   mately  50 mg/L,  remained  unchanged
151

-------
during an additional 6 days of
treatment.

     In batch # 2 the reaction for
the disappearance of DOC began
after the first day and was essen-
tially complete after three days.
The percent removal of DOC was
approximately 50% and the residual
DOC was approximately 90 mg/L.
The result for batch # 3 was sim-^
ilar to batch # 2.  That is, the
reduction in DOC was essentially
complete after three days.  The DOC
removal was approximately 55% and
the batch had a final DOC of 120
mg/L.

    Batch # 3 was continued for an
additional 27 days to determine if
an extended time period would re-
sult in a further reduction in DOC
The additional time had no effect
on DOC.  However, this added reac-
tion time resulted in the sloughing
off of the biomass and was the
cause of the drop in reaction time
when PE was tested to determine the
reaction rate, as shown in
Figure 3.

     When New Lyme (NL) leachate
was mixed with PE at a ratio of 1
part NL/ 2 parts PE, the reaction
started immediately and the organ-
ics were converted to innocuous
products in less than 20 hours.
(See figure 5.)

     The removal was 97% for the
gross organics and the quality of
effluent was far superior to many
secondary effluents from wastewater
treatment plants when compared on
the basis of final gross organic
concentrations.

     Batch # 02 had radically
different results.  The NL/PE ratio
was increased to 2/1 and there was
an ineffective rate of removal.
The results indicate:
  0 The removal  progressed at a
    very slow rate,  as depicted
    in Figured.  Instead of 20
    hours of reaction time, it
    took 300 hours to complete
    the reaction.
  0 The biomass  was  stripped from
    the discs.  This was  evident  by
    visual  observation of the
    suspended solids.  To confirm
    this, a run  was  made  using PE.
    Figure 7 shows that the
    disappearance  of the  organics
    was at a significantly lower
    rate of removal  in contrast to
    the satisfactory results ob-
    tained earlier with PE.  Since
    the speed of rotation for all
    runs was made  at 1.5  rpm it was
    assumed that the oxygen transfer
    rates were unaffected (7).
    The substrate  concentration us-
    ing PE was similar, so the only
    factor remaining that could
    cause the fall-off in organic
    disappearance  was the biomass
    level.   This supported the
    visual  evidence of biomass
    stripping and  the increased
    concentration  of the  suspended
    solids  in the  RBC tank con-
    tents.

Operation with 100%  Stringfellow
Leachate*

     Following the Stringfellow
acclimation runs,  a  series of
experiments were made using 100%
Stringfellow leachate. The results
were similar to  those obtained
during the acclimation runs 2
and 3.  (See Figure  8.)

  0 Approximately  four days were
    required to  reduce the DOC
    from 300 to  100  mg/L.-  This
    closely approximates  the
*As of this writing no runs have
 been made with 100% New Lyme
 leachate.
                                      152

-------
     results obtained with the
     leachate and PE mixture and is
     in; contrast to only 2 hours
     that  is needed to obtain a large
     DOC reduction using PE.
   0  The removal  rate was signifi-
     cantly below the rate obtained
     with  PE.   Previous  work on
     RBC's  showed a SBOD removal
     rate  of 440 mg/h-m2 (4)
     (41 mg/h-ft2)  with  municipal
     wastewater;  whereas the String-
     fellow leachate gave 19 mg/h-m2.
     (1.7 mg/h-ft2).
   0  The RBC operation required pH
     adjustment.   As  the DOC dropped
     during the reaction phase the
     pH  would  fall  and require per-
     iodic  additions  of  sodium
     hydroxide to maintain  a pH
     greater than six.
   0  It  was  necessary to add sodium
     phosphate to the leachate to
     provide adequate levels of P to
     maintain  a  satisfactory supply
     of  nutrients  (8).
   0  Characterization  of the
     leachate  indicated  that
     nitrogen  was  readily available
     as  nitrate  and therefore  no
     adjustment was needed  in  regard
     to  nitrogen.
   °  The major  identified organic
     constituent, p-chlorobenzene
     sulfonic  acid, was  readily  re-
     moved during the RBC treatment.
   0  The residual DOC was not  iden-
     tified  by a GS-MS scan, because
     of the  nature of the compound/
     compounds.
   0  The leachate final  concentra-
    tions were
            110 mg/L of DOC
            1 mg/L of SBOD
            370 mg/L of SCOD

     These  results showed almost
100% removal of biodegradable or-
ganics as defined by SBOD.  They
also showed that a significant
fraction of refactory organics
remained after the treatment.  Only
 63% of the DOC was  removed  and  only
 54% of the SCOD was  removed.

      In order to meet  the limits
 specified for disposal  into the
 Mi IT Creek Treatment Facility,
 it  was necessary to treat the
 leachate with activated powdered
 carbon to remove additional refrac-
 tory organics.   The RBC contents
 were transferred'to a  mix tank
 where 12 to 15  grams of activated
 carbon per gram of DOC were added.
 Separation of the carbon from the
 leachate was  achieved  by flbccula-
 tion with ferric chloride during
 clarification.   The previously
 specified limits were  met:
  0  TOX <5 mg/L
  0  VSO < 300 ppm
  0  6
-------
progressed, yet at New Lyme the pH
rose, so the behavior is not pre-
dictable.  The DO 1-evels were
satisfactory, usually above
5 mg/L, with both leachates indi-
cating that biomass levels were
probably controlling the reaction
kinetics.  The reaction rates were
significantly different when
comparing the two leachates.  At
Stringfellow the reaction rate
required approximately 4 days to
convert the SBOD, whereas New
Lyme required only 20 hours and
yet the initial SBOD concentra-
tions were three-fold higher than
Stringfellow.  With New Lyme leach-
ate, increasing the ratio of NL/PE
from 1/2 to 2/1, significantly
affected the reaction rate, possi-
bly indicating either an inhibiting
organic or insufficient nutrients.

     It is clear that the RBC
offers a high degree of promise for
cost effectively treating leachates
from hazardous waste sites; however
more research is needed to confirm
these findings and to better define
the effectiveness of the RBC treat-
ment of leachates.

References

1.   Internal Memo "Stringfellow
     Pretreatment Plant Operation and
     Maintenance Costs," Camp,
     Dresser & McKee, September 1986.

2.   Draft Report of "Treatability
     Testing and Field Investigation
     R-eport New Lyme Landfill," U. S.
     Army Corps of Engineers, Omaha
     District, January, 1987.

3.   Final Remedial Investigation
     New Lyme Landfill Site, Ashta-
     bula County, Ohio, CH2M-Hill,
     February 6, 1985.

4.   Brenner, R. C., Heidman, J. A.,
     Opatken, E. J., Petrasek, A. C.,
     "Design Information  on  Rotating
     Biological  Contactors,"  EPA-600/
     2-84-106, June,  1984.

5.   Opatken,  E.  J.,  "An  Alternative
     RBC Design  - Second  Order Kine-
     tics," Environmental Progress,
     Vol. 5, No.  1,  February, 1986.

6.   "Vapor Space Organics,"  In-
     house method developed  by the
     Metropolitan Sewer District of
     Greater Cincinnati,  Industrial
     Waste Section,  Cincinnati, Ohio.

7.   Antonie,  R.  L.,  Fixed Biological
     Surfaces  -  Wastewater Treatment,
     CRC Press,  1976.'

8.   Record of Decision,  "Remedial
     Alternative Selection,"
     Stringfellow Acid Pits,  Glen
     Avon, California, U.S.  EPA,
     Region IX,  San  Francisco, CA.
             Disclaimer

  This  paper  has  been  reviewed in
  accordance  with the  U.S. Envi-
  ronmental Protection Agency peer
  and administrative review poli-
  cies  and approved for presenta-
  tion  and publication*
                                    154

-------
  MILL CREEK
PRIMARY EFFLUENT
     Figure 1  Stringfellow—RBC Flow Schematic
                           .155

-------
                    Primary effluent Run #2  3/5/86
                              Time, h
Figure 2 Standard Rate for the Biodegradation of Primary Effluent
                    Primary effluent after Batch 3  6/4/86
                                 DOC
                                            400
                                            300
                                            200
SCOD
Figure 3 Disappearance of Organics After Stringfellow Run-03
                                   156

-------
 en
 E
 o
 o
 D
 c
 o
 c
 03
 o
 c
 o
 O
140
120

100

 80

 60

 40



180

160
140

120

100
 80

260

240

220
200

180

160

140
120

100
             Batch 1 =
                  Leachate
                    ~PE
                         _  330 gal.
                            670 gal.
               6  8  10  12 14 16 18 20
Batch 2 =
Leachate
Batch 1
500 gal.
500 gal.
       10
             Batch 3 -
                    20
          Leachate
          Batch 2
               _  750 gal.
                  250gal.
                    10
                                 20
                                              30
                       Time, d
Figure 4  Disappearance of DOC With Time Using
          Various Ratios  of Leachate to Treated Effluent
                             157

-------
                Figure 5 Disappearance of Orgainics
                        with New Lyme Leachafe
                        Run-01 IML/PE = 1/2
2000
x  x
                         Key
                        x SCOD
                        « SBOD
                        A DOC
1500
          x x
1000
 500
                                 xxx x*x x x xx
                                       L A
                   10             20
                         Time, h
                         158

-------
  0)

  "re
  £



  O
   o
          QQ
          ooo
          moo
        >C/JC/)0

        M  •  4 *
s     s
3  n   ^-
5 ff   3
9
O
c
re
a.
re

a
a
re
   •4


   A
O
O

-------
a|qn|os UOIIBJJUSOUOQ
      160

-------
                                    o
       'UOIiBJ»U90UOO
161

-------
                 Feasibility  Study on Disposal of Oily Sludge in Kuwait
               Amin S. EINawawy, Fikry H. Ghobrial and Abdelghani A. Elitnam
                          Kuwait Institute for Scientific Research
                                       P. O. Box 24885
                                     13109-Safat-Kuwait
                                         ABSTRACT
       The  results presented in this paper  are  part of the  solid waste  management  program
 developed for  the Shuaiba  Industrial Area (SIA)  which  accommodates  several  industries in
 Kuwait.   Based  on  the  information  obtained  through  questionnaires  and  field  survey, the
 quantity of oily  sludge is estimated at about 65,000 t/yr.   This  sludge is  at  present dumped in
 special pits in desert areas.  The water  content of the oily sludge ranges between 40-80%.
       Several technologies for handling the oily sludge were discussed but only  two, incineration
 and landfarming, were considered as suitable candidate technologies for further technical and
 economical  analysis.   Technical  assessment showed  that  incineration   can  be  implemented
 immediately because it is  readily established technology.  Two rotary kiln type  incinerators, each
 of capacity  of  5.5 t  of oily waste per hour are proposed.  Remaining ashes  are assumed to be
 landfilled in a lined  cell of the landfill facility recommended for the disposal of general solid
 wastes.   The technical assessment showed also  that landfarming  is an  attractive  method but
 should be investigated further under local conditions.  It was suggested that application of oil on
 land should not exceed 15 kg per m2 and initial trial should start with 5-10 kg per m2.  Cost
 analysis indicated that  landfarming presents the least cost  alternative  to  handle oily semisolid
 wastes.   Moreover  it  presents  an excellent opportunity to  increase  the  cultivable  land  and
 contribute to the  agricultural development in Kuwait.

 INTRODUCTION

       A  comprehensive study  of solid and semisolid  waste  problem in  SIA  was carried out
 during the period of 1983-85  with the aim of suggesting  an integrated waste management
 program for the area (ElNawawy et al., 1986a, b).  During this study, the oily sludges proved to
 be the major semisolid wastes in the area. About 65,000 t of oily sludge are generated annually.
 At present, this waste is dumped  in lagoons without any environmental control measures.  The
 study considered  alternative  methods for  proper  handling  of oily sludge, i.e.,  incineration and
 landfarming.   The  technical, economical  and environmental aspects  of  these two  candidate
 technologies are discussed in the present paper.

 PURPOSE

      The main objective of this  paper  is  to  present  Kuwait experience  in handling  and/or
disposal of oily sludge based on the findings and recommendations of the  feasibility study on
alternative candidate technologies.
                                               162

-------
APPROACH

Data Collection                                                                         .
      Data  were  collected for different  types of solid  and semisolid wastes  generated  in the
industrial area through questionnaires followed by visit to industries.  This included their types,
quantities, character, and location of sources as well as present treatment and/or disposal method.
Oily  sludge was  identified mainly in  Kuwait  Oil Company  (KOC)  refinery,  and Kuwait
National Petroleum Company (KNPC) refinery  at more than one location.

Assessment of Alternative Technologies
      Technical   and  economical   assessment  of  candidate   technologies  (incineration   and
landfarming)  were carried out.  The factors influencing process performance, number of  needed
units or area requirements, environmental aspects, operation and  maintenance requirements, and
needed  further investigations were pointed   out.  Cost  analysis  took into  account the  cost of
transport as well as cost of technology  proposed for the treatment and/or disposal of oily  sludge

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED
      Due  to  lack of  compulsory regulations, and  underestimation  of the  pollution load of
generated waste,  there  are  lack  of both consistent records and accurate  information  on the
characters and quantity of generated wastes.

RESULTS

Oily  Sludge
      As shown  in Table 1, oily  sludges originate from the crude oil itself, oil processing, and
waste oil products.  They are generated during maintenance of storage tanks and as precipitates
in the  API separator.  Oily  wastes are  dumped by tank  trucks to  pits in desert area; leaded
sludge (300 ppm  lead) is  incinerated in a specially controlled cement pit.
      The  oily sludge has a water content that ranges between 40-80%.  Analysis of the sludge
from bottom tanks are shown in Table 2.

Technical  Assessment of Alternative  Technologies
      Recycling or recovery options are  apparently the most attractive options for the bulJc of
the oily wastes produced  in  the SIA.  The most profitable  recovery  option  would be as
supplementary fuel  for  a large fuel consumer.   This would  necessitate  dewatering of  these
-wastes as far as reasonably practicable to enhance the heat values of the wastes.  Based on the
information obtained from the survey, such  a consumer  does  not exist in  the  vicinity of the
industrial area.   Another option for reuse is  to mix the sludge with lime dust generated  from
the electrostatic precipitator of  the lime products  industry in  SIA (15,000 t/y) to form  a  liner.
 However, implementation of this option would necessitate further study to select the appropriate
 conditions for optimal mixing, test the properties of  such a liner and determine its potential local
 market demands.  Such technology may result in the least cost option, if the product is used for
 lining landfill pits within the SIA.

       Incineration.   Incineration  technology   is well established.   It is  relatively expensive.
 Incineration has been used for a wide range  of wastes particularly those of organic origin such
 as oily wastes.  In  the  market,  there are  many different kinds of incinerators for handling
 ranges  of wastes of different physical  forms.

       Effective  incineration demands a controlled  fuel that does not vary too much in quantity,
 calorific value, or physical  form.  Since  combustion usually occurs in gas phase, burning  gases
 must be held at a  high enough temperature, with  the  right degree of turbulence, for  enough
 time, to complete combustion.  These factors as well as the size and characteristics of the wastes
                                                 163

-------
    Table  1.   Sources and Quantities
                of Olly Sludges
                                            Table 2.   Analysis of Tank Bottom
                                                        Sludge
Types and Source
of Sludge

Ol ly sludges*
Bitumen sludge*
Leaded sludge*
API sludge**
Maintenance tank sludge
Tank bottom sludge
KOC Ahmad i
KOC Wafra
Tank bottom sludge*
TOTAL

*Kuwalt Oil Company Ref
Amount
(t/yr)

15,000
113
30
300
20,000
11,100
15,000
3,120
1,700
66,363

Inery
**Kuwalt National Petroleum
Company Refinery


Parameter
Moisture (%)
Density (g/ml)
Organic matter (%)
Ash (%)
Sulfur (%)
Metals ( ug/g)
Cadm I urn
Chromium
Copper
Iron
Nickel
Lead
Arsenic
Heat content


Fresh
41 9
^ 1 • w
0.87
52.28
5 85
w • (J\J
1 65
i • \j\j
BDL
95 0
v7w * \J
137 0
1 «•* • t \J
fipp n
\JC,^ • \J
38.0
8f\
.0
BDL
9.5

                                            BDL = below detect Ion  limits

govern the design of the appropriate incinerator.  For many wastes, a combustion zone for 0.5-1
second is usually  adequate, particularly the wastes of SIA do not contain significant quantities

incinS    T "Tr?*  F°r  ^^ PUTPOSeS'  tt haS  ^ •«™«1  tiStt  60%  o? S
mcmerable wastes will be  liquid and 40% will be semisolid.  Two rotary kiln type incinerator'

                          g dapad* °f  5'5 * °f Oily Wastes ^ h™> are Pro^ to  ensuS
                                                                            ofshut-down o?
 ™n   t         i-                                                     - osu-own o
 one of  the  kilns during  maintenance or emergency.  Storage  facilities  should  be provided for
 f^^  ^^ "^°" t0 °atar f°r fluctuations ^ the rate of supply as well I periSs of
 Srt Sr if 6 "S1"^2  ^^  ""* incilieration (ash>  are ^^ed to be disposed of  in  a
 secure landfill   The incineration plant is assumed to be in operation for  312 dayTper year on
 the basis of three shift per day.  Most of this time, the two incinerators wlu te sLSanSus?y
 m operation each at a rate of 3.5 t of oily sludge per hour.  Each incinerator is assunSTS
 out of service for about 2-4 weeks every three months for maintenance.
 Tn^t,,,'?? mcmefators Pr^uce Combustion  gases that can have significant environmental impact.
 Incinerating wastes  containing significant quantities of elements other than carbon, hydrogen  and

 mYvTl^ t^ ? TbUSti0n PIOdUCtS  SUCh M HC1>  S°2' P205' ^d NO2.  CombS g^
 may ako  contain volatile inorganic materials such as  heavy m?ta£.  This,  However, is unliely
 ™?   ,  Pi  6m.  m a7dl-^Kat«i incinerator handling  the oily wastes  of  SIA.  Howevef
 wastes  to  be incinerated  should be  examined  with regard  to  their  possible  emissionT Sd'
 combustion gases must be treated to comply with relevant  rules  and regulations  for clean air.

                            fs system
                      Landfarming is the other attractive method for the disposal of a  fairly
              .       T8** including oily sludge.  This method depends maM^on the natu-
            biological  decomposition  of  hydrocarbons by the vast  and varied population and

            ? ^T        
-------
migration of pollutants.  This method is  widely practiced, particularly in North America, where
it  is successfully used in a wide  range of soil types and  climatic conditions.  Half of the total
volume of oily wastes in the USA are disposed of using this method (Arora et al., 1982,  Bonnier
et al., 1980).
      The motivations and advantages to  use this method in Kuwait include:
o
o
o
o
o
o
the use of proven technology of established effectiveness in other countries.
improving soil fertility and its water holding capacity (WHC).
increasing the needed green areas at a comparatively low cost
the proximity of available land to the source of the wastes
the arid climatic conditions (long hot summer period).
the relative process simplicity requiring least maintenance.
      Based  on sludge characteristics, the types of  sludge  suitable for landfarming include all
homogeneous  sludges  containing oil,  water  and solids  and these are  tank bottoms,  desalter
bottoms  and  gravity  separation bottoms which constitute  the  bulk of  the oily sludge in SIA
(about 53,000 t/yr).
      The fate  of oily wastes at a landarming site depends on  the relative composition of  oil in
the sludge and the structure of the soil.
      The structure of  the soil  and  its humus  content  are  major factors in  the process  of
hydrocarbon decomposition,  as they influence oil and water  retention, the kind and number  of
microflora, and the rate of oxygen transfer.   For  sandy soils, such as  the local soil, the total
oxygen supplied is estimated at 1.2 kg  per m3 per  year.  It has been documented that the rate
of decomposition  is highest  in black podsol soil which contains large number of microorganisms,
high  humus content, and is permeable.  Favorable soils for sludge farming include sandy  loams
and silty loams (Bonnier et  al., 1980, Brown  et al.,  1982.).
      It is suggested  that application of oil  should not exceed 15 kg per m2 and initial trials
should start with 5-10 kg per m2 (Bonnier et al., 1980).
      The applicability  of  landfarming in  Kuwait, however,  would  have to  be considered  in
depth.  The  major contaminants of concern in oily  sludge that  must be considered are  the heavy
metals.  These  can have an effect on the microbiological population by biocidal action, on  the
fertility of the soil for  crops and the use of  those crops.  Other factors  that need  to be  taken
into  account  are  the  extent of  need for fertilizer,  climate, microbial population,  pH, application
rate and method, and waste characteristics (Phung 1978; Hornick et al., 1983).
      Environmental  issues such  as  the presence of oily odors during initial spreading, ground
water pollution due to leaching and movement of hydrocarbons and/or heavy metals, and health
problems associated with the contact with oily sludges are  among the  concerns  -which will be
considered during further investigation.
      Accordingly, a separate  study  has  just   started  in  October  1986  to  optimize  the
biodegradation rates of oily sludges in Kuwaiti soils.  Preliminary information indicates that the
Kuwaiti  soil has pH  >  7.5, and its  saturation rate  with oily  sludge  was  15% (WAV).  The
sludge  used  contained  25% oil.   Different  ratios  of oil  (5-15%)  with or without  inorganic
nitrogen and phosphate fertilizers are  being investigated under local conditions.


Cost Analysis
       Cost for  alternative technologies for  handling and/or  disposal of oily  sludge,  namely,
incineration and  landfarming, -were based on unit cost information obtained from manufacturers,
consulting offices and the  local market.  Cost analysis was  conducted to identify the least cost
alternative on the long term.

       Incineration Cost. The two incinerators are  expected  to handle about  53,000  t/yr of oily
sludge.  The selected air cooling incineration facility is costed using the following cost function:
        C = 81733 +  57983 P  for P > 3 t h'1
                                                  165

-------
 where
        P is the installed capacity of the incineration facility, t/h.
        C is the annualized total cost of the incineration facility, KD
       The annualized total cost of the incineration facility, based on a life time of 20 years and
 a discount rate of 8%, is estimated to be KD.  720,000.  The annual transportation costs for the
 wastes to be incinerated are evaluated for two alternative locations of the incineration facility
 and these were estimated at KD. 47,126 and  KD. 47,671 respectively which shows no significant
 difference.

       Landfarming.  The  proposed  landfarming site  is at a  distance from the SIA  (about 60
 km) which makes the transportation costs associated with  this alternative of significant impor-
 tance especially not only the oily sludge will be transported to the site but also irrigation water
 rich in nitrogen as  needed.  The required quantity of irrigation water will depend on moisture
 content of sludge  as well as on climate.  For this reason, the present study considered three sce-
 narios. In the first scenario, no irrigation water would be  needed.  In the second and third sce-
 narios 1  and 2 nr* of irrigation water would be needed per m2 of land per year, respectively.
       The source of irrigation water is already available at low cost within SIA as the treated
 effluent  from  the wastewater treatment facility.  Cost of treating this  water  is estimated at
 about KD. 0.262 per m^ compared to KD. 0.65 per m3 for fresh water.
       The general cost function representing the total annualized cost is given as:
        Lj - aj + bj T      for i = 0, 1, or 2
 where
        L; "» the annualized total cost for any irrigation scenario,
                 KD/yr
         T =  the  annual waste input t/yr.
       The  total annualized cost includes the capital as well as the operation  and maintenance
       The capital cost considered the cost of infrastructure, irrigation system, mechanical equip-
 ment, and civil works. The operation and maintenance cost takes into account the cost of water
 needed for irrigation, power, labor, fertilizer, and equipment  maintenance.
       Since the land is owned by the  government  and the landfarming technology is  meant to
 reclaim this land, it was decided to  exclude the  land rental cost from our analysis.  The annual
 rental charge equals  0.075 KD/m2.
       Excluding cost of land rental  charge and adjusting for the cost savings due to the use of
 treated effluents instead of fresh water, the total cost (L^ becomes
       L- - aj + tjT - 0.075 A - (0.65-0.262)1 A/N
                 for i=0, 1, or 2
 where
       A » the area to  be  landfarmed, m2
       N «  the degradation period, yr.
      For the purpose  of the cost analysis, the second scenario was considered 6=1).  In addition,
 the following values were substituted into the above function.
      T - 53,000 t/yr;  a. = 158127; b£ = 5.559
      A = 2,100,000 m2; and N - 10 years.
      The substitution results in the total annualized cost Lj= KD. 213,134
      A simple mathematical model was developed to estimate the preliminary mix requirements
of various components.  This  linear  model ensure the complete  utilization of oily sludge as a
primary objective, and includes the proper ratios of:  sludge  with 25% oil; water at least 72.5%;
and nitrogen about 2%.  The model results indicate that, given the waste types available, Table
3, the landfarming option utilizes:

o    The  full yearly amount of oily sludge (as  desired) including  30,000 t/yr  and 30,000 t/yr
     (approximately) of oil and water respectively.
costs.
                                               166

-------
o   About 90,000 t of ammonia -water and the corresponding amount of 1,800 t  of nitrogen
    generated from fertilizer factory of Petrochemical Industries Company (PIC) situated in the
    SIA.

Additional nitrogen and fertilizers might be needed which costs KD. 5,625. This includes cost of
fertilizer, aeration and spreading equipment.

                  Table  3.  Landfarming Technical Parameters
  Technical  Parameters
          Parameter Value
  I.  Potential  Wastes  for Landfarming
     *0ily semisolid wastes
      -Ammount  (t/yr)
      -Amount of oil  (t/yr)

     *PIC ammonia water
      -Amount  (t/yr)
      -Amount of nitrogen (t/yr)

 II.  Other Potential  Landfarming  Requirments*
     *Ammounts  of  irrigation water (t)  from
      MEW or  Shualba  Wastewater  Treatment
      Plant
     *FertiIizers:
      -Additional nitrogen  (t/yr)
      -Phosphorous  (t/yr)
      -Potassium (t/yr)
     *SoiI and  environmental requirements:
      -Area  requirments (hectares)
      -Depth  of falling (cm)
      -pH range
      -Maximum  oil  allowed  in  soil (%)
      -Temperature  range
                60,000
                30,000
          (assuming 50% oil)

               150,000
                 3,000
        (assuming 2% nitrogen)

       Depend on the actual need
         under local conditions
                   700
                   300
                   350

               200 or 20/yr
                  10-30
                   6-8
                   10
       Kuwait  ambient  temperature
   * To be  optimized under  local conditions

      Transportation. Costs.  One of the primary concerns of the analysis is to study the impact
 of transportation cost on the selection of the optimum waste handling method.  The study com-
 prises the cost calculation of transportation for a distance of 10-60 km by pipelines and tankers.
 The amount of wastes is determined by the  generators but the additional waste material needed
 for the landfarming technology is given on a preliminary engineering design basis.
      A  comparative cost analysis resulted in the following annualized cost estimates for pipe-
 lines and tankers to transport the PIC water.
                                            Tankers         Pipelines
      Annualized Capital, operating
      and maintenance cost, KD
165,000
122,750
      The above costs are also annualized based on 8% discount rate over twenty years. Clearly,
 the  pipeline  option costs less than tanker vehicles.  Therefore, pipeline transportation of PIC
 water is selected.  The estimated cost  of transporting oily sludge to the landfarming site is KD.
 142,750.
                                           167

-------
      Transportation  costs for -water  and other wastes  are  combined with  the facility cost,
assuming the site is 60 km south of the source of generating  oily waste.  Thus the  total annu-
alized landfarming costs with irrigation level of 1 mr/m~ will be:
         213,134 + 122,750 + 142,750 = KD. 478,634            .                .    .
      Based on  the  preceding analysis, the costs of handling  oily  waste using landfarming or
incineration are  summarized in Table 4.                                                .  .

    Table  4.   Summary of  costs for   incineration and landfarming
   Treatment
                              Total Annual I zed Costs, KD
                    Facility
                    Transportat ion
                      Total
 InclneratIon
Landfarming
720,000
213,134
 47,126
265,500
767,126
478,634
      The preceding cost analysis indicates that the landfarming presents a savings of more than
KD. 287,000  which  is  about  37.5% of  the total  incineration cost per year.  Moreover, the
primary advantage of landfarming is that it might provide more than 200 ha of cultivable land,
which contributes to the agricultural  development in Kuwait.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
      This work is part of a project which was funded by the Shuaiba Area Authority (SAA)
and Kuwait Institute for Scientific Research (KISR).
      The authors extend their sincere thanks and gratitude  to  their colleagues  in KNPC, KOC,
Environmental Protection Centre in  SAA,  and  in  Biotechnology,  Environmental Science,  and
Applied Systems Departments in KISR for their input  and help during the execution of the
project.

REFERENCES

Arora, H.S., RJL Cantor and J.C. Hemeth.  1982.   Land treatment: A viable and  successful
      method for treating petroleum industry wastes. Environmental  International 7:285-291.
Bonnier, PJE., GJL. Akoun, E.C. Cadron, ED. Edwards, and W.  Hocknell.  1980.  Sludge farming:
      A technique for the disposal of oily refinery wastes.  Cancawe Report No.  3/80, Hague
      Netherlands.
Brown, K.W., H. Brawand; J.C. Thomas, and G.B. Evans.  1982.  Impact of stimulated land
      treatment with oily sludges on Ryegrass emergence and  yield.  Agronomy  Journal
      74C2):2S7-261.
EINawawy, A.S., K. Puskas,  F. Ghobrial and A. Elimam.  1986a.  Waste management program
      for  the Enlarged Shuaiba Industrial Area.  Kuwait Institute for Scientific Research, KISR
      Report No.  1918, Kuwait.
EINawawy, AS., K. Puskas,  A. Elimam, D. Al-Bakri,  and M. Allam.
      management program for the Enlarged Shuaiba Industrial Area
      Scientific Research, KISR Report No. 2061, Kuwait.
Hornick, SJ3., RJET. Fisher and PA. Paolini. 1983.  Petroleum wastes.
      Hazardous Wastes.  Edited by JJF. Parr, P.B. Marsh, J.M. Kla.
      Data Corporation.
Phung, H. and DJE. Ross.  1978.  Soil incorporation of petroleum waste. Water 75.
                                            1986b.  Solid waste
                                            .  Kuwait Institute for

                                            In Land Treatment of
                                            Park Ridge, NJ.: Noyes
                                              168

-------
                                        Disclaimer
      The work, described  in this paper was not funded by the U.S.  Environmental Protection
Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect the  views of  the Agency and  no official
endorsement should be inferred.
                                                169

-------
                   TREATMENT OF TOXIC WASTEWATERS BY POWDERED
                                ACTIVATED CARBON
                                   John Meidl

                             ZIMPRO/PASSAVANT INC.
                   301 W. Military Rd. - Rothschild, WI 54474
                                    ABSTRACT

     In today's climate, total treatment of toxics - liquids and solids - is
becoming more common due to impending regulations and the price tag asso-
ciated with solids disposal.

     The use of powdered carbon may be able to solve treatment problems asso-
ciated with toxics, and alleviate or eliminate the exorbitant price tag asso-
ciated with toxic solids disposal.

     By operating a powdered carbon enhanced activated sludge system (PACT™),
efficient treatment of toxics will occur, and sludge quantities to disposal  can
be reduced.  Treatment of toxics is documented at PACT installations at DuPont,
Ciba-Geigy, and Lomac, among others.  Savings on solids to disposal is best
illustrated by comparing activated sludge and the same system upgraded with
powdered carbon.
     Biosolids, Ib/d
     Carbon, Ib/d
Activated Sludge

     500
       0
     Total, ton/yr                       91
     Wet Cake to Disposal, ton/yr       610
     Annual Cost, $
       Carbon G> $.40/lb                   0
       Disposal @ $200/wt. ton     $122,000
       Total
$122,000
  PACT™

     500
     250

     137
     340

 $36,000
 $68,000

$104,000
     Currently, on-site recovery of the carbon (and destruction of the,toxics)
isn't feasible until about a ton of carbon per day is being used.  Cost data , •
shows that, depending on the price of carbon and the cost of solids disposal,, a
ton-per-day regeneration system can pay for itself within two years.  Anasysis
of the 10 gpm skid wet air regeneration system at Lomac's PACT facility shows
carbon recoveries to be greater than 95% wi,th skid operating costs being about
$.05/gal spent carbon processed.
                                      170

-------
     When PACT is compared to other adsorptive methods like 6AC to treat waste-
water, PACT will generally show a significant cost advantage.  An example is
treatment of Stringfellow quarry leachate.  Carbon requirements of PACT and GAC
to treat similar levels is < 700 mg/1 vs. > 7,000 mg/1 respectively.  Though
capital costs are similar, annual O&M costs for PACT is $435,000; for GAC these
costs exceed $2,000,000.

Presentation of Entire Paper at Conference. Monday, September 28, 1987.

     The session will analyze PACT'S ability to treat toxics, to control TTO's,
and to ensure compliance in effluent bioassay testing.  It will also discuss
PACT case histories related to RCRA and CERCLA projects and give cost figures
related thereto.
                                    *******
WHERE ENTIRE PAPER HAS NOT BEEN INCLUDED IN THESE PROCEEDINGS COPIES WILL BE
AVAILABLE  IN THE CONFERENCE LOBBY.
                                       171

-------
          THE ATTENUATION OF LANDFILL GAS ODOUR USING WASTE MATERIALS
                      J R Emberton, P E Scott and C G Dent
                          Environmental Safety Centre
                                  AERE Harwell
                                       UK
                                    ABSTRACT

     Odour from  landfill  gas is probably responsible for  the  largest number of
complaints made to both landfill operators and regulators in the UK.  This paper
describes a laboratory and  field research  programme funded by the UK Department
of  the Environment  (DoE)  which  has  investigated the  effectiveness  of  waste
materials to attenuate landfill gas odour.   A total of twenty-two materials have
been studied in the laboratory, at various moisture contents.  From the findings
of the laboratory programmes, three individual materials and three mixtures were
selected for  field trials  at  a landfill  in  Essex,  UK.   These  materials were
emplaced in trenches excavated  through  the landfill cap.   The odour  of the gas
detected at  three depths within the attenuating  material  was monitored,  on  a
monthly basis, for two years.   The results of the  laboratory  and field trials,
along with possible attenuation mechanisms, are presented.
INTRODUCTION

     The  aerobic   and   anaerobic  de-
composition of  domestic  and commercial
wastes   disposed    of    to   landfill
inevitably  leads  to the  production of
highly  odorous landfill  gas  (9).  The
odour  associated  with  this  gas is  a
very common cause  of public complaint
and    may     pose    a     significant
environmental problem (7).

     The  odorous  nature  of  the  gas
results  from  the  presence  of  certain
trace  organic   compounds  (14).    These
compounds   may   be  released   by  the
processes   of   direct   volatilisation,
chemical    reaction    or    microbial
degradation  of  the  waste.      Past
research   has   identified   over   120
individual  compounds present at  trace
levels within landfill gas.  Of these
compounds,   approximately   10%   are
usually  responsible  for  odour  (14,
15).      Various    organic    groups
including the  esters, organosulphur,
cyclic and aromatic  compounds  are of
particular    importance.  '      These
compounds are commonly  detected  in
concentrations at which they impart a
significant   odour.    The  charactei—
istic odour  of a particular  landfill
gas   will    be   dependent    on    a
combination   of  distinctive  odours.
The  contribution of  each  individual
component to  the overall  odour  will
depend on the  concentration  at which
it is present and the odour threshold
for that particular  compound.

    The composition  of  landfill  gas,
including that of the trace compounds
                                     172

-------
factors,  including  the  nature of  the
waste deposited, the  age  of the waste,
and the nature  and  extent of microbial
activity  taking  place.   As degradation
of  the  waste  proceeds with  time,  the
odour of  the landfill gas released will
alter,  reflecting  changes  in  the  gas
composition.    Research   has  suggested
that  different   organic   groups  will
influence the odour of the  landfill gas
at  varying stages  of the  degradation
process (13,16).

     Empirical observations at  landfill
sites  have shown  that  odour  problems
may be reduced  by the  application of
certain   cover   materials.      In  such
applications  the  principal  components
responsible   for   the   odour  at  any
particular  stage of refuse degradation
are attenuated  as they pass through the
cover material.

     The   ability  of  a   material  to
attenuate  landfill   odour   will   be
dependent upon various factors.  Those
characteristics which might be expected
to  optimise this ability include:

 i)    a high surface  area:volume  ratio
      (specific surface area);
 ii)  the  presence  of   active  sites
      capable  of attenuating the odorous
      trace components.
 iii) active    sites   which  are    not
      susceptible   to    oxidation    or
      surface  blinding.

      It  is  also  important  that   the
 material can  easily be handled and  that
 adequate supplies exist.   The material
 will need  to be utilised  in  a  manner
 that  allows  the  even  passage of  the
 landfill gas.

      The  mechanisms  involved  at   the
 active sites referred to above are not
 clearly  understood but  may be physical
 (e.g.    absorption   and   adsorption),
 chemical or  biological.    Some work  is
 currently  being undertaken  on identi-
 fication of  active sites and  determin-
 ation of mechanisms of attenuation. The
 results  of  this work are  not included
 in this  paper.
OBJECTIVES

    The present programme of research
is   jointly   funded   by   the   UK
Department  of  the  Environment  and
Essex  County Council.    The  project
was   designed  to   investigate  the
potential  use  of  a wide  range  of
materials  to attenuate the  odour  of
landfill  gas.   A  particular feature
of the programme was the selection of
materials   which   were   themselves
wastes  and which  could  therefore  be
applied at low cost.  Materials found
to  display   good   odour  attenuation
characteristics    could    be    used
primarily    as   intermediate   cover
materials  during  operation  or could
be  incorporated  into  a  passive  gas
venting .system.

METHODS

Laboratory Experiments

    An  initial  laboratory  programme
was  designed to screen  a wide range
of  materials for  their  ability  to
attenuate landfill gas  odour.   One of
the purposes of  this programme was to
identify   individual  materials,  or
mixtures  of  materials,  for  subsequent
 large scale  field  experiments at  a
six hectare  landfill site at Ugley in
Essex,  UK.

    A   total   of   22    individual
materials   and   ten  mixtures  were
 tested in the laboratory (Table 1).  A
known  weight of   each  material was
 placed  in   a  sintered   funnel.   In
 addition   to  dry samples,  tests were
 also   carried out  on  each material
 with  a known volume of water added  to
 achieve moisture  contents  of  20X  and
 40% v/v.   The moistened  samples were
 then  re-homogenised before use.

     The  sintered  funnel  was  placed
 into the apparatus shown in Figure 1.
 With   the    Polytetrafluoroethylene
 (PTFE) lined  3-way tap positioned to
 bypass   the   sintered   funnel,    a
 constant  gas flow was set  using  the
 needle valve on  the  cylinder.   The
                                        173

-------
3-way  tap  was  then  adjusted  to  allow
landfill   gas   to  pass   through  the
sample.  The flow rate was measured and
the  time  taken  for  the  first  odour
breakthrough noted.   This time can  be
defined  as  the   "odour   breakthrough
period1  i.e.  the period  which elapses
before any component  or  components can
be  detected  at  concentrations  above
their odour threshold. Experiments were
repeated using  an odour panel, made up
of a  number  of scientists,  to achieve
comparative data.

     Observations  by  the  panel  were
quantified by   an  index  developed  for
this  purpose and  referred  to as  the
Haste   Research   Unit   Odour   Index
(WRUOI).   The  WRUOI is defined  as the
ratio  of material volume to  volume  of
gas  required  to  cause  odour  break-
through.   Thus a WRUOI  of  2.00  means
that  a 1 cm   column of  material will
attenuate 2 cm  of landfill gas.

     The results some of the laboratory
tests  are  given in Figure  2.  A more
detailed   account  of  the  laboratory
trials is available in an HMSO document
(6).

Table  1.  List  of individual materials
         and  mixture,  tested  in the
         Laboratory.
Individual
West Thurrock pulverised fuel ash
West Thurrock furnace bottom ash
Ratcliffe pulverised fuel ash
Ratcliffe furnace bottom ash
Didcot pulverised fuel ash
Pembroke oil grit
Edmonton incinerator ash
Arsenical slag
Soda lime
Agricultural lime
Buxton lime
Oolitic limestone
Thanet sand
Raised ballast
Pea shingle
Uttlesford topsoil
Harwell topsoil
Rufford colliery shale
Brick  dust
Sawdust
Hood Chippings
Ground newspaper
Charcoal

Mixtures
Newspaperscolliery shale     CIO:90)
Sawdust:Didcot PFA           (20:80)
Sawdust:Incinerator ash      (20:80)
Newspaper:Incinerator ash    (10:90)
Sawdust:Colliery shale       (20:80)
Newspaper:Didcot PFA         (10:90)
Colliery shale: Thanet sand  (50:50)
Incinerator ash:Didcot PFA   (50:50)
Uttlesford topsoil: Incinerator
                    ash      (50:50)
Ballast:Didcot PFA           (75:25)
Ballast:Didcot PFA           (50:50)

Field Trials

    From    the   results    of    the
laboratory  trials  (discussed  later)
and taking  into  consideration  avail-
ability and physical  stability,  then
three individual  materials  and  three
mixtures were selected for subsequent
field trails  at  the  Ugley  landfill.
These were:

Trench 1:  Uttlesford topsoil
Trench 2:  Rufford Colliery shale
Trench 3:  Edmonton Incinerator ash
Trench 4:  Edmonton  Incinerator  ash
           and sawdust (80:20)
Trench 5:  Rufford Colliery shale and
           sawdust (80:20)
Trench 6:  Didcot Pulverised fuel ash
           and sawdust (80:20)

    Six  trenches  (10m  long  by  2m
wide  by  l.lm  deep)  were  excavated
through the  clay cap to  the surface
of  the  refuse  below.    The trenches
were located  in  an experimental  area
towards  the  eastern boundary of the
site.  Materials  were  placed in  the
trenches   as   received,    i.e.   the
moisture  content  and  particle  size
distribution  were not  altered  prior
to placement.   Since  the weather was
fine during the period of excavation,
then  the   materials  were  dry  on
placement.
                                       174

-------
         I
         a
         !
         g
         in

         "o

         a.
         o
                                                     .c
                                                     u
                                                     c
                                            c
                                            o
                                                     V)

                                                     2
                                                     o
                                                      >

                                                     L
rja
 9
 = &
 = i
         -


;i
3 «»

2 S
a *
Q. •*

a^


I"-2
a o
fe I
-D «l
a t:
— o
£

2
01
o
a
          gi

          LL
                   18
                  8°
                                — o


                                •S .^ ;
i -a i. o 3=;

iSfl?9
                                          I5>
                        S-fe-'o^S
                        I • i-*1 o.i^
                          w O —- i  Q) * ^* *~
                          ^VO '  2-»J=T3^ I
     ^
                                                      U)

                                                      Hi
                                                      a
                                                      c
                                                      o
                                                      Q.
                                                      E"
                                                      o
a

T3

'>


c


"o


O

OL
                                                      a
                                            ±

                                            CM

                                            D>

                                            LL
               175

-------
     Two  sets   of   PTFE  probes  were
placed in diametrically opposed corners
of each  trench  during filling CFigures
3  and   4).     Each   set  comprised  3
separate  probes  and  each  probe  was
connected to  its own  collection head.
The   collection   heads   were   laid
horizontally in  a gravel  bed at depths
of  O.lm,  0.5m  and   1.0m   and  at  a
distance  of  2.5m  from  the  vertical
section  of  the  probe (Fig  4).   Each
collection head was  offset  so that gas
collected  by   one  probe   would  not
influence  that  collected by  adjacent
probes.

     Monitoring  of  all 36  PTFE probes
was conducted on a monthly basis during
which the  odour emitted  from  each was
characterised by an odour panel as with
the earlier laboratory experiments.

     The odour  detected  in  each of the
probes was classified  into  one of four
broad groups.  These were:

i)   no odour detected;
ii)  a sweet odour;
iii) a bitter acrid odour;
iv)  an  odour   indistinguishable from
     the   unattenuated   landfill   gas
     detected in control  probes.

     In  addition   any   other  easily
identifiable odours were  noted.

     Factors  such as ambient  tempei—
ature, and barometric and gas pressures
were also noted during each visit.

Collection and Analysis of Landfill Gas
Samples

     In  order  to gain  some indication
of those trace compounds  present in the
landfill  gas  generated  at   Ugley  and
which  might  be  responsible  for  the
odours  observed,  samples  of  the  gas
were   recovered  from   4m   below  the
surface  of the  'experimental  area.   The
sampling   methodology    involved   was
developed by the Waste Research Unit  at
Harwell  and   has   been  published   in
detail   elsewhere   (2).       A   brief
description only is given here.
     The  landfill  gas  samples  were
recovered  using  the apparatus  shown
in Figure 5.  A  metal  piezometer was
driven into  the  waste  to a  depth of
4m. The  landfill gas was drawn  from
the waste  to the  sampling  apparatus
using  a   12  volt  battery  driven
diaphragm  pump  via  small bore  PTFE
tubing.   Components of  the  sampling
apparatus  were   restricted  to  PTFE,
glass and metal  in  order to  minimise
the adsorption or absorption  of trace
compounds  and  the  release   of  any
compounds  into  the  gas  stream  from
components of the apparatus.

    Landfill  gas  samples  of  known
volume were  collected  in condensate
traps  and  on  Tenax  and  Porapak  Q
trapping media and analysed for trace
components  by  GC/MS-  techniques.    A
second set  of samples  was  collected
on Tenax for the analysis of organo-
sulphur   compounds  only.     A   GC
spectrophotometric technique  'was used
for  analysis  of  both  the   organo-
sulphur  compounds  and  for  hydrogen
sulphide   from   additional   samples
collected  separately   in  stainless
steel gas bombs.

Problems Encountered

1.  Laboratory Experiments

    All   of  the   msterials   under
investigation were tested in  a series
of  individual  experiments.    During
the   course   of    the   laboratory
programme, it became apparent  that a
number  of  the  materials  possessed
physical   properties   which   limited
their  ability   to   attenuate   odour
during  certain   circumstances.    The
PFA samples all gave an above average
WRUOI  when   dry.      However   when
slightly  moist  (20% moisture),  they
rapidly  coagulated  into  lumps;  at a
moisture content of 40/i they formed a
slurry which subsequently set  into a
solid   mass   of    very  'low   gas
permeability.  During  experiments on
these samples, gas  pressure  built up
below  the sintered  funnel   and  this
eventually forced the ejection of the
                                       176"

-------
samples from  the  apparatus or produced
blow holes  through which  the pressure
was relieved.

The  laboratory  experiments  involving
moist   incinerator   ash   and   moist
colliery   shale   reproduced   similar
problems to  those  experienced with the
moist PFAs.  Although of a much   lower
magnitude  than  with   the  moist  PFA
samples,  these  problems  nevertheless
had   a  marked   influence   on   odour
attenuation  efficiency.    In  order  to
overcome  these  physical  difficulties
whilst   retaining  their   attenuating
properties,    these    materials   were
admixed  with  a  second  material  which
preferentially absorbed water providing
a  porous support.   The  use  of  these
mixtures   successfully  overcame  the
problems previously encountered.

2.  Field Experiments

    Intermittent  flooding  during  the
winter   period  of   the  experimental
trenches proved  a  major problem  during
the  field  trials.   The  flooding,  ten
months into  the experimental  programme,
was  at  least in  part  caused by  the
final    restoration    of    the   area
immediately  adjacent  to  the trenches.
Deposition   of  a  layer   of  topsoil
produced  a  downward  gradient allowing
migration  of water into  the trenches.
It   is  now  planned   to   install  an
extensive network of land  drains  around
the   experimental   area  in  order  to
negate this  problem.

RESULTS

1.  Laboratory Experiments

     All  individual  experiments were
terminated  on odour  breakthrough.  The
results  for  the  WRUOI  ranged from 0.63
for  pea shingle to 62.4  for moistened
ground  newspaper.   Figure  2 presents
the  results for  the  six  best  dry and
six  best wet C40X moisture)  individual
materials.   Values are  also  given for
some of  the  mixtures investigated.  The
mean WRUOI  is presented where duplicate
results were obtained.   Although the
index  for  charcoal  was  very  high,
this  was  included  for  comparative
purposes   only   and  therefore   the
result is  not  included in  Figure  2.
It should  be  noted however  that the
highest WRUOI shown  in Figure 2,  ie
that for the ground newspaper  at 40%
moisture  content,  was  nevertheless
still a factor  of six  below  that  of
dry charcoal.

    In all cases, excluding that with
pea   shingle,   the   odour  of   the
landfill gas was  modified by passage
through the sample, suggesting  that
odorous    components    were    being
attenuated.    The  odour  on  break-
through  varied   with   the  material
tested indicating that the same trace
components were not being attenuated
in each case.

    The  pulverised  fuel  ash   CPFA)
samples,  when  dry, all  gave results
above the  mean  WRUOI  calculated from
the total range of 22 materials.  This
may  be  related  to  its  pozzolanic
properties.  In   addition  PFA  has  a
high specific surface area over which
attenuation  may   occur   and   there
appears to be  a  direct relationship
between  its carbon  content and the
WRUOI   (6).     PFA  also  contains
significant amounts of iron oxide (3)
which is  reported to  be effective at
attenuating   the  odour   of   the
particularly    pungent    sulphurous
compounds  (5).    The  Furnace  Bottom
Ashes   CFBAs)   gave   lower  WRUOIs,
reflecting   perhaps    their    lower
specific  surface  area  and  reduced
carbon  content.   When wetted,  the
attenuation  efficiency  of the  FBAs
was   slightly   increased  which  may
reflect   the   dissolution   of   an
inhibitory  surface film  from  active
sites or  simply enhanced chemical or
physical sorption of odorous species.
The  attenuation  efficiency  of water
itself was shown  to be negligible.

    Incinerator  ash  also  contains  a
significant proportion  of carbon and
                                       177

-------
iron  oxide  and has  a  high  specific
surface area.  This is reflected by its
WRUOI  of   16.71  although   this  was
reduced  by the  addition of  moisture.
The  arsenical  slag   gave  an  improved
performance when wet  which  may reflect
the dissolution  of a surface   film of
alkali metal  exposing active  sites or
again  enhanced  chemical  or  physical
sorption.    The effectiveness of  the
alkali materials such as the agricul-
tural lime may  be  due to calcium oxide
hydrating  to form calcium  hydroxide.
This  material  is  used  industrially to
remove  sulphur  dioxide and   may  also
have  an  affinity  for   organo sulphur
compounds.

    The     significant     attenuating
properties of the  Thanet sand, topsoils
and raised ballast samples may  be due
to  the   clay   minerals which  these
materials  contain.   Clay minerals have
been   shown   to   be   effective   at
attenuating  odour, particularly  those
minerals which contain a large fraction
of  montmorillonite   such   as  Thanet
sand  C12).

    Colliery  shale   exhibited  similar
odour    attenuating     properties   to
incinerator   ash.      Although  ground
newspaper  when   dry  gave a  low WRUOI,
its effectiveness  was increased by the
addition   of  water   which   tended  to
promote  a more even  movement of gas
through  the  sample.   A  similar though
less  dramatic  situation was observed
with  sawdust.   Both  of these  materials
also  gave  off  a resinous "woody" odour
which  may  have masked the   odour  of
certain  trace components.    This would
have  effectively  delayed the point of
apparent  odour  breakthrough   which  in
turn    would    have   produced    an
artificially high  WRUOI.

      With  wet  samples,  the  mixtures of
PFA,  colliery shale and  incinerator ash
with   both   newspaper   and   sawdust
exhibited  superior permeability to the
individual  materials.   These mixtures
also  showed significant potential for
odour  attenuation.     By  comparison,
results   for   mixtures   containing
materials  such  as  topsoil,  Thanet
sand and  raised  ballast were  not  as
encouraging  and  were   not   pursued
further.

2.  Field Experiments

    The laboratory trials  produced a
selection  of  materials  and  mixtures
for use in  large  scale  field trials.

    In the laboratory  trials,  clear
differences between the six materials
were  seen  in  terms  of their  odour
attenuating   capabilities    (6).   In
these experiments, the materials were
homogeneous  in   terms   of  moisture
content,   and  all were  dried,  ground
and sieved to a standard size.   Also,
both the  gas flow and  pressure were
maintained    at    constant    levels
throughout.    Although  the  results
achieved were valuable in determining
relative  performance, the  controlled
conditions    of    the    laboratory
experiment  did  not  represent  those
found  in  the field.   Hence,  in  the
field  experiments, both landfill  gas
pressures  and  methane concentrations
were   found   to   vary   over   the
experimental   period.       Moisture
contents also varied substantially.

    The results  of the  field  trials
are summarised in Figure 6.  From the
figure,  it  can  be  seen  that  the
relative  performance  of each  of  the
individual  materials  is quite close
(much  closer than  was  seen  in  the
earlier laboratory trials).  There is
however a marked contrast between the
performance    of   the   individual
materials  and  the mixtures,  with all
mixtures exhibiting much better odour
attenuation   properties   than   any
individual material.

    Again from Figure 6, breakthrough
of a sweet odour was observed to have
occurred   within   two   months   of
placement for at  least one collection
head  within  each  of  the  trenches
containing individual materials. Csee
                                       178'

-------
Fig 6).  Breakthrough of a more bitter,
acrid,  odour  was  detected during  the
fourth, fifth and sixth  months for  the
topsoil, colliery shale and incinerator
ash respectively.   Breakthrough of  the
bitter  odour  in  the upper  collection
heads  was  only  detected in  one probe
(probe 6) on one occasion.

     For   the    trenches   containing
mixtures,   then    in    all    eighteen
installed collection heads,  an initial
woody  resinous  odour was noticed.   In
the case of the incinerator ash:sawdust
and PFA:sawdust mixes  this  charactei—
istic  odour  pervaded  all  collection
heads  for  a  period  of  two  months,
masking any other odours that may have
been  present.     In the two  sets  of
probes   within   the   colliery  shale:
sawdust   trench    this   odour   only
persisted for one month, except for the
lowest  collection  head  in  probe  10
where, it was detected  over two months.
 Break- through of  the  bitter odour in
the   lowest  collection  heads  of  all
trenches   containing    mixtures   had
occurred by  the  ninth  month following
emplacement, except in  probe 10, where
the  bitter  odour  was  never  detected.
Because  of  the  subsequent  flooding
problems  (referred to  earlier),   no
further  comparison  of  performance  can
be made  following  the  ninth month.  For
this  reason, a  relative assessment has
been   based   on   the    "sweet   odour
profiles"  only  which   from  Figure   6
suggest  the  colliery shale:sawdust mix
to  be  marginal Iy more  effective than
the  PFA: sawdust mix which in  turn is
more   effective  than  the  incinerator
ash:  sawdust  mix.    Both  the   latter
mixes performed  much  better  than  the
relevant  individual  material.   It  is
interesting  that  the   results  of  the
earlier  laboratory  trials  (6) suggested
sawdust  had  only a  moderate WRUOI when
both  wet  and dry.   This suggests that
the     enhanced     odour    attenuation
characteristics of  the mixtures  does in
fact  derive from  the role of  sawdust as
a  porous support rather  than from its
own attenuation properties.
    The  results  of  both  field  and
laboratory    experiments     suggest
complete attenuation of odour will be
achieved for only a  number  of months
before  breakthrough  of odour  begins
to occur.  Assuming a WRUOI of 20 and
                                  o
a  gas  production rate of  0.01 m  /
tonne/d (based on a  yield of  40m3  of
gas/tonne over 10 years) then  a 0. 1m
layer  of attenuating  material  laid
over a  2m lift of, refuse  (compacted
                  <5                • -
to  0.65  tonne/m-  )  would  achieve
complete  attenuation of odour  for  a
period  of 5  months.    Of course,  gas
production rates  are not uniform and
are much lower  in  the early  period
after deposit of the waste.  Assuming
an  initial   gas  production  rate  of
0.0025m3/tonne/d, then with the same
material, complete  attenuation would
be  achieved  for  a  period  of  nearly
two  years.     Whilst  this  was  not
observed  at  the  Ugley   site,  the
trenches  here overlay  waste which is
approximately  four   years  old  where
gas  production  rates  are   nearer  to
0.Olm3/tonne/d.   The most  objection-
able  odours  (often  associated  with
organosulphur compounds) are usually
associated with the period during and
immediately   following  deposit   of
refuse.   Hence,  even  when  complete
attenuation  is only achieved  for  a
number  of  months,  the  benefit  in
terms of odour  control is  likely to
be significant.

GCMS Analysis

    A    total    of    84   individual
compounds were  identified  at  trace
levels  in the  landfill gas samples
retrieved  from   the   Ugley  landfill
site.   Of  these, 24  were  found  in
concentrations  in   excess  of  their
odour    thresholds.       The   odour
thresholds  were  compiled  using  as
reference sources ASTM data  (1) and
two  other tests  (10,11).    Reported
thresholds are sometimes expressed as
a  range  of  values  which  reflect
variations   in   the   response   of
different  individuals to  the  same
                                        179

-------
odour  Cknown  to  vary  by  at least  an
order of magnitude). Hence  a review of
the literature has  produced a range of
threshold   values   (Table   2)   which
reflects   both   the   above  and   the
variation  from   compiling   data  from
different  sources.   The  threshold for
each   compound   has    been   adopted
following an assessment of the relative
degrees  of  confidence  which  can  be
placed  on  the  data  from  each  source.
The data presented in  Table 2 show the
ten most  odorous compounds  present in
the  landfill   gas   and  the  dilution
factors   required   to  reduce   these
compounds   to   levels   below   their
individual   odour  thresholds.     The
dilution  factors  provide  a means  of
directly    comparing    the   relative
contribution    of   each    individual
component to the overall odour.

    The  composition   of  the  odorous
fraction of the landfill  gas  at Ugley
is dominated by the  presence of esters
which  usually  have  a  sweet  or fruity
odour.   The "sweet"  odour  encountered
throughout   the    field   trials   is
therefore    probably    due    to   the
breakthrough  and  passage  of  esters
through  the  cover   materials.  Ethyl
butanoate  is by  far  the  most odorous
component  of the  gas and would require
a dilution  in excess of  23,000 times in
order  to negate  its odour.   The only
organosulphur compound of  significance
is    dimethyl    sulphide.       Sulphur
compounds  characteristically  posses  a
strong pungent  odour  and  are usually
present  in very high  concentrations
during  the  early  phases  of  refuse
degradation.       Since   the   refuse
immediately  below   the   experimental
trenches at Ugley is approximately  four
years    of   age,   high    levels   of
organosulphur  would  not  be expected.
Limonene  is a  cyclic  organic  compound
frequently detected  in  landfill gas at
concentrations  in excess  of its  odour
threshold.   It  has a tart  bitter  odour
and  is present  at significant  levels in
the   landfill   gas   from  Ugley.     The
"bitter"   odour  reported   during   the
field trial may  therefore be due  to
the    presence     of     significant
concentrations   of    limonene    and
dimethyl  sulphide  in  the  landfill
gas.

    Future  work   will   include   a
further gas sampling run during which
samples will  be  collected from below
one of trenches and at varying depths
within  it.    The  analysis of  these
samples should  provide a  more  clear
identification    of   those    trace
components    responsible    for    the
characteristic  "sweet" and  "bitter"
odours reported from field trials and
provide a much  clearer understanding
of the effectiveness of each material
or   material   mix  in   attenuating
specific trace components.

CONCLUSIONS

    The   research   programme   has
demonstrated   that   the   odour   of
landfill   gas   can   be   initially
attenuated and  subsequently modified
as  a result  of its  passage  through
certain materials.   The  attenuation
process is  dependent on  a  number of
factors.   Chemical  composition (for
example  the  presence  of carbon  or'
iron  oxide) and particle  size appear
important.     Moisture   content   is
certainly   an    important   factor.
Further work  however  is  required to
investigate   the  actual   mechanisms
involved.

    Results   achieved    from   field
trials  were  not   as  conclusive  as
those from   laboratory   experiments.
This  is probably due to the much more
variable  conditions in the field and
the relatively  long  periods between
monitoring  in the field  experiments
as  compared  to the laboratory tests.
Nevertheless,    all   the  materials
tested   in   the  field   experiments
exhibited  some  capacity to attenuate
the odour of landfill  gas,  with the
performance    of    the    individual
materials being  considerably enhanced
when  mixed with  sawdust.
                                       \80

-------
     Even   for  the   most  successful
materials,  the  results  of  both field
and laboratory experiments suggest that
in a typical situation, odour will only
be  completely  attenuated  for  a number
of  months before  breakthrough  occurs.
Nevertheless,   their  application   as
interim  cover  materials  will   provide
considerable  benefit  with  regard  to
odour  control  during the  landfilling
operation  itself,  which  is  the period
during  which  most  complaints  occur.
Furthermore,    since   the   materials
studied  are  themselves   wastes,  then
their  local availability  would ensure
this benefit was achieved at little or
no cost.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     This  work has  been  funded  by the
UK Department  of the Environment CDoE).
The  authors wish  to  thank  members of
the  DoE's Land  Wastes   Division  for
their advice and assistance.
DISCLAIMER  ..

The work described in this paper was not funded
by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
The contents do not necessarily reflect the
views of the Agency and no official endorsement
should be inferred.
                                        181

-------
Table 2.   Ten Most Odorous Compounds Detected  in Landfill  Gas from Ugley
            Landfill.  Their Concentration, Odour Threshold  and Dilution  Factor
            Required to  Reduce These Concentrations Detected Below the Odour
            Threshold.
Compound





1. Ethyl butanoate
2. Methyl butanoate
3. Dimethyl sulphide
4. Limonene
5. Hexenes
6. Butan-2-ol
7. Propyl butanoate
8 . Ethyl propionate
9. Propyl propionate
10. Toluene
Concentration
observed in
landfill gas
from Ugley
landfill
mg/m3
70
15
24
129
11
105
35
22
21
68
Odour Thresholds
mg/m3


Value
Adopted
3xlO~3
5xlO~3
lxlO~2
5.7xlO-2
8xlO-2
IxlO"1
IxlO"1
IxlO-1
IxlO-1
1X10"1

Range
Reported
3xlO~3 - 0.04
9xlO"3 - lx!0"3
6xlO"4 - 0.6
5.7 x 10~2
8 x ID'2
0.05 - 50
1 x ID'1
-
-
0.6 - 100
Dilution factor
required to
reduce
concentration
below odour
threshold
23,333
3,000
2,400
2,263
1,375
1,050
350
220
210
97
                                       PIFC «lbo« caualina
                                     n  Clou syring*
                                     n  Attvalvd Carbon adio-plign tub*
                                     O  Diaphragm pump (20 e 300 mlj(min)

                                     13.  eubbl* tfow-mtttf
                                     IS.  Pai'lion far tnscrlran of gai bomb* or
                                       <«n» tirnb cold-trap at. JO'C (or
                          FigureE: Schematic Diagram Of
                                Sampling  Apparatus
                                             182

-------
Probe 1
                                            Probe  2
Probe 3
Probe 5
 Probe 7
 Probe 9
 Probe 11
            1-01-
             0-1
             1-0
             0-5
             0-1
                                            Probe  *
                                             Probe  S
                                             Probe 8
                                             Probe K>
                                                        1-0 i-
                                             Probe 12
                                                         0-1
    1-0



    0-5


    0-1


    1-0



    0-5


    0-1
                                                             S

                                                                                   Uttlesford topsoil
                                                                                   Colliery shale
                                                                                   Incinerator ash
                                                                                   Colliery shale:
                                                                                   sawdust
                                                                                   Incinerator ash:
                                                                                   sawdust
                                                                                   P.p.A.: sawdust
    Horizontal axes - Time in months
    Vertical axes   - Depth of collection head
                     in the  trench
Key    K\I Woody resinous odour

       (Iliij 'Sweet' odour

             'Bitter' odour

             Trench flooded

             No odour detected
               Fig 6 Odour detected in the  probes during  the experimental period.
                                                      183

-------
REFERENCES
     American Society for Testing
     Materials (ASTM), Committee E-L8
     on Sensory Evaluation of Materials
     and Products, 1978.  Edited by
     F A  Fazzalari, ASTM data series
     DS 48A 05-048010-36.

     Brookes,  B.I.  and   Young, P.J.,
     1983, The Development of Sampling
     and Gas Chromatography-Mass
     Spectrometry Analytical Procedures
     to Identify and Determine the
     Minor Organic Components of
     Landfill Gas.  Talanta, Vol 30, No
     9, PP 665-676.

     Coal  Ash  Disposal   Manual,  2nd
     Edition, 1981, Electric Power
     Research Institute. EPR1 CS 2049
     project 1685-3.

     Dietzmann,   H.E.   et al,   1979,
     Analytical Procedures for
     Characterising Unregulated
     Pollutant Emissions from Motor
     Vehicles. USEPA Environmental
     Sciences Research  Laboratory,
     EPA-600/2-79-017.
     Eikum,   A.S,   1983,     Study of
     Processes in View of Preventing
     Odours.  In L'Hermite P and Ott, H
     (Eds).  Processing and Use of
     Sewage Sludge. Proceedings of the
     Third International Symposium,        14.
     Brighton, 27-30 September 1983.
     Commission of the European
     Communities.  D Reidel Publishing
     Co.  ISBN 90-277-1727-3.

     Emberton,  J.R.  and  Young, P.J.,
     1985, The Use of Cover Materials
     to Attenuate Landfill Gas Odour at    15.
     Ugley Landfill, Essex.  I
     Preliminary Laboratory
     Investigation.  AERE R11736, HMSO
     London.
7.  Fletcher,  P.,  1987,  Character-
    sation of Forty UK Landfill
    Sites.  MSc Thesis.   Brunei
    University, London.

8.  Mindrop, R., 1978, The Analysis
    of Gases and Light Hydrocarbons
    by Gas Chromatography.  J
    Chromatog. Sci. Vol 16, P 380.

9.  Rees,   J.F.   and   Viney,   I.,
    Leachate Quality and Gas
    Production from a Domestic Refuse
    Landfill.  The Implication of
    Water Saturated Refuse at Aveley
    Landfill.  AERE R10328, HMSO
    London.

10. Summer,  W. , 1971, Odour Pollution
    of Air.   Leonard Hill, London.

11. Verscheurei, K., 1977, Handbook
    of Environmental Data on Organic
    Chemicals. Van Nostrand Rheinhold
    Co, New York.
12.
Weir, A. H., and Catt, J.A (1968)
The Mineralogy of Palaeogene
Sediments in North East Kent
(Great Britain).  Sedimentary
Geology, 3, 1969, PP 17-33.
13. Young,   P.J.,   Parker, A.   and
    Brookes, B.I, 1982, Unpublished
    Information.  AERE Harwell.
    Young,   P.J.   and   Parker, A.,
    1983a, The Identification and
    Possible Environmental Impact of
    Trace Gases and Vapours in
    Landfill Gas.  Waste Management
    and Research,,Vol 1, No 3, PP
    213-226.

    Young,   P.J.  and   Parker,  A.,
    1983b, Vapours, Odours and Toxic
    Gases from Landfalls.  ASTM
    International Symposium,
    Industrial and Hazardous Solid
    Waste, Philadelphia.
                                      184,"

-------
                PLASTIC CONCRETE SLURRY TRENCH CUTOFF WALLS
     Eric D. Stahl
     Research Director
 R. H. Stahl & Sons, Inc.
     Sunbury, PA 17801
                             Jeffrey C. Evans
                            Assistant  Professor
                           of Civil Engineering
                            Bucknell University
                            Lewisburg,  PA 17837
                 Eric Drooff
               Project Engineer
            Sardone Construction Co.
              Parsippany, NJ 07054
ABSTRACT

    The  studies  revealed that  plastic concrete  can be  prepared  having  a
coefficient  of  hydraulic conductivity  that  is less than  1 x 10"  cm/sec.
Further, the  shear  strength of the material  is  greater than that of  soil-
bentonite  or  cement-bentonite.   Plastic  concrete  appears to offer greater
resistance to  degradation in response  to permeation with contaminant  pore
fluids.  Considering  the possible  advantages of slurry trench cutoff  walls
of plastic concrete in terms of minimizing construction defects, minimizing
hydraulic  fracturing  potential,  and  greater resistance to degradation  due
to contaminants, it  is  concluded  that plastic concrete offers a technology
that  should  be  given consideration  in the  future  where  vertical barriers
are required.
INTRODUCTION

The  remediation  of  waste disposal
sites  frequently requires  the use
of  a  vertical  barrier  to minimize
the    influx    of   uncontaminated
groundwater into the site, minimize
the offsite migration of  contamina-
ted  groundwater,  and/or  minimize
groundwater  pumpage  and  treatment
rates.   Recent  research  has  iden-
tified  some  uncertainties   asso-
ciated  with soil-bentonite  slurry
trench  cutoff  walls  due  to  their
potential  for  construction  defects
and their  long-term performance in
terms  of  waste   compatibility and
hydraulic    fracturing    potential
(7,8,9). As an alternative,  the use
of  a   plastic  concrete  vertical
barrier  using  the  slurry  trench
method  of  construction  has  been
described  (11) and used on at  least
one occasion (1).
    Plastic concrete is a mixture
of cement, bentonite, aggregate and
water. A plastic concrete wall is
excavated utilizing a panel tech-
nique  in  a  manner , similar  to
diaphragm walls. Plastic-concrete
is  "considerably  less   stiff at
the  final  set  than conventional
concrete,  although  it  may  be
several  times  stiffer than earth
backfill." (16)  The use of plas-
tic-concrete   cutoff   walls  may
result   in   the  combination  of
several    of    the    desirable
characteristics  of  both  cement-
bentonite    and    soil-bentonite
cutoffs.
PURPOSE

    An extensive literature review
reveal ed 1 i ttl e i nf ormati on regard-
ing  the  engineering  properties,
particularly hydraulic conductiv-
ity, of plastic  concrete,  and  no
                                   185

-------
information  regarding  its  ability
to withstand  attack  in  the hazar-
dous   environment.   Described   in
the  following  sections  of this
paper  are the results  of  studies
conducted to further  investigate
the  engin-eering  properties   of
plastic  con-crete  as they  relate
to  environ-mental   applications.
This paper includes  an update  of
data   and  interpretations  pre-
sented earlier  (10).
APPROACH

     After   the   assessment   of
available literature on the  topic
of  plastic  concrete, a two-phase
laboratory  investigation   program
was designed and  implemented.  The
first  phase investigated  a wide
range  of  material  types  and  mix
proportions.    The  second  phase
focused  on  long-term  hydraulic
conductivity characteristics
including chemical  compatibility.
    MATERIALS
    The  materials  most commonly
used in plastic concrete mixes are
cement, bentonite, water and aggre-
gate. (13, 16)  In addition to these
constituents, both fly ash (type F)
and bottom ash were utilized in the
laboratory investigations.

    Fly  ash  is  the  fine  residue
from the  combustion of pulverized
coal  collected   by  elecrostatic
separators from  the flue gases of
power   plants.     Its  principal
constituents are silicon  dioxide
(SiOo),  aluminum oxide (A1203),
iron oxide, (FegOs),  carb9n in the
form of unburnt fuel, calcium oxide
(CaO)  and  small  quantities  of
magnesium oxide  (MgO).

    Fly ash is  used  in concrete as
a  replacement  for cement  and  is
thus an obvious  economic advantage.
 A complete summary of these effects
 can  be found elsewhere .(11,12,15),

     Bottom ash is also a by-product
 of coal combustion. It is collected
 at  the  bottom  of the  furnace  as
 inert non-combustible debris.  Like
 fly  ash  its composition depends  on
 the  type of  fuel  burnt  and on the
 variation of load on the  boiler.
 Bottom ash is comparatively coarse
 in relation  to fly ash. Bottom ash
 was considered an aggregate substi-
 tute.

     The cement  used was  Portland
 cement  type  I in  accordance  with
 ASTM C150.   This is a general  pur-
 pose cement  suitable for  all  uses
 when the special properties of other
 types  are not required.

     The  bentonite utilized met the
 requirements   of   the   American
 Petroleum Institute's  "Specifica-
 tions   for  Oil   Well    Drilling
 Materials,"   API  Standard   ISA,
 latest   editions,  as   tested   in
 accordance   with   the   American
 Petroleum,  Institute's "Standard
 Procedure for  Testing   Drilling
 Fluids,"  API Code  RP13B (2).

     The  water utilized  for  sample
 mixing for these studies was tap-
 water,  which  complied with  the
 requirements of American Petroleum
 Institute  (2).

     Even though aggregates are con-
 sidered  as inert materials  acting
 as filler, they constitute, at times
 up to 70  percent of the volume  of
 the  regular  concrete.  Aggregates
 used included a fine aggregate  of
 coarse sand and  a coarse aggregate
was  used  having a maximum size  of
 3/4  inch  and meeting the require-
ments  of Grading  Size  No.  67  of
 Table 2 of ASTM C33-78  (3).
                                    186

-------
    MIX PROPORTIONING

    Several cement-bentonite  (CB)
mixes  were developed  as  a basis
for comparison to plastic concrete
mixes.  These mixes  were used as
a check of test  procedure to  per-
mit  comparison   of  the  results
with those of other cement-benton-
ite mixes  reported in  the litera-
ture.   The CB mixes also allowed
for observation  of the effects of
fly  ash  without  the  additional
variable of aggregate.  There are
six  CB mixes,  as shown  in Table
1, which  cover the  range of  com-
monly  used proportions (14).

    Mix  proportions  for plastic
concrete  were developed based on
proportions   of  materials  in CB
mixes  and  regular concrete  mixes.
Nine  plastic concrete mixes  were
developed    varying   aggregate,
cement,  fly  ash,  and  bottom ash
as shown  in  Table 2.
     EQUIPMENT AND PROCEDURES

     The hydraulic conductivity of
 our test specimens was determined
 utilizing triaxial cell permeamet-
 ers  and  generalized  procedures
 described    elsewhere    (5,16).
 Additional  specimens  were  fabri-
 cated  for  testing  in  compaction
 molds.   The  data from compaction
 mold  permeability  testing  were
 found to be erroneous.  The sample
 shrinkage  during curing  created
 space for  the  permeant  to  travel
 around the sample along the walls
 of the rigid wall permeameter.

      It  was  originally  planned
 to measure  shear  strength in a tri-
 axial compression test under con-
 sol i dated-undrai ned   conditi ons.
 However,  since  the  strength  of
 plastic concrete  exceeded that of
 the  soil  testing  equipment,  it
 was  decided  to  test  only  the CB
 specimens  in triaxial compression
under consolidated-undrained con-
ditions.   The  remaining plastic
concrete  samples  were  tested  in
unconfined  compression  using  a
Tim"us 01 sen 10,000 pound testing
machine.
RESULTS

    WORKABILITY

    During  the  mixing,  several
observations  were  made regarding
rheologic properties of individual
mixes.   Increasing  amounts  of  fly
ash in cement-bentonite mixes  re-
quired decreasing amounts of water
to  maintain  the same  consistency
(slump).   The use of  the fly  ash
and bottom ash increases the worka-
bility  of plastic  concrete mixes
consistent   with  the  published
literature (12).
    SHEAR  STRENGTH

    The  results  of shear  strength
tests  are  summarized in  Tables  1
and  2.   The two week curing  time
accounts  for  a lack  of  maximum
attainable strength.  This is  par-
ticularly true for  those mixes with
fly ash, where  the continuing in-
crease in strength at greater ages
is  believed to  be pozzolanic  in
nature  (12.).

     In  both cement-bentonite and
plastic   concrete  mixes,   shear
strengths increased with increasing
cement content.  Fly ash increased
strengths  of CB mixes where cement
content  was  held constant.
     PERMEABILITY

     Permeability test results sum-
 marized on  Tables  1  and  2  were
 obtained by  determining the  log
 average of several hydraulic cond-
 ductivity determinations for each
                                     187

-------


Table 1 -

Cement- Bentonite







Mix Proportion (by wgt)
Bentonite Content (%)
Water Content (%)
Cement Content (%)
Fly Ash Content (%)
Bentonite/water ratio
Cement/water ratio
Property
Hydraulic Conductivity
(xlCT6 cm/sec)
Shear Strength (kPa)
Axial Strain (%)

1
3.8 3
71.3 61
15 15
10 20
0.05 0
0.21 0

2.1 1

106 188
0.2 1
Mix No.
2 3
.3 2.8
.8 52.3
15
30
.05 0.05
.24 0.29

.4 0.9

358
.1 1.1

4
4.3
80.8
5
10
0.05
0.06

2.4

50
0.6

b 6
3.8 3.3
71.3 61.8
15 25
10 10
0.05 0.05
0.21 0.40

3.6 0.5

97 573
0.9 1.0



Mix Proportion
(by weight) 1
Bentonite 4.1
Content (%)
Fine 41.6
Aggregate (%)
Coarse 33.2
Aggregate (%)
Cement 4. 1
Content (%)
Bottom Ash 0
Content (%)
Fly Ash 0
Content (56)
Bentonite/ 0.24
Water ratio
Cement/ 0.24
Water ratio
Property
Hydraulic 3.5
Table 2 -

Plastic
2 3
4.2 4.1

41.6 41.6

29.1 24.9

8.3 12.4

0 * 0

0 0

0.25 0.24

0.49 0.73


1.1 0.5
Plastic Concrete

Concrete Mix No.
4 5
4.1 4.1

41.4 41.5

29.0 29.1

6.6 4.1

0 0

1.7 4.1

0.24 0.24

0.38 0.24


0.8 1.2



6
4.1

41.3

29.9

2.5

0

5.7

0.24

0.14


2.0



789
4.1 4.1 4.0

41.5 41.1 40.4

29.0 28.8 28o3

6.6 4.1 2.4

1.7 4.1 2.4

0 0 0

0.24 0.23 0.21

0.39 0.23 0.12


3.2 18 17
Conductivity (xlO~7) cm/sec
Shear 400
Strength (kPa)
Axial Strain 2.0
at failure (%)

338 3427

3.7 10.0


1455 1214

5.5 9.8

188
903

5.4


1110 545 76

12.2 16.8 9.6



-------
sample mix.   The  coefficient  of
hydraul i c conduct! vity on the order
of 1.0 x  10    cm/sec for cement-
bentonite  are  within  the  range
reported  in  the literature (16).
The results shown on Table 2 con-
firm that, depending upon the mix
design,  plastic concrete  can  be
prepared   with   coefficients   of
hydraulic conductivity on the order
of 1.0 x  10   cm/sec or lower.

     The   hydraulic  conductivity
generally decreased with increasing
cement content. Comparison of fly
ash substitution for cement results
in higher permeabilities due to the
decreasing  cement/water ratio in
these  samples.  The hydraulic con-
ductivity  was  also  decreased  by
utilizing  fly ash  in addition to
cement.     In  general,  plastic
concrete mixtures utilizing fly ash
display  hydraulic  conductivities
which  are an  order  of magnitude
lower  than cement-bentonite.

     Due  to  the short  curing time
of about  two  weeks,  values of hy-
draulic  conductivity in the short
term tests did not  reach a minimum.
Based upon the observed behavior of
regular  concrete,  it  is  believed
that,  hydraulic conductivity will
decrease   with  increasing curing
time.

      To  investigate  this  hypothe-
sis,  long-term permeability tests
utilizing plastic   concrete were
initiated.   The  -percentages  of
various   constituents   used  were
those of mix No. 5  (see Table  2).
This   mixture  represents  a  cost
effective substitution of  cement
with   fly ash  while  maintaining
desirable characteristics of  high
 shear strength  and  low hydraulic
 conductivity. The  permeant utiliz-
 ed was  0.005N  calcium  sulphate.
 Typical  results of  long-term per-
 meation with water are illustrated
 in Figure 1.  There appears to be a
 slight decrease in  hydraulic con-
ductivity with time.  This decline
in the hydraulic conductivity with
time can be attributed to continued
hydration of the cement  and/or pre-
cipitation of calcium sulphate in
the  high  pH  environment  of  the
plastic concrete.
    COMPATABILITY

    Long-term  permeability tests
utilizing fly ash in plastic con-
crete were conducted to investigate
the compatability to a contaminated
pore fluid.  Using the.same mix as
in  long-term  permeability  with
water, aniline was introduced into
the  samples  both  initially   and
after  initial  water  permeation.
Aniline, an organic base, was used
in concentrated form as a permeant.
No degradation in hydraulic conduc-
tivity due to permeation with con-
centrated   aniline  was   observed
(Fig.  2).   In  fact,  as  with  the
long-term  tests with  water, con-
tinuing decreases in hydraulic con-
ductivity with  time  are  observed.
This is in contrast with the signi-
ficant    hydraulic    conductivity
increases   observed   when  soil-
bentonite  (7,8,9)   or  compacted
clay  (4)  were permeated  with con.-
centrated  aniline.
     SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

     This  study  of  the  use  of
 plastic concrete as an alternative
 to   soil-bentonite   or   cement-:
 bentonite in slurry trench cutoff
 walls   indicates  that   plastic
 concrete may provide an attractive
 alternate to the conventional tech-
 nologies for environmental applica-
 tions.  Within the range of para-
 meters  tested  in these prelimin-
 ary studies,it was observed that:

     1.  The hydraulic conductivity
 of  pl'astic concrete is  about an
 order of magnitude lower than that
 of cement-bentonite.
                                     189

-------
          1.00E-04
>
*3

3
•o
          1.00E-05  -
          1.00E-06  -
          1.00E-07  -
         1.00E-08 -
         1.00E-09
                                         ••*•
                                                ••   ••
                                                           ••
                                                                  ..
>
4}
o
3

J
1
                                     Pore Volume Displacement
                  n  Sample ES4             O  Sample ES6


             Figure  1 -  Permeation  with  0.005N Calcium Sulphate
          1.00E-05  -
          1.00E-06  -
          1.00E-07  -£
          1.00E-08  -
          1.00E-C
n   a
                                    ~r

                                     2
                                                             an

           "T"

           4
                                     Pore Volume Displacement

         Aniline O PVD«=3.5                     O  Aniline O PVD=0.0



            Figure  2 -  Permeation of with Concentrated  Aniline
                                 190

-------
    2.  Increasing  cement content
generally decreased hydraulic con-
ductivity.

    3. Equal replacement of fly ash
for  cement  appears to  increase
hydraulic conductivity.

    4.  Increasing  cement content
increased strength.

    5.    Hydraulic   conductivity
decreased with increasing time.

    6.  Hydraulic conductivity de-
creased in response to permeation
with concentrated  aniline.

    Plastic   concrete   would  be
placed  in  the  excavated   slurry
trench utilizing the tremie method
of  concrete  placement,  offering
less  potential  for construction
defects   than  the  conventional
method  of  soil-bentonite  back-
filling.   Further,  due  to  its
greater strength,  the  risks asso-
ciated  with  backfill  settlement
and   hydraulic   fracturing  are
decreased.      Finally,    plastic
concrete  may  offer  greater con-
taminant  resistance than  cement-
bentonite or soil-bentonite.   It
is   therefore   concluded  that,
based  on  construction, permeabil-
ity,  strength, and compatability
considerations,  plastic  concrete
may  be an  alternative in  slurry
trench  cutoff walls for  environ-
mental  applications.

    It  is noted  that the  variabi-
lity  associated with  the  proper-
ties of fly ash, water, bentonite,
and  aggregate may  influence test
results.     Additional   study   is
needed   for  a  wider   range   of
materials  and  contaminants   to
extend  the  findings  and  conclu-
sions  reported herein.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

    The valuable suggestions pro-
vided  by  the Technical Reviewers
is  gratefully  acknowledged.  The
authors would like to thank Buck-
nell  University  for their finan-
cial  support  of  this  project.
The  contents do not  reflect the
views of the  Project Sponsor.
REFERENCES

1. Alaska, W.S. and Cavalli,  N.J.,
   "Cement Barriers,"  Proceedings
   of the 5th National Conference
   on the Management of  Uncontroll-
   ed Hazardous Waste  Sites,  Wash-
   ington,  D.C.,  November,  1984,
   pp. 126-130.
2. American  Petroleum  Institute,
   "Recommended    Practice    for
   Standard  Procedure  for  Testing
   Dri 11 i ng Fl uids," Specif i cation
   RP 13B, 8th Ed., Dallas, April,
   1980.

3. American  Society  for  Testing
   Materials, Annual Book of ASTM
   Standards, American Society for
   Testing Materials,  Philadelph-
   ia, PA  1987.

4. Brown,  K. W. & Anderson, D. C.,
   "Effects of Organic Solvents on
   the Permeability of Clay Soils,"
   EPA-600/2-83-016, 1983.

5. Daniel, D.E.,  Trautwein,  S.J.,
   Boynton,   S.S.,   And  Foreman,
   D.E.,   "Permeability   Testing
   with Flexible-Wall  Permeame-
   ters,"  ASTM,  GeotechniGal  Test-
   ing Journal,  Vol. 7, No.  3,
   Sept,  1984, pp.  113-122.

6. Evans,  J. C.   and Fang, H. Y.,
   11 Triaxial  Equipment  for Permea-
   bility  Testing with Hazardous
   and Toxic Permeants," Geotech-
   nical  Testing Journal,  ASTM,
                                     191

-------
8.
    Volume  9,  Number  3,  Sept.,
    1986, 1986,  pp.  126-132.
                                           "Slurry Trench Cut-
                                           1st Canadian Engln-
7.  Evans, J.C., Fang,  H.Y., and
    Kugelman,  I. J.,   "Organic
    — ••-—  •   on the  Permea-
                  Soil-Bentonite
                 II rs      t •
Fluid Effects
bility   of
                                    11.  Haug,  M.,
                                        off",  The               	
                                        eering Technology  Seminar on
                                        the  Use of  Bentonite  for Civ-
                                        il  Engineering  Applications,
    bility   of    Soil-Bentonite
    Slurry Walls,"  Proceedings  of
    the  National   Conference   on
    Hazardous Wastes  and  Environ
                                 Ground    Engineering
                                 Regina,  Saskatchewan,
                                 1985, pp. 33-52.
                                                                Ltd.,
                                                               March,
    mental Emergencies,
    nati,
    271.
OH, May, 1985,
                      Cincin-
                      pp.  267-
                                       12. Helmuth,  Richard,  Fly Ash  in
                                           Cement and Concrete,  Portland
                                           Cement Association,  1987,  203
                                           pp.

                                       13. Orchard, A. F., Concrete  Tech-
                                           nology , Applied Science  Pub.,
                                           London, England, 1979.
                                        14.
                                        15.
                                 Ozomaka, 0.  J.,   "Some Shear
                                 Strength Parameters of  Plas-
                                 tic Concrete,"   Magazine of
                                 Concrete Research,  Vol. 23,
                                 No. 75-76,  June, 1971,  pp.
                                 119-126.

                                 Troxell, 6.E., Harmer, E.D.,
                                 and Kelly, J.W.,  Compostion
                                 and  Properties  of  Concrete,
                                           McGraw- Hi 11,
                                           1968.
                                               New  York,  NY,
Evans, J.C., Fang,  H.Y.,  and
Kugelman,  I.J.,  "Containment
of  Hazardous  Materials  with
Soil-Bentonite  Slurry Walls,"
Proceedings of  the  6th  Nation-
al Conference on  the  Manage-
ment of  Uncontrolled Hazard-
ous Waste Sites,  Washington,
D.C.,  November,  1985,    pp.
249-252.

Evans, J.C., Lennon, G.P.  and
Witmer, K.A.,   "Analysis  of
Soil-Bentonite  Backfill  Place-
ment in Slurry  Walls,"   Pro-
ceedings of the 6th National
Conference on the Management
of  Uncontrolled  Hazardous
Waste Sites, Washington, D.C.,
November, 1985, pp. 357-361.
10. Evans, J.C., Stahl,  E.D.,  and
    Droof,  E.,  "Plastic  Concrete
    Cutoff Walls",  Proceedings  of
    the ASCE Conference on Geotech-
    m'cal Aspects of Waste  Dispos-
    al , Ann Arbor,Michigan,  June,
    1987, (in review).
                                    Disclaimer

The  work described  in  this  paper was  not funded  by  the U.S.  Environmental
Protection  Agency.   The contents  do  not necessarily  reflect  the views  of  the
Agency and no official endorsement  should be inferred.
                                        16.
                                 Xanthakos, P.P. Slurry Walls,
                                 McGraw-Hill,   New York,  NY
                                 1979.
                                   192

-------
                 STUDY  OF  TRANSPORT  OF CONCENTRATED  ORGANICS
                           IN  THE UNSATURATED  ZONE

                            Tissa H.  Illangasekare
             Civil,  Environmental, and Architectural Engineering
                            University of  Colorado
                        Boulder, Colorado 80309-0428

                               Danny D.  Reible
                             Chemical Engineering
                          Louisiana  State  University
                         Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70803
                                   ABSTRACT

     Hazardous waste applied to the soil from spills on the ground surface or
as a result of leaks from underground storage facilities are often in the
form of concentrated or free-phase organics.  While a great deal of progress
has been made in the transport and the fate of, organic chemicals in dilute
aqueous groundwater solutions in recent years, the more complicated and
potentially more significant problem of the transport and fate of concen-
trated organic phase has been largely untouched.  After a spill or a leak,
estimates on the rate of propagation of the front through the unsaturated
zone and the fraction of the chemical which will be entrapped in the soil are
of importance in the design of remediation or reclamation schemes in problems
of hazardous waste management.  The multiphase flow models which are based on
traditional approaches adopted from petroleum engineering are mathematically
elegant but the data requirements do not permit the use of these models for
applications in the field scale which is of interest.

     A preliminary set of experiments were conducted in laboratory sand
columns with a selected  set of organic .chemicals with the objective^of
obtaining a qualitative  understanding of the dynamics of the distribution and
transport of the different phases.  The compounds represent a wide variety of
densities and miscibilities.   Based on these experiments a simple conceptual
model which assumes a  piston wetting and drainage front was developed.
 INTRODUCTION

    As a result of the land applica-
 tion of hazardous wastes,  the chemi-
 cal waste mixture can be transported
 in soil.  Assessment of the ultimate
 fate of the wastes is dependent upon
the physical and chemical properties
of the fluid phases arid the "pore
characteristics of the soil.   In
general, these properties are spa-
tially and temporally inhomogeneous
and difficult to estimate and employ
in models of the transport and trans-
                                   193

-------
 formation processes.   The evaluation
 of  these  properties and their incor-
 poration  into models  are necessary to
 identify  the  environmental impact  of
 the land  application  of the wastes.
 In  addition,  remedial action at  exis-
 ting uncontrolled  spill,  leak and
 dump sites must  be based upon an
 evaluation of the  extent of contami-
 nation, which is only possible if
 qualitative and  quantitative under-
 standing  of the  transport processes
 is  available.

      The  difficulties associated with
 accurately assessing  the  fate of
 hazardous organic  chemicals after
 land application are  exaggerated in
 the presence  of  a  concentrated or
 pure chemical  phase.   Simple methods
 for estimation of  infiltration rates
 of  a free organic  in  the  unsaturated
 zones are generally unavailable.   The
 effect of such chemicals  on the
 properties of  the  soil matrix con-
 trolling  the  transport and entrapment
 behavior  is often  unknown.   Phase
 interactions,  such as  mass  transfer
 between phases followed by effects on
 phase viscosity, interfacial  tension
 and other transport properties,  may
 be  significant,  while a  great deal
 of  progress has-  been  made in  recent
 years on  the understanding of  the
 transport and  fate of  organic  chemi-
 cals  in dilute aqueous  ground water
 solutions  the more complicated and
 potentially more significant problem
 of  the transport and  fate of  concen-
 trated organic phases has been large-
 ly untouched.  This is  despite the
 fact  that  close to the  spill the
 chemical  flows as  a separate phase
 and,  can  remain so for  some distance
 from  the  source.   It  is the transport
 of  concentrated organic phases such
 as  these  in the air-soil-water matrix
 that is the subject of  this paper.
PURPOSE

     Descriptions of transport of



                                  194
 hazardous  organics  in the  soil  have
 generally  been  limited to  low concen-
 tration, single phase aqueous solu-
 tions  (e.g.  Smiedt  and Wierenga,
 1984,  Ostendorf et  al.,  1984, and
 Nielson et al.,  1986).   Quantitative
 description  of  the  multiphase mixture
 flow is generally possible through
 modified versions of  Darcy's law.
 The pioneering  work of  Muskat et al.
 (1937), Buckley and Leverett (1942),
 Fatt and Dykstra (1951), among
 others, formulated  approaches where
 Darcy's law  was  used  in conjunction
 with the concepts of  relative perme-
 abilities  of different  phases.  A
 recent paper by Abriola and Pinder
 (1985) noted, however,  that no single
 model has  been  developed with capa-
 bility of  tracing the multiphase
 migration  of a  pollutant,  the same
 authors report  the  development of a
 one dimensional  multiphase flow model
 to describe  the  simultaneous trans-
 port of organic  compounds in a non-
 aqueous phase,  as a soluble component
 of an aqueous phase, and as a gas
 phase.  This model has been updated
 to include two-dimensional behavior
 by Pinder and Abriola  (1986).  Other
 numerical models that have been
 developed to address different
 aspects of the  two phase immiscible
 flow problem in  the near surface
 environment  include those of Faust
 (1985) and Osborne and Sykes (1986).

     In each of  the above studies,
 the distinct phases (water, air and
 chemical) are assumed to behave as a
 separate continuum.  The treatment of
more than one phase requires the
 introduction of additional parameters
resulting from the interfacial
 tension between the different fluids
occupying the pore spaces.  Most of
the models referred to above assume
simple forms for these parameters,
neglecting, for example, hysteresis
between the various phases.

     Despite the simplifying assump-
tions of these models, their sophis-

-------
tication generally far exceeds that
of the available database.  At the
root of these problems is the diffi-
culty of predicting, or even measur-
ing, the relative permeability as a
function of the fluid saturation.
The relative permeabilities exhibit
significant hysteresis and the veri-
fication of the relative permeability
models in the presence of three or
more phases is still not clear
(Stone, 1973; Moline, 1980).  Residu-
al saturations, or the field capaci-
ties, of each of the fluid phases are
also difficult parameters to predict,
although they are required in all
multiphase flow models.  Two phase
residual saturations can be measured
and correlated with Bond and/or
capillary numbers (Wilson and Conrad,
1984; Chatzis et al., 1984) although
little data is available in the unsa-
turated zone to guide the modeler.
In three phase flow situations, how-
ever, recent work suggests that even
the appropriate form of these corre-
lations is not well understood
(Abriola and Finder, 1985).

     It therefore appears clear that
transport of a concentrated organic
phase in the soil due to a spill or
leak of hazardous wastes presents
technical difficulties that have not
been addressed by the classical
approaches of ground water hydrolo-
gists or petroleum  engineers.  It
also appears that the hydrodynamics
of  such an organic  phase  is dependent
upon the relative density, viscosity
and miscibility of  the phase with
water.  An experimental investigation
of  these effects has been conducted
with the objective  of developing both
a qualitative and quantitative under-
standing of  the sub-surface transport
processes of a  concentrated organic
phase.  The  purpose of this paper  is
to  report on the qualitative behavior
observed in  concentrated  phase infil-
tration in laboratory sand  columns
and simple sharp front models that
were developed  based on these obser-
vation.  This paper will be limited
to the transport processes observed
in the unsaturated zone due to one-
dimensional (vertical) movement of
the organic phase.
APPROACH

Experimental Procedure

     A fine sand was selected as the
porous medium for the initial inves-
tigations.  Two different sand mixes
were employed, one with a mean par-
ticle diameter of about 0.3 mm and
one with a mean particle diameter of
about 0.4 mm.  The chemicals employed
for the experiment were selected to
exhibit a range of densities and mis-
cibilities with water.  The chemicals
used, and their physical properties
are listed in Table 1.  Several
experiments were conducted to deter-
mine the suitability of various
column construction materials for
each chemical.  For all but the
chlorinated organics, it was found
that a plexiglass column was
sufficient.  To provide the most
flexibility with the experiments and
the organic selection, however, a
glass column was also fabricated.
Both column were approximately  6.35
cm ID and about 150 cm long.

     The general problem of the move-
ment of an immiscible fluid in unsa-
turated soils requires the considera-
tion of all the possible soil water
content profiles in the aquifer zone
between the water table and the
ground surface.  Perhaps the most
common physical situation is one
where the upper layers of soil  are
initially drained to field capacity
 (residual water saturation).  The
preliminary laboratory experiments
were focused  on chemical infiltration
under these condition.  After drain-
ing the water to residual saturation
the appropriate chemical phase  was
 introduced to the soil surface,
                                  195

-------
 Table 1.   Physical Properties of Candidate Compounds
Compound


water
P S

mg/L
1.00
P
V
mm Hg
17.5
V

cSt
1
a
s

73
o".
i
dyne /cm
—
 Immiscible Organics  (S < 1  g/L)
 Carbon Tetrachloride   1.59    800      89.6     0.61      26.8
 1-octanol              0.82    300       <1      12.2       27.5       8.5
 Transmission Oil-A     0.87    <1                20

 Miscible  Organics  (S > 1 g/L)
 Chloroform             1.48   8200    159.6       0.38      27.1      45.0
 Methanol                0.79     -      127.2       0.69      22.6

 All  properties  at  approximately  20°C

 p  -  Specific gravity relative  to water;  S =  Water solubility; Pv =  Vapor
 Pressure;  v  = Viscosity;  crs =  Surface  tension with air; a^ = Interfacial
 tension with water
typically at  constant ponded depth
for  some time followed by a no-addi-
tion infiltration period.  Visual
observations  during infiltration
experiments with immiscible organic
phases, such  as the automatic trans-
mission fluid quickly indicated that
the  organic wetting front was dis-
tinctly sharp and horizontal.  Dyes
in the water  phase also indicated
that there was little or no movement
of the residual water due to the pas-
sage of the immiscible organic phase.
After complete infiltration of the
ponded organic at the top of the col-
umn,  a "drainage front" appeared that
was  initially diffusive but sharpened
as the organic phase continued to
drain.

Simple Sharp-front Model

      As the organic moves through the
soil  pores, a front will develop as a
result of the organic saturating the
pores which were originally partially
filled with water.  This front is
truly diffusive as the chemical
entering the soil pores will not
instantaneously saturate them.  In
conceptualizing the simple model
proposed here for the immiscible or-
ganics the assumption of a sharp ad-
vancing front is made.  Behind this
front the soil pores are assumed
fully saturated with the immiscible
organic and the residual water.  A
very small amount of air may be en-
trapped within the soil pores.  These
air pockets are not interconnected
and could be assumed immobile thus
avoiding the need to consider the air
as a third phase in this simplified
multiphase flow problem.

Assuming complete immobility of the
residual water, the governing equa-
tion for the organic phase can be
written by combining Darcy's law and
continuity equation.  This is of the
form:
  36,
  8t
3_
3z
3z
                           - i)]
                                 (1)
where 6f is the volumetric organic
content in the soil, pf and pf
are the density and dynamic viscosity
respectively, of the organic, z is
the vertical coordinate defined posi-
tive downward, and k(0f) is the
                                 196

-------
permeability of the organic phase.

     Under ponded conditions on  the
soil surface the distribution  of the
volumetric organic content as  a  func-
tion of depth is shown  on Figure 1.
In this figure, 6wr is  the residual
water content which is  assumed to be
uniform along the z axis, 0wf  is
the total volumetric  phase content of
water and the organic when the pores
are under natural saturation,  and <(>
is the porosity of the  soil.
     The partial volumetric phase
content of the organic  at natural
saturation is given by:
       6f  = 6wf
- 8
   wr
(2)
      In the proposed simple model it
 is  assumed that the wetting front
 formed by the moving organic phase is
 sharp.  As the volumetric phase con
 tent of the organic fluid is constant
 behind the front,
             30,
      0,. and 	
       f     3t
   0 for 0 _< z <_ zf

                (3)
                              Also, with the assumption of
                         immobility of the residual_water
                         phase, the permeability k(6f) re
                         mains constant behind the front.

                              Incorporating all of the above
                         conditions in Eq. 1, one obtains:
               constant for 0 < z £ zf
                                                          (4)
                              The Darcy flow velocity of the
                         organic phase is given by:
                              v.
                                     k(0f)
                             s—
                              3z
                                                          (5)
where h is the total head (h = hf -
        8h
z).  AS 	 is constant behind the
         3z                   ah
front the total head gradient —
                              8z
remains constant.  By selecting two
points at the leading edge of the
front and at the ground surface,
respectively, the constant head
gradient behind the front could be
expressed as,
         3z
                        - h(o)]
                                  (6)
                   wr
          ex
          
-------
where h(zf) and h(o) are the total
head in the organic phase at the
front and the ground surface, respec-
tively.  The total head at the ground
surface is the sum of atmospheric
pressure head h^ and the ponded
depth, H(t) of organic above the
ground surface.  That is,
     h(o) - hA + H(t)
(7)
Defining Hf as the capillary suc-
tion head at the front, the total
head at the front is given by,
h(z ) = h  - H  - z
   f     A    f    f
(8)
Substituting Eqs. (6), (7) and (8) in
Eq. (5), the Darcy velocity of the
organic phase is obtained as
     k(0 )p g  z  + H + H
                          ]     (9)
This velocity can also be written as
          -  dzf
                                (10)
   dt
             dt
     Equations 9 and 10 can be com-
bined to obtain the differential
equation relating the time of obser-
vation to the position of the chemi-
cal front.  This equation is given as

-  dz    k(ef)                   .
         	— Pfg [1 + (H + Hf) —]
           f                      f
                                 (ID
Equation (11) can be integrated
subjected to the appropriate initial
and boundary conditions.
     In these equations k(6f) is
the permeability of the organic fluid
at natural saturation.  Since the
available pore space has been reduced
by the presence of residual water and
air, this permeability is, in gener-
al, different from the saturated
permeability if the fluid alone is
                                        flowing through the soil.

                                             The capillary suction head term
                                        Hf, lumps all the capillary suction
                                        effects at the diffusive front.
                                        Morel-Seytoux and Khanji (1975)
                                        defined a term "effective capillary
                                        drive" to approximate the capillary
                                        suction.  This could either be
                                        treated as an empirical coefficient
                                        to be determined experimentally, or
                                        could be related to the mechanical
                                        properties of the medium and the
                                        physical properties of the organic
                                        fluid.
             The expected phase distribution
        profile after the ponded depth goes
        to zero and during the  subsequent
        drainage is shown on Figure 2.  The
        position of the assumed drainage
        front is defined at a depth zjj from
        the ground surface.  Behind the
        drainage front it is assumed that  the
        organic fluid is at a constant
        residual saturation 9fr.

             Immediately after  the  ponded
        depth goes to zero, the zone between
        the two fronts remains  at natural
        saturation 6wf.  The depth  of this
        zone of saturation will decrease with
        time.  If the initial wetting front
        depth Zf is large this  zone will
        remain saturated for a  longer time.
        As quantitative measurements to
        determine the phase content profiles
        were not performed in these initial
        experiments the exact time  of occur-
        rence of transition from the satur-
        ated conditions to drainage was not
        determined.  As adequate depths of
        organics were applied on the soil
        surface, it is assumed  that the wet-
        ting front reached the  bottom of the
        column before the transition
        started.

             The gradients of the head within
        the saturated zone can  be obtained by
        considering the head drop between  the
        drainage and the wetting fronts at
        depths z^ and Zf, respectively.
                                 198

-------
                                          wf    Volumetric Phase
                                              *•   Content
                                            Assumed Profile
                    Actual Drainage Profile
Figure 2: Distribution of Volumetric Phase Contents Under Drainage
          with no Surface Ponding
The constant head gradient for the
linear head distribution within the
saturated zone is given by
3h _ Hb " Hf " (zf " V
9z        z  - z
           ±    b
          (12)
Applying Darcy's law, the velocity
within the saturated zone is,
vf = -
Hf -
                               - zb>
                       zf ~
                                 (13)
The velocity can also be written in
terms of the rate of propagation of
the wetting front as was given by
Eq. 10.  Because of the additional
variable zjj which was introduced
for this drainage case, a third equa-
tion has to be introduced.  At any
time during drainage, the total depth
of organic fluid within the profile
is equal to the total spill depth.
Defining the cumulative application
                  (or spill) depth as W(o) the follow-
                  ing relationship is obtained by con-
                  sidering the conservation of volume:
Zfef -
          - efr)
                                        ¥(o)
(14)
                  Combining Eqs. 10, 13 and 14 to elim-
                  inate vf and zjj, the following
                  differential equation for the unknown
                  front depth Zf is obtained.
dz
                                           dt
                                                     -,
                                     [1 +  (Hf - Hb)
                                      (6f - 9fr)
                                     w(o) - zfefr
                            1 (15)
                  This governing equation can be inte-
                  grated for appropriate initial and
                  boundary conditions.  Computer pro-
                  grams to simulate the front position
                  Zf as a function of time for the
                  two situations of front propagation
                  and drainage were developed.
                                  199

-------
 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     The drainage front was less de-
 fined in the qualitative experiments
 due to the difficulty in observing
 the contrast between the color inten-
 sity in the organic saturated zone
 and the entrapped zone.  Ongoing
 investigations using a gamma ray
 attenuation system designed to mea-
 sure volumetric phase contents and a
 pressure scanning system will gener-
 ate more quantitative data to locate
 the fronts.
RESULTS

     The developed program allows
specification of a constant head
period of arbitrary length followed
by falling head and drainage per-
iods.  Parameters (effective conduc-
tivity, effective capillary suctions
at leading and trailing edges of
front) were estimated directly from
       the experiments using an optimization
       method (Powell's Method of Conjugate
       Directions) to produce a non-linear
       least squares fit between model and
       experiments.  Comparison of the model
       predictions of organic wetting front
       position versus time during three ex-
       periments with automatic transmission
       fluid are shown, in Figure 3.   One set
       of model parameters were used to fit
       all oil experiments.  The differences
       between experiments are the results
       of different initial conditions
       (initial ponded depth of organic and
       its duration) and sand types.  The
       extremely good agreement between
       model and experiment belie the
       simplicity of the model and provide
       little justification for more elabor-
       ate modeling efforts for this partic-
       ular case.

            Table 2 summarizes the best fit
       effective fluid permeabilities.   Note
       that the  effective fluid permeability
       in the final column is  essentially


             	  MODEL
              o   EXPT. 0903
              A   EXPT. 0715
              «   EXPT.0402
         160
                 120   24O   360
 480   600   720
TIME ( min.)
             J
840   960   1080
 Figure 3:  Comparison of Sharp Front Model with Experimental Results
           of Automatic Transmission Oil
                                  200

-------
Table 2.  Infiltrating Liquid Permeabilities.
Date


Sand
7/17
4/2
4/8
5/8
6/13
7/9
7/15

Sand
9/5
9/8
9/6
9/9
8/28
9/3

Compound


1 - d = 0.3 mm
Carbon Tetrachloride
Transmission Oil-A
Transmission Oil-A
Transmission Oil-A
Transmission Oil-A
Transmission Oil-A
Transmission Oil-A

2 - d = 0.4 mm
Carbon Tetrachloride
Carbon Tetrachloride
Methanol
Methane 1
Transmission Oil-A
Transmission Oil-A

K

cm/min

1.17
0.035
0.033
0.028
0.024
0.029
0.037


1.86
2.46
2.41
1.78
0.067
0.078

V

cSt

0.61
20.
20.
20.
20.
20.
20.


0.61
0.61
0.69
0.69
20.
20.

k
intrinsic
cm2 x 109

120
118
114
96
82
99
127
Average 108

192
253
281
208
229
264
Average 238
constant.  Under the conditions of
the study, the effective intrinsic
permeability was also observed to be
nearly identical with the saturated
intrinsic permeability.

Table 3:  A Summary of Preliminary
      Results on Calibrated
      Capillary Suction Heads.

                    Average  Average
Compound Sand f
Type (cm)
Water

Transmission
Oil-A
Carbon Tetra-
chloride
Chloroform

Methanol
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
51.8
16.5
12.4
-2.6
28.1
-1.4
-4.4
-14.3
45.5
f
(cm)
46.6
14.4
10.4
10.4
35.0
15.5
30.1
29.4
28.8
     Table 3 summarizes the cali-
brated values of the two suction
heads using the model.  In this case
the intrinsic permeability of each
sand was provided to the model and
the suction head values were opti-
mized to obtain the best fit for the
experimental data.

     Using the calibrated parameters
the model was used to predict the
propagation of wetting fronts. Sample
results for two of the chemicals are
shown  in Figures 3 and 4.

     Preliminary experiments conduc-
ted in vertical sand columns at resi-
dual water saturation indicated that
simple sharp front models can des-
cribe the basic transport behavior of
such phases under those conditions.

     The results of the preliminary
investigations with the miscible or-
ganics showed that the same simple
model could adequately describe the
transport by using the same effective
                                   201

-------
             CO

             O
             a.
             
-------
intrinsic permeability.  The results
of these investigations were not
discussed in this paper.  It was
observed that the region of
dissolution for miscible organics was
limited to a thin zone and thus most
of the miscible organic was contained
within an essentially pure phase.
The simple sharp-front model devel-
oped for the immiscible fluids can be
adopted for the miscible fluids by
incorporating a front dispersion
model for the dissolution zone.  The
model, development efforts for this
application is currently in progress.

     These extremely simple models of
the one-dimensional infiltration of
organic phases represent preliminary
efforts towards understanding and
describing the more general problenu
More general situations associated
with real soils and soil-water
distribution profiles have to be
investigated.  Despite the prelimi-
nary nature of the work, however, the
results are encouraging and the de-
veloped models appear useful for
crude exposure assessment type
estimates of free phase organic
transport.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     The authors gratefully acknow-
ledge  the support  received from the
U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency,
Hazardous Waste Research  Center at
Louisiana State University and the
National Science Foundation (Grant
GEE  -  8405881).  Also, we would like
to express  our appreciation and
gratitude to  Dr. Louis J. Thibodeoux
for  his constant encouragement, sup-
port,  and sharing  his thoughts on the
subject area  discussed in this paper.
 REFERENCES

 1.   Abriola,  L.  and G.F.  Finder
     (1985) A multiphase approach to
    the modeling of porous media
    contamination by organic
    compounds 1. Equation
    development. Water Resources
    Research, 21 (1) 11-18.

2.   Buckley, S.E. and M.C. Leverett,
    Mechanics of fluid displacement
    in sands. Transactions, American
    Institute of Mining,
    Metallurgical, and Petroleum
    Engineers,  146, 107-116.

3.   Chatzis, I. and N.R. Morrow
    (1981) Correlation of capillary
    number relationships for
    sandstones.  Society of Petroleum
    Engineers, paper # 10114.

4.   Chatzis, I., M.S. Kuntamukkula
    and N.R. Morrow (1984) Blob size
    distribution as a function of
    capillary number in sandstones.
    Presented at the 59th Annual
    Technical conference of the
    Society of Petroleum Engineers,
    Houston, Texas, Sept.  1984.

5.   Fatt, I., and H. Dykstra (1951)
    Relative permeability studies.
    Transactions, American Institute.
    of Mining. Metallurgical*
    Petroleum Engineers, 192,
    249-256.
                                                                      and
    Faust, C.R. (1985) Transport of
    immiscible fluids within and
    below the unsaturated zone:  A
    numerical model. Water Resources
    Research. 21,  (4) 587-596.

    Green, W.H. and G.A. Ampt  (1911)
    Studies on soil physics: I.  Flow
    of air and water through soils.
    Journal of Agricultural Research,
    4_ 1-24.

    Molina, N.M.  (1980) A systematic
    approach to the relative perme-
    ability problem in reservoir sim-
    ulation, Presented at the  Annual
    Fall Technical Exhibition  of the
    Society of Petroleum Engineers.
                                  203

-------
 9.   Morel-Seytoux, H.J.  and J.
     Khanji,  (1975) Equation of
     infiltration with compression and
     counterflow effects, Bull.
     Internat.  Assoc.  Sci. 20(4)
     505-517.

 10.  Muskat, M.,  R.D.  Wykoff,  H.G.
     Botset, and M.W.  Meres (1937)
     Flow of gas-liquid mixtures
     through sands. Transactions,
     American  Institute of Mining,
     Metallurgical, and Petroleum
     Engineers,  123, 69-96.

 11.  Nielson, D.R., M.Th. van
     Genuchten  and  J.W. Biggar (1986)
     Water flow and solute transport
     processes  in the  unsaturated
     zone, Water  Resources Research,
     22_ (9) Supplement, 89S-108S.

 12.  Ng,  K.M.,  H.T. Davis and  L.E.
     Scriven (1978) Visualization of
     blob mechanics in flow through
     porous media.  Chemical  Engineer-
     ing  Science, 33,  1009-1017.

 13.  Osborne, M.  and J. Sykes  (1986)
     Numerical modeling of immiscible
     organic transport at  the  Hyde
     Park landfill, Water Resources
     Research. 22 (1),  25-33.

 14.  Ostendorf, D.W., R.N. Noss and
     D.O. Lederer (1984)  Landfill
     leachate migration through shal-
    low unconfined aquifers. Water
    Resources Research,  20, 291-296.

15. Finder,  G.F. and L.M. Abriola
     (1986) on the simulation of non-
    aqueous  phase organic compounds
    in the subsurface. Water
    Resources  Research, 22  (9)
     (Supplement), 109S - 119S.

16.  Smiedt,  F.  De and P.J. Wierenga
     (1984) Solute transfer through
    column of  glass beads.  Water
    Resources  Research, 20,  225-232.
 17.  Stone,  H.L.  (1973) Estimation of
     the three-phase relative
     permeability and residual  oil
     data, J.  of  Canadian  Pety.  Tech.
     12,  53-61, Environmental Research
     Laboratory,  Athens, GA 30613.

 18.  Wilson, J.L.  and S.H.  Conrad
     (1984)  Is physical displacement
     of  residual  hydrocarbons a
     realistic possibility  in aquifer
     restoration?   In Petroleum
     Hydrocarbons  and Organic
     Chemicals in  Ground Water,
     National  Water Well Association,
     Washington, OH 43085.

               Disclaimer

The  work described  in this paper was
not  funded try the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.  The contents do not
necessarily reflect the views of the
Agency and no official endorsement
should be inferred.
                                 204

-------
             WORLDWIDE PERSPECTIVE ON THE DISPOSAL
             OF SOLID WASTES FROM MINING OPERATIONS

                        Jacek S.  Libicki
                            POLTEGOR
            Powstancow SI.95, 53-332 Wroclaw, Poland
                            ABSTRACT
     Mining operations and minerals treatment produce about  15-
20  billion  tons of solid wastes per year.  The  area  occupied
each  year  for disposal reaches about 500  km2.    Although  the
solid  wastes  from mining (besides radioactive ones)  are  less
hazardous  to the environment than many other industrial  wastes
(mostly  due  to relatively small concentration  of  pollutants)
their  great  volumes have a substantial impact  on  almost  all
components  of  the environment.  This impact is  manifested  in
change  of  original  land  use, and  the  pollution  of  soils,
groundwater,  surface  water  and  air  as  well.   In   various
countries,  very  different  laws  and  regulations,  from  very
stringent  to relatively liberal, are in force for the  disposal
of  mining wastes.  In many countries there are  practically  no
laws  or  regulations in force in regard  to  those  procedures.
Whether the efforts in research and practical implementation are
concentrated  on  waste utilization  and/or  on'  environmentally
accepted  disposal operations depends on the kind and volume  of
wastes, legal status and land management policy in the  country,
or  the  part  of  the country,  where  the  mining  wastes  are
produced.  However, in very many countries no research has  been
conducted until now.  Examples,of research from some  countries,
in different areas of the world, with various economical systems
and degrees of development, are discussed in this paper.   Those
countries  are  Australia, Canada, China,  Federal  Republic  of
Germany,  Poland,  United  Kingdom, Union  of  Soviet  Socialist
Republic and some others.                                 '
INTRODUCTION

  The disposal of solid wastes
resulting   from  mining   and
mineral  treatment has  always
had a deteriorating impact  on
many environmental components.
One  disturbed   environmental
 component is land originally
 used   as  farmland,   forest,
 pasture   or   for    wildlife
 refuges.    Very   often   the
 landscape   is   changed    by
. forming artificial  elevations
                             205

-------
 or  by   filling   in  valleys.
 Sometimes    disposals     sites
 filled  to  a  high  elevation  can
 be dangerous for  the  vicinity
 because   of  the   potential
 landslide    hazard.    Another
 threatened       environmental
 component    is    water,   both
 groundwater  and surface   water
 (rivers, lakes and  even  seas).
 Surface waters   are  disposed
 directly  to the  sea or   lake,
 or indirectly, when rainwater
 percolates    through      the
 disposal     site,     leaches
 pollutants  from  the  material
 and  then  flows to  the   stream
 or      lake.        Groundwater
 pollution  can also be   direct
 or indirect.  Direct pollution
 occurs   when the  wastes  are
 placed  within the aquifer  and
 have  immediate   contact with
 groundwater.          Indirect
 pollution  occurs,  when   the
 disposal site is  located over
 the  aquifer.   In  this case
 rainwater     leaches       the
 pollutants  and percolates  to
 the aquifer,  so the aquifer is
 recharged  with polluted  water.
 Air pollution can be  effected
 by  dust   emission  and   wind
 transportation     of     fine
 particles.  Also  the effect of
 spontaneous combustion of coal
wastes  can cause  gas and smoke
 to spread  around  the  disposal
 area.    Soils    around    the
 disposal areas can be polluted
through    air ,   or     water
propagation   of   pollutants.
The  volume   of   solid  mining
wastes  produced  all over  the
world is estimated to be about
 15 to 20 billion  tons per year
and  the   area  occupied   for
disposal   areas is  about  500
km2.   Therefore,   solid  wastes
 from  mining, because  of  the
large   volumes,    can   cause
important   effects   on   the
 environment;    i.e.,  in   the
 close  vicinity of  operations
 (land use  and air  pollution),
 within   a  radius  of  several
 miles   (groundwater)  and   at
 even longer distances (surface
 water of downstream rivers).

     Various  countries  treat
 this   matter   with   varying
 degrees  of concern  and  give
 it various priorities.   There
 are  also  different  laws  and
 regulations for environmental
 protection.

 PURPOSE

     The purpose of the  paper
 is to give a global review  of
 the    research,    industrial
 practices  and the legal status
 of solid waste  disposal in the
 mining industry.  In order  to
 limit  the size of the  paper,
 selected  countries  will   be
 used  as  examples  and   from
 those  countries some  typical
 issues are presented.  Another
 aim is to  allow the reader the
 opportunity      to       make
 comparisons   with   his   own
 native   experience.  Also  the
 paper    presents   information
 regarding  advanced research in
 particular  countries and  the
 anticipated  future of  mining
 waste disposals.

 APPROACH

 Legal Status

     Three groups of countries
 can be distinguished based  on
 legislation  related to  solid
mining wastes disposal:
 GROUP   I-   countries   where
mining   wastes  disposal   is
 subordinate     to     mining,
 environmental     or  "    land
management      laws       and
                             206

-------
regulations.   This group  can
be    subdivided   into    two
subgroups:   Subgroup  IA   of
countries      where       all
regulations are executed  with
full consistency; and
Subgroup IB of countries where
regulations  exist  but  their
execution  is  sometimes   not
applied   because   industrial
lobbies   are  stronger   than
environmental ones and various
arguments  can  often   obtain
relief,  e.g.,   unemployment,
lack  of foreign currency  for
importation, etc.  To Group  I
belong  such countries as  the
U.S.A.,  U.K.,  Fed.  Rep.  of
Germany,   Poland   and    the
U.S.S.R.   The  classification
into  subgroups is  here  more
difficult   and  delicate   as
regulations differ even within
particular  countries.   GROUP
II-   countries   where   some
mining    and    environmental
regulations  exist, but  their
application  to  mining  waste
disposal   is  so  vague   the
possibility  exists for  their
arbitrary interpretation.   In
these  countries,  the  mining
companies  can  quite   easily
omit   the   regulations   and
obtain  the permit for  wastes
disposal    without    special
limitations.            Spain,
Yugoslavia,  Greece,   Turkey,
some  provinces of Canada  and
Australia (Tasmania), as  well
as  a few more advanced  Third
World countries belong to this
group.
GROUP   III-  countries   where
special  mining waste  disposal
regulations  do not  exist  and
thus  disposal  sites  can   be
effected    in    the     most
convenient  place selected  by
the      mining       company.
Practically  all  Third  World
countries   such   as   China,
Zambia,    Chile,    Columbia,
Papua-New Guinea, Malaysia and
others.     It    should    be
mentioned  here that  in  many
countries, especially those of
federal     structure      the
regulations  concerning  waste
storage  are  left  to   local
(state, provincial,  regional)
authorities.  So, for example,
they  vary between  individual
provinces of Canada or  states
of    Australia.    In    some
countries  where   regulations
are  similar, their differ  in
particular   areas   of    the
country.  An example is Poland
where permit requirements  for
mining waste disposal, and the
execution thereof, are  always
under  the local  authorities.
However, in the U.S.S.R.,  the
local   authority  must   have
approval   of   the    Federal
Ministry   of   Geology    for
minerals     of     nationwide
importance.  In many countries
belonging to these groups, the
problem   exists   of   wastes
disposal  operation  conducted
before  regulations came  into
effect.  Regulations  relating
to     disposal      planning,
construction   and   pollution
control came into effect  only
within  the last 10 to  to  15
years.   These older  disposal
sites are usually treated more
liberally  than new  ones  and
mining companies try to extend
their use as long as possible.
Examples   here  are   Poland,
Canada    and    many    other
countries.

Australia

    Solid  mining  wastes   in
Australia originate  primarily
from   coal   mining   (salted
overburden      and       coal
accompanying strata) and  from
                              207

-------
uranium      mining.        The
regulations   related  to  waste
disposal   are issued   by  each
state.  In  all states,  permits
are  required and  Australia's
first regulations were enacted
during   the    early   1970!s.
States  have various approaches
to   these   operations     and
different  requirements.    The
most    detailed   regulations
relate  to  surface water.    For
instance,   in Victoria   the
polluted   water leaking  from
the   disposal site   to   the
stream  cannot increase   the
stream's   IDS content  by  more
than  500  ppm,  whereas in   the
Northern Territory, TDS  cannot
be   changed   at   all.     The
catchement areas are  divided
into       three       groups-
unrestricted,   restricted   and
non-released.   Waste   disposal
permits  are   commonly  issued
for  15  years with  right of
extension.        If        new
requirements   come into  force
during the disposal  operation
the   company  receives    an
allotted time for  adjustment.
Groundwater         protection
requires   that there  be   no
changes    in    its     original
quality.   Permit  applications
must ..  present    geological
structures,            original
groundwater            quality,
stratigraphic  relations   of
aquifers,   leachability    of
soils  and salinity   release.
Very   often    cutoff   walls,
superficial sealing, or  closed
circulation of polluted  water
is    required.    For    land
protection, disposal sites are
reclaimed  in  ways satisfactory
to   the   local   authorities.
Reclamation   relates   to   both
landscape      shaping       and
revegetation           effected
progressively  in a  reasonable
time.  The period of  allotted
time   for reclamation   is  not
strictly   codified   in   the
regulations   but   must    be
approved    by    the    local
authorities.      Type      of
reclamation    (arable    land,
pasture, forest) is adopted by
the mining company which  runs
the  farm  or ranch  atop  the
reclaimed area.  Depending  on
the  project size,  the  State
Minister    of     Environment
decides    whether   a    full
Environmental Impact Study  is
required   or  a   Preliminary
Environmental    Report   .  is
sufficient.   Public  hearings
are a common procedure  before
decisions are finalized.   The
practical     execution     of
regulations     differs     in
particular  states  with   the
most stringent being  Victoria
and  the  Northern  Territory,
while   more   liberal   areas
include      South   :   Wales,
Queensland, and South and West
Australia    (except     water
protection).   Tasmania remains
the  most liberal  because  of
its interest in attracting new
investments.  Research projects
are financed from Federal  and
State  funds, as well as  from
private  sources.   A  Federal
Agency   called   Commonwealth
Scientific   and    Industrial
Research Organization conducts
basic and applied research and
the  reports are  commercially
available.   A private company,
AMARA, specializing in  mining
research,  operates on  private
contracts.    The  universities
do  not  perform  research  in
this  field.   Priority  mining
waste  disposal research  have
in  sequences salinization  of
water and soils,  conservation
of water (don't use water more
than   necessary)   and   land
                             208

-------
protection  in  the   Northern
Territory  where special  care
is being taken to protect  the
native  style of life and  the
semiaridness  of  the  natural
environment.

Canada

     Canada is a country where
the    mining   and    mineral
industries  comprise  a  large
portion   of   the    national
economy.  However, due to  the
size  of the country  and  the
small  population density  the
mining   industry   is    more
uniformly  dispersed  than  in
Europe.   With few  exceptions
(asbestos in Quebec) there are
no  specific areas where  high
concentrations of mining waste
disposals could be  burdensome
to densely populated environs.
Canada,  like Australia, is  a
Federal  Country and as  such,
its provinces possess a  great
amount   of  independence   in
mining    and    environmental
legislation.   South  of   the
parallel
60'
mineral
resources  and   environmental
protection,  including  mining
wastes  disposal,  is  in  the
hands      of       provincial
authorities.   North  of   the
parallel      60',       these
responsibilities  are  in  the
hands    of    the     Federal
government.    The   exception
being   uranium   mining   and
radioactive   waste   disposal
which remain under the Federal
Government's dicta  throughout
Canada.    Because   most   of
Canada's  mining occurs  south
of    the    parallel     60',
provincial   regulations   and
their     enforcement      are
predominant.   However,    the
Federal   Government   retains
supervisory     control     of
Canadian inland waters but  it
has  executive  authority   to
pass   that   right   to   the
Provinces.  The following laws
governing    mining     wastes
disposal have been passed at
the Federal level:
Fishery    Act-    a     water
protection  law  which  covers
mining since 1977;  provincial
regulations   must   be   more
stringent than this law;
Clean   Air  Act-   a   rather
general  Act  because  federal
rights  are  limited  in  this
domain; detailed  requirements
relate   only   to    asbestos
wastes;
Ocean Dumping Control Act-?  an
Act   which  regulates   waste
dumping, with the exception of
mining   wastes;      Northern
Inland  Waters  Act-  an   Act
which    applies    especially
stringent requirements to  the
Northern Territories; and, the
Environmental    Contamination
Act.

     Assessment     of     the
potential hazard of wastes  is
done   in   accordance    with
U.S.EPA  standards,  but   the
disposal     practices     are
generally more liberal than in
the  USA.  For example,  since
1960  in Northern  Quebec  the
iron ore treatment wastes from
a  mine producing  40  million
tons per year have been dumped
in a particular lake.  Such  a
permit  probably would not  be
issued presently, although the
water pollution in the lake is
less  than would be  expected.
In the same province (70 miles
south  of Quebec City)   exists
the  largest  asbestos  mining
basin  in the  world.   Mining
wastes     disposal      sites
(serpentine   and   containing
asbestos) 50 meters high, with
                             209

-------
little reclamation or  dusting
protection, are located within
close  vicinity  of  towns  of
several thousand  inhabitants.
The   first  attempts   toward
reclamation  have  only   just
begun.   In British  Columbia,
the    AMAX   Co.,   runs    a
molybdenum mine and received a
permit to dump wastes directly
to the ocean.  On the northern
cap  of  Vancouver  Island  at
Port Hardy, the Island  Copper
Mine  (Utah Mine Ltd.) dumps to
the   bay  of  Pacific   Ocean
100,000 tons per day of copper
treatment   wastes  with   the
distance  of wastes  discharge
to  the  open ocean  being  30
kms.  The permit for  disposal
was   preceded   with    tests
showing   Mo   and   Cu   ions
concentration  passing to. the
ocean  water at low rates  but
tests  for other heavy  metals
probably  were not  conducted.
Within   the  bay,  water   is
sampled   at   5    monitoring
stations  twice  a  year  from
depths of 0.5 m, 30 m and  75-
135  m  depending on  the  bay
depth.   Heavy metals such  as
Cu, Mo, Mn, Zn, As and Hg  are
designated  for testing.   The
results show an increase of 20
to 50 percent in these  metals
compared   to   the   original
water.  Fishes and other water
animals  and  plants  did  not
contain a significant increase
of heavy metals.

     Research         programs
concerned with the  influences
of    coal    mining    wastes
disposals    on   the    water
environment  are conducted  by
the   Federal    Environmental
Protection Service in  Ottawa.
High  contents  of Al  (up  to
42,000 ppm), Fe (up to  37,000
ppm),  Cd (up to 0.9 ppm)  and
Hg  (up to 0.13 ppm) have  been
found.  The Geological  Survey
conducts   research   projects
looking for best locations for
radioactive  wastes   disposal
sites   within  the   Canadian
Shield.   On   a   macroscale,
satellite    remote    sensing
techniques are used to  locate
the lineaments which could act
as  a  specialized  route  for
pollutant  migration.   On   a
microscale,  aerial  measuring
of the magnetic field gradient
(with  two  monitors   hanging
vertically one meter below the
airplane)   gives    excellent
results.   Very extensive  and
advanced research is conducted
at the University of  Waterloo
(Ontario)  and the  University
of    British   Columbia    at
Vancouver   to   discern   the
influence  of  waste  disposal
sites  on groundwater  and  on
pollutants    migration     in
groundwater.

China

     The   volume  of   mining
wastes  produced in  China  is
about  one  billion  tons  per
year  and 75 percent  is  coal
mining wastes.  Until recently
there     had     been      no
environmental      regulations
related   to   mining   wastes
storage. The current  practice
in flat areas is a cone shaped
heap  and in the hilly  areas,
slope   dumping   or    valley
filling.  The main sources  of
environmental  pollution   are
dusting, smoke and gasses from
spontaneous combustion and the
leaching   of  pollutants   to
streams.           Groundwater
pollution  presently   remains
undiscussed.  In an attempt to
reduce           environmental
destruction,   research    has
                             210

-------
begun    to    implement    the
utilization   of wastes,   e.g.,
bricks/ cement,   construction;
however, these are  only   first
attempts   and   the   problem
remains far  from  being solved.
Mining    wastes     disposals
practices are still based only
on  technical and  economical
criteria.

Federal Republic  of Germany

     In   the Fed.  Rep.   of
Germany,   the major   mining
wastes  are  coal  wastes.  At  a
production   rate  of  some  85
million tons of coal per  year,
the volume of wastes is   about
75  to 80 million tons.   The
present-day   and  future   waste
management    is   as   follows
(1,2):
  Management
Construction %
Backfilling  %
Disposals    %
1980's  1990's
25-28   25-27
 7-9    17-23
68-64   58-50
Some  80 percent of  all  coal
mining wastes, some 65 million
tons, is produced in the  Ruhr
Coal  Basin where 5.4  million
people  live  on  an  area  of
4,432 km2.  These coal  wastes
disposal    sites    currently
occupy an area of 0.6-1.0  km2
per year where statistics show
900-1200  people  could  live,
and  will, by the  year  2000,
cover   10-15  km2,  an   area
needed   for   about    15,000
people.  Large-scale  problems
of    land   management    are
imaginable taking into account
that  approximately 200  spoil
heaps presently cover an  area
of  some  30  km2.   The  coal
mining  waste  management  and
disposal  in  the  Ruhr   Coal
Basin    is   supervised    by
Kommunalverband     Ruhrgebiet
 (KVR),    an    association   of
 municipalities.     The    KVR
 approach   is  that  no   coal
 wastes  are dumped  on piles  if
 it   is  possible   to   utilize
 them.   So, main efforts  have
 been undertaken in this region
 to   reduce disposal  areas  by
 extending     coal      waste
 utilization    and    thereby
 avoiding              negative
 environmental   effects.   The
 research  efforts  have   been
 concentrating  on two areas  of
 coal  waste utilization.   One
 involves  the increased use  of
 non-treated     wastes     for
 earthworks,  with  6.5  million
 tons per  year  currently  being
 used  for road  and   railway
 embankments,       and      for
 hydrotechnical  constructions,
 with 5.5  million tons per year
 incorporated   into  dams   and
 dikes.  The use of coal wastes
 for    these    purposes    is
 carefully studied  to  assess
 the     impact     of     these
 constructions      on      the
 environment.   A new idea  has
 been to treat the  coal  wastes
 by   mechanical  and   thermal
 methods   in  order  to  obtain
 light  concrete  fillers  that
 might  replace natural  gravel
 or   to   produce   bricks   in
 combination     with     lime.
 Different alternatives  using
 burnt and non-burnt coal waste
 materials  with admixtures  of
 binding     components     are
 examined  at the pilot building
 sites  and  road  construction
 sections.    The  aim  is   to
 evaluate   their    resistance
 against    strong    long-time
 stresses;     however,      the
 implementation    of     these
materials  into actual use  is
 slow.  A  method  of  aluminum
recovery from coal wastes  has
been developed on a laboratory
                             211

-------
scale/  but the  economics  of
the   process  are   poor   at
present      day       prices.
Environmental  assessments  of
these  studies are focused  on
the influences of spoil  heaps
on climate, on air  pollution,
on   soils   development    on
spoils,   on   natural   plant
succession, on quick  covering
with greenery, on the
natural settlement of  animals
on   spoil   tips   and    its
ecological significance and on
extension    of    usage    of
reclaimed terrains.

Poland

     In Poland, as in Germany,
the  solid mining wastes  come
primarily  from  coal   mining
(3).   The  issue  of   wastes
disposal    faces    important
challenges because 50  million
m3    (about    100    million
tons/year)  of coal wastes  is
produced within an area of 650
km2, the Silesian Coal  Basin.
This  is a production rate  of
150,000 tons of coal per  year
per  one  km2 of area  with  a
population   density  of   580
people.     Eventually     the
capacity  of old  coal  wastes
disposal sites located in  the
vicinity  of  mines  will   be
exhausted with the  consequent
need  for new disposal  sites.
Environmental requirements for
the new mining wastes disposal
sites  will be  stricter  than
ones  currently in effect  for
the    older   waste    sites.
Currently,   the  Water   Law,
Mining   Law,    Environmental
Protection    Law,    Farmland
Protection  Law, and  numerous
detail  regulations issued  in
the  1970's  and 80!s  are  in
force. A site study for mining
wastes  disposal  sites   must
comprise a complete evaluation
of its effect on all  elements
of the environment, i.e., land
withdrawal   and   change   of
usage,  effect on surface  and
ground    waters,   and    air
pollution  due  to  fires  and
dusting.   Frequently,   these
requirements               are
contradictory.  For example, a
land  saving  proposal  is  to
store wastes in mined-out sand
pits; but, in turn, those same
sites   afford  the   greatest
hazard     for     groundwater
pollution.    Groundwater   is
taken from the same geological
structures     for     potable
purposes    (buried    glacial
valleys).  The   environmental
study  must  be  approved   by
various   local  or   regional
authorities  (Site   Planning,
Agriculture,         Forestry,
Environmental      Protection,
Health and Epidemiology.  Most
controversial  disposal  sites
are discussed also by local or
regional        Representative
Councils, which supervise  the
administration.  In  addition,
the  five years Site  Planning
Programs   are   exposed   for
public   comment   in    every
municipal   office;  thus,   a
permit   for  a   new   wastes
disposal    site    is    very
difficult  and time  consuming
to    obtain.    To    satisfy
environmental requirements,  a
number  of  research  programs
are under way with  subsequent
implemention  dependent   upon
the  results of the  research.
The   main   topics   are   as
follows:
-   Construction   of    large
central   disposal  sites   in
place  of several local  ones,
to  save land and  to  improve
environmental control.
- New technologies using  belt
                             212

-------
 conveyers and spreaders  (ZGOT
 -100)     to    reach    higher
 elevations and 20 percent more
 capacity for a disposal  site.
 Material  is stored  layer  by
 layer   and  each   layer   is
 compacted,   thus   the   fire
 hazard   is   reduced    (less
 penetration  of  oxygen)    and
 water    percolation     while
 shaping    the   slopes    for
 reclamation  consistent   with
 the future use of the land.
 -  Evaluation  of   pollutants
 leaching from wastes to ground
 and surface waters;  migration
 of  these  pollutants  in  the
 Water     environment;      and
 construction     of     sealed
 disposal  sites or those  with
 closed water circulation.
 - Estimation of dust  emission
 with a specially developed air
 tunnel-type device to  measure
 emission  rate  and  size   of
 drifted particals at different
 wind    velocities   and    to
 determine    their     mineral
 composition.   This device also
 makes  it possible to  evaluate
 the  efficiency  of  different
 reclamation methods.    Special
 computer  software  has   been
 developed  to determine  dust-
 in-air   migration  and   dust
 emission   on   the   adjacent
 areas.
 - Reclamation of the disposal
 sites  with the intended use  of
 the   land  for   agriculture,
 forestry,  and recreation.
 As  can be seen,  the situation
 in  Poland   demands   strict
-regulations  be  enforced and
 large     efforts     for   the
 improvement  of mining  wastes
 disposal procedures.  Although
 an  environmental effect   from
 such    disposal    sites     is
 inevitable, the effect  can   be
 reduced in degree and   limited
 in time.
 United Kingdom

      In  the  U.K.,  the  mining
 wastes are mainly coal  wastes
 (4).   As  a result  of   several
 hundred  years,   many   billion
 tons  of coal  wastes have" been
 placed on the disposal  sites.
 Some   100 million   tons   are
 received  annually.    Disposal
 comes  under  very    strict
 regulations          concerning
 environmental      protection,
 notably   the   Control   of
 Pollution Act (1974),   Deposit
 of Poisonous  Waste  Act  (1972)
 and    a  number    of    other
 regulations   which   are  very
 strictly      enforced.       A
 tremendous amount of work also
 has    been    done   for    the
 reclamation   of   old  disposal
 sites.    For  example, :   the
 Midland  Region  has   had   a
 carefully  planned   project.
 Landscape is reclaimed with
 consideration    for    local
 conditions, including   hedges,
 stone  walls,  etc.   Thousands
 of     hectares   have   been
 reclaimed     using     these
 excellent          techniques.
 Presently,      the       main
 reclamation   efforts   tend  to
 utilize coal  mining wastes  for
 various purposes, such  as:
 -   road   embankments    (the
 Transport Ministry has   issued
 Technical Memoranda  approving
 coal    waste  utilization   on
 Government contracts),
      railway ;     embankments
 (progress  has  been  recently
 observed in this  field, though
 British  Rail   specifications
 differ   from  those  of   the
Transport Department),
     hydrotechnics     (canals,
rivers,   seashore   defenses;
 (requires a careful  selection
of wastes in view of the  type
of application),
                             213

-------
- reservoirs  (settling  ponds
and preliminary work concerned
with  the use  of coal  wastes
for the construction of  water
retaining structures)
-  for  impermeable  lining  of
more  harmful wastes  disposal
sites  (coal wastes in the  UK
are highly impermeable)
-  restoration  of   depressed
areas  (old  excavations)   or
damaged  areas - admixture  to
the concretes for making minor
roads, parking sites, etc.
- reinforced soil structures
- light weight aggregates
- building blocks
- brick making
- admixtures to cement.
When   the  coal  wastes   are
impossible   to  utilize   and
subsequently  must be  stored,
the    Environmental    Impact
Assessment (EIA) is  necessary
to   identify   the   negative
effects  of disposal  and  the
methods  of  utilization   and
reclamation as well  (5).   The
study should stress the change
in    land   use    and    the
agricultural   management   of
dumping     grounds.       EIA
comprises adequate blank forms
which, when completed, allow a
comparison  between  different
alternatives and make a  basis
for  discussions  with   local
authorities.   At  a  regional
level,   it  is  intended   to
identify  disadvantages  which
can  result from a  change  in
the land use.

USSR

     Currently,   some    1400
under-  ground mines and  more
than  6300  open pits  are  in
operation  for the  extraction
of   mineral   products.    In
general,  the area damaged  by
mining  is about  1.3  million
hectares (without  peat-land).
The national economy's  demand
for mineral products and fuels
over   the  next  10-15   year
period will require additional
mining  on an area of  greater
than   1   million   hectares.
About  twenty percent of  this
area   is   for   mine   waste
disposal  sites.   The  mining
wastes  are  broken  up   into
three  groups:  solid,  liquid
and volatile wastes.  In 1975,
the   yield  of   wastes   and
sterile  rock  in  mining  all
over  the country  attained  8
billion  tons and 98% of  this
volume   was  dumped  to   the
disposal   sites.   The   area
covered by disposal  increases
year   by  year  because   the
useful mineral content in  the
mined  material decreases  due
to  deterioration of  geologic
conditions.  The mining wastes
disposal sites and spoil heaps
in Krivbass can be given  here
as an example.  They cover  an
area of above 16,000  hectares
where  more than 2 billion  m3
of   wastes  from   iron   ore
upgrading are placed.  In  the
Ural  ore mining  region,  one
fourth  of  the mined  ore  is
dumped  on  to  the   disposal
sites.   A  share  of  capital
costs   for  construction   of
disposal sites comprises  8-10
percent  and 2 percent of  the
labor  cost  is  allocated  to
their maintenance.

     In   the   USSR,    legal
regulations     are      valid
concerning    protection    of
useful   mineral    resources.
Rules  on  how  to  turn  over
these  resources to  the  user
are proscribed and fundamental
rights and duties of the  user
are  defined.  Mining  permits
are issued by a Republican  or
                              214

-------
Territorial    Inspector    of
Mines,   after   having   been
agreed    upon    with     the
supervisory  services  of  the
USSR's Ministry of Geology.  A
company   receives  a   mining
permit   where   its    duties
concerning     the     correct
utilization    of     minerals
including  waste disposal  are
specified.   In  the  planning
and designing of mines, up  to
20  percent  of  the  area  of
withdrawn land is assigned for
the   overburden  and   wastes
disposals.  Sterile rocks  and
wastes  are  used  for   back-
filling  of workings,  railway
embankments and production  of
building     materials     and
structures.   However,  it  is
less  than  2 percent  of  the
total  volume.  A present  day
trend is to manage the  mining
wastes    problem   in    four
directions:   1) reduction  of
mining   solid  waste   volume
through improvement of  mining
operations,  2) use of  mining
wastes      during      mining
operations, 3) development  of
minerals  treatment  processes
to  make  use of  all  mineral
products, and 4) mining wastes
utilization       in       the
accompanying  productions  and
branches of national  economy.
In    the   USSR,    extensive
research  is conducted in  the
field  of   hydrogeochemistry;
many of the results find their
application   in   determining
effects   of   mining   wastes
disposal    on    groundwater.
Research centers in Moscow and
Leningrad are the leading ones
in   this  field,   and   P.M.
Boczewier,   A.E.   Oradowska,
P.J.     Polubarinowa-Koczina,
W.N.  Szestakow, N.V.  Weregin
and  W.A. Mironienko have  the
most interesting achievements.
Other Countries

    In  some  other   European
countries,    mining    wastes
disposal  is still taken  very
liberally.   For  example,  in
Spain,   mining   wastes   are
dumped   into  the   sea   and
reclamation  is  not  strictly
required.  Similar  situations
exist  in  Yugoslavia  and  in
Greece.  These countries  have
just  started  to  talk  about
detrimental  effects   arising
from such procedures and about
the  necessity  of  tightening
restrictions in the field.

     In the African countries,
no environmental  requirements
are  valid in practice.   Only
the  most  drastic  violations
(e.g.,   waste  disposal   up-
stream  of  the  river   where
water  intakes for a city  are
located below)  are  criticized
and preliminary discussions on
their necessary constraint are
slow  in starting.  A  similar
situation   occurs   in    the
countries  of  Southern  Asia,
from   Turkey  through   Iraq,
Iran,   India,    Thailand   to
Malaysia,  and in  Oceania  as
well.  In Papua-New Guinea for
example,  the  Government  has
shares    in    the    mineral
investments       and       as
shareholder, assumes a liberal
attitude  towards  the  action
for environmental  regulations
because  this  increases   the
costs of projects.

     In  those  countries,  no
research on the  environmental
effect  of  mining  wastes  is
being conducted, although such
research  has been  undertaken
recently  in  some   countries
such  as  Spain,   Yugoslavia,
India.   The  United   Nations
                             215

-------
Environment Program  developed
the    recommendations     for
environmental  protection   in
mining,     including     some
recommendations   for   mining
wastes  disposal  sites,   and
disseminated   them   to   all
governments   in   the   early
1980's.   The aim was to  help
the governments of Third World
countries  but the action  was
not as successful as had  been
expected.

SUMMARY

     1.   Definition of  solid
mining  wastes is  not  clear.
In  some countries  overburden
from  open pit  operations  is
considered    as        wastes
(Australia)   and  in   others
where it consists of sands and
clays   (Poland,  Germany)   as
non-waste  material.   In  the
world  scale  the  output   of
solid  mining wastes is 15  to
20 million tons per year.
     2.   Huge  disposals   of
solid  mining wastes,  despite
mostly  low  concentration  of
harmful   components,   effect
considerable  impact  on   the
land use, as well as pollution
of  surface,  groundwater  and
air.
     3.   The legal status  of
solid  mining wastes  disposal
is  very different in  various
countries  - from very  strict
to    very    liberal.     The
strictness   of    regulations
depends    mostly    on    the
economical situation, but also
on the relations of mining  to
urbanized     areas.      Rich
countries    with    dispersed
mining  are more liberal  than
poorer     countries      with
concentrated       operations.
Often    the   execution    of
legislation  is . more  liberal
than the regulations.  Permits
for  new  disposal  sites  are
always  more  difficult   than
operation    of   under    old
permits.
     4.   The research on solid
mining  wastes disposal  sites
in  advanced  countries   with
concentrated  mining  is   now
more      oriented      toward
environmentally       accepted
utilization  of  those  wastes
(due to shortage of land).  In
advanced    countries     with
dispersed  mining is  oriented
more   toward    environmental
aspects of disposals. The real
research  in  this  field   is
carried in about 20 countries.
     5.   As the  understanding
of    environmental    hazards
produced   by   solid   mining
wastes       disposal       is
disseminated around the world,
it should be expected that  it
will  be  strictly   regulated
until  the end of this  decade
in    economically    advanced
countries and until the end of
the  next decade all over  the
world.
                             216

-------
REFERENCES

1.  Schmidt  H.G.,  1984.  The
activities   of   a   Regional
Administrative    Union     of
Municipalities   of   a   Coal
Mining  District the Field  of
Reclamation,  Treatment,   and
Utilization of Mining  Wastes.
Proceeding of the Symposium of
National Coal Board  Minestone
Executive.   Durham,   England
1984.

2.   Empfehlungen fur das  Auf
und   Abhalden   vonSteinkhlen
aufnicht   standig    genutzen
Lagern. 1975. FRGBB 23015.

3.    Libick  J.,   Niemcewicz
J.1985, Construction of  Large
Coal Waste and     Power Plant
Ash   Disposal  in   View   of
Environmental       Protection
Proceedings  of  International
Congress       on       Wastes
Utilization. Katowice, Poland,
1985.

4. Turnbull d., 1984, the Role
of the Minestone Executive  in
British   Mining   and   Civil
Engineering Proceedings of the
Symposium  of  National   Coal
Board   Minestone   Executive,
Durham, England 1984.
5.   Selman,  P.   H.,   1984.
Environmental  Assesments   of
Projects and Plans. Method for
the  Strategic  Appraisal   of
Waste    Disposal     Impacts.
Proceedings  of the  Symposium
of    National   Coal    Board
Minestone Executive.   Durham,
England 1984,

6.  Mosintz,  W.N.  -  Okhrana
Okrujushtshey   Sredie    Pree
Proyectovanyu  y   Expolataciy
Rudnikov. Moscow, 1981.
          DISCLAIMER

The  work  described  in  this
paper  was not  funded by  the
U. S. Environmental Protection
Agency.   The contents do  not
necessarily reflect the  views
of the Agency and no  official
endorsement     should      be
inferred.
                             217

-------

-------
   DISTRIBUTION OF FLOW RATES AND TRACER BREAKTHROUGH TIMES IN FIELD SOIL

                             Andrew S. Rogowski
                USDA-ARS, Northeast Watershed Research Center
                         University Park, PA  16802
                                  ABSTRACT
     An experimental 0.3 m thick clay liner was ponded for 1  year.  During
that time inflow, outflow and change in density were routinely monitored at
250 locations.  Results suggest that initial increase and final leveling off
of the density values could be associated with water passing into the clay
matrix.  Increase in density was accompanied by increased outflow which sub-
sequently declined and leveled off at twelve months.  These changes were
associated with leaching and precipitation of Fe and Mn and method of
computation.  Tracer breakthrough times were consistently faster than water
flow rates, although initial water1 breakthrough times following ponding were
similar to tracer breakthrough times.  Results suggest that water and solutes
moved in the clay through a small portion of total porosity only.
INTRODUCTION

     Relationship between laboratory
measurements and field transport of
water and solutes through compacted
clay liners have become a focus of
attention (3).  Although commonly
used liner evaluation criteria in-
clude flow measurement on core
samples, such measurements seldom
if ever represent the permeability
of the liner as a whole, which may
be as much as several orders of
magnitude different from lab values.
While some organic and inorganic
chemicals that react with the clay
matrix have a profound influence on
permeability characteristics of com-
pacted clays (2), most solutes that
do not react with the clay matrix
are assumed to move through at the
same rate as water (5).  There is,
however, sufficient evidence in
literature (15) to show that this
is not always the case.  Breakthrough
times appear to be faster and arrival
concentrations higher than what would
be predicted on the basis of apparent
water flux.
PURPOSE

     In the early stages of this
study a survey of literature was
carried out (8), experimental facil-
ity was constructed, and a clay liner
and instrumentation were installed
using industry methods and equipment.
Preliminary results are given in (9)
and (10).  Subsequently, an updated
report on liner performance was pre-
pared (11), and two other publica-
tions dealt with chemical composi-
tion of outflow (12) and variability
considerations (13).  In this paper,
based on one year of data, distribu-
tion of average water flux in time
                                    219

-------
 and  in space  will  be  considered
 along  with transport  of  Br~  tracer
 at selected locations.

     The  primary objective of  this
 study  was to  evaluate spatial  and
 temporal  distributions of outflow in
 a compacted experimental clay  liner
 large  enough  to be  considered  repre-
 sentative of  a field  site.   The sec-
 ondary objectives were to examine
 the  fate  of introduced tracer  at se-
 lected locations, to  evaluate  moni-
 tored  outflow in surrounding drains
 and  to compute travel times, flow ,
 pathways,  and breakthrough
 concentrations.
APPROACH

     The testing facility consisted
of a bridge-like 9 x 23 m (30' x 75')
reinforced concrete platform shown in
Figure 1.  A 0.9 x 0.9 m (3' x 3')
grid of leachate collection drains
underlying compacted soil was comple-
mented by a 0.9 x 0.9 m (3' x 3')
grid of 0.3 m (11") diameter buffered
infiltration cylinders at the
surface.  Figure 2 shows the sampling
grids used in the study, their origin
(0,A) was the southwest corner of the
platform.

     Imbedded in the floor of the
platform and positioned horizontally
across the facility were the lower
of the 24 access tubes for the mea-
surement of density using the
Troxler1 dual gamma probe.  Position-
ed on the clay surface and situated
exactly 0.3 m (11) above the lower
access tubes were the upper access
tubes.  The attenuation measurements
were made on a 0.9 x 0.9 m (31 x 3')
                   Figure 1.  Clay liner testing facility.
          mention of trade names in this publication does not constitute, an
endorsement of the product by the U.S. Department of Agriculture over other
products not mentioned.
                                    220

-------
            01 2'3 456789

















































































































.































,




0 1

..
• ®


2

5
•


3
—
•
®
(S)

4

®
•
•

5
®
•
M
®

6

®
•
•

7
—
•
«
.

8

c«
•
•

9
<•>
—
•
w
*

                                                   01 23456789
                                                     £3ii
                                                    &
                                                       SI
                                                     S.&
                                                       :**
                                                          it
                                                          I
          . 240 DUAL PROBE DENSITY • 250 INFILTRATION CYLINDERS  Q OUTFLOW MONITORED
           READING SITES         AND UNDERDRAWS         H TRACER APPLIED
                            ® 35 CYLINDERS STARTED INITIALLY
                   a.                  b.                 c.
       Figure 2.  Experimental 3 x  3 ft  (0.91  x  0.91  m)  grids used in
                  measuring  (a) bulk density,  (b)  infiltration and
                  outflow, (c) tracer  breakthrough.
grid with a gamma source  (Cs137)  in
the lower tube and the detector in
the upper tube.  The degree of at-
tenuation was used to compute wet
density, or changes in wet density
in a conical volume of soil between
the source and the detector.

     Clay soil  (Typic hapludult)
used as the liner material was the
B-horizon of a commercially avail-
able cherty silt loam from  central
Pennsylvania.   It was compacted wet
of optimum to greater than  90$
Standard Proctor  (8), it  is classi-
fied as a CL type having  a  permeabil-
ity of  1.10 to  1.76  x 10~8  cm/sec as
determined in the laboratory  with a
falling head permeameter  at  901 maxi-
mum density and a gradient  of about
20.  Mineralogically the soil miner-
alogy is dominated by a mixture of
illite and kaolinite with minor
amounts of montmorillonite.

     After the liner was constructed,
instrumented and, ponded, water level
was maintained constant with an auto-
matic constant head tank.  Similarly,
each of the infiltration cylinders
and evaporation pans were  equipped
with 1 litre Mariotte constant head
bottles set to the same level as  in
the ponded water outside.  Individual
leachate drains were routed to the
outside of the platform and leachate
was collected in appropriately sized
containers.  Simultaneous  readings
of water level changes in  a grid  of
evaporation pans gave the  necessary
                                     221

-------
 correction to be applied to ring in-
 filtration data.  Corresponding to
 each set of ring and drain data
 (Figure 2b) a set of wet density
 readings was taken (Figure 2a) with
 the Troxler1 dual gamma probe.

      Collection of infiltration,
 leachate and evaporation data began
 immediately after ponding (9).
 Initially, the data were collected
 daily with subsequent transition to
 weekly intervals.  Soon after pond-
 ing it became apparent that the in-
 filtration cylinders and leachate
 drains situated next to the side-
 walls in lower density zones were
 responsible for a large portion of
 infiltration and drainage.   The
 leachate from all drains near the
 sidewalls was therefore isolated,
 combined into one sump and  measured
 separately from the central matrix
 of  184 remaining individual drains
 and rings.

      Tracer  studies were initiated
 at  the conclusion of  the main
 experiment.   To prepare the  tracer,
 1 gram molecular  weight of  KBr
 (119.0 g) was dissolved in  1L of
 water  to give 1M  solution of  Br~
 (79.9  g/L).   Either 50  or 100 mJi of
 this  solution were  diluted with
 ponded water  to 2000  mS, and added to
 15  rings (Figure  2c)  in one,  two, or
 three  2000 mi increments  depending
 on  the  hydraulic  flux rate and ex-
 pected  travel  times.  At  the  time
 tracer  solution was applied to  rings
 initial  (time  = 0)  samples of
 leachate from  underlying  drain  and 8
 (or 5)  surrounding drains were  taken.
 Sampling of leachate was  continued at
 suitable intervals  depending on  the
volume of accumulated outflow.
Leachate samples were analyzed  for
Br~ content using ion specific
bromide electrode.

     The data were analyzed using
geostatistical techniques of
 structural analysis and kriging.
 Kriging provides minimum variance
 estimates of a property over an area,
 and variogram analysis delineates the
 extent of structural dependence of
 parameters studied.
 RESULTS

 Distribution of Density and Outflow
 in Time

      Figure 3 shows changes in mean
 wet bulk density observed in the soil
 and contains chronology of events
 from one month after it was laid down
 and compacted (10/30/84)  through
 ponding on 3/26/85  and finally drain-
 ing on 7/23/86.   A  rapid increase in
 density after ponding followed by a
 more gradual rise for the next 9
 months could be indicative of pro-
 gressive soil matrix saturation.   At
 the time of ponding average moisture
 content averaged 18.1? by weight,
 while moisture contents after the
 liner was drained and 3"  cores  were
 removed for analysis averaged 18.5?.
 The  0.4? change  in  moisture content
 by  weight translates to only about  7
 kg/m3 increase  in density,  consider-
 ably less then  the  average  60  kg/m3
 increase shown  in Figure  3.   Could
 the  swelling  against the  upper access
 tubes  with  accompanying compaction  be
 responsible?  On  the  average, verti-
 cal  swelling  of  the  liner was found
 to be  on the  order of  1 to  2 mm,
 hardly enough to materially  increase
 compaction.  We must  therefore con-
 clude  that  although  on the average
 water  content changes were only 0.4?
 by weight enough locations changed
 3.5? or more to account for the 60
 kg/m3  changes in density.  A clue to
what might have happened comes from
Veihmeier tube samples taken immedi-
ately after ponded water was
withdrawn.  These gave water contents
as high as 25? by weight for some
locations where water was observed
                                    222

-------
CO
    2240
    2220
    2200
 z
 Q  2180
            POND
                                                                        END
           DJ   FMAMJJASONDJ  FMAMJJ
                               •1985-
                  1986-
       Figure 3.   Average density (wet)  measured with dual gamma probe.
 standing in the tube holes after the
 sample-was removed.  Discrepancy be-
 tween Veihmeier samples and 3" cores
 .suggests initial slow drainage of
 macropore matrix as opposed to little
 or no changes in the micropore
 matrix.   Large fluctuations in densi-
 ty between (3/85 to 5/85) necessitat-
 ed probe repair.  Subsequently, a
 gradual  increase in density continued
 through  the first half of 3/86 when
 readings stabilized.  Fluctuations
 from 3/86 until the end are only
 slightly larger than experimental
 error which allows standard count to
 vary within ± 200 cpm or +8.7
 kg/m3.

      Figure 4 shows the average out-
 flow rate during the study period.
 The upper curve represents the outer
 66 drains along the walls and the
 lower curve shows the inner 184
 drains.   The two are distinguished
 by differences in the extent of
 compaction.  The inner zone was com-
 pacted with a crawler tractor and
 sheepsfoot roller while a small vi-
 bratory  roller and jackhammer were
 used in the outer zone.  Values be-
yond 4/86 reflect other studies con-
ducted on the liner, such as chemical
sampling (11) and tracer studies,
when Br~ tracer was added.  An in-
creasing infiltration rate (12) in
the first nine months after ponding
could signify increasing matrix satu-
ration and replacement of pore air
with infiltrating water.  As we have
seen however, micropore matrix water
content change was only 0.4$ by
weight.  The apparent increase in
outflow rate shown requires there-
fore an alternate explanation.  In
flooded sediments (1, 14) decomposi-
tion of organic matter (i.e.,  layer
of burlap below the clay) proceeds at
a slower rate.  The end products of
metabolism as well as microorganisms
responsible differ from those found
at well aerated sites.  The dominant
species are the anaerobic bacteria.
The change from aerobic to anaerobic
metabolism leads to depletion of Q£
and a shift towards a more negative
oxidation reduction potential.  Under
these conditions soil manganese and
iron are reduced and their solubili-
ties increase.  Since pH of our soil
is 4.2 ± 0.4, ferrous iron can
                                    223

-------
       s.
        O
        X
        CO
          200
           150
        O
        UL
        I—
        ID
        O
           100
50
             0
             OUT
                                                   END
               MAMJJASONDJFM'Af

              	1985	+	1986-
                                               J  J
       Figure 4.  Average outflow rate during a one
-------
             SUMMATION 4/30/86
                                               SUMMATION 4/30/86
Figure 5.  Outflow flux x 10 7 em/sec, drains, raw data, one year summation.
logmormally distributed, and the mean
flux evaluated on the basis of log
transformed data was 16 x 10~7.  The
flux at three months was not log-
normally distributed.  Using a log
transformed mean under those circum-
stances would result in erroneous
mean flux value of 4 x 10~7 cm/sec.
Although it is usually assumed that
hydraulic conductivity and flux data
follow a lognormal distribution cal-
culated values may indeed be in
error unless the lognormality of data
values is first verified.  It appears
that infiltration and outflow in clay
need to stabilize before reliable re-
sponse values are obtained.  How long
that may take would likely depend on
individual cases.  In our 0.3 m (1
foot) thick liner it took about 10 to
12 months.

     When 12 month outflow values
were kriged their mean increased on
the average 20 percent, while the
variance declined anywhere from 30 to
50 percent.  For the log transformed
data where applicable, the mean stay-
ed about the same while decline in
variance was quite similar to the un-
transformed data.  Variogram analy-
sis suggested that the range for the
log transformed data is approximately
one-half that of the untransformed
values with the sill variance ex-
plaining only about one-half of the
random variation (nugget effect)
present on the scale smaller than the
range (4).  From variogram analysis a
continuity range for hydraulic con-
ductivity was found to be about 10 m
(30 ft), and kriging estimates were
observed to have a variance of (14 to
25 x 10"? cm/sec)2.  Advantage of
geostatistics in spatial interpola-
tion lies in its ability to provide
optimal (minimum variance) estimates
of spatially distributed values.
                                    225

-------
Tracer Studies
     In Figures 6 and 7 relative con-
centrations of tracer are shown for
drain clusters under the ring to
which Br~ solution was applied.  In
Figure 6 breakthrough occurred first
through one of the side drains rather
than the drain immediately below the
spiked ring.  In contrast, Figure 7
shows the case where breakthrough oc-
curred in the drain immediately below
the spiked ring.  Sensitivity of the
measuring technique declines with
decreasing concentration and values
below 10"^ C/Co are not included.
For the A3 cluster (Figure 6) most
of the C/Co concentrations are larger
then 10"1* C/Co, while for the G5
cluster very many are smaller.  For
both clusters, but more so for the G5
there appears to be one primary con-
tributing drain with several lesser
contributions from surrounding
drains.  The data were not in the
             form of classical curve,  probably be-
             cause insufficient time has  elapsed.
             However,  since G5 recovery approached
             85% a step function type  of  curve,
             suggesting macropore flow, is likely.

                  Figures 8 and 9 illustrate  cum-
             mulative  leachate concentration  of
             Br"~ as a  function of time (hrs)  for
             the same  drain clusters as shown in
             Figures 6 and 7,  and Table 1  shows
             breakthrough times, and amounts  of
             tracer recovered  for all  sites.
             Recoveries as high as 84$ for G5 site
             and 43? for A3 site suggest  that only
             a small fraction  of total porosity
             acts as.a conduit for water  moving
             through the clay.  Results also  sug-
             gest existence of primary pathways to
             G5 and A4 drains  and several  lesser
             secondary pathways through which
             about 1$  of the tracer moves. In
             Table 1 tabulated outflow rates  for
         _  10
          o
         O  10
         §  ID'2
         y  *>-3
         8  10-<
           *
         d  io~5
             10-
I I
- v v v
V • ^7
V r. V
- v v v
A v V V
^f VW \^^ ^^
fm w ^^ »^»
.^7 * f A T
- ^ A A —
• ^o •
I
0 AA
V AA
oA2
AA3
vA4
• B2
*B4

100      200      300
      TIME (hrs)
                                                         400
  Figure 6.   Relative concentration  of  Br~  in outflow from.underlying A A3,
             and surrounding o  AA2,  7 AA4,  o A2, A A3, V A4, • B2, A B3 and
             T B4 drains  below  the ring to  which tracer was applied.
                                   226

-------
t\J
o° 1°~1
7^ -2
y 10
g 10'3
0 -4
0 10
1 — B 1-
LJJ 10
cc
.^-6
I
A
A AAAA AA~
^ A 3 ^V V ^§-V"

~A T vo fi v v°? ^ ^ V^
As\ J« O ^^J V
O o *
— '" • • ~~


oG4
AQ5
vQ6
• H4
TH6






         10
100      200      300     400
      TIME  (hrs)
Figure  7.  Relative  concentration of Br  in outflow from underlying  A G5,
          and surrounding o G4,  V G6, • H4, A H5, and ? H6 drains below
          the ring  to which tracer was applied.
        O
               0    100   200   300    0    100   200  300   400
                             CUMULATIVE TIME (hrs)
       Figure 8.  Relative cumulative concentration of  Br  in leachate
                 from A3 and surrounding drains.
                                  227

-------
   ~  10.0
   0°    '

   ~ 0.001
             G4
F4
G4
H4
F5
G5
H5
F6
G6
H6
H5
           0    100   200   300    0    100   200   300   400

                         CUMULATIVE TIME (hrs)
  Figure 9.   Relative cumulative concentration of Br~ in leachate
             from G5 and surrounding drains.

 TABLE  1.  Breakthrough times for Br~ tracer and water1, cumulative
          tracer concentration (C/Co) recovered and flux outflow
          rate for a drain subtending spiked ring.
 Ring
                 Breakthrough
Tracer
Water
                            C/Co
                                                        Flux Rate
                hrs
              hrs
                            10"" 7 Cm/sec
AA7
A3
D7
F1
G5
JO
^
M7
01
09
Q5
S1
T5
V8
X3
26
30
29
25-
47
170
>265
53
48
48
7
54
161
167
25
48
24
144
192
144
48
158
72
312
48
144
312
192
144
144
5
43
24
2
84
2
2
29
<1
10
: 4
2
1
3
6
11
80 .
26
19
19
11
2
35
9
8
138
2
19
14
33
1 Approximate breakthrough times  for  water following ponding on
 3/26/85, drains checked for  outflow twice on the first day
 after ponding then at  2,  3,  6,  7, 8,  9, 10, 13 and 15 days.

2Breakthrough at M2,  M3 and M4 at  7  hrs none at L3.
                              228

-------
drains corresponding to drains under
the ring to which tracer Br~ was
applied are shown.  If we were to
assume that a tracer travels in a
straight 0.3 m long path from i.e.,
ring G5 to drain G5 its travel time
appears to be considerably faster
than the measured flux rate.  Various
explanations could be advanced for
the discrepancy with perhaps the most
plausible being anion exclusion which
tends to reduce cross sectional area
available for Br" transport particu-
larly at pH values of leachate  (pH 8)
observed in our study (11).  An
alternate explanation may be that
although both water and tracer move
at a similar rate they move only
through a small fraction,of total
porosity.  Our early records indicate
that for the G5 drain cluster outflow
began about 144 hours after ponding
compared to 47 hours for tracer
breakthrough, and for A3 drain  clus-
ter it  began about  24 hours after
ponding compared to 30 hours for
 REFERENCES

 1.   Bouma,  J.,  1983,  Hydrology and
     Soil  Genesis  of Soils  with
     Aquatic Moisture  Regimes, In:
     Pedogenesis and Soil Taxonomy
     1.   Concepts  and  Interactions,
     L.P.  Wilding, N.E.  Smeek, and
     G.F.  Hall  (eds.), pp.  253~279.

 2.   Brown,  K.W.,  and  D.C.  Anderson,
     1983, Effects of  Organic Solvents
     on the  Permeability of Clay
     Soils,  EPA-600/2-83-016, U.S.
     EPA,  Cincinnati,  OH,  153 p.

 3.   Daniel, D.A., 1985, Clay Liners
     Where Do We Go from Here?  In:
     Proceedings,  International Con-
     ference on New Frontiers for
     Hazardous Waste Management,
     September, EPA-600/9-85/025, U.S.
     EPA, Cincinnati,  OH,  pp. 266-273.
tracer breakthrough.  The discrep-
ancy between the flux rates computed
from outflow volumes and breakthrough
times appears to be in the method of
defining the flux density (6) as the
unit'volume of water (cm3) passing
through unit area (cm2) in unit time
(sec.).  From a practical point of
view, even if design criteria for a
clay liner are met  (flux rate of 10"7
cm/sec or better), true travel times
for water and associated solutes may
be several orders of magnitude higher
because the effective porosity
through which the transport actually
takes place is on the order of 0.1 or
less of the total porosity.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     The support of this study by
U.S. EPA, through Interagency Agree-
ment No. DW12930303-01-0 with USDA
is acknowledged.
     Journel, A.G., and Ch.J.
     Huijbregts,  1978, Mining
     Geostatistics, Academic
     Press,  NY,  600 p.

     Jury, W.A.,  1982, Simulation of
     Solute  Transport Using a Trans-
     fer  Function Model, Water
     Resour.  Res., Vol.  18, No.  2,
     pp.  363-368.

     Kirkham D.,  and W.L.  Powers,
     1972, Advanced Soil Physics,
     Wiley Interscience, NY,  534 p.

     Nye, P.H.,  and P.B. Tinker, 1977,
     Solute  Movement  in  the Soil-Root
     System, Univ. of California
     Press,  Los  Angeles, CA,  342 p.

     Rogowski,  A.S.,  and E.B.  Richie,
     1984, Relationship  of Laboratory
     and Field Determined  Hydraulic
                                     229

-------
        Conductivity in Compacted Clay
        Soils, In:  Proceedings,  16th
        Mid-Atlantic Industrial Waste
        Conference, M.D. LaGrega  and
        D.A. Long (eds.), Technomic
        Publ. Co., Inc., Lancaster, PA
        17604.

    9.   Rogowski, A.S.,  1985,  Effective-
        ness of a Compacted Clay  Liner
        in Preventing Ground Water
        Contamination, In:   Proceedings,
        5th National Symposium on
        Aquifer Restoration and Ground
        Water Monitoring, May, National
        Water Well Assn., Worthington,
        OH, pp. 412-429.

   10.   Rogowski, A.S.,  B.E. Weinrich,
        and D.E.  Simmons, 1985, Perme-
        ability Assessment  in  a Compact-
        ed Clay Liner, In:   Proceedings,
        8th Annual Madison  Waste
        Conference,  September, Univ.  of
        Wisconsin, Madison,  WI, pp.  315-
        336.

   11.   Rogowski,  A.S.,  1986,  Hydraulic
        Conductivity of  Compacted Clay
        Soils,  In:   Proceedings,  12th
        Annual  Research  Symposium,
        EPA-600/9-86/022, U.S.  EPA,
        Cincinnati,  OH,  pp.  29-39.

   12.   Rogowski,  A.S.,  1986b, Degree
        of Saturation, Hydraulic  Con-
        ductivity and Leachate Quality
     in a Compacted Clay Liner, In:
     Ground Water Hydrology,
     Contamination, and Remediation,
     R.M. Khanbilvardi and J. Fillos
     (eds.), Scientific Publications
     Co., Washington, DC, pp. 339-
     353-

13.  Rogowski, A.S.,  D.E. Simmons,
     and B.E. Weinrich, 1987, Vari-
     ability of Infiltration in a
     Clay Layer of a Typic Hapludult,
     In:  Proceedings, International
     Conference on Infiltration,
     Development and Application,
     Yu-Si Fok (ed.), Univ. of Hawaii
     at Manoa, Honolulu,  HI, pp. 502-
     525.

14.  Stevenson, F.J., 1985, Cycles
     of Soil Carbon,  Nitrogen,
     Phosphorus, Sulfur,  Micro-
     nutrients, John  Wiley & Sons,
     NY, 380 p.

15.  White,  R.E.,  1985, The Influence
     of Macropores on the Transport
     of Dissolved and Suspended Mat-
     ter through Soil,  In:   Advances
     in Soil Science, B.A.  Stewart
     (ed.),  Springer  Verlag,  NY,
     Vol. 3.
                                Disclaimer

The work described in this paper was not funded by the U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect  the  views  of
the Agency and no official endorsement should  be inferred.
                                      230

-------
             STABILIZATION OF ENZYMES USED TO DEGRADE PESTICIDES
           Daniel R. Coleman, F. Reese Frazer, Douglas B. Rivers,
             Thomas R. Tice, Thomas 0. Dappert, David W. Mason
                         Southern Research Institute
                         Birmingham, AL  35255-5305
                                  ABSTRACT

     As the active ingredients of formulations used to decontaminate soil and
equipment contaminated1with toxic materials such as pesticides, enzymes offer
several inherent advantages and, certainly, some limitations.  Because of the
catalytic nature of enzymes, each molecule of enzyme could destroy countless
molecules of the contaminating toxic compound.  Moreover, this destruction
takes place under mild conditions of temperature, pressure,  and solvent.  The
principal limitation in the use of enzymes is the inherent instability of
many enzymes, during both storage and  application.  Our  studies have been
directed toward developing an enzyme preparation which is stabilized against
extremes of pH, temperature, and exposure to organic solvents.  Using the
model enzyme subtilisin, we have investigated several stabilizing methods
including crosslinking, gel entrapment, covalent attachment,  and microencap-
sulation.  The stabilities of these preparations have been determined in
various decontaminating formulations.
INTRODUCTION

Covalent Crosslinking

      Covalent  crosslinking  is  a well-
documented method  of stabilizing
enzymes  (1,2).   We have  studied the
stabilization  of subtilisin by cross-
linking  with  glutaraldehyde.   Commer-
cially  available glutaraldehyde con-
tains essentially no free glutar alde-
hyde  but consists  of a complex mix-
ture  of  polymeric  material  (3).  The
reaction of  glutaraldehyde  with
crystalline  enzymes is rapid in
aqueous  solutions  at room tempera-
ture.  The  crosslinked enzyme should
withstand wide ranges of pH, ionic
strength,  and temperature (3).  A
schematic illustration of crosslinked
enzyme molecules is shown in
Figure 1.

Covalent Attachment

     Covalent attachment of enzymes
to polymeric supports has been shown
to stabilize enzymes against denatur-
ation (4).  This stabilization pre-
sumably occurs because of multiple
attachments between the enzyme and
support, which prevents conforma-
tional changes that cause a loss of
activity.  We are evaluating the
covalent attachment of subtilisin
onto a commercial preparation con-
sisting of 6% crosslinked agarose
beads that have been derivatized
                                      231

-------
ct-CARBON BACKBONE
                           INTERMOLECULAR
                           CROSSLINK
                          INTRAMOLECULAR
                          CROSSLINK
      Figure 1.
     Enzyme  molecules
     crosslinked  with
     glutaraldehyde.
 with  l,l'-carbonyl diimidazole to
 give  a highly activated imidazolyl/
 carbamate matrix.  The pendent ami no
 groups of the enzyme react with the
 activated support to form a covalent
 attachment.   The covalent attachment
 of  an enzyme molecule to a polymeric
 support is shown in Figure 2.
 Figure  2.
                   ACTIVE srre

                  a - CARBON BACKBONE
Enzyme molecule  attached
to an insoluble  support.
Microencapsulation

     Microencapsulation has been used
to stabilize enzymes by providing a
selectively  permeable barrier between
the enzyme and  the environment.  This
technique involves coating the enzyme
with a  polymeric material  that is
selectively  permeable to pesticides
(Figure 3).   The enzyme can be encap-
sulated as a dry powder or in an
aqueous environment.
                                           NERVE AGENT
                                           PENETRATES
                                           WALL MATERIAL
                                          Figure 3.
                                                        SELECTIVELY
                                                        PERMEABLE
                                                        WALL MATERIAL
                                         Schematic  illustration
                                         of microencapsulated
                                         enzyme.
      We  have evaluated microencapsu-
lation  as  a method of stabilizing
horseradish peroxidase (HRP).  The
HRP  is  a model  system to determine
the  stability provided by microencap-
sulation in the presence of a non-
specific protease, Pronase E.  Non-
proteolytic HRP allows us to easily
distinguish between proteolytic Pro-
nase  E  and  nonproteolytic HRP enzyme
activity.   Microencapsulation appears
to provide  the  required protection of
HRP from proteolytic degradation.

Gel Entrapment              '  . "  .

      Gel entrapment is a convenient,
inexpensive way to stabilize enzymes
by simple physical  containment com-
bined with  covalent attachment of the
enzyme to the gel.   The gelr
entrapment  procedure, we used involves
chemical modification of the enzyme
with  a bifunctional  monomer followed
by copolymerization of the modified
enzyme with  another monomer (5).   In
the final preparation, the enzyme is
attached to  a support which has ,a
surface  geometry congruent to that of
the enzyme.   This  process is illus-
trated in Figure 4.
                             MATERIALS AND METHODS            ,

                             Assay Procedure  .      ,

                             The  pH-stat assay used to measure
                             subtilisin activity is a.modification
                                      232

-------
of the procedure described by Ottesen
and Svendsen (6).
 Figure 4.  Enzyme immobilization
            copolymerization of a
   ;         modified enzyme with
            monomer.
by
Crosslinking

     Subtilisin was crosslinked with
glutaraldehyde using a modification
of the procedure described by Brown
(1) for crosslinking chymotrypsin.
We evaluated two glutaraldehyde con-
centrations, 0.5 and 1.0% (v/v), and
two reaction times, 3 and 18 hr.  The
3-hr reactions were conducted at room
temperature (=25 °C), while the 18vhr
reactions were conducted at 3 °C.
After crosslinking, the subtilisin
suspensions were assayed to determine
the remaining enzyme activity.  The
suspensions were then lyophilized and
weighed to determine the yield of
crosslinked enzyme.

Covalent Attachment

     Reacti-Gel 6X (Pierce Chemical
Co., Rockford, IL) was used as the
insoluble support for subtilisin.
Subtilisin (10 mg) was immobilized on
either 30, 60, or 100 mg of Reacti-
Gel to determine an optimum
subtilisin/Reacti-Gel ratio.  Immo-
bilization was conducted in 12.5 mM
borate buffer (pH 10.51) for 19 hr at
4 °C with gentle stirring.  The three
phases of the protein coupling
(supernatant, gel wash, immobilized
enzyme) were then assayed to deter-
mine the amount of subtilisin
activity in each phase.
Microencapsulation

     Two types of calcium alginate
microcapsules containing HRP were
prepared.  Both types of microcap-
sules were prepared with HRP in a
calcium alginate gel, which was then
coated with a less permeable polymer.
Two polymers were employed to coat
the alginate gel.  The first micro-
capsules were prepared with sodium
alginate and poly(vinyl alcohol).
Additional microcapsules were pre-
pared with sodium alginate and poly-
L-lysine.

Gel Entrapment

     The gel-entrapment procedure we
used was based on the procedure desc-
ribed by Martinek et al.(5).  Sub-
tilisin was first modified by acry-
loyl chloride, which acylates the
e-amino groups of the lysyl residues
in the enzyme polypeptide chain.  The
acryloyl chloride-modified enzyme was
then entrapped in a polymethaerylate
gel.

     To entrap subtilisin in poly-
methacrylate gel, subtilisin (160 mg)
was first dissolved in 50 mL of
0.2 M_ KH2POtf (pH 8.0).  The enzyme
solution was placed in an
isopropanol/dry-ice bath and cooled
to less than 5 °C.  The enzyme solu-
tion was stirred rapidly to prevent
freezing.  Acryloyl chloride (2.4 ml)
was then added slowly to the enzyme
solution.  While the acryloyl chlo-
ride was being added, the pH of the
enzyme solution was maintained at
about 8.0 by adding an aqueous solu-
tion of either saturated or 50% (w/v)
KOH.  Sodium methacrylate (40 mg) as
a monomer and tetramethylethylenedi-
amine 20.5 ^L and ammonium persulfate
(26 mg) as initiating agents were
added.  The mixture was next poured
into thin-walled test tubes and
allowed to polymerize for 24 hr at
3 °C.  After the gel polymerized, it
                                    233

-------
was mixed with  25 mL  of  5  x  10"3 _M
borate buffer and ground in  a  tissue
homogenizer.  The ground gel was
poured into a petri dish and dried at
30 °C for 24 hr.  The dried,gel was
recovered and assayed.
RESULTS

Crosslinking

     The percentage of  subtilisin
recovered from each sample  shown  in
Table 1 is based on the weight of  the
material added initially.   The larg-
est amount of subtilisin  (28.5%) was
recovered from the solution treated
with 1.0% glutaraldehyde  for 3 hr  at
room temperature.  Subtilisin treated
with 0.5% glutaraldehyde  did not
react sufficiently to cause precipi-
tation of a cross!inke^d product.

     The results of the pH-stat assay
are also shown in Table 1.  The sub;-
tilisin crosslinked with  1.0% gluta-
raldehyde for 18 hr had the highest
activity, 30.5 ± 0.6% of  the initial
velocity (v0) of the native subti-
lisin solution.  The v0 for the
subtilisin crosslinked with 1.0%
glutaraldehyde for 3 hr at  room tem-
perature was 24.0 ± 0.6%  of the v0
Of the native enzyme solution.

     A loss of activity after subti-
lisin was crosslinked with  glutaral-
dehyde was expected based upon pre-
vious studies with serine proteases
other than subtilisin (1).  Chymo-
trypsin crosslinked with  glutaralde-
hyde retained 43.6 to 56.8% of the
activity of the native enzyme.  The
percent of original activity retained
by trypsin ranged from 17.6 to 19.0%.
The amount of enzyme activity lost
during crosslinking is thus within
the expected range:  however, modifi-
cation of the crosslinking procedure
to determine the set of subtilisin
has not been tried.  By Varying the
glutaraldehyde concentration, reac-
tion time, or conditions that are
optimal for temperature, improved
recovery and increased residual
activity of the enzyme may be
expected.

Cov.a1.ent Attachment      •• '  '

   The results of the immobilization
experiments are shown in Table 2.
The data indicate that the optimum
amount of Reacti-Gel for 10 mg of
subtilisih 'is between 60 and 100 mg.
                        ! •    -  t
Mi croencapsul at i on         ''.

     Three batches of micrqcapsules
were prepared with sodium alg'inate
and poly-L-lysine.  These three
batches contained poly-L-lysine
having molecular weights of ,,14,000,
59,000, or 90,000 daltons.  Horse-
radish peroxidase (HRP) was the
enzyme of choice for a model system
for microencapsulat ion.  Following
encapsulation, 50% of the HRP activi-
ty was located in the microcapsule
core, while the remaining HRP
activity was bound in the microcap-
sule wall.  The encapsulated HRP was
challenged with the nonspecific pro-
tease, Pronase E.  Within six hours,
all HRP activity located in the
microcapsule wall was lost.  However,
all HRP activity located in the
microcapsule core was maintained
through the 48-hr incubation period.
Thi$ indicates that microencapsula-
tion may be an effective method of
protection from proteases in the
environment for enzymes used to
degrade pesticides,

Gel Entrapment

     The gel-entrapped subtilisin had
about 6% of the activity of native
subtilisin.  Martinek et al. (5)
reported that chymotrypsin entrapped
in polymethacrylate gel  had 30% of
the activity of the native enzyme^
                                    234

-------
      Table 1.  Assay results for glutaraldehyde-crosslinked  subtilisin
Treatment
Glutaraldehyde
concn, %
0
1.0
1.0
Incubation
time, h
none
3
18
vo, M/min/mg protein
6.00 ±0.22
1.44 ±0.04
1.83 ±0.04
Activity, %
100.O±3.6
24.O±6.6
30.5 ± 0.6
   Table 2.  Subtilisin  immobilized on graded concentrations of Reacti-Gel
Test preparation
Enzyme standard
Immobilization control
30 mg Reacti-Gel
60 mg Reacti-Gel
100 mg Reacti-Gel
Sample
phase
—
- . —
Supernatant
Gel wash
Immobilized enzyme
Supernatant
Gel wash
Immobilized enzyme
Supernatant
Gel wash
Immobilizied enzyme
M/min/mg
protein
2.71 ±0.13
2.36 ± 0.06
1.65 ±0.31
0.24 ± 0.03
0,73 ± 0.26
0.76 ± 0.05
6.1 1 ± 0.13
1.83 ± 0.44
0.29 ± 0.05
0.12 ± 0.04
1.96 ± 0.51
Activity. %
of contrail, ± SD
100.0 ±
86.7 ±
60.9 ±
8.9 ±
26.9 ±
27.7 ±
4.1 ±
67.5 ±
10.7 ±
., 4.4 ±
72.0 ±
4.8
1.9
11.4
1.1
9.2
1.8
4.8
16.2
1.8
1.6
18.8
Total activity
recovered,
%±SD
.' — '
: " —
96.7 ±21 .7
99.3 ±22.8
87.1 ±22,1
Because this level is higher than .the
level of activity we obtained, we
plan to conduct additional gel-
entrapment experiments to  improve our
results.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     We wish to acknowledge the US
Army Chemical Research, Development
and Engineering Center for support of
this work under Contract DAAA15-85-C-
0072.
REFERENCES

1.   Brown, G.B.  Chemically aggre-
     gated enzymes.  In:  Mosbach,
     K., ed.  Methods in enzymolbgy:
     v. 44.  New York:  Academic
     Press; 1976: 263-280.

2.   Wold, F.  Bifunctional reagents.
     In:  Hirs, C.H.W.; Timasheff,
     S.W., eds.  Methods in enzymol-
     ogy; v. 25.  New York:  Academic
     Press; 1972: 623-651.

3.   Richards, F.M.; Knowles, J.R.
     Glutaraldehyde as a protein
     crosslinking agent.  J. Mol.
     Blot. 37: 231-233; 1968.

4.   Betchell, G.S.; Ayers, J.S.;
     Hancock, W.S.; Hearn, M.T.W.
     Novel method of activation of
     cross!inked agaroses with 1,1'-
     carbonyldiinridazole which gives
                                    235

-------
    a matrix for affinity chroma-
    tography devoid of additional
    groups.  J. Biol. Chem. 254:
    2572-2574; 1979.

    Martinek, K.: Klibanov, A.M.:
    Goldmacher, V.S.: Besezin, I.V.
    The principles of enzyme stabil-
    ization.  I.  Increase in ther-
    mostability of enzymes'
    covalently bound to a complemen-
    tary surface of a polymer sup-
    port in a multipoint fashion.
    Biochem. Biophys. Acta.  485: 1-
    12; 1977.

    Ottesen, M.; Svendsen, I.  The
    subtilisins.  In:  Perlmann,
    6.E.;  Lorand, L., eds.  Methods
    in enzymology; v. 19.   New York:
    Academic Press;  1970:  199-215.
DISCLAIMER

The work described in this paper was not
funded by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.  The contents do not necessarily
reflect the views of the Agency and no
official endorsement should be inferred.
                                  236

-------
                  PLANT RESPONSES TO PETROCHEMICAL WASTES

                     Robert W. Duel! and Fred E,  Katz
                New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station
                Rutgers* The State University of New Jersey
                          New Brunswick, NJ 08903

                                 ABSTRACT

      Petroleum products  occasionally contaminate  soil by spillage, while
waste products of  the  petrochemical  industry  are  regularly  applied to
designated sites  called landfarms  for land treatment or biodegradation by
soil microorganisms.  Vegetation is generally  not employed  in remediation
of such contamination.  In this research, vascular plants were sought which
(1) might  be used  as bioassay,  or indicator  plants that  might serve to
identify surface  contamination and  (5) which  plants would be tolerant of
petrochemical waste contaminated soil,   and thus  serve to  vegetate closed
landfarm sites.

      A procedure  based on emergence of seedlings in contact with mixtures
of diesel fuel and vermiculite was developed.  In as little as 4  (and up to
7) days  in a  controlled environment  germinator, 'Bison' ryegrass reacted
predictably  to   increments   ranging  from  B.5  to  W/.   diesel  fuel  to
vermiculite, v/v.

      Various plant  species grew  in diesel  fuel-contaminated media or in
landfarm soil long contaminated with petrochemical  wastes under  conditions
where moisture,  nutrients, and  air were  provided by floatation of plants
(rooted  in contaminated medias) in styrofoam flats in hydroponic  solution.

      In  landfarm  fields  where  applications  had   ceased,  soils  were
hydrophobic,  saline,   and  high  in  pH.  The latter values decreased with
rainfall and irrigation.  Vigorous grasses such as ryegrass started readily
but  failed  to   overwinter.    Various  fine  fescues developed  slowly but
persisted better.  Additions  of composted sewage-sludge ameliorated adverse
soil conditions  and aided  seedling establishment.
 INTRODUCTION

     Land   treatment    involves  the
 periodic        application      and
 incorporation of wastes to,  and in,
 soil.    Petroleum  industries have
 found  this  method  of disposal  to be
cost effective when properly
executed and  EPA concurs that this
method can be environmentally sound
(Annon 1985).   Such operations are
described  and  compared  with land
treatment   of   other   wastes  in
publications   of    the   American
                                   237

-------
 Patrolsum   Institute  (Annon  1983,
 1985).

      Interactions  of petrochemicals
 with    terrestrial   vascular   plants
 have  not  been  widely  published.
 Perhaps  the   most extensive  studies
 related   are   those  conducted  at the
 University    of   Alberta,    Canada.
 Peaty   soils   that were contaminated
 by  a   single event with crude oil
 were  revegetated  most successfully
 by   grasses   (McGill  and   Nyborg,
 1975).    They also  pointed out the
 advantages of legumes that would fix
 atmospheric   nitrogen and  thus not
 compete  with  the  oil-degrading
 microorganisms for   that  essential
 nutrient  element.    Plant types most
 susceptible to oil-contaminated soil
 generally     included    seedlings,
 annuals,  plants   with  large  leaf
 surfaces  or shallow  root systems, as
 well  as  mosses and  lichens  (McGill
 et al,  1981).

     In  addition    to   accidental
 spills, problems  of  management and
 eventual  closure  of landfarms also
 confront   the petroleum  industry.
 Here, in  designated  areas, the oily
 wastes    from  tank   bottoms   and
 separator    systems    are    spread
periodically   and  tilled frequently
 to accelerate biodegradation of the
petroleum  fractions  by  the native
 microorganisms in the soil which use
 these  hydrocarbons   as  an  energy
 substrate.

     Bartha <1979)  surveyed various
factors      affecting     microbial
 degradation   of  oil  in landfarming
soils.   He reported  a consensus in
 the     literature   that   microbial
degradation  of  oil was enhanced by
 aeration       and     fertilization,
particularly  with   N  and  P  when
 temperature    and  moisture  regimes
were    favorable    for   bacterial
 activity.
      Brown   (198S)   employed  annual
ryegrass  (cultivar  not stated) to
measure   the  rate   at  which oily
sludges were degraded.  Others used
organisms including  earthworms and
Daphnia,  as  bioassays  to measure
oil contents of  various  soils and
oil-contaminated     water.       No
extensive studies were found  in the
literature   that   related  to  the
reaction  of  vascular plants,  either
sensitive    to   or   tolerant   of
petrochemical    contamination   of
soils.

PURPOSE

  The   petroleum    industries  are
succeeding   in  reducing  the  oil
fraction remaining   in these  wastes
and   certain  landfarms  are  slated
for  closure.    The  question then
arises as to  the  most appropriate
means of vegetating  these  areas so
that    they    will    be    less
environmentally  objectionable  and
more  aesthetically acceptable.

  Our hypothesis  is  that: certain
plants Mill  be  very  sensitive to
petrochemical contamination of soil
and others Mill be  quite tolerant.
 The   former    would   serve   as
indicator or  bioassay  plants,  and
the latter would be  candidates for
the vegetative  cover  of  areas of
soil         contaminated       with
petrochemicals, either as spills or
disposed     as    in    landfarming
operations.

APPROACH

    Bioassay, or  indicator plants,
should respond, preferably quickly,
to the  target  substance.    Hence,
germination  trials  in  controlled
environment       chambers     -were
replicated   in   media  of  various
petrochemicals    of    known   and
reproducible  materials or as-found
                                    238

-------
in  various  landfarms  of petroleum
industries.

    Successful   plant  species  are
then    potential   candidates   for
replicated growth-tests in styrofoam
flats  containing  media  similar to
that  described  above.    The flats
float in complete nutrient solutions
which   are   regulated   to  supply
favorable   regimes   of  nutrients,
water,   and   air  to  all  entries
(typically  72   plants  per  flat).
Several petrochemicals can be tested
simultaneously in the  same  flat or
adjacent    flats    in   the   same
hydroponic   pool   without   cross-
contamination by the oil substrates.

    Plants  successfully coping with
petrochemicals  at  this  stage  are
candidates   for    long-term  growth
studies   in   replicated  plots  on
closed landfarm  sites.  Retardation
and  growth  abnormalities are noted
as  indicator reactions.

    Problem*        other       than
petrochemical   phytotoxicity   were
identified..    These  relate  to the
practical application  of the fruits
of    this   research  to  industrial
interests.

Materials   and   Method,  First Stage
Bioassav

    Seads of  numerous cultivars and
species     of    grasses,   legumes,
flowers, and  vegetables were tested
in  3  replicates of 50 seeds each in
 10  cm.  diameter   disposable  petri
dishes      containing    #3    grade
vermiculite  mixed  with  zero to 50%
v/v of  diesel fuel or petrochemical
waste.      Diesel    fuel   was  used
 initially  because   it  is  universally
available   and   a  more   uniform
constituent   than    tank   bottoms,
bunker  wastes,  etc.    Seeds  were
evenly  distributed  over  15  ml of  the
test  or check mixtures, covered with
an additional  15  ml  of  the same
mixture and wet with 10 ml of water
containing   0.25%   v/v  non-ionic
wetting agent.   Petri  dishes were
placed in a 100%  relative humidity
chamber with 12-hr  light  and dark
periods    at     26    and    20C,
respectively.

    Emergence counts were made at 4
and 7  day stages.   Seedlings were
scanned with  magnifying lenses for
abnormal  reactions,  lesions,  and
chlorosis.

    Similar  trials  were conducted
with  petrochemically  contaminated
soils    from   various   landfarms
instead of mixtures  of  diesel and
vermiculite.  Gypsum  was  added at
lg/454g soil leached or 2g/454g and
leached  repeatedly.    A non-ionic
surfactant was added at 0.5'/. v/v to
the  lL/900g   of   such   soil  of
leaching water as indicated.

    Several plant species initiated
differential seedling  growth  at 4
days  after  seeding  and sustained
such at 7 days and beyond  at rates
of up to 50%  on vermiculite  (Table
1).   This contrasts  with the view
of  Overcash  and  Pal  (1979)  who
wrote that   oil concentrations over
*»%  may   inhibit   germination  of
annual grass.

RESULTS

    Of    the   numerous   grasses,
legumes  and  other  dicotyledonous
plants     that    have    undergone
germination  trials   in contact with
various      petrochemicals,     one
cultivar   of   perennial  ryegrass
 (Lolium   perenne,  L.)  'Bison' has
consistently produced statistically
significant       differences      in
germination  rates in as   little  as
four days, in the presence of rates
of   diesel   fuel    as   might   be
encountered  in soils.
                                    239

-------
    Cultivars of  three species were
consistently vigorous and responsive
to  petrochemicals   used  in  these
trials,   and   only  they  will  be
reported  here.     The  results  of
emergence  counts  at  both  4 and 7
days  are  shown  in  Table 1.  Both
Bison perennial  ryegrass and 'Green
Globe*   turnip  were  significantly
impaired  by  the first increment if
diesel fuel  at 7  days.  These data
were  repeatable   in  a  subsequent
trial»   hence   Bison  ryegrass  is
recommended  as  a  bioassay species
under the above circumstances.

    Similar  trials  were  conducted
using  petrochemically  contaminated
landfarm  soils.    All  samples  of
such*  thus  far analyzed) proved to
be  saline  and  generally alkaline.
These   attributes  probably  derive
from  the   disposal  of  alkylation
sludge  generated  in  the  refining
process  (Annon   1985).    Table  2
illustrates   these  characteristics
(see  conductivity  and  pH).    The
sample described  as"acid field" was
taken  following   a  rainy  period;
subsequent   sampling,   after   dry
weather,  revealed  high  pH values*
comparable  to   the  others.    The
addition  of  gypsum, with leaching,
did        reduce       conductivity
consistently,   but  also  generally
reduced    germination    of   three
bioassay species,  as shown in Table
3.   While landfarm samples differed
in  terms  of  these  bioassays, the
confounding factors  of salinity and
alkalinity are  apparent, and may be
more  limiting  to plant development
than  the  oil  contents  of samples
taken from closed landfarms.

    When  these  same landfarm soils
were   treated   with   a  non-ionic
wetting  agent   prior  to  each  of
several leachings  (with and without
gypsum  at  Sg/454g soil), emergence
in   petri   dishes   was  generally
enhanced*  as   shown  in  Table  4.
Specifically, emergence  at  4 days
for Bison ryegrass was  improved in
4  of  5  treatments  that received
gypsum and  had been  leached.  The
exception  was   landfarm  soil  #S
where   the   difference   was  not
statistically   improved   in  soil
numbers 3, 4, and  5.   However, in
sample  #1,  the  gypsum  treatment
reduced emergence by 38%.   Saranac
had    statistically    significant
reductions in leached  soils  1 and
5,  but  showed  improved emergence
over  the  next  three  entries  of
soils leached with gypsum.  Saranac
was  by   far   the   best  overall
performer in  this  test  where the
salinity,      alkalinity,      and
hydrophobicity  of  landfarm  soils
were involved.

    Bison,  however,  was  not  the
best  performer  in  the  secondary
stage testing  in greenhouse growth
trials.   Grasses  such  as weeping
lovegrass   (Eraorostis   curvula),
'Atlantic7    coastal    panicgrass
(Panicum  amarum  subsp. amarulum),
and 'Midland' bermudagrass (Cvnodon
dactylon) have  made  better growth
subsequent to  establishment. This,
of   course,    is   important   to
revegetation efforts.

Intermediate Growth Trials

    A   series    of   trials   was
conducted   to   screen  additional
species and  cultivars  of vascular
plants  for   potential  as  plants
tolerant   to   petrochemicals  and
landfarm.     soil      conditions.
Commercially   available  styrofoam
flats designed to contain plants in
solid growing media were floated in
complete nutrient  solution  in the
relative  stability  and uniformity
of a greenhouse.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

    Rectangular   styrofoam   flats
                                  240

-------
contained 72  individual cells 5x5x5
cm in a 6x18 cell-pattern.
               Individual   cells   are   4  sided
               inverted  pyramids  with  truncated
               apices leaving a 1 cm square hole
Table 1.  Percent of emergence of seedlings in contact with differing
          concentrations of diesel fuel.

                                     '/» emergence at 4 days
'/. Diesel 0.5 Al
3.0 B
  .0 B
  .0 B
  .0 B
  .0 B
  .0 B
    66.0 A
    53.5 B
    41.5 C
    28.5 D
       .5
                    15.
                     2.0
E
F
                       .5 F
17.0 A
14.0 AB
13.5 BC
11.0 BC
 8.0 CD
 4.0 DE
 1.5 E
                                       '/.  emergence  at  7  days
0
2.5
5.0
10.0
20.0
40.0
50.0
73.0 A
51.0 B
48.5 B
32.5 C
14.5 D
.0 E
.0 E
86.5 A
85.5 A
78.5 A
65.5 B
58.7 B
22.5 C
17.5 C
60.0 A
42.0 B
39.5 B
38.5 BC
30.5 C
9.0 D
8.5 D
 I/
   Values with  different  letters in a column are significantly different
   at the 5*/. level of probability (Duncan's Multiple Range Test).
 where roots  may  emerge.    Emerging
 roote were pruned frequently.  These
 holes were plugged with filter floss
 to   insure   containment   of   the
 petrochemically-contaminated   soil.
 Removing  flats  from the hydroponic
 solution  each  evening  allowed for
 drainage    and    aeration*   while
 replacement  each   morning  assured
 ample  and   uniform   moisture  and
 nutrient  supply   to  test  plants.
 Hydroponic  solutions  in  which the
 flats floated were formulated to
 provide all essential nutrients at
                 1/2  the strength of  solutions
                recommended       for      periodic
                fertilization.  The solutions were
                changed weekly  to avoid salt build-
                ups.

                   Five     landfarm    soils*    two
                increments   of    #2   diesel    on
                vermiculite   fuel   and   four waste
                sludges  mixed    at  10%  v/v   with
                Freehold   sandy  loam were utilized
                for this trial.  'Pennant' ryegrass
                seedlings  that  had  been started in
                a greenhouse single styrofoam  flat.
                                     241

-------
Table S.  Chemical and physical characteristics of soils of the landfarming
          sites.
Soil media     pH   Bulk Density  Conductivity         Nutrient Status
                       g/cttP
                                   mmhos/cm/s
WESTERN SERIES
#1

#2
*»4
EASTERN SERIES
:s
7.3
7.4
7.7
7.7
7.7
:s
8.0
8.3
8.1
6.3
1.073
1.073
1.216
1.030
1.067
1.069
1.151
1.170
1.417



-------
 Table  3.   Soil  characteristics  and  emergence  at  4  days of  3  plant  species
           in petrochemically contaminated soils  with gypsum  added  at
           2g/454g,  and  without  gypsum.
Landfarm
soil
identity
&  Treatment
                    Bioassy species
Check

Western #5  U       0.80
        U+Gypsum   0.70

Eastern S C2        1.90
        {2+Gypsum   0.85

Eastern NW  {3       1.60
        (3+Gypsum   0.70

Eastern NE  <4       1.40
        {4+Gypsum   1.00
 Conductivity
 
-------
Table 4.  Effects of  treatment with gypsum and leaching with non-ionic
          solution vs original landfarm soil, on characteristics and
          emergence of 3 species at 4 days.

                                                      Bioassay species
Soil
#
1
S
3
it
5

original
treated
original
treated
original
treated
original
treated
original
treated
Conductivity
(mmhos/cm/5)
.44
.80
.75
.40
1.90
.85
1.60
.70
1.40
1.00
Bison
pH Ryegrass

-------
Table 5.  Height and weight responses of Pennant ryegrass transplanted in
          petrochemically contaminated media.
Browth Description Height, cm # dry wt. gr.
Media
*
1
e
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
IS
Eastern "S" field, untreated
Eastern "S" field, treated
Eastern "NW" field, untreated
Eastern "NW" field, treated
Acid field » treated
5*/» diesel, on vermiculite
10% diesel, on vermiculite
Freehold sandy loam + DAF Biox*
Freehold sandy loam + tank bottom
Freehold sandy loam + API sep. bottoms
Freehold sandy loam •*• Bunkers
Check » vermiculite
14.5 bed
14.7 abed
IE. 5 d
11.8, d
18. e a
13.3 cd
17.3 ab
17.3 ab
IS. 6 d
16.8 abc
17.8 ab
16.5 abc
2.04 ab
S.15 ab
1.59 bed
.88 ds
1.47 bed
1.44 bed
2.33 a
2. 33 a
.57 e
1.62 be
1.12 cde
2.04 ab
# #8-11 =  petrochemical waste sludges, 10% v/v.
ryegrasses began.  Other grasses and
the  legumes  emerged  more  slowly,
with the  tall fescues, bromegrasses
and   reed   canarygrasses   ranking
intermediate in  seedling vigor, and
the  fine  fescues,  bentgrasses and
legumes being  slowest.  None of the
seedlings  grew  as   well   as  was
expected,   and  desiccation  during
winter  and   early   spring  caused
severe  losses  to  certain entries.
The,     relatively     fast-emerging
ryegrasses had  the poorest survival
rates, and the much  slower emerging
and  slower   growing  fine  fescues
generally survived best.    The reed
canarygrasses fared  better than the
tall fescues.   At  all 3 locations,
seedling   emergence,   growth   and
survival were  noticeably  better in
the organically amended half of each
row.  Surviving   members,  however,
were  too  few  to warrant numerical
evaluation and statistical analyses.
These trials were  terminated.  Plots
were  refertilized,  organic  matter
reapplied to  the  same  half of each
replicate,   the    most   promising
grasses were  resown, and irrigation
frequencies were increased.
Emergence and  early growth appeared
superior to the previous year's
experience and  substantial data on
suitability  of  grass  species and
cultivars, with.and without compost
amendments  on  three petrochemical
landfarms are anticipated.

ACKNOWLEDBMENTS

   This  work  was  performed  as a
part  of  NJAES  Project No. 15455,
supported   by   the   New   Jersey
Agricultural Experiment Station and
NJIT.  (D15455-2-87 Publication No.)

REFERENCES

1.  Annon. 1983. Land Treatment
    Practices in the Petroleum
    Industry Prepared for The.
    American Petroleum
    Institute by Environmental
    Research & Technology, Inc.
    Concord, Mass.

2.  Annon. 1985. Land Treat-
    ment. The American Petroleum
    Institute, Environmental
    Affairs Dept., Washington,
    D.C.
                                   245

-------
3.  Barthai R., and Dibble, J.T.
    1979. Rehabilitation of
    Oil-Inundated Agricultural
    Land: A Case Histgory. Soil
    Science. Vol. 188, No.l.

4.  Brown, K. W., Brawand, H.,
    Thomas, J. C., and Evans,
    G. B. 1982. Impact of
    Simulated Land Treatment
    with Oily Sludges on Rye-
    grass Emergence and Yield.
    Agronomy Journal.  74:257-
    261.

5.  Brown, K. E. and L. E.
    Daual. 1982.  An Evaluation
    of Subsurface Conditions
    at Refinery Landfarm Sites.
    Texas A & M. Prepared for
    the American Petroleum
    Institute and the Environ-
    mental Protection Agency
    Grant No. CR 807868.
    Original not seen.

6.  Flannwry, R. L., 1985. Soils
    Sheet #15, N. J. Ag. Expt.
    Stn.

7.  McBill, W. B., and Nyborg,
    M.  1975. Reclamation of Wet
    Forest Soils Subjected to
    Oil Spills.  Publication  No.
    6-75-1.  Alberta Institute
    of  Pedology.  University  of
    Alberta, Edmonton.

8.  McBill,  W.  B., Rowel1, M.
    J., and Westlake, D.W.S.
    1981.  Biochemistry,
    ecology and  microbiology  of
    petroleum  components  in soil.
    In: Soil Biochemistry  (E. A.
    Paul  and J.  N. Ladd,  eds.)
    Vol. 5, pp.  S29-E96. Marcel
    Dekker,  New York.

9.  Overcash,  M. R.  and D. Pal.
    1979.  Design of Land Treat-
    ment  Systems for  Industrial
    Wastes - Theory  and  Practice.
    Ann Arbor  Science Publishers,
    Inc.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.
DISCLAIMER

The work described in this paper
was not funded by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
The contents do not necessarily
reflect the views of the Agency
and no official endorsement should
be inferred.
                                   246

-------
       STIMULATED IN SITU BIODEGRADATION OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS

                         Dr.-Ing. Peter Geldner
                      Associate Consultant Engineer
                 Karlsruhe, Federal Republic of Germany
                                ABSTRACT
      A  critical review of a closed remedial action applying  in  situ
  biodegradation  at  a contaminated site in the Upper Rhine Graben  is
  presented.   The practical solution finally accomplished to remedy an
  area  of approximately 5,000 qm of soil and groundwater  contaminated
  by  benzene and other aromatics was based on the  following  approach
  characteristics:


       1. Establishment and control of an artificial
          groundwater flow circuit by injection and extrac-
          tion wells.

       2. Stimulation of naturally existing microbial degra-
          dation by adding nitrate and essential nutrients
          to the injected water.

       3. Striping and filtering the extracted water before
          reinj ection.

  Approximately 20 to 30 tons of hydrocarbons were degraded.


       In this paper,  further details of the case history is given and
  the  attempt  is  made to derive first generalized criteria  for  the
  applicability of the method.  Generalisation is discussed considering
  the strong role of individual site conditions, such as the geological
  structure and the natural microbiological capability of the soil  and
  groundwater.   As a result of the analysis, individual test programs,
  partly  performed  on  a semi- field scale,  and  enforced  permanent
  special  supervision  appear  to  be  necessary  presumptions  for  a
  successful implementation of the approach.
INTRODUCTION
    Among  remedial  methods  which
destroy   hazardous  wastes  rather
than  contain them,  in  situ  bio-
degradation  has been proposed as a
preferable  method.  The  attention
the  method  has  received  may  be
caused by the fact that it does not
demand intensive long-term controls
over many years as is necessary for
depositing or containing  hazardpus
materials /1/. However,  few  field
sites  are  known where the  method
has  been sucessfully  applied,  at
                                   247

-------
                                                      0  10  20  30 40 50m
                                                                    E2©
                                                                    E3©1
                                                   ®   PURE WATER INJECTION

                                                   g,   FLUSHING WATER INJECTION

                                                   ©   EXTRACTION

                                                   o  OBSERVATION WELL
            Fig. 1    Plan of the  site  and  estimated extension of
                                 contamination
least little practical knowledge  is
available   todate.    This    paper
reports the engineering application
of stimulated biodegradation  in the
subsurface environment of a   former
gas  production  site.    From the
engineering  point  of  view,   the
stimulation  of biodegradative pro-
cesses in the field requires  excep-
tional organisational und technolo-
gical  management.    In  order   to
guarantee  high-level   operational
flexibility,  which  is  absolutely
necessary,  the  most important re-
quirement is an efficient interdis-
ciplinary  team  cooperation.   The
project  was a  cooperative   effort
among Bjornsen Consultant Engineers
(BCE),   Koblenz),   Engler    Bunte
Institute(EBI),  The  University  of
Karlsruhe, and the Federal Environ-
mental Agency  (DBA), Berlin/2/4/5/.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROBLEM
    The contamination occurred  in  a
shallow aquifer of the Upper  Rhine
Graben.  The site is a former   gas-
production  facility near a medium-
sized city.  Over many years hydro-
carbons of a gas cracking installa-
tion  had seeped into  the  ground.
Today, the exact circumstances  can-
not   be  redefined.   The   compo-
nents  of  the  contamination   were
ordinary  fuel  oil,   forming   the
major part, and the aromatic hydro-
carbons benzene,  xylene,  toluene,
naphtalene und styrene.

    As  a preceeding measure oil in
phase  had been pumped out  of   the
ground  over three years,  so   that
                                   248

-------
the  actual remaining contamination
was  most  likely  limited  to  the
residual  saturation  of  the  pore
volume.  Soil samples contained oil
of  approximately 1 % of  the  pore
volume.   The  estimated total con-
taminated  area is shown in  Fig.1.
The exact amount of both aliphatics
and  aromatics  was  unknown.   The
aromatics  were considered the  ac-
tual danger potential and increased
aromatic    concentrations     were
measured  in  the  groundwater  up-'
stream   of   a  municipal   water-
work.  Hydrocarbons in solution had
indeed  proceeded  downstream  from
the  site,   and  contamination  of
private   irrigation   wells    had
already occurred.

    The  Upper Rhine Graben aquifer
is a sedimentary mainly quarternary
formation.  Its dominant character-
istic  is  an  irregularly  layered
structure.  Sand and gravel  layers
of  variable  thickness  and  hori-
zontal   extension  are   seperated
by  clay and silt lenses.   In  the
area   of  the  contaminated  site,
there  is a distinct layer  of  ap-
proximately   10  meters  thickness
ranging from coarse gravel-sand  to
fine  sand.   Peat  layers of  less
than  10  cm were  identified  from
core  samples.   The top  layer  is
underlain  by a very low  permeable
clay  layer of 30 meters  thickness
or more.

    At  the  end of the three  year
pumping   period   the    saturated
groundwater   thickness  above  the
impermeable base did not exceed 1  m
and  natural flow  velocities  were
extremely low.
THE REMEDIAL METHOD
     Several  alternatives for  the
restoration   of  the  contaminated
site  were considered.  The  second
most favored method was containment
of  the  site by a  barrier  ("tub"
solution).   The  containment  plan
was turned down in favor of a  com-
bination  of hydraulic flushing and
induced  in  situ   biodegradation.
The  solution  was viewed  as  most
promising  concerning long-term ef-
fectiveness. The decision was based
on the philosophy that  containment
would  preserve the problem  rather
than solve it. •   .   '

    Remedial  action  at  the  site
comprises two major steps:

(1)  Hydraulic measures

(2)  Microbiological supervision

    An  important  requirement  for
the  biological degradation is  the
establishment  and  control  of  an
artificial  large-scale  subsurface
flow system.  A partial benefit  of
these  hydraulic  measures  is  the
effect of flushing the contaminated
soil.  The  injected  water,  after
passage  through  the  contaminated
aquifer, is totally pumped out. The
flushing  products are separated by
strip-aeration and  sand-filtration
to be ready for re-injection.

   On  the basis of the  controlled
groundwater  flow  as a  subsurface
transport  system  biodegration  of
the  hydrocarbons is stimulated  by
enrichment  of the injected  water.
The  underlying biological  process
is  produced  by  natural  bacteria
growth   and   artificial   nitrate
supply.   Experience showed that es-
sential  nutrients such as phosphate
and ammonium can have an  important
influence  on  the microbial  acti-
vity. This should be avoided by the
provision of appropriate substances
                                   249

-------
at trace level  concentrations.  A
moderate  temperature  increase  of
the injected water also accelerates
the process.
PROCEDURE OF THE REMEDIAL METHOD
Clean-up Installation
    A  schematic representation  of
the on-site and subsurface  facili-
ties providing control of the water
quality parameters is shown in Fig.
2.  The  chart reveals two separate
circuits,  the flushing circuit and
the  pure water injection of  drin-
king water standard.
    The   latter   was   maintained
throughout the remedial action pro-
viding  a  guarantee that  contami-
nated  flushing  water  would   hot
enter the surrounding aquifer.  The
necessary water volume for the pure
water  injection was provided by. a
pumping  well in all lower unconta-
minated   aquifer.   In  order   to
prevent clogging of the pure  water
injection  wells,   the  water  was
stripped  and filtered to  separate
iron  and  manganese  constituents,
also some methane.

    A similar arrangement was  used
to strip the extracted water of the
flushing circuit: The pumped water,
containing flushed-out hydrocarbons
and  by-products of the biodegrada-
                  Fig.  2     Scheme of  the remedial  facilities
                                   250

-------
tion,   was  aerated  and  filtered
before being  re-injected.  Special
installations   allowed  controlled
doses of nutrients to be added into
the  flushing cycle.  Also  heating
facilities  were provided  at  this
point  of the circuit.  The schema-
tical  cross-section  between   the
injection and the extraction wells,
demonstrates      the     principal
function   of  the  injected  water
penetrating the contaminated soil.

    The pure water injection  faci-
lities  consist of. 8  gravel-filled
wells,  9  meters  deep and with  a
diameter   of   0.6   meters.   The
flushing circuit has four wells  of
the same kind. The extraction wells
are of similar specifications, how-
ever   screened  to  the  lowest  2
meters.  Pure water can be injected
at  a rate of up to 20  I/sec   and
the average flow rate was 10 I/sec.
The  flushing-injection rate was  5
I/sec   and the extracted water was
adjusted  to be always  above  this
rate.
Flow and Constituent Transport
    The  build-up of an  artificial
groundwater flow system as a neces-
sary  means for the flushing of the
contamination  and as  a  transport
medium  was aided by a coupled flow
and transport model.  A major  task
of  the  model  was to  design  the
system  in such a way that all  in-
jected  water passing through  con-
taminated soil or carrying  artifi-
cially   injected  substances   was
indeed  caught  in  the  extraction
wells.  The  authorities permit for
the   use  of  the   unconventional
method  in the field required  that
both  the  injected  nutrients  and
flushed  products  would  be   kept
within a defined area, and that any
artificial   contamination  of  the
surrounding  aquifer caused by  the
operation  would not occur  at  any
time.
    These   requirements  were  met
with  the  help of  frequent  cali-
bration of a numerical  model,  re-
garding  all incoming field data on
a very short time basis.  The model
thus  provided the  information  ne-
cessary  for the consecutive  steps
of the operation.   In reality,  the
provision  of  the  necessary  data
.demanded the presence of  qualified
personnel on site and a functioning
communication  between the site and
the central computer facilities.

    The  flow model was   calibrated
during the "filling" period of  the
aquifer, that is during the rise of
the  water table to an average of  6
meters above the impermeable  layer.
This water thickness was  sufficient
to  contain the polluted  parts  of
the  aquifer.  The  advance of  the
water front was measured  by observ-
ing  the  groundwater  heads  in   a
dense  grid of  observation   wells.
Simultaneously    data    of   water
quality parameters  such as tempera-
ture,   electric  conductivity  and
dissolved oxygen were taken.  By the
time  steady state  flow   conditions
were reached, the model was able to
predict  the effect of any  changes
of injection or withdrawal rates on
the water table.  An example  of the
calculated  head  distribution   is
shown in Fig. 3.
     In  order to  predict the trans-
 port of  constituents in the  injec-
 tion  water,   a transport model was
 calibrated  by evaluating a  number
 of    tracer   tests.   Conservative
 tracers   were  used that  were  not
 influenced  by possible   chemical
 reactions  in  the polluted  unter-
 ground  environment.  Tracers  were
 two different kinds of chloride and
 various  flourescents.   Nitrate  was
 not  injected in  the aquifer  until
 it   was   established that it  would
 not leave the flushing circuit.  To
 be    on   the   conservative   side,
 nitrate  was treated as an non-reac-
 tive compound in  the model calcula-
                                    251

-------
Fig.
Groundwater  contour  map
tions. Eventual measurements of the
behavior   of   nitrate   in    the
subsurface did, however, prove that
this   preventive  assumption   was
never  met  due to  intensive  bio-
chemical reactions.
Control of Biodegration Processes
    The actual verification of  the
method  in the field was  preceeded
by   a  series  of  microbiological
tests  in the laboratory. (For  de-
tailed results see also /2/). First
results   of  the   microbiological
tests with wet soil samples,  taken
during   drilling  of   observation
wells  at  an  early stage  of  the
 preliminary   investigations,    had
 proved  the existence of  microbial
 organisms  in  the  subsurface  en-
 vironment,   that  were  capable  of
 degrading gasoline and benzene.  Up
 to 5000  microbes with this  ability
 were  counted in one gram of  soil.
 At the same time toxic constituents
 such  as  heavy metals,   which  may
 have prohibited microbial activity,
 could be shown to be absent.

     Later,   incubation  experiments
 in   the   laboratory  with    water
 samples   from the extraction  wells
 gave more detailed insight into the
 degradation   capability  of    the
 microbes in the water  environment.
 The  experiments over 7  and  17  days
 of  breeding  time,    showed    that
 aromatic  hydrocarbons were  clearly
 more  intensively  degraded    than
 their aliphatic counterparts   /2/.
 This means,   that in the  microbial
 environment   present  in the   lab
 aromatic hydrocarbons were prefer-
 ably  "consumed"   by  the existing
 microbial   population.   Any general
 validity of  this result cannot be
 claimed   at   this  time.   The   same
 behavior was  later confirmed in the
 field  application.

    Furthermore,   there was a clear
 gradiation  in  the microbial accept-
 ance   of  the   different   kinds  of
 aromatics.  Under incubation condi-
 tions,   benzene   was  preferably de-
 graded before  xylene.  The  longest
 delay was observed  for toluene.

    On   the basis  of  the  results of
 these  experiments,   it   appeared
 justified  to   implement  the  first
 step  of  an   application  in   the
 field. After steady-state  flow con-
 ditions  had been  reached,  the in-
 jection water  of  the  flushing  cir-
 cuit  was  enriched with   low  con-
 centrations  of dissolved  nitrate.
When measurements of nitrate in the
observation  wells indicated,  that
the  oxygen  donator had  been  ac-
cepted by the microbes,  the injec-
tion  concentration  was  gradually
                                   252

-------
 an-
L.
      EXTRACTION WELL 9

      o NITRATE (MEASURED DATA)
      B CHLORIDE (TRACER TEST)
         CALCULATED BREAK-THROUGH
         FOR CONTNUOUS CONSERVATIVE
         TRACER INJECTION
 O.JS
               TRACER-TEST
               EVALUATION
               FOR SLUG INJECTION
            DELAYED MEASURED
            NITRATE BREAK-THROUGH
              70
                     MO           «0
                  Z6IT SEIT BECIHH PER INJECTION ITACg)
Fig. 4    Comparison of calculated conservative tracer
          transport and measured nitrate  break-through curve
increased.  Maximum values were  up
to  500 mg/1  of  nitrate and average
inj ection   concentration    values
ranged from 3.00  to 400 mg/1.

    The  observation of the nitrate
concentration  in  the   extraction
wells was  used to adjust the injec-
ted   concentrations.   They   were
reduced  as   soon  as  the  nitrate
level  in  the extraction went   up,
indicating that  the   degradation
capacity of the  system was reached.
    The   nitrate consumption  could
be   shown  by  comparison  of   the
break-through curves of a conserva-
tive   (non-reactive) .tracer    cal-
culated in  the  calibrated transport
model   and  the  measured   break-
through curves  of nitrate -/4/5/. In
Fig.  4 an  example of this compari-
son is shown.  ,It is clearly recog-
nized,  that  the calculated tracer
break-through was much earlier  than
its  measured  counterpart.   .While
this  comparison  for  single   well
observations  may still be  affected
by some random  discrepancies ,due to
the   random    structure   of   the
aquifer,  the  calculations of  con-
centrations in  the extraction wells
were  sufficiently   reliable.   In
fact, the nitrate concentrations in
the  extraction  wells  have  never
reached  the   injection  concentra-
tion,   although  the  total  .water
                                     253

-------
BORE HOLE 6 BORE HOLE 7
ALIPHATICS- ALIPHATICS.
0 « 2 3 tg/kg) 0 1 2 3{g/kg)
it! ^ i r !
*•%
Q
«w*
1
g


-5 —
-6 —
•• "1 . •!!•




^ 	
~"
J

J 	
j
TIME OF OPERATION
••• 3 MONTHS
1 1 7 MONTHS
Fig.
Measured hydrocarbons in
soil  samples  from
different depths
volume in the aquifer  between these
wells had been exchanged  many times
during the on-going action.   Micro-
bial activity was also indicated by
measurements     of     intermediate
products of the degradation  process
in samples of the extracted  water.

    An  important  control   of  the
effectiveness  of the   process  was
achieved by the analysis  of  random-
ly  spaced borehole samples,   which
were taken over a time distance   of
4 months.  As shown in Fig.   5,  the
measurements  indicate significant
differences  in hydrocarbon  concen-
trations.  It  appears   worthwhile
                                       mentioning      that     .   aromatic
                                       hydrocarbons  had been degraded   in
                                       the whole area of contamination,  so
                                       that  a major goal of the   remedial
                                       action  was  achieved by 3  months.
                                       Due to the smaller degradibility  of
                                       aliphatics, as already indicated  by
                                       the  results of the laboratory  ex-
                                       periments, the aliphatics appear  to
                                       respond  to treatment  slower  than
                                       the aromatics.

                                           In  Fig.  6,  the mean  decay  of
                                       hydrocarbon concentrations  measured
                                       in the extraction well E 7,is plot-
                                       ted  separately for aliphatics  and
                                        Z.O -
                                            ALIPHftTICS
                                                    « I  S I  6 I  7 |  g |  9 |  ,0 |  „

                                                        TIME OF OPERATION (MONTHS)
                            Fig.
                                               «  I 1  I «T S

                                             TIME OF OPERATION (MONTHS)
Decay  of    hydrocarbon
concentrations   in
extraction well No. E7
                                    254

-------
the  different aromatic  compounds.
After  two months,  the  aliphatics
were reduced to about one third  of
the  initial concentration.  As in-
dicated  by  the  preliminary  labo-
ratory  experiments,  also  in  the
field,  the aromatics were  reduced
sequentially.  Benzene was followed
by  toluene,  whereas,  xylene  was
obviously last to be eliminated.

    The   described    case-history
shows  that in situ  biodegradation
is not yet a standardized engineer-
ing method.   Consequently a lot of
development  work had to be done in
the  project,  so that an  economic
classification  in terms  of  costs
per  cubic meter of remediated soil
cannot reasonably be  given.   How-
ever,  the  following  factors  may
provide  some idea of the effort to
be  considered in planning a  reme-
dial  action applying in situ  bio-
degradation :
 (1)  Site  investigations to  esti-
     mate  the  extension  of   the
     contamination   and   evaluate
     principle  flow arid  transport
     conditions in the  subsurface
(5)   Injection of nutrients  possi-
     bly   in  large  amounts   and
     thermal energy supply

(6)   Monitoring  of  control  para-
     meters  of  the  injected  and
     extracted  water,  dosage con-
     trol and maintenance of  puri-
     fication facilities

(7)   Efficiency   control  by para-
     sampling  and analysis of  in-
     dicative  parameters   on-site
     and  in  the laboratory  (pre-
     dominantly  during the  opera-
     tion period)

    In the light of these necessary
efforts,  it would be misleading to
derive economic considerations from
laboratory results.  Dependent upon
the  individual  site   conditions,
costs  for  the application  of  in
situ  biodegradation may well reach
a similar level as known for  other
more    technologically    oriented
methods.  Optimal applications from
the economic point of view, seem to
exist  at sites with relatively low
contaminant   concentrations   pos-
sibly due to intensive  contaminant
transport.
 (2)   Test   of  biodegradability   of
      the       contaminated     soil
      (sampling,   laboratory   tests,
      choice of nutrients)

 (3)   Installation  of   piping   and
      purification   facilities   for
      injection  water  and  contami-
      nated extraction  water  (depen-
      dent   on  the  available  local
      water  supply and the kind   of
      contamination)

 (4)   Establishment  and sustaining
      of artificial flow conditions
      for   possibly months or  years
      (injection,  pumping and moni-
      toring   facilities,     tracer
      tests, model-calculations)
DISCUSSION

    Based on a variety of  measure-
ments,  the  remedial  action  des-
cribed  has  been accepted  by  the
responsible  environmental authori-
ties  as  successful in  the  sense
that  the contamination is  reduced
down to a level that does not exert
any harm to human health or violate
environmental interests.  In parti-
cular it has been accepted that all
aromatic  hydrocarbons are  totally
remediated, so that the predominant
goal to abolish potential danger of
carcinogenic   substances  in   the
ground  is  achieved.  The  applied
method was successful at this indi-
vidual  site and very valuable  ex-
                                   255

-------
perience  could be made. However, a
generalization of the method cannot
be  claimed  at  present.   Further
specialized investigations are  ne-
cessary to clarify a number of open
questions,  should  the approach be
recommended as a general method.

    Any further application  should
be aware that engineering modifica-
tions   or   alternatives  may   be
needed,  and  that a good  deal  of
development  has to be done in  any
new  proj ect  due  to the  lack  of
general knowledge.  Future investi-
gations  can be envisioned  on  the
grounds  of the experiences made at
this individual site as to  concern
the following fields:

(1)  In-depth  clarification of the
     underlying   biochemical   and
     hydraulic processes

(2)  Improvement  of the  technical
     scheme

(3)  Formulation  of standards  and
     limits  to define the  precise
     goal  of remedial  actions  by
     biodegradation

    Investigations of the biochemi-
cal  processes  in the soil  should
concentrate  on the  evaluation  of
typical    microbial    communities
present   in  frequently  occurring
contaminations.  The special nature
of  the  problem seems to  make  it
necessary to combine laboratory and
field  studies.  It appears  worth-
while  to try to perform also field
experiments on a scale that exceeds
ordinary  laboratory   set-ups.   A
major  task of such  investigations
would be to evaluate the time-scale
of the biodegradative processes and
possible    accelerating   factors.
Special emphasis should be given to
possible  toxicity of  intermediate
metabolic products.

    Further research needs exist in
the  understanding  of  microscopic
transport processes   in  the  pore
volume  of the aquifer with  regard
to  different ' types  of  'soils  'or
settings. The influence -of variable
permeability and pore size  distri-
butions  on  the intensity of  bio-
degradative processes is practical-
ly unknown. Partial layering of the
aquifer  may also limit  "the  effi-
ciency of the process.  Stratifica-
tion due to density differences may
in certain situations reduce access
of  the nutrients to the biodegrad-
able  contamination and thus  slow-
down the process.  Experience   on-
site  has   shown that certain  im-
provements of the technical  set-up
may  increase the efficiency of the
measure. It would, for instance, be
promising  in shallow  aquifers  to
use  infiltration canals instead of
arrays of injection wells.  A major
advantage would be that clogging of
the  screens could be  avoided  and
that  the much better accessibility
would allow easy cleaning of  clog-
ged bed areas. It would even appear
more   economical  in  many  cases,
especially  since  the  costs   for
piping facilities would be avoided.
Another  suggestion to improve  ac-
cessibility  of the soil for infil-
trating nutrient enriched water  is
area flooding. If the conditions on
site  allow  such  an  infiltration
system,  the'  unsaturated zone  and
the  upper  parts  of  the  aquifer
could  be much better provided with
the nutrient substrate.

    Since biodegradative  processes
are  based  on  fairly  large  time
scales  and finally reach  exponen-
tial   decay  characteristics,   it
would be of practical importance to
have adequate standards defining  a
realistic  duration of the remedial
action.  Furthermore,  standardized
instructions of efficiency  control
measurements  would  be helpful  in
determining total time and material
efforts needed in a certain  situa-
tion.  Special  regard will have to
be given to the formulation of such
standards,    in  terms  of  spatial
variability  allowance for  control
                                   256

-------
measurements of remedied  concentra-
tions  of individual   contaminants.
Very similar needs would  be met  by
technical  recommendations concern-
ing  observations of  long-term  ef-
fectiveness  .of  a    biodegradative
remedial action.
REFERENCES
/1/  Smith,   M.A.  (ed.),  1985, Con-
     taminated Land-Reclamation and
     Treatment,  NATO-Challenges of
     Modern  Society,   Vol.8,  Plemm
     Press,  N.Y.  and  London.

/2/  Battermann,  G.  and Werner, P.,
     1984, Beseitigung einer Unter-
     grundkontamination mit Kohlen-
     wasserstoffen durch mikrobiel-
     len Abbau, gwf/Wasser-Abwasser
      (125).
/3/  Nehrkorn,  A., 1986, Bedeutung
     biologisches    Vorgange     im
     Grundwasser;  In: Wasser-unser
     Nutzen,  unsere  Sorge,   DVWK-
     Schriften 78.

/4/  Geldner,   P.,  1986,   Simula-
     tionsmodelle  zur   Ausbreitung
     von       Schadstoffen      im
     Untergrund;   In:  DVGW-Schrif-
     tenreihe Wasser Nr.45.

/5/  Zipfel,  K.   und Geldner,  P.,
     1983,  Veranderung  der  Grund-
     wasserqualitat bei  der Wasser-
     gewinnung  etc.,    Forschungs-
     berichte UBA-10202303/1 2.
                                 Disclaimer

    The work in this  paper was  not funded  by the U.S.  Environmental  Protection
    Agency.   The  contents do not necessarily  reflect the  views of the Agency
    and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                     257

-------

-------
              BACTERIAL TREATMENT OF PCB-CONTAMINATED SOILS:
        PROSPECTS FOR THE APPLICATION OF RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY

 Ronald Unterman, Frank J. Monde!lo, Michael J. Brennan, Ronald E. Brooks,
        David P. Mob ley, John B. McDermott, and Charles C. Schwartz

           General  Electric,  Corporate  Research and  Development
                        Schenectady, New York 12301
                                  ABSTRACT

     We have  assessed  the efficacy  of  several natural  bacterial   Isolates
for  decontaminating  PCB-laden soil.   Initial  studies using Aroclor-splked
laboratory soil demonstrated extensive bI©degradation by Pseudomonas put Ida
strain LB400.  More  recent studies have focused on actual PCB-contamInated
soil from  New York State  containing 525  ppm  of transformed  Aroclor  1242
(similar In composition to Aroclor 1248).  Under laboratory conditions, 50$
of these PCBs were degraded In three days,  whereas  using experimental  con-
ditions more  suitable  to an  In situ application  of bacteria,  50$ degrada-
tion was achieved In 15 weeks.  We are currently  making final  preparations
for  conducting a PCB  bI©degradation field test.   In  parallel  studies we
have recently  cloned  from strain  LB400  the genes  which encode  the first
several enzymes  In  the pathway for  PCB  bI©degradation.  These recomblnant
bacteria  now  offer  the  opportunity  for  engineering  an  Improved  PC8-
degradlng  organism  (this strain  Improvement   Is currently  under way).  We
describe  herein  possible  approaches  for studying  the bI©degradation  of
soil-bound PCBs by genetically-engineered bacteria.
INTRODUCTION

     The  polychlorlnated  blphenyls
(PCBs)  were  widely  used  over  the
last  half  century  for many  Indus-
trial   applications.   Because   of
their  accumulation  In the  environ-
ment and possible  health  effects we
began  a  research  program  several
years  ago  to  Investigate the  bac-
terial  degradation  of  PCBs  (for  a
review of this subject see reference
1).  We  Initially  Isolated  over two
dozen  new  bacterial  strains capable
of  bI©degrading  PCBs.   Our  subse-
quent  studies have  concentrated on
characterizing the  biochemistry  and
genetics  of  PCB  bI©degradation   In
several of  these microorganisms (2-
7).   In  parallel  to  these studies,
we expanded  our  research program to
explore the possibility of using one
or  more  of  our  natural  bacterial
Isolates  for the decontamination of
PCB-laden soil.  CorynebacterI urn sp.
MB1, A lea 11 genes eutrophus H850, and
Pseudomona,s  putlda  LB400  had  a 11
been  shown  to  have  exce 11 ent  PCB-
degradlng capabilities under labora-
tory    assay    conditions    (4-7),
however,  little   was  known   about
their ability to oxidize PCBs adsor-
                                  259

-------
  bed to  soil.   Our  Initial  studies
  using  sand as  a model  demonstrated
  that PCBs  were  biodegradable  even
  when bound  to  a  sol Id  substrate.
  Recently   we  have   been  conducting
  blodegradatlon   studies   using  PC8-
  laden  soil  containing  either  Aro-
  clors or  pure PCB congeners (8).

  RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

 Blodeqradatlon Q± Sol|-bound PCBs

      After Initial studies  with PCBs
 added  to  clean soil  (8)  we began
 studies with actual PCB-contamInated
 soil from New York State.   This soil
 was  from  the  site  of a  former drag
 strip where PCB  oils (Aroclor 1242)
 were  used for   dust  control.   The
 sample we obtained was  analyzed and
 contains  525  ppm  of a  transformed
 Aroclor 1242.   It Is depleted In the
 dl-   and  trlchloroblphenyls   and
 therefore appears similar In compo-
 sition   to Aroclor  1248.   Resting
 cell  blodegradatlon   studies  using
 the  dragstrlp soil  have  shown  sub-
 stantial  PCB  blodegradatlon.  Strain
 LB400 degraded  15$  of  the PCBs  In
 one day  and 5]%  In  three  days (8).

      In  preparation for  a  site  test
 at  the  drag strip, we  scaled up  our
 laboratory experiments (5  kg  drag-
 strip soil) and  adopted experimental
 conditions more  suitable  to  an _Ln
 sItu application  of bacteria.   Using
 these conditions (3-4$ of  the pre-
 vious cell concentration,  unwashed
 cells, less water, 8°C cooler  (22°),
 no   shaking,   less   aeration)  PCB
 blodegradatlon was much  slower than
observed with  the resting cell pro-
toco I.

     Eventually   this     laboratory
study  did  show   significant  PCB
blodegradatlon,   albeit   In  weeks
rather than days.  In an  undisturbed
soil sample (I  kg),  Inoculated three
 times  weekly  with LB400, 50$ of the
 PCB  In the topmost  soil  was b I ode-
 graded  In 15 weeks  (Figure 1, cen-
 ter).   In parallel experiments, 5 kg
 of  dragstrlp  soil   were Inoculated
 three  times  weekly  with  LB400,  but
 then  mixed after  each application.
 After  23 weeks,  the  PCBs   In  this
 soil  are  35$  bI©degraded  at  all
 depths  (Figure  1  bottom).   Although
 this   sample   shows   less   percent
 blodegradatlon than the unmixed soil
 experiment discussed above,  It exhi-
 bits a much greater  total  amount of
 PCB destruction.

      We conclude from  these results
 that It should be possible to biolo-
 gically degrade PCBs on contaminated
 soil    In   the   environment   with
 appropriate cell concentrations  and
 environmental  conditions.   Our  con-
 tinuing studies are  now  focusing  on
 experimental   conditions  that most
 closely model  an actual  site  decon-
 tamination process and,  as  planned,
 an   JLn   situ   environmental   test.
 However,   It Is  clear that  It  would
 be  desirable to  have  faster  degrada-
 tion  rates, less temperature  depen-
 dence,  and effective degradation at
 lower bacterial  levels.   These goals
 are    potentially    accessible   by
 genetic  engineering   through  the
 Incorporation  of   gene  constructs
 which  would produce greater quanti-
 ties of the required enzymes.

 Isolation Q± ±hS Genes for PCB Meta-
bolIsm

     As  part  of  our  Investigations
on  bacterial PCB metabolism  we have
 begun to  examine the regulation and
control  of the  enzymes  Involved  In
this  process.   The ability  to Iso-
 late   and  manipulate    the  genes
encoding these,enzymes would greatly
facilitate  these  studies  and  our
attempts to maximize  the PCB degra-
datlve competence of our organisms.
                                   260

-------
                                                      (A)
                                                      (B)
                                                      (0
Figure 1.  Gas  chromatograms  of blodegraded  soil-bound PCB.   (A)  Buffer-
dosed control,  mixed;  (B)  inoculated,  unmixed, 15 weeks;  and  (C)  Inocula-
ted, mixed, 23 weeks.
                                   261

-------
      A genomlc  Ifbrary of  £.  putIda
 LB400  was  constructed  and  placed
 Into an Escherlchla coll host.  From
 this  library,   recomblnant  strains
 that  contained  and  expressed  the
 genes for the PCB  degradatlve enzy-
 mes of LB400 were Isolated.  Several
 of  these £.  col I  strains  have been
 found to possess all of  the enzymes
 required to metabolize a variety  of
 PCBs to their corresponding  chloro-
 benzolc  acids.   This  result  con-
 clusively demonstrates the  presence
 of   the  four  key   enzymes of the
 PCB/blphenyl     metabolic   pathway
 (Figure 2).

 Approaches   for Blodegradlnj   Soll-
 bPUnd £CSs i>v Genet lea I ly Engineered
Bacterla

      We are  now In  a position to
 explore  the   potential   of   using
 genetically-engineered  bacteria to
 blodegrade    so11-bound   PCBs   by
 Integrating   our    two   previously
 Independent  lines of  Investigation:
 1)  the  very  promising model studies
using £.  ftutlda LB400 to blodegrade
PCBs  on  soil,  and   2)   the  recent
successful cloning of the PCS degra-
datlve  genes from   LB400.    In  the
coming  months our  genetic  research
 will   Include:   (1)  studies  on  the
 regulation of  PCB/blphenyl  degrada-
 tion   so  that  expression   can   be
 enhanced and controlled,  (2)  use of
 the LB400 gene  clones  to Isolate  and
 study  the PCB/blphenyl  genes  from
 other organisms,  and  (3)  combining
 of  the  genes  from different  organ-
 Isms  to facilitate the metabolism of
 PCBs  and PCB  Intermediates.

      Following  completion of  each of
 these  three  goals,   we  will  have
 available new and/or Improved recom-
 blnant   DNA  organisms.    Therefore,
 one  could  begin  to  assess   the
 activity of  these  novel  strains  of
 recomblnant  bacteria  for  degrading
 so 11-bound PCBs.  The  approach would
 be  similar  to  that   used for   our
 laboratory PCB/soIl   studies  using
 native  LB400  (as  discussed  above).
 Each  new genetically-engineered bac-
 terium   could   be  assayed  for   Its
 ability  to degrade PCBs on both:   1)
 Aroclor  1242-spIked clean soil  (500
 ppm),  and 2) Drag strip soil ( 525
 ppm Aroclor   1248-1 Ike)   using  both
 resting  eel I  and JJQ situ protocols.

     Specifically  one  could  assay
the  soil  PCB-degradattve  activity
of:
              ci
                                                               COOH
                                                            Chtorobcnzoale
                     Figure 2.  PCB metabolIc pathway.
                                   262

-------
      a    first    generation   high
      expression   engineered   bac-
      terium.   This organism  would
      be   designed  to  synthesize
      higher  levels  of  cloned LB400
      PCB-degradatlve   enzymes  and
      may  show  Increased  rates  of
      PCB  bI©degradation.

      a    possible   second    PC8-
      degradlng  recomblnant  strain
      whose PCB-degradatlve activity
      complements that of LB400.  If
      this  Is achieved,  then  soil
      studies  with  this genetically
      engineered  organism  could  be
      conducted  using   both  pure as
      well as mixed cultures  (with
      the  LB400   derived   strain).
      ThIs may eventua11y  Iead to a
      superior     mixed     culture
      approach to PCB bI©degradation
      (as discussed  In reference 8).

      a recomblnant  strain  designed
      to   combine   from  different
      organisms genes for the meta-
      bolism of PCBs and/or recalci-
      trant  PCB  metabolites.   This
      organism  might exhibit  novel
      or   Improved   PCB-degradatlve
      activity   and  would   be   an
      excellent candidate for assay-
      Ing on PCBs bound to soil.
     In  summary.  It will  be Impor-
tant In  the  future to evaluate each
new    genetIca11y-engIneered   PCB-
degradatlve  strain for  Its ability
to degrade PCBs as actually  found In
the  environment.   This  Integration
of  genetic and  soil  studies   Is  a
logical  and  practical extension of
Important and promising  research on
PCB  biodegradation.   Thus, we are
now  In  a  position to  exploit  the
potential  of  modern  biotechnology
for blodegrading  environmental  con-
taminants such as PCBs.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     We  would  like to  thank Robert
Wagner  for  his expert  GC analyses,
and  Carolyn  Meyer and  Marsha Berry
for typing the manuscript.

     This  research  was  funded   In
part by  the  U.S.  Environmental  Pro-
tection   Agency    (contract   #CR-
812727-02-0),  Dr.  P.R.  Sferra,  pro-
ject officer.

REFERENCES

  1.  Furukawa,  K. (1982),  "Micro-
      blal       Degradation      of
      Polychlorlnated    Biphenyls,"
      pp. 33-57,  Biodegradation and
      Detoxification of Environmen-
      tal PollutantSf  A.M.   Chakra-
      barty  (ed.), CRC Press,  Inc.,
      Boca Raton,  FL.

  2.  Bedard,  DL,  Brennan,  MJ  and
      Unterman,  R.   (1984),  "Bac-
      terial  Degradation  of  PCBs:
      Evidence  of  Distinct  Pathways
      in CorynebacterI urn sp. MB1 and
      Alea 11genes  eutrophus H850,"
      pp. 4-101 to 4-118, Proc. 1985
      PCB  Seminar,.  Electric  Power
      Research  Institute,. Palo Altof
      £&,  G.  Addis  and  R.  Komal
      (eds.).

  3.  Unterman,   R.,    Bedard,   DL,
      Bopp,    LH,    Brennan,    MJ,
      Johnson,  C.  and  Haberi,  ML
      (1985), "Mlcroblal Degradation
      of Polychlorlnated Biphenyls,"
      pp. 481-488, Proc. Intl. Conf.
      on New Frontiers  for Hazardous
      Waste     Management,     U..S.
      EnvIronmentaI       Protection
      Agency,. Cincinnati,. jQH..

  4.  Bedard, DL, Unterman,  R., Bopp
      LH,  Brennan,  MJ, Haberi,  ML
      and   Johnson,   C.    (1986),
      "Rapid Assay for Screening and
                                    263

-------
           Characterizing  Microorganisms
           for  the  Ability  to  Degrade
           PolychlorJnated    BIphenyls,"
           App I- Environ.  MJcroblol. 51,
           761-768.

       5.  Bopp, LH  (1986),  "Degradation
           of Highly  Chlorinated  PCBs by
           Pseudomonas strain LB400," J..
           lad.  MIcroblol. 1, 23-29.

       6.  Bedard,  DL, Wagner,  RE,  Bren-
           nan,  MJ, Haberl, ML and Brown,
           JF (1987),  "Extensive Degrada-
           tion  of Aroclors  and Environ-
           mental ly Transformed PCBs  by
           A lea 11 genes  eutrophus   H850,"
           AppI.  Environ.  MIcroblol.  53,
           1094-1102.

       7.  Bedard,  DL, Haberl,  ML,  May,
           RJ  and  Brennan,   MJ  (1987),
           "Evidence  for  Novel Mechanisms
           of  PCB  MetabolIsm In  Alcal1-
           genes  eutrophus  H850,"  App I.
           Environ.  MIcroblol.  53,  1103-
           1112.

       8.   Unterman,   R.,   Brennan,   MJ,
           Brooks,  RE  and  Johnson,  C.
           (1987),  "Biological  Degrada-
           tion  of  PCBs,"  Proc.   Intl.
          JConj.   on   Innovative   Blol.
           Treatment        of
           Wastewatersf In  press.
                                Disclaimer

The work described in this paper was not funded by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect the views of
the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.               .
                                       264

-------
     SCREENING STUDY FOR ON-SITE BIOLOGICAL REMEDIATION OF SOILS
    CONTAMINATED BY COAL CONVERSION RESIDUALS AND BY-PRODUCTS
A. Brenner, R.L. Irvine, L.H. Ketchum, Jr. and C.F. Kulpa, Jr., P.O. Box G, University of
Notre  Dame,  Notre  Dame,  IN  46556  and J.P.  Moreau, Niagara  Mohawk Power
Corporation, 300 Erie Boulevard West, Syracuse, NY 13202

                                   ABSTRACT

The purpose of this study was to investigate the feasibility of using the Sequencing Batch
Reactor (SBR) as a key component in an on-site biological remediation program for the
treatment of  contaminated soil  and  leachates present at Niagara Mohawk Power
Corporation's Harbor Point site in Utica, New York. Soil and leachate samples brought
from this site were tested for biological activity.  Plate counts and carbon evolution from
soil  respirometers  verified significant  activity of  indigenous  soil  microorganisms.
Laboratory-scale SBRs  were tested using  several operating strategies.   The SBRs
removed most of the soil and leachate constituents while producing "Specialized Bacteria"
resistant to cyanide. Results from Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) measurements and
gas chromatograph analyses of selected target organics showed high removal efficiencies.
INTRODUCTION

    Various residuals and byproducts of
the coal carbonization process  that were
produced by two former gas manufactur-
ing plants that were owned and operated
from  1902 to the mid 1950's by one of
Niag'ara  Mohawk's   predecessors,   the
Utica Gas and  Electric Company, were
disposed of at a 70 acre parcel known as
Harbor Point. As a result, the soils and
leachates at Harbor  Point are contami-
nated with typical coal gasification mate-
rials such as polynuclear aromatic hydro-
carbons (PNAs),  phenols,  coal tars and
oils, purifier waste containing  cyanides
and sulfates, ash and other debris.

      The purpose of this study was to
investigate   the   potential   of    the
Sequencing Batch Reactor (SBR) as a key
component  in  an  on-site remediation
program for the  Harbor Point site.  The
laboratory-scale SBR was to be integrated
into an overall test system which included
the biological degradation of hazardous
organics found in leachates and soils and
the production of "Specialized Bacteria" in
the SBR for eventual application to  the
soils.    This  unique  approach to  soil
decontamination, extends the innovative
features of the SBR  that were  described
by the United States Environmental Pro-
tection  Agency  (7,14),  the  National
Science Foundation (2), and the U.S. Con-
gressional    Office    of    Technology
Assessment (22).

   The SBR has been shown to be a cost
effective and energy efficient means for
degrading  hazardous wastes  (10,11,13).
It is uniquely suited for the selection and
enrichment of  the  desired microbial
population because of the ease with which
a diverse array of operating strategies and
selective pressures can be implemented
(4,5,12,15). The convenience in operation
stems from the time oriented nature of
the process. Specifically, each tank in the
SBR system  is filled  during a  discrete
period  of  time.    During  this  period,
organism selection can be controlled by
manipulating the maximum growth rates
of the microbes and by  regulating the
oxygen  levels in the reactor  (e.g.,  from
anaerobic  to  aerobic).   After a tank is
filled, treatment continues as the SBR
behaves as a batch reactor.   During this
period  further selective  pressures are
applied  by  controlling the length of time
the organisms are subjected to starvation
conditions.  After treatment, the microbes
are allowed to settle  and the  clarified
supernatant is drawn from the reactor.
                                      265

-------
During   these   quiescent  periods,   the
opportunity for  plasmid exchange  and
general enrichment of genetic information
are  enhanced.    "Specialized  Bacteria"
developed in the  SBR  can  be added to
contaminated  soils using well developed
municipal sludge application technologies
(23,25).   Of  these,  surface  application
methods provide the best opportunity for
maximizing the rate of soil detoxification.
The results reported upon herein focus on
SBR. operation and performance and not
on in-situ soil detoxification.

PURPOSE AND APPROACH

       Experimental work fof this  study
included two phases.  Phase I initiated in
July 1986 and continued through Novem-
ber 1986, was  aimed at determining if the
soils and leachates at the Harbor  Point
site can be treated biologically. This phase
consisted of three independent tests which
were: (1) Determination of chemical char-
acteristics of the leachates; (2) Analysis of
biological characteristics of the soils which
included   growth   experiments   and
respirometer tests; and (3)  Operation of
two  "initial screening"  batch biological
reactors being fed contaminated leachates
and soils. These initial tests were the basis
for a rather extensive phase II study which
was initiated in November 1986 and con-
tinued through March 1987.   During this
phase, four laboratory  scale SBR's were
tested for biological degradation of the soil
and leachate contaminants.

    There have been several reports that
bacteria present hi sewage sludge degrade
either phenols (21), PNAs (3),  or cyanides
(16).  However, combination of all these
substances in one stream requires a care-
ful and innovative approach.  This concept
was  applied hi operating the laboratory
SBR's.   As a  result, the reactors were
operated with  (1) either continuous  or
instantaneous feed modes hi order to test
the impact of shock loads; (2) with either
completely aerobic or an anaerobic/aerobic
sequence  with a  nitrate  supplement in
order to compare removal efficiencies with
these operating strategies; and (3) with a
carbon source (glucose) added hi order to
determine   if   cyanide  removal   was
enhanced during denitrification.

    Most of the chemical analyses of this
study were conducted according to proce-
dures described in "Standard Methods" (1).
COD  was   determined  by  Dichromate
Reflux Method (508C).' Ammonia nitro-
gen was analyzed by the Nesslerization
Method  (417B), and nitrate  and nitrite
nitrogen by  the  Cadmium  Reduction
Method  (Hach modification (8)).   Total
cyanide  was   determined  by   Method
412A.B.C.

   Total bacterial counting analyses were
performed  by the Spread  Plate  Method
(9Q7B (1)) on Trypticase Soy Agar (TSA).

   Gas chromatograph (GC) analyses were
conducted according  to procedures in the
"Federal Register" (6). The  GC used was a
Varian 3700 with Vista 401 data proces-
sor.  Three methods  were used for detec-
tion of three compound groups typical to
coal gasification wastes. In each method,
specific compounds were selected as target
compounds  to be  compared to standard
solution data.  The three methods and the
selected  target  compounds were:   (1)
Purgeable Aromatics (Method 602) for
Benzene,  Toluene  and   Xylenes;   (2)
Phenols  (Method  604) for Phenol; (3)
Polynuclear    Aromatic   Hydrocarbons
(Method   610)   for   Acenaphthene,
Acenaphthylene and Naphthalene.

RESULTS

Leachate Chemical Characteristics. Three
soil samples and one leachate sample were
collected at the Harbor Point site on June
25, 1986.  The  soil  samples were desig-
nated 1, 2, and 3 with soil 1 being the least
contaminated   and  soil   3   the  most
contaminated.  The leachate sample was
collected at the soil 3 site.  The leachates
have  a  low pH of about  2.7, sufficient
ammonia nitrogen and phosphate phos-
phorus to support biological growth, and
less than 100 mg/1 of soluble COD.  As a
result,  biological   treatment  of   the
leachates alone may not be possible unless
they are augmented by some other energy
spurces which will  support the growth of
an active biomass.  As will be described
                                        266

-------
and discussed later, leachates fed to the
SBRs were  supplemented with contami-
nated  soils  so as  to promote bacterial
growth, to develop a more diverse biologi-
cal population, and to enhance the biologi-
cal removal of target organics present  in
the leachates and soils.  A glucose supple-
ment was also tested La some reactors.

Bacterial  Examination   of  the   Soils.
Qrowth experiments were  conducted  to
characterize the organisms present in the
soil and to determine if they were able  to
grow    on    the   organic   constituents,
hazardous or non-hazardous.  The growth
potential of the organisms present in the
soil samples were tested on Trypticase Soy
Agar (TSA). This was done by adding a  2g
soil  sample  to  100 ml  of  basal salts
medium hi a 250 ml flask and shaking  at
28C  for  two weeks.    Small  aliquots
removed from each soil flask on a regular
basis were plated on TSA medium and the
number of Colony Forming Units (CFU)
produced counted.  Results obtained for
all three soils are plotted on Figure 1.   As
can be seen, soil 1 had the highest initial
counts at about 4000 CFU/ml. The initial
counts for soil 2 were 20 CFU/ml and for
soil 3, 200 CFU/ml.  This corresponds  to
approximately 200,000, 1000, and 10,000
CFU  per g of soil, for  soils  1, 2  and 3
respectively.  Considering the fact that not
all of the aerobic organisms present hi the
soil would be detected on the TSA medium
and that none of the anaerobes would  be
measured by this procedure, these results
indicate that  a  significant   indigenous
population is available at the Harbor Point
site to assist hi a biological remediation
program  if  provided  optimal  growth
conditions.   Indeed, the aerobic,  mixed
environment established in the flasks did
result in a 1000 fold increase hi numbers
of organisms hi soils 1 and 3 and a 10,000
fold increase in  soil 2.   The die  off  of
organisms at the end of the experiment in
flasks containing soils 2 and 3 may have
resulted from the exhaustion of readily
usable carbon sources or from the accu-
mulation of toxic organics leached from
the soils during the course of the test.

     A total of 29 bacteria were isolated
from the soil growth flasks and cloned  to
purity.  Of these 8 or. 9 may be different
strains of bacteria.  These isolates were
tested for  their  ability  to  grow  on
acenaphthene    (0.01%),    naphthalene
(0.04%, and 0.1%) and phenol (0.01%,
6.1%, and 0.5%) as sole carbon sources.
The controls were plates  containing no
carbon sources.  Two of the isolates were
capable of  growing on 0.01%  acenaph-
thene, five of the isolates on 0.04% naph-
thalene, and five on 0.01% phenol. Two of
the colonies having distinct morphological
characteristics on the plates were able to
grow on:  all three carbon sources.   No
growth was observed in 0.1% naphthalene
or on either 0.1% or 0.5% phenol.

      Further evidence of the  biological
activity of the naturally occurring organ-
isms  at Harbor  Point was obtained from
the measurement of carbon dioxide evolu-
tion in soil  respirometers.  In these stud-
ies, 50g of each of the soils 1, 2 and 3,
used  in  the growth  studies  described
above,  were  placed   in  separate   soil
respirometers.   Carbon dioxide evolution
was measured by  trapping in KOH and
titration with acid.  Results from  these
experiments are presented in  Figure 2.
From this figure it can be seen that soil 3,
the   most  heavily  contaminated  soil,
showed the lowest rates of COo  evolution.
Soil 2 had an intermediate rate of evolu-
tion and soil 1 had the highest rate.  All
data points have been corrected with data
from sterilized control  soils.   On day 27,
inorganic nutrients (0.05g KoHP04, 0.045g
KHoPO4,  0.02g  (NHjoSO/and 0.0016 g
MgC^) were added to the soils.   No
increase in the rate of COo evolution was
seen  as a result  of this addition.   The
results from the soil respirometer studies
strengthened the bacterial  count findings,
indicating   that   an  active  indigenous
population  of microorganisms is present
at the Harbor Point site.

Screening  Biological Activity   in  Batch
Reactors.  After  reviewing the results from
the preliminary  chemical  and  microbio'-
logical analyses, it was decided to operate
two "initial  screening" batch reactors, one
fed  a  mixture  of  leachate  and   soil
(designated unit 1) and the other (unit 2)
fed the low COD leachate.  The two 3.851
                                         267

-------
           103


           102


            10
    o Soil #2
    • Soil #3
                  50
100
150   200
 Hours
250   300   350
          Figure  1. Semilog Plot of Growth of Indigenous
                   Bacteria in Soil Samples.
 Cumulative
mMoles CO2
 produced  4
           3
                       Soil#1
                     o Soil #2
                     • Soil #3
          Figure 2. Cumulative C02 Evolution of Soils.
                            268

-------
reactors  were operated on  an instanta-
neous fill and draw basis.   Performance
and biological  activity  was  measured
mainly by feed/effluent COD balances and
by Oxygen Uptake Rate (OUR) measure-
ments.  The OUR test served as an excel-
lent indicator for activity inhibition caused
by  sudden shock loading.   Sporadic gas
chromatograph analyses of selected target
organics generally showed agreement with
the overall COD removal trends.

       Additional information  regarding
biological activity hi the laboratory reac-
tors was obtained from bacterial  plate
counts  on the  mixed  liquor  suspended
solids (MISS).   The plating medium was
TSA with various additional amounts  of
cyanide, one of the  components of the
contaminated soils.  The results of these
counts are summarized in  Figure 3.  As
can be  seen,  a population of  cyanide
resistant bacteria that reached a stable
population in number was selected in the
reactors. The  number of bacteria deter-
mined at each cyanide  concentration was
essentially the same for increasing cyanide
levels.   Indeed, bacterial  counts hi the
10 /ml  range  were  determined  on the
highest  cyanide concentration,  100 mg/1
KCN.  Medium containing 1000 mg/1 KCN
was tried but no growth was detected at
this level at any dilution of biomass.

Bench Scale SBR Operation. Based on the
experience gained by the operation of the
two batch reactors, four SBR units were
established and operated simultaneously.
Each reactor had a total liquid volume of
3.851 and received a  biomass inoculum
which was composed  of  a mixture  of
domestic sewage sludge and the remaining
sludge from the two batch reactors.  All
four  reactors  were  operated  at  room
temperature (19 to 21C).  The basic feed
solution was prepared by mixing of 121 of
tap water with 240g of contaminated soil
for three days followed by  30  minutes of
clarification. This feed solution contained
low levels of soluble COD, ranging from 30
to  75  mg/l.   However, the  total COD
readings were between 350  and 900 mg/1
and the suspended solids  concentrations
ranged from 250 to 600 mg/1.  Air to the
reactors was  introduced through porous
diffuser stones.  During anaerobic periods
magnetic  stirrers were used for mixing.
All aeration, mixing, and discharge func-
tions  were  sequenced  with  laboratory
timers.    Reactor  operating  conditions
established  after  an  initial  acclimation
period of three weeks  are summarized in
Table 1.

    The basic feed of leachate plus soils
was supplied to both the instantaneous fill
units 1 and 2 and the continuous fill units
3 and 4 (supplied by piston pumps) during
the initial acclimation  period with a grad-
ual increase to  the  levels  described hi
Table 1.  Nitrate nitrogen was added to
units  1  and 2 which were kept anaerobic
(i.e. mixing only was provided throughout
the 22  hour react  period)  in order to
develop a denitrifying bacteria population.
During  the  acclimation period  it  was
discovered that units 3 and 4 developed a
nitrifying population  which  resulted in
extreme pH decreases.  As  a  result,  the
original operating mode of units 1 and 2
was altered to include  the 5 hour aeration
period shown in Table  1. This was done in
order to promote nitrification followed by
denitrification  without  external supple-
ment of nitrate. In order to insure a suffi-
cient  supply of nitrogen and phosphorus
and to  conduct the  appropriate denitrifi-
cation oriented  studies, these nurtients
were  daily added  to  the four reactors.
Units 3  and 4  were supplied  with addi-
tional alkalinity hi order to promote nitri-
fication and to  minimize pH fluctuations.
Table 1  summarizes the composition and
amounts of the  strengthening constituents
added to the biological reactors. Glucose
was chosen  to  be  the additional carbon
source for  units 2 and 4 for  its known
tendency to form  cyanohydrin with  the
cyanide   ion.    The   cyanohydrins   are
reported  to hydrolyze  to  aldonic  acids
which can  serve  as   carbon and energy
source for either aerobic or anoxic bacteria
(17,19,20).

    Operation of the SBR units was moni-
tored by routine sampling and bi or tri
weekly  analyses  of COD, MISS, MLVSS,
effluent   suspended   solids   (total  and
volatile), ammonia, and nitrate and nitrite.
The soluble effluent COD was in the range
                                         269

-------
of 15 to 40 mg/1 reflecting high removal of
the waste organic constituents.  Moderate
sludge wastage resulted in increased levels
of MESS.   This  increase  in suspended
solids was due to bacterial growth and to
the high influx of suspended materials hi
the feed. As expected, units 2 and 4 had a
high  yield of solids (because glucose is
added to the feed) and units 1 and 3 had
poor yield in spite of having high removal
efficiencies for most  constituents.  This
low yield for leachates containing toxic
materials was observed by others (24) and
may  be  explained by high maintenance
energy  requirements  that  results   in
catabolism of large  amounts  of substrate
carbon to CO2 and less assimilation into
new cell mass.  In  general, the reactors'
effluents were turbid with  high levels of
suspended solids  that probably resulted
from the  oily nature of the feed mixture.
Units 2  and  4,  the  glucose augmented
systems, however, developed better clarifi-
cation  with  lower   levels   of  effluent
suspended solids.    Indeed,  the glucose
served as a means for improving settling
characteristics of the sludge, perhaps by
stimulating growth of flocculating bacteria
or by contributing to higher production of
extracellular polymers assisting  hi bio-
flocculation.

     The variation of nitrogen compound
concentrations hi the reactors' effluents is
shown in Figure 4.  The influent ammonia
nitrogen concentration for units 1 and 2
was 132 mg/1 and was 100 mg/1 for units 3
and 4.   As can  be seen from Figure 4,
nitrification easily  developed hi all four
reactors with highest levels  found hi units
3 and 4 which were supplied with addi-
tional alkalinity and the poorest  perfor-
mance being observed hi unit 1, the reac-
tor with  neither glucose  nor alkalinity
being added to the  feed.  It appears that
nitrifiers developed  due to  the protection
of cyanide degraders hi the mixed slurry,
as also evidenced elsewhere (9). Denitrifi-
cation was found to be inconsistent. This
is not surprising since none of the reactors
were  operated hi a manner that would
optimize  denitrification.    In particular,
alternating  aerobic/anaerobic  sequences
during the fill period hi SBR systems is
necessary hi order to achieve high nitro-
gen removal efficiency (18). While units 1
and  2 had the potential  for  developing
denitrification, only unit 2 had sufficient
carbon  (i.e. glucose) added to drive  the
denitrification  oriented  reactions.    It
should be noted, however, that these units
did  develop  denitrification   capabilities
during the initial acclimation period when
nitrate was added to the feed  and  the
reactors were maintained anaerobic.

     GC  analyses and cyanide  determina-
tions were conducted on  the feed  and
effluent.  Representative  GC fingerprints
for the phenols and the PNAs are given in
Figure 5.  As can be seen from this figure,
these  compound  groups  were  easily
removed hi all four reactors even though
the reactors were operated with markedly
different  strategies.   A   comparison  of
soluble and total effluents can be seen hi
Figure 5 for SBR unit 4.  GC analyses for
the  purgeable aromatics  both  for  the
leachate feed  and the effluent resulted in
undetectable levels of these compounds.
As a result, their removal, if any, could not
be determined. Detailed data for some of
the target organics and for cyanide, COD
and  ammonia are presented in Table 2.
The  quantitative  analyses for the phenols
and  PNAs verify the qualitative  trends
shown hi Figure  5, and also agreed with
the  COD removal efficiencies.  Cyanide
removal efficiencies were  generally satis-
factory.  However, the differences between
the four SBR units could not be attributed
to the different operating conditions.

SUMMARY

      While the leachates  and soils from
Harbor  Point  are  contaminated with
organics that are known  to be  toxic to
some microorganisms, indigenous bacteria
which can  tolerate  and  degrade these
constituents were found to be present and
survive  even without the development of
optimal conditions for nutrients, aeration
and  organism density.  Bacterial strains
were developed in SBR units which were
shown to  be flexible hi  operation  and
easily maintained on the  constituents of
the leachates and soils from Harbor Point
and  are therefore likely to be an excellent
source of "Specialized Bacteria" inoculum
                                         270

-------
   Table 1 -  Summary of Operating Conditions Following
             Initial Three Week Acclimation Period.

Max. Reactor Liquid Vol., L
Daily Feed Volume , L
Detention Time , Days
Supplemental Components
Added to Basic Feed*,
mg , for:
Glucose as COD
Ammonia Mitrogen as N
Phosphorous as P
Alkalinity as CaCQs
Time in Hours, for:
Aerated Fill
Mixed Fill
Mi zed React
Aerated React
Settle
Draw & Idle
Cycles per Day
Unitl
3.85
0.5
7.7



0
64
10
0

0
0.01
17
5
1-5
0.5
1
Unit2
3.85
0.5
7.7



600
64
10
0

0
0.01
17
5
1-5
0.5
I
Unit3
3.85
1.0
3.85



0
96
15
600

6
0
0
16
1-5
0.5
1
Unit4
3.85
1.0
3.85



600
96
15
600

6
0
0
16
1-5
0.5
1
*Basic Feed was composed of ieachate and contaminated soils
 obtained after miiing 12L of tap water with 240g of soil for 5
 days followed by 30 minutes of clarification. Feed concentration
 of total COD ranged from 350 to 900 mg/1 and that of suspended
 solids, from 250 to 600 mg/1.
                       271

-------
                          •-UniM
                          0-Urtt2
                          (b) 10mg/l KCN
                                               50
                                            x  4CH
                                            o>
    z
    I
                                            LL.
                                            UJ
                                               30
                                               20
                                               10
     100-

      90-
   -  80-

   I*  70-

    -  60-
                                            z  40-
                                            Bf  30-
                                            UJ
                                               20-

                                               10-

             o	
— (
 10
                    — ] —
                    15
                                                                  1 - , - f_
                                                                  20   25 28
                                                          FEBRUARY 1987
                                                      •-Unit I ,o- Unit 2

                                                      *- Unit 3,a-Unit 4
Figure 3. Bacterial Counts on MLSS
          from the "Initial Screening'
          Reactors on ISA + KCN.
Figure 4. Chronological Plot of SBRs
          Effluent Ammonia and
          Oxidized Nitrogen.
                                     272

-------
                                                                                                   ^<   (f)
                                                                                                   JCl   4J
                                                                                                   <— '   C
                           UJ
                                        tVJ

                                         6
                                        UJ
K)

 6
                                                         UJ
                                                                        UJ
                                                                                        o
                                                                                        CM
                                  en
                                  LL)
                                  l-


                               O 1
                                                                                       -tn
           O   "O


           I   c^
           o   ^
           Js   OT
           •o   *->
           >.  c
                                                                                                   (Q   UJ
                                                                                                   E   u.
                                                                                                   O   4>
                                                                                                   CO   •—
                                          u
                                          =9   — ;
                                          c   ro
10tl*l|d
                                             CVJ

                                              o
   10
    o
                                                            ui
1-8
                                                                                         in
                                                                                                  •o
                                                                                                   c
                                                                                                   KJ
                                               O   <-»
                                               2   rs.
                                                 .   oo
                                                                                                   ro  <*-   ^
                                                                                                  x_x  111   ^
                                                                                                   CO   L.   ~
                                                                                                   o  2   -
                                                                                                   £   o   
-------
Table 2 - Removal of Specific Constituents in the SBR
        Units(Average Values for January 14-16,87)
Contaminant
COD . mg/1
Ammonia.mg/1 as N
Cyanide.mg/1 as CN
Phenol . ug/1
Acenaphthene,ug/l
Acenaphthylene.ug/1
Naphthalene. ug/1
Unit*l
Unit*2
Unit*3
Unit*4
Unit*l
Unit*2
Unit*3
Unit*4
Unit«l
Unit*2
Unit«3
Unit»4
Unit* I
Unit*Z
Unit#3
Unit»4
Unit*l
Unit»2
Unit«3
Unit»4
Unit*l
Unit»2
Unit*3
Unit*4
Unit*l
Unit*2
Unil»3
Unit*4
(D
Influent
500
1700
500
1100
132.2
132.2
100.2
100.2
28.6
28.6
28.6
28.6
I3.I
13.1
13.1
13.1
47.8
47.8
47.8
47 8
99.5
99.5
99.5
99.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
(2)
Effluent
35.0
34.0
30.0
32.0
11.9
2.5
1.7
1.8
2.9
3.8
7.0
2.6
0.5
<0.14
<0.14
<0.14
1.9
2.3
<1.8
<1.8
<2.3
<2.3
<2.3
<2.3
<1.8
<1.8
<1.8
<1.8
 (1) - Total. Except for Ammonia.
 (2) - Soluble . Except for Cyanide.
                    274

-------
for in-situ soil remediation programs.

REFERENCES

 1.  APHA,  AWWA, WPCF, 1985, Stan-
dard  Methods  for  the Examination  of
Water and Wastewater. 16th Ed.

 2.  Bryan, E.H., 1982, "Research on Inno-
vative Concepts in Treatment of Wastew-
ater   and  Management   of  Residual
Sludges," presented at  the North Carolina
American  Water  Works  Association -
Water  Pollution   Control  Association,
Annual Meeting, Greensboro, NC.

 3.  Cerniglia,  C.E.,   1984,   "Microbial
Metabolism of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydro-
carbons," Advances in  Applied Microbiol-
ogy, 30, 31.

 4.  Chiesa,   S.C.,   Irvine,   R.L.,   1985,
"Growth and  Control  of  Filamentous
Microbes in Activated Sludge:  An Inte-
grated Hypothesis,"  Water Research,  19,
471.

 5.  Chiesa,   S.C.,   Irvine,   R.L.,   and
Manning, Jr., J.F.,  1985,  Teast/Famine
Growth  Environments   and   Activated
Sludge Population Selection," Biotechnol-
ogy and Bioengineering. 27. 562.

 6.  EPA, 1984, Federal Register. 40 CFR
Part 136, Vol. 49, No. 209.

 7.  EPA Technology Transfer, 1982.  The
Bridge Between Research and Use. EPA-
600/D-82-331.

 8.  Hach Company,  1984, Procedures for
Water and Wastewater Analysis. 2nd Ed.

 9.  Harden, D., Jones,  D.D. and Gauthier,
J.J., 1983, "Adaptation  of  an Industrial
Activated Sludge Process to the Removal
of Cyanide," Proc.  38th Purdue Industrial
Waste Conference, Ann Arbor Science.

10.    Herzbrun, PA.,  Irvine, R.L., Mali-
nowski, KG. and Hanchak, M.J., hi press,
"Treatment  of Hazardous  Wastes hi a
Sequencing Batch Reactor," Biotechnology
Applied to Environmental  Problems,  ed.
by D.L. Wise, CRC Press, Inc.
 11.    Herzbrun, P.A., Irvine,  R.L.  and
 Malinowski, K.C., 1985, "Biological Treat-
 ment of Hazardous Waste hi the SBR,"
 Journal Water Pollution Control Federa-
 tion, 57.1163.

 12.    Irvine, R.L., Ketchum,  Jr., L.H.,
 Breyfogle,  R.   and Earth,  E.F.,  1983,
 "Municipal  Application  of  Sequencing
 Batch Treatment  at  Culver,  Indiana,"
 Journal Water Pollution Control Federa-
 tion, 55, 484.

 13.    Irvine,  R.L.,   Sojka,   S.A.   and
 Colaruotolo,   J.F.,   1984,    "Enhanced
 Biological Treatment  of Leachates from
 Industrial Landfills," Hazardous Wastes. 1.
 123.

 14.    Irvine,    R.L.,   1985,    "Project
 Summary.    Technology  Assessment of
 Sequencing Batch Reactors," EPA/600/S2-
 85/007.

 15.    Irvine,  R.L., Ketchum,   Jr., L.H.,
 Arora, M.L.  and Earth, E.F.,  1985,  "An
 Organic  Loading   Study  of  Full-Scale
 Sequencing   Batch  Reactors,"  Journal
 Water Pollution Control Federation,  57.
 847.

 16.    Knowles,  C.J.   and  Bunch,  A.W.,
 1986,  "Microbial  Cyanide  Metabolism,"
 Advances in Microbial Physiology. 27, 73.

 17.    Lewandowski, Z., 1984,  "Biological
 Denitrification in the Presence of Cyanide,"
 Water Research. 18, 289.

 18.    Palis,  J.C. and  Irvine, R.L., 1985,
 "Nitrogen Removal hi a Low-Loaded Single
 Tank Sequencing Batch Reactor," Journal
 Water Pollution Control Federation,   57.
 82.

 19.    Raef,   S.F.,   Characklis,   W.G.,
 Kessick,  M.A.  and Ward,  C.H.,  1977a,
 "Fate of Cyanide and Related Compounds
 in Aerobic Microbial Systems - I. Chemical
 Reaction  with  Substrate  and Physical
 Removal," Water Research. 11, 477.

 20.   Raef,   S.F.,   Characklis,   W.G.,
Kessick, M.A. and Ward, C.H.,  1977b,
                                        275

-------
"Fate of Cyanide and Related Compounds
in Aerobic Microbial Systems - II. Micro-
bial  Degradation," Water Research, 11,
485.

21.    Stamoudis, V.C. and Luthy,  R.G.,
1980,   "Determination   of  Biological
Removal  of  Organic  Constituents  in
Quench  Waters from High-BTU  Coal-
Gasification Pilot Plants," Water Research,
14,1143.

22.    "Superfund Strategy",  1985, Wash-
ington, DC:  Congress, Office of Technol-
ogy Assessment, OTA-ITE-252, pg. 211.

23.    U.S.   Environmental   Protection
Agency, 1983, Process Design Manual for
Land Application  of Municipal  Sludge,
EPA-625/1-83-016.

24.    Venkataramani, E.S. and  Ahlert,
R.C., 1984, "Rapid Aerobic Biostabilization
of   High-Strength   Industrial  Landfill
Leachate,"   Journal   Water   Pollution
Control Federation, 56,1178.

25.    Visilind, P.A., Hartman, G.C. and
Skene, E.T.,  1985,  Sludge  Management
and Disposal,  Lewis Publishers,  Inc.,
Chelsea, Michigan.
                                    Disclaimer

The  work  in  this  paper was  not funded by the  U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.   The  contents  do  not  necessarily  reflect  the views of  the Agency
and  no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                        276

-------
                 WHITE ROT FUNGUS DETOXIFICATION RESEARCH              •  ,..

                           STATUS AND DIRECTIONS


                   John A.  Glaser and Pasquale R. Sferra

               United States Environmental Protection Agency
              Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
                          Cincinnati, Ohio 45268


                                ABSTRACT        ; .    .

     Some of  the  more common substructures of  lignin, catechol diethers,
alkylarenes,  and biphenyls,  resemble  the chemical structure of  many
persistent organic compounds contaminating the environment.   The remarkable
similarity  in  structure  led  several  investigators  to  research  the
applicability of a  white rot fungus,  Phanerochaete chrysosporium,  to the
biodegradation of hazardous waste constituents.

     Starting in 1984, the Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
of  the U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency has  funded research  to
determine the feasibility of using P.  chrysosporium to  degrade  organic
pollutants.                                                   ,

     The white  rot fungus research continues to  stimulate  interest and
shows promise for field applications.    The parts of the research  program
sponsored by the Hazardous Waste  Engineering Research  Laboratory are
starting to develop major advances in the emerging biological control
technology field.
INTRODUCTION

     White  rot  fungi are primary wood degraders  in nature  (1).   All
components of wood are degraded by these fungi including lignin which is a
structural component of wood composed of a heteropolymer  formed  from the
cross linking of three precursor cinnamyl alcohols (2).

     The structural features of lignin dictate unusual constraints  on the
biodegradation systems responsible for the  initial attack  on lignin.   The
600-1000 k-dalton size range for  lignin is  far  too large  to enter cells.
The requirements are  that  the degradative  system  must  be extracellular,
non-specific,  and non-hydrolytic.  Analogies with other  biopolymers
degrading  systems fail since  these other systems are hydrolytic  and
specific (2).
                                   277

-------
     Some of the more  common  substructures of lignin, catechol diethers,
alkylarenes,  and biphenyls,  resemble the chemical structure of many
persistent organic compounds contaminating the environment.  The remarkable
similarity in structure led  several investigators  to research  the
applicability of a white rot  fungus,  Phanerochaete chrysosporium,  to  the
biodegradation of hazardous waste constituents (2).

     Since the findings of Aust (3) and Eaton  (4),  the area of application
of the white rot  fungus, P. chrysosporium, to the detoxification of organic
compounds  designated as hazardous waste constituents has  progressed
significantly.  Starting  in  1984, the Hazardous Waste  Engineering Research
Laboratory of the U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency has funded research
to determine the feasibility of using  P..  chrysosporium to degrade  organic
pollutants.

     Data  on degradation by white rot fungus have  resulted from  the
Michigan State University research team's efforts  (now at  Utah State
University) and more recently the new  experimental approaches  of the USDA
Forest Products  Laboratory and  the State University  of New York at
Syracuse.   This research sponsored by the USEPA represents a structured,
target directed program of  individual  projects focusing  on the short term
application of this microorganism to  a field setting  for treatment of
contaminated soil and water.
COMPETENCE AND NUTRITIONAL STUDIES (5)

      In the first report of this work, Bumpus et al.  (3)  showed that  the
fungus  oxidized 1,1, l-trichloro-2,2-bis( 4-chlorophenyl) ethane (DDT),
3,4,3',4'-tetrachlorobiphenyl,  2,4,5,2',4',5'-hexachlorobiphenyl,  2,3,7,8-
tetrachlorodibenzo[p]dioxin (TCDD), lindane,  and benzo(a)pyrene  to  carbon
dioxide. Subsequent investigations  showed  that the fungus is capable  of
mineralizing hexachlorobenzene, Mirex,  Aroclor 1242 (6), Aroclor 1254  (4,
7),  chlordane,   pentachlorophenol,  p-cresol,  phenanthrene,   2-
methylnaphthalene,  and biphenyl (7),  benzoic acid  (8), and Atrazine,
naphthalene,  and methoxychlor (9).

     DDT was used  as  a model  compound  for detailed  biodegradation
experiments (10).   In this work determinations were  made on DDT
disappearance, metabolite identification, mass balance analysis,  and    C-
DDT mineralization and  it was found that P. chrysosporium causes extensive
degradation of DDT in nutrient nitrogen-deficient cultures.  The
metabolites from  DDT  that  were  identified included  2,2,2-trichloro-l,l-
bis(4-chlorophenyl)ethanol  (dicofol),    1,l-dichloro-2,2-bis(4-
chlorophenyl)ethane (ODD),  2,2-dichloro-l,l-bis(4-chlorophenyl)ethanol  (FW-
152), and 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone (DBP).  These results  allowed for  the
determination of  a proposed pathway different from the major pathway
proposed for bacterial degradation of DDT occurring in  the environment.   In
this work  it was  determined  that other  fungi,  Pleurotus  ostreatus.
Phellinus weirii.  and Polyporus versicolor.  also mineralized DDT.
                                  278

-------
     It  was  found that with  glucose  as a growth substrate  the  rate and
 extent  of DDT mineralization  increased with increasing  glucose
 concentration (11, 12).  This  held  true  for the glucose test concentrations
 between  23  mM and 112 mM.   The greatest initial rate of  mineralization,
 however, occurred when the organism was grown on 23 mM glucose.   Also, as
 the  concentration of glucose became  limiting the  rate of mineralization
 quickly declined.

     Alternative growth substrates differed in their effects upon DDT
 mineralization  (9).   Glucose, fructose, mannose, mannitol,  and glycerol
 supported growth  and mineralized DDT while polyethylene glycol,  glycine,
 and benzoic acid did not support growth  of  the fungus  or mineralization of
 DDT.   Cellulose, a  growth substrate for  the  fungus in  nature,  under
 experimental conditions  increased  the amount of  DDT mineralization
 approximately two  fold relative to glucose.  The  authors  suggested that
 more efficient  growth and mineralization  of organic pollutants may be
 possible when the  fungus  is  grown  on cellulose  because of the organism's
 ability to regulate the availability and utilization of glucose.

     Hydrogen peroxide, a required cofactor/activator of ligninases, can be
 produced by  a number of carbohydrate oxidases and other enzymes  in wood
 rotting fungi.  It is known that a major source of hydrogen  peroxide is the
 glucose oxidase  system when  glucose  is  the growth substrate  (9).   It is
 believed then that mineralization of organic pollutants is dependent upon
 the ability of the fungus  to generate H2O2.   Ongoing research  is attempting
 to determine the specifics of  the action of H2O2  on growth and degradation.
ENZYME STUDIES

     Among  the more  important  reactions  in lignin breakdown  by  P..
chrysosporium are cleavage of  the lignin alkyl side chain, ring
demethylation,  and ring cleavage.   The  alkyl side chain  cleavage  is
catalyzed by a hemoprotein ligninase that was discovered in 1983.  Hydrogen
peroxide is  consumed  in this reaction with  corresponding changes  in  the
enzyme absorption  spectrum during catalysis attributable to resting states-
compound  I-compound II spectral transients  indicating a peroxidative
mechanism (12). Stoichiometries of product formation as well  as hydrogen
peroxide and  oxygen uptake  are consistent with  a radical pathway (13).
These results established the one-electron oxidative mechanism  as the
primary extracellular oxidative pathway for P.. chrysosporium.

     It has  been shown that P. chrysosporium  produces  at  least ten
extracellular hemoproteins and roughly half have  ligninase  activity (14).
The enzyme component designated H8 has been used by several  researchers  to
characterize the ligninase activity.  Depending on growing  conditions,  H8
can be displaced as  the major component in favor of H2.   The extracellular
hemoproteins have distinct amino acid sequences  hence they are separate
gene products and not merely  degradation products of a  single precursor.
                                   279

-------
The herae oomponments H3-H5 have manganese peroxidase  activity.   This  three
component  fraction  catalyzes a  hydrogen peroxide-dependent oxidation  of
Mn(II) to Mn(III) but lacks the specificity of H8 to  cleave the alkyl side
chains.  Two reports (15,  16) of soluble  manganese ion acceleration on this
fraction prompted further inspection of  the  enzymatic activity of  these
peroxidases.  The current status of this research is  unclear  with respect
to the  reported accelerations.   Spectral contamination has been  observed
that contributes to a complex situation for  rate data interpretation.

     The heterogeneity among the various  extracellular proteins produced by
P.. ohrvsosporium points to  possible functional differences among them
important  to pollutant degradation.  There presently are  attempts  to
uncover substrate specificities  where information indicates that  they may
exist.

     The ability of the ligninase H8 to oxidize polynuclear hydrocarbons
has been  related to  the  ionization potential of  these compounds.   When
pyrene is used as a substrate with H8 both pyrene-l,6-dione and pyrene-1,8-
dione are the major products.  In similar fashion, anthracene is converted
to  anthraquinone and benz(a)anthracene  yields  7,12-benz(a)anthraquinone
(17).  Both the  pyrene-1,6-dione and pyrene-1,8-dione are mutagenic by the
Ames  test.   When the compounds  are  presented, as  substrates to the fungus
these diones do not accumulate.

     Dibenzodioxin and  2-chlorodibenzodioxin  are oxidized  by the  H8
ligninase in the presence of hydrogen peroxide (17).  Oily determination of
radical cation  intermediates by flow cell  ESR studies  was made for these
compounds without any product identification.   Current work is directed to
determine  whether  chlorinated aromatics  are  substrates  (18,   19).
Chlorinated phenols have been  found to be very  suitable  substrates, and
product identification is under way (20).
 SOIL STUDIES  (21, 22)

      The general success of solution biodegradatiori studies with the fungus
 stimulated speculation that this microorganism may be  an appropriate
 candidate for the treatment of contaminated soils. A research program was
 initiated with the USDA Forest Products Laboratory designed to specifically
 investigate  and develop a soil treatment  system based on  the  white rot
 fungus.   Research to date  has  assessed the  effects  of selected soil types,
 temperatures,  pH, and water potentials  on the  growth  of  the  fungus in
 sterile  and non-sterile soils.   Biomass accumulations  as well  as growth
 habits of P..  chrysosporium were greatly influenced by soil type.  Soil
 nitrogen  content appears to  be the primary factor responsible  for
 differences  in fungal growth in three studied soils.  Growth was  strongly
 and positively correlated with nitrogen content.   This  factor, therefore,
 appears  to play a major role in mediating the growth of the fungus in the
 soil, and is easily  controlled by nitrogen supplementation.
                                    280

-------
     Increasing  the soil water  potential  from -1.5  MPa  to -0.03  MPa
resulted in  greatly increased growth of  P.  chrysosporium.  Research data
suggest that fungal growth might benefit from soil water potentials greater
than -0.03 MPa.   Water potential is another easily controlled soil factor.

     Early work in this investigation indicated that P.. chrysosporium did
not grow well in non-sterile soils  attributable in part due  to ineffective
competition with the indigenous microflora.  Lately it has been found that
growth within the soil can be accomplished through  the use of  larger
quantities of inoculum.  These  results were  anticipated  since the soil is
not the normal habitat of P.  chrysosporium.

     The white rot fungus grows over a wide  range of temperatures. Growth
has been assessed  from  10-39°C.   No growth  was  observed at  10°C whereas
growth significantly increases with temperature from 15 to 30°C.   No
significant difference in  growth  was recorded from  30 to  39 °C.   Soil
temperatures under  field  conditions can  be controlled by selecting the
normal warm months and by soil  solarization.

     Future  investigations  in  the  soil  application research will  include
small scale treatment of selected pollutants at environmentally significant
concentrations,  the evaluation of growth stimulating amendments on primary
and secondary metabolism,  and the delivery of oxygen to  the  growing fungus
within  the  soil  column.    Ancillary investigations  will include  the
development of analytical  procedures  to  assay the  fungal growth within the
soil, the  importance of soil sterilization  to growth  of the fungus, and
inoculum development.
TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT

      A water treatment process developed jointly by North Carolina State
University and the USDA Forest Products  Laboratory will be  investigated in
the next year at  the bench and scaled up to  determine  its  treatment
efficacy.  The patented reactor (23) is  a specially designed rotating
biological contactor that utilizes P.  chrysosporium as the biological
species for treatment.   Recent results  derived for the operation of this
technology show that this reactor will degrade 250 ppm pentachlorophenol in
water to  5 ppm  in 8 hours  (24).   Pink  water associated with  munitions
production is adequately treated.  Degradation of 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene and
2,4-dinitrotoluene is observed in concentrations up to 150 ppm in 24 hours
(24).
                                    281

-------
CONCLUSIONS

     White rot  fungus  research continues to stimulate interest and  shows
promise  for field  applications.   The  parts of  the research  program
sponsored by the Hazardous  Waste Engineering Research Laboratory are
starting to  develop major advances in  the emerging biological  control
technology field.

     Additional  research  will be  pursued to  increase  the potential  for
white rot fungus as a practical degrader of hazardous pollutants.   Possible
programs  for consideration as  future research  areas  are  the  selection  for
strains  that are high producers of ligninases,  selection  for  strains
capable  of producing ligninases regardless of  the nutrient starvation
requirement,  and optimizing  culture conditions for  ligninase production.
Enzyme production is expected to be improved by means  of   gene  cloning
techniques.  The cDNA for a  ligninase  from P. chrysosporium  has  already
been cloned and sequenced  (25).  This accomplishment shortens the  time  it
will take to develop, by means of biotechnology techniques, super producers
of  the white rot fungus  enzymes that are so  effective as pollutant
degraders.
REFERENCES
 1. Kirk, T.K. and M. Shimada.1985.  pp 579-605. In Biosynthesis and Bio-
    degradation of Wood Components,  T.  Higuchi Ed. Academic Press,  N.V.
 2. Kirk, T.K. 1984. Degradation of Lignin. pp 399-438. In Microbial
    Degradation of Organic Compounds, D.T. Gibson, Ed., Marcel Dekker.

 3. Bumpus, J.A., M. Tien, D.  Wright, and S.D. Aust. 1985. Oxidation of
    Persistent Environmental Pollutants by a White Rot Fungus. Science,
    228, 1434-1436.

 4. Eaton, D.C. 1985. Mineralization of polychlorinated biphenyls by
    Phanerochaete chrysosporium: a ligninolytic fungus. Enzyme Microb.
    Technol.. 7:194-196.

 5. Bumpus, J.A., and S.D. Aust. 1987. Biodegradation of Environmental
    Pollutants by the White Rot Fungus Phanerochaete chrysosporium:
    Involvement of the Lignin  Degrading System. BioEssays, 6:166-170.

 6. Bumpus, J.A., and S.D. Aust. 1987. Biodegradation of Chlorinated
    Organic Compounds by Phanerochaete ohrysosporium. A Wood Rotting
    Fungus. In: Solving Hazardous Waste Problems, J.H. Exner, Ed.,
    American Chemical Society  Symposium Series 338, pp. 340-349.
                                    282

-------
 7. Bumpus, J.A., and S.D. Aust. 1987. Mineralization of Recalcitrant
    Environmental Pollutants by a White Rot Fungus. In: Proceedings of
    the National Conference on Hazardous Wastes and Hazardous Materials.
    March, Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute, Silver Spring,
    MD, pp. 146-151.

 8. Bumpus, J.A., and S.D. Aust. 1987. Biological Oxidations by Enzymes
    from a White Rot Fungus, AIChE Symposium Publication (In press).

 9. Aust, S.D., and J.A. Bumpus. 1987. Biodegradation of Halogenated
    Hydrocarbons. Environmental Research Brief,  EPA/600/M-87/012.

10. Bumpus, J.A., and S.D. Aust. 1987. Biodegradation of DDT [1,1,1-
    Trichloro-2,2-Bis(4-Chlorophenyl)Ethane3 by the White Rot Fungus
    Phanerochaete chrysosporium. Applied and Environmental Microbiology
    (In press).                                     .

11. Bumpus, J.A., M. Tien, D. Wright, and S.D. Aust. 1985. Biodegradation
    of Environmental Pollutants by the White Rot Fungus Phanerochaete
    chrysosporium. pp. 120-126. Symposium Proceedings.  USEPA Eleventh
    Annual Research Symposium on Toxic Waste Disposal,  April, Cincinnati,
    OH, EPA/600/9-85/028.

12. Bumpus, J.A., and S.D. Aust. 1985. Studies on the Biodegradation of
    Organopollutants by a White Rot Fungus, pp.  404-410. Proceedings
    International Conference on New Frontiers for Hazardous Waste
    Management, September, Pittsburgh, PA, EPA/600/9-85/025..

13. Hammel, K.E. , M. Tien, B. Kalyanaraman, and T.K. Kirk. 1985.  Mechanism
    of oxidative C-C cleavage of a lignin model  dimer by Phanerochaete
    chrysosporium ligninase: Stoichiometry and involvement of free
    radicals.  J_._ Biol. Chem. 260:8348-53.

14. Kirk, T.K. , S. Groan, M. Tien,  K.E. Murtaugh,  and R.L.Farrell. 1986.
    Production of multiple ligninases by Phanerochaete chrysosporium:
    Effect of selected growth conditions and use of mutant strain. Enz.
    Microb. Tech.  8:27-32.

15. Glenn, J.K., and M.H. Gold. 1985. Purification and Characterization
    of an Extracellular Mn(II)-Dependent Peroxidase from the Lignin-
    Degrading Basidomycete, Phanerochaete chrysosporium, Arch.  Biochem.
    Biophys.  242:329-341.

16. Paszczynski, A., V.-B. Huynh,  and R. Crawford. 1986. Comparison of
    Ligninase-I and Peroxidase-M2  from the White Rot Fungus Phanerochaete
    chrysosporium. Arch. Biochem.  Biophys. 244:750-765.

17. Hammel, K.E.,  B. Kalyanaraman,  and T.K. Kirk.  1986.  Oxidation of
    polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons and dibenzo[p]dioxins by
    Phanerochaete chrysosporium ligninase. J.  Biol. Chem.  261:16948-52.
                                    283

-------
18. Hammel. K.E., T.K. Kirk, B. Kalyanaraman, and J.A. Glaser.  1987.
    Oxidation of Persistent Aromatic Pollutants by Lignin Degrading
    Enzymes. (To be published in the Proceedings of the 13th Annual
    Hazardous Waste Symposium, Cincinnati, OH).

19. Hanmel, K.E., B. Kalyanaraman, and T.K. Kirk. 1987. Oxidation of
    Aromatic Pollutants by Phanerochaete chrysosporium Ligninase.
    Proceedings 194th National American Chemical Society Meeting, New
    Orleans, LA.

20. Hammel, K.E., B. Kalyanaraman, and T.K. Kirk. 1987. Oxidation of
    Aromatic Pollutants by Phanerochaete chrysosporium ligninase,
    Proceedings of International Seminar on Lignin Enzymic and  Microbial
    Degradation, Paris.

21. Lamar, R.T., M.J. Larsen, T.K. Kirk, and J.A. Glaser. 1987. Growth of
    the white-rot fungus Phanerochaete chrysosporium in soil, (to be
    published in the Proceedings of the 13th Annual Hazardous Waste
    Symposium, Cincinnati, OH).

22. Lamar, R.T., M.J. Larsen, T.K. Kirk, and J.A. Glaser. 1987. Effect of
    Biotic and Abiotic Soil Factors on Growth and Degradative Activity of
    the White Rot Fungus Phanerochaete chrysosporium Burds. Proceedings of
    the 194th National American Chemical Society Meeting, New Orleans, LA.

23. Chang, H.-M., T.W. Joyce, T.K. Kirk, and V.-B. Huynh. 1985. U.S.  Patent
    No. 4,554,075.

24. Joyce, T.W., H.-M.Chang, B. Vasudevan, and H. Taneda. 1987.
    Degradation of Hazardous Organics by the White Rot Fungus Phanerochaete
    chrysosporium. Proceedings of the 194th National American Chemical
    Society Meeting, New Orleans, LA.

25. Tien, M., and C.-P. D. Tu. 1987. Cloning and sequencing of a cDNA for
    a ligninase from Phanerochaete chrysosporium. Nature 326:520-523.
                                    284

-------
   OCEAN DISPOSAL OF SOLIDIFIED/STABILIZED HAZARDOUS WASTES
           Paul L. Bishop and Kristine L. Melchinger
                Department of Civil Engineering
                  University of New Hampshire
                  Durham, New Hampshire 03824
                           ABSTRACT
      This research  project  investigated  the  feasibility   of
using the  oceans  as a  repository   for  solidified/stabilized
hazardous wastes. It  was postulated  that   the  oceans would   be
superior to land for  disposal of  these  wastes because  of   the
highly alkaline environment present   in the oceans which would
minimize heavy metal  leaching.  It was  found that  solidified/
stabilized wastes placed into  synthetic seawater leached at   a
much lower rate than wastes placed in a simulated  groundwater.
In fact,  seawater leachate  metal concentrations  were  almost
always below the  detection livit,  even when   the metals  were
first extracted with  a chelating  resin and then analyzed   by
graphite furnace  atomic absorption   spectrophotonetry.  It   was
also found that  calcium and magnesium  deposited in the pores
and on  the  surfaces  of the  waste  forms,  thereby   reducing
leaching rates even  further. The  results   suggest that  marine
disposal of  solidified/stabilized  wastes  may  be  a   feasible
solution to many of our hazardous  waste disposal problems.
 INTRODUCTION

     Despite  current  bans   on
 marine  disposal  of  most  haz-
 ardous   wastes,   interest   in
 use  of  the  oceans as  a  repos-
 itory   for   these   wastes   is
 growing.  The  no-ocean-dumping
 policy   now  in   effect  will
 certainly improve the quality
 of our  ocean   waters, but   it
 is doing this at the  expense
 of   our  very precious    and
 limited  ground   and  surface
waters. Judicious use of  the
oceans could greatly minimize
potentially irrevocable  dam-
age to  our  groundwaters  by
removing  these  wastes  from
possible contact  with  them.
For the oceans to be  accept-
able   as  a  site
disposal, though,
proven  that  no
 for  waste
it must  be
detrimental
impacts will result.

     One  way  of  minimizing
potential damage from inor-
                               285

-------
ganic wastes  is  to  solidi-
fy/stabilize the wastes  with
cement,  fly  ash  and  other
additives  so  as  to  render
them  less  likely  to  leach
harmful contaminants. This is
a  relatively   new   process
which  converts   a   liquid,
solid or aeni-solid  Material
into a  solid Monolith  which
is dimensionally  stable  and
in which the contaminants are
bound tightly  so that  their
leaching  rates  are  greatly
reduced (1). The process  has
been  used  for  disposal  on
land but  has  not  been  at-
tempted in marine waters  for
wastes classified as  hazard-
ous. Marine disposal of these
wastes has several  potential
advantages, though. Most  me-
tals which leach from  solid-
ified/stabilized wastes do so
because of attack by aggress-
ive  groundwaters.   However,
seawater is alkaline, with  a
pH of about 8.3. In addition,
there is  evidence that  mag-
nesium in  seawater will  de-
posit as  insoluble  precipi-
tates in  the  pores  of  the
solidified  wastes,  reducing
the  waste's  porosity   over
time  (2,3).   Finally,   any
metals which  do  leach  will
probably be  rapidly  diluted
and   dispersed   into    the
oceans, thus  minimizing  any
potential damage.

     Little  is  known  about
the mechanisms causing  metal
binding in the cement matrix,
but it is believed to be  due
to a  combination of  entrap-
ment of insoluble metal  pre-
cipitates  in  pores  in  the
cement and within the  cement
matrix, and to adsorption  to
cement  paste  surfaces  (5).
Many heavy  metals are  bound
 into   the  pastes   as   netal
 hydroxides   and  netal  sili-
 cates,  and   their   solubility
 and   resulting   leachability
 are thus governed by the pore
 water  pH.   The   solidified/
 stabilized   wastes   have   a
 large amount  of  free  alka-
 linity and can buffer against
 pH change  by  acidic   leach-
 ants,   but   eventually    the
 acidity of   acidic  groundwa-
 ters  can  overcome  this  buf-
 fering capacity  and   metal
 leaching will occur.
PURPOSE

     The purpose of this  re-
search was to begin an  eval-
uation of the feasibility  of
ocean  disposal  of   solidi-
fied/stabilized     inorganic
hazardous wastes. The  intent
was to examine rates of metal
leaching   from   stabilized/
solidified wastes placed in a
marine environment  and  com-
pare these with corresponding
rates from wastes placed in a
simulated ground water envir-
onment.  This  research   was
conducted  in  a   laboratory
setting;  current research  is
investigating in-situ dispos-
al of  these  wastes  in  the
ocean.

     For this  research,   in-
formation was  obtained  con-
cerning:  1)  the  effects  of
the heavy metals used on   the
physical  and  microstructural
properties of  the  resulting
waste form;  2) the effects  of
the leaching medium on  prop-
erties  of the waste form;  and
3) the  rates  of leaching  of
metals   and  other   chemical
constituents from these waste
forms when exposed to  acidic
                               286

-------
groundwater   and   seawater.
These data were then used  to
evaluate  the  potential  en-
vironmental  hazard  due   to
contaminants  leaching   from
these wastes in the ocean.
APPROACH

     Synthetic   metal    hy-
droxide  sludges  were   made
containing cadmium,  chromium,
lead  and    combinations    of
these.    The     appropriate
amounts of   cadmium   nitrate,
chromium  chloride   and lead
nitrate  were   dissolved    in
deionized water,  and then   a
sludge was formed by addition
of  sodium  hydroxide  (6.0   M
NaOH)  to  bring the   solution
pH  to  8.5-9.0.  This  caused
the metals to  precipitate   as
their  metal  hydroxides.   The
metal  concentrations  in   the
individual   metal     sludges
after  pH  adjustment  were:   1)
cadmium -   23,000  ppm  (0.20
M), 2)  chromium - 24,000   ppm
 (0.46  M),  and   lead -  23,000
ppm (0.11  M).   A mixed  metal
 sludge  was    also   prepared
 containing  0.04  M  of  each
 metal  (4500  ppm cadmium,  2080
 ppm chromium,  8290 ppm lead).

      Fixed waste samples were
 prepared   by   mixing     the
 sludges with type II portland
 cement to form cement  pastes
 with   water/cement    ratios
 (w/c)   of   0.5  and  1.0.  No
 water was added, as  the water
 in the sludge  was sufficient.
 The freshly mixed pastes were
 then  poured    into  4.0   cm
 diameter by 7.6  cm  high   PVC
 cylinders;  these were  sealed
 on the   ends  with   glass
 plates.  The   cylinders  were
 allowed to  set  for  24 to   48
hours at 100* humidity before
they were  removed  from  the
molds  and  returned  to  the
100X humidity  room.  Further
curing occurred for a minimum
of 28 days. The samples  were
then ground with a mortar and
pestle to a size  of 5 to  10
mm.

     The  ground  waste   was
leach tested using a  modifi-
cation of  the procedure  de-
veloped  by  Bishop   (4)  for
solidified/stabilized wastes.
10 grams  dry weight  of  the
particles were  added to  500
ml leachant  in glass  beakers
covered  with  parafilm.  The
beakers  were  placed  on    a
shaker  table and  mixed at   a
frequency  of   120 cycles  per
minute with  a  3.8 cm  stroke.
A  synthetic  sea water   leach-
ant  was  used which  duplicated
natural  seawater  very closely
 (34,000  ppm  salinity,   18,788
ppm   chlorinity).   Additional
 leaching  studies   were   per-
 formed  using a weakly  acidi-
 fied leachant  to  simulate  an
 acidic  groundwater   for   com-
 parison  purposes    (0.04   M
 acetic   acid,    pH   =   5.0).
 Leaching  continued  for    50
 days with the  seawater  leach-
 ant,  with   leachant   being
 changed  every  3  days.   The
 acidified  leachant   samples
 were changed daily over a  15
 day  period.  All   leachates
 were analyzed  for pH,   alka-
 linity, cadmium,  chromium and
 lead.  A  Perkin-Elmer  model
 2380 atomic absorption  spec-
 trophotometer  with  graphite
 furnace was  used for  metals
 analysis; the method of stan-
 dard additions was  employed.
 Because of interferences from
 the dissolved  solids in  the
 seawater  leachates,  it  was
                                287

-------
necessary   to  first  extract
the metals  from the  leachate
using   Chelex  100  chelating
resin.  The  procedure used  is
described by Bishop and Gress
(2).

     The effect of incorpora-
tion  of  heavy  aetals  into
cement  paste and the  effects
of leaching by pure water and
seawater on  the  microstruc-
ture of the cement paste  was
investigated   by    scanning
electron microscopy (SEM) and
energy  dispersive x-ray anal-
ysis  (EDAX).   Representative
particles were  removed  from
deionized water and  seawater
leachants every 3 days  over a
50 day  leaching period.  Frac-
tured specimens of the   paste
were mounted on carbon   stubs
with carbon cement,   dessica-
ted and coated  with  carbon
for  EDAX   analysis;    later,
they were coated with a  thin
layer of gold-palladium alloy
for SEM micrographs.
PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     There  were   two    major
problems encountered in   this
research. The  first was   that
there   was    no   acceptable
leaching    test    procedure
available for   this  type of
waste. Consequently, a leach-
ing procedure  had  to first be
developed. This is  described
elsewhere  by   Bishop  (4,6).
Secondly, the   metal  concen-
trations present in the   sea-
water leachates were so  small
and the dissolved  solids  in-
terferences were so high  that
it became necessary to go to
a very laborious ion exchange
extraction procedure for  the,
heavy metals before analysis.
This procedure  is  described
by Bishop and Gress (2).

RESULTS

     Stabilized/solidified
wastes   were   first   leach
tested with  a mildly  acidi-
fied  leachant  to   siaulate
groundwater  leaching.  These
results  have  been  reported
previously  (2,4,5,7,8)   and
will only be summarized here.
Based on numerous experiments
employing  sequential   batch
extractions  for  a  15   day
period, it was found that the
waste   contained   a   large
amount  of  free   alkalinity
which  buffered  against   pH
changes.  Even   though   the
leachant  pH  was  5.0,   the
leachate  pH  remained   very
high   until   after    large
amounts  of  acid  had   been
added and this alkalinity had
been neutralized.(Figure  1).
Consequently,   leaching  took
place   under   an   alkaline
rather than  an acidic  envi-
ronment  for  many  days   of
leaching.  The result was that
heavy metal leaching was min-
imal  until  the  pH  of  the
leachate dropped below  about
6.0 (Figure  2). After  this,
metal  leaching   rates   in-
creased  rapidly,   with   the
rate  of  leaching  dependent
upon  the  metal   evaluated.
Cadmium  leached  much   aore
rapidly than  lead;   chromium
leached  very  little,    even
after   extensive   leaching.
Additional studies  indicated
that the  metals  were  bound
into the paste as  hydroxides
and silicates,   with the  ma-
jority of  the  chromium  and
lead  present   as  silicates.
Consequently,  metal   leaching
did  not  become  appreciable
                               2,88

-------
      20-


      18-


      16


      14.
= 8


^ 6


I 4


  2


  0
                               •s-	
                                  -o—_
                                     -8	
     ALKALINITY  = O
     LEACHATE PH = o
                                        B	.,
                                        10
                                            —-Q-—8 —e__.
                                                        ;• 4
                                                        .15
                              EXTRACTION
Figure-1.   Leachate pH  and cumulative  alkalinity  from  solidi-
fied/stabilized  wastes leached with  an  acidified leachant.
                               EXTRACTION
     CADUIUU = O
     CHROUIUU * o
     LEAD   = A
Figure 2.  Cumulative cadmium, chromium and lead  masses leached
from solidified/stabilized wastes with an acidified leachant.
                                   289

-------
 until   the   pH  became   low
 enough to dissolve these pre-
 cipitates.  After  15   sequen-
 tial  extractions,  such of the
 metals  originally   *«   «•»•«»
        sre still tL_.
    	  chromium and
 the  lead
in
uic<.aj.o  vi ijj ill ao. xy   ill   the
waste were still there -  85*
of the  chromium and  75*  of
	  were still  in  the
silica rich  solids.  Cadmium
was   much   more    soluble,
though, and only 8*  remained
in the  solids after  15  ex-
tractions .
      The  tendency  for  a  given
•etal  to  leach  from  a  partic-
ular    stabilized/solidified
waste  can be  estimated  using
the "Leachability  Index"  (LX)
which  describes  the  diffusiv-
ity   of   the  metal  in    the
waste. The LX  concept and  a
method for determining it   in
solidified/stabilized  wastes
can be found  elsewhere (4,6).
The LX index  is  a  dimension-
less  term which  can be  used
to compare the  relative   mo-
bility of  different   contam-
inants  on a  uniform  scale
that varies from 5 (very   mo-
bile)  to   15  (immobile).   LX
values  were  determined   for
wastes used   in  this  study.
Using  the acetic acid  leach-
ant, it was   found that  cad-
•ium had  a LX of about   10.9,
while  lead had an LX of  about
11.2 and   chromium an  LX   of
14.0.

     Extensive   testing    of
these   stabilized/solidified
wastes was  then  performed   in
seawater   to  ascertain    the
effect  of seawater   on   the
chemistry  of  the waste  form
and to  measure  the  rate   of
leaching  of   metals from   the
waste  form   into   seawater.
Measurement of   pH and  alka-
linity    content    of     the
 leachates were  performed  to
 assess the  direction of  ion
 transfer from  the  paste  to
 the  synthetic  seawater   or
 vice versa.   Figure  3  shows
 the leachate pH and alkalini-
 ty results  from one  experi-
 mental run (mixed metal  sam-
 ple).  This shows that the  pH
 of  the  leachate   (leaching
 solution after the extraction
 period)  is   initially   such
 higher than  that of the  sea-
 water     leachant    (initial
 leaching solution),   indicat-
 ing that  hydroxide ions  are
 being   leached  out  of   the
 cement into  the seawater,   as
 would   be predicted  by  the
 dissolution  of lime by chlor-
 ide ions.  The leachate  pH's
 approach  an  equilibrium   pH
 after   several   extractions.
 The equilibrium pH is  slight-
 ly  higher than that   of  the
 synthetic seawater leachant.

     Leachate  alkalinity data
 is  also  shown in   Figure   3.
 Gran plot  analyses  and EDAX
 analyses  indicate  that   there
 was  a   precipitation of cal-
 cium carbonate and magnesium
 hydroxide  in the pores  and  on
 the  surfaces   of   the   paste
 particles. It  is  likely  that
 carbonates are combining with
 dissolved  calcium  to   form
 calcium  carbonate  structures
 such as   calcite and  aragon-
 ite. Some hydroxides may  re-
 act  with  magnesium  in  the
 seawater and be  precipitated
 as  magnesium   hydroxide   or
brucite. The precipitation of
 these materials was  visually
evidenced by   a thick,  white
coating on the paste  pieces.
This resulted  in a sealing of
the pores  which should  lead
to  reduced  metal   leaching
                               290

-------
    ALKALINITY =O
    PH     =0
Figure  3.    Leachate  pH  and   alkalinity   concentrations  from
stabilized/solidified wastes  leached with  seawater.
     0.10-1
     0.08.
     0.06-
     0.04-
     0.02
     0.00-*
                    12  15  18  21
                                 24

                                DAYS
                                    27  30  33  36  39  42  45  48
Figure  4.   Cumulative  cadmium  leached from   stabilized/solidi-
fied wastes cured  for two years  before leaching with seawater.
                                  291

-------
rates and  reduced attack  by
chloride ions.

     Metal    leaching   rates
from    solidified/stabilized
wastes  placed   in   seawater
were  extremely  small.  Even
extraction and   concentration
of the  leachate  metals  did
not bring the lead and chron-
iuB up  to  detection  limits
(<1.0  ug/1).  Only   cadmium
leaching  fron  wastes  which
had been curing  for two years
was detectable   and its  con-
centrations  were  very  low.
After 50  days   of  leaching,
less than 1.0* of the cadmium
in  the  waste  had  leached.
Wastes which had been  curing
for  shorter  periods  before
seawater  immersion  did  not
leach  measurable  quantities
of cadmium.

     Figure 4 shows the  cum-
ulative  cadmium   concentra-
tions  present   in   seawater
leachates in  one  series  of
experiments with the two year
old samples.  LX  values  for
cadmiun in these wastes  were
over  15,  indicating  essen-
tially  complete  immobility.
It is postulated that cadmium
leaching  occurred  only   in
these  samples  because  they
had been cured totally in  an
environment  which  precluded
the  formation   of   brucite,
which   would    cause    pore
blocking  and  reduced  metal
leaching, and  which  encour-
aged  the  formation  of  et-
tringite, an  expansive  com-
pound which  causes  cracking
of the cement paste and  thus
increased   leaching   rates.
Scanning electron  microscopy
of specimens placed in seawa-
ter shortly  after  formation
showed that  they had  little
or no  ettringite  formation,
but did  have extensive  bru-
cite deposits.  Even  in  the
old samples, though,  cadmium
leaching was Minimal.

     The results of this  re-
search indicate  that  aarine
disposal  of  solidified/sta-
bilized  inorganic  hazardous
wastes  say  be  a   feasible
solution to nuch of our  cur—
rent hazardous waste disposal
problem. Leaching  rates  are
greatly  reduced  from  those
which occur when these wastes
are exposed to  groundwaters,
largely due  to the  high  pH
and alkalinity  of  the  sea-
water and to the presence  of
magnesium which  precipitates
in the  waste pores  as  bru-
cite. Ocean disposal of these
wastes may be safer than tei—
restrial  disposal.  Research
currently underway is  inves-
tigating  this  using   full-
scale waste  forns placed  at
several locations in the Gulf
of Maine.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     This research was funded
by grants from the Office  of
Sea Grant,  National  Oceanic
and  Atmospheric  Administra-
tion, and from the New  Hamp-
shire Office of Waste Manage-
ment .

REFERENCES

1.   Landreth, R.  and J.  Mah-
     loch, 1977, Chemical
     Fixation of Wastes,  Ind.
     Water Eng. . Vol. 14, pp.
     16-19.

2.   Bishop,  P. and D. Gress,
     1986, Evaluation of the
                              292

-------
4.
5.
Potential for Marine
Disposal of Stabilized/
Solidified Inorganic
Hazardous Wastes, Office
of Sea Grant Report,
NOAA, 108 p.

El Korchi, T., K. Melch-
inger, B. Kolvites and
D. Gress, 1986, The Ef-
fect of Heavy Metals and
Organic Solvents on the
Microstructure of Cement
Stabilized Hazardous
Waste, In: Proceedings
of the Eighth Interna-
tional Conference on
Cement Microscopy, Or-
lando, FL, pp.132-143.

Bishop, P. 1985, Devel-
opment of a Dynamic
Leaching Test for Sta-
bilized/Solidified Haz-
ardous Wastes, report
submitted to New Hamp-
shire Office of Waste
Management, Concord, NH,
144  p.

Brown, T. and P. Bishop,
1985a, The Effect of
Particle Size on the
Leaching of Heavy Metals
from Stabilized/Solidif-
ied  Wastes,  In: Proceed-
                                   8.
ings of the Internation-
al Conference on New
Frontiers for Hazardous
Waste Management, Pitts-
burgh, PA.

Bishop, P., 1986, Pre-
diction of Heavy Metal
Leaching Rates fron
Stabilized/Solidified
Hazardous Wastes, In:
Proceedings of the 18th
Mid-Atlantic Industrial
Waste Conference,
Blacksburg, VA.

Brown, T. and P. Bishop,
1985b, Alkalinity Re-
leases and the Leaching
of Heavy Metals from
Stabilized/Solidified
Wastes, In: Proceedings
of the 5th International
Conference on Chemistry
for the Protection of
the Environment, Leuven,
B e 1 g i urn.

Shively,  W. , P. Bishop,
T. Brown and D. Gress,
1986, Leaching Tests of
Heavy Metals Solidified
and Stabilized with
Portland Cement, Journal
Water Poll. Contr. Fed..
Vol. 58,  pp. 234-241.
                           DISCLAIMER

 The work described  in this paper  was not funded  by the  U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency.The contents do not necessarily
 reflect the views  of the  Agency and  no official  endorsement
 should be inferred.
                             293

-------

-------
   SOLUBLE SILICATES IN SOLIDIFICATION AND FIXATION TECHNOLOGY

                         Jesse R. Conner
                       Conner Technologies
                        Atlanta, GA 30319
                            ABSTRACT
Solidification  and fixation systems based on,  or incorporating,
soluble  silicates have been in commercial use since 1970 in  the
U.S.   This  technology has been successfully used for  hazardous
wastes,  low-level  nuclear wastes,  municipal sludges  and  non-
hazardous  liquid wastes in at least several hundred projects  or
applications.  Most commercially important solidification proces-
ses  are based on or contain relatively insoluble silicates  such
as cement,  flyash,  clay and various kiln dusts.   However,  the
reactions  of soluble silicates such as sodium silicate are quite
different.   For practical purposes, these reactions make soluble
silicates especially useful for two primary  applications:  fixa-
tion  of  dissolved metal ions,  and rapid gelling of low  solids
slurries and sludges.

The ability of soluble silicates to form very stable, low solubi-
lity  compounds with polyvalent metals is well proven and is  the
basis for one important use of this system.  An equally important
property of soluble silicates is their ability to produce  stable
gels  of  very  high water content.   This property  is  used  in
solidification  technology  to  quickly gel  low  viscosity,  low
solids-content wastes so that all constituents are kept in  homo-
geneous  suspension in the gel while the mixture hardens to  pro-
duce a physically and chemically stable solid.   By using soluble
silicates,  chemical  costs  and volume and weight increases  are
minimized for these wastes.
INTRODUCTION
     The  history  of  chemical
solidification   and   fixation
(CFS)   of  industrial   wastes
dates  back to about 1970   (2).
Its roots go  back to  similar
technology  used for soil stab-
ilization, grouting, mine back-
filling and production of stab-
ilized  base  courses for  road
construction.    There was also
earlier work done  in the field
of nuclear waste stabilization.
Insoluble silicates in the form
of  Portland   cement,  flyash,
                               295

-------
 kiln   dusts  and  clays  were  used
 in  many of  these processes^  but
 the only recorded use  of   solu-
 ble  silicates was in  injection
 grouting of  unstable   soils.

      When  the use  of soluble
 silicates was   introduced   for
 CFS  treatment   of  wastes   in
 1970  <1),   solidification    of
 industrial   residues   was  done
 primarily to make   sludges  and
 liquids   physically  more suit-
 able  for handling in landfills.
 Although CFS technology is   now
 an    accepted  operation   most
 workers   in the field   have
 little    understanding of   the
 chemistry of CFS processes.

 PURPOSE

      In   the particular case  of
 soluble   silicate  processes,
 there  appears to be more mis-
 understanding    and    confusion
 than with the other major pro-
 cess  types.   This  is due  not
 only  to  the greater complexity
 of  the  process,   but  also  be-
 cause  it is used for  several
 distinct   and   different  pur-
 poses.   This  paper   discusses
 both the process  chemistry  and
 how  it  is interrelated to  the
 various uses.

 METAL FIXATION

     The   reactions  of  poly-
 valent metal salts in  solution
 with   soluble   silicates  have
 been  studied extensively  over
many years <8).    Nevertheless,
 the  "insoluble"   precipitates
which result from  such interac-
 tions  are not well  character-
 ized,     especially    in   most
 complex waste systems.
      Knowledge  in this area is
 best  summarized by  Vail   (8),
 who  states  "The  precipitates
 formed  by the reaction of  the
 salts   of  heavy  metals   with
 alkaline  silicates  in  dilute
 solution are not the result  of
 the  neat stoichiometric  reac-
 tions  describing the formation
 of  crystalline  silicates',   but
 are the product of an interplay
 of   forces which yield  hydrous
 mixtures of varying composition
 and   water  content."    These
 reaction products are, usually,
 non-crystalline  and  therefore
•very  difficult to characterize
 structurally.    They  are   most
 often  described  as   hydrated
 metal   ions  associated   wi.th
 silica or silica gel.   Iler (7)
 mentions  "that  many ions   are
 held  irreversibly  on  silica
 surfaces by forces still poorly
 understood in addition to  ionic
 attraction" (4).

      The  composition and   form
 of  the metal  "silicates" formed
 from  metal   ions  and  soluble
 silicates are functions  of   the
 conditions under which they are
 formed:  temperature,  concentra-
 tion,   addition rate,  metal  ion
 speciation,   presence   of other
 species,   etc.   For  example,  in
 dilute solutions,   the  species
 may remain in  colloidal  suspen-
 sion,   while   at  higher  concen-
 tration  or  in  the presence   of
 other  destabilizing  conditions,
 it    will    precipitate     (5).
 Metals   are   often  present   as
 soluble   complexes or  as  nega-
 tively   charged   anions  which
 should   not bind  to  the  silica
 surface.   PH  is  very  important
 for,   as   Iler  (7) has  pointed
 out,   "silica   suspended  in  a
 solution   of  most   polyvalent
metal   salts  begins to  adsorb
metal   ions  when  the  pH    is
                               296

-------
raised  to within 1-2 pH  units
below the pH at which the poly-
valent  metal hydroxide is pre-
cipitated."   If the pH is  not
raised,  the  metal is not pre-
cipitated;  if  the pH  of  the
system  is  already  above this
adsorption point, the metal may
precipitate  as  the  hydroxide
instead.  Different metals have
different   precipitabi1ity  by
soluble   silicate
According  to  Vail
order   in  simple
beginning  with the
pitable,  is copper
ganese,  cadmium, lead, nickel
silver, magnesium, calcium.
                     solutions.
                     (8),    the
                     solut ions,
                    most preci-
                     zinc, man-
     The above discussion deals
only with some aspects of reac-
tions  in  solution,  and  only
with  those between  the  metal
species  and the soluble  sili-
cate.   With  real wastes,  the
components may be present  also
as   suspended  solids  or   in
immiscible    liquid    phases.
Metals may already be speciated
as  relatively insoluble  hydr-
oxides  or  other  solid  phase
compounds.     Nearly   always,
cement  or other solidification
reactant  is added to the  sys-
tem.. These materials themselves
often interact in complex  ways
with the metal species, as well
as  with the soluble  silicate.
If  too little soluble silicate
is  added to  the  system,  the
reaction  products  which  form
will  depend on which competing
reactions are most  successful,
and  also on the order of addi-
tion of the reactants.    If  an
excess   is   added,   unwanted
leachable  metal  ion  -  silica
complexes  may form  (5>.   The
rate  of  addition,  degree  of
agitation  and temperature will
also affect the nature of these
reaction products,  as they  do
in many other chemical systems.

     The   aspect  of   soluble
silicate  fixation  of   metals
which  seems most confusing  to
workers  in the field  involves
the  speciation  of the  cation
before  the silicate is  intro-
duced  into the  system.    Most
wastes which are treated by CFS
are sludges,  filter cakes  and
other residues from waste water
treatment systems.   The metals
have   been  precipitated  with
lime   or  other   sources   of
hydroxyl  ion,  or  with  other
agents  such  as  sulfide,   to
produce metal hydroxides,  sul-
fides,   etc.  which  have  low
solubility under the conditions
of  precipitation,  usually  in
the  pH range of 7 to 10 and  a
dilute  water medium.   In this
state, there is little reaction
between  the metal species  and
the soluble silicate.   If  the
metal hydroxide is more soluble
than the silicate, there may be
gradual  re-speciation  of  the
hydroxide  at the particle sur-
face,  but total  re-speciation
would  not be expected to occur
except over a very long  period
of time.  Furthermore, the sol-
uble   silicate  will  not   be
available  as  such  for  long,
because   it  will  react  with
other  components  of  the  CFS
system (discussed below).   The
immediate result is the origin-
al  mixture of metal  compounds
dispersed  in  a   cementitious
matrix.

     Leachabi1ity of this solid
will be determined by a  number
of factors, including solubili-
ty   of  the  metal  compounds,
adsorption,  diffusion, ion ex-
change, etc.  It is also deter-
                              297

-------
mined  by the  permeability  of
the monolith,  which in turn is
a  function  of pore  structure
and the amount of water present
in the waste  (3).   Here,  the
primary function of the soluble
silicate  (other  than for  the
gelation/solidification   reac-
tions)  is  to  reduce  permea-
bility.   It does this by form-
ing precipitates in the  matrix
which block pores <5), reducing
the  effective pore volume  and
slowing  the  movement  of  any
mobile   species  through   the
matrix  into  the  environment.
This  effect may be responsible
for the reduced leachabi1ity of
species  which  would  not   be
expected  to react with soluble
silicates:  monovalent cations,
anions  and organics  (2).   It
also accounts for the fact that
monoliths   produced   by   CFS
usually  show higher levels  of
leachability when subjected  to
mechanical degradation,  either
naturally  or  during  leaching
test  procedures.   Grinding or
crushing the monolith increases
the  surface  area  in  contact
with   the   leaching   medium,
thereby reducing the  contribu-
tion of impermeability produced
by the CFS process.

     The  problem of speciation
is avoided when the metal  spe-
cies is in solution.  Unless it
is complexed in soluble, stable
form,  the metal can usually be
precipitated from solution.as a
silicate   which  exhibits  low
solubility  through a  wide  pH
range.  <6)  This is especially
important  for the heavy metals
of environmental interest which
exhibit   amphoteric   behavior
such as chromium, zinc, nickel,
copper, etc.  The hydroxides of
these  metals  exhibit  minimum
solubility through a narrow  pH
range,  usually  in the area of
pH  7.5  to  9;   it  increases
rapidly above pH  10.   Because
most   CFS  systems  are  quite
alkaline,  usually above pH II,
the  solubility  of  the  metal
species   in  the   CFS-treated
waste  may actually  be  higher
than in the original, untreated
sludge -

     This  difficulty tends  to
be  exacerbated with  increased
surface area.   While the solu-
ble silicate can respeciate the
metal  hydroxide as the  latter
dissolves,  it usually will not
be  available  because it  will
have  been  used  up  in  other
reactions  with  matrix-forming
agents.   There are three solu-
tions  to  this  problem:   <1)
reduce permeability,  (2) add a
fixant   other  than   silicate
which remains available in  the
matrix  as needed,  or (3) pre-
treat the waste by reducing  pH
to  dissolve  the  metal  hydx—
oxide, then re-speciate as sil-
icate .

     Another  set of  complexi-
ties  is introduced by the  way
in  which industrial metal  hy-
droxide   or  sulfide  residues
have been handled in the  pas't.
Typically,  these materials are
stored  in lagoons where  other
residues  or waste products may
be  added.   Some of the  added
residues  may be the result  of
water  treatment systems  - for
example,  biological  processes
for   organic ' wastes  ' - while
others  may  be   concentrated,
untreated process wastes.  Fre-
quently,  water  immiscible or-
ganics such as oily  lubricants
will  be carried along with the
waste streams into the  lagoon.
Thus, an extremely complex mix-
ture  forms,  and further reac-
                               298

-------
tions among the various  wastes
and  as a result of  weathering
and  aging may  occur.   Little
has  been documented about  the
nature of these reactions,  but
their  effects on physical  and
chemical characteristics of the
m,ixed    wastes    have    been
observed.

     The  additional components
may also interfere with  other-
wise possible reactions between
metal species and soluble sili-
cates,  or will themselves pre-
cipitate   the  silicate   from
solution  before it can achieve
either of its  purposes:  fixa-
tion   or  gelation/solidifica-
tion.   Oily constituents,  for
example, may coat reactive par-
ticles,   preventing   reaction
with  soluble  silicate.   When
the  oil is removed as a  first
step  in  the  EPA  Oily  Waste
Extraction Procedure,  the  un-
reacted   material  will   then
leach  at higher than  expected
rates .

     Soluble  silicate GFS sys-
tems can reduce the  leachabil-
ity   
-------
valent metal ions are present.

     In the PCSS system, the PC
is  often  referred to  as  the
setting  agent for the SS.   At
the same time, SS is used as an
accelerator  or  anti-inhibitor
for the setting of PC,  and the
hardening which takes place  as
the  solidified waste cures  is
due primarily to the PC.  There
is  no  contradiction in  this;
both  processes take  place  at
different  times during solidi-
fication,  although there is no
sharp delineation between  them
and  they  may overlap  on  the
time  scale.   The chemistry of
the  system is more easily  un-
derstood by examining the  rea-
sons  (in addition to  fixation
of  metals)  for  using  SS  in
solidification  work:   (1)  to
quickly  gel low solids wastes,
and <2> to aid in the PC  hard-
ening process.

Gelation

     Most   industrial    waste
streams,    especially    those
stored   in  lagoons,   contain
large amounts of  water.   When
the   PCSS  process  was  first
introduced,   most  wastes  had
solids  contents of  less  than
20%.   Today, with the emphasis
on volume reduction, wastes are
usually  dewatered where  poss-
ible   to  produce   semi-solid
"cakes",  but  there are  still
many instances where dewatering
is not feasible.   For example,
in remedial action work solidi-
fication is commonly  practiced
on the lagoon waste without any
pretreatment.

     One difficulty with solid-
ification  of these low solids,
low  viscosity wastes  is  that
they  settle  rapidly when  not
agitated.   Since most CFS pro-
cesses solidify slowly - over a
period of hours or days in most
cases  - a contaminated  watery
layer  remains  on top  of  the
hardening mass.  This is usual-
ly  undesirable.   One  of  the
reasons for developing the PCSS
process  was to eliminate  this
effect  by quickly gelling  the
mass,  increasing viscosity  to
the  point where settling could
not occur.   As a  result,  all
constituents   are  kept  in  a
homogeneous  suspension in  the
gel  while the mixture  hardens
to a. true solid.   The alterna-
tive is to add large amounts of
inexpensive  ingredients . which
act primarily as fillers,  arti-
ficially increasing the  solids
content  and  viscosity of  the
waste so that it cannot  settle
while  it hardens.

     The  gelling ability of SS
is  unique,  and should not  be
confused  with various  gelling
or thickening  agents,  usually
organic gums or polymers,  which
act by physical means only.  In
the  PCSS system,  gelation oc-
curs chemically by reaction  of
the  SS with free calcium hydr-
oxide  present in  the  PC,  or
produced  by hydration when  PC
is mixed with water.  SS is not
a  simple solution,  because it
contains  both polymeric  sili-
cates  and  colloidal   silica.
These   species  interact  with
divalent  ions such as  calcium
to  form a silica/silicate  gel
which  holds all of the  avail-
able system water,  as well  as
the non-dissolved solids,   sus-
pended  in  a non-mobile  state
(7,8).

     The  initial gel is  quite
delicate,  and  forms  properly
under only the right conditions
                               300

-------
of   concentration,    addition
rate,  temperature, etc.  Addi-
tion  of SS to  a  concentrated
solution  of  polyvalent  metal
ion  will  result  in  a  hard,
dense  precipitate,  not a gel.
Too   little  metal  ion   will
result  in slow gel  formation,
or none at all.   To be  effec-
tive,  the  gel must immobilize
the suspended solids, including
the  PC,  within  a  period  of
several   seconds  to   several
minutes, depending on the waste
and  the mechanical aspects  of
the CFS system.

    An uncommon property of the
PCSS system is that PC provides
just  the right amount of  cal-
cium  ion  in solution  at  any
given  time.   It does this  by
hydration of the cement's  com-
ponents,  which  occurs  slowly
enough  so that hard precipita-
tion  of the silicate does  not
take place.  As the calcium ion
from the PC is used up, more is
generated by hydration to  fut—
ther  react with the  remaining
SS,  strengthening the gel.  At
the  same time,  the PC  begins
its  own  series  of  reactions
which first produce setting and
then hardening.   There is com-
petition  for  the calcium  ion
between  the SS and  hydrosili-
cate  residues  on  the  cement
grains.   Since the PC  setting
reaction    is     substantially
slower  than the SS gel  forma-
tion,   the  latter  occurs at the
expense of the former.   As the
SS  is used up,  the calcium ion
becomes available  to enter into
the   PC's  own  gel  reactions
which result  in the PC  setting
phase.   The  PC then continues
to   harden  through  its  complex
set  of  reactions which  continue
almost  indefinitely  (3).
     Obviously, the presence of
metal  ions from the waste  it-
self,  as  well as  many  other
common  waste components,  will
affect  the gelling  properties
of  SS  in  this  system.   One
common  example  is  pH;   acid
wastes will precipitate the  SS
before  the gel can be  formed.
It  is beyond the scope of this
paper  to  examine all  of  the
various problems which are  en-
countered  with different waste
streams.  What is surprising is
that  the system works so  well
with  so many and varied  waste
types, given the complexity and
sensitivity  of  the  reactions
which must occur.
PC.
     Many  potential waste con-
stituents can act as  retarders
or  accelerators in the setting
of PC.   The presence of accel-
erators is not usually a  prob-
lem,  but retarders can slow or
even  prevent the hydration  of
the calcium silicate components
of PC.   There are compounds or
ions which form precipitates on
the   surface  of  the   cement
grains, for example, gypsum and
salts  of heavy metals such  as
zinc, copper and lead.  Another
category of retarders adsorb on
the cement grains, or coat them
so  that reaction with water is
prevented;  these are  exempli-
fied  by fine particulates such
as silt and clay, and by organ-
ics such as oil and algae.

     SS  has  been used  as  an
accelerator and  anti-inhibitor
for concrete,  and has the same
function   in PC-based CFS  sys-
tems.   In the case of the pre-
cipitant type retarders such as
heavy metals, SS probably works
by   removing  the  metal  from
                               301

-------
solution before it can precipi-
tate  on  the  cement   grains.
With  retarders that operate by
coating  the  grains,   SS  may
function as a surfactant, emul-
sifying  oils and  flocculating
fine particulates so that  they
remain  suspended in the  water
phase.   In  any case,  SS  has
been  useful in many  instances
for this purpose rather than as
a fixant or gellant.

SUMMARY

     Soluble  silicates,   have
been  widely used in  CFS  work
because  of  several  important
properties:  their  ability  to
fix metals, to quickly gel low-
solids  wastes,  and to prevent
inhibition of cement-based sys-
tems .

    The  gelation  function  of
the PCSS system often makes  it
the  process of choice for low-
solids wastes.   This is  shown
graphically in Figure 1,  where
the  total cost (solidification
plus   landfill)   is   plotted
against  %  solids  for   three
processes: PCSS, PC alone (plus
minor  additives)  and PC  plus
flyash.   The  data  used  here
comes   from  test   work   and
commercial       solidification
projects  on real wastes over a
period of about 15  years;  all
costs are in 1984 dollars.  For
this  analysis,  the  following
cost assumptions were used:  PC
- $70/ton;    SS    - $140/ton;
flyash  - $13/ton;   industrial
landfill - $40/ton. Transporta-
tion costs were not included in
thi s analysi s.

       At  5% solids,  the PCSS
process  costs about half  that
of PC/flyash and about 60% that
of  PC alone.   At 20%  solids,
the  numbers are 63%  and  87%,
respectively.   At  high solids
(40  - 50%),  the cost  of  the
PCSS and PC processes are near-
ly  identical,    and  both  are
about 75% that of PCIflyash.

       The   explanation    for
this,    of course, is that the
gelling    ability of SS allows
the use of   smaller quantities
of CFS chemicals,  even  though
they  have   higher unit costs.
This   results in lower  weight
and    volume  increase in  the
final    solid  product.    For
example,    the weight increase
due  to CFS   treatment  for  a
20%  solids    sludge was  only
20% for PCSS,   compared to 33%
for PC and 98%   for PC/flyash.
As landfill   costs continue to
escalate,    minimizing  weight
and   volume    increase   will
become even more important.
                               302

-------
Figure 1.  Total Cost As A  Function of Total Solids For Various
           Solidification Processes
 w
 8
170


140


110


 80


 50
              PORTLAND CEMENT
             \FLYASH
             PORTLAND CEMENT' ~~ — — E-	.	~   -_J»
             SOLUBLE SILICATE           ~*	
       0
             10        20        30
                    % TOTAL SOLIDS
                                             40
        50
 REFERENCES

 1.    Conner,  J.R.,  1974, Method
 of   Making Wastes Non-polluting
 and Disposable,  U.S.  Patent No.
 3,837,872.

 2.    Conner,   J.R., 1974, Ulti-
 mate Disposal of Liquid  Wastes
 by   Chemical   Fixation,   Proc.
 29th Ann.   Purdue Indus.  Waste
 Conf.,  Purdue University.

 3.   Cote,  P., 1986, Contaminant
 Leaching    from   Cement-Based
 Waste Forms Under Acidic Condi-
 tions,      PhD    Dissertation,
 McMaster Univ.,  Canada.

 4.    Falcone, J.S., 1982, Solu-
 ble  Silicates,   Reinhold,  New
                                York,  NY,
                                200-254.
Vol.  1, pp  151-158,
                                5.   Falcone,   J. S.
                                vate Communication.
          1986,  Pri-
                                6.   Cowman, L.P.,  1975,  Chemi-
                                cal  Stability  of   Metal   Sili-
                                cates  vs  Metal Hydroxides  in
                                Ground Water Conditions,   Proc.
                                2nd  Nat'l  Conf.   on  Complete
                                Water Reuse, May,  Chicago, II.

                                7.   Her, R.K.,  1979, The Chem-
                                istry  of  Silica,   Wiley,  New
                                York, NY, Chapter  6.
                                 8.    Va i1,
                                 Si 1icates ,
                                 NY,   Vo1.
                                 254.
 J.G.,  1952,  Soluble
 Reinhold,  New York,
1,   pp 151-158, 200-
                            Disclaimer

 The  work  described   in this paper was  not  funded  by  the  U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency.  The  contents  do not necessarily
 reflect  the  views  of the Agency and  no   official  endorsement
 should be inferred.
                                 303

-------

-------
      IN  SITU VITRIFICATION  - AN  INNOVATIVE THERMAL TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY

                              V.  F. FitzPatrick
                               C. L. Timmerman
                                 J. L. Buelt

                         Pacific  Northwest Laboratory
                            Richland, Washington


                                 INTRODUCTION

     As management of hazardous materials gains increased attention in the
United States,  new and more effective technologies are being sought to
immobilize and/or destroy the wastes, either in situ for previously disposed
wastes or at the waste generation site.   The new Hazardous and Solid Waste
Amendments (HSWA) 1984 and the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
(SARA) 1986, combined with proposed rule making by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA), is making landfill  disposal very costly and is
moving in a direction that will severely limit future land disposal.
Further, the extended liability associated with future environmental
impairment provides a significant corporate incentive to dispose and delist
wastes within the plant or waste site boundary.

     Pacific Northwest Laboratory (PNL)  is developing a remedial action
process for contaminated soils that is potentially significant in its
application to these concerns.  Although the process was initially developed
to provide enhanced isolation to previously disposed radioactive wastes,
recent tests have shown that many hazardous chemical wastes are also
destroyed or immobilized as a result of the treatment.  The process, in situ
vitrification (ISV), was originally developed for the U.S. Department of
Energy (DOE) and is more recently being adapted for selected commercial
clients for hazardous wastes.

     In situ vitrification is a thermal  treatment process that converts
contaminated soil into a chemically inert, stable glass and crystalline
product.  Figure 1 illustrates how the process operates.  A square array of
four electrodes are inserted into the ground to the desired treatment depth.
Because the soil is not electrically conductive once the moisture has been
driven off, a conductive mixture of flaked graphite and glass frit is placed
among the electrodes to act as the starter path.  An electrical potential is
applied to the electrodes, which establishes an electrical current in the
starter path.  The resultant power heats the starter path and surrounding
soil up to 3600°F, well above the initial melting temperature or fusion
temperature of soils.  The normal fusion temperature of soil ranges between
2000 and 2500°F.  The graphite starter path is eventually consumed by
oxidation, and the current is transferred to the molten soil, which is now
electrically conductive.  As the vitrified zone grows, it incorporates
nonvolatile elements and destroys organic components by pyrolysis.  The
pyrolyzed byproducts migrate to the surface of the vitrified zone, where they
combust  in the presence of oxygen.  A hood placed over the processing area
provides confinement for the combustion gases, and the gases are drawn into
the off-gas treatment system.
                                     305

-------
            GRAPHITE
            AND FRIT
            STARTER
                     FIGURE 1.   The  In  Situ  Vitrification Process

     Pacific Northwest Laboratory began developing ISV technology in late
1980 under the support of DOE.  Since then,  numerous experimental tests with
varying conditions and waste types have been conducted (Buelt and Carter
1986a, 1986b; Timmerman and Oma 1984).  Table 1 describes the different
scales of test units that PNL used in developing the technology.  The
successful results of the 45 bench-, engineering-, and pilot-scale tests have
proven the feasibility of the process.  Also, economic studies have indicated
that tremendous economies of scale are attainable with the ISV process (Oma
et al. 1983).  This finding led to the commitment to design, fabricate, and
test a large-scale prototype.   Its successful testing has demonstrated the
field utility of the large-scale unit and has proven the initial economic
projections.
         TABLE 1.  In Situ Vitrification Test System Characteristics
System,
Scale
Bench
Engineering
Pilot
Large
Power,
 kW

   10
   30
  500
 3750
Electrode
Spacing, ft

0.36
0.75 to 1.2
4.0
11.5 to 18.0
Vitrified Mass
 per Setting

2 to 5 Ib
0.05 to 1.0 ton
10 to 50 ton
400 to 800 ton
 Number
of Tests

    5
   26
   15
    5
     This paper describes the large-scale ISV system, discusses its
capabilities, and summarizes the results of testing to date.  Pacific
Northwest Laboratory recognizes that ISV is not the solution to all hazardous
waste management problems.  But judiciously applied, ISV can offer technical
and economic improvements to state-of-the-art remedial action technology.
With an understanding of the process design and functions, the waste manager
can make sound judgments about the applicability of ISV to site-specific
disposal problems.
                                     306

-------
                      PROCESS AND OPERATION DESCRIPTION

     As the melt grows downward and outward, power is maintained at
sufficient levels to overcome the heat losses from the surface and to the
surrounding soil.  Generally, the melt grows outward to about 50% of the
spacing of the electrodes.  Therefore, if the electrode spacing is 18 ft, a
melt width of about 28 ft would be observed under nominal conditions.  The
molten zone is roughly a square with slightly rounded corners, a shape that
reflects the higher power density around the electrodes.

     As the melt grows in size, the resistance of the melt decreases, making
it necessary to periodically adjust the ratio between the voltage and the
current to maintain operation at constant power.  This is done by adjusting
the tap position on the primary power supply to the electrodes.  There are 14
effective taps that permit adjusting the voltage from a maximum of 4000 V to
a minimum of 400 V per phase and the current from a minimum of 400 A to a
maximum of 4000 A per phase.  Operations follow the power equation
                                  P = 12  x R

where P is power, I is current, and R is resistance.
(1)
     The large-scale process equipment for ISV is depicted in Figure 2.  The
process immobilizes contaminated soil and isolates it from the surrounding
environment.  Controlled electrical power is distributed to the electrodes,
and special equipment contains and treats the gaseous effluents.  The process
equipment required to perform these functions is divided into five major
subsystems:  1) electrical power supply, 2) off-gas hood, 3) off-gas
treatment, 4) off-gas support, and 5) process control.

     Except for the off-gas hood, all components are contained in two
transportable trailers (Figure 3):  an off-gas and process control trailer,
and a support trailer.  These trailers are mounted on wheels sufficient for a
move to any site over a compacted ground surface.  The off-gas hood and off-
gas line, which are installed on the site for collection of the gaseous
effluents, are dismantled and placed on a flatbed trailer for transport
between the sites to be treated.  The effluents exhausted from the hood are
cooled and treated in the off-gas treatment system.  The entire process is
monitored and controlled from the process control trailer.

     The off-gas trailer is the most complex and expensive of the two
trailers.  The off-gas treatment system cools,  scrubs, sorbs organics,  and
filters the gaseous effluents exhausted from the hood.  The primary
components include a gas cooler, a wet scrubber system (tandem nozzle
scrubber and quencher),  a heat exchanger, process scrub tank,  scrub solution
pump,  a condenser, two mist eliminators (vane separators), a heater,  a
charcoal filter assembly, and a blower system.

     A major element of the off-gas support system is the glycol  cooling
system, which is mounted on the support trailer.   This system interfaces with
                                    307

-------
                                            o

                                            4J
                                            
-------
0)
4^
in
 en


"5
 o
O

"5
 o
_>•

O
 ID

 Z

 V)

 To
 _o

 x
 o
                                           o
                                           a.
                                           Q.

                                           CO
             O
                                                                                                                      o
 (0
 m

9
3=
O
 o

"<«
 o
CO

 cu


 <0


 cu

 +J

 4-
 o
                                                                                                                        O)
               I/)
               10
               cu
               o
               o

              a.
                                                                                                                       oo

                                                                                                                       UJ
                                                    309

-------
the scrub solution and extracts the thermal energy that builds up in the off-
gas treatment system from cooling the combustion gases from the hood.  The
heat is rejected to the atmosphere in a fin tube, air-cooled heat exchanger.
The entire process system is therefore self-sufficient in terms of site
services, except for the electrical supply.  In cases where electrical supply
is remote and costly to bring in, diesel generators can be used to supply the
required electricity.  Details of the large-scale process equipment and the
process capabilities are found in Buelt and Carter (1986b).

     The normal processing rate for the large-scale system is 4 to 5 ton/hr,
a rate competitive with many other remediation technologies.  The average
processing operation lasts about 150 to 200 hr, depending on the depth and
electrode spacing.  For processing to depths of 50 ft, single processing
operations can run in the range of 300 to 400 hr.  The production rate will
remain constant at 4 to 5 tons during the entire time period, resulting in a
vitrified mass greater than 1000 tons.

     For routine operations on a site, both trailers are coupled together and
moved from one processing position to another by pulling them as a unit.  The
hood is moved from one position to another with a crane.  The crane is also
used to assist in coupling and uncoupling the off-gas lines.  Moving from one
processing position to another takes about 16 hr; thus, a relatively high
operating efficiency can be achieved.  This 16-hr interim for movement also
provides time for performing routine maintenance.

                           PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS

     The ability of the waste form to retain the encapsulated or incorporated
heavy metals is of prime importance to the usefulness of the ISV process.

     The vitrified waste form has been subjected to a variety of leach tests,
including EPA's Extraction Procedure Toxicity Test (EP Tox) and Toxic
Characteristics Leach Test (TCLP).  These tests show a uniformly low leach
rate for heavy metals of about 5 x 10   g/cm /day or lower.  Based on limited
tests, we can assume that the vitrified material can be delisted under the
provisions of either the EP Tox or the TCLP.

     Another indication of the durability of the ISV waste form is found in a
study of the weathering of obsidian, a glasslike material physically and
chemically similar to the ISV waste form (Ewing and Mocker 1979).  In the
natural environment, obsidian has a hydration rate constant of 1 pm  to 20
/on /1000 yr (Larsen and Langford 1978).  A linear hydration rate of 10 pm
produces a highly conservative estimate of a «1 mm hydrated depth for the
ISV waste form over a 10,000-year time span.

     Data for the release of sodium from vitrified Hanford Site soil during a
leach test at 194°F are available  (Oma et al. 1983) for durations of 7, 14,
and 28 days.  Because the sodium is soluble in the leachate, its normalized
release is a measure of the extent of hydration of the glass and, in
particular, its normalized release divided by the density of the glass is the
depth of hydration.  If the glass is assumed to hydrate according to the same
                                    310

-------
parabolic rate law as has been found for obsidian, then the square of the
depth of hydration divided by the duration of the test should be constant.
Using the data in Oma et al. (1983), the result of this calculation increases
between the 7- and 14-day data, but then is constant between the 14- and 28-
day data.  Taking this final value and using the density of the glass, the
hydration rate at 194°F appears to be about 2 ^m /yr.  In the literature on
field studies of obsidian hydration, the rate is found to obey an Arrhenius
relation with an activation energy of 20 kcal/mole.  Applying this to the ISV
glass hydration, we can predict rates of 5 /im/lOOO yr at 77°F (e.g., for
glass exposed to the air) and 1 /tm /1000 yr at 50°F (e.g., for glass buried
underground).  These values are comparable to those found for obsidian
hydration rates in the field for similar average weathering temperatures.

     The long-term stability of obsidian in nature is controlled by three
mechanisms (Ewing and Hocker 1979):  alteration (weathering), devitrification
(recrystalization), and hydration (water absorption) (Larsen and Langford
1978).  A review of the literature indicates that the usual controlling
mechanism is devitrification.  Studies of the mean age of natural glasses
indicate that obsidian has a mean life of about 18 million years (Ewing and
Hocker 1979).  Considering the similarity of the ISV waste form to obsidian,
we can reasonably postulate that the mean life of the vitrified material
would be on the order of 1 million years.

     The ISV waste form is a glass with an atomic structure that is random,
rather than the highly structured nature of a crystalline material.  This
leads to another benefit:  the fracture mechanism is conchoidal; i.e., the
waste form is not subject to significant damage by freeze/thaw mechanisms
that can accelerate natural degradation.

                              ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

     The economics of the process have been examined under various conditions
representing typical conditions that might be encountered throughout the
United States.  While the methodology for developing ISV cost estimates was
developed and reported (Oma et al. 1983) before the design, fabrication, and
testing of the large-scale system, the approach is still considered valid.
The two key assumptions in the initial economic projections were that 1) the
system could be operated with two people per shift, and 2) the system could
be moved from one processing area to another processing area in less than 24
hr.  Both of these assumptions have been proven correct (Buelt and Carter
1986a, Buelt et al.  1986).

     Highlights of the cost estimate technique used for the initial cost
projections are summarized here; details can be obtained from the original
reference  (Oma et al. 1983).  The cost estimate is divided into five main
categories:  1) site preparation, 2) equipment or capital recovery, 3)
operations and  labor, 4) electrode material, and 5) electrical power.  The
two  factors that most significantly affect total cost  are the amount of
moisture in the soil and the cost of electricity.  The amount of moisture
directly affects operational time and, therefore, has  a direct bearing on the
operations and  labor costs.  The electrical energy equivalent of the heat of
                                     311

-------
vaporization for the moisture in the soil must be supplied and the water
boiled off before vitrification can proceed.  The cost of electrical  power
also has a direct effect on the operational costs.  Equipment or capital
recovery costs and electrode costs are significant; however, they are treated
as constants.  Site costs are based on nominal amounts of civil work that
must be performed, which include acquiring and placing clean backfill in the
subsidence zone.

     Equipment or capital recovery costs include the ISV system and the
necessary support equipment, such as a front loader and crane for earth-
moving operations and moving the hood and trailers, respectively.  There is
also a nominal allowance for extending existing power lines and installing a
substation.  All equipment is assumed to have a 10-yr life.  The sum of the
equipment costs is multiplied by a 20% capital recovery factor and added in
as a unitized cost factor.

     Operations and labor costs consist of the labor and materials for those
activities that must be performed to support normal operations.  These
activities include labor time for the two operators required to operate the
system.  System operation is calculated on the basis of 24-hr continuous
operations.  Other support activities include digging the holes and placing
the electrodes, moving the trailers and hood from one processing position to
another, and performing routine maintenance operations when the system is
being moved.  Also included are costs for placing the starter material, and
connecting, disconnecting, and testing the electrodes.  The operational cost
also includes an allowance for secondary waste disposal (i.e., treating
and/or disposing the scrub solution once per week).

     Electrode costs are for the purchase of electrode materials, which are
used only once, assuming that the electrodes are left in the melt.  For
operations in a chemically hazardous environment, the electrodes can be
retrieved and sold for salvage value, which is about 20% of the original
cost.  For operations with a process sludge where significant decomposition
of the sludge occurs, there is a potential for electrode reuse; however,
estimating electrode recovery values that are higher than the salvage value
at this time is not conservative planning.       .

     These cost factors have been calculated and plotted in graphical form
(Figure 4).  The maximum cost for all three cases occurs at an electrical
rate of $.0825/kWhr.  At local electrical rates that are higher than this
value, the use of portable diesel generator power is recommended.  Whether
the units are rented or purchased depends on the length of the remediation
operation and business decisions concerning future operations.  The flat rate
can also be used for planning for sites where local electrical power is
unavailable and bringing in a power line would be very expensive.  The case
for process sludges was included to cover those situations where
consolidation and immobilization at an active plant site was the primary
objective.  This could be important to the typical owner generator who has
old sludge surface impoundments that must be closed and the owner/generator
does not want to incur the long term liability associated with shipping to a
land fill.
                                      312

-------
          •o
          o
          O
          "3
          s
             300
             200
100
                0
                                                       Saturated
                                                       Contaminated Soil
                                         Dry Contaminated
                                         Soil
                                         Wet Industrial
                                         Sludge
                                         Utility Power

                                   J	.	I	•_
                                             Portable Power

                                                 I	i	
                                   4        68

                                   Electrical Rate (C/kWhr)
                                                10
12
            FIGURE 4.  Cost of In Situ Vitrification Applications

                             PROCESS PERFORMANCE

     The discussion on process performance is divided into two sections:  1)
experience with hazardous wastes and 2) applications considerations.  The
discussion will focus on the overall treatment efficiency (i.e., the
retention and/or destruction in the melt, and the capture and removal of the
material released from the melt by the off-gas system).  The sum of the two
functions represents the overall system Destruction Removal Efficiency  (ORE).

HAZARDOUS WASTE EXPERIENCE

     The results of the process performance testing with hazardous materials
are subdivided into two categories:  metals and organics.

Metals

     During the processing operations with ISV, metals are either dissolved
in the glass or incorporated in the vitreous matrix.  The three factors that
have the largest effect on retention are burial depth, solubility, and  vapor
pressure.  Burial depth has a direct function on retention, increasing  the
amount of retention with increased burial depth.  Metals are retained in the
melt as a direct function of the solubility and inversely proportional  to
their vapor pressure.

     The measure of the material retained in the melt is the retention
factor:
                      Retention Factor = RF = [A]i/[A]e                    (2)
                                     313

-------
where [A]i is the concentration of the element A initially present and [A]e
is the concentration of element A exiting the component.  This terminology is
used for the retention in the melt as well as the retention in the off-gas
treatment system.  The retention factor is the inverse of the quantity
[1-DRE].

     When estimating retention factors for metals in the melt or off-gas
system, the solubility of the metal in the glass and also the likely
oxidation state should be considered.  The melt is very reducing in nature,
so the most likely form of most metals is either the pure state or the lowest
oxidation state that will accommodate a stable oxide.  Data from other glass
processes, such as ceramic melters, is not considered a reliable source in
estimating retention factors, because of the difference in reducing
conditions in the glass.  Ruthenium in an oxidizing environment can form
RuOs, which sublimes at about 1800°F and causes serious problems in melter
off-gas treatment systems.  In the pilot-scale radioactive test, ruthenium
exhibited a retention of 99.82% or a retention factor of 550.  The enhanced
retention because of oxidization state and solubility, is important when
assessing potential applications to traditionally volatile metals.

     Retention factors measured in large-scale testing are shown for both the
melt and the off-gas treatment system (Table 2).  These data are sufficient
so that an inference can be made to the retention of other hazardous metals.
Results for large-scale testing show that retention continues to increase
with increasing depth.  An order of magnitude increase in retention was
observed when the depth was increased from 3 to 16 ft (Buelt and Carter
1986a).  The presence of combustibles can provide a path to the surface by
entraining the metals in the combustion product or pyrolytic gases,
decreasing the retention fraction.  The closer to the surface, the more
likely the entrained material will not be scrubbed out by the molten glass
and recaptured.  Even the decomposition of nitrates can provide an elution
path if the reaction occurs near the surface.
                    TABLE 2.  Retention Factors of Metals
     Type of Metal            Soil

     Parti oil ates
     Sr, Pu, U, La, Nd

     Semi-Volatiles
     Co, Cs, Sb, Ni, Mo       102

     Volatiles
     Cd, Pb                   3 to 30
               Off Gas
104 to 105       105
                 10'
Combination
109 to 1010
10C
                 10
                   4
                                     314

-------
OrganIcs

     During processing, organics that are contacted by the vitrifous material
are destroyed by pyrolysis.  The pyrolytic gases move upward through the melt
and combust when contacted by the oxygen atmosphere in the hood.  The data
base for processing organics has been limited to selected organics in
containers, PCBs, dioxins (2,3,7,8 TCDD), and organics associated with
electroplating wastes.  As the ISV process gains additional acceptance as a
remediation tool, the data base will grow, through feasibility tests, field
demonstrations, and actual remediation applications.

     Combustible testing with organics has included up to 110 Ib of solid
combustibles and 50 Ib of liquid organic in a single pilot-scale experiment.
The materials were packaged in a container such as what might be found in a
solid-waste burial ground.  Chromatographic, sample bomb, and mass
spectrometric analyses of the effluent from both the hood and the exhaust
stack showed less than 5 x 10   vol% release for light hydrocarbons during
peak combustion periods.  This level of release indicates nearly complete
pyrolysis  and combustion  (FitzPatrick et al. 1984).  A limited number of
experiments have been conducted to define the pressure rise and rate of
release associated with organics in sealed containers.  Theoretical
calculations predicted that the internal pressures would be several hundred
psi, and that the pyrolized material would produce a transient pressure wave
that would move through the melt in a few seconds.  The tests were performed
using the  engineering-scale system; the sealed containers were lecture
bottles, equipped with pressure sensors.  The maximum pressure observed was
32 psig; the pressure attenuated over a period of 1-1/2 min.  These data
indicate that the metal softened as the vitrified zone approached the sealed
container  and that the intrusion of the glass was slower than the theoretical
maximum rate.  This could be a scaling effect, related to the relatively high
viscosity  of the glass.   Intrusion  into a buried 55-gal drum is expected to
be very rapid.  The organics in the containers were completely destroyed
 (DREs >99.99%).

     An engineering-scale test was  conducted using soils contaminated with
500  ppm of PCBs.  The  data from the test showed that the process destruction
was  slightly greater than 99.9%.  The small amount of material released to
the  off-gas system was effectively  removed, yielding an overall system ORE of
>99.9999%. Analysis of the vitrified block showed that there were no
residual  PCBs;  considering the processing temperature, the  data are
reasonable.  The  soil  adjacent to the vitrified area was examined for PCBs;
 limited quantities  were  detected  (0.7  ppm of PCBs).  These data  indicate
 that the  vitrification rate is greater  than the PCB diffusion rate  and that
migration  away from the vitrification zone during  processing is not  a
 significant concern.   The overall  results were  sufficiently promising that  a
 pilot-scale test has  been authorized.   The  scope of this  test will  be 1000
 ppm PCB-contaminated  soil  and  performed in  accordance with  a Toxic  Substances
 Control Act (TSCA)  permit issued  for EPA Headquarters.

      A bench-scale test was  conducted on a  soil  contaminated with dioxin
 (2,3,7,8  TCDD).  The  initial  results show that  an  overall  system  DRE of
                                      315

-------
 99.99999% was obtained.  No dioxins or furans were detected in the off-qas
 emissions during the test.

      Engineering-scale tests on electroplating wastes have shown that the
 destruction efficiency for contaminated soils is >97% for the process even
 when the contaminated soil is not covered with a layer of clean soil.  Other
 tests have shown that an uncontaminated layer of soil  increases the
 efficiency of the process to greater than 99.99%.   Additional  removal can be
 obtained by the use of charcoal filters in the off-gas treatment system,  thus
 improving the overall system ORE to greater than 99.99%.
 *

      An  engineering-scale test was conducted to evaluate  the  potential  for
 destruction of a variety of containerized hazardous chemicals  of specific
 interest were ethylene glycol,  methyethyl  ketone and stoddard  solvent and
 photographic chemicals.   The results indicate that an  overall  system  ORE  of
 >99.99%  was achieved for each  of the chemicals with no significant  migration.

      The observed system DREs  indicate  that the process has a  potential to be
 a valuable tool  for  the remediation of  sites that  contain  both  organic  and
 metallic hazardous wastes.   However,  we strongly recommend feasibility
 testing  to confirm applicability before any commitment is  given  to  deploy the
 process  on a site that contains significant quantities of  organics  that are
 unconfined in the soil  column.

 APPLICATIONS CONSIDERATIONS

      Before exploring various  hazardous  waste  application  scenarios,  the
 operational  capabilities  and limitations of the large-scale system  will be
 reviewed.   The capabilities  of  the large-scale system  to treat various soil
 characteristics  and  inclusions  can be divided  into  two categories:  1)
 capabilities of  the  power supply system and 2)  the  capacity of the  off-gas
 system to  maintain a negative pressure  during  processing.  The capabilities
 of the electrical  system  in  terms  of electrode width,  depth, and shape have
 been  reported in Oma et  al.  (1983),  Buelt  and  Carter  (1986a), and Buelt et
 al. 1986.

      The two factors that can influence  the ability of the power supply
 system are the presence of groundwater  and  buried metals.  As a general rule,
 soils having low permeabilities  do not  inhibit  the  ISV process even in the
 water table because  the rate of recharge is  not  significant in terms of the
 processing rate.   The melt proceeds  at  a rate  of about 3 to 6 in./hr.  Thus,
 soils with  permeabilities  in the  range of  10    to 10   cm/sec are considered
 able  to  be vitrified even  in the presence of groundwater or in the water
 table.   Soils  with permeabilities  in  the range  of 10   to 10"4 cm/sec are
 considered  marginal.  Soils  with permeabilities higher than 10   are
 difficult  to  vitrify in the water  table  unless  additional  steps are taken,
 such  as  drawing  the  local water table down by pumping, and installing
 underground  barriers.  This  is not considered a significant impediment
because  it  is  highly  unlikely that any single method would be used to
completely  remediate  a site.  For example,  ISV might be used to
destroy/immobilize the source and standard pump and treat  methods used to
cleanup plumes that have migrated from the source.

                                     316

-------
     The presence of buried metals can result in a conduction path that would
lead to electrical shorting between the electrodes; however,  the processing
margins are quite generous.  Buried metals that occupy up to 90% of the
linear distance between the electrodes can be accommodated without
suppressing the voltage between the electrodes or impacting the melting rate.
Also, once melted, the impact of the metal is less significant.
Miscellaneous buried metal, such as drums, should have little or no effect on
the ability to process a candidate site.  Metal limits are currently 5 wt% of
the melt, which is a large fraction when considering drums of waste.  In
fact, drums containing hazardous and/or classified wastes can be placed in an
array that will take advantage of the melt configuration.  Such an array is
shown in Figure 5.  Here, the metal content of the 288 drums is 1.5 wt% of
the melt weight,  leaving considerable capacity for miscellaneous metal
contained within  the drums.

     The capacity of the off-gas system to maintain a negative pressure
during processing, thus preventing the spread of contamination or resulting
in fugitive emissions, is  a function of the gas generation rate within the
processing area.  Gas generation resulting from the decomposition of humus
and other natural chemicals within the soil are considered insignificant.
Gas generating situations  are generically shown in Figure 6.  These represent
the intrusions of the molten glass into void spaces, penetration of a drum
that contains combustible  materials, and  intrusion into soil inclusions that
contain combustible materials, either solids or liquids.  Schematically, the
capacity of the off-gas system to contain the gas  resulting  from the
processing event  is shown  in Figure 7.  These capacities are representative
of what might be  encountered in a solid-waste burial ground.  The capacities
indicated for the liquid and solid combustibles disposed directly to the soil
columns are considered as  steady state processing  limits.  These limits do
contain a safety  factor of two, but should be considered as  the processing
limits at the present time.  The release  of the gas from either the void
volume or combustible package  is a transient event, lasting  about 1 min.
Therefore, once the transient  event has passed, the system still has-the
capacity to handle another transient event.  These are time-order limits, not
cumulative capacities.     The  ISV process is particularly well suited to in-
place destruction, immobilization or removal of hazardous waste.  The toxic
heavy metals are  incorporated  into the glass, and  the organics in the
containers are destroyed.  Certain inorganic compounds such  as nitrates are
also destroyed by reducing the compound to the diatomic gases by the
temperature and reducing conditions of the melt.   Sulfates are partially
decomposed; the remainder  can  easily be removed by the off-gas treatment
system.  Fluorides are dissolved  into the glass to 98% for source terms of
several hundred ppm.  Chlorides are dissolved to the limits  of  solubility.
These  limits are  much  less than the limits for fluorides, but up to 1 wt% of
the melt, which can be a large quantity*  The  fluorides and  chlorides not
dissolved  in the  glass can be  scrubbed out by the  off-gas treatment system,
using  a  caustic scrub  solution.

     There are  five general  areas where the  ISV process might be  applied to
hazardous waste:   1)  contaminated  soil  sites,  2) burial grounds, 3) tanks
that contain  a  hazardous heel  in  the  form of  either a sludge or salt  cake, 4)
classified waste  that  also contains hazardous  waste,  and  5)  process sludges

                                     317

-------
                Acceptable Conditions: 90% Linear Distance and 5 wt%
                                   -12ft-
         25
Quito
          D

                          Metal wt = 1.5% of Melt Mass
          FIGURE 5.  Use of In Situ Vitrification for Buried Metals

and tailings piles.  The application of the ISV process  to contaminated soil
sites and burial grounds is similar to the previously discussed applications
to contaminated soils and burial ground sites,  with  the  same processing
limits for metal and combustibles.

     The use of ISV to destroy the hazardous heel in tanks has been tested on
the engineering scale with chemical salts.  The results  of the feasibility
study showed that the release was within acceptable  limits for the off-gas
system and that a vitreous mass was formed.  The original tests were
performed on the basis of adding glass formers  during the processing to
achieve a vitreous waste form.  The data could  be extended to a scenario to
dispose of the residual heel and the tank, and  to immobilize contaminated
soil in the immediate vicinity of the tank.  By adding soil and/or rock
backfill, the tank could be filled with glass-forming materials before
processing.  This technique could eliminate the concerns of tank dome and/or
wall collapse identified during the original  testing.  Techniques for filling
to the peak of the tank dome have been developed. Electrodes would be
inserted into the tank prior to adding backfill.   The vitreous area would
grow downward and outward, encompassing the tank, the contents, and a portion
of the surrounding soil.  Estimates of the maximum size tank have not been
completed, but tanks in the range of 100,000  to 300,000 gal could be
permanently disposed by this technique.  The  metal content of the tank
structure should not impose a processing limit.

     Process sludges and tailing piles that contain  natural radioactive
materials and hazardous chemicals can be disposed using the ISV process.
Applications that involve natural radioactive elements that result in
relatively high radon fluxes at the surface are considered potential
                                    318

-------
        Large-Scale Designed to Contain  Rapid
        Gas Releases
                 Molten
                   Soil
               Molten
                 Soil
                      Combustibles
       Metal Container
Combustible Volume
                                    Molten
                           Void Volume

                 FIGURE 6.  Gas-Generating Configurations

candidates for remediation by ISV.  Tests with zirconia-lime sludges showed
that the material  was not only able to be vitrified, but that the radon
emanation level was  reduced by a factor of 104 to 10" after processing.  This
solution is practical when the radon emanation levels are high, the wastes
also contain hazardous chemicals that could be leached into the groundwater,
and the local infiltration rate is high.  In contrast, for large piles in
remote areas and where the infiltration rate is very low, barriers over the
pile have been shown to  be effective in preventing release of hazardous
chemicals.  Each potential application must be examined on its own merit.

      Valuable land that is contaminated can be reclaimed by using ISV
processing, thus converting a corporate liability into a capital asset.  Old
transformer areas and capacitator storage and repair areas that are now in
the business district, but contaminated with PCBs, are examples of this
concept.

                                  319

-------
                                          Combustible
                                          Packages
  Combustible
f^: Solids, with
  30% Soil
                                                        9600 Ib/yd of Depth
                                                        or 7 wt%
                                                        5.6 yd3 or 152ft3
                1.2 yd3 or 32 ft3
                                                        6400 Ib/yd of Depth
                                                        or 4.7 wt%
      FIGURE 7.  Combustible Limits for In Situ Vitrification  Processing


     Other applications considered,  but  not  yet developed, include shaft
sealing,  foundations  and erosion barriers for remote locations, and the
generation of  impermeable barrier walls  to prevent groundwater seepage into a
site.   Barrier generation is  considered  an interim solution that would
mitigate  an existing  hazardous situation  until  a final  solution could be
implemented.
             SUMMARY OF PROCESS STATUS AND BENEFITS OF APPLICATION


     The  ISV process has  been  demonstrated at  field-scale conditions,  thus
eliminating  uncertainties of scale-up.   This fact  is  significant because
scale-up  is  the major risk area in  the development and deployment of a new
technology.  Technology adaptation  is a much smaller  investment risk than
technology development.   The applicability of  the  ISV process  to a particular
waste can be determined with existing ISV equipment for a few  thousand
dollars.  Thus, feasibility testing is  relatively  inexpensive.   The focus of
the feasibility testing is the performance requirements for the off-gas
treatment system and the  type  and quantity of  secondary waste  generated.
Because we know that almost all  soils encountered  can be vitrified,  this  is
not a major  consideration during most feasibility  testing.

     To date, experience  indicates  that the process is ready for deployment
for soil sites contaminated with heavy  metals  and  inorganics.   Experience
with low boiling point  organics  that  are uncontaminated in  the  soil  column is
very limited, and feasibility  testing with actual  site samples  before
application  is strongly recommended.   The experience  with PCBs,  process

                                      320

-------
sludges, and plating wastes is very encouraging.  Although no single
treatment process is applicable to all waste management needs, we anticipate
that the ISV process will be used for a broader application of waste
management problems.  Within this context, ISV is a new and powerful tool
that should be considered and evaluated for radioactive, mixed hazardous, and
hazardous chemical applications that fall within the treatment capabilities
of the process.

     Specific benefits inherent in the ISV process are

  •  safety for workers and public

  •  long-term durability of the waste form (>1 million years)

  •  applicability to a variety of soils

  •  cost effectiveness  ($100 to $250/ton for soils)

  •  volume reduction and immobilization for process sludges  (<$100/ton)

  •  efficient processing rates  (3 to 5 ton/hr).

  •  Reduced  long term liability be avoiding land fill  disposal.

     The applicability of the  ISV process to a wide variety of soils and
wastes  combined with  its cost  effectiveness, are responsive to the  regulatory
changes that  are  currently  in  progress, which emphasize the need  for on-site
and  in  situ permanent treatment  and remediation.

                                ACKNOWLEDGMENT

     The Pacific  Northwest  Laboratory is  operated by Battelle Memorial
 Institute  for the U.S. Department of  Energy under Contract DE-AC06-76RLO
 1830.


                      .            REFERENCES

 Buelt,  J.  L., and J.  G.  Carter.   1986a.   In Situ Vitrification  Large-Scale
 Operational Acceptance Test Analysis.   PNL-5828, Pacific  Northwest  Labora-
 tory,  Richland,  Washington.

 Buelt,  J.  L., and J.  G.  Carter.   1986b.   Description and  Capabilities  of:the
 Large-Scale In Situ Vitrification  Process.  PNL-5738,  Pacific Northwest
 Laboratory,  Richland, Washington.

 Buelt,  J.  L., et al.   1986.  In  Situ  Vitrification  of  Transuranic Wastes;   An
 Updated Systems Evaluation  and Applications Assessment.  PNL-4800,  Suppl.  1,
 Pacific Northwest Laboratory,  Richland,  Washington.

 Ewing,  R.  C., and R.  F.  Hocker.   1979.   Naturally Occurring  Glasses;  Ana-
 logues for Radioactive Waste Forms.   PNL-2776,  Pacific Northwest  Laboratory,
 Richland,  Washington.
                                      321

-------
 FitzPatrick, V. F., et al.  1984.  "In Situ Vitrification -  A Potential
 Remedial Action Technique for Hazardous Waste."  PNL-SA-12316, Pacific
 Northwest Laboratory, Richland, Washington.
 Larsen, T. and W. A. Langford.
 276(9):153-156.
1978.   "Hydration of Obsidian."   Nature.
 Oma, K. H., et al.  1983.  In Situ Vitrification of Transuranic Wastes;
 Systems Evaluation and Applications Assessment"PNL-4800, Pacific Northwest
 Laboratory, Richland, Washington.

 Timmerman, C. L. and K. H. Oma.  1984.  An In Situ Vitrification Pilot-Scale
 Radioactive Test.  PNL-5240, Pacific Northwest Laboratory, Richland, Washing-
 ton.
                                  Disclaimer

The work in this  paper was not  funded by the  U.S.  Environmental Protection
Agency.   The contents  do  not necessarily  reflect the  views of  the Agency
and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                      322

-------
            CHARACTERIZATION AND TREATMENT OF WASTES COMPRISED
                     OF HAZARDOUS, RADIOACTIVE MIXED,
                         AND TRANSURANIC FRACTIONS

                              James T. Nelson
                              NUS Corporation
                            Oak Ridge, TN  37830

                            Richard A. Martineit
                              NUS Corporation
                          Gaithersburg,  MD  20878

                                R. E. Helms
                   Martin Marietta Energy Systems,  Inc.
                            Oak Ridge, TN  37831

                                  ABSTRACT

This  study addresses  the  characterization  and  treatment  of  a  stratified
radioactive wastewater stored in  large underground tanks.   The  waste was
tested in  light of:   USEPA's RCRA guidelines for  hazardous  wastes;  and the
Department  of  Energy's  (DOE's)  guidelines for   radioactive  mixed  waste
(RMW), low-level waste (LLW), and transuranic (TRU) waste.

Following  these  determinations,  a   regulatory  analysis  was  performed  to
define  the  management  guidelines  for  the various  waste types.    This
analysis  involved:   USEPA/state  hazardous-waste and wastewater regulations;
applicable  DOE  Orders; and  various  guidelines  promulgated  by  both  DOE and
the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).

Finally,  the  study  addressed  the treatment, storage,  and  disposal  of the
various  waste types.    Although further  testing  is  necessary due  to the
unusual  nature  of the waste, preliminary conclusions  have  been  made as to
the most suitable treatment methods.   The  processes  which appear to be the
most  acceptable,  both  from a  technical  and  an economic  standpoint,  are:
simultaneous  volume  reduction   and  solidification  (VRS)  using:  asphaltic
(i.e., bitumen) for  the  RMW and LLW  fractions;  and either asphaltic VRS or
vitrification in  soda-lime  glass for  the TRU fraction.
 INTRODUCTION

     Oak  Ridge  National Laboratory
 (ORNL),   a  major  government-owned
 research     facility,      generates
 approximately  2000 gallons/month of
 wastewater  from  a wide  variety of
 research   and   development   activi-
 ties.    These  streams  are  treated
 via  ion   exchange and/or   evapora-
 tion;  the resulting "clean"  streams
 (i.e.,   evaporator   overheads   and
 effluent   from   ion-exchange   beds)
 are  discharged   to  surface  waters
through an  NPDES outfall.   The con-
centrated  streams  (i.e.,  evaporator
bottoms    and    spent   ion-exchange
regenerant)  are  stored   in   eight
50,000-gallon   underground   storage
tanks  known  as  the  Melton  Valley
Storage Tanks   (MVSTs).   From  1966-
1984,  this  waste   was   mixed  with
grout and  deep-well  injected on site
in  a  process   known  as  "hydrofrac-
ture"  (1,2).    ORNL   terminated this
practice   in   January  1984  due  to
DOE/EPA/state  concern that  the deep
aquifer  may have  been  contaminated
                                      323

-------
  by  migration   of  radioactive  con-
  stituents  from  the hardened  grout.
  Since  that  time,  the  concentrated
  wastes  have been allowed to  accumu-
  late in the MVSTs.   As of February
  1986,   the   waste   inventory   had
  increased  to  approximately  328,000
  gallons  (3).

  PURPOSE

      Faced  with  potential  curtail-
  ment    and/or    shutdown   of    the
  wastewater-generati ng     processes,
  ORNL  decided to  select  and   imple-
  ment   one   or   more   alternative
  processes   to   solidify/fix,    and
  store  or  dispose  of,   the  subject
 wastes.   The processes were  to be
 evaluated    in    light   of   their
 technical  and  economic  viability,
 their  permitting requirements,   and
 their   ability   to  produce   waste
 forms  whose properties conform  to
 all   applicable   regulations   and
 guidelines.

 APPROACH

 Haste Categories

    The  MVSTs were suspected to con-
 tain    some  combination   of   the
 following  waste  types:    RCRA  hazar-
 dous  waste  (HW);  radioactive  mixed
 waste (RMW); low-level  waste  (LLW);
 and transuranic  (TRU)   waste.    The
 initial  phase  of  this  study  con-
 sisted  of   a  search   of both  the
 literature   and   applicable  regula-
 tions/guidelines  to  clarify,  to  the
 extent  possible,  the definitions  of
 these waste types.

 Waste Characterization

    Existing   ORNL   data     (i.e.,
 physical,  chemical,   and radiologi-
 cal parameters)  were then evaluated
 in  light   of  the   various   waste
 definitions.     This   enabled  the
proper  classification  of  the  waste
strata in the MVSTs.
 Evaluation  of Regulations and Guide-
 lines

    ORNL's   ultimate   goal   was   to
 specify,  and  bring on  line:   one or
 more  processes  to  solidify  the MVST
 waste;  and  facilities/procedures  for
 the  proper  storage  and/or  disposal
 of the  resulting  waste forms.   These
 goals   require   knowledge   of,   and
 adherence to, numerous sets  of regu-
 lations    and    guidelines    (both
 internally-  and  externally-imposed).
 These "rules  of  the game" were eval-
 uated   in  light  of  the  restraints
 which they  would place on the ulti-
 mate    waste-management    processes,
 facilities,  and  procedures.

 Engineering and  Economic Evaluation

    Finally,   existing  solidification
 and storage concepts  were  studied  to
 determine  which   would  best  meet
 ORNL's  needs,  both  from  the  stand-
 point of engineering  soundness  and
 economic viability.

 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

    Numerous   problems  were   encoun-
 tered   in   successfully   performing
 this  study.  These were:

 1)  The  regulatory definitions of two
    of the waste  types (i.e.,  RMW and
    TRU     waste)      were      vague.
    Accordingly,   the   authors   used
    "hybrid"   definitions   based   on
    current trends and  perceptions.

 2)  When  waste characteristics  indi-
    cated   the  classification  of   a
    given  sample  as  more  than  one
   waste  type,  it  was  not  always
   clear  which guidelines  were to  be
   followed.     For  example,   wastes
   meeting  the  definitions  of  both
   HW  and TRU waste  were  ultimately
   regarded as TRU.

3)  Due to the nature  of  the wastes
   (i.e., high salt  content and high
                                     324

-------
    levels  of  radioactivity),   ana-
    lytical   data  lacked  both   the
    thoroughness     and    sensitive
    detection   limits   needed  for  a
    rigorous    characterization    ef-
    fort.   As  a result, certain  far-
    reaching,   conservative   assump-
    tions   had  to   be  made.      For
    example,  uncertainties resulting
    from  the   inability   to   perform
    RCRA  Extraction   Procedure   (EP)
    testing  for heavy  metals  led to
    the    conclusion   that   sludge
    samples  were  HW for  the  subject
    metals.

4)  Most  of the  applications  of  the
    candidate   solidification    pro-
    cesses  have  been   on  LLW only,
    and not on  TRU  waste.   Hence, it
    cannot  be  stated  with certainty
    that  the subject  processes   will
    produce  waste  forms  which   will
    meet    the   waste    acceptance
    criteria  (WAG)  for  TRU  waste.
    However, due  to the similarities
    between  the WAC  and  10  CFR  61,
    and the  low heat generation  rate
    of  the  Melton  Valley  wastes, it
    was  assumed  that  the  WAC would
    be met.

RESULTS

Waste Categories

The  results  of the waste-definition
effort are as follows:

*   RCRA  Hazardous  Waste  (HW):   The
    Resource     Conservation      and
    Recovery  Act  of   1976   (RCRA)
    spawned regulations dealing  with
    (among other  things)  the identi-
    fication   and  listing  of   HW.
   These regulations  are located at
   40 CFR 261.

9  Radioactive  Mixed  Waste  (RMW):
   The definition  of  RMW  is  not as
   clear  as  that   for  HW,  and  is
    still    evolving   among   several
    agencies  and   their  regulatory
   programs  (4).   DOE's  current  de-
   finition  is:    "...    waste  ...
   that would be  subject  to RCRA for
   the    non-radioactive    hazardous
   waste  components   and  subject  to
   (the Atomic  Energy  Act, or  AEA)
   for  the  radioactive  components."
   (5).   A  1984  court decision  (6)
   prompted  DOE  to  bring  RMW  under
   the RCRA  "umbrella"  via  an  exist-
   ing order (7).

•  Low-Level  Waste  (LLW):    LLW  is
   defined   in  regulations  promul-
   gated  by  the   Nuclear  Regulatory
   Commission   (NRC)   as   follows:
   "...      radioactive  waste   not
   classified  as  high-level  radio-
   active  waste,   transuranic  waste,
   spent  nuclear  fuel, or  byproduct
   material  as  defined  in  section
   lie. (2)  of the Atomic Energy Act
   ..." (10 CFR 61.2).

®  Transuranic  (TRU)   Waste:     The
   regulatory    analysis    revealed
   several    different    (although
   basically  similar)  definitions  of
   TRU  waste   (7,8,9,10,11).     For
   purposes  of  this   study,  the  fol-
   lowing   "hybrid"   definition   has
   been  selected:    "TRU  waste  is
   waste    which   contains   alpha-
   emitting  radionuclides  of  atomic
   number   greater  than   92,   half-
   lives  greater  than 20 years,  and
   activity  greater  than  or equal  to
   100 nCi/g."

Waste Characterization

     In general,  the waste  stored  in
the  MVSTs is a  high-pH  NaNOa  solu-
tion.   Although  extensive character-
ization  has  been performed  on  the
waste,  the   present  study  focuses
only  on  those parameters which  have
to  do with  the  waste  types  defined
previously.

     Initially,   data  were  evaluated
to   determine  whether  or   not   the
waste was  RCRA  hazardous.   Since the
                                   325

-------
subject   stream  is  a  mixture  of
aqueous    wastes    from   numerous
processes,  it was  judged  not to be
hazardous  per 40 CFR 261.33  (e) and
(f)   (i.e.,   "P"  and  "U"   wastes,
respectively).    Knowledge   of  the
various  waste-generating  processes
led   to   the  conclusion  that  the
waste  did  not  contain  hazardous
waste    from   either   nonspecific
sources   (40  CFR  261.31,   or  "F"
waste) or specific  sources   (40 CFR
261.32,  or  "K"  waste).   This nar-
rowed  the search to the  character-
istics  defined  in   40  CFR   261.22:
ignitable,  corrosive,  reactive, and
toxic.

     Due   to   high   levels  of  both
dissolved  solids and radioactivity,
extraction  procedure  (EP)  metals
analyses*    were   not    performed.
Moreover,  ORNL's analyses  of total
levels of  the metals  were  limited
to:   semi-quantitative spark source
mass  spectrometry  (SSMS)  on undi-
luted   samples;    and   inductively
coupled  plasma   (ICP)  spectrometry
on highly-diluted samples.   Neither
of these  methods provides detection
limits low enough to draw firm con-
clusions   as   to  whether  the  MVST
waste  is  characteristically  toxic.
The most that  can  be  said  is that
the  sludges  in  certain  tanks  are
suspected   to   be   EP   toxic  for
b'arium,   chromium,   and  lead  (see
Table 1).

   Additional   data  reduction  was
performed   to  predict   EP   levels
based  on  measured  total  levels;  a
discussion  of  these efforts,  how-
ever,  is  outside the  scope  of this
study.   ORNL  plans to  upgrade its
procedures  and equipment to  address
the   problem   of   high   detection
limits in  radioactive samples.   The
*  See  40 CFR  261.24  and  Appendix
   II  for a  description  of  the EP
   characteristic.
 literature  provides  guidance  as  to
 how  private  laboratories are dealing
 with this situation  (12,13).

   In  light  of  the  many uncertain-
 ties   surrounding   the  EP  toxicity
 issue,   it  was  conservatively  con-
 cluded  that  all of  the MVST sludges
 are  RCRA hazardous  due to  levels of
 one   or  more  of   the  EP  metals.
 Moreover,  due  to   their  levels  of
 radioactivity,  the   sludges  fall  un-
 der the  definition of  RMW.

   Regarding  the   MVST  liquids,  a
 RCRA  determination   was  finally made
 on  the  basis  of   corrosivity.    As
 stated   in  40  CFR   261.22(a)(l),  an
 aqueous  waste  is  characteristically
 corrosive  if its  pH  is outside  of
 the  range 2.0-12.5.   Although pH was
 not   measured  directly,   hydroxide
 normality  was   determined   using  a
 non-standard  wet    chemical/electro-
 metric  titration method (14);  data
 are-  provided  in Table 1.   Since  pH
 12.5   corresponds   to  a  hydroxyide
 normality   of  0.032,   it   can   be
 readily  seen  that  samples  of  liquid
 layers  from  Tanks  W-24,  W-25,  W-27,
 W-28,  W-29,  and   W-30  exhibit  pH
 values  well  above  12.5.    Of  the
 remaining tanks:    no  liquid  sample
 was  taken  from  W-31;   and  liquid
 samples  from  W-26  exhibit  pH  values
 of approximately 12.  It was  there-
 fore  conservatively  concluded  that
 all  of  the  aqueous  waste  in  the
MVSTs  is RCRA hazardous  due to cor-
 rosivity.    Moreover,   due   to  its
 radioactivity,   the   liquid   waste
falls under the definition of RMW.

   The   remaining    characterization
 issue  consisted of  a  "TRU/non-TRU"
 determination.  Table  1  shows  activ-
 ities, in nCi/g, of  the  TRU isotopes
 in various layers  of the MVSTs.   It
can readily be seen  that:

1) All  of  the  "Top"  and   "Middle"
   samples tested well  below the  TRU
   minimum of 100 nCi/g.
                                    326

-------
Table 1. Chemical and radiological data on samples from the MVSTs
Tank
W-24





W-25





W-26





W-27





W-28





W-29

W-30

W-31
Location
(1)
Top
Middle
Bottom
Sludge
Liquid
Solids
Top
Middle
Bottom
Sludge
Liquid
Solids
Top
Middle
Bottom
Sludge
Liquid
Solids
Top
Middle
Bottom
Sludge
Liquid
Solids
Top
Middle
Bottom
Sludge
Liquid
Solids
Liquid
Solids
Liquid
Solids
Solids
Hydrox i de
normality
1.15
1.18
1.23
—
0.92
—
0.67
0.65
1.00
—
0.61
—
0.01
0.01
<0.01

0.01
—
0.24
0.25
0.26
—
<0.01
—
0.02
0.02
0.40
—
0.04
—
0.80
—
1.00
—
_»
pH
(2)
>14.00
>14.00
>14.00
• —
13.96
—
13.83
13.81
14.00
—
13.79
—
12.00
12.00
<12.00
—
12.00
—
13.38
13.40
13.41
—
<12.00
—
12.30
12.30
13.60
—
12.60
—
13.90
—
14.00
—
__
Metals
Ba
70
40
6000
100
—
—
30
30
50
50
—
—
200
100
20
70
—
—
200
100
100
100
—
—
3
10
30
20
—
—
__
—
__
—
__
(mg/1
Cr
5
5
50
100
--
—
10
10
50
50
—
—
10
10
20
100
—
—
20
20
40
30
—
—
3
3
20
20
—
—
—
—
__
—
__
)(3)
Pb
<10
10
200
100
—
— —
10
<10
50
100
—
—
5
<5
10
10
—

<10
<10
10
20
—
—
<3
<3
<10
50
—
— —
—
--
—
—
__
Sum of TRU
isotopes (nCi/g)
5.0
10.3
142
679
—
630
16.8
16.3
126
347
—
800
15.9
17.7
24.3
137
—
630
15.6
17.5
46.7
50.7
—
510
0.7
0.6
59.7
77.8
—
210
—
1080
—
260
770
Notes:

1)  Descriptions  of  sampling  campaigns  and  locations  are  provided  in
    Peretz, pp. 10-14.
2)  pH  values  were  calculated  from  the  measured  values  of  hydroxide
    normality.
3)  As measured by spark source mass spectrometry (SSMS).
                                    327

-------
 2)  "Bottom"  samples  in  Tanks  W-26,
    W-27,  and W-28  tested less  than
    100  nCi/g.

 3)  "Bottom"  samples  in  Tanks  W-24
    and  W-25  tested greater than  100
    nCi/g.

 4)  "Solids"  samples   in   all   tanks
    tested    significantly    greater
    than 100  nCi/g   (average   level
    was  661 nCi/g).

 5)  "Sludge"  samples  showed an  aver-
    age  level  of  258  nCi/g.     The
    differences  between "Sludge"  and
    "Solids"  results  are believed to
    be due  to the more vigorous  agi-
    tation  of  the  tanks  prior  to
    withdrawal    of   the   "Sludge"
    samples.  This action caused  the
    more-radioactive        settleable
    solids  to  be  more widely dis-
    persed  throughout  the  tank con-
    tents, with  a resulting dilution
    in   the   concentrations  of   TRU
    isotopes in the tank bottoms.

    As   a  result  of   these  measure-
ments,  it  was   concluded that   the
 "Solid"  waste  fraction  (as  defined
 in  Peretz, p. 12),  plus any filter-
 able  solids  from the aqueous frac-
tions,  were  to  be regarded  as  TRU
waste.    The  conclusion  that   TRU
waste is  almost  exclusively  in  the
solid phase  is  further supported by
centrifugation/filtration    studies
performed at ORNL (15).

Regulatory  and   Engineering  Evalua-
tion

   Figure  1 provides a  simplified
process  flow diagram (PFD)   of   the
waste management scheme  proposed to
ORNL.   The  diagram is keyed  to  the
following   descriptions    of   waste
streams, processes,   and  applicable
regulations and guidelines:
 1) Liquid  MVST  waste is  RMW  (due to
    pH    12.5 and  measurable  radio-
    activity).

 2) Both  MVST   sludge  and  filtered
    solids  are TRU  waste  (due  to the
    presence  of  alpha-emitting  radio-
    nuclides of  atomic  number  greater
    than  92,  half-lives  greater  than
    20  years,  and   activity  greater
    than 100 nCi/g).

 3) In  consideration  of  both  techni-
    cal  and  regulatory  constraints,
    wastes   will   be    "campaigned"
    through  the  solidification  facil-
    ity.  Asphaltic solidification is
    planned  for  both  the RMW and  TRU
    waste fractions.  However,  if the
    TRU  waste  form  fails  to   meet
    specifications  (see   #7  below),
    soda-lime  vitrification  may  have
    to  be  employed.      The   latter
    option would  be  considerably  more
    expensive  than  asphalt.   Which-
    ever process  is  used,  the solidi-
    fication  facility  will  not  be
    subject  to RCRA  permitting due to
    the  "wastewater   treatment  unit"
    exemption  in  Tennessee Rule 1200-
4) Condensed  liquids  resulting from
   the   VRS   process  will  be  dis-
   charged  via  an  existing   NPDES-
   permitted outfall.

5) The  asphalt  waste  form resulting
   from   RMW   treatment   must  meet
   federal  regulations  for LLW  (10
   CFR  61.56).    It  will  not be  a
   RCRA  waste,  since  the Teachabil-
   ity  will  preclude  classification
   as EP  toxic.   However, delisting
   - per 40 CFR 260.22  -  may  have to
   be pursued.

6) The  engineered  storage  facility
   will  not be regulated  under RCRA,
   since neither  waste form will  be
   a hazardous waste.   However,  the
   facility will  have  to  meet  the
                                     328

-------
MVSTs
         LIQUID(1
FILTRATION
    SLUDGE(2
                                                 CONDEtiSER
                                                                 LI QUID (4.
                                              VAPOR
  SOLIDIFICATION

(ASPHALT/GLASS)
                                   TRU WASTE

                                     FORM (?
                                 LLW WASTE
                                              STORAGEC6,
                                 W8PP DISPOSAL
                                    FACILITY^
                               ON-SiTE DISPOSAL
                                  FACILITY^
  FIGURE 1 -  Process Flow Diagram of Proposed Waste Solidification, Storage, and
            Disposal  Processes at ORNL
                                   329

-------
   design    criteria    given    in:
   "Design  Guidance  for  Temporary
   Onsite   Storage   of   Low-Level
   Radioactive  Waste",  NURE6-0800,
   Appendix  11.4-A;  and  DOE Order
   5820.2.

7) The  asphalt  (or vitrified) waste
   form  resulting  from  TRU  waste
   treatment  must   meet  the  WIPP
   Waste  Acceptance  Criteria (MAC)
   (8).

8) This is  a  DOE  facility dedicated
   to  the  disposal  of  TRU  waste
   from defense-related  DOE activi-
   ties.

9) This   facility  must   meet   the
   design  and  operating   criteria
   given in 10 CFR 61.

REFERENCES

 1. Weeren,  H.   0.,  et  al,  1974.
    "Hydrofracture Site  Proof Study
    at  Oak Ridge National  Labora-
    tory",  ORNL-TM-4713,   November
    1974.

 2. Stow,  S.  H.,  and Haase,  C.  S.,
    1986.    "Subsurface Disposal  of
    Liquid   Low-Level   Radioactive
    Wastes  at  Oak  Ridge,  Tennes-
    see",  CONF-860307-1,  1986.

 3. Peretz,   F.  J.,   et   al,  1986.
    "Characterization  of  Low-Level
    Liquid Wastes  at  the  Oak  Ridge
    National   Laboratory",   ORNL/TM-
    10218,  December 1986,  p.  6.

 4. "Primer  on   Mixed   Radioactive
    and    Hazardous    Wastes",    The
    Hazardous    Waste    Consultant.
    September/October  1986, pp.  4-1
    through  4-22.

 5. Farber,   K.,  "Presentation   to
    the  Defense Program's  Techical
    Review  Group  Regarding  Hazard-
    ous  and Mixed Waste Activities
    of  the  Department  of  Energy",
   July 23, 1986  (unpublished).
  6.  Legal   Environmental   Assistance
     Foundation  v.  Hodel.  Civ.  3-83-
     562, April  13,  1984.

  7.  Hazardous   and  Radioactive  Mixed
     Waste   Management,    DOE    Order
     5480.2, 12/13/82.

  8.  "TRU   Waste  Acceptance  Criteria
     for  the  Waste  Isolation   Pilot
     Plant",   WIPP-DOE-069,  Revision
     2, September  1985, p^  13.

  9.  "Feasibility   Study  for  RH-TRU
     Waste  Handling  Facility",   X-OE-
     254, Martin Marietta Energy Sys-
     tems,  Inc.s  September  28,   1984,
     Table  8.1.

10.  Radioactive  Waste   Management,
     DOE  Order  5820.2,   2/6/84,  Sec-
     tion 6.aa.

11.  Peretz, op. cit., p. 60.

12.  Leventhal,     L.,     "Analytical
     Experience  with  Mixed RCRA and
     Low  Level  Waste",   presented  at
     HazMat  85  West,  Hazardous  Mate-
     rials  Conference and Exhibition,
     Long Beach, California,  December
     3, 1985.

13.  Kharkar, D. P.,  et  al, "The Lab-
     oratory Protocol  for Co-Contami-
     nated  Waste",  Proceedings  of the
     Nineteenth  Mid-Year  Topical  Sym-
     posium  of   the  Health  Physics
    Society,  Knoxville,   Tennessee,
    February 2-6, 1986.

14.  Ibid.,  p.  32.

15.  Ibid.,  p.  61.

                Disclaimer

The  work described  in this paper was  not
funded by  the U.S.  Environmental Protection
Agency.  The contents do not necessarily
reflect the views of the Agency and no
official endorsement should be inferred.
                                    330

-------
         A METHOD FOR PREDICTING QUALITY IN SOLIDIFIED HAZARDOUS WASTES

                       Dent C G, Rushbrook P E,  Baldwin G
                     Haste Research Unit Harwell Laboratory
                             Oxfordshire, 0X11 ORA
                                 United Kingdom

                                    ABSTRACT
The solidification process is one option for treatment of hazardous wastes prior
to  disposal.     Unfortunately,   information  on  the  physical   and   leaching
characteristics of  a  waste mix  do  not become available  until  many days  after
preparation.   In  this  paper,  a novel  concept is proposed  for predicting  the
final  quality  of a solidified  waste  at the  time the  mix is  prepared.    The
procedure  should  aid  both  operators and  regulators  of  the  solidification
process.  The proposal follows the results of  a  programme  of research  funded by
the UK Department of the Environment and conducted by the Haste Research Unit at
Harwell  into  the  cement-based  solidification  technique.     Trial  mixes . of
different compositions of both liquid  and solid waste, cement  and  PFA  were made
up  and  subsequently  tested  for  rate  of  setting,  hydraulic  conductivity,
compressive- strength, supernatant production and  leaching  characteristics.   The
results were combined with arbitrary regulatory criteria  to produce conceptual
quality control charts.
INTRODUCTION

     The number of routes available for
the  disposal  of  hazardous  wastes  is
limited.  Landfill is in many cases not
a disposal option unless  the waste has
undergone  some form  of  pretreatment.
One  such treatment  process  is  solid-
ification.     In  general  terms,   the
process  involves mixing  the  waste  with
chemical   additives  such   that   the
hazardous  components   of   the   waste
become  immobilised  in the solid  matrix
which develops.  Various solidification
techniques   are   described   in   the
literature (10,14)  and  the  process has
been  patented  for  a  wide  range  of
inorganic  wastes   (9,16-20).     Some
examples include:

i)   Cement-based techniques;
ii)  Silicate-based techniques;
iii) Pozzolanic      processes   (not
     containing cement);
iv)  Thermoplastic         techniques
     including  the  incorporation  of
     bitumen,   paraffin  and   poly-
     ethylene;
v)   Organic    polymer    techniques
     (including urea-formaldehyde and
     unsaturated polyester);
vi)  Surface  encapsulation   (jacket-
     ing);
vii) Vitrification processes.

     A  satisfactory process is  one
which  not only  limits  the rate  of
leaching  of  hazardous  components  to
environmentally   acceptable  levels,
but  also  produces  a  product  with
adequate physical characteristics.

     Within   the   UK,   commercial
application     of     solidification
processes  has been largely confined
                                      331

-------
•to   the  cement-based   technique  for
treatment of  inorganic wastes.   It is
apparent that  a clear understanding of
the  chemical   and  physical  processes
occurring   within   mixes   undergoing
solidification  by  this  technique  is
only   just   emerging   (6-8,13,14,21) .
Briefly,  it  is  considered  that  the
mechanisms involved include attenuation
by  chemical absorption,  formation  of
metal  complexes and  entrapment within
the  hydrated  calcium  silicate matrix
which   forms   after   mixing.      The
technique is particularly suitable for
acid  wastes Csuch  as  those from  the
metal  finishing industries)  since  the
cement  provides  both  a  capacity  to
neutralise  the acid  as  well  as  a
capacity   to   remove   heavy   metals.
Application  of the  cement  solidifi-
cation technique for organic wastes has
been  relatively unsuccessful   although
some limited success  has been  reported
(15).   The  literature also  refers to
the  successful use  of  absorbents  for
organic wastes  prior  to  solidification
     The paper discusses the objectives
and results of a  programme of research
into    the    cement-based    process,
conducted by the Haste Research Unit at
Harwell and funded by the UK Department
of the Environment. Some of the results
of  the programme  are given,  together
with an overview  of a new concept for
quality control  of  the  solidification
process.

PURPOSE

     For  solidification  processes  in
general, there are a number of areas of
legitimate concern.  These include:

i)   Laboratory tests.   How  represen-
     tative are the results of these to
     the real field situation?
ii)  Long-term stability.  How will the
     product   deteriorate   over   many
     years with leaching of calcium and
     exposure     to     extremes     of
     temperature and other conditions?
iii) Quality Control.  How can it  be
     best  ensured  at  the  time  of
     mixing   that   the   mix   will
     ultimately  meet  the  necessary
     regulatory (say 28-day) physical
     and leaching criteria?

     This   paper   addresses   itself
mainly  to  issues  related  to  item
(iii).   Issues related  to item  (i)
are  also  discussed  briefly.    With
regard  to  (ii), this  is  an  area  of
major    uncertainty    which    only
long-term  monitoring  may   help   to
clarify.

     In recent  years,  instances have
been reported in which the quality of
solidified  waste  has  not  met  the
standards expected by  the regulatory
authority   (2,12).      One   of   the
purposes of  this  work was  therefore
to investigate  in  detail  for  a wide
range  of  wastes  the  range  of  mix
compositions which can be expected to
produce    both    satisfactory    and
unsatisfactory solidified products.

     A  further  major purpose  was  to
look at the whole concept of  quality
control.   One  of  the  problems which
currently   faces    any    regulatory
authority is its lack of control over
this  treatment  process  at  the  time
the  mix is prepared.   For  example,
one of  the criteria  commonly  used  to
indicate satisfactory  performance  is
the   rate   of  setting   of   the
solidifying mix.  In the  standard  BS
procedure  for  penetrometry  testing
(4) which has been adapted for use in
testing   solidifying   wastes,   the
28-day measurement is approximated to
952 of  final strength.  Hence,  as  an
example, one authority in the UK  has
set as  a standard a  cone  penetration
of less than 1.5mm after 28 days (and
less than 3.5mm after  7  days).   The
information on  the   acceptability  of
the mix only becomes available after
the mix has been deposited.  The Haste
Research Unit  has  therefore suggested
the  concept   of   "quality   control
                                       332

-------
charts"  which  are  drawn  up  from  the
extensive    pre-testing    and     can
subsequently  be  used  to  assess  the
likely acceptability of  a  waste  mix at
its time of production.

APPROACH

Selection of PFA

     Ordinary  Portland Cement  (3)  was
used  in  the preparation of  all mixes
and in most  cases,  pulverised fuel ash
(PFA)  was  also   incorporated   as  a
bulking  agent.   However, PFA  is not a
consistent product; its composition and
behaviour  can  vary markedly  from  one
source   to '  another.     Some  separate
experiments were therefore conducted to
investigate   the   reproducibility   of
cement  setting  rates  when the  cement
was partially  substituted by different
PFAs.      This   reproducibility   has
important  implications for the  quality
control   procedure   discussed  later.
Samples  of three PFAs were  mixed with
cement and water in the  ratios of 3:1:1
and setting  rates  were measured over 8
days  using a cone penetrometer.

Preparation  of Mixes

The   wastes   investigated  within   the
laboratory programme  were selected on
the basis  of their  being representative
of large arisings  typically  treated by
the cement-based process within  the  UK.
These include:

i)   Liquid  cyanide waste;
ii)   Solid cyanide  waste;
iii)  Mixed inorganic  acid waste;
iv)   Caustic waste  solution;
v)   Metal-bearing  slags.

      The programme  was divided into two
stages.    The  first stage included  the
 production,  of  poorly  prepared  mixes
 subjected to  a  minimum  of pretreatment
 i.e.   representative   of a  poorly  run
 operation.  The results of  this  stage
 are  not  discussed   in  this   paper.
 However,  they did help  to  identify  a
"grey   area"   between   compositions
likely to give rise to acceptable and
unacceptable products. In  the  second
stage,  pretreatment  was  much  more
rigorous  and  the   preparation   was
intended to be more representative of
a   well    run    operation.       Mix
compositions were focussed around the
"grey area".

     Pretreatment   of   the   wastes
included  size   reduction   of   metal
slags,   oxidation   of   cyanide   by
treatment  with  sodium hydroxide  and
sodium  hypochlorite  CpH  greater  than
10.5)   and  neutralisation  of  both
caustic  and acid  wastes  to pH  7.0.
The  preparation  of  samples followed
the sequence of events to  be' expected
at    a    commercial    plant    i.e.
pretreatment,   mixing   of   wastes,
addition   of  PFA,   further  mixing,
addition  of  cement,  and  then final
mixing.     The  compositions  of  the
trial mixes for  the second stage are
given in Table 1.

Parameters  measured

      Parameters measured included the
following:

i)    rate  of  setting;
ii)   rate  of  supernatant production;
iii)  compressive     strength   after
      testing;
iv)   hydraulic conductivity;
v)    concentrations of heavy  metals
      in the leachates.

      Approximately  1.5  kg of   each
waste  mix  were   produced.   750g  of
each were  poured into trays measuring
 17cm x 12cm x   6cm to   a  depth  of
2.5cm.   The trays were left to set  in
a cool room, away from draughts and
disturbances.   The  tray samples  were
 used   to   determine  the   rates   of
setting and supernatant  production  as
well as  providing  later  sub-samples
 for compressive  strength and leaching
 tests.   Further  samples  of  300-400g
were placed  into cylindrical moulds
 for hydraulic conductivity testing.
                                         333

-------
      Brief details only are  given  here
 of the methods used -for each  test.   The
 rate  of setting  was  determined  from
 penetration readings made  with an  80g
 cone    which    conforms    to     the
 specifications  in  BS   1377s1975   (4).
 Supernatant depths were  measured on  a
 daily  basis.     Compressive  strength
 tests were conducted after 28  days  on
 cubes of material,  approximately 25mm x
 25mm x  25mm,  cut  from the  solidified
 mixes within  the  trays.   Testing  was
 performed on  a machine  conforming  to
 the   British    Standard    for     the
 compression testing of hardened cement
 paste and  concrete (5).   Each sample
 was stressed at  the recommended rate of
 15 MPa rain

      The general procedure followed  for
 the   hydraulic   conductivity   tests
 followed a standard method reported  in
 the literature  CD  but  with a number  of
 modifications.        Measurements     of
 hydraulic conductivity  were made after
 7  and 28 days.    Leaching tests  were
 performed  on  samples  28  days  after
 preparation  using  the  standard  Waste
 Research  Unit  method  Cll).      The
 leachates were  filtered and  analysed
 for  cadmium,   copper,   iron,  nickel,
 lead,  zinc,  Cand  arsenic  on  a  more
 limited  basis).

 Testing  of bulk  samples

     An  extra 5  kg  of mixes 11, 14 and
 15  (Table 1)  were  prepared and poured
 into  tanks  measuring 20cm x  15cm  x  15
 era.   The purpose  was  to compare  the
 setting  rates of  the  mixes  in  these
 containers  with those  in the  shallow
 deep trays and hence give an indication
 of  any  variation  in behaviour to  be
 expected  in  the  landfill  where  the
 depth   of  layering   may  vary   sub-
stantially.   Setting rates were  again
 determined  from 80g  cone  penetration
measurements.
 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

      The  major   problem   encountered
 was in  obtaining  reproducible results
 from   the   hydraulic   conductivity
 tests.    Two  sets  of  apparatus were
 constructed.   In  the first apparatus,
 the  waste was   contained within  a
 rigid   aluminium  container   whose
 inside  walls  had  been coated with
 fine sand  to promote  adhesion with
 the waste.  A column  of  water above
 the sample was   kept  at   a  constant
 head.   As the mixes solidified, they
 shrank  and fissures developed between
 the  sample   and  container   wall.
 Preferential    flowpaths    developed
 which   produced    overestimates   of
 hydraulic   conductivities.  With  the
 second  piece  of  apparatus, the rigid
 container  was replaced  by an elastic
 rubber   membrane.     Newly  prepared
 mixes were poured  into split  moulds
 and left  to  set for  28   days  after
 which time each  5cm core  was removed
 from  its  mould  and placed  into  the
 membrane.   In this case, the  added
 physical       handling       involved
 unfortunately  disturbed some of  the
 samples   Ci.e.   they   become   less
 intact). Whilst this  method  overcame
 the   previous  problems,  with  lower
 hydraulic     conductivities     being
 recorded,  reproducibility  was  still
 poor.  Further work is now planned to
 establish  a more reliable method  of
 testing.

     With  the  compressive  strength
testing,   the   need   to   conserve
sufficient quantities of the  samples
for  leaching  tests  demanded  that  the
dimensions  of each cube  were  less
than  those normally  recommended  in
the  BS   standard  CIOOmm  x  100mm  x
100mm).    No correction factors were
applied to the results.
                                       334

-------
RESULTS

Selection of PFA

     The results indicated  that  one of
the  PFAs  displayed a  very  different
setting rate over 8 days to that of the
others.  The  source and  composition of
PFA  may   therefore be   an  important
factor  in  the  solidification  process.
The  PFA displaying the  best  setting
rate  was  selected  for the subsequent
tests.

Sample Mixes

     The scope  of  this paper  does not
allow  a detailed   description  of  the
results.   A  brief summary  is however
given   of   the  results   for   setting
behaviour.   Some of the results for the
other tests are in effect summarised in
Figure 2 (referred to later)? in so far
as  the  performances  of  the different
mixes  are  assessed against  a  range of
arbitrary  criteria.

     During the  first  10 days, setting
rates  were high  but  declined rapidly
thereafter.      The  most   noticeable
influence  was the  proportion of liquid
waste  in  the mix.    Five  days  after
preparation,  mixes with  greater  than
10%  liquid waste generally achieved no
more  than  60% of  their  final  strength
Ci.e,  28-day value).   The  mixes with
less  than  40%  liquid  waste  set  more
rapidly, producing between  72% and 98%
of  final (28 day)  strength.   Figure  1
shows  the  results of  the  7-day  cone
penetrometer  measurements.   From this
figure,  it can be  seen  that for those
compositions  including 4% cement, seven
out  of  eight  mixes   produced  samples
with  poor  rates  of   setting  (greater
than 3.5mm).  However, with  an increase
to  7% cement  content,  the  performance
improved    noticeably    with    some
previously poor   mixes  now recording
depths   of   less  than   1.5mm.   The
relationship   between   improvement  in
strength and  increasing cement content
was  less  firm  for  mixes  with  higher
proportions of  liquid waste.
     A  similar diagram  was  plotted
for  the 28-day  results  (and  indeed
for  all  other  tests)  but ,is  not
included here.   Very  similar  trends
were  observed  to   those  described
above.

Comparison   of  Bulk   and   Standard
Samples

     The   bulk   samples   generally
solidified at a much slower rate than
the standard samples,  although after
a   period   of   7   days  the   rates
converged,     with     penetrometer
measurements for  bulk  samples lying
between  0.5-1.Omm   and for  standard
samples between  0.1-0.2mm by Day 28.
Nevertheless,  applying acceptability
criteria of  less than  1.5mm  at Day 7
and  less than  0.5mm at Day  28, then
bulk  mixes  14  and   15  would  have
failed, whereas  the standard samples
would   have  passed.     Under  these
circumstances,   it   clearly  becomes
very   important  that   trials -  are
carried   out    to    establish  . the
relationship between laboratory tests
and   likely  field   effects.     This
relationship would  then  have  to  be
taken    into    consideration    when
regulatory    criteria    based    on
laboratory tests were set.

Quality Control Charts

     Reference has  already  been made
to  one  of  the  major   difficulties
facing  both  operators and regulators
of   solidification    processes   i.e
inadequate  control  at the  time  of
mixing.     Although   the  procedure
outlined here  is still at a develop-
ment  stage  (and certainly  requires
further refinement),  it is neverthe-
less  put  forward as  a concept which
shows  considerable  promise  in terms
of providing a tool to both regulator
and  operator in  assuring the quality
of  the  final  solidified  products.
The  procedure  would be site-specific
and  involve three stages.
                                        335

-------
      In  the first  stage,  a range  of
 physical    tests    including   perhaps
 setting  rate,   compressive  strength,
 supernatant  retention   and  hydraulic
 conductivity  would  be   conducted  on
 mixes  made  up  from  the  bulk  waste
 stream,  cement   and  PFA.      It   is
 envisaged that 20 to 30  mixes would be
 prepared, representing a broad range of
 compositions.  Results would be  plotted
 onto triangular  diagrams (e.g.   Fig  1)
 and  assessed   against   the  relevant
 criteria   set   by    the   regulatory
 authority.     The  second  stage  would
 involve heavy  metal  leaching tests  on
 those    samples    satisfying    these
 criteria.  These  results  would  in  turn
 be assessed  against  any  water  quality
 limits  set  on the leachates.

      From inspection and  assessment  of
 the  above   diagrams,  the  third  stage
 would then  Involve  the  preparation of a
 quality  control  chart  such as  that
 suggested in Figure  2.  The  chart would
 incorporate  contours  indicating   the
 constraints on mix composition  to  meet
 the  different   regulatory   criteria.
 Resulting from  this,  the  chart would  in
 effect    identify    a  zone   of  mix
 compositions which,  from  the  testing
 programme,  would be  expected  to  produce
 "acceptable" final  products.    Such  a
 zone  is shown in Figure 2.

      It is  suggested that the  control
 chart could become a  requirement of the
 operator's   disposal  site  licence   or
 permit.   During inspection visits, the
 operator  would be required  to  divulge
 details of  the mix  composition  to the
 regulator.   This could then be assessed
 against the "zone of acceptability"  on
 the  chart.    To verify  the  operator's
 information  on compositions,  it might
 be  possible to  install  security-locked
 flow  meters  or  weighing  equipment   on
 input flow  lines,  or the  mixer  itself
 could be mounted  on  a weighing  device.
 The regulatory  authority  might also  on
 occasions wish to take  its own samples
 of  the   bulk waste  stream  and  mixes
 under preparation,  and  check its own
results against those predicted  by the
chart.
 The charts  themselves would need  to
 be  reviewed   from  time  to   time,
 especially    in    the     following
 situations:

 i)   when the composition of  the bulk
      waste stream varied  by more than
      a  predetermined  value,   or  the
      source or composition of  cement
      or PFA likewise changed;
 ii)  significant   modifications  were
      made  to  the  pretreatment   or
      solidification process;
 iii)  if the  regulatory   limits  were
      altered;
 iv)  at  regular   intervals  Csay 2-3
      years)  to ensure the chart was
      still reliable.

      In order  to  refine the procedure
 outlined  above,  the  Waste Research
 Unit  is now planning to  validate the
 results of its work to   date.    This
 will   include  a  programme of   tests
 undertaken  in  conjunction  with  a
 treatment  plant   operator  in   which
 laboratory results will  be compared
 against those  achieved in the field.

 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     This  work has  been funded by the
 UK  Department of  the   Environment
 (DoE).    The  authors  wish to  thank
                         Land  Nastes
                         advice   and
members  of  the  DoE's
Division   for   their
assistance.

REFERENCES
1.   American   Society  of Agronomy.
     Methods  of Soil  Analysis.  Ed.
     Black, C A. Part 1, pp 520-531.

2.   Anon,   Getting  to  Grips  with
     Naste    Solidification.     ENDS
     Report   120,    January    1985,
     PP 11-13.

3.   British Standard CBS) 12  C1958);
     4027  C1966),  4248  (1968),  146
     (1968),   4246    (1968),    1370
     (1958),  915  (1947).     British
     Standards Institution.
                                       336

-------
     British    Standard
     (1975).      British
     Institution.
        (BS)    1377.
            Standards
     British Standard (BS) 4550:   Part
     3:  Section  3.4  C1978).    British
     Standards  Institution.

     Brown,  T M,    Bishop, P L.     The
     Effect  of  Particle  Size  on  the
     Leaching   of  Heavy  Metals   from
     Stabilised/Solidified      Wastes.
     Proceedings  of  New Frontiers  for
     Hazardous      Waste     Management
     International           Conference,
     Pittsburgh,  15-18  September  1985,
     PP  356-363.

     Clark,  A I,  Poon,  C  S,   Perry, R.
     The Rational  Use  of  Cement-Based
     Solidification Techniques  for  the
     Disposal   of   Hazardous   Wastes.
     Proceedings  of  New Frontiers  for
     Hazardous     Waste     Management,
     International           Conference,
     Pittsburgh,  15-18  September  1985,
     PP  339-347.

     Eaton,  H C,     Tittlebaum, M  E and
     Cartledge,  F  K.   Techniques  for
     Microscopic        Studies       of
     Incineration   and   Treatment   of
     Hazardous  Waste,  Eleventh Annual
     Research   Symposium,   Cincinnati,
     Ohio,   29  April-1    May   1985,
     PP  135-142.
     European
     C1979).
Patent,
No 0013822
10.   Guide    to    the    Disposal  of
     Chemically     Stabilized      and
     Solidified Waste.   United  States
     Environmental  Protection  Agency.
     US    Army    Engineer    Waterways
     Experiment   Station,   Mississipi,
     1980, SW872.

11.   Harwell  Report.    The  Testing of
     Hazardous Wastes  to  Assess  Their
     Suitability for Landfill Disposal.
     AERE R10737 (1982).
12.   Hazardous Waste Management -  An
     Overview.   First  Report  of  the
     UK Hazardous Waste Inspectorate,
     June 1985.

13.   Poon, C S,  Clark,  A I,  Perry, R.
     Permeability   Study    on   the
     Cement-Based      Solidification
     Process  for  the   Disposal   of
     Hazardous  Wastes.  Cement   and
     Concrete Research, 1986, Vol 16,
     Pergammon Press Ltd, PP 161-172.

14.   Reimann  P.    Solidification,  A
     Hazardous  Waste  Treatment  with
     Many Aspects.  3rd International,
     Symposium  on  Operating  European
     Hazardous    Waste    Management
     Facilities,   Odense,    Denmark,
     September 1986.

15.   Tittlebaum   M.      Correlations
     between  the Microstructure  and
     Measured Physical  Properties of
     Solidified   Organic   Hazardous
     Wastes.      3rd   International
     Symposium  on  Operating  European
     Hazardous    Waste    Management
     Facilities,   Odense,    Denmark,
     September 1986.

16.   United Kingdom Patent,  No 148525
     (1973).

17.   United      Kingdom      Patent,
     No 2016438A  (1978).

18.   United      Kingdom      Patent,
     No 2040712A  (1979).

19.   United States Patent,  No 4230568
     (1978).

20.   United States Patent,  No 4154307
     (1985).

21.   Walsh,  M  B,      Eaton,  H  C,
     Tittlebaum,  M  E,  Cartledge,  F K
     and Chalasani D.   The  Effect of
     Two   Organic  Compounds   on  a
     Portland            Cement-Based
     Stabilisation     Matrix.     In
     Hazardous  Waste  and  Hazardous
     Materials,  1986,  Vol  3,  No 1,
     Mary     Ann     Liebart,     Inc,
     Publishers, PP 111-123.
 DISCLAIMER

 The  work  described  in  this  paper  was  not  funded   by   the   U.S.
 Environmental   Protection  Agency.   The  contents  do  not necessarily
 reflect the  views  of  the  Agency  and  no  official  endorsement should
 be inferred.
                                       337

-------
                                             TABLE 1
                              Composition of each sample waste mix



Stage of
stud/
Stage 2
n
n
IT
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
tl
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n



Sarple
number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20




Cement
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
7
7
7
7
9
9
12
12
14
14
14
17
Liquid waste
Oxidised solid
cyanide, waste
Cin liquid form
after oxidation)
23
18
14
10
19
15
13
9
20
18
14
10
19
15
18
14
23
19
15
18
Oxidised
liquid
cyanide
waste
21
16
13
10
18
15
11
8
20
16
13
10
18
15
16
13
21
18
15
16


.Neutralised
acid/alkali
21
16
13
10
18
15
11
8
20
16
13
10
18
15
16
13
21
18
15
16

Total
liquid
waste
65
50
40
30
55
45
35
25
60
50
40
30
55
45
50
40
65
55
45
50
Solid waste



PFA
17
24
29
34
21
26
31
36
17
22
27
32
18
23
19
24
11
16
21
17


Metal
slags
16
24
29
34
20
25
30
35
16
21
26
31
18
23
19
24
10
15
20
16

Total
solid
waste
33
48
58
68
41
51
61
71
33
43
53
63
36
46
38
48
21
31
41
33
All percentages are rounded to the nearest whole number.
                                              338

-------
339

-------
               c
             CJ O
             2c
             C 4,  •
             •> 2. in
      xfe    c°|

     II    82.l
        D    OC-
      t> c    t»-c w>

      3^    ^5
      y Q.    *
.E
"c
'E
•5

•2   5.W
     |E
     SE
fc£ >,   5J,5  c'o*-^  -^
•  •  *""* » ^— •  *^  [^ ^^ 4^ ^^ **
v^ C7 *^ C^J C? ^~* O  "*i- ^~ ™"^ O u1 *"•

V/ V/ "G V/   V/   * V/     £ A\
                                         o
                                         Q.
                                         o
                                                                      o
                                                                      o
in


o
 i
o
"5

?
x>  —•
<  (^
            g
            u
        2
       J
                        ^^


                        a.
                           in

                           >
                          '8!
                                 **
                                 O
                                      O
                                      "5.
                                      
                                                                              o  *~^*
                                                                              •*^  o
                                                                              .i£  "5-

                                                                              i  8
                                                                              o  °
                                                                                  »4_  
-------
           INTERLABORATORY AND INTRALABORATORY REPRODUCIBILITY OF
              RESULTS OF AN INVESTIGATION OF TEST METHODS FOR
                     SOLIDIFIED WASTE CHARACTERIZATION

                                J. Stegemann
                             Environment Canada
                        Conservation and Protection
                        Wastewater Technology Centre
                      867 Lakeshore Rd.,  P.O. Box 5050
                        Burlington, Ontario, L7R 4A6
                                  ABSTRACT
     Solidification processes are designed to improve wastes for landfilling
by ameliorating their physical properties,  or immobilizing the contaminants
to prevent groundwater contamination, or both.

     The numerous vendors of solidification processes make various claims as
to  the degrees to which their processes affect the properties  of  concern.
At  present,  no set of standard tests exists for measuring the efficacy  of
solidification processes.

     A cooperative program was conducted to develop a protocol of laboratory
test   methods   for  determining  the  intrinsic  physical   and   chemical
characteristics of solidified wastes.

     This  protocol  of test methods includes seven  physical  tests:   Bulk
Density,  Solids  Specific Gravity,  Water Content,  Unconfined  Compressive
Strength,  Hydraulic ' Conductivity  and Freeze/Thaw and  Wet/Dry  Weathering
Resistance,  and  five  chemical  tests:   Equilibrium  Extraction,  US  EPA
Toxicity  Characteristic  Leaching  Procedure  (TCLP),  Acid  Neutralization
Capacity, Sequential Chemical Extraction and Dynamic Leach Test (1).

     The objectives of the program were:  1)  to investigate the suitability
of  the twelve test methods for characterizing a large variety of solidified
wastes, and 2)  to create a data base of the properties of solidified wastes
which  will  assist  in setting standards and provide a  basis  for  further
developmental work.

     The  participants  in  this  study  were  Environment  Canada,  the  US.
Environmental Protection Agency,  Alberta Environment, and fifteen companies
involved in developing or marketing solidification technology.   Each of the
fifteen  industrial  participants used the solidification process  of  their
choice to treat as many as five wastes.   Testing of the solidified products
was carried out at Environment Canada's Wastewater Technology Centre  (WTC),
the  Alberta  Environmental Centre (AEC),  and US Army Corps  of  Engineers'
Waterways Experiment Station (WES).

     In order for a test method  to be suitable for measuring a property  in
a  variety of solidified wastes,  two criteria must be met:   1) it must  be
capable of measuring a range of values for a particular property, and^2)  it
must be practical and reproducible within and between laboratories. '
                                     341

-------
       The  range of values measured for the different solidified products for
  each test and each waste type has been discussed elsewhere (2).

       This  paper  will  deal with the reproducibility of  the  test  methods
  within and between laboratories.  There are a number of potential sources of
  variability:    heterogeneity  of  the  raw  waste,    heterogeneity  of  the
  solidified waste,  and variation of the test procedure or chemical analytical
  methods for different technicians in different laboratories.
       Multiple  samples of each of the raw wastes and each of the
  products were analysed to determine homogeniety.
solidified
       In  general,   quadruplets of each test were conducted,   with  duplicate
  testing of each sample in two laboratories.  Interlaboratory reproducibility
  of each test method was determined by plotting the value measured in one lab
  vs  the  value measured in the other;  intralaboratory  reproducibility  was
  determined  by  plotting the value measured for one replicate vs  the  value
  measured  for the other.   In both cases,  reproducibility was judged to  be
  good if the plotted points approximated a line with equation x=y.

       To aid in determining analytical variability,  blanks were run for each
  leach  test,  split samples were prepared in each laboratory for analysis in
  the other laboratories, and standards were analysed for each contaminant.

       It was found that, with certain exceptions, reproducibility of the test
  methods  and  analytical methods was good.   Details of the  reproducibility
  will be presented and discussed with reference to the study objectives.


  REFERENCES

  (1)  EPS  Wastewater  Technology Centre/Alberta Environmental Centre, "Test
       Methods for Solidified Waste Characterization", Draft Report, January,
       1986.

  (2)  Porter-Cathcart, N., Friedman, D., Stegemann, J., Wiles, C., and Liem,
       A.,  "Overview of a Cooperative Program for the Investigation of  Test
       Methods for Solidified Waste Characterization - Its Goals,  Design and
       Success",    Presented    at   the   4th International Hazardous Waste
       Symposium on  Environmental Aspects of Stabilization/Solidification of
       Hazardous and Radioactive Wastes. Atlanta, GA, May 3-6, 1987.

                                 Disclaimer

The work  described in  this  paper was  not  funded  by  the  U.S. Environmental
Protection  Agency.  The  contents do  not  necessarily reflect the  views  of
the Agency  and no official  endorsement  should be  inferred.
                                    *******

WHERE ENTIRE PAPER HAS NOT BEEN INCLUDED IN THESE PROCEEDINGS COPIES WILL BE
AVAILABLE IN THE CONFERENCE LOBBY.
                                       342

-------
    THE GENERATION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE BY MSW-INCINERATION CALLS FOR

                NEW CONCEPTS IN THERMAL WASTE TREATMENT


                   Paul H. Brunner and Peter Baccini
             Dept. of Waste Management and Material Balances
               Swiss Federal Institute for Water Resources
                       and Water Pollution Control
                     CH-8600 Dlibendorf, Switzerland


                                 ABSTRACT
     The environmental quality criteria for Municipal Solid Waste incinera-
tion comprise  air pollution standards and occasionally simple slag proper-
ties,  but  do  not specify filter-dusts and scrubber  liquids  which for some
nations  are  the  largest  amounts of  hazardous  waste materials.  This paper
discusses  the  formation,  composition and leaching behavior of filter-dusts
from MSW-incinerators.  The following conclusions  are  drawn:  The new goals
of  the overall incineration process  should  be  the complete mineralization
of  the organic carbon,  concentration of  toxic  elements  in the filter-dust
and  scrubber  sludges,  and immobilization of the hazardous elements contai-
ned  in dust and  sludges. The paper  includes  general  quality criteria for
the products of incineration.
INTRODUCTION

     In  highly  industrialized  and
densely populated countries, incine-
ration has  the potential  to  become
the most  important process for  the
treatment  of municipal  solid  waste
(MSW).  By combustion,  1  kg of  MSW
is  converted  to   approximately 700g
off-gas, 270 g slag and 30 g filter-
dust  and/or  scrubber  sludge,  thus
leaving about  one  third of the ini-
tial MSW as a new waste material  for
disposal  by landfilling.  While  the
constituents of the  off-gas are  re-
gulated  in  most   countries by  air
pollution  standards,  quality crite-
ria  for  slag  and filter-dust  have
not received the same attention yet.
Since  filter-dust and  slag contain
Teachable heavy metals and refracto-
ry organic  compounds,  these materi-
als  require treatment  before  their
ultimate disposal  in  landfills.  The
treatment necessary to achieve a non-
hazardous quality  of  these products
depends upon the composition  of  the
MSW and the design and the operating
conditions of the incinerator. There-
fore,  modern  incinerators have  to
be optimized not only towards main-
taining  air pollution standards  but
also towards the production of solid
materials which are well  suited  for
further  treatment  and ultimate dis-
posal .
                                    343

-------
 PURPOSE

      Research is needed to elucidate
 the genesis, the composition and the
 behavior  of the  solid products  of
 incineration. The thereby gained in-
 formation should serve  as  a base to
 define the new objectives of MSW in-
 cineration.  A new conceptual approach
 to MSW  incineration may  eventually
 lead  to improved design and new ope-
 rating  techniques  for  incineration
 plants.

      The two  main  purposes of  this
 work  are
 -  to  assess  the  importance of  the
   incineration of  MSW  as  a  source
   of  hazardous solid waste  products
   and
 -  to define  new objectives for  the
   incineration of MSW,  in  order  to
   get  incineration   products   which
   can be disposed of  safely.

 APPROACH

 Survey of  hazardous waste

      In  order to assess  the impor-
 tance  of the hazardous waste produ-
 ced  by  MSW  incineration,  a survey
 of  waste materials  was accomplished
 for a highly developed, mixed resi-
 dential  and   industrial  region with
 1.2 mi 1,1 ion  inhabitants and an area
 of 1700  km2  (the Canton of Zurich,
 Switzerland).  The  figures collected
 in  this  survey were  compared with
 the  mass  of  filter-dust  and  slag
 produced  by   the  six   incinerators
 which  treat  most  of  the municipal
 solid  waste  generated in this  area.

 Analysis  of  the  solid  products  of
 incineration

     Slag  and  filter-dust  samples
from  four  Swiss  MSW  incinerators
were analyzed for metals and non-me-
tals.   The  procedures  for  sampling
and  analysis  are  given  elsewhere
[1]. To examine the leaching behavi-
or of the filter-dust, samples were:

1.  leached  by  deionized water  for
52 hours, with  analysis  of  the con-
centration of dissolved elements af-
ter  0.5, 5  and  52  hours  leaching
time, and
2. leached consecutively for 14 days
by deionized water  in intervals in-
creasing from  30  seconds to 2 days.
This  procedure,  introduced  by  the
US-EPA  as "Uniform Leach Procedure"
to determine the diffusion coeffici-
ents of solidified wastes,  is  des-
cribed in detail in [2].

     The  leaching  behavior  of  the
slag was not  tested  by laboratory
experiments  but was  assessed by the
investigation of slag deposits (tem-
porary  storage,  road constructions,
and  landfills).  Leachates   in  such
deposits were collected from lysime-
ters and drainage systems  and  ana-
lyzed as received.

Effect of incinerator design on pro-
duct quality

     In  order  to  examine the effect
of  incinerator  design and operating
conditions  on  the  quality   of  slag
and  filter-dust,   incinerators  with
different  product   qualities  were
compared. Sampling and  analysis  of
the products of incineration are gi-
ven in  [1].  The elemental compositi-
on of the MSW incinerated was calcu-
lated from the products of incinera-
tion: The sum  of  element quantities
in the  off-gas, the filter-dust and
the  slag equals  the  mass   of  this
element  in the MSW.

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     The  composition  of the materi-
als investigated in this work (MSW,
flue-gas, filter-dust and  slag)  is
                                      344

-------
 heterogeneous  and varies with  time.
 It  is  therefore  necessary to  collect
 numerous  samples in order to derive
 conclusions  of  statistical signifi-
 cance.

     Since  MSW and slag are  materi-
 als composed of  many compounds  cove-
 ring  the entire range  of  elements
 and having particle sizes from  10~4
 to  10  m,  these  materials  are not
 suited  for  small-scale  laboratory
 experiments.   Therefore,  it  proved
 to  be  necessary  to collect the data
 from full-scale  municipal incinerat-
 tors.

     It was  not   possible for us to
vary the operating conditions of the
investigated  incinerators.  Therefo-
re, it was  necessary  to study vari-
ous incinerators  with different ope-
rating  and  design  characteristics
in  order  to  examine  the  influence
of  incineration  on product  quality.
the conclusions  drawn  from the com-
parison  of  the various incinerators
have to be confirmed by further .work
in  an  Incinerator  where  operating
conditions can easily be manipulated.

RESULTS                  ','.""'

Contribution of MSW incineration to
the overall  production of hazardous
wastes

     From the survey'of wastes gene-
rated  in the  region  (Table  1),  it
is concluded  that filter-dusts from
MSW incinerators  can be quantitati-
vely  important  amounts of  hazardous
waste  materials.  Of course, regional
differences  in  industrial  and waste
management  practice  determine  the
exact  contribution  of  each activity
to the  production of. hazardous was-
tes but  nevertheless,  the  fact th.at
for a  modern,  highly-developed,  mi-
xed residential  and industrial area


A












type of waste (as received)
.sewage sludge (with 5 % dry. matter)
.municipal solid waste • ,
.slag from MSW incinerators
.filter-dust from MSW incinerators
.slag from aluminium recycling
.filter-dust from aluminium recycling
.waste oil
.mixtures of oil with soil, water, and sludge
.acids and dyes containing metals
.sludges containing metal hydroxides and pigments
.lead from battery recycling
.sol vents (halogenated )
. sol vents (others)
.others
t/year
650,000
500,000
. 160,000
1 1 , 000
5,300
1,000
5,000
. 6,300
2,600
1,200
460
300
420
^1 ,000
kg/capita
• year
560
430
140
10
4.6 ,
0.9
4.3;
5.5
2.3
l-.O...
0.4
= 0.-3
- 0.4 - ,
0.9
Table 1.   Survey of waste materials generated in a region of 1.2 million  inhabi-
           tants and 1,700 km2 area  (Canton of Zurich,  Switzerland).  A: was-
           tes generally regarded as non-hazardous,    B:   products generally
           regarded as hazardous wastes.(Agricultural wastes are not included).
                                    345

-------
Element
Si (as Si 02)
Al
Ca
Na
Mg
K
Fe
Ni
Hg
P
S
Cl
c
C-carbonate
Loss on ignit
Cu
Cr
Zn
Pb
Cd
slag
Cg/kg]
360-460
80-180
25-100
10-60
6-18
5-20
40-230
0.3
0.0001
7-14
2-4
3-6
15-40
7-15
. 10-80
1-4
1-10
4-15
1-17
0.03
EF
1.5
1.6
1.5
1.5
0.5
1.2
2.4
3.8
1.3
9.5
12
35
140
-
-
41
55
140
750
150
filter-dust
Ig/kg] EF
230-320
60-120
30-90
20-80
28-40
12-74
28-40
0.2-0.3 ,,
0. 002-0. 014U
1-12
20-40
40-78
14-36
.1-5
10-40
1-5
0.5-1.7
13-39
6-12
0.2-0.6
1
1.1
1.5
2.1
1.5
4.1
0.6
3.1,,
100U
6
120
450
250
-
-
50
11
370
750
2000
ore
[g/kg] EF
_
250-350
-
400
10-30
-,
300-600
4-55
2
200
-
600
850-950
-
-
10
350
40
50
4.4
_
3.7
-
17
0.9
-
8
380
25000
180
-
4600
4500
_
-
170
3500
570
4200
22000
earth ',
crust [3]
Lg/kg]
280
82
41
24
23
21
56
0.08
0.00008
1.1
0.26
0.13
0.2
-
-
0.06
0.1
0.07
0.013
0.0002
Table 2.  Concentrations of elements in filter-dust and slag from MSW incine-
          ration, and concentrations in ores and the earth crust.[EF:  enrich-
          ment factor, defined as concentration in the product divided by the
          concentration in the earth crust]. 1) in sludges from wet scrubbers,
          the concentration of Hg was found to be 1.3-3.0, EF  27,000.
where most of the MSW is being inci-
nerated,  the filter-dust  from such
incinerators  is  the dominant hazar-
dous  waste,  may  be encountered  in
the future in other regions, too.

Chemical  properties  of  slags  and
and filter-dusts

     In  Table 2,  the  range  of  the
composition of the  slag  and filter-
dust  is  compared  to  ores  and  the
earth crust.  For many elements (e.g.
Fe, Si, Al, Ca,  Na, Mg),  the concen-
tration in the slag and  filter-dust
approximates   the  concentration  in
the earth  crust.  Some heavy metals
and non-metals  are  highly  enriched
in  the  slag  and especially  in the
filter-dust  (e.g.  Zn,  Cu, Cd,  Hg,
Cl).  Although a  few of  the  metals
(e.g.  Mg,  Zn)  are  as  concentrated
in  the  slag  and filter-dust  as  in
the ores, it is not yet economically
feasible  to  recycle these  metals.
This  is due  to  the  limited  amount
available compared to the total pro-
duction, and the abundant impurities
in the products of incineration.

     During  incineration, the  ele-
ments in MSW  are  transferred  to the
slag, the  filter-dust and the  flue
gas according to their  chemical  and
physical properties   [1 ] .  Volatile
metals and  non-metals are evaporated
                                     346

-------
from the grate  and  condensed during
gas cooling. The chemical speciation
of the elements  as  well  as the ope-
rating  conditions  of  the  furnace,
gas cooling  and  cleaning are impor-
tant factors  in the control  of the
flux of  the elements.  Thus  certain
elements lide  Cd,  Hg  and Cl become
highly enriched  in  the filter-dust.
Some of  the metals  in this product
and the flue gas are in part present
as  chlorides  (e.g. Cdd2,
                                                         resulting  in  a
                                                        of heavy  metals.
                                                        alkaline  binders
                                                        initial  leaching
     10-

      9-
   O
   cr> 7
   o
   S  6

   3  5
   07
      4

      3
o
UJ

o
UJ
__J
^p  1
           CADMIUM
of  the  leachate  increased,  due  to
the transformation  of  alkaline oxi-
des to  hydroxides,
decreased  leaching
By the  addition  of
such as cement, the
of  some elements  can   be  decreased
also.  Care  must  be  taken not to ap-
ply too much  alkaline  material  in
order to prevent the dissolution of
Pb, Zn  and other metals at high pH-
values, due to the  formation of so-
luble hydroxo  complexes.
                                      01 0.51
                                     o
                                     o
                                     "S- 0.4-
   0.3
 Q
 UJ
 X 02
 O
               LEAD
                                        UJ
                                           0.1
                                            o
                                                               BQ5B5
                                                      -A5—A52.
              8  9  10   11   12  13
                     pH
                                                 8  9  10  11  12  13
                                                        PH
    Figure
        1   Leachability of cadmium and lead  in  filter-dust samples for 0 5,
           5 and 52 hours leaching time.  A:  untreated  filter-dust, B: fil-
           ter-dust solidified with cement 1:1
 This is in contrast to the compounds
 in the slag, which consist mainly of
 oxides. This  difference  in the spe-
 ciation is  responsible for the dif-
 ference in  solubility of the metals
 present   in   slag  and  filter-dust:
      Contrary  to the slag, some me-
 tals  in  the  untreated filter-dust
 proved  to be highly  soluble  (Figure
 !)•  At  first  contact with  water, 10%
 of the Cd and  0.5%  of the Pb_in the
 filter-dust are dissolved. With in-
 creasing  leaching time,  the pH-value
                                          Various leachates from .deposits
                                     of  slag were  taken  from  incinera-
                                     tors,  intermediate  storage  areas,
                                     landfills of different ages and road
                                     constructions.  For  all  leachates,
                                     the  pH-value  decreased with increa-
                                     sing age of the slag deposit (Figure
                                     2). This may be due to the neutrali-
                                     zation  and  leaching of alkaline_ma-
                                     terial  by  the acid rain, the acidi-
                                     fication of the slag  by CCL from the
                                     atmosphere,   and   from the microbi-
                                     al  decomposition  of the organic car-
                                      347

-------
 bon  in  the  slag.   It  has  not been
 examined yet if the pH-value of such
 a slag  deposit may  eventually drop
 to a  value where  heavy  metals will
 be dissolved in significant amounts.

 Procedures for  the handling of  MSH
 incineration products

      There  are three  possibilities
 to prevent  the  leaching of metals
 and non-metals from the  deposits  of
 filter-dust and slag:

 1.  To exclude  a water flux  through
 slag  and filter-dust in  a  landfill.
 2.  To  treat the dust and  slag chemi-
 cally  before  ultimate  disposal   in
 order  to  produce compounds  with  a
 low  water  solubility (e.g. oxides,
 sulfides,  silicates,  glassified   or
 sintered  products).  Thus,  the  con-
 tact  with  water  leads  to  leachates
 which  have  no  adverse effect on the
 environment.

 3.  To  optimize incineration towards
the  production  of   materials  which
are well suited for disposal in sa-
nitary landfills.
                                        The  first proposal can be  rea-
                                   lized either  by constructing a water
                                   impermeable  envelope  around  a  sur-
                                   face  disposal or  by depositing  the
                                   product in  a  deeper geological  lay-
                                   er. The latter approach is  analogous
                                   to the  final  deposition of radioac-
                                   tive  material and  is  very costly.
                                   The first approach  is  just  an inter-
                                   mediate  solution  and  postpones  the
                                   problems  to the  period (after deca-
                                   des or  centuries)  when the envelope
                                   becomes water-permeable.

                                        Based  on todays experience, it
                                   seems more appropriate to change  the
                                   chemical form of the products of  in-
                                   cineration  (e.g.  so  that  they   are
                                   not to be mobilized by landfill lea-
                                  chates), than  to  try to prevent the
                                   access of water  to  these materials.
                                   In order  to form a product which is
                                  well   suited  for  ultimate  disposal,
                                  the  slag  must be  washed   prior  to
                                  landfilling.  The metals and Teachable
                                  non-metals  in  the  filter-dust  have
                                  to be chemically  immobilized  before
                                  disposal,  and organic  constituents
                                  may require  a  further treatment  (re-
                                  cycling  of filter-dust  back to  com-
                                  bustion) .
   Q>
   3
  15
12
11

10
9
8
7-
6-
                   pH--10.1-0.28 Int, p
-------
                                                   clean  gas to
                                                 *" atmosphere
                                                   orelike material to
                                                   sanitary  landfill
                                                   crustlike .material to
                                                  *• sanitary landfill or recycling
                                                   (e.g. road construction)
                                   waste water
                                  (salts) to STP

    Figure 3.  Treatment and ultimate disposal of the products of
              MSW incineration
     The   third  possibility   needs
further  research into the  chemistry
and  physics  of incineration.  Inves-
tigations of the incineration  of MSW
have shown that  it might  become pos-
sible to  design and operate  incine-
rators  in such a way that  certain
metals  are concentrated in the slag
and  others in  the  filter-dust  [1].
As  a new objective of  incineration,
leachable heavy metals  and  hazardous
compounds  should be concentrated in
the  filter-dust, which equals  only
2-4  %  of the  initial  MSW,  resulting
in  a relatively clean  slag (30 % of
MSW).  to  minimize  the  Teachability
of  the slag,  the  combustion  should
be  optimized towards complete_mine-
ralization,  resulting mostly  in me-
tal  oxides.
Conclusions

     General  quality  criteria   for
solid  products   of  MSW  incineration
could  look  as  follows  (Figure  3):

Slag:  Earth crust quality,  achieved
by optimizing incineration  and wash-
ing  of the  slag,  ultimate  disposal
in  a sanitary  landfill  or  possibly
in a road construction.

Filter-dust:  Ore-like quality,  non-
leachable   metals  due   to   chemical
treatment,  disposal   in  a  "mono1-sa-
nitary  landfill  where  contact  with
other  waste  materials  is  excluded.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     The contribution of H.P.  Diener,
H. Moench  and R. Zimmerli  to  analy-
sis  and  mass balances is  especially
appreciated.  We  thank Mrs.  H.  Bolli-
ger for the grafics  work.
                                       349

-------
REFERENCES
             P
       , The Flux  of Metals through
   MSW  Incineration,  Waste  Manage-
   ment  and  Research,  Vol.  W,  obT
   lOb to 119. -             V

2. US EPA,  1982, Guide to the Dispo-
   sal of Chemically Stabilized  and
   Solidified Wastes,  SW 872,  Wash-
   ington DC.
                                       3-  Krauskopf,  K.B.,  1967,  Introduc-
                                          tion  to  Geochemistry,   Me  Graw
                                          Hill,  New York.
DISCLAIMER

The  work  described  in   this   paper  was  not  funded  by  the  U.S.
Environmental  Protection  Agency.   The  contents  do  not  necessarily
reflect  the  views  of  the  Agency and  no official  endorsement  should
be inferred.
                                   350

-------
                            INCINERATION OF PCB'S IN FRANCE

              DECONTAMINATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND POLLUTED SITES
                                 G. MELLOT - PECSIE -
                         SALES, RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT MANAGER
                                          AND
                              GEORGES MILLERET - TREDI -
                                   TECHNICAL MANAGER

                                        PECSIE
                      B.P. 205 - 95523 CERGY PONTOISE - FRANCE -

                                         TREDI
                      B.P. 1324 - 69211 LYON CEDEX 03 - FRANCE -
                                       ABSTRACT
      During several decades,  polychlorinated biphenyls have been extensively
   used in many countries, but they are now to be burned,  because they are
   considered as too much hazardous chemicals.

      Their amount is in France about 100,000 tons and about 100,000
   transformers are to be cleaned. The French situation in the area of the toxic
   waste incineration is reviewed and a description is given of the Saint Vulbas
   plant, which is the only one authorized in France for the burning of PCB's.
   It uses a high temperature incinerator (1,200°C), with a quenching section
   and a wet scrubbing. A description is also given of the unit which has been
   designed to clean the electrical transformers in the same plant.
I/ INTRODUCTION :

   The problem of the environmental
contamination by PCB's (polychlori-
nated biphenyls) is not specific to
France ; it is common to all coun-
tries using these types of compounds,
PCB's have been mainly used as
dielectric fluids for transformers
and capacitors, hydraulic fluids,
and heating fluids as well as in less
measure for lubrication fluids,
cutting oils, plasticizers, etc.
Their  high  stability  to  temperature
and fire  is the main reason  for their
extensive  use.  However,  since  1960,
contamination  of  the  environment  by
PCB's has become  identified as a major
concern,   moreover,   many   accidents
(mainly  fires  on  transformers)  have
revealed hazardous  by-products of  FOB
combustion      such     as     PCDD's
(polychorinated      dibenzo-p-dioxins)
and PCDF's (polychlorinated
dibenzofurans) ; TCDD toxicity can
be 105 times more than that of PCS.
                                      351

-------
     Consequently,  the different govern-
ments  have  proposed  newregulations.  In
France, a law datedJuly 8 1975 has limi-
ted  the use  of PCB's to closed systems
(transformers,  capacitors, heating sys-
tems,  hydraulic systems). Then  a direc-
tive  from the  EEC   (European  Economic
Community)  dated  October 1st 1985  has
forbiden  the sale of  equipments contai-
ning PCB's from June 30 1986. In France,
the  users are  obliged to declare  every
piece  of  PCB equipment  and  to  provide
them   with  safety  devices   like   fire
protection,  electrical  protection,  and
basins  to  recover the  PCB  in case  of
leakage.

     A program has been initiated to des-
troy all  existing PCB's  and  to deconta-
minate  metallic  equipment  polluted  by
PCB's before it goes to a landfil. In the
French case,  about 4,000 tons/year  of
PCB's were produced and used intransfor-
mers during the  ten years between 1975
and  1984   ;  the annual rate  before 1975
was  about 3,000  tons. A total of some
100,000 tons of PCB existing and 100,000
transformers need to be treated.
  2/ THE SITUATION OF TOXIC WASTE
     INCINERATION IN FRANCE :
     Today, more than one half of the to-
  xic  organic  waste is incinerated  by
  four plants  owned by TREDI (Traitement
  Revalorisation  Elimination de  Dechets
  Industriels). This operating company is
  able to burn about 200,000 tons/year of
  organics  and its  mother company,  EMC
  Group (Entreprise  Miniere et Chimique)
  has  recently  created  an  engineering
  company PECSIE (Projets Etudes Conseils
  Services Industrie Environnement), who-
  se purpose is to develop new processes
  in the waste disposal area and to mar-
  ket technologies which have been deve-
  loped and used  by TREDI  in its plants
  during  the  last  fifteen  years  (the
  first of them was built in 1973).
3/ THE FRENCH PCB INCINERATION
   PLANT-SAINT VULBAS :
   This  plant is  located about  25
miles  from  Lyon  (France).  It  was
built in 1976 as a plant to incine-
rate  highly-  chlorinated products,
in  liquids,  solids, and paste-like
form. In 1981, it was authorized by
•the  French  Administration to  bum
PCB's. There is no other plant  in
France  authorized  to  bum  PCB's.
Many developments have  been  made in
this plant since 1976,  either in the
process conditions or in the control
and   safety   areas.  At   the   time
of  the  start-up,   a  wet  scrubbing
with  caustic soda  neutralization
system was used. It has since  been
replaced  by  an  arrangement  using
acid water loop and a neutralization
with lime which is more economical.
  The current system consists of :
         an  incineration
         25,000 tons/year
 unit  of
capacity,
         which includes PCB's
         (6,000 tons/year) ;

         a decontamination  unit  for
         transformers and capacitors
         whose  capacity  is  6,000
         transformers/year.
   A study  is now in course  to get
early authorization to  increase the
incineration      capacity      from
25,000 tons/year to 30,000 tons/year
                                        352

-------
                                                 I
                                                 i
                                                 to
                                                 Jg
                                                 t-l
                                                 3
                                                 .-i
                                                 a,

                                                 g
                                                 •i-i
                                                 *j


                                                 1
                                                 u
                                                 .s
                                                  i
                                                  OS
                                                 .5
                                                 •a
                                                 •r-l
                                                 2.

                                                 -I
                                                 tu
353

-------
 4/ BASIC PRINCIPLE OF THE PROCESS
    USED TO INCINERATE PCB's AND
    HIGHLY-CHLORINATED PRODUCTS IN THE
    SAINT VULBAS PLANT (See Fig. 1) :
      Wastes to be burned are received
 in large  bulk as well as  in barrels
 or other  containers. They  are intro-
 duced in  the front face of  a rotary
 kiln  that  is  maintained  at  about
 1,000°C   (1,882°F)  in   the  central
 zone. Liquids  of high heating  value
 are  stored separately from the  low
 heating value  liquids.   The two  are
 mixed in such a ratio that  the tempe-
 rature in the furnace can be maintai-
 ned at the required level.
    Liquid PCB's are stored and  injec
 ted separately from the other wastes.
 Solids are  admitted in the furnace
 through a hopper and a  vertical  lock.
 At the  opposite side  of the rotary
 kiln,  ashes are recovered in a  water
 pit and gases  enter a secondary com
 bustion chamber where the temperature
 is maintained at 1,200°C (2,192°F) by
 burning propane.

    At  the upper of this chamber, the
 flue gas with  a high  content of HC1
 enters a quenching section where its
 temperature  is decreased  over a  4
 feet length  to about  80°C  (176°F).
 This quench favors a maximum concen-
 tration of HC1  and  a minimum of Cl2
 which  is less well absorbed by water.
 The Deacon equilibrium reaction for
 this condition  shows :
 4 HC1  + O2 •*—>2H20 + 2C12- 20,8 Kcal
 Following  this  quenching  section,
 there  arethree  columns  : one for ab-
 sorption  of  HC1 with water and dra-
wing out of a  part  of  the flow rate
of  the acid water loop, one with  a
venturi  for the recovery of parti-
cles and one  for a final neutraliza-
tion of hydrochloric acid with caus-
tic soda.
   The  specific conditions  required
by the  regulation for the  incinera-
tion  of PCB's  in  this, unit  are  :

    . a  maximum  flow  rate of  1.5
      ton/hour of PCS burned

    . 20 % of excess gn'-r at  the chim-
      ney 1,200°C  (2,192°F) for  the
      temperature  in  the   secondary
      chamber

    . compliance with  the   emission
      standards (see below)
                                          5/ STANDARDS TO BE OCMPLIED WITH AND
                                            RESULTS  :"
KB
EMISSIONS
T.-tfji-irte
Solids
Gas
REQUIRED VALUES
Instantaneous
concentration
1.5 tig/Kg
15 ing/Kg
1 ng/Nrt3 *
maximum
•flux
1.2 Kg/day
-
1.0 Kg/day
MEASURED VALUE
0.035 mg/Kg
10.00 mg/Kg
0.01 mg/Nn-3
   * Nm3 = standard cubic meter at
           1 atm and 0 degre C.
                                  354

-------
   Independently of PCB, the plant is
required  to comply  with the  normal
emission  standards.  In  particular,
the  flue  gas released  to the  atmos-
phere must be in accordance with  the
following limits :

Id or Q-2
'arttclae
Inburnad material
teavy metals (total)
to, (to, or Hg
»2
D

P*
Maximum Instantaneous concentration
(ng/Ito?)
100
150
5
5
0.1
100
200
5
200
Maximum flux
(Kg/day)
120
100
6
6
235
12
6
235
    The checking of  these limits  is
 made every  day by the  laboratory  of
 the  plant  and  periodically  by  an
 external   laboratory.   The   levels
 recently   obtained   for   HC1   and
 particles are 30-50  (maxi 100)  and
 100-120 (maxi  150)  respectively.  Ge-
 nerally speaking,  the  efficiency  of
 the  flue   gas  cleaning  system  is
 higher  for HC1  than for particles.
 This  is normal  for a  wet scrubbing
 system.  In  other  plants where  the
 particles    limitation    is    lower
 (50 mg/Nm3  for instance), the use of
 bag filters give levels as low as
 10 mg/Nm3.
 6/ TECHNICAL EVALUATION AND GENERAL
    ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLANT :
   This plant has been run with PCB's
for about now 7 years,  under the clo-
se control  of the  French Administra-
tion which is informed in detail about
the wastes  burned and  the  results of
the environmental measurements related
to water, air and solids. Improvements
have been made in many areas and par-
ticularly relative  to  the  protection
systems.  Also the  employees of  the
plant are given periodic medical exa-
minations.  Mb  anomalies  have  been
observed concerning the health of the
people working in the plant. No acci-
dent has been noted cxancerning PCB ac-
tivity.  About the  acceptance  by the
people  living around the  plant,  the
closest village is  located at about 1
mile away and the plant is  situated in
an industrial  area  intended to accept
such a type of industry. Many degrees
of information are available for the
public  and seme "open-door" days have
been  organized in  order to maintain
a climate  of confidence between the
operating management  of the plant and
the population of the neighboring vil-
lages  and towns.
                                       355

-------
 7/ BASIC PRINCIPLE OF THE PROCESS
    USED TO DECONTAMINATE PCS POLLUTED
    ELECIRICaL EQUIPMENT (TRANSFORMERS
    AND CAPACITORS) (See Fig. 2) :
    In 1984, an extension was made of the
 basic incineration activity of the Saint
 Vulbas plant by designing  a plant  to
 clean electrical equipment  after it has
 been drained of  PCB's.  The process uses
 an autoclave under vacuum and a solvent
 which is able to dissolve PCB which re-
 mains on  the metallic  surfaces of  the
 equipment after'draining.
                   falmt »tnriU« a t
     U*1UM Oat i
   Only porous materials (such as wood)
are  not   processed  and  are  directly
burned  in  the   furnace.   Solvent  is
evaporated inside the autoclave and con-
densed at the upper part  by providing
"a rain"  of liquid  solvent washing the
metallic parts. A part of the solvent is
condensed  inside the parts themselves,
x-Thich gives  a high efficiency for the
recovery   of   PCB.   The   solvent   is
continuously   distilled  from  the  PCB
which then is burned in the incineration
plant.
    Six autoclaves are now running an
 are connected to the  same system of
 heat production and  solvent  distil-
 lation.  The capacity of  the  unit is
 now 6,000 transformers/year.The  PCB
 content of the equipment  at  the  end
 of a  cycle  of decontamination less
 than 100 ppm which is considered in
 France as the limit  for  the  non-PCB
 materials authorized to go to land-
 fil.  Tests will be carried out in a
 near future in order to check  the
 availability of  the  equip-ment  to
 obtain clean equipment ready  for  re-
 filling   with   another   dielectric
 fluid.
                                               8/ DEVELOPMENTS FOR THE
                                                 DECONTAMINATION OF POLLUTED SITES
   Besides  the two main activities
described above (incineration of
PCB's  and decontamination of  elec-
trical equipment), we are now deve-
loping in-situ services in  case of
"cold" accidents  or "hot" accidents
associated  with  PCB  equipment.  In
both    cases,    we    propose    :

   . inspections  and  analysis  of
     the contaminated sites  by qua-
     lified people in order toget an
     accurate assessment of the con-
     tamination ;

   . in-situ processes like deconta-
     mination of polluted soils (now
     under development). Studies ha-
     ve proved the  interest in the
     economics of  such a process
     compared  to  the  transportation
     of oil to the incineration
     plant,      some     by-products
     polluted  by  PCB   being   only
     burned in that  plant ;
                                                   assistance for the reestablis-
                                                   ment  of  the  non-contaminated
                                                   status of an area.
                                         356

-------
     In   another  area,   we  are   now
  developing processes  to decontaminate
  mineral oils polluted by KB.  A large
  number  of  mineral  oil  transformers
  are, -indeed,   polluted  at   a  level
  above  lOOppm  and the  PCS content has
  to  be  decreased  from  levels  around
  1000-2000 ppm to under 100 ppm.

     Such operations are planned ±n-situ
  and will generate some PCS by-products
  which  subsequently will  be  burned in
  the  Saint Vulbas  incineration plant.
  9/ CONCLUSION :
     With   the   help   of   the   FOB
   incineration plant  of  Saint Vulbas,
   France is now  solving a large part of
   the   problems  related  to  the  new
   regulations    concerning    PCB's    :
   firstly,   the   replacement  of  PCB
   equipment   with  new  equipment    ;
   secondly  the   incineration  of  PCB
   products resulting from  potential
   accidents with  PCB equipments  ; and
   thirdly,  the cleaning of  the mineral
   oil    transformers  which   has  been
   polluted  by PCB.  In any  case, the
   decision which was  made to  authorize
   such a plant in 1980  has  been  proved
   to   be   an   effective    one.   An
   incineration unit is  indeed the best
   compromise for the safe  destruction of
   PCB.  This does  not  mean  that  other
   technologies should not be  developed
   for the near future as alternatives to
   incineration. We  are  working on them
   too.
                                  Disclaimer

The work  in this paper  was  not funded by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.   The  contents do  not  necessarily  reflect the  views of  the Agency
and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                      357

-------

-------
                   ENGINEERING ANALYSIS OF METAL EMISSIONS
                    FROM THERMAL DESTRUCTION DEVICES
        R.G. Barton
        W.D. Clark
        W.R. Seeker

        Energy and Environmental  Research Corp,
        18 Mason
        Irvine, CA   92718
            C.C. Lee

            USE PA
            Hazardous Waste
            Engineering Research Lab
            26 W. St. Clair St.
            Cincinnati, OH  45268
                                ABSTRACT

      Some toxic metals present in hazardous waste streams can vaporize when
 incinerated.   These metals concentrate in small  particles  which are
 difficult to  remove from the flue gas and  are easy  to respire thus
 presenting a potential health hazard.  This paper discusses the  mechanisms
 of the  process and describes a  modeling procedure  currently under
 development  to predict  metals emissions.   The approach is based on
 equilibrium speciation and evaporation of metals at the local conditions in
 the combustor along with flyash entrainment, nucleation and condensation of
 vaporized species,  and particle removal by air pollution control  devices.
 The model is  applied  to  a municipal solid waste incinerator and good
 agreement is  achieved  between predicted and  measured metals  emissions.
 Sensitivity of vaporization and emission of metals to the conditions which
 exist in the burning waste bed and  to the chlorine content of the  waste is
 examined in a  rotary kiln/electrostatic precipitator incineration system.
 Vaporization  of metals  is found to increase with increasing burning
 temperature and waste chlorine content and with decreasing stoichiometric
 air ratio.  Partitioning  of volatile metals  between fume and flyash is
 found to depend on the identity of  the nucleating species and the  ratio of
 the  surface area of the  fume to the flyash.   Volatile metals such as
 mercury,  lead and barium are found to be concentrated  in the submicron  fume
 particles which  are most likely to escape into the atmosphere.
INTRODUCTION

     Emission  of toxic metals from
hazardous waste incinerators presents
a  potential   health  hazard  of
increasing interest to  state and
federal   regulatory  agencies.
Particles in the size range which can
escape removal  by air  pollution
control   equipment   (typically
                                 3.59

-------
submicron) are also those that can be
inhaled.  If  these fine particles
contain  toxic  metals they can pose a
very serious health risk.   The  U.S.
Environmental  Protection Agency (EPA)
has drafted proposed regulation for
restricting the  burning of metal -
bearing wastes  in  boilers  and
industrial   furnaces  based  on
dispersion modeling and worst-case
risk  assessment  (7).   Similar
regulations or  guidelines may be
forthcoming  for  hazardous  and
municipal waste incinerators.   A means
of estimating  the  quantity  and size
distribution  of metals emissions from
thermal  destruction  devices would
greatly aid in design, permitting and
regulating incinerators to  prevent
emissions.

     The fate  of  metals during the
combustion of metal-bearing waste
streams is illustrated in Figure 1.
Metal-containing waste compounds dry
and  devolatilize,  then  burn in a
locally oxygen-depleted atmosphere.
Inorganic inclusions are exposed to a
high-temperature  reducing environment
where,  depending  on the  local
conditions, metals may be Converted
into more  thermodynamically stable
forms including oxides, chlorides or
pure  metals. Volatile species vaporize
in the active combustion zone and are
carried away with the combustion gas.
As the  combustion  gas cools,  the
volatile  metals condense  on  the
surfaces of existing particles or, if
sufficiently supersaturated, nucleate
into new  superfine  fume particles.
These fume particles grow with further
condensation and  coagulation into
submicron particulate.  Non-volatile
metals typically end.up as  residual
ash  or  entrained  fly ash, whereas
volatile  metals are  partitioned
between  flyash  which  is  easily
                                 VOLATILE
                                 INORGANIC
              INTERNAL
              REDUCING
             ENVIRONMENT
                                                  HETEROGENEOUS
                                                  CONDENSATION OR
                                                  ADSORPTION
          ASH
         PARTICLE
                           FUME
                                           CONDENSATION
                                           NUCLEI
                                           ("0.04 urn)
                  CHAR PARTICLE
                  DURING COMBUSTION
                                                    RESIDUAL FLY ASH
                                                      (1-20 urn)
                                                      RESIDUALS
  Figure 1.  Mechanisms of metals partitioning  in waste combustion,
                                 360

-------
collected  by  air pollution control
devices  (APCD)  and submicron fume
which is much more  likely-  to  escape
into the atmosphere.
PURPOSE

     The  objectives of this study are
twofold.  The first is to examine the
feasibility  and  utility  of  a
predictive approach  to characterize
metals  emissions  from thermal
destruction  devices  based  on
simulations of  the  controlling
chemical and physical processes.  The
second is to examine the sensitivity
of, metals emissions to critical  design
and  operating parameters including
waste  composition,  combustion
tempera t.'ir re  and  combustion
stoichiometry.
              APPROACH

                   The  current modeling approach is
              illustrated in Figure 2.  A detailed
              heat and  mass transfer model  is
              currently  under  development which
              incorporates drying, devolatilization,
              combustion  and diffusion in burning
              beds to predict local stoichiometry
              and temperature.   A more simplified
              approach  is employed for this study
              which uses bulk temperatures  estimated
              from  mass  and energy  balance  as
              described  by  Clark et al  (1).   The
              impact  of  stoichiometry  and
              temperature  is  then examined  by
              varying these  parameters.  Chemical
              reactions  and phase changes  are
              assumed  to be fast and the NASA
              Equilibrium  Code (3) is applied at the
              local burning conditions for the waste
              composition  to  determine  the
    WASTE COMPOSITION
    OPERATING PARAMETERS
MASS AND ENERGY
   BALANCE
   PROGRAM
                             T
                         BULK AND WALL
                          TEMPERATURE
                       NASA EQUILIBRIUM
                            CODE
                 THERMODYNAMIC DATA
                       SPECIES PRESENT IN
                          EACH PHASE
                        CONDENSATION
                         CALCULATION
                                   OPERATING
                                   CONDITIONS
               •ENTRAINED PARTICLES-
ENTRAPMENT
  MODEL
                         PARTICLE SIZE
                         DISTRIBUTION
I                            POLLUTION
                           ROL DEVICE
                            MODEL
                 ESCAPING PARTICLES
 Figure 2.  Current approach to metals partitioning modeling.
                                 361

-------
partitioning of  metals between
chemical  species and phases.

     Physical entrainment of  particles
into  the gas stream depends  on  the
solid properties  including particle
size and  density, the gas velocity and
properties, and the incinerator design
and operating conditions.  For rotary
kilns, the correlation developed by Li
(5)  is  used  to calculate  particle
entrainment.

     As the  gas cools, it becomes
supersaturated with volatile species.
A  detailed  model  describing
nucleation,  condensation,  and
coagulation  of these  species as  a
function of time, temperature,  and
particle .loading and size distribution
1s under development following  the
approach of  Friedlander  (2).   For
simplification  for this study a less
detailed model  is  used.  As the  gas
cools,  the least volatile vaporized
species is assumed to nucleate  forming
0.04 micron  fume  particles. These
particles provide sufficient  surface
area to prevent further nucleation and
other  volatile species are  assumed to
condense on  existing  particles,
including  the  fume,  in  direct
proportion to their surface  area.

      The resulting particles
entrained in the cooled flue gas enter
the APCD with a wide size  distribution
of entrained flyash with a  coating of
condensed volatiles and a single size
(typically around  0.2  micron)  of
submicron fume consisting entirely of
condensed volatile  metals.  Detailed
APCD models are  available  to predict
particle collection  in scrubbers,
filters,  cyclones,  and electrostatic
precipitators (ESP).  For this study,
only  ESP are considered,  using  the
model   developed by  the  Southern
Research Institute (6).
                                       SECONDARY
                                       COMBUSTION
                                        CHAMBER
                       PRIMARY
                      COMBUSTION
                       CHAMBER
                                                           WATER SPRAY

                                                          FUME TO
                                                          ATMOSPHERE
                                                          3.8 TAfk
             SPRAY - BAFFLE
             SCRUBBER
             20 T/wk FLY ASH
                                                       TWO 135 T/d
                                                       MASS BURN STOKERS
                                                       ROCKING GRATE
                                                       SPRAY BAFFLE SCRUBBER
                                                 QUENCH WATER
                                       SOLIDS DISPOSAL (LANDFILL)
                                             RESIDUALS
                                             275 T/ wk
       Figure 3.   Alexandria Virginia MSW incinerator.
                                 362

-------
    Currently there is insufficient
data to rigorously  apply  and  verify
the model  and to  justify some  of the
simplifying assumptions made necessary
by the lack of data and by the early
stage of development of some  of the
more sophisticated submodels.  In this
study  the  focus has   been  on
determining the limits of successful
predictions that can be achieved using
the simplifying assumptions.   To
accomplish  this, some unknown
parameters were established by fitting
the results  and  then examining the
ability  of  the methodology  to
reproduce the emissions of other
species.   Also,   the  impact  of
operational parameters was examined by
varying the parameters around the
baseline conditions.
RESULTS

     In  order  to  assess  the validity
of  the  modeling approach,  the
Alexandria, Virginia Municipal  Solid
Waste (MSW) incinerator was simulated
and  the results  compared with the
experimental data  obtained by Law (4).
The  incinerator  shown  in Figure  3
burns 135 tons per day of paper, trace
metals, and other municipal refuse"
using a  rocking grate mass burn design
with a spray baffle scrubber to remove
large  (>10  micron)  particles.
Insufficient data were available  to
allow prediction of the amount  of
material entrained from the bed and
the  bed's  temperature.  Accordingly,
19 percent  of the ash was chosen  as
the  entrained fraction  which
reproduced  the  experimentally
determined magnesium concentration. A
bed temperature of 1008°K was found  to
be necessary to reproduce the measured
lead concentration.   With these
assumptions, the concentrations  of
lead and  magnesium in the other
emissions  streams and  the
concentrations of other metals in all
 streams  were  predicted in  good
agreement with  the measurements.  This
is demonstrated in Figure 4, which
indicates the  validity of the
equilibrium  approach  to  metals
partitioning.

     The  sensitivity  of  metal
emissions to operating parameters was
examined by predicting the performance
of a  hypothetical  35 MM Btu/hr rotary
kiln  burning waste  fuel  oil
contaminated with  aluminum, iron and
trace metals species.   Temperature,
local stoichiometry, and waste stream
chlorine content were  determined to
have significant effects  on  the
behavior of the  metals  in  an
incinerator,  as shown in Figure 5.
The fraction of any metallic compound
which vaporizes  depends on its vapor
pressure, which increases  with
temperature. Volatile species  such as
mercury compounds are easily vaporized
at low  temperatures whereas  more
refractory species such  as chromium
compounds require high temperatures to
vaporize.  At  104Q°K cadmium oxide, a
refractory species,  decomposes to
cadmium  metal which is cbmjpletely
volatile at that temperature.
   100
       Q Flyash <
       AFIyash >
       O Residuals
 Figure 4. Metals partitioning: ratic
          of waste to feed flow for
          each raetalo
                                 363

-------
     1.0
       1000  1100  1200  1300   1400  1500

           Kiln Bed Temperature,K
           0.0  2.0    4.0   6.0   8.0   10.0
              Chlorine Concentration(2)
O.Q    2.0   4.0   6.0   8.0  10.0
   Chlorine Concentration^)
Figure 5.   Vaporization  of metals  species at  equilibrium.
                                      364

-------
     The  amount  of  air available  at
the surface of each burning particle
is also important.  When the'amount of
air  approaches or exceeds the
stoichiometric quantity  most of the
metals are present in highly oxidized
states.   As  the  amount  of air
decreases the metals tend  to form more
reduced species.  In addition, they
shift away from  oxides  to form
chlorides, other halides and sulfides.
The   chlorides  of  metals  are
significantly more volatile than the
oxides  and vaporize  to a greater
extent  at any  given  temperature.
Thus, increasing  waste chlorine
concentration increases the amount of
chloride formed  and increases  the
amount of metal  vaporized.

     The entrainment model was  used to
estimate a flyash loading of  2.6% of
the  waste ash.   A typical size
distribution was estimated from data
from similar systems having 50% of the
mass smaller than  15 microns resulting
in a specific surface area of 0.4m2/g.
This  represented  about 97% of  the
available  surface  area  for
heterogeneous condensation of volatile
species,  the  remainder being
homogeneous condensation nuclei.  The
ESP of the APCD system was predicted
to be about 88% effective.in removing
the submicron fume and 99% effective
in  removing the  flyash.  Figure  6
shows the predicted effect of  local
bed conditions on metals emissions.
At lower temperatures, lead was the
nucleating species comprising the bulk
of  the  submicron  fume.   At
temperatures  above  1100°K barium
became  the  nucleating species
resulting in higher  emissions.   As
stoichiometry changed from very rich
to fuel lean, the nucleating species
  I  10
  o

  4/1
  VI
  O.
  CO
  LiJ
                                 1300
              Temperature ( K)
                  0.5        1.0

            Bed Stoichiometric Ratio
   Figure 6.  Effect of temperature and stoichiometric air  ratio on metals
             emissions from rotary kiln/ESP.
                                   365

-------
   changed  from magnesium to  barium to
   Iron.  Mercury  and lead were present
   in the  condensate  and  iron and
   aluminum were present in the flyash in
   significant quantities  under all
   conditions investigated.             2.

       In  summary,  vaporization of
   metals  tends  to increase  with
   increasing temperature and chlorine
   content  and  with  decreasing 3.
   availability of oxygen in the  high
   temperature zones.  Partitioning of
   condensing  metals  between fume and
   flyash depends on the  identity of the
   nucleating species and the ratio of
   the  surface area of the fume to that
   of the flyash.  Volatile metals can be
   concentrated in the  submicron  fume 4.
   particles which are  most  likely to
   escape the APCD and be emitted into
   the atmosphere.
   ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
                                      5.
       This work was performed under EPA
   contract  68-03-3365,  Engineering
   Analysis of Hazardous Waste Thermal
   Destruction, with the support of the
   EPA Hazardous  Waste  Engineering
   Research Laboratory and the Office of 6.
   Solid Waste.
   REFERENCES

   1.   Clark, W.D., W.R. Seeker, and C.C.
       Lee, 1986,  Engineering Analysis of
       Hazardous Waste Incineration;
       Energy  and Mass  Balance,
       Proceedings of the Twelfth Annual
       ResearchSymposium on  Land
Disposal, Remedial  Action,
incineration and  Treatment "oT
Hazardous Waste,  EPA-600/9-86-022,
pp 360-368.

Friedlander, S.K.,  1977, Smoke,
Dust and Haze:  Fundamentals of
Aerosol Behavior, John wi ley and
Sons,  New York.

Gordon,  S. and B.J. McBride,  1976,
Computer Program For Calculation
of Complex Chemical Equilibrium
Compositions,  Rocket Performance,'
incident and Reflected Shocks, ancf
Uhapman-Jouquet  Detonations, NASA
SP-2/3.]

Law, S.L. and G.E.  Gordon,  1979,
Sources of Metals  in Municipal
Incinerator Emissions,
Environmental  Science  and
Technology, Vol. 13, NO. 4, pp
432-438.

Li, K.W., 1974 "Application of
Khodorov's and Li's Entrainment
Equations  to  Rotary  Coke
Calciners" AICHE Journal.  Vol. 20,
No. 5, pp. 1017-1020.

McDonald,  J.R. and A.H.  Dean,
1982, Electrostatic Preclpitator
Manual, Noyes Data corporation,
park Kidge, New Jersey.

USEPA,  1986, Hazardous Waste
Management System:  Standards for
Owners and Operators of'Boilers'
and Industrial Furnaces,  Draft, 40
U-R Parts 260, 264, 265,  266,  270,
and 271.
                             Disclaimer

This paper has been reviewed in accordance with the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency  peer and administrative review policies and approved for
presentation and publication.
                                   366

-------
                DISTILLATION OF LEACHATES FROM HAZARDOUS
                WASTE LANDFILLS - ONE YEAR OF EXPERIENCE
                      Hans-Christian Steinmetzer
                Bayerisches Landesamt fiir Umweltschutz
                            (Bavarian EPA)
                         Rosenkavalierplatz 3
                           D-8000 Munchen 81
                      Federal Republic of Germany
                               ABSTRACT
     The West  German Federal  Waste Disposal  Act of 1972  sets a  general
framework with  regard to management  of waste disposal  allowing the  sta-
tes  (Lander)  substantial liberty  in achieving  the implementation.  Bava-
ria recognized  the  need and took on  responsibility for proper  management
of hazardous  waste  very early.  A regionally  operating  cooperative  and  a
state wide  semi-public  organization  founded in  1966  and 1970, respecti-
vely, run central facilities of comparatively high technical and  ecologi-
cal quality, the use of which is basically compulsory.

     Although  incineration  and  chemical/physical  treatment   are  given
high  priority,  landfills will  remain  indispensable.  Conventional  treat-
ment  of  their  leachates via extraction  and  separation of heavy metals  as
insoluble  hydroxides or  sulfides  does not  remove the  organic  contents
quantitatively  and  does not  reduce  the burden  of  water soluble  salts  at
all,  both  of  which are finally  discharged,  at  least in  part, into the
aquatic  system despite  further treatment of  the prepurified leachate  in
a municipal sewage  treatment plant.

     On  the  basis  of positive  results  with  a pilot plant, one  of  the Ba-
varian hazardous  waste treatment organizations  installed a  leachate con-
centration  facility  in  May 1986,  with the  financial  assistance of the
state of Bavaria.   Its  basic feature consists of a two stage  evaporation
process  under alkaline  conditions for 3.6 m->  of  leachate  per  day.

     First  hand experience  with  this facility  is  described pointing out
several  problems  encountered,  and   some ambiguous results.  Although the
general  performance  has to  be qualified  as satisfactory,  a  couple  of
problems have  still to be  overcome.  For this purpose, a 2 years  research
program  was  initiated including investigation of the suitability  of  vari-
ous  materials  for  critical  sub-units and on  the possibility of  treating
aqueous  hazardous wastes other  than  leachates.
                                  367

-------
INTRODUCTION

     In  common  with  most  western
industrialized  countries,  the Fed-
eral Republic  of Germany has pass-
ed  legislation  aimed  at  identi-
fying  hazardous  wastes  and  con-
trolling  their transport  and dis-
posal.  From  an  ecological  point
of  view,  high  temperature incine-
ration  for  organic  material  and
physical  or   chemical  treatments
for  inorganic  waste  are generally
considered  preferable  to  direct
land   disposal.   Nonetheless,  se-
cure  landfills  with  multibarrier
enclosures  and a  highly effective
leachate  collecting  system remain
indispensable   for   disposing   of
the   residues   of   the   aforemen-
tioned  treatment  techniques  and
of other solid inorganic wastes.
     A  further  problem  for  which
we  have  yet  to  find  a completely
satisfactory   solution,   is   the
safe  disposal of  the  leachate of
hazardous  waste  landfills.  A  ten-
tative  approach   to  overcome   this
difficulty    consists   of   first
steam  stripping,  then concentrat-
ing  these  leachates  in a  two  ef-
fect  evaporator,  thus  separating
organic  and   salt  residues   from
the  aqueous  phase.   Volatile  or-
ganics  as  well   as  organic  resi-
dues  are  fed into  the incinerator
for  organic hazardous  waste which
produces the  energy for the evapo-
rator.
     The salt  residues can be dis-
posed  of  in a  landfill under spe-
cial  conditions,  thus  closing the
loop  between  waste  and   leachate.
A  hazardous  waste  facility   could
then  achieve  the  goal  of produc-
ing   virtually  no   (landfill)   or
only    negligible    (incineration,
chemical/physical  treatment)  emis-
sions.

     Being the  largest  of the fed-
eral   states   (70.500   sq.km,   or
27.200 sq. mi.,  ca.  11 million in-
habitants),  Bavaria  has  a  rela-
tively  low  density  of  population
and  industry  (of  high  technologi-
cal   standard)   compared  to  most
areas  of   central  Europe.  These
factors  lead  to a peculiar mix of
advantages,  problems   and  corre-
sponding solutions.

     With  the creation  of a munic-
ipal  cooperative (ZVSMM: Zweckver-
band  Sondermullplatze  Mittelfran-
ken) working on  a  strictly region-
al  basis  as early  as   1966,  and
the  foundation  of  a  state  wide
semipublic  organization  (GSB:  Ge-
sellschaft   zur   Beseitigung   von
Sondermull in Bayern)  in 1970, Ba-
varia  is at the forefront  of haz-
ardous  waste  treatment  practices
in  Germany  an  beyond   its  fron-
tiers,  and  was  able,  therefore,
to  shape  German  federal   legisla-
tion  by  presenting practicable so-
lutions.  Both  ZVSMM  and  GSB  run
efficient    and    technologically
sophisticated  waste  disposal  and
treatment  operations.  As  a conse-
quence,  waste  treatment  costs are
relatively      high       (landfill;
$50 - 150/t:  incineration:  $180 -
700/t)  thus  creating  a   substan-
tial  incentive  for  waste  produ-
cers  to  ship their  wastes  to sur-
rounding  states or  countries  with
lower   treatment   standards   and
costs.  For this reason,  waste ex-
ports   are  generally    forbidden}
the  use  of the  above mentioned fa-
cilities  is  compulsory  with  only
a  few exceptions  granted for some
existing   waste   treatment  sites
operated    by    large    companies.
                                    368

-------
Facilities
     The   two   Bavarian  hazardous
waste    management   organizations
have  integrated  treatment  facili-
ties consisting  of rotary kiln in-
cinerators,   chemical-physical  as
well  as  water  emulsion  treatment
plants  and  landfills.  Each facili-
ty  is  assigned  approximately one
third   of   the   total   hazardous
waste  (ca.  400  000 t/year)  sent
for   disposal.   ZVSMM    runs   two
hazardous   waste   landfills;   the
first  (A),  with  a  volume  of one
million   m3   (1.31  x  103  yds3),
opened  in 1966  and is  now almost
full.   Its   ground   liner   consists
of   compacted   clay   of  varying
thickness    and     quality,    the
profile  of  which  shows  a couple
of  sinks  into which  the  leachate
is  collected  via  an area  drainage
system   combined  with   perforated
gathering   tubes  from  which  the
leachate    is    pumped   off.   At
certain   stages   of  development,
the   landfill   was  equipped  with
intermediate  clay   liners   with
independent    drainage     systems.
Over    all,    the   structure   of
Landfill  A  is  a good  example of
the  evolving  concepts  of  security
measures    for    this    type   of
disposal  over  the  last  20 years.
Landfill  B,  with  a total volume
of  0.8   million   m3 (1.05 x 103
yds3)  which  opened in  1985,  con-
sists  of  an artificially  compact-
ed  clay  liner  of  2  m  (6.5  ft.)
thickness  with  an  inclination  of
3%.  A system  of  drainage and  gath-
ering   tubes  under  the  liner  is
sloped  to  drain  the  leachate to-
wards   the  lowest  point  of  the
landfill.  In order  to meet advanc-
ed  demands  of security,  the  parts
of  the  landfill scheduled  to open
in  the  future  will  be  equipped
with  an  additional  high  density
polyethylene   film   (HOPE)    liner,
and  a multibarrier  leachate  gath-
ering  tube   system  which   should
make repairs much easier.
     From   the   beginning  of  the
Bavarian  waste  management scheme,
it   was   required   that  organic
wastes   must   be  incinerated  in-
stead  of landfilled.  An  exception
to  this was  landfill A  of ZVSMM,
which  had  to accept  organic waste
until  the  incinerator was  complet-
ed  in  1981.  It  was recognized ver-
y  early however  that some bending
of  this  rule  would   be   required,
since  some  predominantly  inorgan-
ic  wastes  with  some  organics pres-
ent  (for  example,  flocculants   in
plating  sludges),  or soils contam-
inated  with  very low levels of or-
ganics  could  not  be economically
incinerated  and  would  have  to   be
landfilled.  As   a  result  Landfills
B  of  ZVSMM and  C  of GSB  both have
organic contaminants  in  them.
     Special  precautions  are  tak-
en with  inorganic wastes and  resi-
dues  having  high  water extracta-
bility.   Water  extractable   salts
or  heavy  metals  are  treated  with
special  care;  they  are usually  en-
capsulated     in    special     clay
lenses,  or  in  drums placed in  box-
like  concrete  structures.   Highly
toxic  wastes are placed  in a  high
security   below  ground  landfill,
an abandoned salt mine.
     Characteristics  of the  leach-
ates from  the three Bavarian  land-
fills  are  shown  in  Table  1.  The
differences   in  the  leachates  may
                                    369

-------
 be  attributed   to   the  aforemen-
 tioned   changing  disposal   prac-
 tices  and  to   the   fact  that  the
 amounts and  types  of wastes  depo-
 sited changed  both  with  time,  and
 with  the type   of  products  being
 manufactured  while   each  landfill
 was  in  operation.   The  following
 sequence  of   conventional   treat-
 ments was used  on the leachates:
 o   Mixing the  leachate with  emul-
    sions   in   an   emulsion  separa-
    tion   plant to  extract  organ-
    ics,    breaking   the   resulting
    emulsion   and   incinerating  the
    organic phase.  This  is  accom-
    plished  by  acidification   and
    addition of FeCl5/AlCl3.

 o   Addition  of NaOH  and  polyelec-
    trolytes.

 o   Sedimentation    and    filtration
    on  a   precoated  rotating   drum
    filter,  incinerating   the   fil-
    ter cake.

 o   Send  aqueous  phase  to  munici-
    pal treatment plant.

 One must  note that  water  soluble
 salts  and minor amounts  of organ-
 ics are   present   in   the   aqueous
 discharge  sent  to  the  treatment
 system.
EVAPORATION FACILITY
     The  volume  and  characteris-
tics  of the  wastewater  discharged
suggested   that  concentration  of
the  aqueous  waste  by  evaporation
would  be advantageous.  Results of
a  pilot plant  study on  this  type
of  leachate,  and  knowledge   that
evaporation  was  widely  practiced
 in  the  chemical  industry  prompted
 ZV5MM  to build  a leachate  concen-
 tration  facility  (LCF)  at  a  cost
 of   about   §3.000.000,   at   least
 half  of  which was  contributed  by
 the   Bavarian   state   government.
 The  LCF went  into   operation  in
 May  1986,   and  was   designed  to
 treat   3.6   m3/h   (15.8  gpm)   or
 21000  m3  (5,555,000  gal./yr.)  of
 landfill  leachate operating on  an
 3  shift  basis.  Energy was   sup-
 plied  from  steam produced  by  the
 hazardous waste incinerator.

     A   simplified  flow sheet  of
 the LCF  is  shown in  Fig. 1.  Prin-
 cipal   steps   in   its  operation
 are:

          PRETREATJCNT

     The  leachate  is  made   alka-
 line,  and preheated  by a graphite
 heat   exchanger   before    passing
 down  the  multiplate  steam  strip-
 ping ,  column.   Overhead  vapor   is
 condensed,  and separates  into  or-
 ganic  and  aqueous  phases.  Sulfu-
 ric  acid is  added  to convert  am-
 monia  to  ammonium  sulfate,   which
 is collected and later batch  dis-
 tilled.  The non-condensable  frac-
 tion  of  the  overhead  vapor   and
 the organic  phase are sent  to  the
 incinerator.

           EVAPORATION

     In  American  engineering prac-
 tice,   the unit operations perform-
 ed here   would be called multiple
 effect  evaporation.   In  this   case
 two  effects or   stages  are  used,
as  illustrated  in  Fig.  1.   Feed
 from  the  stripper  ist  preheated
by   condensate   from   the   first
stage heat  exchanger, then  is in-
jected   into  the  forced  circula-
tion  evaporator.  Steam at  140° C
                                    370

-------
heats  the  liquid,  and  a  portion
of  it  is  flashed to  vapor  which
passes   overhead.   The   remaining
liquid  is  continously   circulated
by  the  pump   shown  at  the  bottom
of  the  evaporator body;  after  the
desired  concentration  is  reached,
a portion  of  the  liquid  is  divert-
ed  to  the  second  stage.  While  the
first   stage   operated  at   atmos-
pheric   pressure,   this  stage   is
maintained  under  a  partial  vacuum
(0.75 bar  or  7 psia)  causing  the
water  to   boil  at  80°C   (176°F),
allowing   one   to   use  the   vapor
from the  first  stage  for heating.
The  corrosive  nature  of  the  feed
requires that  both of the heat  ex-
changers  be made  of  graphite,  and
the  vessels and pumps  of  Hastel-
loy R C.   The   exhaust   from   the
vacuum  pump  and  tank  vents   are
passed  to  the incinerator.  Distil-
late quality  is  such that  it  can
be  used  for other purposes in  the
integrated  hazardous  waste  facili-
ty.

Solid Residues

     A  tube   pump  removes   solid
containing     concentrate     from
stage 2  continuously.   After   de-
watering in a decanter,  the near-
ly  dry  crystalline solid is  trans-
ferred  automatically   into   large
bags  which   are  deposited  in  a
clay  lense  in  Landfill  A.  This
should  minimize  the chance  of  re-
extraction into the leachate.

        NEGATIVE ASPECTS

General

     The LCF  has  not been  able to
run  continuously  and  at  full  ca-
pacity   due to  two major  factors:
insufficient  quantities  of  steam
(which   should  be  corrected  when
 installation  of  a new  incinerator
 is   completed)   and   lack   of  ade-
 quately  trained  manpower.  As  new
 problems   arise,  we  shall   point
 them out,  to  demonstrate  the  dif-
 ficulties  inherent  in  introducing
 a new  treatment  technology.

 Pumps

     The   majority   of   unscheduled
 shutdowns  were  due  to  pump  fail-
 ures.   In   particular,    silicate
 type packing  rings  were  attacked
 by    the    concentrated    alkaline
 leachate  and  salt  residues.   Re-
 placement   of   the  packings   with
 the  new  carborundum  fiber type  is
 expected   to  overcome   this   prob-
 lem.

 Foaming

     Frequently,    under   certain
 conditions,   violent   foaming   of
 the  boiling  liquid  in  both  evapo-
 rator  stages  occur.  Carrying  liq-
 uid  over by  the foam then  contami-
 nates  the  distillate,,   requiring
 reprocessing  an  entire  batch  un-
 less  caught  early  enough.  The  a-
 mount  of foam  appears to  be  relat-
 ed  to  the  extent of  scale  forma-
 tion  on  the  evaporator  surfaces,
 since  immediately  after  they  are
 cleaned,   much   less  foam  is   ap-
 parent.   ZVSMM   is   experimenting
with  different  types  of   antifoam
 agents,  but  none  has  been   com-
pletely    satisfactory.    In    ad-
 dition,   the   antifoaming  agents
are  suspected  of  increasing   TOC
of  the  distillates by  being part-
 ly carried over the vapor.

Scaling

     Scale formation  in the strip-
ping  column   consists   mainly   of
precipitated   .carbonates,   which
                                   371

-------
can  be  easily removed  by flushing
the   column   with   amidosulfonic
(sulfamic)  acid  every  second day.
The  2-3  hours  required   for this
operation  does  not  require shut-
ting  down the evaporation  stages,
as   there  is  sufficient   storage
capacity  in  the  storage  tanks for
stripped  leachate  to keep the eva-
porator   stages    operating.  When
the  evaporators  are  operated dis-
continuously,  scale  formation  in
the  heat  exchanger  tubes  becomes
more  of  a  problem  then when  in
continous  operation;  this is espe-
cially evident in stage 2.

     As  scale builds up,  the tem-
perature  differences  between  the
stages  and circulation  pump pres-
sure  both  increase  and  evapora-
tion  rate  decreases,  as  about   a
third  of the  tubes  clog  up. This
scale  is also quite easily  remov-
ed  by flushing  with sulfamic acid
twice a  week.

RESULTS  AND DISCUSSION

Distillate

      Analyses  of   distillate were
made  every  day  for 23  days; the
results  are shown  in Table  2. Max-
imum,  minimum,  and  average  values
of   characteristic   components  are
compared with those guaranteed by
the  manufacturer  of the  LCF. Re-
moval of phenols   does   not meet
these guarantees;  their  concentra-
tion  in  the  distillate appears to
depend  on  phenol  concentration  in
the  leachate. Chemical  oxygen de-
mand  (COD) has  also often  exceed-
ed  the  guaranteed  value. This may
be  partially  due   to fractions  of
the  antifoaming agents  being car-
ried  over in  the  distillate. Dis-
tillate  from the leachate of Land-
fill A  often  has  an organic phase
on  top  of  the  water  layer.  This
organic  layer  was never  observed
during  the 2  years  pilot  study,
which  was  done mainly  on  leachate
from  Landfill  C,  however.  Addi-
tion  of  an  efficient  oil  separa-
tor  has  removed  this  organic lay-
er.

     As  one would expect,  inorgan-
ic  components are almost complete-
ly   absent   from  the  distillate.
The  exception is  ammonium,  as in-
dicated  in Table  2.

Solid residues

     LCF  produces a  solid  residue
which  contains about  1% of  water
and  is  of   crystalline  to  pasty
consistency   depending  on  pH  and
the  operating mode of  the  decant-
er.  At  pH  values below  11.5,  the
residue   appears  crystalline;  a-
bove  pH  11.5,  a  pasty  material or
a  dry,  but rather hygroscopic res-
idue  is  produced  according  to the
way  the  decanting  unit is operat-
ed.

     Evaporation  of the neutraliz-
ed  condensate of the stripper col-
umn  yields practically pure  ammo-
nium  sulfate  which may be  used in
appropriate   chemical  or metallur-
gical    processes.   Unexpectedly,
the  organic  content  of  the  resi-
due  does  not exceed a rather low
1%,  eliminating  the  need   for  an
operation  to  remove  tarry  organic
residues  which  was   included  in
the  original  design.

General  performance

     With   the  experience   accumu-
lated  since  May  1986, it  can be
safely  stated  that  over-all per-
formance  of   LCF  at  ZVSMM   meets
our expectations.  Availability is
                                    372

-------
 up to  a  remarkable 75%  ,  a rather
 satisfactory  value  for  the  first
 months  of  operating   a  facility
 transferred  from  pilot   to  full
 scale  for  the first time.  The en-
 ergy   consumption   -  about  0.75  t
 of steam  per  t of leachate - re-
 mains  in  the  range  calculated and
 guaranteed  by the equipment  sup-
 plier. The  removal efficiency for
 the   diverse  leachate   components
 may be generally  considered satis-
 factory.

      Some  of  the  problems  present-
 ly encountered  may  well  be  over-
 come   in  the  future when   the  LCF
 is operated  continuously   and  at
 full  capacity.
 FURTHER RESEARCH

      There  ist  immediate need  for
 research on  foaming,  and  possible
 means  to  overcome   it.   Another
 high  priority  problem is  that  of
 phenolic  an   other   organic   com-
pound  carry  over  in  the  distil-
late.  Some corrosion  of  pumps has
been   observed,   and    this   too
should  be  investigated  and  solv-
ed.  It  was  recognized   from the
beginning  that  the  graphite  heat
exchangers  would  be   both  expen-
sive and  hard  to  maintain.  Corro-
sion   samples   of  four   different
alternate   materials   were  placed
in  bypasses   in  the  circulating
leachate  lines  in order  to  deter-
mine if  the graphite  could  be re-
placed by one of them.

     In  addition  to   its   contri-
bution to  the  capital  cost  of the
LCF  by  the  Bavarian  state,  the
Federal   German  EPA   is   funding
part of  the cost  of  a 2 year re-
search  program  aimed  at ; optimiz-
ing  the  performance  of  the  proc-
ess.   In   addition,   these    funds
will also be  used to  investigate
the  possibilities  of  concentrat-
ing  aqueous  wastes  from   sources
other  than  landfill  leachates  in
the LCF.
Table 1; Average Concentrations  in  the Leachates
Parameter
conductivity
COD
phenol
ammonium
chloride
sulphate
heavy metals
Unit
us/cm
mg02/l
mg/1
mg/1
mg/1
mg/1
mg/1
Landfills A
47 480
10 050
37.5
934
8 625
16 759
43.54
B
25 890
720
1.8
_
3 760
12 510
778.75
C
72 000
3 630
19
920 .
32 220
59 040
6.75
Table 2; Quality of Distillate, Guarantees,  Removal  Efficiencies
parameter
conductivity
phenols
TOC
COD
ammonium
unit
us/cm
mg/1
mgC/1
mg02/l
mg/1
min.
70
0.63
48.8
227
1.3
max.
400
27.4
168
508
282
average
158
7.68
100.5
334
43.4
guarant.
225
1.5
135
300
70
removal (%)
99
76.5
90
93
96
DISCLAIMER

The  work  described  in  this   paper  was  not  funded  by  the  U.S.
Environmental  Protection  Agency.   The  contents  do  not  necessarily
reflect  the  views  of  the  Agency and  no official  endorsement should
be inferred.
                                    373

-------
u.
Q
 0)
 
-------
          PILOT-SCALE INCINERATION OF A DIOXIN-CONTAINING MATERIAL

                   Larry R. Water!and, Robert W. Ross,  II,
                   Thomas H. Backhouse, Ralph H. Vocque,
                             and Johannes W. Lee
                             Acurex Corporation
                        Combustion Research Facility
                         Jefferson, Arkansas  72079

                            Robert E. Mournighan
                    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
               Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
                           Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                                   ABSTRACT
A series  of three  tests  directed at  evaluating the  incinerability   of the
toluene  stillbottoms waste from trichlorophenol  production   previously  gener-
ated by the Vertac Chemical Company were performed in the Combustion Research
Facility  (CRF) rotary kiln incineration system.    This  waste contained  37 ppm
2,3,7,8-TCDO as its principal  organic hazardous constituent  (POHC).   Flue gas
2,3,7,8-TCDD levels  were  less  than  detectable at   all  locations  sampled.
Corresponding  incinerator destruction  and removal   efficiencies   (DREs) were
greater than 99.9997 percent,  based on individual sampling train analyses.  By
analyzing combined extracts  from four  simultaneous  sampling trains,   it was
concluded that  2,3,7,8-TCDD  DRE was  indeed greater than   99.9999  percent.
These  results suggest that  land-based incineration   of the  Vertac  waste is
capable of  achieving the required  DRE and  should be considered   a treatment
option for this waste.
INTRODUCTION

     One  of the primary  functions of
the Environmental  Protection Agency's
(EPA)  Combustion   Research  Facility
(CRF) is to perform incineration test-
ing of troublesome hazardous wastes to
support  decisions  regarding  whether
incineration is a proper  waste treat-
ment  and disposal option.   One class
of  such wastes is  those contaminated
with    2,3,7,8-tetra-chlorodibenzo-p-
dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD or dioxin).
     One   well-established,   highly
dioxin-contaminated waste is the tol-
uene  stillbottoms   from  trichloro-
phenol  production  previously gener-
ated and currently being  stored, un-
til a decision  regarding appropriate
treatment and disposal  is reached,  at
the  Vertac   Chemical    Company   in
Jacksonville,  Arkansas.   The gener-
ator is currently  considering onsite
incineration in a  mobile incinerator
system as  an avenue for  disposal  of
this  waste  and  wishes  to  have   a
                                     375

-------
permit for a trial burn issued.    The
primary  objective of  the  tests re-
ported  herein  is  to  evaluate  the
incinerability of the  Vertac toluene
still bottoms  waste   by  determining
whether 99.9999 percent ORE  could be
achieved, as required by current reg-
ulations.  Results of these incinera-
tion tests could, in turn, be used to
support any subsequent permit decisi-
on.

     All tests were performed  in the
CRF rotary kiln  incineration system.
The rotary  kiln  incineration system,
at the CRF consists of a  rotary kiln
primary combustion  chamber,  a fired
afterburner,  and a primary  air pol-
lution control system consisting of a
venturi scrubber,  wetted  elbow, and
packed tower scrubber.   In addition,
a backup air pollution control system
(ARCS)  consisting  of  a  carbon-bed
absorber  and  a HEPA
place.   The  primary
considered reflective
exist  in  an  actual
industrial  incinerator.   The backup
system is in place to  ensure organic
pollutant  and  particulate emissions
to  the  atmosphere  are  negligible.
Results  of the tests  are summarized
in this paper.
 PURPOSE

     As   noted above, the  purpose of
 the  tests was  to  specifically  de-
 termine   whether   the  still bottoms
 waste  could  be incinerated in a well-
 operated  rotary    kiln  incinerator,
 giving 99.9999 percent  dioxin  ORE,
 with    no    contaminated   residual
 streams.
 filter   is  in
 APCS might  be
 of what might
 commercial  or
      The test  program
 sisted  of  a   total
 burns.   These trial
 of the following:
 performed con-
of  four  trial
burns consisted
                          A blank burn  with  the  incin-
                          erator fired   with auxiliary
                          fuel  (propane)   only   to es-
                          tablish  background emission
                          levels of pollutants of con-
                          cern

                          A mini burn of short duration
                          (4 hours)  with waste fired
                          at  nominally  17  kg/hr   (38
                          Ib/hr)  to demonstrate  the
                          ability to feed and inciner-
                          ate  the waste  and to gain
                          experience with the sampling
                          protocols specified

                          Two full waste test burns  of
                          nominally  10-hour duration
                          with  the  waste   fired   at
                          about 10  and  18  kg/hr   (22
                          and 39 Ib/hr) to specifical-
                          ly address  the  test  objec-
                          tives
APPROACH

     For  these tests,  waste  was  in-
troduced at the feed face  through  the
front  face lance  with a diaphragm-
type pump, while auxiliary fuel  (pro-
pane)  was  fired  through a   burner
located at  the transfer duct   end of
the kiln.   The afterburner was also
fired with auxiliary fuel.

     For all four tests,  propane  was
fired in the kiln and the  afterburner
to maintain the kiln at about  1800°F
and the afterburner at  about 2000°F.
For the tests with waste  feed, feed-
rates  fluctuated over a  wide  range,
with   mean  rates  of  17 kg/hr  (38
Ib/hr)  for  the  miniburn;  10 kg/hr
(22 Ib/hr)  for the first   full burn;
and 18 kg/hr (39 Ib/hr) for  the sec-
ond full burn.

     System residence times were cal-
culated based on  volumetric  flowrate
                                      376

-------
measurements using   a   helium  tracer
system   (2)  and  the  assumption that
the kiln and afterburner chamber tem-
peratures were isothermal.   The cal-
culated  residence  time  in  the kiln
main  chamber  was  5.7  sec  for   the
blank burn,  5.3 sec for the miniburn,
and  4.9  and  6.0  sec  for  the   two
still bottoms waste  full burns.  Resi-
dence   times in the  afterburner were
2.1, 1.9,  1.8, and  2.3 sec   for  the
respective tests.

     The generic   composition   of  the
toluene still bottoms  waste  based on
previous data developed by the Vertac
Chemical Company  (3) and the physical
characteristics of the waste based on
analysis performed on a sample of  the
waste   at   the   CRF  are   given   in
Table  1.  The waste was also analyzed
Table 1.  Still bottoms waste generic
           composition (3)  and physi-
           cal  characteristics.
                  for  the organic  and  trace   element
                  priority   pollutants.    Results  of
                  these analyses  are given  in  Table 2.
                  Specific analyses  for  the Principal
                  Organic Hazardous  Constituent (POHC)
                  in the  waste,   2,3,7,8-TCDD,  showed
                  that  it  contained  37 ppm   of  this
                  compound.

                       The  combustion   gas  generated
                  during  each  test  was  monitored  at
                  various  locations in the   system for
                  CO,  C02 02,   NOX,  total hydrocarbon
                  (THC), HC1,   particulate,   and  trace
                  semi volatile  organic  compounds, most
                  importantly   2,3,7,8-TCDD.    In addi-
                  tion,  grab  samples were   obtained of
                  the  waste  feed, the  scrubber system
                  blowdown liquid, and the  ash  collect-
                  ed  in the  ash pit during   the tests.
                  Ambient  air sampling,   both   in  the
                  high-bay incinerator  room and  in the
                  outside vicinity of the  CRF  was also
                      Table 2.  Composition of the
                                 still bottoms waste.
        Compound
Concentration
  (percent)
                                                       Component
                                                                         Concentration9
                                                                           (ppm, wt)
Methanol
Toluene
Dichlorobenzenes
Tri chlorobenzenes
2,4,5-trichloroanisole
Na-trichlorophenol
Di chl oromethoxybenzene
2,4,5-T, Na salt

Parameter
1
8
1.5
1.5
56
7
16
7
Value
(percent)
 Bulk  density, g/ml            1.37
 Loss  on drying, percent     13.2
 Ash                            5.1
 Heating value, MJ/kg        16.11
                 (Btu/lb)  (6945)
                                            Volatile organic priority pollutants

                                            Methylene chloride                     277 ,
                                            Toluene                          159,000
                                            All other volatile organic priority          NDa
                                              pollutants

                                            SemlvolatHe organic priority pollutants

                                            1,2-dichlorobenzene                   2,690
                                            1,2,4-trichlorobenzene                 3>4i°
                                            All other base/neutral semi volatile          N0°
                                              priority pollutants
                                            All other acid semlvolatlle priority         NDC
                                              pollutants

                                            Trace Elements

                                            Lead, Pb                            *.
                                            All other Appendix VII! trace elements      NDa
                   aND  denotes not  detected at  detection limits ranging
                    from,40 to 110 ppm.
                   bNU denotes not detected at a detection  limit  of 500
                    pDfTI*
                   CND  denotes not  detected at  detection limits ranging
                    from 100 to 500 ppm.
                   dND  denotes not  detected at  detection, limits ranging
                    from 1 to 10 ppm.
                                           377

-------
performed.   Figure 1 summarizes  the
sampling locations and types  of sam-
ples obtained.

     Waste samples were  analyzed for
2,3,7,8-TCDD  by  dilution,  cleanup,
and high  resolution   gas  chromato-
graphy/low  resolution  mass spectro-
metry (HRGC/LRMS);  for  the halogen-
ated volatile organic priority pollu-
tants  by dilution,  purge  and  trap
GC/electron capture detector (ECD) in
accordance with Method  8010 (4); for
the  semi volatile   organic  priority
pollutants by dilution,  cleanup, and
HRGC/LRMS in  accordance  with Method
8270 (4); and for the priority pollu-
tant trace elements by acid digestion
and   atomic   absorption  techniques
(4).

     Kiln ash and blowdown water sam-
ples were analyzed for polychlorinat-
ed   dibenzo-p-dioxins   (PCDDs)  and
polychlorinated dibenzofurans (PCDFs)
of chlorine substitution 4 through 8,
and for 2,3,7,8-TCDD, by  benzene ex-
traction,  extract  concentration and
cleanup, and HRGC/LRMS.

     .Slowdown water samples were also
analyzed for the halogenated volatile
organic priority „pollutants  by purge
and  trap GC/ECD  in  accordance with
Method 8010 (4); for the semi volatile
organic priority  pollutants  by ben-
zene  extraction,  extract concentra-
tion,  and  HRGC/LRMS  in  accordance
with  Method 8270 (4);  and  for  the
priority pollutant trace  elements by
atomic absorption (4).

     Modified Method  5  (MM5)   train
samples were  benzene  extracted, ex-
tracts for all train  components com-
bined, concentrated, and subjected to
extract    cleanup    procedures (1).
These extracts were then analyzed for
2,3,7,8-TCDD by HRGC/LRMS.   In addi-
tion, extracts for the  four simulta-
neous MM5 trains  operated downstream
of the  scrubber system  for  the two



Roury
kiln
T
Afterburner
T
VcntuH
tcnuxw/
•etted
elt>o»


Picked
towr
scnnber
11 1 1
1
Carton
10*6
filter
1
HEPA
filter
1
               (2)
                   (3)
                             (4)
                                        (5)
                                            (6)
                                                   (7)
Sampling
point
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Description
Waste feed
Kiln ash
Kiln exit flue gas
Afterburner exit flue gas
Scrubber blowdown
Scrubber discharge flue gas
Carbon bed exit flue gas
Stack flue gas
Grab CO, C0£
sample 02, NOX HC1
X
X

X
X
X

X-
MM5 for
THC TCDD


X
X

X X
X
X
            Figure 1.  Summary of the general  sampling protocol.
                                     378

-------
full-burn  tests  were  combined  and
analyzed for  2,3,7,8-TCDD  in accor-
dance with Method 8280  (4).. The sam-
ples from  this area  of  the system,
the  "virtual stack" are  very impor-
tant since these data will  be used to
design future systems.
PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     Significant problems  were expe-
rienced with attaining  and maintain-
ing  waste feed  throughout  the test
program.   Specific problems included
continued feed lance clogging, due to
carbon  buildup  (coking of  the waste
material),  in the  lance,  with pump
check  valve seal  failure,  and with
the ability to pump waste.   The feed
lance clogging problem was  solved by
cofeeding  water with  the  waste  so
that when the lance clogged  it would
heat and vaporize the  water, thereby
clearing the clog.   Feed line  clog-
ging  and check  valve  seal sticking
were temporarily  solved  by cleaning
all feed line components with solvent
(toluene).   However, in  retrospect,
the choice  of a  diaphragm  pump for
this  waste was  inappropriate.   The
waste was  waxy  and  very  viscous at
room temperature.  Only at about 95°C
(200°F) would it flow sufficiently to
be considered  pumpable.   Hot  water
heating  coils were  immersed  in the
waste  for   these   tests;  however,
pumping problems persisted.   Perhaps
a  pump of another design, such  as  a
progressive cavity  pump,  would have
provided better  service.
RESULTS

      Levels  of   02,  C02,  CO,  and NOX
in the   flue gas  at  the afterburner
exit  and  in the stack for  the four
tests performed  are  summarized  in
Table 3.   As shown8  all tests  were
performed  at high  excess  air; flue
gas Q£   was  in   the   10 to 17 percent
range in the afterburner exit  and in
the  13 to 17 percent  range  in  the
stack.  CO emissions were always low,
<10 ppm, as were NOX levels, <30 ppm.
Table 3  also notes the  HC1 emission
rates for those tests for which these
were measured.  For the mini burn, the
HC1 emission rate was  0.45 kg/hr, as
measured by the continuous  HC1 moni-
tor  in the  scrubber  discharge; for
the first full burn, the HC1 emission
rate was 0.25 kg/hr, as measured both
by  the HC1  monitor and  by  the MM5
trains operated at the  scrubber dis-
charge.   Both of these are less than
the CRF permit level of 0.5 kg/hr.

     Particulate levels  at  both the
kiln and afterburner exit  were quite
low  during the background  burn with
propane  fuel  alone,   as  expected.
Flue  gas particulate levels  for the
tests  with waste  feed  were  highly
variable  and ranged from  several to
several hundred mg/dscm.  Particulate
levels in the scrubber discharge were
as high as 340 mg/dscm for  one test.
Due  to technical factors,  and since
 Table 3.  Emission monitor and  HC1
           emission rate data.
                            First  Second
             Background         full    full
               burn    Miniburn  burn    burn
Parameters
Afterburner exit:
0? (percent)
COg (percent)
CO (ppm)
NOX (ppm)
9/4/85
15
8
	 a
30
9/9/85
12
7
20
9/20/85
10
4
10
9/21/85
17
4
20
E-duct:

 HC1 (kg/hr)
   Continuous
   Analyzer
   MH5 train

Stack:

 Og (percent)
 CO? (percent)
 CO (ppm)
 NOX (ppm)
                17
                7
                      0.45
18
 3

30
       0.25

       0.25
13
 8
                                         8—denotes monitor not operating or measurement not made.
                                      379

-------
the 02  monitor at this  location was
not operating properly at the time of
the test, accurate  figures corrected
to  7 percent Q£  cannot  be  derived
from the raw data.  Since results are
uncertain, further  work  on measure-
ment of  particulate  emissions  from
dioxin contaminated waste is needed.

     Particulate  emissions   at  the
system stack (after the  HEPA filter)
were  also indicated  as  being  much
higher than anticipated.   The values
are 5 to 15 times higher  than design
values and  are,  therefore, suspect.
Further  testing is needed  to deter-
mine the  nature and  source  of  the
particulate,  if they  are  indeed as
high as indicated.

     Table 4 summarizes  the 2,3,7,8-
TCDD emission levels measured at var-
ious  locations  in  the  incinerator
system  for each  of the  tests.   As
shown in  the table, flue  gas levels
of 2,3,7,8-TCDD were less than method
detection limits at all locations for
all tests.   These levels  correspond
to the  ORE values noted  in Table 4.
Two  sets of ORE values are  noted in
the table for the  scrubber discharge
and stack  locations.   These  corre-
spond  to two  different  measures of
flue gas flowrate.   One of these was
based  on a  helium  tracer injection
system; the  other was  based  on the
MM5 train velocity measurements.  The
data in Table 4 suggest that 2,3,7,8-
TCDD  ORE was generally  greater than
99.9997 percent in the  scrubber dis-
charge, which would likely correspond
to the  stack of an  actual  hazardous
waste incinerator.

     Method detection limits were not
low enough to establish  that greater
than 99.9999 percent DRE was achieved
either  in the scrubber  discharge or
at the system stack.   Therefore, the
extracts  from the  four  MM5  trains
operated at  the  scrubber  discharge
for  the  two  full-burn  tests  were
combined and reanalyzed in an attempt
to achieve  better  detection limits.
Calculated  2,3,7,8-TCDD  levels  and
corresponding    2,3,7,8-TCDD   DREs,
based on the combined  extract analy-
ses  for  the second  full  burn  are
given in Table 5.   The data  for the
second  full burn  clearly  show that
greater than 99.9999 percent  DRE was
achieved.  The extracts for the first
full burn were spiked with  an order-
of-magnitude higher level  of recovery
standard than appropriate by the off-
site   laboratory   which  originally
analyzed  the  individual   train  ex-
tracts.   As  a  consequence,  method
detection  limits   corresponding  to
ng/dscm of  flue gas were  not better
than for the individual  train analy-
sis data, as summarized in Table 4.

     The  kiln ash  and  the scrubber
blowdown water from this  entire test
series  was analyzed  for  PCDDs  and
PCDF  of   chlorine   substitution  4
through 8.  The kiln ash samples were
generally devoid of PCDDs and PCDF to
detection limits  ranging  from  3 to
40 ppt.    Similarly,  the   scrubber
blowdown  samples were devoid  of all
PCDDs  and  PCDFs;  except  octa-CDDs
which were present at 0.07 ppt.  This
is not surprising since octa-CDDs are
relatively  common  in  environmental
samples,  and the level  measured was
quite low.

     The  scrubber blowdown  was also
analyzed  for the  organic  and trace
element priority pollutants.   No or-
ganic priority pollutant  was present
in  the blowdown  at  levels  greater
than  10 ppb.   In addition,  none of
the  trace elements  was  present  at
concentrations which would  cause the
blowdown  water to  be  considered EP
(Extraction Procedure) toxic.   Based
on all analytical data,  the blowdown
would  not be considered  a hazardous
waste.
                                     380

-------
                  Table  4.  2,3,7,8-TCDD  emissions  and ORE

Date and test
Mini burn
Kiln exit:
Afterburner
exit:
First Full Burn
K1ln exit:
Afterburner
exit:
Scrubber system
discharge:
Stack:
Second Full Burn
Kiln exit:
Afterburner
exit:
Scrubber system
discharge:
Stack:

<
location

Train 1
Train 2
Train 1
Train 2

Train 1
Train 2
Average
Train 1
Train 2
Top train
Bottom train
Left train
Right train
Average
East train
South train
Average

Train 1
Train 2
Train 1
Train 2
Average
Top Train
Bottom train
Left train
Right train
East train
South train
Average

,3,7,8-TCDD
missions
(ng/dscm)

<0.74
<"

<0.55
<0.17
<3.8
<0.43
<0.51
<2.5
<0.55
<2.3

<6.4
<3.9
<2.8
99.99995
>99. 99991
>99.9984
,>99.9986

>99. 99992
>99. 99998
>99. 99903
>99. 99967
>99. 99982
>99. 99979
>99. 99896
>99.99977
>99. 99907
>99. 99945

>99. 99964
>99.99988
>99. 99956
>99. 99969
>99. 99969
>99. 99967
>99. 99864
>99. 99988
>99. 99975
>99.99973
3RE (percent)
Based
on flue gas
velocity






>99. 99987
>99. 99985
>99. 99925
>99.99983
>99. 99916
>99. 99951



>99. 99974
>99. 99973
>99. 99970
>99. 999897
>99. 99974
>99. 99973
Table 5.   2,3,7,8-TCDD emissions and  ORE  based  on combined  scrubber
            discharge  train  extracts
                                                    2,3,7,8-TCDD ORE
                  Test date
2,3,7,8-TCDD emissions    Based on   Based on flue
     (ng/dscn)       helium tracer gas velocity
               Full burn 9/21/86
                                   <0.066
                                                >99.999989
                                                            >99.999991
                                         381

-------
      In summary, a series of inciner-
 ation experiments was  performed with
 the Vertac Chemical  Company's toluene
 stillbottoms  waste  from  trichloro-
 phenol  production.  This  waste is one
 of the more well known of the dioxin-
 contaminated wastes presently  in ex-
 istence.   Samples of the  waste tested
 in this study contained an average of
 37 ppm 2,3,7,8-TCDD (37 yg/g).   Three
 incineration tests were  performed in
 the CRF rotary kiln incineration sys-
 tem with  a nominal waste   feedrate of
 20 kg/hr.

      With   regard  to  the  principal
 objectives  of these tests,   the fol-
 lowing  can be concluded:

      •    2,3,7,8-TCDD  ORE,   based on
         the  combined extracts from
         the  four MM5 trains  in the
         scrubber    discharge,    was
         greater than 99.9999 percent
         for one test.  For  the  other
         test,  method  detection lim-
         its  prevented  quantitating
         that  better  than  99.9998
         percent ORE was  achieved.

      •   Accurate   determination  of
         particulate emissions at the
         virtual   stack   and system
         stack    was   not   achieved.
         Further  research   is needed
         to   obtain    data    on    the
         amount,   nature,  and source
         of    particulate    emissions
         from these  sources.

      •   HC1  emissions  in the virtual
         stack   ranged  from 0.2 to
         0.45  kg/hr.   These results
         are less  than  both   the RCRA
         standard  of  1.8  kg/hr,  and
         the CRF permit limit of 0.5
         kg/hr.
         Scrubber blowdown
         acteristies  which
         to be delisted as
         ous waste.
has char-
 allow it
a hazard-
                 The conclusions suggest that in-
            cineration  should  be  considered  a
            viable  treatment  method   for  this
            stillbottoms waste, given that appro-
            priate safeguards are employed.   The
            data in  this study  confirm  that an
            incinerator,  operating  under proper
            conditions, can achieve  greater than
            99.9999 percent DRE for 2,3,7,8-TCDD,
            with HC1 emissions below  the regula-
            tory limit.
            ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

                 The work reported in  this paper
            was  supported  by   EPA's  Hazardous
            Waste Environmental   Research Labora-
            tory under  EPA  Contracts 68-03-3128
            and  68-03-3267.   The  guidance  and
            support  of the  former  EPA  Project
            Officer, Richard A.  Carnes, is grate-
            fully acknowledged.

            REFERENCES

            1.  American  Society  of Mechanical
                Engineers, 1984,   Analytical
                Procedures to Assay  Stack Efflu-
                ent Samples and   Residual  Combus-
                tion Products for Polychlorinated
                Dibenzo-p-dioxins   (PCDDs)    and
                Polychlorinated      Dibenzofurans
                (PCDFs), ASME Environmental  Stan-
                dards Workshop,  September 18.

            2.  Carnes, R. A. and F.  C. Whitmore,
                1984, Characterization of the  Ro-
                tary Kiln Incineration  System at
                the  USEPA   Combustion  Research
                Facility  (CRF), Hazardous Waste.
                Vol. 1, No. 2, p 225.

            3.  Federal  Register,   Vol.  51,   No.
                106, June  3, 1986,   pp   19850-
                19863.
                                        4.
Test Methods for Evaluating Solid
Waste:   Physical/Chemical   Meth-
ods, EPA SW-846,  2nd  ed.,  July
1982.
                                Disclaimer
This paper has been reviewed in accordance with  the  U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency peer and administrative review policies and approved for
presentation and publication.
                                      382 •

-------
                      SUPERCRITICAL FLUID EXTRACTION AND CATALYTIC
                         OXIDATION OF TOXIC ORGANICS FROM SOILS
                                                                      JLJU
                -Kerry M. Dooley1, Robert Gambrell2 and F. Carl Knopf1

                           Department of Chemical Engineering1
                              Department of Marine Science2
                               Louisiana State University
                              Baton Rouge, Louisiana  70803
                                        ABSTRACT

     Supercritical fluid (SCF) extraction is a promising new technique for the cleanup of
soils, sediments, and sludges' that are contaminated with hazardous wastes.  In this
investigation, supercritical carbon dioxide (SG-CO-) has been used to extract PCBs, DDT,
and toxaphene from contaminated topsoils and subsoils.  An attractive feature of this
process is that the CO^, being virtually inert, leaves no solvent residue on the
processed soil.

     In our initial extraction studies, supercritical CO- at 100 atm and 40°C was
continuously passed through a fixed bed of 10 g of soil.  Approximately 70% of the DDT
and 75% of the toxaphene could be leached from a topsoil (12.6% organic matter)
contaminated with 1000 ppm DDT and 400 ppm toxaphene in under ten minutes using SC-CO^ at
a rate of 0.7 g/s.  The extraction  of contaminated (with 1000 ppm Aroclor 1254) subsoil
(0.74% organic matter) proved to be even more promising, because more than 90% of the
PCBs could be extracted in under one minute at the same CO^ rate.

     Recently SC-CO  with a single entrainer*, either methanol or toluene, was compared
to pure C00; comparison was made on the basis of extraction rate and the removal
efficiency for DDT or PCBs from contaminated topsoils.  The supercritical mixtures at 100
atm and 40°C were continuously passed through a fixed bed of 10 g of soil.  The most
effective solvent system, SC-CO  with 5 wt% methanol at a flowrate of 0.7 g/s, was able
to leach 95% of  the DDT from the soil in under 5 minutes, as compared to either pure CC<2
or CO  with 5 wt% toluene at the same conditions, which resulted in only 70% extraction
in 10 minutes.   This same extraction mixture  (SC-CO  with 5 wt% methanol) was also
applied to a highly contaminated spill site topsoil containing ca. 3500 ppm Aroclor 1260
and 2100 ppm Aroclor 1242.  Over 98°/0 extraction of the contaminants was realized in 10
minutes.

      With the  demonstrated ability to extract  contaminants from soils using supercritical
CO  with an entrainer,  a logical further treatment would be the destruction of the wastes
while they are in the  supercritical phase.  An evaluation of catalysts for the low
temperature  (below 350°C) oxidation of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons and chlorinated
hydrocarbon wastes in  the SCF phase will be presented.
 -*-
 'An entrainer is a volatile organic compound which,  when added in low levels  to  super-
 critical C02, dramatically increases the solubilities  of certain nbnvolatile  organics in
 the SCF.
 •j~V
   To whom correspondence should be addressed.
                                            383

-------
INTRODUCTION
frustrated some applications.
     Supercritical fluid (SCF) extrac-
tion has received much attention as a
technique for separating relatively non-
volatile materials (Paulaitis et al.,
1982).  Typically in SCF extraction a
solvent gas such as carbon dioxide, at
high pressure and moderate temperature,
is contacted with a solid or liquid phase.
Slight changes in the system temperature
or pressure can cause large changes in
the solvent density and consequently in
its ability to solubilize relatively
nonvolatile components.  For example, at
200 atm and 35°C the density of C0_
approaches 0.8 g/cc and at these condi-
tions a solute such as naphthalene would
have a solubility some 10,000 times that
predicted if C0_ behaved as an ideal gas.
By taking advantage 'of these facts a
process can be envisioned whereby manipu-
lation of the system pressure effects
extraction of a nonvolatile material.  A
pressure letdown, to a pressure below the
system critical conditions, can cause
near complete precipitation of the
relatively nonvolatile material from the
solvent.  In addition to the liquid-like
densities of a typical SCF, viscosities
and molecular diffusivities of SCFs are
intermediate to typical liquid and gas
values for these properties.  For these
reasons the extraction efficiencies of
SCFs are usually higher than those of
liquids.

     The many advantageous properties of
SCFs have opened up new technologies in
environmental control; the subject has
been recently reviewed by Groves, Brady
and Knopf (1985).  Successful efforts
have included the use of SCFs in:  the
regeneration of adsorbents contaminated
with volatile organics using pure SC-CO-
(Eppig et al., 1981); oxidation of
organic contaminants in waste streams
using SC-water (Modell, 1982); liquid-
liquid extraction of waste streams again
using pure CO- as the extraction medium
(Ringhand and Kopfler, 1983); the extrac-
tion/reaction comprising the generation
of low sulfur chars from coals utilizing
either SC-toluene or SC-alcohols
(Vasilakos et al., 1985); and finally the
regeneration with SC-CO- of activated
carbon used in the cleanup of liquid
waste streams (de Filippi et al., 1980a).
Tilt* regeneration of activated carbon was
not universally practical, because the
buildup of irreversibly bound organics
     We are currently examining the
capabilities of supercritical fluids to
extract toxic chemicals such as DDT and  '
PCBs from soils, thereby providing a tool
for cleaning up hazardous waste sites.
Such removal offers the obvious advantage
of the creation of a much smaller volume
if further treatment such as combustion,
biological degradation or other disposal
method is desired.

     In conventional extraction technology
the pressure would be reduced subsequent
to extraction, precipitating a solid or
liquid phase rich in organic contaminants
from the CO..  In order to recycle the
C0_, the contaminant level in the CO- must
often be further reduced by distillation
(deFilippi et al, 1980b).  In addition,
since the pressure of the CO. has been
substantially lowered, recompression is
necessary.

     In conjunction with our work with  SC-
CO- plus entrainers, we are investigating
an alternative to the above separation
scheme.  We are attempting to totally
oxidize the extracted organic contaminants
by passing the high pressure mixture plus
air over total oxidation catalysts such as
CuO.  Temperatures necessary for total
oxidation should be in the 420-600 K
range, this being characteristic of free-
radical assisted autoxidation processes
(Schuit and Gates, 1980).  After drying
to remove the water formed in the
reactions, and neutralization, both of
which can be accomplished at high
pressure, the CO- can be recycled with
small recompression costs.

     In order to explain the extraction
process, the thermodynamics involved, and
oxidation catalysis in a supercritical
fluid medium, this paper is divided into
two sections.  The first discusses back-
ground, including early SCF extraction
results and the phase equilibria expected
for the ternary system of CO.-methanol-DDT
(here methanol is an entrainer), and
briefly introduces both reactions in SCFs
and catalytic autoxidation of priority
pollutants.  The second section presents
recent data on the effectiveness of CO-
with entrainers for the extraction of DDT
and PCBs from topsoils of high organic
content.  Some preliminary data showing
the solid-catalyzed partial oxidation .of a
pollutant (toluene) in a SCF are also
                                           384

-------
presented.
PAST RESULTS

     In previous work  (Brady  et  al.,
1987) we investigated  the  use of pure SC-
CO, to extract PCB's,  DDT  and toxaphene
from a contaminated topsoil  (12.6%
organic matter) and subsoil  (0.74%
organic matter).  Experiments with SC-
CO- continuously flowing through a fixed
bea of 10  grams of contaminated  soils
showed that over 90% of the  PCBs (original
contamination level 1000 ppm) could be
extracted  from  the subsoil in under one
minute using a  CO. flowrate  of 0.7 g/s.
However, only 70% of the DDT and 75% of
the toxaphene could be leached from the
topsoil contaminated with  1000 ppm DDT
and 400 ppm toxaphene  in  10  minutes at
the same CO. rate.  These.results are
not unexpected  in that pure  SC-CC^,
being  a relatively nonpolar solvent,
would  show only non-specific van der
Waals  interactions with adsorbed
compounds  that  may be  strongly bound to
polar  sites  on  the  topsoil.   The
presence  of  these  sites is consistent
with  the  high  organic  content of the
topsoil.   Mixed solvents,  for example  CO
and  a  few wt% of a  polar entrainer,  could
 result in specific  chemical attraction of
 adsorbate and  extraction medium, and thus
 enhance contaminant extraction  from
 solids containing polar adsorption sites,
 such as activated carbon or  topsoils of
 high organic content.
 PHASE DIAGRAMS

      The  "entrainer"  solvents  used in
 this work to  date  are toluene  and
 methanol.  By using the  Peng-Robinson
 cubic equation  of  state  (Peng  and
 Robinson,  1976), the  triangular phase
 diagram  for the ternary  system CC^-DDT-
 methanol  at 40°C,  100 atm can  be
 constructed as  shown  in  Figure 1.

       It  is assumed the solubility of the
 solvent  (CO.  with  methanol) in solid DDT
 (component 2) is negligible.  The solid
 phase  is  considered pure DDT,  and its
 fugacity f°S in phase equilibria
 calculations  was evaluated from
assuming the Peng-Robinson equation is
valid for calculating the.fugacity of the
pure subcooled liquid (f ° ).  The critical
points are calculated according to the
algorithm proposed by Heideman and Khalil
(1980).                          . .    '   .

     At 40°C and 100 atm, the addition of
a small amount of toluene or methanol to
CO  increases the DDT solubility.  The
solubility of DDT in a mixed solvent of 95
wt% CO  and 5 wt% toluene is estimated as
2.5 x 10   (~3.6 times the value  in pure.
C09).  .If toluene is replaced by  methanol
the estimated DDT solubility from Figure 1*
is 0.01 (~14 times that in pure CO.).
Therefore a mixed solvent with 95 wt% C02
and 5 wt% methanol should be more
effective in extracting DDT from  soil than
a mixed solvent with 95 wt% C02  and 5 wt%
toluene, although the latter is  still a
more  effective solvent .than pure  C02-  The
approximate  supercritical phase  composi-
tions  for the  ternary system at  the       ,
operating conditions are  summarized  in
 Table I.   The interaction parameter k...
 (k. .  = 0.07)  was empirically determined'
by
 regressing VIE data for the binary system
 of CO- plus methanol (Semenova et al.,
 1979)7  The phases present ("conditions")
 are denoted by either SFE (solid and SCF at
 equilibrium), or SLVE (solid-liquid-vapor
 phases at equilibrium).
       Table I. Compositions of Supercritical Fluid Phases for
            C02-Entrainer-DDT-Systems
                ij   Mol Fraction (&0°C. 100 atm)	Condition
C02(l) + DDT(2) 0.07
DDT(2) +. Methanol 0
CO- + DDT + Methanol

y2 = 0.7 X 10"3 • ,
y2 = 0.3 x 10"3
X2 = 0.055 X3 » 0.132
y2 = 0.014 y3 = 0.079
SFE
SFE
SLVE

                             = 0.115   critical pt
                                      (1)
 REACTIONS IN SUPERCRITICAL SOLVENTS

      Supercritical fluids have potential
 advantages as solvents in coal lique-
 faction, high temperature thermal  .
 condensations and alkylations, catalyzed
 hydrocarbon isomerizations, and  oxidation
 reactions.  The application of SCF
 solvents improves the final product
 distributions of these reactions,
 sometimes by diminishing heat and mass
 transport limitations, and sometimes by
 allowing separation  of desired products
 prior  to further reaction in a solid or
 liquid phase.  Currently, the most
                                             385

-------
promising application of SCF as reaction
media  is  coal liquefaction/extraction,
where  the condensed extract is a fuel or
chemical  feedstock comparable to
hydrogen-intensive processes.   These
findings  have prompted a growing interest
in  reactions  using supercritical fluid
media,  the subject has been recently
reviewed  (Subramaniam and McHugh,  1986).

     The  utility of SCF asvreaction
media,  apart  from their utility in coal
processing, is documented.   SCF have
proven feasible as reaction media  for high
temperature deep oxidations (Modell,
1982),  where  SC water homogenizes  heavy
organic-air-salt mixtures and thereby
enhances  combustion efficiencies.

     SCF  have also proven feasible as
reaction  media for hydrocarbon isomeriza-
tion processes,  either with a homogeneous
or  heterogeneous catalyst (Kramer  and
Leder,  1975,  Tiltscher et al.,  1981). The
details of the isomerization processes
are sketchy but interesting.   In the
homogeneous process,  the SC paraffin
reactant  solubilizes  not only the  most
efficient catalyst, AlBr.,,  but also H9,
which  controls  the selectivity of  this
reaction  by suppressing cracking rates.
Isomerization-to-cracking ratios of
better  than 50  were obtained at optimum
reaction  conditions.

     Finally, Metzger et al.  (1983)  have
found  that many compounds  containing
carbonyls or  double bonds'will  undergo
condensation  and alkylation reactions at
temperatures  not much above  their
critical  temperatures,  in the  300-600K
range.   At these conditions  they
prepared, for example,  the  cyclohexane
addition products  to  acrylonitrile,
heptene-1, and methyl  acrylate  in  high
yields.  The  intermediates  in  these
reactions were  remarkable  stable with
respect to polymerization.

     In summary, it has  been  observed
that SCF provide favorable  reaction  media
in the following cases:

     (1)  Where homogenization  of  the
          reaction mixture  removes dif-
          fusion limitations for a key
          reactant, catalyst, or promoter;

     (2)  Where the SCF  separate unstable
          products of  reaction  from  a
          solid or liquid phase.
      (3)  Where the SCF play a direct
          role in reaction, say, in the
          stabilization of free radicals
          or  other intermediates, or
          assisting in the transfer of
          hydrogen.

      (4)  Where the SCF aid in the
          solubilization of reaction
          products that could result in
          catalyst deactivation.
TOTAL CATALYTIC OXIDATION OF PRIORITY
POLLUTANTS

     The chemical behavior with respect to
catalytic total oxidation of the many
compounds listed as priority pollutants
(U.S. EPA, 1980b; Robertson et al., 1980)
is so diverse that not all compound
classes could be studied.  This is true
even if we restrict ourselves to single
model compounds or well-characterized
mixtures of homologous compounds.   Our
attention has been focused on three
classes of difficult-to-oxidize compounds:
(1)  Single-ring  aromatics  with
deactivating  side  groups,  such  as
chlorobenzenes, chlorobenzidines,  and
nitrophenols; (2) Fused-ring polycyclic
aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) such as
anthracene and benzanthrene; (3) Chlori-
nated biphenyls and naphthenic compounds
such as DDT, PCBs, and dieldrin.  Our
catalytic oxidation work is not performed
independently of the entrainer studies;
feeds to be oxidized include the
entrainer, which in some cases will be
oxidized as well.  Entrainer oxidation is
often desirable, since in free radical
processes small molecules that can form
radicals easily (acetone, for example)
help initiate the more difficult free
radical oxidations of the refractory
compounds.  Such oxidizable initiators are
known as co-oxidants and represent a more
economical solution to the initiation
problem than do such common initiators as
peroxides.

     We have examined total oxidation by
free-radical-assisted redox processes,
which are well known for the partial
oxidations of alkylaromatic and naphthenic
hydrocarbons in aqueous  or organic
solutions; the reaction  mechanisms and
applicable catalysts are exhaustively
surveyed by Kaeding et al.  (1970), Sheldon
and Kochi (1974), Schuit and Gates (19.80),
and Parshall (1980).  The catalysts are
                                            386

-------
organometallic rgdox-^ouples containing,
for example, Co  /Co  .  Peroxides and
hydroperoxides are the primary products,
which decompose to more stable products
at temperatures above about 80-10Q°C.
Typical pathways for a typical reaction,
the oxidation of toluene to benzaldehyde/
benzoic acid, are given in Fig. 2.   In
the presence of acids, condensation  takes
place concurrently  with  oxidation,
resulting in the production of phenols
and acetates.  A typical pathway  for
toluene oxidation is given below:
                                         species present in the feed, if the
                                         amount of catalyst employed is large
                                         enough.  One way in which olefinic,
                                         aromatic, and other double-bond
                                         containing molecules can be totally
                                         oxidized is through free-radical
                                         epoxidation on a surface or even by
                                         desorbed radicals in the.fluid-phase
                                         (Haber, 1985):
                                                         .1-,
                               0

                          • R' - C - C - R"
ccol
  U
 — I-
                         .
                I  o
               «.          ,OH
               " I— »<°>-COOH  <£>-CC=H
      The  processes  and catalysts  common
 to  solution can be  adapted to a dens.e gas
 (supercritical) phase and certain solid
 heterogeneous  catalysts.   We have
 demonstrated this  in a recently completed
 study of  the oxidation of toluene to
 benzaldehyde with  feeds composed mostly
 of  supercritical CO- and some air (Dooley
 and Knopf,  1986).   Not all redox-
 containing  catalysts are effective; in
 fact, in  catalytic reaction experiments
 employing a series of Co and Co-Mo oxides
 supported on Al-0  2+onlg+one catalyst
 with a specific Co  /Co   initial ratio
 was both active for partial oxidation and
 inactive for the undesired condensation
 reactions to polycyclic products.  For
 this work the temperatures were in the
 180-220°C range and the catalysts were
 not modified with electron transfer
 promoters (as they are in solution)  to
 enhance their activities.

      At slightly higher temperatures and
 with the inclusion of  electron transfer
 promoters in the solid catalyst,
 peroxides and  hydrogen peroxides  are more
 easily produced and  then  ruptured at the
 0-0 bond.   The  rupture results in a  net
 increase in the number of free radicals
 and  therefore  in a  dramatic  increase in
 oxidation  rates.   Schuit  and Gates (1980)
 have  shown  that at these  conditions  the
 total concentration of peroxides  and
 hydroperoxides is  proportional to the
 exponential of the product of the rate
 of formation  of all products times the
 reactor  residence  time.   Therefore once
 initiated  this process must result in
 complete oxidation of all oxidizable
     The reason why total oxidation is not
more prevalent in solution is that the
reaction conditions are carefully chosen
to inhibit this generally undesired
reaction:  the solutions are 0. starved
due to the low solubilities of low-
pressure air in most organics, and the
solutions often contain polar compounds
(acetic acid, for example) which act as
free radical traps.  Both of these limits
on total oxidation will be removed in the
proposed process.  The upper limit on
free-radical-assisted total oxidation is
about 300-350°C; above these temperatures
the reverse  rates of hydroperoxide
formation reactions are large enough that
oxidation must take place by other routes.

     Simple  oxides may 'not catalyze the
total oxidation of refractory aromatic and
naphthenic compounds.  The ideal  catalyst
must be  able to adsorb the hydrocarbon by
electron transfer  to or  from a metal
cation  site, to insert electrophilic
oxygen  to form aldehydes  or epoxides, and
finally to decompose these to  carbon
oxides.
                                          EXPERIMENTAL METHODS FOR SCF SOIL
                                          EXTRACTIONS

                                                Two  contaminated topsoils were
                                          obtained  for our  extraction experiments.
                                          The  first topsoil was obtained from a DDT
                                          spill site near Lake Providence,
                                          Louisiana. The second  topsoil was
                                          obtained  from  a PCB spill site.  The soils
                                          were air-dried (35°C) and the initial DDT
                                          or PCB levels  checked via EPA-approved
                                          test procedures  (U.S. EPA, 1980; 1982).

                                                A schematic  diagram of the  SC-CO^
                                          extraction apparatus  is given in Figure  3.
                                           Liquid CO- at ambient temperature  is  fed
                                             387

-------
 to a diaphragm compressor  and  compressed
 to a pressure between 200  and  350  atm.
 The compressed CO. is stored in surge
 tanks to dampen any pressure fluctua-
 tions.  From the surge tanks the CO
 flows at ~0.7 g/s to a vertical tube
 fixed bed containing the contaminated
 soil; the pressure here is  controlled to
 ±5 psi.  Upstream of the vertical  tube,
 approximately 5 wt% of either  toluene or
 methanol are combined with  the super-
 critical C0_ by the use of  a Ruska  high-
 pressure metering pump.  In the tube  the
 fixed bed of contaminated soil is
 contacted by the mixed solvent.  The
 extraction pressure is monitored by a
 Heise digital pressure gauge.  Both  the
 feed line and the fixed bed are immersed
 in a constant temperature bath maintained
 at 40 ± 1°C.  Downstream of the bed two
 micrometering valves are used  to control
 the solvent flow rate and reduce the
 pressure to atmospheric.   The  extract
 mixture is first passed through two dry
 ice/acetone cold traps to collect the
 precipitated contaminants,   followed by an
 activated carbon trap, and  finally  by a
 dry test meter to totalize  the  solute-
 free CO-.  All wetted parts of  the
 apparatus are stainless steel,   teflon, or
 viton.

      The residual concentration  of  DDT or
 PCBs in the soil is  measured according to
 EPA-approved test procedures (U.S.   EPA,
 1980;  1982).  Typically 5 g of  soil are
 weighed to ± 0.01 g  into  cellulose
 extraction thimbles,  which are placed in
 a  Soxhlet apparatus  and extracted for 8
 hours  with a 60/40 mixture  of acetone/
 hexane.   The acetone/hexane extracts  are
 then washed with water to remove acetone,
 and  the hexane portion is subjected to
 florisil cleanup  and  finally diluted with
 hexane  as necessary  for analysis by gas
 chromatography.
SCF EXTRACTION  OF DDT CONTAMINANTED
TOPSOIL - RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     The initial DDT level of the
contaminated topsoil was  1271 mg/kg.
Extractions of  this  test  soil showed that
approximately 60-70% of the DDT could be
removed in approximately  10-20 minutes as
shown in Figure 4.   Longer-time
extractions using pure SC-CO? did not
show any improvement over this reduction.
These data imply that a portion of the
DDT is strongly bound to  the soil and
 that SC-CO.  at these conditions cannot
 extract this strongly-bound DDT.

      Using the same  extraction conditions
 as  with pure SC-CO   (40°C,  100 atm,  flow
 rate ~ 315 cm3/s -aE  25°C,  1 atm),  the two
 mixed solvent systems  (CO  -toluene and
 CO  -methanol) were investigated.   These
 data are plotted in  Figure  4 along with
 the extraction data  obtained using pure
 SC-CO^ solvent.  Little  if  any improvement
 in  extraction efficiency is observed upon
 comparing the data for SC-CO  with 5 wt%
 toluene to that for  pure SC-CO-.   A
 maximum of 60-70% of the DDT can be
 removed in 10-20 minutes with either
 solvent system.  Extraction with SC-CO-
 and 5  wt% methanol,  however,  is more
 successful.   Approximately  95% of  the
 contaminants can be  removed in 5 minutes
 or  less (Figure 4).  These  results imply
 that for maximum extraction efficiency a
 mixed  solvent system should be used,  where
 the entrainer or co-solvent is tailored to
 the soil type and the  solute  being
 extracted.

     To determine the  rate-limiting-step
 of  the  extraction process,  we also carried
 out extractions of DDT-contaminated
 topsoils  at  various  SC-CO-  flowrates,
while maintaining the  metnanol  entrainer
 composition  at 5 wt%.  These  results  are
presented  in Table II.   The data indicate
 that the process is  apparently not
external-transfer limited (in the  fluid
phase).
  Table II. Variation of Soil Concentration in the Extraction of DDT-
        Contaraioatcd. Spill-Site Topsoii using SC-CO, with 5 wtX
        Mcthanoi	
  Conditions: 40°C, 100 atm, 470 and 47 cmVsec
Extraction Time 470 o
(rain) @ 25°C
0
1 221
1 222
2 82
2 95
5 66
5 58
10 52
10 59
20
40
60 _
120 -
m3/sec
, 1 atm
1271
.207*
, 236
, 105
, 94
, 58
, 61
. 37
• 48




47 cmVsec
9 25°C, *ta
1271
	
	
	
	
60
	
	
	 .
86
34
51
25
  Multiple entries in concentration column are replicate analyse*.
                                             388

-------
SCF EXTRACTION OF PCB CONTAMINATED
TOPSOIL - RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     To again demonstrate the effective-
ness of SC-CO- with 5 wt% methanol, this
solvent system was used to extract a
spill site topsoil containing ca. 3,500
ppm Aroclor 1260 and 2,100 ppm Aroclor
1242.  The results, plotted in Figure 5,
show over 98% removal of the contaminant
is possible within a 10 minute extraction
period.
EXPERIMENTAL METHODS FOR SCF OXIDATION
STUDIES

     We are currently investigating the
oxidation of toluene with redox
catalysts, using the system, shown in Fig.
6.  C0_ is compressed to slightly above
critical conditions (TC = 31°C and- P  =
72.8 atm), and  at a flow rate of 1 g/s is
mixed with toluene delivered by a
metering pump and air from  a cylinder.
All flow rates  are controlled by metering
valves.  The reaction mixture is ca.  1.5
wt% toluene, 1.5% oxygen, 5% N  , and  92%
CO  , and is controlled at 30-300°C ±1°C
by encasing the reactor  (V o.d. tube
with a  fritted  disk) in  an  insulated  heat
source  (4" o.d.  heated alumnium block).
For the initial experiments the pressure
at the  reactor  was 80 atm although the
reactor is capable of pressures in excess
of 300  atm.
      Before the reactor,  the air/C02
 ratio and toluene/CO  ratio are checked
 by on-line sample injection into a gas
 chromatograph with a thermal conductivity
 detector; after the reactor, product
 samples are injected into an on-line gas
 chromatograph interfaced to a mass
 spectrometer (Extrel Model ELQ 400) for
 detailed analysis.  The products are then
 cooled by expansion through a heated
 micro-metering valve.  The uncondensed
 CO  is passed through a totalizing meter.

      It was possible to dissolve 1.5 wt%
 toluene and 6.5 wt% air in supercritical
 CO  at 80 atm and 293-493K.  Using this
 mixture the toluene could be oxidized at
 low rates and conversions to benzalde-
 hyde, benzyl alcohol, the cresol isomers,
 and a lesser amount of condensation
 products and carbon oxides.  A 5% CoO/
 Al 0  catalyst, calcined at 200°C in
 oraer to preclude oxidation to Co^O, and
 the cobalt "aluminates", proved to be an
active and selective (for partial oxida-
tion) catalyst.  Its turnover number for
partial oxidation was about 10  /s at
473K.
SUMMARY

     We have reported the use of SC-CO-,
with either toluene or methanol as an
entrainer, for the extraction of DDT and
PCBs from contaminated topsoils.  The
extraction efficiency was shown to be a
strong function of the entrainer selected.
A supercritical mixture of CO^ plus 5 w.t% »
toluene showed no improvement over CO.
alone, with only ~ 75% removal of the DDT
possible; the residual DDT was strongly
adsorbed on the soil.  However, near
complete removal of DDT was possible using
SC-C02 with 5 wt% methanol at 40°C and a
flowrate of 0.7 g/s.  The efficiency of
the CO -methanol system remained unchanged
with a large variation in flowrate, from 1
g/s to 0.1 g/s, demonstrating that no
external transfer resistances are present
at these conditions.  Near complete
removal of a mixture of Aroclor 1260 and
Aroclor 1242 was also possible using
SC-CO  with 5 wt% methanol at 40°C and a
flowrate of 0.7 g/s.  Once these
contaminants have been dissolved in the
SCF phase, partial oxidation is feasible
if catalyzed by certain supported metal
oxides.  Further work on total oxidation
by supported mixed-metal oxides is in  •
progress.
 ACKNOWLEDGMENT

      This  study was  supported  in part by
 Grant CR-809714 from the US Environmental
 Protection Agency.   This support does not
 signify that the contents  necessarily
 reflect the views and policy of the
 Agency;.n,o mention of trade names  or
 commerical products  constitute endorsement
 or recommendation for use.  We acknowledge
 the experimental assistant of  DeAnn Leach
 and James  Torres.
 NOMENCLATURE

 F    =    fluid phase
 f
 AH
fugacity,  atm

heat of fusion,  cal/mol
                                             389

-------
 k

 L

 P

 R



 S

 T

 V
interaction parameter

liquid phase

pressure, atm

gas constant, 1.987 cal/mol-°K
or 82.06 atm-cm3/mol-°K or soil
particle radius, cm

solid phase

temperature, °K

vapor phase or molar volume,
cm3/mol
 SUBSCRIPTS

 m    =    melting point

 o    =    initial value

 1    =    supercritical solvent

 2    =    solute


 SUPERSCRIPT

 o£   =    pure subcooled liquid

 os   =    pure solid


 REFERENCES

 Brady, B.O., Kao,  C.-P.,  Gambrell, R.P.,
      Dooley, K.M.,  and  Knopf, F.C.,
      Ind.  Eng.  Chem. Research,  26, 261
      (1987).                    ~

 deFilippi, R.P., Krukonis, V.J.,  Robey,
      R.J., and  Modell,  M., EPA  Report -
      600/2-80-054, National Technical
     .Information Service, Washington,
      B.C., 1980a.

 deFilippi, R.P., Krukonis, V.J.,  Robey,
      R.J., and  Modell,  M., United States
      EPA Report No. 600/2-80-054; EPA
      Office of  Research and Development:
     Research Triangle  Park, North
      Carolina,  1980b.

Dooley, K.M., and Knopf, F.C.,  1986,
     submitted  to Ind. Eng. Chem.
     Research.
       , C.P., deFilippi, .R. P., and Murphy,
       R-A.  United States EPA Report No.
       600/2-82-067; EPA Office of Research
       and Development:  Research Triangle
       Park, North Carolina, 1981.
 Gates, B.C., Katzer, J.R. , and Schuit,
      G.C.A., Ch. 4 of "Chemistry of
      Catalytic Processes," McGraw-Hill,
      1979.

 Groves, F.R., Brady, B.O., and Knopf,
      F.C., CRC Reviews in Env. Control
      15, 237 (1985).                 ~

 Haber, J. , ACS Symp. Ser. 279. 3 (1985).

 Heideman, R.A. ,  Khalil,  A.M.,  AIChE J 26,
      769 (1980).

 Kaeding, W.W. ,  Lindblom, R.O., Temple,
      R.G., and Mahon,  H.I.,  Ind.  Eng.
      Chem. Proc. Des.  Dev. 4,  97  (1965).

 Kramer, G.M.  and Leder,  F. ,  U.S.  Patent
      3,880,945  (1975).

 Metzger,  J_0., Hartmanns,  J. ,  Malwitz,  D. ,
      and Koll, P.  in "Chemical, Engineering
      at Supercritical Fluid  Conditions,"
      Paulaitis,  M.E., Penninger,  J.M. ,
      Gray,  R.D.,  and Davidson,  P.  (eds.),
      p.  515 (1983).

 Modell, M., Gaudet,  G.G., Simson, M. ,
      Hong,  G.T.,  and Biemann,  K. , Eighth
      Annual Research Symp. Land Disposal,
      Incineration and Treatment of
      Hazardous Waste, Ft. Mitchell,
      March 8  to  10,  1982.

 Parshall,  G.W.,  Chs . 7 and 10  of
      "Homogeneous Catalysis," Wiley,  1980.

 Paulaitis, M.E., Krukonis, V. J. , Kurnik,
      R.T., and Reid, R.C., Rev. Chem. Eng.
      1, 1791  (1982).

 Peng, D.Y; Robinson, D.B., Ind. Eng. Chem.
      Fundam.  15, 59  (1976).

 Ringhand, P.H. and Kopfler, F.C., 186th
     National Meeting of the American
      Chemical Society, Washington, D.C.,
     August 28 to September 3,  1983.

Robertson, J.H. ,  Cotoen,  W.F. , and
     Longfield,  J.Y., Chem. Eng.  June 30,
      1980, p.  102.
                                               SchuiL, G.C.A. and Gates,  B.C., pp.  461-
                                                    475 of "Chemistry and Chemical
                                            390

-------
     Engineering of Catalytic  Processes,"
     R.  Prins and G.C.A.  Schuit,  Eds.,
     Sijthoff and Nordhoff,  1980.
                Emel'yanova,  E.A.,
     Tsimmerman, S.S.,  and Tsiklis,  D.S.,
     Russ.  J.  Phys.  Chem.  53, 1428
     (1979).
Semenova,  A.I.,
     Tsimmerman
Sheldon, R.A. and Kochi,  J.K., Adv.
     Catal. 25, 272 (1974).,

Subramaniam, B. and McHugh, M.A.,  Ind.
     Eng. Chem. Proc. Des. Dev. 25,  1
     (1986).

Tiltscher, H., Wolf, H.,  and Schelschorn,
     J., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 20,
     892 (1981).

U.S. EPA; "Interim Methods for the
     Sampling and Analysis of Priority
     Pollutants in Sediments and Fish
     Tissue"; U.S. EPA, Environmental
     Monitoring and Support Laboratory:
     Cincinnati, Ohio, 1980.

U.S. EPA,  "Priority Pollutant Frequency
     Listing Tabulations  and Descriptive
     Statistics", U.S. EPA, Effluent
     Guidelines Division,  1980b.

U.S. EPA 600/4-82-057; "Organochlorine
     Presticides and PCB's-Method 608";
     U.S.  EPA  Environmental Montioring
     and Support Laboratory:   Cincinnati,
     Ohio,  1982.

Vasilakos,  N.P., Dobbs,  J.M.,  and Parisi,
     A.S.   Ind. Eng. Chem. Process  Des.
     Dev.  24,  121  (1985).
                                     Disclaimer

     The work described in this paper was not funded by the U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect the Views of
     the Agency and no official endorsement should be  inferred^
                                            391

-------
                                     2(DDT)
          35 C
          40*C
H C02
                                                                           3(CH3OH)
       Figure 1.      Phase behavior of the ternary  system of CO_-DDT-methanol
                      at 35°C and AO°C, 100 atm.
                                      392

-------
                         -t-
                         CM
                          O
                          O
                                O
                                 I
                                 O
                                 4-
                               - o-
                                 a:
                                 o
                                  i
                                 -e-
o-
 I
-e-
           .-e-
-   §-
 O=0
     i
    -e-
                  o
                  CO
                                                                u
                                                                CNJ
                         O.  •"

                     0=0  o
 I
-e-
 CM
m
                                          CM
                                         O

                                        -lev,
5
                                                                                                 (3
                                                                                                 O
                                                                                                •H
                                                                                                4J
                                                                                                 OS
                                                                                                OJ

                                                                                                
-------
                           _£>

                           "o
                     e  S
                     o  Q.  a>
3
01

01
i.
a.


 i
   2     5      fe
   *T  n» - W      
-------
   0.6 r
CD°
0?=  1000/ig bDT/g soil

O -  Pure SC-G02
'• -  SC-CO^with 5 wt% toluene
A -  SC-COg.with 5wt% methonol
                                                                        O
                                                                        6
                             20        30        4O

                               TIME (Minutes)
                                   50
60
     Figure A.      Temporal variation of relative  soil concentration in  the
                  extraction  of  a DDT-contaminated,  spill-site  topgoil,
         •         showing the effect of entrainers.
                                395

-------
  3300
  2000
   500
£  400
<
cc
t-
z
UJ
g'300
o
o
CD
O
CL
   2OO
    100
SC-CO   EXTRACTION w 5 wt% METHANOL
      @ 40°C, 1400 psi AND 0.7 g/sec

      DRY SPILL  SITE TOPSOIL

       80 = 3331 jug Aroclor 1260 /g Soil
          = 2052(Jig Aroclor 1242/g Soil

         A Aroclor 1260 Concentration /g Soil
         • Aroclor 1242 Concentrotion/g Soil
                          IO        15        20
                       EXTRACTION TIME  (min.)
                                  25
30
    Figure 5.     Temporal variation of relative soil  concentration in the
                extraction  of  a  PCB-contaminated,  spill site  topsoil.

                              396

-------
                     
-------

-------
         ERA'S PILOT SCALE TREATABILITY STUDIES FOR HAZARDOUS WASTES
                     U.S.
    Robert A.  Olexsey
           and
    Douglas W. Grosse
Environmental  Protection Agency
               Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
                            Cincinnati, OH  45268
                                   ABSTRACT
     Congress, through the 1984 Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments, has
required EPA to establish treatment standards for wastes that have been
traditionally disposed of to the land.  Full-scale treatment data from
well-designed and well-operated facilities is not available for all wastes.
This paper describes the pilot-scale research program at EPA's Hazardous
Waste Engineering Research Laboratory in Cincinnati, Ohio.  Treatment
processes for both organic and inorganic wastes are described.  Preliminary
test data are presented.
INTRODUCTION

     EPA's Hazardous Waste Engineer-
ing Research Laboratory (HWERL),
located in Cincinnati, has recently
launched a substantial intramural re-
search program into the treatability
of hazardous wastes by a number of
physical/chemical/biological treat-
ment processes.  The primary purpose
of this pilot plant program is to
provide data on the capabilities of
treatment alternatives to land dis-
posal.  Data from the treatment
evaluations will be used by EPA
to establish land disposal restric-
tion regulations as required by the
Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments
(HSWA) of 1984.

     The pilot plant testing de-
scribed here is being conducted at
             EPA's Testing and Evaluation  (T&E)
             Facility on  the grounds  of  the  Mill
             Creek Sewage Treatment Plant  which  is
             operated by  the Cincinnati  Metropoli-
             tan Sewer District (MSD).   The  facil-
             ity is operated under  contract  by the
             University of Cincinnati, which pro-
             vides experimental  design and opera-
             tion, sampling, data evaluation, and
             reporting.  Analytical  services are
             provided by another on-site contrac-
             tor, EER, and the University  of
             Cincinnati.   The T&E Facility accom-
             modates treatment of liquids, sludges,
             and solids.   Pilot-scale combustion
             research is  conducted  at EPA's  Com-
             bustion Research Facility (CRF) in
             Jefferson, Arkansas, while  bench-top
             combustion research is conducted at
             the Center Hill Facility in Cincin-
             nati .
                                   399

-------
     Tr.eatability studies at the
T&E  Facility are divided into two
areas:  organic wastes and inorganic
wastes.  Wastes of both types can be
treated in either the liquid or
sludge form.

Plant Layout

     Figure 1 describes the layout
of the T&E Facility (1).  The areas
devoted to hazardous waste treat-
ability studies are highlighted.
These studies occupy 5 of the 16
high bay areas in the T&E Facility.
Remaining bays are utilized for
wastewater treatment and land dis-
posal research.

     The organic treatment processes
include biological treatment (acti-
vated sludge), carbon adsorption,
steam stripping, steam distillation
and thin film evaporation.  Inorgan-
ic waste treatment processes are
neutralization, reduction, precipi-
tation, chemical oxidation, filtra-
tion, ion exchange, dewatering, and
solidification/stabilization.

Treatability Studies for Organic
Wastes

     Incineration will  be the tech-
nology most often applied to concen-
trated (greater than 10 percent)
organic wastes.  It has been proven
to be an effective technology for a
wide variety of wastes.  However,
incineration is costly and incinera-
tion capacity is limited.  As a
function of waste type and concen-
tration, alternatives to incinera-
tion merit attention for organic
wastes.

Distillation

     Distillation can be applied to
concentrated wastes (greater than
10 percent) in circumstances where
 the  intent is  recovery of a product
 or separation  of two or more mate-
 rials for subsequent processing.
 Steam distillation is the most com-
 mon  form of distillation applied to
 low  boiling point materials, such as
 waste solvents.  Steam distillation
 can  be "direct" in which steam is
 injected directly into the liquid
 solution or "indirect" in which
 steam coils produce the heat to
 drive the process (2).

     The distillation system in-
 stalled at the T&E Facility, as
 described in Figure 2, consists of a
 125  gallon batch still with a six-
 inch diameter  (I.D.) column that can
 be raised to 25 feet in height.  The
 still is constructed of stainless
 steel and is an indirect steam driv-
 en unit.  The  system is equipped with
 reflux capacity, that is, the ability
 to recycle product from the condenser
 into the top of the column to yield
 higher concentrations of high vola-
 tile compounds in the overhead va-
 por.  Distillation will be studied
 as a technology to treat waste sol-
 vents (RCRA waste codes F001-F005).
 It may also be studied for sludges
 from wood preserving wastes (K001);
 chlorinated hydrocarbon wastes
 (K073); washes and sludges from ink
 formulations (K086); and others.

 Steam Stripping

     Steam stripping is a form of
 simple distillation in which steam
 is directly injected into a waste in
 order to separate the more volatile
 components.  Steam stripping is
most applicable for treatment  of
 aqueous wastes with an organic
 concentration below 10 percent.  In
 batch steam stripping, waste is
 charged into a boiler and steam is
 injected directly into the waste.
 The gases which are condensed
 from a steam stripper contain  water
                                   400

-------
   0
              0
 FIGURE 1.   HAZARDOUS  WASTE  TREATMENT  PROCESS  LOCATION MAP
                AT ERA'S TEST AND EVALUATION FACILITY
                             Key  to Figure 1
 1.   Batch Distillation
 2.   Chemical Oxidation (wet-air oxidation)
 3.   Steam Stripping
 4.   Carbon Adsorption
 5.   Thin-Film Evaporation
 6.   Precipitation and Neutralization
 7.   Cyanide Destruction - Alkaline Chlorination
 8.   Chromium Reduction
 9.   Sulfide Precipitation
10.   Biological Treatment
11.   Cyanide Destruction - Ozonation
12.   Stabilization and Fixation
13.   Inorganics:  Ion Exchange
14.   Activated Alumina
15.   Mixed Media Filtration:  Inorganics
                            401

-------
                Condenser
                  I
        Reflux Head
Construction
Materials:
 Stainless Steel
     Reflux
     Timer
  Redistributes
                      Packing Support Plate
                   Batch Still
                    125 gal.
                  11
                                                    Vent
                                             •* (Out of building)
                Product
                Cooler
                                              Product
                                              Receiver  •
                   FIGURE 2.   BATCH DISTILLATION
    Flow rate:
    0,25 gpm
-d
                                    Vent
                                    (Out of Buliding)
                              Condenser
Product/
Recycle
                          Stripped Liquid
                                             Construction
                                             Materials:
                                              Stainless Steel
                    FIGURE  3.  STEAM STRIPPING
                               402

-------
along with the more volatile organic
components of the waste in the form
of a two-phase mixture.  The mix-
ture is decanted and the organic
component is drawn off for reuse or
disposal.  The aqueous layer is fed
back to the stripper for further
treatment.  In continuous steam
stripping, waste flows down a column
while steam flows up.  The column is
designed to promote heat transfer
from the steam to the waste to cause
turbulence in the waste and to cre-
ate a large surface area.  Different
liquid-vapor equilibria exist in
the column, with the highest rela-
tive concentration of the most
volatile components found at the
top (3).

     The EPA pilot facility contains
a continuous steam stripper which
is described in Figure 3.  The col-
umn is 2 inches in diameter and con-
tains three sections.  The maximum
column height is approximately 10
feet.  The waste flow rate is up to
0.25 gallons per minute with an
initial steam to volatile organics
(VO) ratio of 6.5 Ib per Ib.

     Steam stripping is applicable
for a wide array of aqueous organic
wastes.  As part of the EPA treat-
ability studies, steam stripping
will be investigated for waste sol-
vents  (F001-F005) and for dilute
wastes from acrylonitrile production
(K011 and K013).

Biological Treatment

     A number of biological degrada-
tion processes have been used to de-
stroy organic pollutants in indus-
trial  and municipal wastewaters.
These  include activated sludge, aer-
ated .lagoons, trickling filters, and
stabilization ponds.  Activated
sludge can be a viable treatment
process for aqueous waste containing
dilute concentrations (less than 1
percent) of biodegradable organic
compounds.

     Figure 4 depicts the pilot-
scale activated sludge units employed
at EPA's T&E Facility.  There are
currently eight such units installed
at the facility.  Each unit can
accommodate 11 liters per day,  with
a 10-day sludge retention time
(SRT).  The reactors and clarifiers
are enclosed to facilitate gas
sampling.  This gas sampling is a
critical component of the program
since'a principal  objective of the
work is to determine the fate of
volatile organic materials in the
activated sludge system.

     Two of the activated sludge
units have been operated on mixtures
of pure compounds and water.  Table 1
presents performance and fate data
for seven runs each for methyl  ethyl
ketone (MEK) and 1,1,1 trichloro-
ethane (TCA).  From Table 1, it is
obvious that the MEK was much more
biodegradable than was TCA under
similar circumstances of the test-
ing.  The hydraulic retention time
(HRT) for both systems was 24 hours
and the sludge wasting rates were
set to achieve a target sludge
retention time (SRT) of 10 days.
The reactors were air mixed using
airstone diffusers.  Primary, sec-
ondary, and reactor off-gases were
sampled using borosilicate glass
trays packed with Tenax (4).

     Future work with activated
sludge will be conducted on actual
waste solvents and other dilute,
biodegradable organic materials.

Other Organics Treatment Processes

     In addition to distillation,
steam stripping, and biological
treatment, other organic waste
                                   403

-------
                                         ©  VALVE

                                            AIR SN

                                            LIQUID SAMPLE

                                            AIR SAMPLE
                                                        EFFLUENT
                                                         Orqanics:
                                                          < .OO0136
                                     RECYCLE PUMP
                                       W/TIMER
FIGURE 4.  Organics: Biological-Activated Sludge
                         404

-------
             Table  1.  Fates of MEK and TCA in Activated Sludge
                          (Percent of Influent Mass)
         Primary Volatilization
         Unknown Primary Loss/Gain
         Reactor Stripping
         Secondary Volatilization
         Waste Sludge
         Effluent
         Biodegradation (by difference)

         Concentrations
        Influent
        Effluent
(mg/1)
(mg/1)
MEK

lloO
-7.5
 5.7
 0.
 0.
 0.8
89.7
                                   ,2
                                   ,1
55
 0.5
TCA

 18.8
 11.8
 54.0
  0.
  0.
  2.7
 12.1
                ,5
                ,1
             141
               3.8
treatment processes at the T&E
Facility include evaporation, carbon
adsorption, and chemical oxidation.
thin-film evaporation is a technique
for concentrating dilute solvent
mixtures prior to subsequent treat-
ment (e.g., distillation).  Car-
bon adsorption can be used to treat
extremely dilute wastes in aqueous
solution or as a polishing step sub-
sequent to biological treatment.
Wet air oxidation can be used for
aqueous organic wastes that are too
dilute for incineration and too
toxic for biological  treatment.

Treatability Studies for Inorganic
Wastes

     Many of the large volume RCRA
wastes, such as metal finishing
wastes, contain corrosives, metals,
and cyanides.  These wastes, often
aqueous, require treatment prior to
discharge of the liquids to receiv-
ing waterways or sewage treatment
facilities.  Discharge of these
wastes directly to surface impound-
ments will  no longer be an accept-
able management technique for these
wastes.  Treatment residues (sludge)
                      wi 11  requi re  dewateri ng  and either
                      fixation/stabilization or removal/
                      recovery of inorganic contaminants
                      prior to land disposal.   The  tech-
                      nologies that are  applicable  to
                      treating aqueous  inorganic hazardous
                      wastes  are very simi.lar  to the tech-
                      nologies used to  deal with the same
                      contaminants  in industrial waste-
                      waters.

                      Cyanide Destruction

                           Many metal finishing process
                      streams and wastewaters  contain cya-
                      nide.   The cyanide must  be destroyed
                      prior to any  additional  treatment for
                      removal of metals.  The  most  widely
                      used technology for  cyanide destruc-
                      tion  is alkaline  chlorinat;ion.  This
                      treatment can be accomplished by di-
                      rect  addition of  sodium  hypochlorite.
                      In  single-stage treatment  for cyanide
                      with  high  concentrations, the cyanide
                      is  converted  to cyanate.   In  two-
                      stage  oxidation, the resultant prod-
                      ucts are nitrogen  and carbon  dioxide
                      (5).

                           Figure 5 describes  the alkaline
                      chlorination  process located  at EPA's
                                   405

-------
Cincinnati T&E Facility.  The maximum
flow rate is 2.5 gallons per minute.
The process can be run in one or two
stages.  Wastes that are suitable
for alkaline chlorination are plat-
ing solutions and sludges (F006 -
F012), lime sludge from coking oper-
ations (K060), and miscellaneous
cyanide-bearing "P" wastes.

Precipitation

     Precipitation, particularly lime
precipitation, is the process most
employed to remove heavy metals from
aqueous wastes.  In lime precipita-
tion, lime (in slurry or solutions)
or caustic soda is added ,to the
waste as a source of hydroxide ion
raising the pH to a suitable level
for optimum precipitation of the
metal hydroxides.  The metal hydrox-
ide forms a floe which is removed by
settling or filtration.  Effluents
and residual wastewaters containing
excess hydroxide may require neu-
tralization prior to discharge.
Sludges precipitated from treatment
may require fixation or encapsulation
to mitigate post disposal Teachabil-
ity.  The optimum pH for precipita-
tion is different for each metal ion.
Typically, hydroxide precipitation is
optimum at a pH between 9.5 and 12.

     Sulfide precipitation is a proc-
ess that produces the precipitation
of a metal ion as a metal sulfide
through contact between a metal ion
and a sulfide ion.  For specific
metals, sulfide precipitation can
achieve a higher degree of removal
than can lime precipitation.  Lime
precipitation generally offers the
lower cost option of the two.
rate for the lime precipitation
process is 2.5 gallons per minute.
Recently, metal plating wastes were
treated at the T&E to provide com-
parisons between lime and sulfide
precipitation.  Some data from these
tests are presented in Table 2 (6).
The wastes treated were mixed acid/
alkali metal  rinse baths devoid of
hexavalent .chromium and cyanide
(D006/D008).  The source of the
wastes was a local Cincinnati metal
finisher.  The lime precipitation
process consisted of precipitation
at pH 9.5, unaided flocculation, and
clarification.  The sulfide pre-
cipitation process consisted of pH
adjustment to pH 10.5, sulfide pre-
cipitation, polymer aided floccula-
tion, and clarification.

     From Table 2, it can be seen
that, while the sulfide precipitation
process achieved marginally better
removal for each metal constituent,
neither process was effective for re-
moving the nickel.  It is probable
that this element was complexed with
either ammonia or with some other
component of the waste, preventing
precipitation.  Regardless of what-
ever treatment process is selected,
great care must be taken to avoid
chelated metals.  Complexed met-
als should be segregated from other
metal-laden wastes and treated sepa-
rately.

     Precipitation is applicable to
any aqueous metal-bearing hazardous
waste stream that does not contain
complexed metals.  The selection of
lime, sulfide, or any other  precipi-
tation process is a function of both
the metals present and the removal
efficiency required.
     The T&E Facility has the capa-
bility for both lime and sulfide pre-  Other Inorganic Treatment Processes
cipitation.  Figure 6 depicts the
lime precipitation process located
at the T&E Facility.  Maximum flow
       In  addition to alkaline chlo-
 ri nation  and precipitation, a number
                                   406

-------
                        NaOH

           Na Hypochlorite   1
                          i_
Cuamde
<5000 mg /I
Flow rate :
2.5 gpm



polyethylene
tank


CN
<.5mg/l

i I
Nitrogen Carbon
ftirtvirfo
Additional
Treatment

Construction
Materials :
Polqethqlene
PVC pipe

FIGURE 5.  CYANIDE DESTRUCTION - ALKALINE CHLORINATION
              15 95 Lime

               1
Metals .
< 200 mg/1
Flow rate
2.5 gpm


polyethylene
tank
i



Metals :
<5mg/l

Sludge
Metals <200 mg/1


Additions'
~~* Treatmen
Construction
Materials
Polyethylene
PVC pipe
                      drummed for
                        disposal
              FIGURE 6.  LIME  PRECIPITATION
                        407

-------
        Table 2.   Lime vs.  Sulfide Precipitation  for D006/D008  Plating  Wastes
        Lime Precipitation:
          Feed (mg/1)
          Clarifier (mg/1)
          Removal  (percent)
                                                       Metals
                                          Cd
    Cr
Ni
Zn
176.5
48.5
73
52.2
6.1
88
128.7
113.7
12
278.8
45.8
84
Sulfide Precipitation:
Feed (mg/1 )
Clarifier (mg/1)
Removal (percent)

194.6
26.4
86

60.1
3.2
95

98.6
85.3
14

415
31.1
93
    of other processes  for  dealing  with     REFERENCES
    inorganic wastes  are  available  at
    the T&E  Facility.   These  processes      1.
    include  ozonation,  reduction, ion
    exchange, filtration, and fixa-
    tion.

        Ozonation  is a technology  that     2.
    can  be used for cyanide destruction
    either in addition  to or  in  place of
    alkaline  chlon"nation.  Reduction
    is used  to reduce toxic metals  (most
    often chromium) to  a less  toxic
    state.   Ion exchange, activated
    alumina,  and mixed  media  filtration     3.
    can  be used to  polish liquid efflu-
    ents after cyanide  destruction  and
    precipitation.  Fixation,  solidi-
    fication, and stabilization  are        4.
    utilized  to treat sludge  and solid
    residues  prior  to land disposal.

    CONCLUSION

        At its Cincinnati T&E Facility,
    EPA  has  a unique  capacity to conduct    5.
    treatability research on  actual haz-
    ardous wastes.  The facility will be
    able to conduct research  under  an EPA
    Research, Development, and Demonstra-
    tion (RD&D) permit.  Data  from  this     6.
    testing will have a significant im-
    pact on the land disposal  restriction
    regulations to  be promulgated by
    EPA.

                                Disclaimer
Research, Development, and Dem-
onstration Permit Application,
submitted by U.S. EPA, HWERL to
U.S. EPA, Region V, November 1986.

Turner, Ronald J., "A Review of
Treatment Alternatives for Wastes
Containing Nonsolvent Halogen-
ated Organics,"Journal of the Air
Pollution Control Association
(JAPCA), June 1986.

Blaney, Benjamin L., "Alternative
Techniques for Managing Solvent
Wastes," JAPCA, March 1986.

Park, J. A., Koczwara, M. K., and
Lesiecki, R. J., "Biological
Treatment of Aqueous Hazardous
Waste," Presented at ASCE Nation-
al Environmental Engineering Con-
ference, Orlanda, FL, July 1987.

Grosse, Douglas W., "A Review of
Alternative Treatment Processes
for Metal Bearing Hazardous  Waste
Streams,"- JAPCA, May 1986.

Grosse, D. W., Hassan, S. Q., and
Park, J. A., "Treatment of Aqueous
Metal Bearing Hazardous Wastes,"
presented at the AESF/EPA 8th
Annual  Conference,  San Diego, CA,
February 1987.
This paper has been reviewed in accordance with the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency peer and administrative review policies and approved  for
presentation and publication.
                                      408

-------
     THE USE OF AIR STRIPPING AND VAPOUR PHASE ADSORPTION PROCESSES  FOR
      THE REMOVAL OF VOLATILE ORGANICS FROM CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER

                                     by

                 L. Simovic1, L.A. Lishman2 and S.A. Zaidi1

        1 Environment Canada, Conservation & Protection, Wastewater
                   Technology Centre, Burlington, Ontario
                      2 McMaster University, Hamilton
                                  ABSTRACT

      During the summer of 1986, Environment Canada's Wastewater Technology
Centre  (WTC)  operated  a pilot plant  at  the Gloucester Landfill Site  (near
Ottawa, Ontario),  to  treat groundwater contaminated  with volatile  organic
chemicals  (VOCs).  The  plant  consisted of  a packed  air  stripping  column,
with  the  off-gases being  treated by  two  granular activated  carbon  (GAC)
adsorbers connected in  series.                                 .

      The  following VOCs  were present:  1,1-dichloroethane,  1,2-dichloro-
ethane,  chloroform,  1,1-dichloroethylene,  1,1,1-trichloroethane,   benzene,
toluene and trichloroethylene.

      The  study  had two objectives:  (1)  to optimize  the operation of  the
air stripping unit for  the removal of VOCs and compare the residuals to  the
proposed groundwater quality objectives, and (2) to evaluate the effective-
ness of GAC adsorbers for the  treatment of the off-gas.

      Removal efficiencies  achieved  in the air  stripper  ranged from  27%  -
99.9%, and the optimum  conditions identified an  air-to-water ratio  of  70:1.

      Mass transfer coefficients were estimated  from  the  results of the  air
stripping tests and were compared to the coefficients predicted by  the Onda
model .  They were found to be in good agreement.

      For  four  VOCs,   (1,1-dichloroethane,  1,2-dichloroethane, chloroform
and benzene)  the  breakthrough and saturation  points  were obtained  for  the
first  GAC  adsorber.   At saturation,  the  GAC  loading of the  organics  was
compared to the loading predicted using  the Dubinin and  Radushkevich  equa-
tion2.  These were found to be in good agreement.

      In the effluent of the second GAC adsorber, the concentrations of  all
the compounds were below the lower limit of detection of  2
                                    409

-------
IKTRODOCTION
                                       PURPOSE
      Leachate  from the Gloucester
Landfill  Site located  near Ottawa,
Ontario,   had    contaminated   the
groundwater  in  that area  with mis-
cellaneous   synthetic   organics  to
the extent that  wells  in the nearby
residential  area  were  threatened.
The  site  had been used   primarily
for disposing of  municipal wastes,
however,  hazardous wastes  had been
disposed  of   in  an  area designated
as  the   "Special  Waste Compound".
Studies  were  carried  out  at  this
site  on  the  migration  of  the con-
taminants3  and  on  _potential  site   Pilot Plant
      The  objectives  of  the  study
were:  1)  to  determine the  condi-
tions   under  which   the   maximum
removal  of  selected VOCs  could be
obtained by AS and compare the resi-
duals  'to  the proposed groundwater
quality  objectives,  and 2)  to eval-
uate  the  effectiveness of  vapour-
phase  activated  carbon  adsorption
for  removing organics  from  the air
stripper off-gases.

APPROACH
remedial   measures'*'  .     A   review
of  the published information  showed
that  adequate data were  not  avail-
able  for  the design of  an optimum
system  for the  removal  of volatile
organic  chemicals  (VOCs)  from  con-
taminated  groundwater  by air  strip-
ping  (AS).   There  was also concern
about  the  impact  of  air stripper
off-gases  .    Consequently,  a  pro-
ject  plan  was  developed,  a   pilot
plant  was assembled  and a   seven
week  field study conducted to  col-
lect the missing data.

      The   concentrations   of   the
VOCs  in the  effluent from the  air
stripper  were compared  to the  pro-
posed  site groundwater  quality  ob-
ject ives"*.   A  comparison was  made
between   the  calculated  AS   mass
transfer   coefficients   and   those
predicted   using  the  Onda   model
with  the  intention  of using  Onda's
model   predictions   to   design   the
full  scale treatment plant.

       The  mass  of  selected organics
adsorbed  per  unit  mass   of  granular
activated  carbon  (GAG)  were  deter-
mined  from  the  experimental   data.
These   values   were  then  compared
with  predicted values obtained  with
the use   of  a  model  based  on  the
Dubinin   and   Radushkevich   (D-R)
        f
equation'.
      A   schematic  of   the  pilot
plant is-shown in Figure  1.

      The  groundwater  was  pumped,
using  a  10  cm  Reda   Submersible
pump,  into   two   1100   L  covered
tanks.   From  the  tanks,  the water
was  pumped  to  the  top   of  the  air
stripper,  at   a   rate   of  either
8  L/min  or  4  L/min, countercurrent
to  the air flow.   The air flow  rate
and  volumetric  air-to-water  (A:W)
ratios were  calculated on the basis
of  maintaining a  gas  pressure  drop
of  200-400  N/m  per meter of pack-
ing.  Effluent samples were collec-
ted  only  after  the gas  and liquid
flow  rates  had  stabilized.   Based
on  an initial  test, this operating
period   was  determined   to  be  120
minutes.

Groundwater  Used in the Study

      Data  from   several  earlier
publications3"6,   were  reviewed  on
the    concentration    of   various
organics in  the  samples  of ground-
water  from  different  wells  at the
site.  The  contaminated  groundwater
for  this  study was obtained from a
new  well located  about  5 m outside
the  "Special Waste Compound".  Table
1  shows   the concentrations  of the
VOCs,  and   inorganic  parameters  in
the  groundwater used in this study.
                                    410

-------
                                                                                       STAINLESS
                                                                                       Slbti.
                                                                                       CARBON
                                                                                       COLUMNS
                                                                                       H-BOom
                                                                                       lD-25.4cm
                                                QQQOQ
                                                QQQOQ
                                                QQQQQ
                                                QQQQQ
                                                QQQQQ
                                                QQQQQ
                                                QQQQO
                                                QQQQQ
                                                                                         	 MR
                                                                                            OUT
                                                                                     KEY-
                                                                              SAMPLE POUT
                                                                              MR FLOW
                                                                              UOUO FLOW
                                                                              ON/OFF VALVE
                                                                              ADJUSTABLE VALVE -
                                                                                           *
Figure 1.   Pilot Plant at Gloucester Landfill  Site.
    Table  1.   Groundwater Contaminants
Volatile Cone. Range
Organics (pg/L)
1 , 1 -Dichloroethane
1 ,2-Dichloroethane
Chloroform
1,1 -Dichloroethylene
1,1,1 -Trichloroethane
Benzene
Toluene
Trichloroethylene
66 - 210
370 - 550
47 - 203
16 - 180
9-38
69 - 320
36 - 133
26 - 162
Inorganics
Fe
Ca
Mg
Al
Mn
Zn


Cone. Range
(mg/L)
1.1 - 3.7
83.1 - 98.9
26.1 - 28.7
0.05-0.06
0.04- 0.07
<0.1


                                           411

-------
       The liquid  pH varied  between
 4.8  and 7.3;  total solids concentra-
 tion averaged 0.33 g/L;  air relative
 humidity (RH)  71.0%  (ave.) and  the
 average  temperatures  for  air  and
 liquid were  19.3°C and 17°C,  respec-
 tively.

 Experimental  Conditions

       The  experimental   conditions
 and  packing  types  and  sizes  used
 during the  AS  tests are shown  in
 Table  2.

       The  vapour-phase   adsorption
 test  was carried  out after AS  pro-
 cess  which  applied  the  high  liquid
 flow rate (8 L/min),  1.9  cm  Intalox
 Saddles  (IS),  and an A:W ratio  of
 70:1.   The  GAG used  in  this  study
 was  Calgon's  4x6 mesh BPL, which  is
 used  in  typical  industrial  vapour-
 phase  applications.  The  conditions
 for this  test are  presented in Table
 3.

 Sampling  and Analysis

      All  liquid  samples  from the
AS  tests were  analyzed  for  VOCs.
 Temperature  and pH were  also mea-
 sured  and recorded.  Random  samples
were   analyzed   for  total   solids,
 calcium,  magnesium,   iron,    zinc,
 aluminum  and manganese.

      The influent air  and off-gas
 samples were  collected at the  start
of  the   air   flow  and   after  120
minutes of operation.  At the time
of  sample collection,  temperature,
velocity  and   RH   were   also  mea-
sured.    The  off-gas samples were
collected  at   the   inlet  to  the
heater, and at  the inlet and  outlet
of   the  first   and   second  GAG
columns.

      Volatile   organics   in   the
liquid and gas samples were analyzed
 by the purge and trap method using a
 gas chromatograph with a flame ioni-
 zation detector
7
       Approximately 10% of  the sam-
 ples  were submitted to the  WTC lab-
 oratory  in  duplicate,  along  with
 several standards  and  blanks.   The
 results were  used  to  estimate  the
 analytical  error during the  study.

 Approach to Data Analysis

 Estimation  of  air stripping  mass
 transfer coefficients	

       Assuming   that    no   process
 other than  stripping  removed  com-
 pounds from the  contaminated ground-
 water,  the  overall  mass transfer co-
 efficient    (Ki,a)    was   calculated
 following  Kavanaugh  and  Trussell's
 procedure9.   The values for Henry's
 Law constant (H),  used  in  these cal-
 culations,   were  from  the   litera-
 ture9 .   This constant  is  considered
 to  be   the  primary parameter  for
 determining  how  efficiently a  com-
 pound  can  be removed by  AS.   Since
 temperature  has  a  strong influence
 on the  value of  H,  a Van't Hoff-type
 relation9  was   used to   correct  H
 values  for  the   actual temperature
 used  in the  tests.

      The  mass  transfer  rate  coef-
 ficient  correlation model  of  Onda"
 that  describes  counter-current  air
 stripping  in  a  packed tower,  was
 used  to predict  the values of  air
 stripping   mass   transfer   coeffi-
 cients  for  each  compound.     These
 predicted values  were  then  compared
 with the calculated KLa values.

Vapour-Phase Adsorber

      The equilibrium loading of in-
 dividual organics  on GAG were  esti-
mated using  the  Polanyi's potential
 theory''.    These  values   were  then
                                    412

-------
          Table 2.  Experimental Conditions - AS Tests
Packing
Type
Intalox
Saddles
(IS)



Raschig
Rings
(RR)



Packing
Size
(cm)
1.3


1.9


1.3


1.9



Water Flow: 8
15
20
30
20
30
70
15
20
30
20
30
70
Air:Water Ratio
L/min Water Flow: 4 L/min
50
70
110
50
70
110
50
70
110
50
70
110
Table 3. Adsorption Bed
Bed Parameters
Bed Depth
Diameter
Density
Weight of Carbon
Void Fraction of Bed
Parameters
First Bed
3.8 cm
25.4 cm
0.525 g/cm3
989.1 gm
0.382

Second Bed
3.4 cm
25.4 cm
0.526 g/cm3
898.7 gm
0.381
applied  to  a  Dubinin-Radushkevich
(D-R)  equation  based  model10  to
calculate  the  amount  of a  given
organic adsorbed per  unit weight of
6AC  in  the  vapour-phase  adsorber
used in this study.   The calculated
amounts were then compared with the
values  determined  from the experi-
mental data.

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

      The  heater used  to increase
the  temperature and  reduce  the RH
of  the  air  stripper  off-gas,  did
not  perform  in  the  field  as well as
had  been expected.   The RH, there-
fore,  was  reduced only to an aver-
age  of 62% (21.4°C),  instead of the
<50% (24°C)  as  planned.
RESULTS

Air Stripping

      The removal efficiencies
for all measured VOCs achieved
during  AS  tests ranged   from
27%-99.9%   depending  on   the
test  conditions and  the  con-
centrations  and  characteris-
tics  of  the  compounds.    The
best  removal efficiencies  were
achieved  under  the  following
test  conditions:  liquid  flow
rate  4 L/min;  packing  1.3  cm
IS;   A:W  =  70:1.    These  %
removals   are   presented   in
Table 4  together with the in-
fluent and  effluent concentra-
tions of  the VOCs.
                                     413

-------
  Table 4. Best Removal Efficiencies Observed During AS Tests
                       4L/min;1,3cm RR;
                         A:W = 110:1
                             4L/min;1.3cm IS
                              A:W = 70:1
   Compounds
                                                 Proposed*
                                                 Ground-
                                                 Water
                                                 Quality
Concentration (pg/L) Removal Concentration (pg/L) Removal  Objectives
Influent   Effluent   (%)   Influent   Effluent    (%)
   * Ref (4)
1,1 -dichloroethane
1 ,2-dichloroethane
chloroform
1,1 -dichloroethylene
1,1,1 -trichloroethane
benzene
toluene
trichloroethylene
34
76
30
13
41
11
5
17
0.3
4.0
1.0
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.2
99.1
94.7
96.7
98.5
99.8
99.1
94.0
98.8
99
177
81
115
24
107
49
81
2.0
10.0
3.0
2.0
0.3
0.4
0.3
1.0
98.0
94.3
96.3
98.3
98.7
99.6
99.4
98.8
NA
10
30
0.3
18400
10
14300
30
       At higher A:W ratios  of 110:1
 and by  using RR  the  removal  effi-
 ciencies were  statistically  simi-
 lar.

       For  economic   reasons,   the
 results obtained  by  using IS  (less
 expensive  than  RR)  and  lower  A:W
 ratio   (less  power  required)  were
 considered  the  optimum.   For most
 VOCs  the final effluent concentra-
 tions   were  within   the  proposed
 groundwater   quality    objectives
 (Table 4).    However,  these objec-
 tives  were  not met  for 1,1-dichlo-
 roethylene.   In  most  of  the  other
 tests,  the  concentrations   of  two
 compounds,   1,2-dichloroethane   and
 1,1-dichloroethylene,  in the AS  ef-
 fluent  exceeded  the   objectives.
 With respect  to  1,2-dichloroethane,
 this is  understandable  since H,  for
 this   compound,    is    quite    low
 (1.3 atm nf/mol  1Q-3).   The objec-
 tive  for 1,1-dichloroethylene  was
much  more  stringent than for  any
other  VOC monitored in  this  study,
and  often   it  was  difficult  to
reach.   This  will  have  to  be taken
into  account when calculating  the
depth of the  packing for a full-
                       scale  system,   that  may   be
                       required  to  meet  the  objec-
                       tives for these two compounds.

                             An example  of  the  pre-
                       dicted  and  calculated  values
                       for  the  Ki_a from  the experi-
                       ment  at  a  flow  rate of  4   L/
                       min,  1.3 cm IS and A:W=70:l,is
                       presented in Table 5.

                             Generally,  the predicted
                       and calculated values were   in
                       reasonably    good   agreement.
                       Since  the Onda model  does not
                       account  for  end effects  in the
                       air stripping  column, the  dif-
                       ferences  between  predicted and
                       observed   values  are   under-
                       standable.   In addition,  Onda
                      and co-authors  did not develop
                      their  model  for  the  IS.  How-
                      ever,   the   results   obtained
                      during  this  study  and   those
                      reported earlier  by  Lamarche11
                      show  that the model  does  in
                      fact  predict  the  Kta  values
                      reasonably well  for  some  com-
                      pounds using IS  as  the  pack-
                      ing.    The intention  is  to use
                      Onda's  model  predictions  in
                                   414

-------
the  design  of a  full-scale treat-
ment plant

Vapour-Phase GAG Adsorption

      In  Figures  2a  and  2b,  the
vapour-phase  concentrations of the
eight observed VOCs in the  stripper
off-gas (influent to #1 GAG column)
are  plotted  versus  the total expe-
rimental  time of  83 hours.   When
the  detection limit of 2 jig/L was
taken  into  consideration,  the in-
fluent concentrations of  1,1,1-tri-
chloroethane and   toluene   (Figure
2a)  were at  the detection limit and
their   results  with   respect   to
estimating   carbon   loading  were
judged to be unreliable.

      Removal efficiencies  achieved
in  the t1  GAG column  ranged from
88.6%  to 99.9%.    In  the  effluent
from #1  GAG column, the  concentra-
tion of trichloroethylene was  below
the  detection  limit,  and  the re-
sults    of     1,1-dichloroethylene
showed  too  much scatter.   There-
fore, these  data  were  also  not used
for   estimating   carbon   loading.
Data for  the remaining  VOCs were
used to construct breakthrough pro-
files  for the  first carbon  adsor-
ber. An  example  is shown in Figure
3 for  1,2-dichloroethane.

      The  loadings  of  the VOCs  at
the saturation   point  were  deter-
mined  from  the  breakthrough  pro-
files  and   are  shown  in Table  6.
The predicted  values  for  benzene
and   1,2-dichloroethane   loadings
based on  the D-R equation  are also
 shown in Table 6.

       The  observed value  for  the
 saturation loading of 1,2-dichloro-
 ethane was  very close to  the pre-
 dicted value.    For  benzene,  the
 value  is  considerably  lower,  and
 may be explained by the  lower  ex-
 tent of  adsorption  expected in a
 multi-component system.
      The   concentrations   of
all the  VOCs in  the  effluent
of  the  #2  GAG  column  were
found  to be  below the  lower
limit  of detection and  load-
ings, therefore,  could  not be
accurately determined.

      In   summary,  the  data
collected  in this  study show
that AS can effectively  remove
VOCs   from  the  contaminated
groundwater    at   Gloucester
Landfill Site.  Optimum  design
parameters  for the AS   column
were:  liquid  flow  rate  4  L/
min;  A:W  =  70:1  and  1.3 cm
Intalox  saddles.   Under these
conditions >94% removal  of  all
VOCs  was  observed.     For a
full-scale  system,  the  height
of   the   packing  should  be
chosen  to ensure that 1,2-di-
chloroethane  and  1,1-dichloro-
ethy lene objectives are  met.

      Use of vapour-phase  GAG
adsorber  effectively removed
all VOCs from the AS off-gas.
Data  from the study were found
to  be   reasonably  consistent
with  predicted values from the
relevant theoretical  models.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

       The authors  would  like
to  thank  J.D.  Brewer for  the
assistance provided during the
experimental program and  pre-
paration of  this  document,  and
he   and L.  Whittle  for their
assistance   in   the   field.
Thanks go to  the staff  of the
WTC  Laboratory  Services  Sec-
tion  for conducting all  VOC
analyses,  and   to   Transport
Canada  for   their  financial
support.   The cooperation of
H.  Whittaker and his staff at
the   Environmental   Emergency
Technology Division in  Ottawa,
Ontario was much appreciated.
                                     415

-------
Table  5.   Calculated Mass Transfer Coefficients Compared to Those
           Predicted by Onda's  Model1
Compounds
1 , 1 -dichloroethane
1 ,2-dichloroethane
Chloroform
1,1 -dichloroethylene
1,1,1 -trichloroethane
Benzene
Toluene
Trichloroethylene
KTa x 10
ii
Calculated
9.99
6.98
10.11
8.94
10.93
13.41
13.43
11.30
-3(sec-M
Predicted
8.50
7.48
7.54
9.01
'7.52
7.80
7.80
8.15
% Deviation from
Onda ' s model
17.6
6.6
34. 1
0.9
45.3
71.9
72.3
38.6
                 10    20
                            30    40    50
                               TIME (HOURS)
                                       60 V  70
                                                   80
           10    20    30    40     50     60 '   70
                          TIME (HOURS'*

Figure  2a & b.   Influent to Carbon  Column  #1.

                            416
                                                          80
                                                                 (a)
                 1.1-DICHLOROCTHYLENE
            •-O-- BENZENE
               -- 1,2-DICHLOROETHANE
                 1,1-DICHLOROETHANE
                                                                  (b)

-------
  Table 6.   The GAG Loadings  - Actual  and Predicted
   Compounds            Influent Cone.    Actual   Predicted
                         (yg/L) STP*     (mg/gm C)  (mg/gm C)
   1,1-dichloroethane      3.5
   1,2-di chloroethane      6.2
   Chloroform              3.5
   Benzene                 9.3
71.50
32.86
30.15
51.62
36.69
78.68
   * Standard temperature (0"C)  and  pressure  (1 atm)



o>
3
Z
o
*£
on
H-
t. •
O
Z
o
o



10
9
8
7

6

5

4

3

2
1
n
O INFLUENT TO #1
•-O- EFFLUENT FROM #1 O
• '•
o

$0 O O 0

$& o o

o o o o 	 • 	 o-o 	 o

0 /
/ -.,-..
: ' ' ' .
- o 1
. o". w . . . 	 	 i .... i .... i 	 i ..... i .... i ..
      0     10     20    30    40     50
                             TIME (HOURS)
    60    70     80
Figure 3.  Breakthrough  Profile  for  1,2-dichloroethane
           = #1 Carbon Column           ,
                                417

-------
 REFERENCES
4.
5.
6.
 Onda,   K.,  H.  Takeuchi   and
 Y.   Okumoto,   1968.      Mass
 Transfer Coefficients  Between
 Gas   and   Liquid   Phases   in    7.
 Packed   Columns,   Journal   of
 Chemical  Engineering  of Japan,
 1:1, pp.56-62.                     8.

 Reucroft,   P.J.,   W.H.Simpson,
 and  L.A.Jonas,  1971.    Sorp-
 tion  Properties  of  Activated
 Carbon,  The Journal  of Physi-
 cal Chemistry,  75,  No.23.
                                   9.
 Jackson,   R.E.,   J.M.    Bahr,
 D.W.  Bel anger,  and  S.   Wal-
 bridge,  1985.   The Gloucester
 Project:  A  Study  in  Organic
 Contaminants  Hydrology,   pre-
 sented at  the Second  Canadian/
 American  Conference on  Hydro-
 geology,  Hazardous  Wastes  in
 Ground Water: A Soluble Oil em-   10.
 ma,  held  in  Banff,  Alberta,
 Canada, June 25-29.

 Canviro    Consultants   Ltd.,
 1984.    Treatment  of  Organic
 Contaminants in  Landfill  Lea-
 chate.   Final  report  submit-
 ted to the Wastewater  Techno-
 logy Centre, Burlington, Onta-
 rio.                             11.

 Simovic,   L.,   J.P.Jones   and
 I.C.  McClymont, 1986.   Physi-
 cal/Chemical  Removal   of   Or-
 ganic Micropollutants from RO
 Concentrated      Contaminated
 Groundwater.    Proceedings of
 HMCRI's  3rd National   Confer-   12.
 ence and  Exhibition on Hazar-
 dous  Wastes  and   Hazardous
Materials,  p.120,   March,  At-
 lanta, Georgia.

Simovic,   L., J.P.Jones, 1987.
Removal  of Organic Micropollu-
tants     from     Contaminated
Groundwater by Oxidation and
 Stripping.   Accepted  for  pub-
 lication  in  the  Water  Pollu-
 tion  Research Journal of  Cana-
 da,  Vol.  22,  No.l.

 U.S.EPA,  1984,  Federal   Regis-
 ter,  40 CFR  Part  136,  Oct.26.

 Kavanaugh, M.C.  and R.R.  Trus-
 sell,  1980.  Design of Aeration
 Towers  to Strip  Volatile Con-
 taminants  from Drinking  Water.
 Research and  Technology Journal
 AWWA, 0003-150X/80/120684, Dec.

 Warner,  H.P.,  J.M.Cohen,  and
 J.C.Ireland,  1980.    Determina-
 tion  of Henry's  Law  Constants
 of   Selected  Priority   Pollu-
 tants.  Municipal Environmental
 Research  Laboratory,  Office  of
 R&D,   U.S.    EPA,  Cincinnati,
 Ohio. 45268.

 Cortright,  R.D.,   1986.    Gas-
 Phase  Adsorption  of  Volatile
 Organic   Compounds   From  Air
 Stripping  Off-Gas  Onto  Granu-
 lated Activated Carbon - A The-
 sis  for Master  of  Science  in
 Chemical  Engineering, Michigan
 Technological  Univ.  Houghton,
 Michigan, USA.

 Lamarche, P., 1986.  Air Strip-
 ping Mass Transfer Correlations
 for Volatile Organics, A Thesis
 for Master  of Applied Science,
 Chemical  Engineering,  Univer-
 sity    of    Ottawa,    Ottawa,
 Ontario.

 Simovic, L.,  1987.  The Use  of
 Air Stripping  and Vapour  Phase
Adsorption  Processes  for  the
Removal   of  Volatile  Organics
 from  Contaminated  Groundwater
 - Gloucester  Study  -  report  in
 preparation,    the   Wastewater
Technology Centre,  Burlington,
Ontario.
                                    Disclaimer

   The work  described in  this paper was  not  funded by the  U.S.  Environmental
   Protection Agency.

                                      418

-------
            CHEMICAL DESTRUCTION OF  CHLORINATED  DIOXINS AND  FURANS*

                       Charles J. Rogers  & Alfred  Kernel
                Hazardous Waste Engineering Research  Laboratory
                             26 W. St.  Clair Street
                              Cincinnati, OH 45268
                                    ABSTRACT
     There existed in 1982 an estimated 415 commercial  wood preserving  plants
in the U.S.  generating daily a total  of nearly 5.5 million gallons  of  process
waste.  The process waste contains both toxic organics  such as chlorinated
phenols, dioxins, furans and the metals, copper, chromium, arsenic and  zinc,
rendering it difficult to treat conventionally.  The pentachlorophenol  pur-
chased by industry to treat wood normally contains 100-200 ppm heptachloro-
dibenzo-p-dioxins (HCDD) and 1000-25000 ppm octachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins.
Recent analyses have revealed that the highly toxic tetra-chlorinated dioxins
and furans were present in 9000 gallons of collected waste on a wood preserv-
ing site in Butte, Montana.  In January 1986 laboratory studies were conducted
to determine if potassium polyethylene glycol reagents  (KPEGs) could be used
to destroy, by dehalogenation, all chlorinated dioxin (PCDD) and furan (PCDF)
homologs in 9000 gallons of light petroleum oil collected previously from
groundwater.  Results from the laboratory studies revealed that PCDDs and
PCDFs could be destroyed to non-detectable levels under conditions of 100°C
for 30 minutes.  Arrangements were made to implement the chemical treatment
of oil in a 2700 gallon mobile reactor system.  The chemical treatment was
successfully completed in July 1986.
 INTRODUCTION

     The enormous variety and amount
 of toxic halogenated organic materials
 which have pervaded our environment
 during the past  fifty years have left
 us with major, crucial problems of
 disposal.  These problems were clearly
 delineated in a  recent U.S. EPA pub-
 lication  (1).  The accumulation of
 polychlorinated  biphenyls  (PCBs) and
 polychlorinated  dibenzo-p-dioxins
 (PCDDs,  "dioxins") in soil, sediment,
 and  living tissue is a serious problem
that has received considerable public
OCDD, and with the high temperatures
and pressures involved, there exists
the possibility that the more toxic
tetra-chlorinated dioxins and furans
may be formed.  Of the disposal
options available, the majority of
the wood preserving plants practiced
storing the waste water on site and
relying on evaporation to reduce
waste to sludge.

     Conventionally, the "clean up"
of such contaminated sites usually
 *Cofunded by the USAF  Engineering  and  Services Center, Tyndall Air Force Base,
  Florida.

                                     419

-------
 involves landfill ing and is not
 really a permanent solution but rather
 a transfer of a toxic waste from one
 region to another.  Landfilling is
 now curtailed under the 1984 RCRA
 amendments.

      The chemical stability of PCDD,
 PCBs and other haloorganics precludes
 their destruction by conventional
 refuse incineration methods.  Most
 municipal incinerators cannot  achieve
 the high temperatures necessary to
 destroy these chemicals in  waste.
 Mobile incinerator technology  has
 been developed for on-site  treatment
 of waste.  However, early estimates
 are that on-site incineration  of
 toxic waste at a wood preserving site
 will  be costly.

      Currently,  some  commercial  chemi-
 cal  methods are  used  to chemically
 alter or destroy PCBs and other halo-
 organics  in contaminated oils  and
 attention in  recent years.   As  an
 example,  there exist  an estimated  415
 commercial  wood-preserving  plants  in
 the  U.S.  generating daily a total  of
 nearly  5.5  million  gallons  of  process
 waste which  contains  toxic  materials
 (2).  The pentachlorophenol  (PCP)
 products  purchased  by industry  to
 treat wood  normally contain  100-200
 ppm heptachlorodibenzop-dioxin  (HCDD)
 and  1000  to  25000 ppm octachloro-
 dibenzo-p-dioxins  (OCDD).   Also, pre-
 liminary  investigations  of  dioxins
 showed  that  in the  use  of PCP with
 these high concentrations of HCDD  and
 soils.  The chemical methods developed
 by Acurex, Goodyear,  and Sun Ohio
 involved dispersion of metallic
 sodium  in oil or the use of sodium-
 biphenyl or naphthalene mixtures.
 Because of the reactivity of sodium
with water, these reagents cannot be
 used efficiently to directly decompose
 PCDDs or PCBs in soils, sludges, sedi-
ments and dredgings.  Other chemical
 reactions have been evaluated for
dehalogenation of environmental
 pollutants but have not been found to
 be adaptable to field conditions
 (3,4,5).

      Biological treatment of PCDDs,
 PCBs and other hazardous pollutants
 is also receiving attention.  The
 efficacy of microbes to destroy toxic
 halogenated compounds has not been
 fully evaluated by U.S.  EPA or inde-
 pendent laboratories.

      During the summer of 1978 a new
 chemical  reagent was synthesized and
 used to effectively dechlorinate
 PCB-contaminated oils (6).   Since
 that time a series of reagents have
 been prepared  from potassium hydroxide
 and polyethylene glycol  (KPEGs)
 which,  with heating, produce rapid
 dehalogenation  of haloorganic  com-
 pounds  (7,8,9,10).

      In 1982 detailed investigations
 were initiated  to determine  the
 effects of  variable reaction param-
 eters on  the rate and extent of
 chemical  decontamination  of  soils
 (11).   This  research  focused almost
 exclusively  on  the direct chemical
 treatment of PCDD-contaminated soil.
 The most  recent  investigation, initi-
 ated in January  1986,  was aimed at
 identifying treatment  conditions for
 chemical destruction  of PCDDs and
 PCDFs in oil stored  on a wood preserv-
 ing  site in Butte,  Montana (12).

 PURPOSE

     Research and  field investigation
 studies were initiated in January
 1986 to determine  if  a chemical
 reagent prepared from potassium
 hydroxide and polyethylene glycol
could be used to treat PCDD and PCDF
contaminated oil at a wood preserving
 industrial site near Butte, Montana.
The wood preserving site contained
approximately 9000 gallons of light
petroleum oil collected previously
from groundwater over a period of two
                                     420

-------
years.  The oil contained 3.5% penta-
chlorophenol, PCDD and PCDF homologs
ranging from 422 ppb of tetra-isomers
to 83,923 ppb of octa-isomers.  Be-
cause of the presence of these highly
toxic chlorinated dioxins and furans,
the oil could not be transported
off-site for incineration.  Bringing
in and operating a mobile incinerator
for on-site destruction of contami-
nated oil was rejected because of
high costs.

     In April 1986, U.S. EPA Region
VIII agreed, after review of labora-
tory data, that the chemical process,
based upon a potassium polyethylene
glycol  (KPEG) reagent, could be used
to decontaminate on-site the PCDD/
PCDF contaminated oil.

     The basic mechanisms of KPEG re-
agents  used in these processes have
been already determined for both
halogenated aliphatic and aromatic
compounds  (6,14).

APPROACH

Procedure

      Initial treatment experiments
with  some  of the  PCP waste-
contaminated samples  obtained  from
Butte,  Montana were accomplished on
January 9, 1986.   For  these tests,
two  500-ml  samples were  obtained, one
an  oil  waste  (the EPA designation was
 "Cut,  41266-4-10") and the  other a
contaminated  soil  (the EPA  designa-
tion  was  "Yard,  41266-1-8").   The
 procedures utilized  for  the treatment
 of the oil samples with  the KPEG
 reagents  are described in the follow-
 ing:

 0 Aliquots of oil  samples  (24.94
   grams)  were removed from  the con-
   tainer and accurately  weighed into
   new, pre-cleaned 125-ml  sample
   bottles fitted with Teflon-lined
   caps.  A reagent blank bottle was
  simultaneously prepared.

0 Twenty-five (25)  grams of the KPEG
  reagent were added,  at ambient
  temperature, to each of the three
  sample bottles mentioned above.

0 The bottles were placed in sand
  baths maintained at  temperatures of
  70°C and 100°C for a period of 8
  hours and the contents of each
  bottle were stirred  with a motor-
  driven stirring rod  during this
  entire period.

0 Accurately weighed aliquots (typic-
  ally 1-5 grams) of the sample were
  removed from the reactor at inter-
  vals of 15 minutes and placed in
  125-ml flint glass bottles.  The
  destruction reaction which had been
  occurring was quenched by adding a
  sufficient quantity of 50% ^$04 to
  each bottle to adjust the pH to
  about pH 7, as determined by indi-
  cator paper.

     Following quenching of the
treated samples, the bottles were set
aside  until test portions could be
successfully extracted  and analyzed
 (12).

Extraction and Analysis of PCDD and
PCDF from the Sample Matrix

     The procedures for extraction
and analysis of  PCDD and PCDF were
based  on adding  appropriate  internal
standards to each  aliquot taken from
the  reaction.   At  a minimum,  1-2  ng
each of  2,3,7,8-[13Co]-TCDD,  2,3,7,8-
 C3/C14]-TCDD and 2,3,7,8TCDF  were
added  to each  125-ml  flint glass
 bottle containing  1-5  grams  of the
treated  oil  sample.   Sample  extracts
were  prepared  and  were analyzed using
 DB-5 capillary  GC  columns  to obtain
 data  on  the  concentrations  of PCDDs
 and  PCDFs.   Perkin-Elmer  Sigma  II or
 Varian 3740  GCs were  used  for the
 analysis.  The Kratos  MS-30  Mass
                                     421

-------
 Spectrometer was  used  in  the  low
 resolution  mode to  detect PCDDs and
 PCDFs.   If  PCDDs  and PCDFs were
 detected, a second  portion of the
 sample  extract was  analyzed using
 high  resolution MS  (12).

 RESULTS

      The oil samples obtained from
 the Butte,  Montana  site were treated
 as described with KPEG and were
 analyzed by GC MS to determine if
 PCDDs and PCDFs had been  destroyed as
 required by the regulation to less
 than  1  ppb.  Table  1 shows that many
 of the  congeners of PCDD  and PCDF
were destroyed effectively by the
 KPEG with a temperature as low as
 70°C for 15 minutes.  All PCDD and
 PCDF congeners were completely
 destroyed by KPEG when the sample was
 heated to 100°C for 30 minutes.  As a
 result  of the successful   laboratory
tests, arrangements were made to
 lease equipment to treat the remain-
 ing oil  stored on the site (13).

     The field equipment used to pro-
cess the oil consisted  of a 2700-
gallon reactor mounted  on a 45-foot
                        trailer equipped with  a  boiler,
                        cooling system, a  laboratory and a
                        control  room.  Heating of the oil and
                        reagent is  achieved by recirculating
                        the oil  and KPEG via a pump, a high
                        shear mixer, through a shell and tube
                        heat exchanger.  The heat transfer
                        fluid on the shell side  of the heat
                        exchanger is heated using a boiler or
                        cooled  through a series  of radiator
                        type air coolers.  The PCDD- and PCDF-
                        contaminated oil was treated in five
                        batches, each consisting of 1400 to
                        2000 gallons, and  required 600 gallons
                        of  KPEG reagent per batch.  The mix-
                        ture was heated to 150°C and allowed
                        to  react for one and one half hours
                        before  cooling.  The treated oil  was
                        pumped out  of the  reactor and into a
                        holding tank to confirm by subsequent
                        analysis that PCDDs and PCDFs in the
                        oil  had been destroyed below detection
                        limits.

                            The data from the sampling and
                        analysis of each tank revealed that
                        all  PCDDs and PCDFs were destroyed to
                        below the 1  ppb detection limit.   The
                       treatment cost was only 10% of the
                        projected incineration cost.
                 Table 1.  LABORATORY-SCALE TREATMENT OF OIL
 Contaminants
   CDD/CDF
 Concentration in
Untreated Oil (ppb)
       Concentration in
     Treated Residue (ppb)
70°C. 15 min.   100°C,  30 min,
TCDD (2,3,7,8-)
TCDD (total)
PeCDD
HxCDD
TCDF (2,3,7,8-)
TCDF (total)
PeCDF
HxCDF
HpCDF
OCDF
— 	 Mil
28.2
422
822
2982
23.1
147
504
3918
5404
6230

_
_
»
12.1
33.3
_
4.91
5.84

0.65
0.37
0.71
2.13
0.28
0.35
0.36
0.76
1.06
2.62
"Minimum detectable  concentration  in  parts per billion.
                                     422

-------
     In August 1986 the equipment was
transported to -Kent, Washington at
the request of U.S. EPA Region 10 and
was used successfully to treat approx-
imately 8000 gallons of 2,3,7,8,-TCDD-
contaminated liquid waste discovered
on an industrial hazardous waste dis-
posal site.

     Currently, a new, improved 1 to
2-cubic yard reactor, designed to
treat both liquids and solids, is
being constructed.  In early 1987,
field verification studies will be
conducted with this new KPEG reactor
on four selected PCDD/PCDF- and PCB-
contaminated sites.  In 1987, it is
expected that the KPEG process can be
demonstrated to be cost-effective
when used at wood preserving and
Superfund sites to destroy toxic
halogenated pollutants in liquids,
sediments, sludges and soils.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     Dr. Thomas 0. Tiernan and Staff,
Brehm Laboratory, Wright State
University, in cooperation with EPA
HWERL, treated the oil samples and
provided the analytical services
under a U.S. EPA contract (Viar Co.
SAS NO 1724-X).

     The testing of KPEG to destroy
PCDDs and PCDFs was co-funded by the
Department of the U.S. Air Force,
Headquarters Air Force Engineering
and Services Center, Tyndall Air
Force Base, FL. Captain Edward Heyse
was the U.S.A.F. Project Officer.

REFERENCES

1.  Edward G. and W. Eisenberg, IIT
    Research Institute, Treatability
    of Carcinogenic and Other Hazard-
    ous Compounds, EPA-600/2-79-097.

2.  Wilson, D., Summary Status of The
    Wood Preserving Industry, EPA
    Food and Wood Products Branch
    Internal Report, 1982.

3.  Miller, J., Nucleophilic Aromatic
    Substitution, Elsevier Press,
    Amsterdam, 1968.

4.  Yoshikozu, K. and S. L. Regen.,
    J. Org.  Chem. 1982, Vol. 47, No.
    12, 2493-2494.

5.  Andrews, A., P. Cremonesi, P. Del
    Buttero, E. Licondra, and S.
    Malorano, Nucleophilic Aromatic
    Substitution of Cr(Co)3~Complex
    Dihaloarenes with Thiolates,  J.
    Org. Chem. 1983, 48, 3114-3116.

6.  Pytlewski, L. L., A Study of  The
    Novel  Reaction of Molten Sodium
    and Solvent with PCB's - U.S. EPA
    Grant.  #R806659010, 1979.

7.  Kernel, A., C. J. Rogers, PCB
    Destruction:  A Novel Dehalo-
    genation Reagent, J. Hazardous
    Materials, 12 (1985) 161-176.

8.  Peterson, R. L., Method For Decon-
    taminating Soil, Patent Number
    4,574,013, March 4, 1986.

9.  Brunelle, D. J. and D. A.
    Singleton, Chemosphere, 12, (2),
    1983,  183-196.

10. Li, and H. Alper, Poly (ethylene
    glycol) Promote Reactions of
    Vinylic Dibromides.  Dehydrohalo-
    genation and Palladium - Catalyzed
    Formal Oxidative Homologation.
    J. Org. Chem.  1986, 51, 4354-4356.

11. Rogers, C. J., Chemical Treatment
    Of PCBs In the Environment, EPA-
    600/9-83003, 197-201.

12. Tiernan, T., et al., Wright State
    University, Dayton, Ohio, Interim
    Report on the Assessment of Chem-
    ical Reagents for Destruction of
                                     423

-------
    Higher PCDD/PCDFs.  Internal
    Report prepared for U.S. EPA,
    April  15, 1986.

13. Peterson, R., Potassium Poly-
    ethylene Gycol  Treatment of
    PCDD/PCDF -  Contaminated Oil In
    Butte, Montana.  IT Corp./Galson
    Research  Corp.,  Project  #86-706,
    July 1986.

14.  Rogers, C.  J., A.  Kernel,, Chemi-
    cal  Destruction  of Halogenated
    Aliphatic Hydrocarbons,  U.S.
    Patent Application Serial  No.
    883,785,  Sept. 1984.
            Disclaimer

This  paper  has  been  reviewed  in
accordance  with the  U.S. Envi-
ronmental Protection Agency peer
and administrative review  poli-
cies  and  approved for  presenta-
tion  and  publication.
                                     424

-------
     SUPERCRITICAL EXTRACTION OF CONTAMINANTS  FROM WATER AND SOIL
           .               WITH TOXICOLOGICAL VALIDATION

                   T.R.  Irvin2, E.K. Stevens2, R.K. Roop1, A.  Akgerman1'*
                           Department of Chemical Engineering
                            2Department of Veterinary Anatomy
                                  Texas A&M University
                                College Station,  TX 77843

                                       ABSTRACT
   Recent attention has been directed to supercritical fluid extraction as a viable method for
the economic removal of toxic organic contaminants from  hazardous waste  streams  as well as
surface  and groundwater resources.   In the case of contaminated  water resources containing
a single toxic agent, the thermodynamics of extraction  as well as the distribution coefficient
can easily be determined by direct concentration measurements. This method, however, proves
unusable in waste sites containing hundreds of toxics of unknown  identity; complex mixtures
of waste contaminants  also prove difficult to separate and characterize by classical  chemical
methods.  Classical mixture thermodynamics cannot thus be used in determining and  predicting
the distribution coefficient for specific compounds contained in toxic environmental mixtures.

   We  have used various toxicity  indices to determine these two parameters for extraction of
complex contaminant mixtures from water and soil.  Our approach is to monitor and measure
(before  and after extraction) water borne toxic activity via application of short term bioassays for
three toxic endpoints: carcinogenicity, neurotoxicity, and prenatal/birth defects. The  extraction
process is carried out in a  single equilibrium stage extractor and continued  until  equilibrium is
reached.  This  approach permits simultaneous determination  of a  lumped overall distribution
coefficient (K value) for the toxic mixture and the extent of  extraction necessary for the clean-up
of contaminated water  or soil.  In  addition,  this novel approach, for the first time, relates the
engineering parameters (such as pressure, temperature, superficial velocity, etc.)  of the extraction
process to toxicity indices.

                                                 These surveys  found over 80 billion gallons
                                                 (297 million metric tons) of hazardous wastes
                                                 are produced in the US  per year - more than
                                                 10  times the quantity  of waste for which
                                                 waste  treatment facilities  exist.  Evidence of
                                                 the growing quantity of hazardous industrial
                                                 waste  -  and growing shortage of industrial
                                                 capacity for hazardous  waste reclamation  -
                                                 is the  exponential growth in federal expen-
                                                 ditures for toxic waste site cleanups; current
                                                 estimates target federal expenditures at over
                                                 300 million dollars to clean  up just 80 ma-
                                                 jor US waste sites,  leaving over 10,000 re-
                                                 maining  US hazardous waste sites for future
                                                 attention.
INTRODUCTION


    Recent national  attention has focussed
on future health and environmental hazards
derived  from  the  large quantities  of  toxic
waste chemicals (halogenated aromatics hy-
drocarbon solvents, oils, petrochemicals, and
process chemicals) produced  by current and
past manufacturing industries. National sur-
veys of hazardous waste generation sites have
reported over 14,000 installations  generating
RCRA-regulated wastes and over 5,000 facil-
ities treating, storing, or disposing of hazard-
ous waste under RCRA-regulating controls.
                                           425

-------
     Sharpening public debate on waste issues
 is the emerging realization that serious toxic
 waste problems will accompany the develop-
 ment of many  new technologies heralded as
 new sources of industrial growth toward the
 year 2000. These include:

  1.  toxic solvents employed for  semiconduc-
     tor  chip  manufacturing (trichloroethy-
     lene, trichloroethane),

  2.  toxic, specialty  chemicals   produced in
     support  of  electronics and  fiber optics
     manufacture (glycol ethers, hydrazines),

  3.  toxic solvents for recovery of recombinant
     DMA-derived Pharmaceuticals  (hexanes,
     chloroform), and

 4.  toxic waste salts derived from industrial
     gases (arsenes, phosgenes, diboranes).

     Public attention on these toxic waste is-
 sues has in turn engendered renewed federal
 and industrial interests in accelerating the de-
 velopment of new, environmentally safe tech-
 nologies for toxic chemical disposal and elim-
 ination.   Current methods of waste chemi-
 cal  disposal, such as incineration or landfill
 storage, have proven unreliable or politically
 not  feasible for  routine toxic chemical elimi-
 nation.

   .Current methods for toxic chemical elimi-
 nation also do not address a principal, emerg-
 ing  issue regarding human health hazards
 from leaking  hazardous  storage facilities -
 contamination  of  surface and groundwa-
 ter  supplies.    Recent  revelations  regard-
 ing groundwater quality near semiconductor
 manufacturing facilities in Silicon Valley,  Cal-
 ifornia illustrate  the coordinate  water qual-
 ity problems potentially caused by continued
 misstorage of waste chemical products.  Re-
 peated incidences of water source contami-
 nation in the Silicon Valley area by industrial
 solvents  engendered an  Underground Chemi-
 cal Waste Tank Analysis by the State of  Cal-
 ifornia in which 80 hazardous waste test sites
 were routinely monitored for waste chemical
 leakage.  Of these sites,  64 (80 percent) in-
 dicated subsurface contamination 9f soil or
groundwater, and 57 (70 percent) indicated
 immediate hazard of drinking water contami-
 nation; toxic contaminants identified in these
 monitoring  studies included  solvents,  acids,
 toxic metals, resins, and fuels that had leaked
 from product and raw material storage tanks,
 waste  chemical tanks, fuel tanks, and piping
 systems. Rapid spot checks of storage tanks
 at other semiconductor manufacturing plants
 throughout the country confirmed similar wa-
 ter contamination problems  elsewhere.  Fu-
 ture public health problems will not only stem
 from leaking wastes at pasts sites, but also
 from poorly regulated hazardous waste hold-
 ing sites from emerging industries.

     One promising new  technology permit-
 ting volume reduction and subsequent  dis-
 posal  of toxic chemicals in  water supplies
 as well as solid  waste facilities  is the  ap-
 plication  of  supercritical fluids  as process-
 ing media.   Supercritical fluids,  fluids that
 are heated to temperatures above their criti-
 cal temperature and compressed beyond their
 critical pressure,  offer excellent potential in
 environmental engineering applications.  To
 date, three  approaches have  been proposed
 to employ supercritical fluids to extract toxic
 substances from water and solid waste (1):

 (i) a two step process in which organics  are
    adsorbed onto an adsorbent such as acti-
    vated carbon with adsorbent regenerated
    by  subsequent extraction with supercriti-
    cal  fluids (2,8).

    Two step processes typically  utilize acti-
 vated carbon filters to adsorb water-borne or-
 ganic contaminants.  Nonpolar organic con-
 taminants physically adsorb to carbon sur-
 faces whereas polar  compounds  chemically
 adsorb  to  the polar  sites. Since activated
 carbon  or other adsorbent media are expen-
 sive,  they must be regenerated after satura-
 tion with organics; steam stripping, thermal
 regeneration, and extraction by supercritical
 fluids are the regeneration techniques most
 often used.  Since no single technique can  re-
 move all the chemisorbed toxic substances.
 eventually  adsorbed filters must be  replaced
 and disposed; thus problems associated with
 filtered  toxic chemicals, now adsorbed to an
 inert matrix,  are  simply transformed into a
 solid  waste problem (3).

(ii) reactive separation  whereby supercritical
                                            426

-------
    fluids simultaneously dissolve toxic mate-
    rials and serve as reaction media (6,7).

    During  reactive separation, toxic chemi-
 cals are dissolved and oxidized  in supercriti-
 cal water at conditions where most inorganics
 are insoluble in water (6,7).  Organics are re-
 formed at severe supercritical conditions and
 oxidized by added air or pure oxygen; the heat
 or reaction during oxidation of reformed or-
 ganics is partly used to heat water as well as
 to raise solution temperature causing deposi-
 tion of inorganics. In addition to the difficul-
 ties associated with this  process  in terms of
 inorganics deposition (3), supercritical water
 is extremely corrosive  requiring special ma-
 terials for construction.  Supercritical condi-
 tions  necessary to generate  supercritical wa-
 ter are also rather severe ( Tc =374.2° C and
 Pc =218.3  atm) necessitating high capital ex-
 penditures.

(iii) a  single step  process in which  the toxic
    organic contaminants are extracted from
    water by supercritical fluids.

    The broad range of organic solutes which
 can be  extracted from aqueous  systems by
 supercritical fluid extraction (SCFE), as well
 as the  availability  of nontoxic  extractants
 such  as C02 and freons, directed our  atten-
 tion  to this  process as  a viable,  economic
 method  for  removing toxic organic  waste
 present in  industrial waste steams, surface
 water reservoirs,  and ground water reserves.
 We have applied SCFE  to  remove toxic or-
 ganics from water demonstrating that single
 components as well as toxic organic mixtures
 can rapidly and effectively be removed from
 water by SCFE with C02.
 PURPOSE

     Two factors underly current  problems in
 the design, equipment scale-up, and online
 usage of SCFE systems to  eliminate waste
 toxic compounds in  industrial process, waste
 streams, groundwater supplies, and  hazard-
 ous waste sites:
1. determination  of single overall  lumped
   design  parameters  for  extraction  pro-
   cesses,  e.g.  measuring an overall distri-
   bution coefficient (K value)  for contam-
   inants distributed between aqueous and
   supercritical fluid phases, and

2. determination of the extent of extraction
   required to  ensure  waste detoxification
   for a particular toxicant or toxicant mix-
   ture, e.g.  how much toxin  must be re-
   moved from contaminated water supplies
   to ensure safety for  human usage.

   Supercritical carbon  dioxide,  with  or
without  entrainers such  as methanol,  has
been employed in these studies principally be-
cause of it's favorable  chemical properties:
non-toxicity, non-flammability, low cost, and
low critical point.   The  fundamental  ther-
modynamic property needed for design and
scale  up of C02-mediated SCFE  is the dis-
tribution coefficient, defined as the ratio of
the mole fraction of the solute  in the ex-
tract  to the mole fraction of the solute in
the raffinate.   Distribution coefficients for a
system  containing a single solute can be de-
termined relatively easily by measuring solute
concentration in each phase  via radioactive
tracers  or  gas  chromatographs.  In a  sys-
tem which  contains more than  one solute,
however, distribution coefficients for each so-
lute (which are interdependent) must be de-
termined;  this task increases in complexity
for complex mixtures such as contaminated
waste water that could  contain  many dis-
solved organic species.  Chemical engineers
have, traditionally, approached  the  determi-
nation of mixture properties by the lengthly
and costly method of determining pure com-
ponent properties and applying  mixing  rules.
An alternative  approach  considers the mix-
ture as a single "lumped" or psuedo compo-
nent  and directly applies simple three com-
ponent extraction principles. One critical pa-
rameter for this alternative analysis method is
the reliable determination of the mixture con-
centration in the solvent. We have employed
a short term toxicity bioassay to obtain acute
toxicity  indices directly proportional to mix-
ture  concentration.  Application of this ap-
proach not only provides a "lumped" distri-
bution  coefficient for the mixturet  but also
defines the exact  extent of extraction neces-
sary leaving nontoxic levels of mixture com-
                                              427

-------
ponents.

   The major inhibiting factor in the use of
toxicity parameters inconjunction with engi-
neering parameters for design purposes is the
lack  of quick, accurate toxicity tests.  Tra-
ditionally  the toxicity  of a hazardous waste
sample has  been determined by  chemical
analyses of the  mixture for its components
(i.e.   GC-MS),  doing  whole animal studies
on the singje components, and investigating
the synergistic  effects of binaries, ternaries,
etc..  This  is, however,  very  expensive and
time consuming. What is needed, ideally,  is
a test which can determine the toxicity of
a waste stream (before and after a specific
cleaning method has been applied) quickly,
accurately, and inexpensively.

   We have developed  such an  assay for
on-line monitoring of  toxic effects of waste
chemical  produced as byproducts of manu-
facturing  and engineering activities.  Specifi-
cally, prenatal toxicity  and birth defects have
been targeted.   The  large  number of in-
cidences of birth defects as  well as infant
deaths, spontaneous  abortions,   stillbirths,
and  miscarriages  caused  by defective  fetal
development has  directed our attention  to
this  area.   We  have  reported the success-
ful culture  of postimplantation  rodent em-
bryos for  the identification of prenatal toxic
and dysmorphogenic components of complex
toxic mixtures.  Incubation of mixture sam-
ples with embryos in culture has proven com-
petent to  assess the overall prenatal effects of
these mixtures  as well as to identify specific
mixture components responsible for overall
mixture toxicity (4).  Applications reported
to date include the identification of prena-
tal toxic components of heterocyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons, polycyclic aromatic hydrocar-
bons, and phenolic petroleum wastes (5). Of
the characteristics measured in the postim-
plantation rodent embryo culture, mortality
and  crown  to rump length  (physical length
of embryo) were chosen as  model indices
for lethal dose and toxic dose, respectively.
Characteristics such as somite number and
yolk sac circulation are toxic  indicators also
measured in the embryo  culture that  could
be used as  well. Other toxic  properties be-
sides birth  defects,  such as carcinogenicity
and  neurotoxicity, will be  addressed in the
future.  Indices provided by these tests will
be used  inconjunction with those from the
embryo culture to provide a wide  range  of
parameters to validate the use  of supercriti-
cal extraction.

   Creosote, a complex mixture of phenols
and  polycyclic aromatics isolated from coal
tars  or beechwood trees,  was  chosen as a
model complex  mixture.   The outstanding
insecticide and fungicide properties of these
phenol mixtures  previously  resulted  in exten-
sive  creosote use as a wood preservative.  A
large number of former wood preserving es-
tablishments,  however,  now  list among the
superfund sites because of creosote  contami-
nation. We have chosen creosote as a model
environmental toxicant for our studies for this
reason.

   A toxic aqueous solution was prepared by
vigorously mixing water and pure beechwood
creosote (Matheson, Coleman,  & Bell, lot  #
330, 344113), letting the  two  phases sepa-
rate, and extracting the saturated  aqueous
phase. The single stage high pressure equilib-
rium extractor employed in this study, shown
in Figure 1,  was charged with 150 cc of the
creosote contaminated water and supercrit-
ical  carbon  dioxide to the desired  pressure
and  temperature (system  temperature was
controlled to within 0.5 K). Vessel  contents
were vigorously  mixed during extraction for
30-45 minutes followed by a one hour period
for phase separation.  Our previous studies
had  shown this  sufficient  to reach equilib-
rium.  During mixing as well as at equilib-
rium, 0.3 ml samples of the water phase were
taken for analysis. The enclosure was subse-
quently charged  with additional supercritical
carbon dioxide to a higher  pressure, and the
entire  procedure  was repeated. Analysis  of
water before and after each stage of extrac-
tion  permits determination of the distribution
coefficient as a function of pressure.

   Specific  details of the postimplantation
rodent embryo culture  are given elsewhere
(4).    Nulliparious,  female  Sprague  Daw-
ley  rats  (225  -  250 grams) were  obtained
from Harlan-Sprague Dawley Labs (Houston,
TX)  and  breeding was performed.   Eleven
days after conception, each  rat was ether-
                                             428

-------
ized and embryos removed with yolk sacs in-
tact.. Groups of 10 embryos were placed in 15
ml of media mixture which contains 7.5 ml
Waymouths 752/1  media, 7.5 ml of frozen
rat serum, 1500 units of penicillin,  1500 mi-
crograms of streptomycin, and 2 p\ of toxin.
They were incubated for 24 hours in a roller
culture  apparatus  set on  40 revolutions per
minute.  The  embryos  were then examined
for mortality and  crown to rump length as
well as other embryotoxic indices.

   Application of the  postimplantation  ro-
dent embryo culture provides indices for mor-
tality as well as for various levels of toxicity.
A  sample of the original  toxic solution was
tested by the assay to determine the mortality
rate and toxicity of the pure sample.  Subse-
quent tests were done on dilutions of the orig-
inal toxic sample ranging from pure sample
to pure water, and the responses were plot-
ted against the dilution. The characteristics
of such a plot are shown  in Figure 2.  Index
#1 (the  mortality index) exhibits  a strong
positive response at higher concentrations of
solution, decreases,  and reaches control lev-
els at some lower  concentration "A".  Index
#2, which is a more sensitive toxicity index,
gives a positive response at concentrations
of about "A" (some overlap may occur), de-
creases,  and reaches control levels at some
lower concentration "B".  This trend will be
repeated at lower concentrations for other in-
dices of greater sensitivity.
RESULTS

    A sample of the original creosote sat-
urated water  was tested using  the postim-
plantation rodent embryo culture and exhib-
ited a strong positive mortality response (all
embryos died  as  monitored by lack of heart
beat or yolk sac circulation).  Dilutions of the
original toxic  mixture were  made  with wa-
ter, ranging from pure toxic solution to one
part in  one-hundred  parts water,  and  were
tested using the  embryo culture.  A calibra-
tion curve was obtained  by plotting the nor-
malized mortality and crown to  rump length
responses for these dilutions,  as shown in Fig-
ure 3. At about a 6:4 dilution of the aqueous
solution, the mortality reached control levels
(no embryos died).  At about this same dilu-
tion, crown to rump length deviated consider-
ably from control levels.  Control levels were
reached when  the dilution was  decreased to
about 1:9.

    The single stage SCFE unit was then used
to extract 150  ml  of the nondiluted toxic
aqueous solution using C02- Initially, the ex-
tractor was pressured to 500 psi, well  mixed,
left to separate,  and the aqueous phase sam-
pled. This was repeated  at several pressures
up  to 1600  psi  at  room temperature.  The
samples were then  tested using the postim-
plantation rodent embryo culture bioassay.
The mortality rate  is  shown in  Figure 4 as
a function of pressure (at constant temper-
ature).   C02  saturated  with water reaches
supercritical conditions at about 1100 psi,
and therefore a npndetectable amount of ex-
traction of organic  contaminant was accom-
plished  below this  pressure.  A  preliminary
gas  chromatogram  of creosote  has shown it
to contain over 200  components.  At pres-
sures lower than 1100 psi, some of the more
volatile  compounds  may be extracted, how-
ever, removal  of these compounds does not
reduce the toxicity  of the aqueous solution.
Appreciable removal of the toxic components
began at  a threshold pressure of about 1300
psi,  where the mortality rate deviated from
100 %.   A  sharp decrease  in mortality oc-
curred as the C02  underwent  large density
changes and at  1600 psi, control levels were
being approached.

    Comparison  of the pressure response (fig-
ure  4)  and  the calibration  curve (figure 3)
reveals  that using a single stage equilibrium
extractor at 1600 psi will reduce the mortal-
ity  to 20%, which corresponds to a dilution
ratio of 7:3 (30% reduction).  It is possible
to  determine  the extent of  extraction  nec-
essary to adequately clean the water and  a
"lumped" distribution coefficient from this
information.  If the solution was sent to  a
second  extractor, another 30%  reduction in
concentration would  occur and similarly for
additional extractors added in  series.  Since
control  levels  are reached at a  dilution ratio
of  1:9,  we  conclude that approximately six
theoretical stages are required to adequately
remove the toxic components.  We have as-
                                            429

-------
 sumed that equal amounts of extraction will
 occur in each stage. Since creosote is a com-
 plex mixture with many components of dif-
 fering volatility, this will not be exactly true
 and therefore is only an approximation.

    The  "lumped"  distribution coefficient is
 defined as the  ratio of the moles of creosote
 in the C02 per total  moles of C02 to the
 moles of creosote in the aqueous phase per
 total moles of water. This can be rearranged
 to the form:
                   total moles water
               total moles carbon dioxide/

 where z is the ratio of the moles of creosote
 in the water phase to the total moles of cre-
 osote.  This ratio is needed since the total
 moles of creosote is unknown.  The origi-
 nal aqueous solution and the aqueous sam-
 ple at 1600 psi exhibit a toxic response that
 correspond to 10:0 and 7:3  dilution, respec-
 tively, on the calibration curve. This differ-
 ence  represents a 30% reduction in creosote
 saturated water and  hence a 30% reduction
 in pure creosote concentration.  Therefore,
 70%  of the creosote remains  in the aque-
 ous phase so that z=0.7. The total moles of
 water is known from the amount of solution
 added (assuming the toxin  is dilute). The
 total  moles of  C02  is determined by accu-
 rate volume measurement of the extraction
 vessel.  Therefore, all of the parameters  re-
 quired to calculate a K value at 1600 psi  are
 known. The resulting value for the "lumped"
 distribution coefficient  is 1.1.

   We have presented a novel approach to
 determining engineering design parameters
from  tpxicity indices  obtained  from a short-
term bioassay.  Through this  approach we  are
able to determine the distribution coefficient
for a  complex mixture without undertaking
lengthly traditional methods for determining
mixture properties, as well as  the extent of
extraction  necessary  for  successful  removal
of detectable levels of toxin  from a solvent.
    The use of SCFE as a viable means of toxic
    contaminant removal from a solvent has been
    substantiated.
    REFERENCES


 1.  Eckert, C. A., J. G. Van Alsten, T. Stoicos,
    Environ. Sci. Technol., 20(4), 319(1986).

 2.  DeFilippi.R. P.,  R. J.  Robey,  "Supercritical
    Fluid Regeneration of Adsorbents",  Project
    Summary,  EPA-600/52-83-038, EPA, Wash-
    ington,  D.C., 1983.

 3.  Groves, F. R.,  Jr., B. Brady,  F. C.  Knopf,
    CRC  Crit.  Rev.   Environ.  Control, 15(3),
    237(1985).

 4.  Irvin, T.  R., A.  Akgerman,  "Development
    of Postimplantation Rodent Embryo Culture
    Systems for  Identification of Developmen-
    tal  Toxins  and  Toxin Fractions in Complex
    Chemical  Mixtures", Chapter in Short-Term
    Bioassays in the Analysis of Complex Envi-
    ronmental Mixtures - IV, M. D. Waters, Ed-
    itor, Plenum Press, in press 1986.

5.  Irvin,  T. R., Mertes, P. C.Hess, R. K.,  and
   Akgerman, A.,  Proc.   Tissue Culture Assn,
   (1986),  142.

6. Modell,  M., R. C. Reid, S. Amin, U.S.  Patent
   No. 4,113,446, 1978.

7. Modell,  M.,  U.S. Patent  Wo.   4,338,199,
   1982.

8. Pricht, R. D. et al., AlChE Symp.  Ser., 78,
   136(1982).
                                        Disclaimer

The work desribed in this paper was not funded by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
The contents do not necessarily reflect the views of the Agency and no official endorsement should
be inferred.
                                          430'

-------
                      FIGURE  1.    Experimental Assembly for  Supercritical
                                     Extraction.
                                           E

                                   -£|-
                      A. Liquid Corbon Dioxide Supply
                      B. High Pressure Compression Cylinder
                      C. Nitrogen Inlet
                      D. Accurate Pressure Gauges
                      E. High Pressure Metering Pump
                      F. Corbondioxide Inlet
                      G. Pressure Transducer
                      H. Mixing Chamber
                      I. Cos Exit
                                                        J. Back Pressure Regulators
                                                        K. Wet Test Meter
                                                        L. Exit To Vent
                                                        U. Gas / Liquid Separator
                                                        N. Sample Tube (6.3 ml)
                                                        O. Somle Exit To Vial
                                                        P. Narrcw Bore Tubing (6.05 ml)
                                                        V1-VB. Valves
                  FIGURE 2. CALIBRATION CURVE FOR AQUEOUS TOXIC SOLUTION
     1.0
^   0.9
O

1   o..
 er
 
-------
                KIC.MIRE 3. CALIBRATION CIIHVB KOR CREOSOTE SATURATED WATEH
 C
 o
 o
     1.0
     0.0
~   O.I
O
o,

(O
U)
o

o
z
Q
Ul
N
tc
o
z
     0.7
    o.e
    o.s
     0.4
     0.3
    0.2
     0.1
     0.0
                  Crown to Rump Length
                                                             Mortnlity Index
        0!10    1:0      2:8      3:7      4:o      6:5      e-.4      7:3      8:2      0:1

                       DILUTION (Ratio of Sample Solution to Water)

                 PIC;UltK 4. MORTALITY  RESPONSE AS A  FUNCTION Of PRESSURE
                                                                                       10:0
      1.0*
 8   o.t
 CO
     0.7
     0.6



 b   o.s
o

>•
 g   0.4
 S   °-3
 N

 <   0.2


 CC

 O   0.1
     0.0
         600.0
                       750.0
                                       1000.0           1250.0

                                       PRESSURE (psig)
                                                                       1500.0
                                                                                       1750.0
                                          '•432

-------
          DURABILITY OF SLURRY  CUT-OFF  WALLS  AROUND  THE
                      HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES

                           Raj P.  Khera
         Department of Civil  &  Environmental  Engineering
                New Jersey Institute of  Technology
                         Newark, NO 07102

                            Yuan H. Wu
                          Dames &  Moore
                         6 Commerce Drive
                        Cranford,  NJ 07016

                          M.  Khalid Umer
         Department of Civil  &  Environmental  Engineering
                New Jersey Institute of  Technology
                         Newark, NJ 07102
                            ABSTRACT

     This research was undertaken to study the long term behavior
of a bentonite soil mixture interfacing with various chemical
permeants. A chemically treated "contaminant resistant" Wyoming
bentonite and a non-treated bentonite were tested. The tests show
that the changes in the chemical concentrations have a measurable
effect on the swelling index of the soil but the Atterberg limits
were not affected by similar changes in concentrations. Long du-
ration tests showed the swelling index for "contaminant resis-
tant" bentonite to decrease with time whereas for non-treated or-
dinary bentonite its value stabilized in a much shorter period of
time. For a given soil-chemical combination a straight line cor-
relation was found to exist between swelling index and permeabil-
ity.
INTRODUCTION

     In recent years the use of
slurry walls has increased as a
containment structure for haz-
ardous waste sites. However,
there are little data support-
ing the long term effectiveness
of slurry walls in controlling
the migration of pollutants
(2,4,5,9). Johnson, et al. (7)
wrote,"... the technology re-
garding the use of slurry wall
to contain hazardous wastes of
all types is in its infancy ...
further advancement is needed
in developing tests of slurry
wall  materials to determine
their long term performance."

     Of all  the engineering
properties,  the permeability of
the backfill  is the most impor-
tant  parameter affecting the
performance  of a slurry wall.
However, the  permeability tests
are costly and very time con-
suming. Index properties tests
such  as Atterberg limit tests,
though less  expensive, are  be-
lieved not to be reliable.
                              433

-------
PURPOSE

     The purpose of this inves-
tigation was to study  the ef-
fect of chemicals of various
concentrations on the long term
behavior of slurry wall back-
fill materials. The usefulness
of Atterberg limits as an index
for determining the suitability
of a backfill  material was
evaluated. Other properties,
such as soil swelling which can
be determined  by performing
simple tests,  were investigated
for the purpose of developing
correlations between permeabil-
ity and the swelling index de-
fined later in this paper.

APPROACH

Soil Specimen

     Two types of  bentonites,
an ordinary CS-200, a
"contaminant resistant" SS-100
both supplied  by the American
Colloid Co., and a commercially
available clean sand, were used
for preparing  backfill mixes.

     Specimens for the
swelling test were prepared
by mixing 5ml  of dry ben-
tonite powder with various
chemicals. To allow the soil
particles and the  liquid to
interact freely, small quan-
tities of  soil and chemical
were poured alternately in a
graduate  cylinder, to yield
100ml of uniform suspension.

     To simulate the long term
conditions, the test specimens
were prepared by directly in-
troducing chemical fluids of
desired concentrations  into the
blended soils. The liquid  con-
tents  for the backfill mixes
were adjusted to approximately
thirty percent to  facilitate
the molding of test specimens.
E_qjj i pment

     Flexible wall  and oedome-
ter  cells were used to deter-
mine  the hydraulic  conductivity
(3).  The triaxial  cell and con-
trol  panel were manufactured by
Trautwein. Oedometers were of
fixed-ring type, and sold by
Soil  Test.

     In an oedo.meter, vertical
stresses can be applied to sim-
ulate field overburden condi-
tions, and the coefficient of
permeability is obtained by in-
direc.t computations  (6). The
oedometer was modified to allow
the direct measurement of per-
meability using the  falling
head  .technique .
             Program
     The impermeable nature of
the bentonite is attributed to
its unique swelling properties.
When saturated with water, its
volume expands 10 to 15 fold of
its dry bulk (9). The volume
change is governed by the na-
ture of the fluid.

     The swelling tests were
conducted in essentially the
same way as described by Head
(6). The changes in the volume
of soil suspension were
recorded for several months.

     To saturate a test speci-
men in the flexible wall perme-
ameter, backpressure was ap-
plied  in small increments and
at a slow enough rate to pre-
vent consolidation.

     The premixed soil  slurry
was placed in the oedometer
ring and was loaded to  25kPa.
Direct measurements of  hy-
draulic  conductivity were made
prior  to each subsequent load
increment .
                              434

-------
     The hydraulic  conductiv-
ity for water was determined
when the flow quantity versus
the time curve became linear.
For the chemical permeants the
test was terminated when the
rates of inflow and outflow be-
came  equal. Since the speci-
mens were prepared by directly
adding the  chemical to the
soil, the entire pore space was
assumed to contain the chemi-
cal. Therefore, the waiting pe-
riod for a two pore volume (2)
displacement was considered
unnecessary.

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     The preparation of back-
fill mix required considerable
time. The usual method to con-
trol its consistency through
viscosity measurements (4,10)
was abandoned in favor of con-
trolling its liquid contents
and slump.

     The latex membranes,
which are used to cover the
test specimens in a flexible
wall permeameter are readily
attacked by the chemicals. To
protect a membrane from the
chemical attack the test speci-
men was wrapped two to three
times with a teflon sheet. A
thin coat of silicone grease
was then applied to the teflon.
The latex membrane was then
placed over it.

     For maintaining the shape
of the specimen during mount ing
the application of a vacuum was
ineffective due to the relative
impervious nature of the back-
fill mix. A perforated sheet of
aluminum foil  wrapped around
the sample outside the latex
membrane provided the necessary
lateral  support for  the speci-
men .
RESULTS
     The Atterberg limit tests
were performed with toluene,
aniline and phenol. The liquid
limit with anil i ne dropped as
the  concentration increased.
With phenol the liquid limit
did not  change even when the
concentration was as high as
10,000 ppm. No correlation was
observed to exist between the
duration of soaking and the
liquid limit. The data with
toluene also showed a consider-
able spread. Thus, for the
chemicals of the given concen-
trations, the liquid limit did
not prove to be a useful index.
Further Atterberg limit tests
were curtailed in favor of
swelling tests.

S_vjg.llin,g__Tesits_

    To correlate free swell
with different chemicals a
swelling index Si is defined
as fol 1 ows :


Si= Swc/Sww

where S   is soil free swelling
with a chemical and S   with
demineralized water.

    Initially the value of S.
for CS-200 was forty-five per-
cent larger than that for SS-
100. However, gradually the SS-
100 specimens expanded and af-
ter twenty-five days S. became
constant and its final value
was only fifteen percent less
than that of CS-200.

    Among the organic liquids
aniline showed (Fig. 1} the
most effect on  S.. With the
concentration of 1,000 ppm and
10,000  ppm, the  initial  val-
                              435

-------
ties of S. were almost equal,
but the 1,000 ppm  suspension
slowly increased its volume and
became constant in about sixty
days. For 10,000 .ppm ,anil ine,
S. continued to drop. This
change became significant after
four months and by the eighth
month  the difference between
the two  S. values had
increased from thirty percent
to forty percent. Toluene and
phenol  also demonstrated some
effect on S-, though not as
much as aniline. Similarly,
Acar, et al. (1) reported
greater reduction in free swell
for concentrated aniline than
for  phenol .

     Fig. 2  and Fig. 3  show
the swelling indices for SS-100
with the highest chemical con-
centrations. The observation
periods were almost  twelve
months for most  of  the  chemi-
cals. Note that the  inorganic
hydrochloric acid  has the
greatest effect on S.. Also,
potassium chromate has the  low-
est concentration but shows
considerably more effect on  Si „
than other liquids with  rela-
tively   higher  concentrations.
The higher charge on  chromium
ion  is believed to have  caused
greater  reduction in  the thick-
ness of  the double layer and,
therefore, lowered  its
swelling  index. S,  for.   hy-
drochloric acid and  chromium
did  not  stabilized  but  for  all
other  chemicals  it  became  sta-
ble  after  two  months.

     Hydrochloric  acid affected
the  swelling  index  of CS-200
 (Fig.  4)  to  a  greater extent
than  that  of  SS-100.  However,
for  CS-200  the swelling  index
did  not  decrease  with time  as
was  the  case  with  SS-100.  Ini-
tially  the  S.  value  for  CS-200,
was  thirty  percent  lower than
that for SS-100 but Si de-
creased with time and in four
months the difference between
the S. values for the two soils
had reduced to less than five
percent. The extrapolation of
S. for SS-100 shows it to be
lower than that for CS-200.
With the other chemicals, the
S. values for CS-200 were, ei-
ther equal to or greater than
those for SS-100. Since SS-100
is  chemically treated and is
"contaminant resistant" one
would expect its properties  to
be less affected by the  chemi-
cals. However, the observed re-
sults contradict the expected
behavior.                  ,

     The  swelling  index is more
sensitive to the chemical type
and its concentration and ap-
pears to  be better suited  for
predicting the effect of chemi-
cals on soils than the Atter-
berg limits. A swelling test is
easier to perform  and requires
less  skill than the Atterberg
limit test, even though it
takes longer to  complete.  Al-
though the behavior of a soil
suspension is not  the same as
its  in-situ response, S- can
provide a qualitative measure
of  the  influence of a permeant
on  the soil structure.

jj/drau 1 i c Conduct, jyjjy.

      As shown  in Fig. 5, with
all  other conditions  remaining
the  same  (void ratio, consoli-
dation  pressure, etc.),  the
swelling  indices appear  to  show
a  linear  relationship with  the
hydraulic conductivity  for  most
of  the  chemical  tested.  The
hydraulic conductivity
increases  as  the swelling  index
decreases.  These results  are  in
agreement with  the Gouy-Chapman
theory  which  depicts  the
contraction  of  the diffused
                               436

-------
 double layer primarily as the
 reason for the higher
 magnitude of permeability in a
 clay mass.
      When using concentrated
 chemicals the change  in
 permeability is usually
 dramatic   and easily  detected.
 At  lower  chemical  concen-
 trations  the changes  in  the
 permeability are  small  and  not
 detectable.  The swelling  index,
 on  the other hand,  is shown  to
 be  much more sensitive  to small
 changes in the chemical  concen-
 trations.  It is,  therefore,  a
 good  indicator'of. a soils sen-
 sitivity  to  chemicals and the
 resulting  changes  in  their
 properties.

      The  permeability values
 from  pedometer  and  falling head
 measurements  showed a  good
 agreement  and  are  presented
 elsewhere  (8).

 CONCLUSIONS

      The use  of the swelling
 index  is a reasonable way for  a
 qualitative  evaluation of a
 soil-chemical  interaction. The
 swelling index  is much more
 sensitive  to  both the chemical
 type  and its  concentration.
 Long  duration  tests showed
 that  the swelling index for
 "contaminant  resistant" ben-
 tonite continued to decreased
 over  a long  period of time.
 However, for  non-treated ordi-
 nary  bentonite the swelling in-
 dex stabilized in a much
 shorter period of time.

      For a given soil-chemical
 combination a straight line
correlation was found  to exist
between swelling index and
permeability. As the swelling
 index of a soil decreases its
permeability increases. This
relationship can be used  to
predict the trends  in soil
permeability even at lower
chemical concentrations.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     This research Was funded
by the National Science Founda-
tion Industry/University Center
for Research in Hazardous and
Toxic Substances, and the De-
partment of Civil and Environ-
mental  Engineering,  at the New
Jersey Institute ;o.f. Technology,
Newark, NJ.  Their support is
great fully acknowledged.

REFERENCES

 1. Acar,  Y. B., Hamidon, A.,
   Field,  S. D., and Scott,
   L.,"The Effect of,Organic
   Fluids  on Hydraulic  Conduc-
   tivity  of Compacted  Kaolin-
   ite,"  Hydraulic Barriers  in
   Soil  and  Rock,   ASTM, John-
   son,  A.  I.,  Forbel,  R. K.,:
   Cavalli,  N.  J., and  Petters-
   son,  C. B.,  Editors,  1985,
   pp.  171-177.

2. Anderson,  D.,Crawley,  W. ,
   and  Zabcik,  J.  D.,"  Effect
   of Various  Liquids on  Clay
   Soil: Bentonite Slurry Mix-
   tures,"Hydraul ic  Barriers  in
  . Soil  and  Rock,  ASTM, John-
   son,  A. I.,  Forbel, R.  K. ,
   Cavalli,  N.  J., and Petters-
   son,  C. B.,   Editors,  1985,
   pp.  93-102.

3.  Daniel,  D.  E., Anderson,  D.
   C., and Boynton,  S. S.,
   "Fixed-Wall Versus Flexible-
   Wall Permeameters,"  Hy-
   draulic Barriers  in Soil
   and Rock, ASTM, Johnson, A.
   I., Forbel, R.  K.  ,  Cavalli ,
   .N. J., and Pettersson, C.
   B., Editors,  1985,, pp.
   107-126.
                              437;

-------
4.  D'Appolonia, D.J.,'"Soil
  Bentonite Slurry Trench  Cut-
  off s,"Journal of Geotechni-
  cal Engineering Division,
  ASCE, Vol.106, NO.GT4,
  April, 1980, pp. 399-419.

5. Evans, J. C., Fang, H.  Y.,
  and Witmer, K. ."Influenc of
  Inorganic Permeants upon the
  Permeability of Bentonite,"
  Hydraulic Barriers in Soil
  and Rock, ASTM,  Johnson, A.
  I., Forbel, R. K., Cavalli,
  N. J., and  Pettersson,  C.
  B., Editors, 1985, pp. 64-
  73.

6. Head, K. H., Manual of  Soil
  Laboratory Testing, Vol. I
  and Vol. II, John Wiley  &
  Sons, New York, 1981.

7. Johnson, A., Forbel, R. K.,
  Cavalli, N. J., and Petters-
  son, C. B., "Overview,"  Hy-
  draulic Barriers in Soil and
                            Rock, ASTM,  Johnson,  A.  I.,
                            Forbel , R. K.,  Cavalli,  N.
                            J., and  Pettersson, C.  B.,
                            Editors, 1985,  pp.  1-6.

                          8. Khera, R. P.,  Wu,  Y.  H.,
                            and Umer, M. K.,"Durability
                            of Slurry Cut-Off Walls
                            around the Hazardous Waste
                            Sites," Progress Report,  NSF
                            Industry/University Copera-
                            tive Research Center,  NJIT,
                            Newark, NJ, 1986.

                          9. US EPA, "Slurry Trench  Con-
                            struction for   Pollution
                            Migration  Control,"EPA-
                            540/2-84-001, U. S. Environ-
                            mental Protection Agency,
                            Cincinnatti, OH, 1984.

                          10. Xanthakos, Petros P.,
                            Slurry Wall , McGraw-Hill
                            Book Company,   New  York,
                            1979.
             1.2 r
                                           WoUr
                _ Set Typ«: BwitonlU SS-100
             0.0
  Fig. 1
               Elapsed Time (Days)
Swelling Index of'chemically-Treated Bentonite,  SS-100 with Aniline.
                               438

-------
                  .  Soil Type: B«ntonite SS-100
              0.7'
              0.6
  • Wotar
• * Anllln* 1000ppm
  o Ph«nol 1000ppm
« 1.1,1-Triehloroathona 1000ppm
D Tolu«n« 1000ppm
              0-5 Q   '   '  90 '   '  180 '   '  270 '   ' 360  '   ' 450
                             Elapsed Time (Days)

Fig. 2   Comparisons of Swelling  Index for  Chemically-Treated  Bentonite,  SS-100,
         with Organic Chemicals.
              1.2 r
              1.0
              0.8 -
             x
             o
            •o

             0)0.6
             9
             9
               0.2
               0.0
                    Soil Typ»: Bsntonlta SS-100
  * Water
- • Potassium Chromate SOppm
  • NaOH 0.1 N
  A Hcl 0.1 N
         i   ,   i  i   i   i   i   i   i   i   i   t   i
        90      180      270      360     450
            Elapsed Time (Days)
                              	1— — — —	—  ^   »  f
Fig.  3  Comparisons  of Swelling Index for Chemically-Treated Bentonite, SS-100,

         with  Inorganic Chemicals.
                                         439

-------
               1.2
              1.0
             xO.8
             0)
            •o
            jr

             a>0.6

              0.2
              0.0
                    Potassium  Chromate SOppm

                                  Phenol lOOOppm
                                        e*	

                  7 Toluene  lOOOppm
                 1-rtr-
                         Hcl 0.1N
                        	9	
                     Soil Type: Bentonite CS-200
                                                           Water
                                                NaOH  0.1N
                                                        400
                         100       200       300
                          Elapsed  Time (Days)

Fig. 4  Comparisons  of Swelling Index  for  Ordinary Bentonite, CS-200.
              1.2 r
              1.1
            x
            o>
            •o 1.0


            D>
            150.9

            to
              0.8
              0.7
                10
                        *  Aniline  10OOppm
                        n  Toluene 10OOppm
                        A  Phenol  10OOppm
                           I  I  t  I I
                                   10
                          Permeability (cm/sec)
10-r
Fig. 5   Relationships between Swelling Index and Permeability for Backfill Mix
         with  10% Chemically-Treated Bentonite, SS-100.


                                    Disclaimer
The work described in this paper was  not funded by the U.  S.  Environmental
Protection  Agency. The contents do not necessarily reflect  the   views  of
the Agency  and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                      440

-------
              ASSESSMENT OF LEACHATE MONITORING AND TOXICITY IN
                 GROUNDWATER AROUND IOWA MUNICIPAL LANDFILLS
                        Burton C. Kross, Ph.D., P.E.
            Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering and
         Department of Preventive Medicine and Environmental Health
                             University of Iowa
                            Iowa City, IA   52242
                                  ABSTRACT
     Historical  monitoring  data .collected  since  1977  at  Iowa  municipal
landfills were  analyzed  .to  determine  if  groundwater  was  contaminated,by
landfill leachates.   Monitoring data for indicator parameters - pH, chloride,
and  specific  conductance  -  were  examined  statistically  at  67 permitted
municipal/county  landfills  using  the  student  t-test  and  an  analysis of
covariance technique.  Landfills were ranked  into quartiles  from greatest to
least probability  of contamination,  based on  historical data.  A stratified
random sample of 19 sites was then selected  for further  assessment using the
Microtox toxicity screening procedure, chemical screening tests (TOG and TOX),
and selected chemical analyses (ammonia, sulfate, nitrate, and heavy metals).

     Results of toxicity and  chemical  screening  procedures  for groundwater
from  93  wells  at  19  landfills  suggest a poor correlation between the two
screening approaches.  Wells  that screened  positive (12  total) for  the TOX
test were  generally not  the same wells that were considered toxic (10 total)
according to the Microtox procedure.  A significant  correlation exits between
Microtox and TOG data, as expressed by a Spearman rank correlation coefficient
of 0.29 and a p-value of 0.006.  Results of this study also suggest  that TOG,
ammonia, and sulfate are not good indicator parameters for monitoring leachate
migration from landfills in Iowa.

     The best approach to improving the quality of monitoring data around Iowa
landfills is to increase the number and improve the location of new monitoring
wells at each site.  Commitment of financial resources in the future should be
directed toward improved hydrogeologic representation of groundwater flow near
landfills, not better chemical characterizations of groundwater quality.
INTRODUCTION

     An  important  issue  facing the
nation is the protection of groundwa-
ter resources.   An  integral part of
any  protection  strategy  will be to
define the  extent, significance, arid
solutions  to  groundwater cqntamina-
                                     441

-------
tion from  existing,  identified, and
unknown  landfill   sites.    Initial
investigations (1) of  this  issue by
the  Iowa   Environmental  Protection
Division   (formerly   the  Dept.  of
Water,  Air,  and  Waste  Management)
focus on the 125  permitted landfills
in  the  state,  which  utilize about
10,000 acres.

     Review of existing records indi-
cates  that   about   50%   of  these
landfills   are   known  to  generate
leachates.        However,   existing
groundwater    monitoring    programs
required  at   these  landfills  have
detected  leachate  contamination  of
groundwater at  less than  10% of the
sites.  This information  may suggest
one  or  more  of  the following sce-
narios .

a)  that   groundwater  contamination
from  landfill  leachates  is  not  a
problem,
b)  that  contamination  is not yet a
problem,
c) that contamination is not detected
because of the insufficient number or
location of monitoring wells,
d) that contamination is not detected
because  the  most  commonly required
indicator parameters may not reliably
indicate  the  presence  of  leachate
contamination, or
e)   the   methods  used  to  analyze
existing  monitoring   data  are  not
effective  in  determining contamina-
tion.
PURPOSE

     Research   was    conducted   to
address  scenarios  c),  d)   and  e)
through  investigating  the relation-
ship  between  toxicity  of  landfill
leachates and  other measured ground-
water    quality  parameters.     The
objectives  of  this  study  were  as
follows:
1.   Evaluate, analyze, and summarize
existing  monitoring  data  from  all
permitted  municipal/county landfills
in Iowa,

2.   Conduct toxicity screening tests
and  limited   chemical  analyses  on
leachates   and  groundwater  samples
from chemical  analyses  on leachates
and groundwater samples from 20 sites
selected    by    stratified   random
sampling procedures,

3.   Attempt to  correlate results of
the  toxicity   screening  tests  and
chemical   analyses   with   existing
indicator    screening    tests   and
chemical   analyses   with   existing
indicator parameter data, and

4.  Determine the  applicability of a
short-term     bioassay     screening
procedure, the Microtox test (2), and
several chemical indicator parameters
for detecting  leachate contamination
of groundwater from landfills.
APPROACH

     In  an  attempt  to  improve the
homogeneity   of   field  data,  only
municipal/county  sanitary  landfills
(86  total)  were  considered for the
database.     Based   on   review  of
existing   monitoring   records,   19
landfills were  deleted  from further
evaluation for  various reasons, i.e.
limited  historical   data  from  new
monitoring  well  installations, only
surface water monitoring at the site,
or  farm  wells  not   properly  con-
structed  or  located  for monitoring
purposes.    The  remaining landfills
were then classified into two groups.
Sites that  included monitoring wells
located up-gradient and down-gradient
from the  landfill were designated as
Type I landfills (52 total).  Type II
sites (15 total) had monitoring wells
in only down-gradient locations.
                                     442

-------
     Historical monitoring  data were
available  on   a   semiannual  basis
beginning in 1977-81 for  most wells.
Chemical     indicator    parameters,
chloride,  pH,  specific conductance,
and chemical  oxygen demand (COD data
for 1/4  of sites), were entered into
the  SAS,  Version  5 (3) statistical
assessment    program   for   further
analyses.   The database includes 318
monitoring  wells  with  about 10,000
observations.

     Each    monitoring    well   was
classified  as  up-gradient  or down-
gradient.    These  designations were
based  on  review  of engineering and
soils reports; potentiometric surface
calculations performed using recorded
water-level  elevations,  topographic
elevations,     and     stratigraphic
sequences  for  each monitoring well;
and  limited  personal communications
with agency staff.

     The  first  level of statistical
analyses used the  standard T-test and
a  more   sophisticated  analysis  of
covariance (4) procedure for existing
groundwater  monitoring  data  for at
all Type I landfills.  The sites were
then  ranked  and  grouped into quar-
tiles  according   to  the  calculated
probabilities   that   a  significant
difference    existed   between   up-
gradient and  down-gradient concentra-
tions  for  the  historical indicator
parameters  of  chloride and specific
conductance.

     A   stratified random sample was
constructed   by  randomly selecting  6
sites    from   the  first   quartile
(greatest  probability  of contamina-
tion),   5    sites from  the  second
quartile,   3   sites  from  the   third
quartile,   3   sites  from  the fourth
quartile, and 3 Type II sites.  This
technique   permits calculation  of  an
inclusion   probability   for  use   in
weighted regression analysis.  Hence,
the method   preserves the statistical
validity  of  this  study for drawing
inferences  about potential groundwa-
ter   contamination   from  landfills
throughout Iowa.
     At  each  of  the   20  selected
landfills,  samples   of  groundwater
from existing  monitoring  wells were
collected  using  standardized  field
procedures.     Measurement   of  pH,
specific    conductance,    chloride,
ammonia   nitrogen,    nitrate,   and
sulfate   was   performed   using   a
portable    spectrophotometer   (Hach
Model DR/3).   Samples  were analyzed
for total  organic  carbon  (TOG) and
total organic  halides  (TOX)  by the
University Hygienics  Laboratpry.  At
three sites,  analyses  for  11 heavy
metals and 28 volatile  organics were
performed    on    24   environmental
samples,  including  landfill  leach-
ates.

     The    Microtox   single   point
screening   methodology    for   100%
samples was used  for  the groundwater
samples.      Responses   for   three
replicate samples from each well were
compared  to  the response  of three
diluent  blanks.     Sample   pH  was
adjusted  to  6.0 to  7.0.   Testing
temperature was 10°C.  This procedure
produced  a  response  that  was  ex-
pressed  as  a  positive  or negative
percentage  of  light  reduction.   A
positive  light  reduction  suggests a
toxic response while a negative light
reduction   indicates  stimulation  or
possibly hormesis (5).

     The Microtox test  is  based on
detecting   changes   in  natural light
production  from a specific  strain of
a  marine   luminescent   bacterium,
Photobacterium     phosphoreum,   when
exposed to  a  toxic  challenge.   The
bacteria  are  carefully  cultured and
harvested to insure  genetic stability
and are provided  by  the manufacturer
 in lyophilized  form.     Each  test
 involves   about  3  million    of  the
 reconstituted   bacteria   (30   ul. per
                                      443-

-------
 1.0 ml.  sample).  The Microtox Model
 2055*  Toxicity  Analyzer  System used
 for   this   procedure   contains   a
 spectrophotometer  that  measures the
 differences   in   light   output  of
 samples compared to  light  output of
 diluent  blanks.   Light measurements
 were   recorded   5  and  15  minutes
 following  inoculation  of the sample
 with bacteria.

      Results of  toxicity testing and
 chemical analyses  for 93 wells at 19
 landfills   (one   landfill  declined
 participation)  were  analyzed  using
 SAS    correlation   and   regression
 procedures.
 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

      Despite careful  use of existing
 records and  historical hydrogeologi-
 cal  observations,   field  investiga-
 tions at  the  19  landfills detected
 probable  discrepancies  in  previous
 designations of  monitoring,  wells as
 up-gradient or  down-gradient.    Nine
 wells  were   reclassified  based  on
 field   verification   and   a   third
 classification "within  the fill" was
 created  for  six  wells   that   were
 actually monitoring groundwater  in or
 near  old landfill waste cells.   It is
 important  to  recognize  that   field
 verification  of monitoring data is
 essential.     Changes   for  15   of 93
 wells  resulted  in  reordering  and
 significantly  different  statistical
 inferences  at 8 of  the 19  landfills.

      Field   observations   were   also
 important relative   to  assessing the
 effectiveness    of  '  each  existing
monitoring network.  At  8 of  the 19
 sites,  additional   wells  would  be
 required to  establish  a minimal basis
for  monitoring  groundwater movement
around the   site.    The  most common
deficiency was  the lack  of good up-
gradient  locations  to  serve  as  a
baseline.  Another monitoring problem
 occurs when  landfilled  areas become
 local    recharge    zones,   thereby
 changing the  local  groundwater flow
 direction  as  the  landfilling  pro-
 gresses.

      The   standard   Microtox   test
 procedure     necessarily    involves
 dilution of  the sample  to about 70%
 of    its   original   concentration;
 followed by serial dilutions  at even
 lower concentrations  to  obtain data
 for a log-log  plot  of concentration
 vs. normalized light production.   For
 many of the groundwater  samples this
 standard Microtox  procedure  at 15°C
 resulted in "negative" data points or
 stimulation of  the  bacteria  at the
 lower    concentrations.       Perhaps
 nutrients in the sample produced true
 stimulation   of   the   bacteria  or
 perhaps  hormesis  from low levels of
 toxicants  was  the  cause   of  these
 observations.    In any  event,  it was
 not possible  to calculate  the normal
 Microtox toxicity endpoint,  i.e.,  the
 EC20  or   EC50,   for   most  of   the
 samples.  Better results  for toxicity
 screening   purposes    were   obtained
 using   the  Microtox  single  point
 screening   methodology   for    100%
 samples.
RESULTS
     The    preliminary   statistical
analyses  of   52  Type  I  landfills
determined that 13 sites historically
had   significantly  higher  (p-value
<0.05) concentrations for chloride in
down-gradient  wells  vs. up-gradient
wells.    Similarly, 16 landfills had
the  same  condition  for  historical
specific conductance measurements.  A
total of  7 landfills had significant
differences in historical records for
both  indicator  parameters.   From a
research  viewpoint  this  ranking of
sites was useful to assure that field
testing encompassed the full range of
expected   groundwater  contamination
around  landfills  during the limited
                                     444

-------
field   study.     The  environmental
policy and regulatory significance of
these   rankings   are   of   obvious
importance, as well.

     Validation    tests   on   metal
solutions    and   diluted   landfill
leachates were performed to determine
the  sensitivity   of   the  Microtox
single    point   screening   method.
Reference  standards containing known
concentrations of metals regulated by
the  Safe  Drinking  Water  Act  were
analyzed.  Based on the results given
in  Table  1,  the   Microtox  method
appears  to  be  sensitive  enough to
detect small amounts  of  leachate in
groundwater.     Additional  chemical
analyses for leachates from two sites
are given in Table 2.

     Summary  data  for  the Microtox
tests and  other  chemical parameters
measured at 93 wells monitoring 19
        Table 1.  Calibration Data
Compound
Arsenic

Silver

Lead

Selenium

Cadmium

Mercury

Chromium

Barium

Chlorine,,
w/ Ammonia
Chlorine,
w/ Ammonia
Millipore Water
Water Leachates
Leachate A ,

Leachate B

Leachate C

Leachate D

Cone.
me/L
0.05
0.5
0.05
0.5
0.05
0.5
0.01
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.002
0.02
0.05
0.5
1.0
10
0.1
5.0
1.0
5.0


400:1
20:1
400:1
20:1
400:1
20:1
400:1
20:1
Microtox
NPLD-5 min NPLD-15 min
14.1
21.5
25.6
24.1
16.1
22.5
14.1
11.7
5.2
1.1
15.1
4.3
4.3
4.3
0.7
0.0
40.5

327.

3.1

2.4
89.6
11.2
161.
-1.3
23.8
8.7
404.
17.5 .
36.2
28.0
65.2
19.4
41.6
14.4
16.0
,8.1
5.0
17.9
9.4
6.6
6.8
4.2
6.3
172. ,-

—

11.8

3.6
84.0
28.0
194.
-0.5
21.0
14.0
770.
         Notes: NPLD = net % light decrease, 10°C.
         Lowest cone, of metals is drinking water standard
                                     445

-------
 Table 2.  Analyses  of Landfill Leachates
 Parameter
Site A
Site B
Parameter
                                                         Site A
Test
NPLD5
NPLD15
TOG
TOX
NH3, N
N03, N
S04
PH
Sp. Cond.
Cloride
Del. Cloride
Del. Sp. Cond.
Mean
5.1
-5.6
14.1
58.4
0.5
1.2
97
7.1
1110
23.3
15.6
130
S.D.
13.5
42.5
31.2
94.0
0.6
2.6
150
0.3
760
65
84
470
Ran?
Low
-15
-27
.5
5
0
0
0
6.0
300
1
-76
-480
je
High
77
386
200
540
3.5
16
785
8.2
5200
460
593
1750
Note:  Microtox tests 10°C.  All concentrations in mg/L,
except TOX in PPB. Del. = delta, down-gradient minus up-
gradient
                                                    Site B
Tox (PPB)
TOG (PPM)
Ba (PPM)
Cr (PPM)
As (PPM)
Cd (PPM)
Pb (PPM)

320
610
.16
< .02
0.03
0.02
0.13

910
2500
1.2
0.36
< .01 (PPM)
0.02
0.19(PPM)

Mg (PPM)
Se (PPM)
Zn (PPM)
Cu (PPM)
Ag (PPM)
Trichloro-
floromethane
(PPB)
260
0.01
0.78
0.06
< .01


1414
300
< .01
0.58
< .05
< .01


< 5
Table 3.  Summary Results of Toxicity and Chemical Testing
Table 4.  Microtox Data
Classification  System

NPLD-5
> 32
18 - 32
10 - 18
0-10
< 0

Class if icat ion
very toxic
toxic
slightly toxic
indeterminate
non-toxic
# of
wells
5
7
8
40
33
                        Table 5.  TOX Screening
                        Classification System

TOX
>178
100-178
56-100
32- 56
< 32

Classification
strong positive
positive
weak positive
indeterminate
negative
# of
wells
6
6
7
23
49
                                    446

-------
landfills  are  presented in Table 3.
Results  from  any toxicity screening
procedure  should  not  be considered
absolute measurements of toxicity.  A
classification  scheme  for  grouping
Microtox   results   into  a  ranking
system is suggested in Table 4.
Similarly,  chemical  screening tests
like  TOX  could   be   grouped  into
classifications  that   indicate  the
need for additional specific chemical
analyses.    See  Table   5.    These
rankings are based  on  increments of
0.25 on a log 10 scale.  For example,
wells that  were  classified  as very
toxic/toxic by the  Microtox  test or
strong positive/positive  by  the TOX
test  could  be  analyzed  for  heavy
metals,  specific  volatile organics,
or other suspected contaminants.

     Microtox  and  chemical analyses
data are  very skewed  data sets with
several  observations   beyond  three
standard  deviations  from  the mean.
These observations  were  deleted for
statistical   analyses   using   non-
parametric methods.   The correlation
between Microtox and TOX  data is not
significant, resulting  in a Spearman
rank correlation  coefficient of 0.15
with   a   p-value  of  0.15.  Stated
another way, the wells  that screened
strong positive/positive  for the TOX
test usually  were not the same wells
that  were  very toxic/toxic based on
the Microtox  procedure.  This result
is  not   surprising  since  Microtox
procedures can  detect a much broader
range  of  toxicants  in  groundwater
than  TOX  measurements. ,   Moreover,
Microtox  is  not particularly sensi-
tive   to   low   concentrations   of
halogenated organics.

   A  significant  correlation exists
between Microtox and TOG data, with  a
Spearman rank correlation coefficient
of 0.29 and a p-value of 0.006.  This
correlation  between   total  organic
carbon   and   Microtox  toxicity  is
consistent  with  the broad screening
nature of both procedures.
     An  analysis  of  the  13  study
sites,  which  have  up-   and  down-
gradient wells (76 total),  using the
inclusion  probability  method yields
statistical  inferences  about likely
monitoring results  for  all landfill
monitoring wells  in Iowa.   The data
presented  in  Table 6 represents the
best estimate,  based on this strati-
fied  random  sample  of 13 sites, of
expected values  for chemical parame-
ters    and  toxicity  in groundwater
near Iowa landfills.

     Highly  significant  differences
(p-values  <0.01)  exist  between up-
gradient  and  down-gradient observa-
tions  for  the  Microtox  procedure,
TOX,    specific   conductance,   and
chloride.      Of   particular  note,
measurements of  TOG were essentially
the  same  for  up and down locations
while   up-gradient  measurements  of
sulfate,  and  ammonia  were actually
higher  than  down-gradient  observa-
tions.   These data suggest that TOG,
sulfate,  and  ammonia testing are of
limited    utility   for   monitoring
potential landfill contamination.
RECOMMENDATIONS

1.    The  computerized  database for
existing landfill monitoring networks
should be maintained and updated with
semi-annual data by the Iowa Environ-
mental Protection Division.  Designa-
tions of wells as either up- or down-
gradient should be carefully reviewed
for  all  sites  by  regionally based
state inspectors  who regularly visit
each landfill.

2.  The  best  approach  to improving
the quality of monitoring  data is to
increase the number  and  improve the
location of new  monitoring  wells at
each landfill.

3.  Given the inherent limitations of
the existing monitoring database, the
simple student t-test procedure is
                                      447

-------
  Table 6.   Best Estimate for Statewide Monitoring Results
Up-gradient (n=19)
Down-gradient
(n=57)
Range
Parameter
Microtox
NPLD5
TOX
TOG
Sp . Cond .
Chloride
Sulfate
Nitrate, N
Ammonia, N
mean

2.0
40
7.8
870
5.2
92
1.8
0.6
low

-7.8
5.0
.5
415
1.0
10
0
0
high

23.4
160
68
1880
99
700
8.3
3.1
mean

3.8
62
8.5
1080
20.5
88
0.9
0.4
low

-14.9
5.0
1.0
300
1.0
0
0
0
high

45.8
540
150
3550
460
785
12
1.5
Student
t-test
p-value

.0085
.0001
.6060
.0003
.0001
-.0281
-.0060
-.0301
 appropriate   for   determining   the
 significance  of  differences between
 up-gradient and  down-gradient wells.
 Student t-tests  should  be performed
 in conjunction  with  each monitoring
 period.       Examining   data   from
 individual  wells alone  with actions
 taken if  single observations deviate
 from the mean by more than 3 standard
 deviations   will   not   effectively
 utilize the monitoring database.

 4.    Two  baseline  monitoring wells
 carefully   located   in  up-gradient
 locations that will not  be disturbed
 by  on-going  landfilling  operations
 should be required at  each landfill.
 If  the  landfill  could  affect   the
 groundwater   table   and  additional
 aquifers,    two  baseline  monitoring
 wells  should  be   placed   in  each
 groundwater regime.   These wells
 may   necessarily   be   located   off
 landfill property  to  insure constant
 baseline data.

 5.     At   the  time  of  permit renewal,
 each  landfill  operation  should  submit
 results  of . a detailed hydrogeology
 report based  on site-specific field
 testing  to  justify  the number and
 location   of   on-going groundwater
monitoring wells.

 6.    A  recording   rain  gauge, field
measurements of infiltration rates
 into  the  landfill  cap,  and  field
 estimates of evapotransporation rates
 over  the  landfill  area  should  be
 added   as   permit  requirements  to
 assist  with  water  balance calcula-
 tions  needed   to  predict  leachate
 generation rates.

 7.    Each landfill should establish a
 surface  water  monitoring program to
 include   upstream   and   downstream
 samples   of   intermittent  drainage
 ditches,   ponding   water,   or streams
 draining    the  site.       If  local
 groundwater   flows   are   known  to
 contribute   to   streamflow  in  the
 immediate  vicinity  of  the landfill,
 sampling   of  the   stream should also
 monitor this condition.

 8.     Sampling  of  , farm wells  in the
 vicinity  of landfills may  have  public
 relations   benefits  (assuming   all
 results   are   negative),   but   these
 samples     have  little    monitoring
 benefit because of inconsistent  well
 construction   and   significant poten-
 tial   for   other   interference   con-
 tamination,  i.e.  feedlot  or agricul-
 tural  chemical  spills.     Farm wells
 should    be   deleted   from   future
monitoring requirements.

9.  On-site  wells  used  for potable
water  supply   by  landfill  workers
should  be  added  to  the monitoring
                                     448

-------
requirements.    Testing requirements
should  parallel  those  required for
small public  water systems under the
Safe Drinking Water Act.

10.      Although  current  indicator
parameters    (chloride,    pH,   and
specific  conductance)  are  probably
not the best approach to consistently
detect groundwater contamination from
landfills, extreme  caution should be
exercised before  adding new chemical
parameters   to  monitoring  require-
ments.   Any additions  should have a
specific    rationale    and   stated
interpretation    guidelines.      As
previously  noted  in   no.  2  above,
financial    resources    should   be
directed  toward improved hydrogeolo-
gic   representation,   not  chemical
characterizations.

11.   Further assessment of screening
procedures like  TOX and Microtox may
ultimately lead to  inclusion  of one
or more  of  these tests to a complete
groundwater  monitoring  program.
 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

      The   financial   and  technical
 support  of  the ,  U.S.   Environmental
 Protection   Agency   and   the  Iowa
 Division  of Environmental Protection
 is greatly  appreciated.   Analytical
 support  and  equipment  for toxicity
 measurements  were  provided  by  the
 University  Hygienic  Laboratory  and
 Microbics   Corporation.      Special
 thanks   go   to   Barbara  Torney,  a
 geologist, who  assisted  with inter-
 pretation of hydrogeological data.
     Protection Strategy,  Environmen-
     tal  Commission,   Des  Moines,  IA,
     106  p.

     SAS   Institute  Inc.,  1985,  SAS
     User's  Guide:   Basics,  Version 5
     Edition,  Gary, NC,  1290 p.

     Silver, C.A.,   1985,  Statistical
     Approaches     to    Groundwater
     Monitoring,        Environmental
     Institute  of   Waste  Management
     Studies,  University,  Alabama, 18
     p.

     Stebbin,  A.R.D.,  1982, Hormesis
     - the stimulation  of  growth by
     low  levels  of  inhibitors,  In:
     The   science   of   the   Total
     Environment, Elsevier Scientific
     Publishing    Co.,    Amsterdam,
     Netherlands, pp 213-234.
DISCLAIMER

     The work described in this paper
was not  funded in  total by .the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency. 'The
contents  do  not necessarily reflect
the  views  of  the   Agency  and  no
official   endorsement    should   be
inferred.
 REFERENCES

 1.   Beckman  Instruments Inc., 1982,
      Microtox     System    Operating
      Manual, Carlsbad, CA, 94 p.

 2.   Hoyer,  B.E.,  J.E.  Combs, R.D.
      Kelley, C.C. Leatherman and J.H.
      Seyb,   1987,  Iowa  Groundwater
                                     449

-------

-------
                     LEACHATE SYNTHESIS FOR CLAY
                                 AND
                      FML COMPATIBILITY TESTING
                          Stephen S.  Odojewski
                     Waste Resource Associates, Inc.
                          2576 Seneca Avenue
                        Niagara Falls, NY  14305
                               ABSTRACT
     In complying with permitting  requirements for land disposal  facili-
 ties,  a new  facility faces  certain problems not encountered by an
 existing  facility.    In  particular,  the required demonstration  of the
 compatibility of the liner system  with the wastes and associated  consti-
 tuents to be  handled  becomes much more complicated.   A logical approach
 can  however  be employed  to formulate a  synthesized leachate which can
 then be  used  to produce  the data needed to satisfy the requirements of
 this demonstration.

     In this  particular project, the leachate which was synthesized was
 shown  to be  compatible  with  both  a  FML of  high  density  polyethylene
 (HOPE) and a clayey soil  liner.
 INTRODUCTION

     As part  of the  permitting
 process for  any existing  or new
 land disposal  facilities  in the
 United  States, the permit applicant
 must demonstrate that  the  various
 materials  chosen  for  the liner
 system  are compatible  with the
 hazardous  wastes and  associated
.constituents  to be  disposed.   In
 the case of an  existing  facility,
 the compatibility  demonstration
 usually  involves obtaining  a
 representative  sample  of leachate
 generated  from  on-going  land
 disposal  operations  and  subjecting
 the various components  of the liner
system to the appropriate compati-
bility testing  protocols.   Since  a
new facility cannot begin to accept
any hazardous wastes  for disposal
until a permit  is issued, the
compatibility demonstration becomes
a somewhat more complicated under-
taking.  The new  facility permit
applicant  is  forced  to  somehow
synthesize  a  leachate  which  is
representative of  the  types of
wastes  intended  to  be disposed
at  the  facility.   This leachate
must  then  be  used  to  perform
the  required compatibility  tes-
ting.
                                    451

-------
 PURPOSE
      Whatever  approach  is used  to
 formulate  the synthesized  leachate
 must be technically defensible with
 respect to ensuring the leachate  is
 representative of  future  land
 disposal  activity.   As  certain
 assumptions  are  made  in  developing
 the approach,  the permit applicant
 must be sure to employ a "worse
 case" scenario.   This is  particu-
 larly important  when  selecting the
 range of waste constituents to be
 included  in  the  synthesized leach-
 ate as well as  the concentrations
 in which they  must be added.  Only
 with a synthesized  leachate repre-
 sentative of future  land  disposal
 operations  (or  a  more highly
 contaminated  leachate)  can  the
 compatibility  of  the  materials of
 construction selected for  the
 proposed liner system be verified.

 APPROACH

     The first step in formulating
 a  synthesized  leachate  involved
 determining  which  waste  types the
 proposed  facility  intends  to
 handle.   Part 261 of Title 40 in
 the  U.S.  Code of  Federal  Regula-
 tions  presents the methodology by
 which a waste  generator determines
 if his waste is "hazardous."  There
 are  two basic mechanisms by which a
 waste  can  qualify  as  "hazard-
 ous";  inclusion in any one of  four
 "lists" presented in  Subpart  D of
Part 261 or meeting any one of  four
 "characteristics"  presented   in
Subpart C of  Part 261.   In  re-
viewing each of  the  waste types
described in Part 261, the permit
applicant must decide whether  any
exclusionary  land disposal restric-
tions such as  physical form  (i.e.
liquid or presence of  free liquid)
or  unique hazards (i.e.  highly
 reactive,  extremely  low flash
 point)  will prevent  the proposed
 facility  from  accepting  that
 waste.    It  should be  noted  that
 many  of  the EPA  wastes listed  in
 Subpart  D, might initially  be
 thought to  be excluded  from consi-
 deration  because  they  are liquids
 may,  in fact,  be  accepted  by the
 facility because of the mixture
 rule  of  40  CFR 261.3  or because
 they  are  residues derived from the
 treatment of a particular Subpart D
 listed  waste.   Examples are spill
 residues (soil)  contaminated with a
 liquid  commercial chemical product
 or  the  solidified  form  of  a semi-
 solid waste.

     For  each  of the  Subpart  D
 wastes  which  the  facility intends
 on  handling, Appendix VII  to  Part
 261 lists  the major  hazardous
 constituents the EPA expects to  be
 present  in  that waste.   The  con-
 stituents listed  in Appendix VII
 that  are  contained  in  the various
 listed wastes to be handled  by the
 facility  formed the  initial  basis
 for determining  which chemical com-
 pounds were  to be contained  in the
 synthesized  leachate.  This initial
 list  was  further  expanded after  a
 review of the  hazardous constitu-
 ents presented  in Appendix VIII  to
 Part 261.   Append be VIII constitu-
 ents which have a flash point  less
 than   140  F or  which  may be
 present as minor waste constituents
 were then  added to the initial  list
of chemical  compounds to ensure  it
was  as  complete  as   possible.

    The  permit  applicant then
estimated the annual  volume for
each  of the various  waste types
that  the facility  intends on
accepting.   These estimates  were
                                 452

-------
based on  the type  and  number of
generating  industries located
within the  intended service  area of
the  facility.   Ihe annual  volume
estimates were then sub-divided and
placed into either "low", "medium"
or  "high"  receipt volume cate-
gories.

     A concentration  was  then
assigned  to each constituent which
was  to be  included  in the  synthe-
sized leachate as a result of the
review of Appendix VII and Appendix
VIII.  This concentration  was
established based  on the  number of
wastes which  contained that chemi-
cal  compound  and  the  relative
volume of these wastes with  respect
to the annual volume of  all wastes
which are expected to  be received.

     Once  the  completed  list of
constituents  and  their  correspon-
ding concentrations  had  been
compiled,  the appropriate material
for  the FML  was  chosen.  Existing
manufacturer  compatibility data for
each of the pure chemical compounds
contained   in  the  synthesized
leachate was examined  and  the FML
which offered the widest range of
chemical  resistance  was chosen.

     In a  new facility   which
intends on accepting a  relatively
wide variety of  different waste
types,  it  is  not  uncommon  to
develop a  lengthy  listing  of
constituents  which must be combined
in order to properly synthesize the
leachate to  be used for testing.
Such was the  result of this  effort.
The  listing  may  contain many
chemical compounds which  are either
insoluble  in  water or  have  limited
solubilities  (i.e.  chlorinated
hydrocarbons).   In  order  to
attempt to  dissolve  as many of the
water-insoluble  substances  in the
synthesized  leachate,   it  was
helpful  to prioritize or rank the
chemical  compounds  with regard to
their water miscibility  or  solubi-
lity.   Four  categories  for the
prior it izat ion or  ranking  were
established.    These  categories
included  compounds  which  are
either;

  • completely  miscible  with  water
    in  all proportions,

  • water soluble  but not  com-
    pletely  miscible  in  all
    proportions,

  •  limited  water  solubility

  • insoluble  (negligible  solubi-
     1ity in water).

     The   chemical compounds  which
fall into  the  first  category  were
initially  added  to  the  distilled
water used as the base for synthe-
sizing the leachate.   These  were
followed  by those  in the second
category and so on.   By using this
sequence  of  addition,  it  is  more
likely that  some of  the compounds
with either  limited  or negligible
solubilities  in  water  (but  which
may be soluble in certain organics)
were actually  "pulled  into"  solu-
tion and  dissolved into the synthe-
sized leachate.

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     As the  laboratory responsible
for  actually formulating  (mixing)
the  synthesized  leachate  began
contacting various chemical supply
vendors,  certain chemical compounds
could not be obtained.  Some  exam-
ples of   Appendix  VIII hazardous
constituents which were found to  be
commercially unavailable are:

     • Dichlorophenylarsine
     • Diethylarsine
                                  453

-------
     • alpha,   alpha-Dimethyl-
        benzylhydroperox ide
     • Lead phosphate
     • Nickel carbonyl
     • symme tr ical-Tr in itrobenzene

     Certain chemical  compounds
which  were deleted  from  the  list
because they  were  too  volatile  to
be  expected  in any  appreciable
concentration level in the  uncon-
tainerized  wastes  handled by  the
facility and too  volatile to  be
effectively  dissolved  into  the
synthesized leachate.   Examples  of
these  highly volatile compounds
are:

     • Carbon disulfide
     • 1,1-Dichloroethane
     • Ethylene oxide
     • VinyL chloride

     Other chemical  compounds  were
found  to  be unstable when  intro-
duced  into  an aqueous matrix and
therefore deleted from the synthe-
sized leachate.   Examples  of  these
compounds are:

     • Antimony compounds
     • Methyl   isobutyl   ketone
        peroxide
     • Phosphorous sulfide
     • Toluene diisocyanate

     In  order   to  enhance  the
solubility of certain  inorganic
metallic  chemical  species in the
leachate,  the  chloride  salt of
various  inorganic metallics was
chosen  in  lieu  of other chemi-
cal forms with lesser water solu-
bilities.

RESULTS

     Upon  completing  the  addition
of all  chemical compounds which
could  be  obtained commercially,
15.0 liters  of  leachate  was pro-
duced.    The  synthesized   leachate
 separated  into three distinct
 phases (or layers).   These phases,
 from top to bottom,  were:

   - 8.0 liters of a clear, yellow-
         green liquid;

   -4.5 liters of a flocculant
         precipitate;

   - 2.5 liters of a  heavy sludge.

      Since  the minimum technology
 guidelines issued by EPA for double
 liner systems  for landfill facili-
 ties requires  that an upper FML be
 overlain with a  primary  leachate
 collection zone designed to prevent
 clogging,  only the  clear,  yellow-
 green  liquid  was  used  in  the
 ensuing  compatibility testing.    A
 well-designed  primary  leachate
 collection  zone  will prevent  any
 of  the fiocculant  precipitate
 and/or  heavy sludge  from  pene-
 trat ing down  into the  zone  and
 blinding  its  hydraulic  transmis-
 sion capabilities.   Therefore,  the
 only  phase from  the synthe-
 sized  leachate likely to penetrate
 the  entire thickness of the
 primary  leachate  collection zone
 and  contact  the  primary FML  would
 be  the  clear, yellow-green  liquid.

     In  order to confirm precisely
 which of the  chemical  compounds
 originally added to  the synthesized
 leachate blend did  in fact  remain
 in  the  upper  liquid phase, the
 clear,   yellow-green  liquid was
 analyzed.   Nearly  all  of the
 inorganic  (metallic)  chemical
 compounds  added to the leachate
 remained in varying  degrees in the
 upper aqueous layer  while approxi-
mately  only 20% of the organics
 added  were detected.   The  table
 which  follows lists  the  various
 inorganics  and  organics,  the
concentrations  in  which  they were
added to the leachate and the
                                  454

-------
concentration for that constituent
found in the upper aqueous  layer.

Synthesized  Leachate  Analysis

   pH =  2.7
   specific gravity =1.12
   conductivity = 185,000

   TOC = 5,000 mg/1

   organics:               (mg/1)

phenol                        130
2-picoline                    130
2-chlorophenol                 56
1,2-dichloroethane            55
methylene chloride            43
nitrobenzene ,                  32
cyclohexanone                  25
aniline                        21
nitrophenol                    20
chloroform                     18
1,1,2-trichloroethane          17
p-chloro,m-cresol              14
MIBK                           12
n it rop ropane                   12
propanenitrile                 12
2-methyl phenol               12
pyridine                       10
dichlorophenol                9.1
dinitrotoluene                8.5
methyl  chloroform            8.0
tr ichlorophenol              7.1
acetone                       7.0
acrylonitrile                 6.5
ethyl acrylate                6.2
dinitrobenzene                5.7
1,1-dichloroethane           5.6
benzyl  alcohol                4.3
butanbl                       2.5
benzene                       2.3
3-chloro,2-butanone          1.8
trichloropropane             1.5
chlorobenzene                 0.5

inorganics  (anions) :      (mg/1)

chloride                   43,000
sulfate                   34,000
nitrate                    10,000
inorganics  (cations):    (mg/1)

sodium                    34,000
potassium                 12,400
aluminum                   4,100
magnes ium                  3,680
copper                     2,130
zinc                       1,310
boron                      1,200
cadmium                    1,020
1 ith ium                      640
bismuth                      <500
lead                         392
manganese                    367
nickel                       268
selenium                     202
strontium                    180
mercury                      110
arsen ic                      106
antimony                     53.3
cobalt                       43.3
calcium                      34.8
molybdenum                   28.5
phosphorus                   22.0
tin                          15.4
iron                         9•3
thallium                     6.1
beryllium                     1.6
vanad ium                      1.3
silver                       0.22
barium                       0.13
     There were many organics which
 were added  to the synthesized
 leachate  that were  not  identified
 in the  analysis of  the upper
 aqueous  layer.    It  is  felt  that
 these organics were either reacted
 in some  way  to  form the insoluble
 precipitate or  sludge  or volati-
 lized.

     The clear, yellow-green liquid
 was used  to subject a high density
 polyethylene   FML  to compatibility
 testing using  EPA Method  9090 and a
 sample of clayey  soil material to
 compatibility testing  using  EPA
 Method 9100.
                                  455

-------
HOPE Testing

     The three figures which follow
detail the testing data for percent
weight change,  yield  strength and
percent  elongation  at  break
for  the  high density polyethylene
FML  subjected  to  Method  9090
compatibility testing.
   « WEIGHT CHANCE

   2.O • •
                23° C
YIELD STRENGTH (PSI)


S.BOO - -
                                         3.0OO
                                         2.SOO - -
                                                            23°C
                                                   30     60

                                                       ' DAYS
     No  significant  deterioration
of  the  high  density polyethylene
FML  was  identified  in  the Method
9090  testing  which was conducted.
                                          % ELONGATION AT CREAK


                                          tooo- -
                                                   so     eo

                                                        DAYS
                                                                      120
                                     456

-------
Clay Testing

     The  recompacted  permeability
of a clayey soil sample was deter-
mined  by ASTM  Method 2434  using
both  deionized  water  and  the
synthesized leachate as a permeant.
The  results of  that  testing  is as
follows:

Permeant   % Moisture  k (cm/sec)

Deionized     13.9     3.99 x 10~8
  Water
Synthes ized
  Leachate:
Trial No.
Trial No.

Average
             13.6
             14.2

             13.9
2.60 x 10'
                               ,-8
2.45 x 10
         -8
2.53 x 10'
         ,-8
     The synthesized  leachate  had
no discernable effect  in deteriora-
ting or  altering  the permeability
of the clayey soil.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     This project was conducted on
behalf  of  our  client,  Sechan
Limestone  Industries,  Inc.  (Por-
tersville,   PA),  who graciously
agreed to  share  this information.

     The blending  of the  synthe-
sized  leachate,   analysis  for
inorganic  constituents  and  the
clayey soil  testing  was conducted
by the Calspan Advanced Technology
Center (Buffalo, NY).

     The  analysis  for  organic
constituents  was conducted jointly
by Advanced  Environmental Systems,
Inc. (Niagara Falls,  NY) and Compu
Chem Laboratories (Research Trian-
gle Park, NC).
                                         The testing of the HDPE liner
                                    was conducted by  Gundle  Lining
                                    Systems,   Inc.  (Houston,  TX) .


                                    DISCLAIMER

                                    The work described  in this  paper
                                    was not  funded  by the U.S.  Environmental
                                    Protection Agency.  The contents  do  not
                                    necessarily  reflect the views of  the
                                    Agency and no official  endorsement should
                                    be inferred.
                                  457

-------

-------
       MINIMIZATION OF WASTE UTILIZING HIGH PRESSURE MEMBRANE FILTER PRESSES

                              C. Robert Steward, P.E.
               Shriver  Filter  Presses/Eimco  Process  Equipment Company
                              1476 Montgomery Highway
                               Birmingham, AL  35216
                                     ABSTRACT
        Presentation to discuss the  technology  used  in  high pressure filtration
   utilizing  variable  volume  membrane  filter   plates  to  produce  the  highest
   dry solids  and minimal  volume  of  liquid  waste when dewatering  a  hazardous
   waste slurry.   Presentation  will  address,effects  of pressure,  conditioning,
   operation  of  membrane  (diaphragm)  plates,   and  areas  to  consider  in  the
   design of an installation. '     "  *
                                Disclaimer

The work described in this paper was not funded by the U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect  the views of
the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                    *******
WHERE ENTIRE PAPER HAS NOT BEEN INCLUDED IN THESE PROCEEDINGS COPIES WILL BE
AVAILABLE IN THE CONFERENCE LOBBY.
                                      459

-------

-------
             SOIL STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL
                     AND CLEANUP IN THE NETHERLANDS

                                  F. B. DeWalle
                           TNO, Delft, 2600 AD, Holland
                 University of Washington, Seattle, WA 98195, U.S.A.
                                    ABSTRACT

   The present study established reference values  for uncontaminated  soils in
relation to clay content and organic matter. These reference values are to be
used to designate soils that are contaminated by hazardous waste and  releases
from point sources. The limited dose-effect relationships for the different
soil functions indicate levels comparable to the reference values. Soil remed-
iation techniques were generally not able to reach these reference values and
disposal of cleaned-up soil therefore still requires usage restrictions.
INTRODUCTION

     The Netherlands is a densly populated
country  with   15  million  inhabitants
occupying 41,160 km.2.  Many conflicting
demands are placed on soil use. More than 2
billion  m3  groundwater  are  annually
withdrawn (influencing 14% of the land area)
and 125 million m^  sand and clay are used
for building materials each year.  A large part
of the annual 5 million tons domestic refuse
and 20 million tons industrial  waste is
disposed of on the soil. In addition,  12 tons
cadmium, 400 tons lead and 1600 tons zinc
are added to the soil through wet deposition
from the air.  More than 7500 contaminated
locations, covering an estimated 20% of the
total soil area have been identified of which
more than   1600  need remedial  action
(VROM,1987; Nypels, 1986).
     The urban areas,  covering 7.6% of the
land, contribute to  soil  pollution through
leaking  sewers  ,  corroded  tanks and
infiltrating urban runoff.  The soil usage for
roads (1.8% of the land) contribute as a result
of contaminated runoff, spills and deposition
from the air.  The agricultural areas (64.5%
of  land use) receive large quantities  of
fertilizer, sewage  sludge and pesticides.
Even the unused natural areas and  and
forests (covering 12.1%  of  the land) and
water (covering 9.0% of the land) are subject
to   degradation  through  upwelling
contaminated groundwater, deposition from
the air and polluted sediments (Biemond,
1978).

SOIL PROTECTION POLICY

     Soil  protection   has   received
considerable attention in the Netherlands.
The Interim Soil Cleanup Act covering the
period 1982-1988 deals primarily with
remedial action of locally contaminated areas
and dump sites that pose a harmful effect to
human health or the environment.
     The Soil Protection Bill which was first
submitted to parlement in 1980 became law
on January 1, 1987. It is the intention of the
Act  that   soil use does not diminish its
multifunctionality,  i.e.,  its agricultural
function  (crop  production  and grazing),
groundwater recovery  function, ecological
function,  mining function and  carrier
function,  primarily  through prevention
measures.  The  Act provides for a general
level of protection through soil  quality
standards and goals and source reduction. It
allows for additional protection in watersheds
                                     461

-------
or groundwater protection areas and soil
protection areas (unique natural habitats, rare
soil strata or archeological sites). The soil
quality  standards can deal with physical
(mechanical degradation), biological and
chemical aspects of the soil and are to be
specified in subsequent rules and regulations
(article  20). A policy distinction is made
between chemicals that are harmfull and
cause irreversible damage  that must be
prevented from coming into contact with the
soil whenever possible (black list) and those
that may be deposited on the soil providing
strict requirements are met (grey list).  Point
sources  are covered by ICM (isolate, control,
monitor) criteria, while input from the diffuse
sources  (deposition from air, heavy metals in
fertilizer, sewage sludges, etc.) should equal
output (leaching, crop removal).
     The first soil criteria established in 1983
under the Soil Clean-up Act were based on a)
nature and concentration of the pollutant; b)
local situation through site specific risk
analysis in which an individual risk of 10"
6/year per substance is maximum tolerable
and 10" 8  is  negligible; and c)  use and
function of the soil and restoration of its
multifunctionality.  It contains "A"  or
reference values below which a "good" soil
quality  exists, "B" values below which a
preliminary investigation is likely because of
uncertainly regarding good soil quality and
"C"  values below which possible harmfull
effects for human health or the environment
can occur requiring further investigation and
above which  the soil  is heavily polluted
requiring remedial investigations and cleanup
preferrably back to the "A" value.  These
indicative A,B,C- concentration values for
both soil and groundwater are shown  in
Figure  1.  The values for group 1 and 2
components present average  background
concentrations while the values for group 3
through 7 represent analytical detection
limits.  The EC directive for drinking water
standards apply for deep groundwater and for
drinking water (EC, 1980).  The major
shortcoming of the values were the limited
lexicological basis and past experience  on
which  they were  based, the  inability  to
differentiate according to soil type and the
absence of criteria for radioactive substances
  io,ooq
    1000
        A"B" FUKIH.

        D"A" REFERENCE
      ZnCrNiSn Mo Cd Zn Cr Ni Sn M3 Cd
        BaPbCuCoAsHg  BaPbCuOoAsHg
                 EtEMEOTS
Figure  1.  Indicative values for  remedial
           action  ("C"), further  investig-
           ation  ("B")  and reference value
           ("A").

  and bacterial contaminants (Moen et al.,
  1968).  In April, 1986, the Ministry of
  Housing,   Physical   Planning   and
  Environment  (VROM, 1986)  proposed
  "tentative reference values" for a good soil
  quality  that  met  the  multifunctionality
  criterium. The proposal was submitted to the
  Technical Soil Commission (TCB) appointed
  by the Minister, to advise on the technical and
  scientific merits of the proposal. The material
  presented below was the basis for the TCB
  advice. It was developed by six task forces
  with a total of 43  academic participants
  (TCB, 1986).

  ESTABLISHMENT OF  REFERENCE
  VALUES FOR A MULTIFUNCTIONAL
  SOIL

      The reference values are based on an
  evaluation by the TCB of 118 soil samples
  collected from the top 10 cm in natural areas
  (Edelman, 1984) after removal of the mulch
  layer.  On these areas no obvious harmfull
  effects resulting from the chemicals were
                                         462

-------
observed and the soil was presumed to have
retained its  multifunctionality.  A linear
regression was  established between the
concentration of the element and clay content
(percentage smaller than 2 micron meter and
organic matter content as shown in Table 1.
Some outliers were eliminated because  of
special  circumstances  (natural  arsenic
deposits,  elevated  copper and  zinc  at
archeological sites, etc).   The  strongest
correlations between the concentration of the
element and  the clay content were noted for
Cr, Ni for all samples.  The correlations for
Cu, Zn, Pb and As improved considerably
when only the "mineral samples" with  an
organic matter content below 250 g/kg were
considered.   The correlation between the
organic matter content and the difference
between  concentration estimated from the
clay content and the measured value (DE)
was strongest for  Cd, Zn  and Pb.   A
comparison of the  regression coefficient
show that an increase in the organic matter
content has a three times larger effect than an
increase  in  clay content in predicting the
increse in cadmium concentration (3.3:1).
For Pb the ratio is 1.2:1 while for Zn and Hg
it is 0.45:1  and 0.41:1, respectively.   No
relationship  with organic matter content was
found  for As  and  Cu  (although mineral
 samples had higher mean concentrations) and
Ni and Cr (Figure 2.)
      The background values from natural
 areas can be compared to data collected for
 uncontaminated   pleistocure   sands
 (Breeuwsma, 1986) and marine and river
 deposits  (Salomons,  1983) as  shown in
 Table 2.  The values for the natural areas,
 extrapolated to zero clay content, (intercept
 value  a) are generally higher  than  the
 pleistocene sands probably as a result of areal
 deposition.  The regression coefficients with
 respect to  clay content however, show  a
 much closer agreement  The data also show
 the large difference between metal content in
 the mulch layer and the different horizons
 indicating  the  importance of specifying
 sampling depth.
      The natural area  data were used to
 establish an  upper limit equal to two times the
 standard deviation in the  relation between
 element  concentration and clay content
TABLE 1. Relationship between dement concentration and clay content or organic matter
       content for all samples, for "mineral" soil samples (H < 250 g/kg) and for
       "organic" soil samples (H) 250 g/kg).
element   samples    relation*

Cr


Ni


Cu


Zn


Cd


Hg


Pb


As
*The linear regression is (1): E = a+bL, with E = element concentration (mg/kg), a =
 intercept, b - regression coefficient, L = clay or lutura content (g/kg) or (2): DE =
 difference between concentration estimated from clay content and measured concentration,
 a = intercept, b = regression coefficient, H = organic matter or humic content (g/kg). The
 number of observations (n), the correlation coefficient (r) and the residual standard
 deviation (sx,y) are also shown.
an
mineral
organic
all
minezal
organic
all
mineral
organic
all
rmncrsl
organic
all
mineral
organic
all
mineral
organic
all
mineral
organic
all
mineral
organic
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
22,5
21,2
0,707
-0,416
3,55
1.41
9,34
27,9
15,5
-39,4
0,333
0,157
-0,197
0,0676
0,0511
0,0503
27,0
15,*
-3.8
4,25
3,03
7,59
0,190
0,205
0,0833
0,0911
0,0608
0,0582
0,27.10-3
0,236
0,278
0,125
0,578 . 10-3
0,623 . 10-3
1,68 . 10-3
0,205 . 10-3
0,181 . 10-3
0,079 . 10-3
0,0872
0,0845
0,095
0,0432
0,0371
0,33 . 10-3
116
89
117
89
113
85
30
93
69
26
111
83
30
99
79
22
103
81
24
110
83
29
0,922
0,917
0,934
0,954
0,732
0,962
0,004
0,771
0,929
0,608
0,191
0,435
0,645
0,456
0,503
0,269
0,422
0,775
0,609
0,796
0,919
0.012
12,2
124 -
4,87
4,04
8,81
2,37^
14,9
31,0
17,0
40,3
0,464
0,186
0,502
0,062
0,045
0,069
28,98
10,0
30,4
5,15
2,31
0,83
                         AGRICOI/TOSAL AREAS (B)
         0              250             500
                     CLAY COOTEOT (G/KG)

 Figure 2.  Relation between chromium concen-
             tration and clay content  in  soils

    463

-------
 allowing an  exceedance of 2.5%.  These
 relations were compared with analysis results
 of 266-966 mineral soil samples (H below
 250 g/kg) collected from the top 20 cm in
 agricultural soil (Van Driel and Smilde, 1982;
 Wiersma et al., 1985).  The exceedance for
 Cr  (Figure 2) and Ni was only 0% and 1%,
 respectively,  (n=266), while  for Cd it was
 6% (n=965).  For Pb, Zn and Hg it  was
 11%, 12%, and 13%, respectively.   For As
 and Cu it was as much as 21% and 40%,
 respectively, reflecting  use   of   copper
 containing chemical and fecal fertilizers and
 pesticides.

 ESTABLISHMENT OF REGULATORY
 SOIL LIMITS
      In order  to establish regulatory limits
suitable for practical use simplification of the
different relations in Table 1 is necessary. It
is desirable to formulate one relationship that
can  be used for all  elements.  The general
relationship  is:  a  simplification  of  the
different relations in Table 1 is necessary. It
is desirable to formulate one relationship that
can  be used for all  elements.  The general
relationship is:

Gij = ai + bi. Lj + ci. Hj (1)
Gy   = concentration of elements in soil j.
(mg/kg)
ai, bi, ci = contents of element i
Lj = percentage clay in soil j.
Hj ~ percentage organic matter in soil j.

This can be simplified to:
Gij = C0i (a +  bLj +  c Hj) (2)
CQ:  = reference value of element for standard
soil
a,b,c = constants similar for all elements

The equation  proposed  by  VROM (1986)
selected the constants as follows:

Gij = C0i(0.5Lj+1.5Hj)(3)

      The value of the organic matter in (3) is
weighted 3 times more than the clay content
From Table 1 it can  be seen that this only is
the case for Cd and that for other elements the
organic matter influence is  much lower.  A
disadvantage of (3) is  that it underestimates
 TABLE 2. Background Concentration's in Pleistocene Sands and Marine Deposits
   Samples
Cr	Mi	Cu   Zn
                            Content mg/kg
 Uncontaminated pleistocene 8,9   5,5  2,0   7,4   0,08    2 9
   sands (83, C, G horizon)
 Natural Areas**
                   21,2  0,7  3,6   15,5  0,33
                          15,8
 Marine deposits from Dollard 72   29    13   68    0,25     21
   estuary collected in 1922*

 Marine deposits from Dollard 69   28    11   70    024     25 • '•'•'
   endiked before 1880,
   collected from top 20 cm*

 River deposits from Rhine  87   35   24   87    0,29     29
   polders endiked before
   1780, collected from top
   20cm*

 Concentration in different
   horizons in sandy soil:

   Ao: Mulch layer      13   8,5   27  ,122   1,3      161

   Al: Humic top layer    13   2,2   3,2   14   0,31     23

   B2: Precipitation layer  9,5   2,1   1,4   7,0   0,12     4,8

   B3: Identical         9,0   3,1   1,4   7,0   0,08     2,7

   C: Original material    8,8   4,2   1,8   7,1   0,07     3,1

                     Regression Coefficient h with rexpr.r.t try c]?y

     Marine deposits     1,189  0,071 0,033  0,182 0,51.10'3  0,054

     River deposits     0,234  0,089 0,066  0,239 0,63.10'3  0,078

     Natural areas**     0,205  0,091 0.058  0,278 0,62.10j3  0.085	

* The values for marine and river deposits are standardized for a fine fraction (smaller than
  16 urn) of 50%.

**See Table 1 calculated from intercept
  the metal content in sandy soil with a low
  clay content (resulting in high exceedance of
  the regulatory limit) and overestimates the
  value in organic soils (resulting in a filling up
  of the norm.)
        The TCB  therefore proposed  as  an
  improved equation:

  Gij = C0i (10 + 0.5 Lj + 0.25 Hj) (4)

  In this equation the organic matter contributes
  only half as much as the clay content to the
  estimated element concentration, while the
  intercept constant a results in values closer to
  the analytical results  in sandy  soil.  The
  reference values  for "standard" soil (H:10%;
  L:25%) are given in Figure 3. The Gij values
                                               464

-------
for other soils are derived from the value of
the standard soil by multiplying the reference
value C0i by (0.5 Lj + 1.5 Hj)/27 according
to (3) and by (10 + 6.5 Lj+ 0.25H)/25 in (4).
The  results for sandy soil, clay soil and
organic soil are shown in Figure 3. The
agreement  between measured value and
predicted value using (4) is quite good and is
therefore suitable for regulating purposes in
evaluating contaminated soils and directing
cleanup operations.

ESTABLISHMENT OF REGULATORY
GROUNDWATER LIMITS

     Regulatory limits or reference values
that  are not to be exceeded were also
proposed for groundwater. The values were
based on the analytical results of the country
wide  shallow  groundwater  monitoring
network (Van Duyvenbooden et al., 1984)
and on theoretical equilibrium calculations
(VanHeck and Wassenberg, 1984) as shown
in Table 3. The largest overestimation was
noted for Hg.  The observed values were also
compared  with  the  average rainfall
concentrations  (using both dry and wet
deposition   data)   and
concentrations  using  a
concentration  increase as
evapotranspiration (Rivm,
measured values  are  generally  below  the
calculated infiltration  concentrations
indicating substantial adsorptive processes in
the soil especially for Cu, Zn and Pb.  For As
the reverse was observed,  likely resulting.
from As upwelling from  deeper marine
deposits.  The proposed VROM and TCB
regulatory limits  allow  for  a  5-10%
exceedance. As soluble concentrations vary
greatly because of variations in pH, ORP,
and complexities, a differentiation according
to clay content and organic matter was  not
feasible.

EFFECT -BASED REFERENCE VALUES

     The   above proposed approach to
establish  reference   values  for   a
multifunctional soil uses the upper limit of the
currently observed ranges  in relation to
specific soil parameters in soils that are  not
polluted ("preserving current quality")-  An
               10,000
 infiltration
 three  fold
 a result  of
1984).  The
                  0 T I I  I I I  I                	          	
                   'Zn Pb Cu Cd Zn Pb Cu Cd Zn Pb Cu Of'Zn Pb Cu Cd
                    Cr Ni As Hg Cr Ni As Hg Cr Ni As Hg Cr Ni'As  Hg

                                  ELEMENTS

             Figure 3. Element concentrations predicted by
                        the VRQM and TCB  model and maximum
                        observed concentrations for
                        different soils.
               TABLE 3. Concentration in groundwater and proposed reference values (ug/1).
Ele-
ment






Cr
Ni
Cu
Zn
Cd
Hg
Pb
As
Mean
Concen.
of Ground-
water
Monitoring
Network


0,7
3,2
5
30
0,4
0,02
4,8
3,0
Concen
Exceeded
by 10% of
Samples




1,0
16
14
150
2,4
0,03
7
5,4
Theoretical Mean
Equilibrium Concen.
Concen.





4
3
4
26
0,7
0,3
25
7
in Rain-
water




0,5
1,5
7,5
53
0,4
0,02
13
0,8
Mean Proposed
Concen. Refer.
Proposed
Refer.
ofinfil- Values by Values
tration
water
after
Evapotra-
nspiration
1,5
4,5
22,5
160
1,2
0,06
39
24
VROM




5
10
10
70
1
0,2
15
10
by TCB


„

1
15 _
15
150
2
0,05
15
10
                                           465

-------
alternative approach evaluates  each of the
multiple soil functions with respect to dose-
effect relationship and level of irreversible
damage. The most sensitive function is then
used  as  limit  to   protect the overall
multifunctionality of the soil. This approach
was not chosen at this time, but may be used
when  sufficient data for each of the soil
functions  become  available.   For  some
elements, however, this approach can already
be taken.
     The ecological function was defined
through the functioning of the detrital food
chain, often representing more than 90% of
the production in  an  ecosystem.    The
saprophage invertebrates were evaluated with
respect to  nutrient cycles  and food chain
accumulation of the biologically available
portion.
     No effect levels for Cu were observed
below 60 mg/kg for Lumbricis rubellus and
below 30  mg/kg for Allolobophora longa
whereby  cpconproduction  was a  more
sensitive indicator than mulch decomposition.
A pH increase greatly increased no-effect
levels.  The no-effect-level for Cd was  20
mg/kg for L. rubullus. The isopod Percellio
scaber showed no effect levels  for juvenile
production at 2000 mg/kg Zn and 10 mg/kg
Cd, and for  mulch consumption at  1500
mg/kg Zn and 2 mg/kg Cd. The collembol
Orchesella cincta showed no effect levels of
64 mg/kg for Cd.   All  of the  above
concentrations reflect values in  the  upper
mulch layer which are higher than the average
concentrations in the top 10 cm of the profile
(Table 2).
     All investigated oligochaets, isopods
and collembols accumulated several metals
especially  Cd  and  to a lesser extent Zn
possibly leading to further food  chain
accumulation.
     The   public   health   effects   of
contaminated soil were considered through
summation of six exposure routes through
which  the soil  contaminants could  reach
humans. The approach followed that used by
Van Wynens (1982) and Verwy and  Luiten
(1984).  The  multimedia model assumes a
proportionality between mass flux (human
intake) and soil concentration as shown in
Table  4. It was also assumed that the total
intake originating from contaminated soil
corresponded to 50% of the ADI with the
TABLE 4. Calculation of Cd Soil Concentration Limit Corresponding with Cd Intake of
	50% of ADI through Six Exposure Routes	
Exposure
Route
         Relation
                   Paramaters
                                                 Selected
                                                 Values
Soil/Dust   xi=ai.fj.y   xi=rate through soil ingestion (mg/person.day)     , -
Ingestion             f i=uptake + correction child/adult (kg/person.day) 5 x 0,2
                   ai=transfer coefficient (-)                0,0002
                   y=soil concentration (mg/kg)

Drinking   X2=a2-f2-y   X2=rate through drinkng water ingestion (mg/      .  .
Water                 person.day.
                   a2=soil desorpa'on coefficient (-)            0,002
                   f2=drinking water factor (kg/person.day)       2
                   y=soil concentration(mg/kg)

Vegetable   X3=a3.f3.y   x3=rate through vegetable ingestion (mg/person.
                     day)
                   a3«=transfer coefficient soil/crop (-)          0,02-0,1
                   f3=vegetable consumption (kg/person.day)

Meat/Milk/  X4=a4.f4.y   x4=rate through meat ingestion (mg/person.day)
Eggs                a4=transfer coefficient soil/crop/animal (-)      0,147
                   f4=consumption (kg/person.day)            0,279

Fish      x5=as.fs.y   xs=rate through fish ingestion (mg/person.day)   0,012
                   a5=transfer coefficient soil/water/fish (-)
                   f5=fish consumption (kg/person.day)         0,014

Breathing   xfi=a6.f6-y   xg=rate through inhalatin (mg/person.day)      < 10-7
                   a6=transfer coefficient soil/air and dilution (kg/np)
                   f5=inhalation volume (m^/person.day)         12

Total       *t=cty     xt=50% of ADI for soil routes (mg/person.day)   0,064
                   ci=overall coefficient (kg/person.day)         0,09
                   y=soil concentration limit (mg/kg)           0,36
    remaining 50% allocated to other intakes such
    as smoking and industrial exposures.  For
    Cd the corresponding soil concentration was
    calculated to be 0,36 mg/kg which value is
    slightly below maximum observed reference
    soil concentrations.
         The effects of soil contamination on the
    crop  growing  function  of the  soil  was
    extensively evaluated (LAC, 1985) and signal
    values or criteria were developed  above
    which a crop yield reduction could take place
    or whereby the human health through crop
    consumption could be harmed.  The values
    for the different elements  are Cd: 0,5-1,0
    mg/kg (human consumptive), Cu:  30 mg/kg
    (yield reduction),  Pb:    100-150  mg/kg
    (human consumption/yield reduction), Hg:2
    mg/kg (human  consumption); Zn: 100-350
    mg/kg (yield reduction), hi which the lowest
    value in the range applies to sandy soil and
    the highest value for clay and organic soils.
    These  values are  in agreement  with the
    reference values developed earlier.
    466

-------
SOIL QUALITY DETERIORATION AND
REMEDIATION

     The  proposed   reference  values
representing the upper limits of the currently
uncontaminated soils (with 2.5% excellance)
are expected to be exceeded in the future if
input through sludge and compost application
and fecal fertilizers is not greatly restricted
(Table 5.)   Steps to restrict these diffuse
inputs are currently being taken.
     The number  of  soils classified as
contaminated by hazardous waste and point
sources will increase because the reference
values are lower than the earlier established
"A" values used to designate the sites. Most
remedial technologies developed  in  the
Netherlands that use separation, washing and
leaching techniques have generally been able
to reduce the inorganic  elements to the "B"
values shown in Figure 1.  However the "A"
value or the above discussed reference values
have generally not been met, indicating that
the use of  the  cleaned-up soil is not
unrestricted  and is  still  subject  to ICM
criteria.
              CONCLUSION

       The present study established reference
  values for uncontaminated soils in relation to
  its clay and organic matter content.  These
  reference values are to be used to designate
  soils that are contaminated by  hazardous
  waste and releases from point sources.  In
  addition, they will be considered as cleanup
  goals (but  not  as legal  standards)  to  be
  reached by soil remediation techniques. The
  limited dose-effect relationships  for the
  different soil  functions  indicate levels
  comparable  to  the  reference  values.
  Reference values for organic substances (27
  chlorinated hydrocarbons,  13 polycydic
  aromatics and  total  alkanes)  were also
  developed in relation to the organic matter
  content of the soil. Because of the limited
  data and numerous assumptions, the results
  are presented elsewhere (TCB, 1986).

TABLE 5. Input and Output of elements on agricultural soil
          input (g/ha/jr)    '•     output (g/ha/jr)
_.   _                                   Period in which
He-   Depo-   Sludge &   Fecal             Plant    Concentration ,
Zn
Cu
Pb
Cr
Ni
Cd
Hg
400
60
100
4
10
3
0,2
4000
1200
1000
1000
200
10
10
1080
625
20
--
35
2
0,12
300-500
20-70
30-60
10-15
45-70
2 ,
0,2
100-500
30-1650
1-80
1-10
10-30
0,3-8
0,2 - 1,5
50-60
25-30
120-160
190
500-700
120-300
45-50
                                           *Period in which concentration in top 20 cm doubles from half of reference value to full
                                            reference value for standard soil.
                                  REFERENCES
 Biemond, C "The use of the soil," in "Handbook for Environmental Mangement" Edit."
 VandenBerg C. et al., Vermande Zonen/Samson Publ. Alphen aan de Ryn( 1978).

 Breeuwsma A "Background values for metals in pleistocene sandy soils; contribution to
 TCB task force" Institute for Soil Cartography, Wageningen (1986).

 EC: European Community "Water quality standards for drinking water, EC directive" EC
 Publications Journal, L229-11(1980).
                                         467

-------
Edelman T "Background concentrations of a number of inorganic and organic substances in
dutch soil," Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and Environment, Soil Protection
Series 34, Governmental Printing Office, The Hague (1984).

LAC, Agricultural Advisory Committee on Environmentally Critical Substances "Signal
values for concentration of environmentally critical substances in the soil with respect to
agricultural use of polluted soil, Minsterly of Agriculture The Hague (1985).

Moen JET, Cornet JP, Evers, CWA "Soil protection and remedial actions: criteria for
decision making and standarization of requirements" in "Contaminated Soil" Ed. Assihk
JW and VandenBrink WJ, Martinus Nyhoff Publ. Dordrecht (1986)

Nypels ETHM "Opening Speech Soil Quality Symposium," Minister of Housing, Physical
Planning and Environment, The Hague (1986).

Rivm, State Insitute for Public Health and Environmental Hygiene "Monitoring network
for rain water, summary and statistical evaluation of the analytical results"
Bilthoven/Leidschendam (1984).

Salomons W "Preliminary baseline values for Cd, Zn, Ni, Pb, Cu, and Cr in Dutch
sediments" Report R1703, Hydraulics Laboratory, Delft (1983).

TCB: Technical Commission on Soil Protection "Recommendation for Soil Quality"
Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and Environment, The Hague (1986).

VanDuyvenbooden W, Gast LFL, Taat T "Country wide groundwater monitoring network,
final report of the settup phase" Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and Environment,
Soil Protection Series 46A, The Hague, Governmental Printing Office (1984).

VROM: Ministry of Housing, Physical Planning and Environment"  Is our soil the
forgotten son," The Hague, (1986).

Van Driel W. and Smile K. W. "Heavy metal contents of dutch arable soils" Landwirtsch.
Forsch. Sonderh. 2& 305 - 313 (1982)
Van Heck B and Wassenberg W "Groundwater contamination from industrial activity" M.
Sc thesis, University of Utrecht (1984).

Van Wynen JH "Evaluation of the health risk in a case of soil pollution (Volgermeer)"
Tydschr. Soc. Geneesk. £0_ (1982).


Verwey GCG andLuiten JA "Significance and use of reference framework, concentration
measurements and characteristics of substances in the evaluation of soil contamination"
RIVM, Report 840224002, Leidschendam/Bilthoven (1984)

Wiersma D, Van Goor BJ, VanderVeen NG "Inventory of cadmium, lead, mercury and
arsenic in Dutch crops and related soils" Institute for Soil Fertility, Report 8-85, Haren
(1985).
                                   468

-------
                   Land Treatment of an Oily Waste - Degradation, Immobilization
                                      and Bioaccumulatfon
Raymond C. Loehr
Civil Engineering Department
The University  of Texas
Austin, TX  78712
John H. Martin, Jr.
Agricultural Engineering
  Department   .
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York  14853

         ABSTRACT
Edward F. Neuhauser
Niagara Mohawk  Power
  Corporation
Syracuse, NY  13202
       Land treatment of ,an industrial oily waste was investigated to determine the loss and immobi-
lization of waste constituents and the impact of the waste and the application process on soil biota. The
waste was applied to field plots of a moderately permeable silt loam in New York. The plots consisted of
four replicates of natural controls, rototilled controls, and each application rate.  Wastes were applied in
06/82,10/82, and 06/83 and at seven waste application rates that ranged from  0.09% to 5.25% oil and
grease in the zone of incorporation.

       The applied wastes increased the pH and volatile matter of the soils. The half-life of the total oil
and grease ranged from about 260 to about 400 days. Not all of the applied oil was lost. The refractory
fraction did not appear to adversely affect the soil  biota. Napthalenes, alkanes and specific aromatics
were rapidly lost from the soil. The half-life of these compounds generally was less than 30 days.

       The waste applications increased the metal concentration in the upper 15 cm of the soil. Except
for sodium, all of  the  metals were immobilized.  These wastes did  not cause any unexpected
bioaccumulation of metals in the earthworms.  The earthworms did not accumulate napthalenes, alkanes,
or specific aromatics that were in the applied waste.  Rototilling and waste application initially reduced
the numbers and biomass of earthworms in the field plots. The soil biota were able to recover from these
perturbations.
INTRODUCTION

       Land treatment  is  a  managed  waste
treatment and ultimate disposal process that in-
volves the controlled application of a waste to a
soil.  The wastes are applied to the  surface or
mixed with the  upper zone (0-1 ft. (0-0.3  m)) of
soil. Land treatment:  (a) results in the biological
degradation  of organics and the immobilization of
inorganic waste constituents,  and (b) utilizes the
assimilative capacity of the soil.


       Land treatment has been used as a waste
management technology by petroleum refineries in
                 the United States for more than 25 years, as well
                 as by other industries.  The major concerns when
                 land treatment is used for industrial wastes are
                 the transformations, transport and fate of poten-
                 tially toxic metals and organics that may be in the
                 wastes.

                        As identified in the Resource Conservation
                 and Recovery Act (RCRA), land disposal methods
                 are to be protective of human health and the envi-
                 ronment. The factors to be taken into account in
                 assessing such protection are the persistence,
                 toxicity, mobility and propensity to bioaccumulate
                 hazardous wastes and their constituents.
                                             469

-------
       Except as part of organic degradation, the
soil biota rarely have been included in any  land
treatment system evaluations.   However, the top
layer of soil contains  myriad  microbes  and
invertebrates that degrade and transform the ap-
plied organics.  In the terrestrial food chain, earth-
worms represent one of the first levels of bioac-
cumulation that can occur when wastes are ap-
plied to the land.  Therefore, in  this study earth-
worms were used as a test organism for deter-
mining the impact of industrial waste on soil biota
when land treatment is used for such wastes.

PURPOSE

       The purpose of this project was to deter-
mine:   (a) the  loss and immobilization of  con-
stituents of an  oily waste when the  waste was
applied to the  soil at different  application rates,
(b) the impact of the waste and the application
process  on earthworms, and (c) the  general as-
similative  capacity of a  soil  when industrial
wastes are land applied.

APPROACH

        Cooperation - This project was a cooper-
ative agreement between Cornell University and
the Robert S. Kerr Environmental Research Labo-
 ratory (RSKERL) of the Environmental Protection
Agency  (EPA). The research  was conducted  in
 laboratories of the Department  of Agricultural En-
 gineering, Cornell University, and on land adjacent
 to the Cornell campus.

        Wastes -- The wastes were obtained from
 a site in Oklahoma with the help of RSKERL per-
 sonnel.  The wastes were black, viscous, and col-
 lected from the bottom of a lagoon used to store
 wastes from oil refineries. The wastes were ap-
 plied  to the field plots at different application
 rates. Samples of the wastes were analyzed be-
 fore each application date, and the oil  data used to
 determine the volumes of waste to be added  to
 achieve the desired loading rates.

         These oily wastes had been  contained in
 the lagoon for several years before  the required
quantities were removed and transported to the
field site for application.  Many volatile compounds
may have been lost while the wastes were in the
lagoon.

       Field Site ~ The site used for application
of the waste was an old field in Tompkins County,
New York.  It had not been used for agricultural
purposes and had not received lime, fertilizer, pes-
ticides or herbicides for over 10 years  before its
use in this  project.  The soil at the site was a
Rhinebeck silt loam.  The soil  was moderately
permeable,  had a cation exchange capacity  of
24.8, and exists on nearly level to moderate slopes
in glacial lake areas.

       The field site consisted of 20 plots, 4 me-
ters by 4 meters, with 4 meters of border area
surrounding each plot.  Natural and  rototilled con-
trols were used at the site.  Four replications were
made for each waste application rate and type of
control.  All plots were mowed before each waste
application. All plots, except the natural controls,
were rototilled after each application of  the waste.
The four rototilled control plots had no  waste ap-
plied but were rototilled. The four natural control
plots had no rototilling or waste applied and were
used to  separate the  effect of the  rototilling and
the waste applications. The applied wastes were
distributed over the plot surface as uniformly  as
possible and were rototilled into the soil such that
the zone of incorporation  (ZOI) was the top six
 inches (15 cm).

        Each test plot (16  m2) was marked with
 corner stakes to permit placement of a  grid to de-
 fine 400,20 cm by 20 cm sampling subplots. Three
 different subplots were sampled on each sampling
 date to determine changes in ZOI characteristics
 and in earthworm populations.  To eliminate edge
 effects, no edge subplots were sampled. The sub-
 plots that were sampled were determined using a
 random  number table. Thus, different sampling lo-
 cations were used at each  plot each time samples
 were taken. No subplot was sampled twice during
 the study.  An elevated plank platform was used
 for sampling so that the plots were not disturbed
 or contaminated while the samples were taken.
                                              470

-------
        Natural vegetation such as grass was al-
lowed to grow on the plots after the waste appli-
cations.  Native grasses did re-establish them-
selves on all of the plots in the months after the
wastes were applied.

        Soil cores were taken from each plot at
approximately monthly intervals except during the
winter.   Hand  sorting was used to determine
earthworm numbers and biomass from each core.
Before the characteristics of the ZOI were mea-
sured, the cores from each plot were composited.
Residual soil was returned to the plots and used to
fill in the core holes.

        Analytical  Procedures ~ Metals and cer-
tain  organics in the waste, soil and earthworm
samples were analyzed by personnel at RSKERL,
using ICAP, GC and GC/MS procedures as ap-
propriate.  Cornell personnel analyzed the waste
and soil samples for more routine parameters us-
ing Standard Methods or comparable procedures.

       Special  Studies  - Two special studies
were conducted to determine the variability in the
characteristics of the ZOI and the precision and
accuracy of the analytical method used for oil and
grease when  used with soil samples.  The spatial
variability study identified the extent to which the
variability of the data was due to the non-ho-
mogeneity of waste application and rototilling.
The results of these studies have been published
(1,2).

       Waste Application - Table 1 identifies the
application rates,  dates of application and the
plots that received the wastes.  One set of plots
received  wastes three times  at  progressively
larger rates.  Another set received wastes twice.
The effect of seven application rates,  covering
those likely to be used under actual field conditions,
was evaluated.

       Only the indigenous nutrients and trace el-
ements in the soil and the waste were available to
the micro- and  macoorganisms as  the wastes
were degraded.  No fertilizers  or  other amend-
ments were  added to the plots.  The plots were
only cultivated (rototilled) immediately before and
after the wastes were applied.   No  subsequent
cultivation occurred to aerate the ZOI.  This ap-
proach was taken in order to  approximate the
changes that would occur under conservative and
nonoptimum conditions  such as when single or
highly   intermittent  waste  applications  are
administered or when a spill occurs.  The approach
also caused  one less variable, the frequency and
type of aeration (tilling) to be included in the  study.
                        TABLE 1 -- FIELD PLOT APPLICATION RATES

                                              Average
Date of Waste
Application
June 1982


October 1982


June 1983
Oil Application
Rate (kg oil/m2)
0.17
0.34
0.68
1.46
2.74
4.55
9.5
Field Plot
Number*
5,6,12,18
4,10,11,17
2,8,14,20
5,6,12,18
4,10,11,17
2,8,14,20
5, 6, 12, 18
+ Plots 1,7,13 and 19 were natural controls and plots 3,9,15 and 16 were rototiiled
  controls.
                                            471

-------
RESULTS

       The pH of the plots that received the high
applications of the oil waste increased.  The  in-
crease was pronounced for the plots that received
the very high applications in 06/83 (Figure 1).  In
these plots, the soil pH increased by more than one
unit from below 6.0 to about 7.0  After the waste
applications, the pH stayed at above background
levels for the remainder of the study.  An evalua-
tion in April, 1986, almost three years after the
last application, indicated the pH  in the very high
application rate plots continued to remain higher
than the controls and had a value of 6.7.

       The volatile matter in the soil was  in-
creased by applying waste.  Until  the larger waste
applications in 10/82, the volatile  matter in all the
plots  was about 9% of the soil on a moisture free
basis.  After  the 10/82 application, the volatile
matter in the plots increased to 10 to 11%.  After
the application in 06/83, the volatile matter in the
very  high  application plots was  14 to 15%.   In
April, 1986, volatile matter in  the very high plots
was  12.8%, indicating that there had been little
loss of the residual organic matter in three years.
The loss that  did occur represents natural degra-
dation processes.

        With  time,  the concentration  of oil and
grease in the soil decreased. The pattern of loss is
illustrated  in Figure 2 for the oil and grease in the
high application plots. However, the applied oil and
grease was  not lost  completely.   After  each
waste application, a new apparent background
concentration  in the respective plots resulted.

        It was impossible to correlate  statistically
the oil and grease losses to the field plot soil
temperatures.  Any effect due to temperature
was  masked  by factors such as the variability in
the oil and grease data, differences in soil moisture
as the soil temperature changed, and  differing oil
and grease compounds in the soil during the study.

        The immobilization of metals in the  soil
was analyzed by comparing the metal concentra-
tions of subsoil  samples from  the  15 to 30 cm
depth taken in 10/83.  The concentrations of Al,
Cd, Ca, Cr, Cu, Fe, Pb, Mg, Mn, Ni, K, Na, Ti,
Va  and Zn were analyzed  statistically to  de-
termine if the deeper soils of the controls and the
waste  application plots  had  differing  metal
concentrations.  The analysis indicated that sodi-
um  was the only metal with a significantly differ-
ent concentration  in the 15 to  30 cm depth be-
tween the control plots and any waste application
plot. That difference only occurred for sodium in
the soil of the very high plots.

       Soil samples from the plots were taken at
intervals  of one  month or more to determine the
loss patterns of specific organics.  The samples
were extracted with methylene chloride and the
extracts  analyzed  for  CQ to C26  alkanes,
napthalenes, and aromatics such as fluorene, an-
thracene, phenanthrene and pyrene.

       The half-life of organics applied to the soil
varied. The loss of specific organics (napthalenes,
alkanes, and certain aromatics) was rapid, espe-
cially in the warmer months  (Table 2). The hajf-
life of these compounds was generally  less than 30
days.  In comparison, the half-life of  the total oil
and grease in the field plots ranged from about 260
to about 400 days.

        All  of the applied organics were not lost
from the soil during the study.  The separation and
identification procedures used were  not able to
identify  the type  or  structure  of the residual
organics that remained in the soil at the end of the
study. However, bas.ed on laboratory studies us-
ing soil  from the field  plots  and the fact that
earthworms could repopulate the soil of the plots
receiving the wastes, the organics remaining  in the
soil did not appear to result in a permanent ad-
verse impact to  the soil biota.

        The application of the wastes had definite
 effects on the earthworm numbers and biomass in
the field plots, due to both the rototilling and the
 immediate  impact of the waste.  The earthworms
were decreased by the rototilling and even more so
                                               472

-------
              TABLE 2 -- LOSS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS FROM FIELD PLOTS
       Compound

Napthalene
2-methyl napthalene
1-methyl napthalene
1,3-dimethyl napthalene
2,3-dimethyl napthalene
Ci2 Alkane
Average
Half-Life
(Days)
  R*
  18
  12
   8
  10
  13
    Compound
C-|4 alkane
Ruorene
Anthracene
1-methyl-phenanthrene
Pyrene
Average
Half-Life
 (Days)

   10
   13
   12
   R
   77
   10
        *rapid, loss to below detectable limits occurred in less than one month after application
by the wastes.  However, with time, earthworms
did repopulate the field plots (Figure 3).  Evaluation
in April 1986 showed a  dramatic increase in
earthworm numbers and biomass in all the plots,
and especially in the very high application rate
plots.   The project results indicate that these soil
biota can recover from the addition of oily wastes.

       The earthworms in the plots accumulated
cadmium, potassium, sodium and zinc.  Potassium
and sodium are of physiological but not  environ-
mental importance in terms  of bioaccumulation.
The cadmium that accumulated in the  earthworm
tissue came more from the background cadmium in
the soil than from the cadmium  in the applied
waste, since the  cadmium  bioaccumulated at
comparably high levels in the worms from  the con-
trol plots.  A comparison of the  data from the
peer-reviewed literature indicated  that the land
application of these oily wastes did not cause any
abnormal or unexpected bioaccumulation of metals
in earthworms.

       Earthworm  samples were analyzed for
the same organic compounds that were determined
for the soil extracts (alkanes and certain aro-
matics).  None of these compounds were  found in
the earthworm methylene chloride extracts at
concentrations greater than the detection limits.
                 CONCLUSIONS

                        The results indicated that the soil has the
                 capacity to treat wastes such as those used in
                 this study.  Many of the organics in the applied
                 waste were removed (lost)  and the metals were
                 immobilized when the wastes were applied to the
                 soil intermittently and at varied rates.  The  soil
                 cultivation method  (rototilling) and  the applied
                 waste had an immediate adverse impact on the
                 earthworms,  but  they  recovered with  time.  A
                 fraction of the applied oil and grease was not re-
                 moved during the study. The remaining organics
                 and  the  metals  did  not  appear to have  any
                 permanent adverse effect on the soil biota.

                        The study indicated that soil biota can re-
                 cover from intermittent applications of an  oily
                 waste.  With  time,  the numbers and  mass of
                 earthworms in the plots to which the wastes were
                 applied can become similar  to those in the control
                 plots. The land application of these wastes did not
                 have an  irreversible,  adverse  impact on  the
                 earthworms.

                 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

                        The  assistance of  staff and students at
                 Cornell  University,  of the  EPA  Project Officer,
                 Mr. John E. Matthews, and of the personnel at
                                             473

-------
RSKERL who analyzed the samples for  metals
and organics is gratefully appreciated.

       The complete project report is  available
and can be obtained from the National Technical
Information Service, Springfield, VA, 22161 (Order
No. PB-166353/AS).

REFERENCES

1. Martin, J.H., Jr., and R.C. Loehr, "Determination
of the Oil Content of Soils," Hazardous and Indus-
trial Solid Waste  Testing: Fourth Symposium,
ASTM STP 886, J.K. Petros, Jr., W.J. Lacy and
R.A.  Conway,  Editors, American  Society  for
Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, 1986, pp. 7-14.

2. Loehr, R.C., Martin, J.H., Jr., and E.F. Neuhaus-
er,  "Spatial Variations  of Characteristics in  the
Zone  of Incorporation at an Industrial Solid Waste
Land  Treatment Site,"  Hazardous and Industrial
Solid  Waste Testing: Fourth Symposium, ASTM
STP  886, J.K. Petros, Jr., W.J. Lacy and R.A.
Conway, Editors, American Society for  Testing
and Materials, Philadelphia, 1986, pp. 285-297.
                                        DISCLAIMER

       Although the research described in this article has been funded wholly or in part by USEPA, the
article has not been subject to Agency review and therefore does not necessarily reflect views of the
Agency and no endorsement should be inferred.
                                            474

-------
      8.0
      7.0
   X
   a
   O  6.0
   w
      5.0
                        VERY HIGH
                          WASTE
                       APPLICATION
       PLOTS  5,6,12 AND 18
       NATURAL CONTROL
           J	1	1	1	1	1    «   t   t
                                                    »— J
                                                                   «
              MAMJJASOND   J  F  MA   M   J  4

                             '1983               >• <      	1984        >
                            FIGURE 1
                pH of the Soil in Several of the Field Plots
o
M
O
O
   30
25
o
2  20
w
o>
   15
   10
           WASTE
           APPLICATION
                                   AVERAGE
L
STANDARD
DEVIATION
                                 HIGH APPLICATION RATE
         ONDJFMAMJJASONDJ  FMAMJJ
               » -•	1983            »• < •     1984'
                            FIGURE 2

            Oil and Grease Concentrations in the Soil of Field Plots
                           2,8,14 and 20
                              475

-------
    200
    160
                                               • Natural control
                                               ^Rototilled control
                                               D Low
                                               « Medium
                                               OHigh
                                               A Very high
M
en
w
i
,0
15
  o
 Ul
    120
                                             Very high waste application
            JJASONDJFMAMJJASO
                                     FIGURE 3
                     Earthworm Biomass in the ZOI of the Field Plots
                                        476

-------
               THE USE OF CONTAMINATED MATERIAL FOR THE
            CREATION OF NEW  HOUSING  LAND AT THAMESMEAD,
                                   LONDON.
                                George W. Lowe                 .
                            London Scientific Services
                                The County Hall
                                London SE1  7PB.

                                  ABSTRACT

     Re-development of the Royal Arsenal in Woolwich, London, to form the new town
of Thamesmead has required the reclamation of 1000 acres of derelict industrial land
lying at a considerable distance from disposal facilities able  to receive contaminated
material of the quantity arising from the development. This could have caused serious
financial and logistical problems if advantage had not been  taken of new river wall
construction associated with the Thames Barrier  and the London Flood  prevention
scheme.  The river wall was constructed in the bed of the River Thames enclosing a
large area of silt normally exposed at low tide.

     Space formed between the new river wall and the old river embankment provided
an opportunity to  create new  land using excavated material from construction sites
known  to be polluted by industrial waste from the Arsenal.  Licences were granted for
two disposal facilities'to receive a total of 800,000 cubic metres of contaminated soil.

     The  first  facility  containing  350,000  m3  is  now ready  for  new  housing
development.  On completion of filling and prior to final consolidation by surcharging,
the land was  investigated  as  if  it  were  an existing contaminated site.  The data
obtained demonstrated a remarkable amelioration of the contamination due to mixing
and consolidation techniques adopted during deposition and the result  is new housing
land requring little remediation to make it safe. The savings made in  disposal costs
are impossible to calculate at  the present time but they are  of the order of 5 million
pounds Stirling.
 INTRODUCTION

 Background  -  Development  of
 Contaminated Land.

      The  decision  to  make  use of
 contaminated material to  create  new
 housing  land at  Thamesmead did not
 form part of the original thinking when
 development of  the new  town  was
 envisaged.  At that time, there was little
 to  suggest that new building would be
 seriously effected by  ground conditions
 arising  from  industrial  contamination,
although there was  some concern about
mislaid explosives and unexploded bombs
remaining in the ground from  wartime
air attacks.

     Ground pollution problems began
to manifest themselves  in  1975 when
advance civil engineering work started at
the  western  extremity  of   the
development where major  armaments
manufacturing and testing facilities had
been concentrated.   At the  same time,
problems associated with re-development
of contaminated  land began to achieve a
                                        477

-------
prominence   in London on a scale  not
previously experienced. This was mainly
due  to increasing  demand for new
development  land at a time of serious
land shortage in  the inner  city areas.
This in turn led to the re-use of derelict
land remaining from  the decline  of
traditional and often noxious industries,
rationalisation of transportation systems
and changing patterns of energy demand
and provision.  Sites such as these had
never  been   much in demand for  re-
development  except  in locations where
site  values were so high as to overide
the  financial  significance  of
reclamation.

     In common with the controlling
public  authority for  Thamesmead, the
developers of contaminated  land in
London were confronted  with the need
to arrange  safe disposal of surplus
excavated material arising  from civil
engineering  and general construction
work.  The  Control of  Pollution Act
1974 was only just beginning to have an
effect, licencing procedures for disposal
sites were in their early stages and not
fully understood,  and the construction
industry  had  yet  to fully  grasp the
significance  of  emerging regulations.
Most importantly,  it  soon began  to
emerge that regardless of transportation
costs,  available  disposal options  were
likely to be severely restricted due to
lack of capacity. (1)

     These   problems  compelled
developers and contractors to address
their attention  to  the disposal  of
excavated waste from  their sites as a
fundamental  part of their operations,
rather  than  dealing  with it   as  a
consequence  of  construction to-  be
relegated to  sub- contractors with the
lowest possible  transportation  rates,
dubious disposal  arrangements and a
commensurate disregard  for the
environment.

     The scale of the  operation  at
Thamesmead  demanded an approach to
disposal of contaminated material which
would take into account ever increasing
costs  of transportation  to  limited
disposal facilities, risks  to the
environment  generally  and  the
inconvenience  to  newly  occupied
households.  Additionally, the perceived
social impact  of long term, large scale
development  likely to be  felt  in the
surrounding   areas  prompted  Local
Authorities to place restriction on the
routes and movement of heavy  vehicles
carrying  materials to and from the site.

      Fortunately,  the Planning and
Design teams for Thamesmead were
able  to  take   advantage  of
comprehensive  project  management
with  a  direct line  to policy  making
committees  of  the  Greater  London
Council  under  whose auspices the
development  of  the town  was  taking
place.   Opportunities thus arose to
profit from circumstances both external
and  apparently   unrelated  to
Thamesmead and find a very successful
solution in financial  and environmental
terms to  a  seemingly  intractable
problem.   A more  positive  response to
re-cycling proposals was also beginning
to emerge which was also very useful.

The London Flood Prevention Scheme.

     Thamesmead  has a frontage onto
the River Thames of approximately 3i
miles (5.6 KM) and  in consequence has
been significantly influenced in  its plan
form by  major civil  engineering works
associated  with the London  flood
prevention scheme.   The  principle
component of the scheme is the Thames
Barrier which  was completed in 1985
and was at that time, the world's largest
movable flood  barrier. Downstream, the
embankments of the  river  have been
raised  to accommodate  tidal  surges
originating in  the North  Sea.   Where
appropriate, new  stretches of river wall
have been constructed entirely,  and
there is a section of this at Thamesmead
approximately 1 mile (1.6KM) in length.
                                      478

-------
     Studies of the flow characteristics
of the  Thames indicated  that the ideal
location for this section of  the river
wall was in the  bed of the river itself,
sited to enclose  a section of foreshore
composed  of deep, hazardous  silt which
became  exposed at  low tide.  The
maximum  distance of the  new wall from
the  original   embankment   is
approximately 150 metres and although
this reduces to zero at its conjunctions
with the bank at each end, the crescent
shaped area of re-claimed river bed thus
formed is approximately 40  acres  in
extent. This presented an opportunity
for the provision of major facilities  at
Thamesmead to serve  the internal flood
control system of the town  itself and
provide  two  disposal  sites  for
contaminated material  arising from
construction works.

PURPOSE

     On  discovery of ground pollution
at  Thamesmead and  knowing the
difficulties encountered   with re-
development  of  contaminated  sites
elsewhere,  the  Planning and Design
Teams were instructed by the  Council to
undertake  initial studies  to  determine
the geographical extent of the problem,
the implications it  would have  on
development, and in the longer term  to
undertake site  by site  investigations
leading to  remedial  action. (2).   A
specialist team was   established
composed primarily  of   medical,
scientific and technical officers who
were soon to encounter the difficulty of
making an overall assessment of ground
pollution when the previous land use was
almost   totally  classified  (no
information!).

APPROACH

      An  essential requirement  of the
team was to make an  assessment of the
overall,  physical  influence  of  ground
contamination on the  development form
and programme with particular emphasis
on costs arising from  increased  muck
shifting  and  disposal.  Following
extensive  calculations based  on a
number  of area planning scenarios it
became  very clear that the cost and the
impact on the environment of exporting
possibly  li  million cubic metres of
contaminated material to out-county
disposal  facilities  was   totally
unacceptable.  Other enquiries had also
established  that   even   if  the
environmental impact question  was set
aside, the capacity of exisiting disposal
sites was too uncertain to guarantee
their availability in the long term.

     Under the circumstances,  disposal
within the confines  of Thamesmead
became  the only viable alternative,  and
it was fortunate for the development as
a whole that  the opportunity to use the
spaces being created by the construction
of the new river wall would be turned to
positive advantage.

Procedures

     Before the disposal facilities could
be established, a number of difficulties
had to  be  overcome both in practical
and managerial terms.   Not  least of
these  was  the  provision of sufficient
data to  obtain  a  licence under  the
recently promulgated-Control of
Pollution Act before the full nature and
extent of  ground  pollution had been
established.   Another  was to lay down
criteria  for control  and  management of
the disposal facilities  so  that on
completion of filling and consolidation
they would provide development  land
whose general environmental condition
was no worse  than that of contaminated
sites elsewhere  in Thamesmead  prior to
rehabilitation.

     A  period  of  approximately 15
months  was seen to be available  for
extensive site investigation work before
programmed  development   of
contaminated land created the need for
disposal  of substantial  quantities of
                                      479

-------
excavated material.  During this  time,
data from  site  investigation  provided
enough  information  for the  site
licencing authorities in  the  GLC  to
assess  levels of  those  substances
forming the greater  part  of the
contamination at Thamesmead which
could be included in the mass of disposal
material.

     The conditions of  the  disposal
licence  also demanded  a  form  of
management for the facilities which was
not compatible with normal construction
contract procedures, but  was  achieved
by   placing  site  supervision,
administrative  control and  the
programming of  filling in the  hands  of
the Thamesmead management teams.

Controls

     Probably,  the most significant
factor  in the operational control of the
disposal facilities was the ruling that  no
material would  be accepted  unless
removed from sites which had been
subject  to  full  investigation.  All
investigation data was  subject  to
scrutiny by a multi-disciplinery panel  of
specialists  including those concerned
with assessement  of hazardous waste
and site licencing procedures.  By these
means,  the  disposal  facilities  only
received material from  sites  whose
general  level of contaminaton  was
acceptable  under  the  terms  of the
licence.   This to some  extent was  to
influence development form.

Physical Influences

     The major  physical  influence on
the eventual condition of  the  facility
was  the condition introduced  into the
licence for  ground  consolidation
purposes which demanded that  material
was spread,  levelled and compacted  in
layers  of 9 to 12  inches (225- 300mm)
deep.  In practice, this meant  that one
vehicle load  of  say 20  cubic  metres
would be spread over an area not less
 than  80  square  metres in area.   The
 value  of  mixing and  dilution of the
 material under these circumstances  is
 clearly very great especially when it is
 realised from the examination of the
 available  data  that  a  significant
 proportion  of  excavated  material from
 polluted sites may  not  be  seriously
 contaminated.

 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED.

      The  majority  of the  problems
 encountered  arose  from  programme
 fluctuations  when  filling the  first
 facility, (4J/4K).  As this meant that no
 material would be received fpr disposal
 for several weeks on end, the work force
 and  heavy   plant  were  deployed
 elsewhere.  By direction of the Councils
 Medical  Adviser,  at these times the
 whole  area was covered by a thin layer
 of clean soil to avoid contaminated dust
 being  blown into surrounding  areas  in
 dry periods.    This  however  was
 advantageous in  further dilution of the
 contaminated material in the fill.

      It was envisaged  that in  the long
 term, contaminated leachate might exit
 to the river via the new river  wall and
 that there may be problems arising from
 corrosion of steel tie  rods and  raking
 piles  forming part  of the  rival wall
 construction.

      Engineering and scientific opinion
 based on analytical data, and extensive
 tests  carried out earlier to determine
 the geological  and  hydrological
 character  of  the site  discounted both
 possibilities.    Nonetheless, heavy
 coatings of bituminous  protection were
 applied to tie rods in the consolidated
 backing to   the main  river  wall
 construction.

     The   backing   of  heavily
 consolidated  material and the  steel
sheet  piling plus reinforced  concrete
structure of the  river wall taken  down
to the base of natural hard  chalk  is
                                      480

-------
                                   TABLE 1
                         Licence Limit      Mean
 Cadmium
 Copper
 Mercury
 Nickel
 Lead
 Zinc
 Cyanide
 Toluene Extract
 Sulphide
 Thiocyanate
 Ferri-Ferro Cyanide
 Arsenic
20
1500
10
1000
2000
2000
100
1%
250
200
2000
150
1.07
532.20
1.46
85.70
877.80
870.70
2.98
0.24%
 2.64
50.00
100.00
20.29
Total

200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
6
6
200
Unless otherwise stated, all results are expressed as parts per million, i.e mg/kg dry
soil.  Please note, 6 samples only were  analysed  for Thiocyanate  and Ferri-Ferro
Cyanide because total  cyanide determinations produced only 6  results sufficiently
significant to warrant analysis for complexed cyanides (3).
considered  virtually impermeable to
leachate.

RESULTS

      When  facility   4J/4K   was
completely  filled, a cover  of  soil was
placed overall and  seeded to provide a
temporary surface  pending surcharging
of the site  to accelerate consolidation.
Prior to this,  the  site was subject to
investigation  as if  it were  a parcel of
newly acquired land with  a potential
contamination problem.   The object of
this  was twofold; the first to determine
the  general level of contamination  in
the  body  of the site in order to assess
the  effectiveness  of disposal  control
procedures, the second being to aid the
more important evaluation  of  the long
term health hazards of the facility with
a  view to its  eventual development as
housing land. Additionally, boreholes
were sunk through the fill to investigate
the  possibility of  methane gas  being
generated in residual organic matter in
the  remaining river silt  at  the base of
the facility.

Effectiveness of disposal methods.

      The procedures for   control of
disposal  in  4J/4K  and  the specified
                compaction  methods  had  a diluting
                effect  on the fill which had  not been
                anticipated. Within  a selected group of
                contaminants comparison  of the mean
                values  calculated from the  analytical
                data with  the  limits  imposed  by the
                disposal licence indicates (so far  as such
                comparisons  are  valid)  a  very
                satisfactory outcome which  also served
                to  highlight the possibility  of using
                traditional  civil engineering techniques
                for  in-situ  rehabilition of contaminated
                land.

                     A  comparative  table  showing
                mean values for contaminants within the
                site and licence limits is set out in Table
                1.  Twenty five trial pits were dug to a,
                depth  of 6.00m and samples  taken at
                0.15, 0.50, 1.00,  2.00, 3.00,  4.00, 5.00
                and 6.00 m below the surface producing
                200 samples in all.

                Disposal site into housing land

                     The  transition  of 4J/4K  into
                housing land was  accomplished with far
                less difficulty than was thought possible
                when the project was embarked upon.
                The overall level  of pollution was found
                to  be  such as to  require  much less
                remedial work than those  sites  from
                                       481

-------
  which the material had been removed in
  the  first  instance.  In  consequence,  it
  was recommended that only 0.50 metres
  of clean imported capping material be
  placed over the whole site  to make it
  suitable for housing development.

       The site will be  subjected to re-
  investigation when the final layout of
  the  housing  is  known   and regular
  monitoring will be  undertaken over a
  period of  5 years  after building  is
  completed.  This procedure  is  not
  peculiar to 4J/4K,  but is part  of  an
  overall  monitoring  policy  for
 Thamesmead  agreed  with  the local
  authority.

       Several years will elapse between
 completion of the disposal area  filling
 and  its redevelopment   for  housing
 purposes.   Monitoring  is  expected  to
 reinforce  experience elsewhere  at
 Thamesmead  which has  shown  that
 vertical  upward   migration  of
 contaminants via barrier layers does not
 take place.  Additionally,  the depth of
 cover will be augmented as necessary to
 avoid disturbance by householders.

      The  value  of  the   exercise  in
 financial terms is probably impossible to
 quantify due to  the influence of
 changing land  values at  Thamesmead
 attributable to other factors, but  it is
 known that actual  cost savings  in
 creating new  land out of re-cycled,
 valueless material  will not be less than
 £5 million.  The true worth of the asset
 has  also been  much  enhanced by the
 knowledge gained in creating it, in that
 it has been found that major disturbance
 and  localised  re-distribution  of
 contaminated material on two other
 major sites  has lead  to significant
 reductions in the  level  of  remedial
 works needed to make them safe.

 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

      The  officers  of  the  'Inter
 Departmental  Assessment  Panel  on
 Contaminated  Land' of the  Greater
 London Council. A uniquely experienced
 body of people now  disbanded  since the
 abolition of the G.L.C.

 REFERENCES

 1.   Taylor  G.  and Lennon  A.,  'The
     disposal of wastes arising from the
     development  of  contaminated
     land'.
     London  Waste  Regulation
     Authority.  North  Block,  The
     County Hall London SE1 7PB. U.K.

 2.   Lowe G.W. Investigation of Land
     at Thamesmead and assesment  of
     remedial  works  to   bring
     contaminated land  into beneficial
     use.   London Scientific Services,
     Room  629,  The  County Hall,
     London SE1 7PB U.K.

3.   Carpenter  R.J.   A laboratory
     report: Investigation into potential
     contamination  at  Thamesmead
     Area  4J/4K.  for the  G.L.C.,
     London Scientific Services, Room
     629, The County Hall, London SE1
     7PB. U.K.
                                  Disclaimer

The work  in this  paper was not  funded  by the U.S.  Environmental  Protection
Agency.   The contents  do  not  necessarily reflect  the views  of the  Agency
and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                     482

-------
483

-------
                                                                 w
                                                                 E-
                                                                 CO
r
                                                                                        94
                                                                                        s
                                                                                        
-------
                   SECURE LANDFILL DESIGN/OPERATION
                  TO REDUCE LEACHATE AND CLOSURE COST
                     Randolph W.  Rakoczynski, P.E.
                    Waste Resource Associates, Inc.
                          2576 Seneca Avenue
                       Niagara Falls,  NY  14305
                               ABSTRACT

     As permitting delays and increasing capital construction costs force
facility developers to  consider  landfill cells of  increasingly  larger
proportions,  the  tremendous volumes of leachate generated by these larger
facilities act to limit  their size drastically.  The "central low point"
design and method  of  operation which  is  presented  allows  these  larger
facilities to  be  constructed  and operated  economically.   Volumes  of
leachate  produced during the operating life of  a central low point
fac ility are  reduced  by as much  as  90-95%  when  compared  with leachate
production using conventional landfill designs.   Additionally,  the
central low point design  also  allows the cost of  closure  funding to be
reduced by as much as  90-95%.
INTRODUCTION

     As  environmental   regulations
governing the management of hazard-
ous waste have begun to focus more
closely on  landfill  facilities,
engineering  design  and methods of
operation for these facilities have
been  forced  to change.   What may
have  been  standard  operating
procedures a  few years  ago are now
out-moded methods  which no  longer
meet  the minimum  regulatory re-
quirements .

     The Hazardous  and  Solid Waste
Amendments of 1984 (HSWA) and the
minimum technology requirements for
land  disposal  facilities this
statute  has  imposed  have  further
forced  facility  developers to
carefully  reconsider  their plans
and designs.  The minimum technol-
ogy design  requirements along with
the costs  associated  with closure
and post-closure  of  these facili-
ties  and  the  unavailability  of
non-sudden environmental impairment
liability  coverage has  all  but
stalled the development of any new
landfill  disposal facilities.

PURPOSE

     In an attempt to stimulate the
development of  the new facilities
which  will be  needed  in  order to
properly  handle future volumes of
industrial  hazardous waste genera-
tion  and  the residuals from "high
technology" treatment  processes as
well  as  the  enormous  volumes
                                    485

-------
 of contaminated  residues from
 Superfund remedial  action clean-ups
 and surface impoundment closures,  a
 landfill  design  which cost-effec-
 tively meets the  minimum technology
 requirements of  HSWA  has been
 formulated.

     In addition  to meeting minimum
 technical design requirements,  the
 landfill   design  incorporates
 certain economies of  scale  and
 other  economic   incentives  attrac-
 tive  to prospective  new facility
 developers.   Since the  design
 enables much larger tracts of
 acreage to be developed,  it avoids
 the  costly  permitting  delays
 inherent in the sequential develop-
 ment of  individual landfill  cells
 which are much smaller in size  but
 when completed provide the identi-
 cal  total  capacity of the  larger
 cell.

 APPROACH

     In developing  larger tracts of
 acreage into  a  landfill  facility,
 the design engineer is constrained
 by the  fact that  as  the  landfill
 acreage is  increased, the  volumes
 of  leachate  produced from the
 accumulation of  rainfall  also
 increase.   Oftentimes the increased
 volumes of  leachate associated with
 larger  landfills  and the costs
 involved with  removing and treating
 those volumes exceeds the  savings
 realized in the  economies of  scale
 provided  by construction  of
 larger  facilities.   The  design
 to be  presented  here  circumvents
 the  problems  of excess  leachate
 generation  by  larger landfills with
 straight-forward,   common  sense
principles  which  are uniquely and
 innovatively incorporated into the
design  and operation of the  faci-
 lity.
     The  initial  step  in  the
engineering  design  of  any  landfill
disposal  facility  is  to  maximize
the  disposal  capacity  of  the
proposed facility over the acreage
intended  to  be developed.   The
primary constraints in  maximizing
the capacity are usually the depth
to the  seasonally-high water table
and the maximum height above grade
which local  and/or  state  environ-
mental  regulatory  agencies  will
permit  for  the  proposed facility.
The  desire  to  maximize disposal
facility capacity has  in  the past
led the design  engineer to locate
the bottom "floor"  of  the  landfill
the  required  d istance from  the
seasonally-high  water  table  with
minimal  slopes on the  bottom floor
(usually  1  percent-2  percent)  to
promote  drainage  and  leachate
collection.   If  slopes on  the
bottom of  the landfill are however
increased  to  on   the  order  of
approximately 2-5 percent  and  the
floor is contoured  to  a  centrally-
located,  common  low point,  the
landfill facility can be  designed
and operated  to reduce  the  costs
associated with  leachate  removal/
treatment  and  closure  of  the
facility.

Liner System

     The liner system employed  in
the  proposed  landfill facility
design  conforms  to  the  minimum
technology requiranents  put  forth
by  EPA as  a result  of HSWA.
Starting  from the  bottom of  the
liner system, the liner  system is
composed of  the following compo-
nents:

     «   three (3) feet  of recom-
        pacted  low permeability
        soil  liner   (upper  portion
        of this  layer  is processed
                                  486

-------
       to remove stones and other
       foreign debris);

    •  flexible  membrane  liner
       (FML) of  30 mil high
       density   polyethylene
       (HOPE);

    •  one  (1)  foot of granular
       material  (secondary lea-
       chate  collection  and/or
       leak detection zone);

    •  flexible  membrane  liner
       (FML) of  80 mil high
       density  polyethylene
       (HOPE);

    •  one  (1)  foot of granular
       material  (primary  leachate
       collection zone);

    •  geotextile  fabric  (for
       filtration of leachate).

Limiting Active Disposal Area

    In order   to minimize  the
amount of   rainfall  which  is
accumulated as leachate, the active
area of the  landfill facility  must
be confined  to an  area surrounding
the common low  point.   An access
roadway can  be constructed so  that
heavy  equipnient which will be  used
to deposit waste  transferred  from
receiving  facilities can easily
place  waste  in the active disposal
area.    In addition to providing
access  for  heavy equipment, the
roadway also serves as the base  of
a segregation berm(s) which separ-
ates  the  landfill facility  into
individual cells which can each  be
used to dispose  of specific wastes
that  would  be  incompatible  if
disposed of  together.   The place-
ment of additional berms or separa-
tions  within the  individual  cells
allows uncontaminated  rainfall  to
be  kept  from  contacting  the
deposited  waste.
Waste Placement

     Convent ional  waste  placement
procedures  involve  depositing
waste in  lifts  across  the  entire
floor of the  landfill  faci-
lity.  Once  a horizontal lift  is
completed,   the next lift  is
begun.    This  method  of  waste
placement  has two major  drawbacks;
first the  entire  surface area  of
the  floor of  the landfill  is
subject  to leachate  generation and
secondly,  closure of the facility
cannot  begin until  the entire
capacity of  the  landfill facility
 is consumed.

     In  the  common  low  point
design,  waste  placement  is rele-
gated initially  only to  the active
disposal  area surrounding  the low
point.  Once the  elevation of the
waste reaches  the  level  of  the
access  roadway/segregation  berm,
 the  roadway  is raised with  the
 placement of  additional recompacted
 low permeability  soil.  Waste
 placement continues  from the raised
 roadway surface around the  central
 low  point until  its  elevation again
 reaches the  road surface  and the
 roadway  level  is  again  raised.
 This procedure continues until the
 emplaced  waste  and roadway reach
 their desired  final  elevations.
 Waste deposition  continues  on  the
 inclined  working face which has
 been created  in each cell.

 Progressive Partial  Closure

      As the bottom toe of the  slope
 of  the  working face  begins to
 approach  the temporary rainwater/
 leachate separation berm or
 device,  the installation of the
 final closure cap  in  those  areas
 that have  reached final waste
 elevation  can proceed.   The
 components which comprise the  final
 closure  cap  are from  bottom
 to top:
                                 487

-------
       one (1) foot of
       cover soil;
intermed iate
     • two (2) feet of recompacted
       low   permeability  soil;

     •  geotextile fabric;

     • flexible membrane  liner
       (FML)  of  80  mil  h igh
       density  polyethylene
       (HDPE)j

     • geotextile fabric;

     • two  and one-half  (2 1/2)
       feet of  soil;

     • one-half  (1/2)  foot  of
       topsoil;

     • vegetation.

     As the  installation of  the
final closure  cap  is  nearing
completion  in those  areas  where
emplaced  waste  elevations  have
reached desired levels,  the tempor-
ary  rainwater/leachate separation
berm or  device is moved  further
outward from  the central low point
so that  waste deposition on  the
inclined working face can continue.

PROBLEMS MCOUNTERED

     In formulating the design,  the
following problem  areas  were
identified and addressed:

     •   emplaced waste stability

     •  installation   of secondary
       leachate or leak detection
       zone (LDZ) on  internal side
       slopes  of landfill  peri-
       meter

     •  access  to  the inclined
       working face over the
       final  closure cap
                  •  drainage of stormwater from
                     the  final  closure cap

                  •   identification  of  the
                     source of  any leaks  de-
                     tected in  the secondary
                     leachate  collection  zone.

                  Each of  the  problem areas was
             resolved as follows:

             Waste Stability               •

                  In order to  insure stability
             of the final upper surface of waste
             for final closure cap placement and
             heavy  equipment  access,  it  was
             determined  emplaced  waste had  to
             meet certain  criteria.   A minimum
             angle of cohesion and  load bearing
             capacity must be provided.  As part
             of inbound quality control testing,
             a  minimum unconfined compressive
             strength and  absence  of "free
             liquid" must  be confirmed for
             wastes  to be deposited directly
             into the active disposal areas.  If
             either "free  liquid"  is present  or
             insufficient  load bearing capacity
             is  provided,  the waste  must  be
             pre-treated  using  appropriate
             chemical   fixation/solidification
             agents.

             Sideslope LDZ

                  The granular material  used  in
             the secondary leachate removal  or
             leak  detection  zone cannot  be
             placed on the  angle  required  for
             the  internal sideslopes  of the
             landfill facility.  Along the
             internal landfill  sideslopes,  the
             granular material  was  replaced with
             a drainage net fabricated  of  high
             density  polyethylene.

             Working  Face Access

                  In order to allow heavy
             equipment continued access  to
                                 488

-------
the working  face  for  waste depos i-
tion,  a temporary roadway  must
be provided  over  the  final closure
cap.

Closure Cap Drainage

     Drainage  conduits (clay tile)
are provided  to  direct closure cap
stormwater  run-off  to  col Lection
channels  around  the  landfill
perimeter.

Leak Identification

     Inherent  in  the design is the
shortcoming that  if the  primary or
upper FML should leak and 1iquid is
detected in  the  secondary leachate
collection or leak detection zone,
the source of that leak cannot be
accurately  identified.    In  a
large landfill facility of signifi-
cant   acreage  this  represents
a  problem  with regard  to  any
attempt to  undertake  remedial
action to  repair  the primary or
upper  FML.   A leak detection
and identification  system has been
provided  in this central  low
point design.  A matrix of electri-
cal probes are  placed within  the
granular material  that  comprises
the secondary leachate  collection
or  leak detection zone.    These
probes are monitored  so  that  if a
leak occurs and leachate  enters the
zone,   the origin of that leak can
be identified.

RESULTS

     The most important  benefit
resulting  from  the  landfill
design  presented  is  the dramatic
reduction in  both leachate genera-
ted during  the  operating  life of
the facility and  the volumes of
leachate which  must  be withdrawn
following the completion  of  clo-
sure.   In conventional landfill
design  and  operation,  completely
dewatering  a  closed  landfill  may
extend many years  into  the post-
closure care  period of  the faci-
lity.   Until the closed facility is
completely  dewatered,  a  head of
leachate exists within the  landfill
which can  potentially be a driving
force for  contaminant migration in
the event  of  any  liner deteriora-
tion  or failure.   The  landfill
design  and method of operation
which is proposed are successful in
limiting operational and post-clo-
sure  leachate  production  because;

     •  active disposal area within
        the facility  is  limited
        during  the  operating
        life;

     •  deposited  waste  leachate
        generation is  limited
        primarily  to  the active
        working  face which is
        inclined   and  minimizes
        percolation  of  rainfall
        down   into the  waste;

     »  final closure   cap  is
        progressively installed in
        increments which eliminates
        percolation  of  rainfall
        into the waste;

     •  bottom floor of  the land-
        fill  has   steeper slopes
        which improve  leachate
        collection  efficiency.

     The economic analysis which
follows demonstrates the  cost
savings realized  with use of  the
proposed design/method  of operation
versus  use  of convent ional secure
landfill  design/  operational
methods.

Economic Analysis

     The following  table presents  a
                                  489

-------
 comparison of disposal capacity for
 a conventional "flat" bottom design
 and  the  "central low point" design
 for  a landfill  which  is  30-feet
 deep.  The  "flat"  bottom  design
 assumes  floor  slopes on the order
 of  1-2 percent.   The "central low
 point" design  assumes floor slopes
 of on the order of  2-5 percent.  No
 mounding of  the  final  closure cap
 of the facility has been considered
 in  computing  the disposal  capaci-
 ties  listed,  since the  extent  to
 which  mounding  is  allowed  varies
 considerably from  state to state.
Landfill Size    Disposal Capacity
Landfill Size   Leachate Production
(acres) (cubic yards)

5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
"Flat"
206,000
411,000
630,000
817,000
1,250,000
1,650,000
1,945,000
"Central Low
Point"
181,000
342,000
482,000
604,000
796,000
935,000
1,028,000
    In order  to  compute the lea-
chate production  volumes which  are
presented in the  following table,  a
30-inch net annual  rainfall minus
evaporation  was  used.   It was
assumed  that  this  net  annual
rainfall  was  responsible  for
leachate  generation  over  the
intended  operating  life  of  the
facility.   .The operating life  was
computed  by  dividing  disposal
capacity by a uniform annual waste
receipt  volume  of  100,000 cubic
yards.
(acres)
(millions
of gallons.]
"Flat" "Central Low
Point"
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
8.4
33.5
77.0
133.7
, 305.7
538.0
794.7
0.7
2.8
5.9
9.9
19.5
30.5
41.9
                                        In  computing  leachate  produc-
                                    tion volumes for the  "central
                                    low  point" design,  it  was  assumed
                                    that only one-tenth of the landfill
                                    surface area  would  be in active use
                                    at  any point  in  time during  the
                                    operating life of the facility.
                                    Landfill Size    Closure Cost
(acres)
(millions
of dol]
"Flat" "Central
Poim
5.0
10.0
15.0
20.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
$0.5
$1.1
$2.1
$3.3
$7.4
$13.8
$24.1
$0.05
$0.1
$0.2
$0.3
$0.5
$0.8
$1.0
    The above closure cost compari-
son was computed based on  closure
                                 490

-------
financial  mechanism  for  assuring
closure must be  in-place prior to
facility  start-up,  the  closure
costs  presented  reflect  a 10%
escalation  factor over the full
term of the operating life of the
facility.

    This escalation factor accounts
for the return on the closure fund
dollars which the  facility  owner/
operator  would  realize if  those
dollars were not  tied  up in the
closure funding.   The closure cost
funding for  the "central low point"
design assumes closure  of the
maximum  one-tenth  of  landfill
                                   surface area which is in active use
                                   at any point in time.

                                      By comparing  the  lost disposal
                                   capacity for  the "central  low
                                   point" design  (valued  at  $100 per
                                   cubic yard) with the savings in the
                                   costs  for  removing/treating  lea-
                                   chate (estimated at  $0.15  per
                                   gallon)  and   the  reduction  in
                                   closure cost funding,  the following
                                   graph shows clearly that as the
                                   acreage  of a  proposed  facility
                                   begins  to exceed 20  acres  the
                                   "central low  point"  design  is
                                   justified  in lieu  of the conven-
                                   tional  "flat"  bottom  design.
       150-
        loo —
DOLLARS

( x 10°)
                  ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF CENTRAL LOW POINT LANDFILL DESIGN
                 .KEY_

                        REDUCTION IN CLOSURE

                        COST FUNDING

                        SAVINGS IN LEACHATE
                        TREATMENT COSTS
                   LOST DISPOSAL REVENUES
                   JDUE TO REDUCED CAPACITY
        50-1
                     1O
                        15   2O


                           LANDFILL SIZE (ACRES)

\
I
                                                           50
                                  491

-------
  ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

      The "central  low point"  design
  is protected under  a U.S.  patent
  which  was  recently issued and
  was developed in conjunction with  a
  Part B Application  compiled and
  submitted  on  behalf of  Sechan
  Limestone  Industries,  Inc.   (For-
  tersville,  PA).

      John I. Rolfe,  P.E. (Pegasus
  Consultants,  Niagara Falls,
  NY) collaborated  on certain selec-
  ted portions of the design.
    The leak detection system for
the central low  point design was
developed by Electronetics Corpora-
tion (Clarence, NY)  and  is protec-
ted under a patent  which  is  pend-
ing.  Waste Resource  Associates,
Inc. is the sole  agent responsible
for the licensing of the rights to
use  the leak  detection system.
                                 Disclaimer

The work  in  this paper was not funded by the  U.S.  Environmental Protection
Agency.  The  contents  do  not  necessarily  reflect the views  of the Agency
and no official  endorsement should be inferred.
                                     492

-------
              SAFE, ZERO-MIGRATION ULTIMATE DISPOSAL OF
                SOLID HAZARDOUS WASTE IN SALT CAVERNS

                      .H.-J. Schneider *
                      'W. Bishop **

1         Introduction                             '     •

Waste has'until now been regarded as an unavoidable side  effect  of
industrial production.  Every production process,  be  it  raw mate-
rials exploitation,  basic materials production,  or product manu-
facturing  is associated with waste production.  Furthermore,  the
consumption  of the product itself also produces  waste.  Chemico-
physical treatment,  incineration and/or final disposal are avail-
able for the treatment of such waste.  According to the 4th Amend-
ment  to  the  Law on Waste Disposal of the  Federal   Republic   of
Germany  /!/,  priority  should be placed on waste  avoidance  and
waste recycling, with the aim of minimizing the residues  for final
disposal.

Despite increased efforts and interim successes in waste  reduction
and recycling,  the current state of waste management  remains cha-
racterized  by waste production on a massive scale.  According   to
research statistics from the Federal German Ministry of the  Inte-
rior for the year 1983, the Federal Republic of Germany produces a
volume of 260 million t/a (Fig.  1) of waste (without  agricultural
wastes) of which some 5 million tons are hazardous waste. Of these
5  million t/a some 10 % are incinerated,  25 % are exported to  be
land.filied generally, 30 % are detoxified and 35 % landfilled.
*)   Priv.-Doz. Dr.-Ing. Dipl.-Geol. Hans-Joachim Schneider
     KAVERNEN BAU- UND BETRIEBS-GMBH
     RoscherstraBe 7, D-3000 Hannover 1
**)  W. Bishop, Vice President, Engineering
     PB-KBB Inc.
     P.O.Box 19672, Houston/Texas 77024, U.S.A.
                                493

-------
To tackle  this problem,   the  law mentioned  previously,  prescribed
technical  and organizational  regulations  designed to ensure   maxi-
mized environmental waste  treatment and disposal.

For waste  disposal, this  entails continual  improvement of  concepts
and  methods with the  aim  of  avoiding  the errors of the past  which
led to  the creation of the current abandoned site problem.
                                      SEWAGE
                                      SLUDGE
                                      50 m.tons
                                           COMMUNAL
                                           WASTE
                                           HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                              5 m.tons
                    GENERAL
                    HAZARDOUS WASTE 98.5 7.
                    RADIOACTIVE WASTE 1.5 7.
                 WITHOUT AGRICULTURAL WASTE 260 m.tons ALLTOGETHER
                                 Fig.  1
                Annual waste production  in the Federal
                 Republic  of Germany  (source:  Federal
                   Ministry of the Interior,  1983)
                                   494

-------
2         Ultimate disposal of hazardous waste

With  reference to the current state of engineering   the  ultimate
disposal  of  waste should ensure complete  isolation  of   the   dan-
gdrous  materials.  The environmental hazardous waste  treatment  is
quite insufficiently developed in many industrial  countries,  ac-
cording to THOMANETZ /2/.  The following items are regarded as the
major critical aspects:

     landfill disposal of all types of"hazardous waste without
     prior systematic waste selection
     the treatment of highly water soluble  waste or waste particles
     in water suspension in the  sewage system
     off-shore dumping of all types of hazardous waste
-    exporting hazardous waste.

To reduce the problems associated with landfill disposal,  largely
involving  seepage water,  long-term safety and  follow-up  costs,
DRESCHER  /3/  proposes  the  strict separation  of   waste  flows.
Accordingly,  only detoxified, fixable and/or  degradable  waste may
be   landfilled,   whereas all  toxic,  non-conditionable  and  water
soluble  wastes are to be finally deposited in underground  reposi-
tories  (Fig. 2).

In   contrast with landfill concepts,   underground  repositories  in
deep salt  formations   are based on natural  geological  barriers
which,  due  to   their impermeability  and   distance   to   aquifers,
ensure  effective  isolation from  the biosphere  (Fig.  3).

Highly  toxic,  non-pyrolysable waste  is  currently  deposited in the
Herfa   Neurode  salt  mine repository  /4/.   The  large  amounts  of
hazardous waste to be  deposited  in  future  as a result of clean air
regulations  call for a more economical   underground  repository
concept with, higher  capacities for bulk  wastes.   Plans  are  now
being   developed   to meet  those  requirements by  disposal  in   salt
caverns.
                                 495

-------
             WASTE
             COMBUSTIBLE
                           1NO
                  YES
         	[INCINERATION. PYROLYSIS |
                I
        I
             RESIDUE
| YES


^ YES
IFICATION
|
1
PASTE-UKE pi!-|
| YES
riONABLE L2i
1 *ES
HONING
I
1
1 SOLUBLE P^
i NO
















































             FIXABLE. OEGRADABIE
                f YES
5 UNDERGROUND
j REPOSITORY
             LANDFILL
                       Fig. 2
Waste treatment  flow  chart  for hazardous  waste
            (according  to DRESCHER  /3/)
           U    L   I-    L    L
                                             1  Landfill
                                             2  Groundwater zone -
                                                freshwater supply
                                             3  Drinking water well
                                             4  Overburden
                                             5  Caprock of salt dome
                                             6  Rock salt
                                             7  Salt caverns
                       Fig.  3
   Position of  surface  waste  disposal and  salt
 cavern repository in  relation to  the ecosystem
                         496

-------
3         Barrier concepts

The  underlying  principle of hazardous waste containment  is   the
shielding  of  the environment against toxic materials by  use  of
artificial  or natural barriers.  Because of the geochemical  com-
plexity of hazardous wastes (HERRMANN, et al /5/), this may not be
simply  understood  as the effective sealing of the repository  to
prevent  toxic material migration into the  environment.  The   in-
fluence  of the atmosphere and geosphere upon the deposited wastes
as  well as the interactive chemical reactions between the  chemi-
cals  themselves  must be taken into account  (GOTTNER  /6/).   Re-
actions  in landfills are supported by groundwater (mobile  phase)
which will bring different types of waste together by acting as  a
solvent.  This  could lead to the formation of new toxic materials
against  which the barriers were not designed and consequently  to
the uncontrolled release of toxic materials. Typical reactions  are
formations  of soluble complexes with toxic anions and  heavy   me-
tals,  resulting  in mobilization of both.  Some organic compounds
may permeate through hydrocarbon-based foil seals.

These  criteria placed on the barrier concept require  the  conse-
quent  realization that one should not depend on a single  barrier
in order to shield the environment effectively. A number of safety
systems or multibarriers must be integrated.

In  the  case of landfills such a multibarrier system is  designed
around the following individual parameters  (STIEF, 1986 /7/):

     landfill location
-    landfill base sealing system
-    landfill shape and dimensioning
     surface seals
     usage
     post treatment, controllability and repairability of the
     barriers
                                 497

-------
The individual barriers of an underground repository consist of:

-    host rock
-    distance to surface and aquifers
-    lining and sealing system
-    sealing bulkheads
-    waste conditioning
-    emplacement
-    access system to underground cavity as well as
-    control possibilities and post treatment.

Disposal  concepts  for the ultimate disposal  of  hazardous  waste
which  ensure the maximum long-term safety and minimum post  treat-
ment  measures must be selected in the  interest of future  genera-
tions. Underground waste disposal represents the only solution  for
numerous types of waste.

Salt formations,  i.e.  rock salt deposits possess several charac-
teristics  that qualify it as the prime candidate for a  hazardous
waste storage medium.  Salt is in its native state solid and prac-
tically  impermeable.  This  is a favorable factor to  retain   the
waste  and also to shield it from groundwater,:. thus allowing   the
disposal of mixtures of waste rather than segregated ones.

4         Salt cavern repository
4.1
Construction of salt caverns
Salt  caverns  are  constructed   in  salt   formations  by   solution
mining. The construction places  certain requirements  on the  geolo-
gical  characteristics of  the  salt structure,   such as  sufficient
thickness,  extension above  depths of  2 000 m,  and relatively  pure
salt composition.

To construct caverns using  the solution mining  process,   wells are
sunk  with standardized deep drilling  techniques  down to  the  pro-
jected  final cavern depth.  The last  cemented  casing extends  some
100 to 200 m into the salt  formation.  Three concentric strings are
                                 498

-------
installed for the actual solution mining process  (Fig.   4).  Fresh-
water or seawater is pumped into the cavern  zone  through the inner
string.  The  water dissolves the salt  on  the walls  of  the   cavern
and  the brine is extracted through the first annulus.   The   outer
annulus  is  used for blanket material  (i.e.   oil)   injection   to
control vertical leaching in the roof zone.

The  current state of the art of solution  mining   engineering  en-
ables  the  construction  of caverns of  desired   dimensions /8/.
Echometrie surveys are performed to monitor  the development  of  the
cavern shape.
                FRESHWATER
                        L    r
                       SUMP
rd
        Construction of salt caverns using the direct solution
                   mining method (schematic diagram)
                                 499

-------
4.2
Geotechnical evaluation of safety of salt caverns
The  evaluation of geotechnical criteria for  the safety of a  salt
cavern  repository is analogous to the criteria for evaluating oil
and gas storage caverns.  The stability of  a  cavern is  determined
by  its  position in the salt rock and by the  cavern  spacing  in   a
cavern field.  The distance between  the caverns must  be calculated
such that stress interactions are minimized.

Special  attention must be placed on cavern convergence or  volume
loss.  Because of its rock mechanical .properties,   salt is  subject
to  visco-plastic  deformation  at the .pressures  and   temperatures
encountered  at  these  depths.  A cavern  repository   at   internal
atmospheric pressure causes  salt creep  into the  cavern with conse-
quent volume reduction.  To  restrict convergence  the  period during
which  the cavern is subject  to internal  atmospheric  pressure must
be  limited.  In other words,   the filling with waste  must be   com-
pleted within  a reasonable  time frame.

The problem   of flooding has often  been  raised  in the context  of
final deposition in  salt mines. This problem  does  not exist in the
case of  salt cavern  repositories,  since salt  caverns  are  complete-
ly  packed with waste  after  filling.  Moreover, the  access well will
be   completely back-filled and sealed,   thereby cutting  off  all
escape  routes  to  the  overburden or  atmosphere.
 4.3
 Salt cavern repository operation
 Before  waste  is deposited the brine-filled cavern  is  evacuated
 by use of submersible pumps.  The waste is fed into the cavern via
 the access well. It will be continuously delivered at an projected
 annual rate of 100 000 - 200 000 m3 down an additional string hung
 in the well.  This string protects the outer casing against corro-
 sion  and abrasion and can be pulled out and/or replaced in  event
 of damage.
                                   500

-------
Suitable  methods  for  emplacement  are  gravity-fall  or  pump-driven
slurry  delivery.  For  gravity-fall filling,   the  waste  must  be
conditioned,  i.e.   solidified  and classified,  so that on one hand
it meets the specific  gravity-fall dumping  characteristics and  on
the  other,  reactions between  wastes  in  the  cavern are prevented.
In the case of pump-driven  slurry  dumping,   additives are used for
in-situ solidification.
4.4
Post operational phase
After  complete filling  of  the  cavern with  waste,   the  cavern must
be permanently sealed against the biosphere.   For  this, purpose the
open  borehole above the,cavern roof and  the  whole length.-of  the
cased well are filled with  cement,  clay  and  bitumen.   The surface
site is recultivated and  returned to its  original  use.  Post treat-
ment  and  long-term monitoring1 of  the  cavern repository  are  not
necessary,  since  the waste is virtually  permanently   (i.e.,  for
geological  periods),  isolated from the environment through  the
geological barrier and the  well plug. The complete back-filling of
the  cavern precludes any problems  relating to stability and  con-
vergence.

5         Summary

Salt cavern repositories  represent  a significant addition not only
to  landfills but also to mined underground  repositories.   Highly
water soluble hazardous waste,  which commonly contaminates seepage
waters of landfills,  can be deposited  in salt caverns  under zero-
migration conditions.     •        •                         .        .

The  operation  of salt cavern   repositories   without  -underground
staff  and the high disposal capacity render  salt  cavern  reposito-
ries economically and environmentally suitable for the  disposal  of
bulk waste.  Although,  highly toxic waste with recycling  potential
should continue to be deposited  in  mined  repositories.
                                 501

-------
REFERENCES:

/!/  Gesetz tiber  die  Vermeidung und Entsorgung von Sonderabfallen
     (Abfg). Bundesgesetzblatt, Jahrg. 1986, Teil 1.

/2/  Thomanetz, E.  (1986):  Ansatze zur umweltgerechten  Sonder-
     abfallentsorgung,  dargestellt an ausgewahlten Beispielen.
     Mttll  und Abfall,  Heft 8, S. 312 - 316.

/3/  Drescher,  J.  (1985):  Ingenieurgeologische Aspekte  bei  der
     Bonderabfallablagerung. Ber. 5. Nat. Tag. Ing.-Geol.,
     Kiel  1985, S.  57 - 67

/A/  UTD:  Untertagedeponie Herf a-Neurode. Firmenbroschtire,
     Kali  und Salz  AG,  Kassel, S. 16

/5/  Herrmann,  A.G.;  Brumsack, H.J. & Heinrichs, H.  (1985):
     Notwendigkeit, Mbglichkeiten und Grenzen  der Untergrund-
     deponie  anthropogener Schadstoffe.  - Naturwissenschaften
     72, S. 408 - 418.

/6/  Gbttner, I.J.  (1985): Mogliche Reaktionen in einer Sonder-
     abfalldeponie  - Folgerungen fur das Deponierungskonzept.
     Mull  und Abfall, Heft 2, S. 29 - 32.

/7/  Stief, K.  (1986): Das Multibarrierenkonzept als Grundlage
     von Planung, Bau, Betrieb und Nachsorge von Deponien.
     Mttll  und Abfall, Heft 1, S. 1.5 - 20.
 /8/   Quast,  P.  und Beckel, S.: Derzeitiger  Stand der soltech-
      nischen Planung von Speicherkavernen im  Salz und die
      damit erzielten praktischen Ergebnisse.  Erdol-Erdgas-
      Zeitschrift (1981), H. 6, Jg.  97,  S. 213 - 217

 DISCLAIMER
 The  work  described  in  this  paper  was  not  funded  by  the  U.S.
 Environmental   Protection Agency.   The   contents  do  not  necessarily
 reflect the  views of the Agency  and no official endorsement should
 be inferred.
                                  502

-------
      IN SITU TREATMENT PROCESS FOR REMOVAL OF VOLATILE
     HYDROCARBONS FROM SOILS;  RESULTS OF PROTOTYPE TEST
                      Phillip N. La Mori
            Vice President and Technical Director

                        Michael Ridosh
                        Vice President

                 TOXIC TREATMENTS  (USA) INC.
                  901 Mariner's Island Blvd.
                          Suite 315
                     San Mateo, CA  94404
                           ABSTRACT
     This  paper reviews  the capabilities  of a  new in situ
remediation  technique  for  soils  contaminated  by  volatile
hydrocarbons and presents  the results of the prototype test.
The technique uses  two overlapping drills 5 feet in diameter
to dispense  heat  in the form of steam and hot  air  into the
soil to  depths  of  30  feet to volatilize  hydrocarbons.   The
drills thoroughly mix  and pulverize  the  soil.   The escaping
hydrocarbon  gas  vapors  are  contained  and  captured   in  a
surface shroud and then condensed and removed from the air in
an  above  ground  closed-loop  system.   The  cleaned air  is
compressed and returned to the drills.  We have treated 4,700
cubic yards  of  soil in a  prototype test,  reducing petroleum
hydrocarbon  from  39,000 ppm to  below 100 ppm  in  the  best
case.    The  average  reduction  was  91.4%  to  191  ppm.   A
redesigned  system  is   currently remediating  a  chlorinated
hydrocarbon site (concentrations to 8900 ppm)  and the results
of this work will be given at the meeting.
                             503

-------
INTRODUCTION

    The objective of this paper
is  to  review  the  capabilities
of  a new  in  situ remediation
technique  for  soils contamina-
ted  by  volatile  hydrocarbons
and  present the  results  of a
site remediation.

    Treatment   of   wastes  and
contaminated   soils   can   be
accomplished  via  off-site  or
on-site    treatment   of   the
excavated  materials  or  by  in
situ   treatment.      In  situ
treatment  offers  the  following
advantages:

o Eliminates the public  health,
  safety    and   environmental
  risks  which  are  associated
  with  excavation,  transporta-
  tion, storage and handling of
  hazardous materials.

o  Does not  require additional
  land areas for treatment.

o  Soil is  left  in place prior
  to,  during  and  after  treat-
  ment.

o  The process  is  more  accept-
  able  to the community due to
  low  noise,   traffic,   visual
  impact  and emissions.

o  Liability for  off-site han-
  dling  or  disposal  areas is
  eliminated.

     There  are  major  limita-
tions  and concerns  associated
with  remediation   approaches
which   rely   on   the   use  of
liners,   caps,  slurry   walls,
grout  curtains,  etc.,  for waste
containment  and   those  which
involve   waste  excavation  and
redisposal.     Some   of  these
concerns  are:

o  Uncertainty  regarding   the
  long-term  effectiveness   of
  the   available   containment
  technologies.

o Exposure of workers, the gen-
  eral -public and  the environ-
  ment   to  additional   risks
  associated with  site excava-
  tion,   transportation,   and
  redisposal.

o Growing  scarcity of approved
  off-site facilities for waste
  redisposal.

o The  high cost of and the in-
  creasing public opposition to
  schemes involving waste relo-
  cation.

o  Increasing criticism  of  on-
  site  waste isolation  and/or
  waste  relocation at off-site
  facilities  as  shortsighted
  strategies that merely trans-
  fer  the  problem  to  future
  generations or to  new loca-
  tions.

    The   technology  described
here  has been used for in situ
soil    decontamination   using
steam  and  hot air  stripping and
chemical oxidization  of vola-
tile  hydrocarbons.   It  has the
potential  to treat  soils con-
taminated  by heavy rnetals, acid
wastes,  drilling  fluids,  coal
gasification  plant  wastes  and
to  act as an in situ  dispenser
of  bioactive materials.  We are
actively investigating the use
of  the Detoxifier  for  these and
other  applications.

PURPOSE

     The  purpose of  this paper
is  to describe a  new in situ
technique  for soils  remediation-
and present the results  of the
prototype  test.   This  test was
a full scale commercial remedi-
ation project  on  a  site that
                                504

-------
was  being   redeveloped   as  a
commercial office complex.  The
remediation  was  successful and
permission   to  continue   the
development   was  subsequently
granted.    The  results  of  a
second  project,  currently  in
progress,    will    also    be
presented.

APPROACH

    The heart of the Detoxifier
technology   is  the   "process
tower"  which is essentially a
drilling  and  treatment  agent
dispensing  system,  capable of
penetrating   the  soil/  waste
medium  to depths of 30 feet or
more.     The   process   tower
consists  of  an assembly of two
cutter/mixer  bits  connected to
separate, hollow kellies.   The
bits  overlap  and   rotate  in
opposite   directions.      The
rotating  action provides  for
simultaneous  cutting,  mixing,
homogenizing and pulverizing of
the  soil.   Treatment  agents in
dry,  liquid, gaseous  or slurry
form  can be  conveyed through
the  hollow  kellies  and ejected
through spray nozzles into the
soil  where   they are  mixed and
homogenized     (see    enclosed
figure).

    The treatment  of  a site is
on a block-by-block basis.  The
site  to be  treated is divided
into  rows of  blocks,  with the
process tower being moved  to an
adjacent block  after  treatment
of   the   previous   block  is
completed.

    The  bit  assembly is  two
overlapping   cutting   blades   5
feet  in diameter.   To  cover all
of  the  area to  be treated, the
drill  is positioned with  about
10  percent  overlap of  the grid
blocks.  With this  overlap,  the
effective treatment volume, or
a treatment  block,  is about 30
square  feet  of  surface  area
times  the  number  of feet  of
depth to be treated.  Each foot
of  depth  is  equivalent  to  a
little  more   than   one   cubic
yard.

    A   rectangular   enclosure
called  a   shroud  covers  the
treatment  area   to  eliminate
dust  and  to  capture gas  and
vapor released during the sub-
surface treatment process.  The
captured offgas is treated in a
process   train   and   recycled
through  a  compressor back  to
the process tower, then down to
the treatment zone.

    This  closed-loop  operation
of  the  Detoxifier  eliminates
the release of volatile contam-
inants  into   the  atmosphere.
The  unit  processes  comprising
the treatment  train are  selec-
ted and  designed based  on • the
type  and  level   of  pollutants
that are to be removed from the
offgases.

    In the treatment train used
for hydrocarbon  stripping,  the
of fgas  from  the  shroud  which
contains  the  exit  air,  steam
and  volatilized  hydrocarbons,
is  condensed in  a  three-stage
cooling system.   Each  cooling
stage is  followed by a cyclone
demister.      The  final   stage
lowers the  temperature ofF the
gases to  -10  deg.   F.  The gas
stream is then passed through a
bed  of   granulated  activated
carbon (GAC) for removal of any
remaining hydrocarbons.

    Following  carbon  absorp-
tion,  the   purified  gas   is
compressed,  reheated  and  recy-
cled  to   the  treatment   zone
through the  two  kellies  in the
process tower.
                                 505

-------
    The hydrocarbon  content of
the shroud  offgas  is monitored
continuously by  a  total hydro-
carbon  analyzer with  a  flame
ionization detector  (FID).  The
FID reading is  used to adjust
the treatment conditions,  in-
cluding the  duration of treat-
ment,  to achieve desired treat-
ment objectives.

    The  important  features  of
the  Detoxifier  system,  which
represent  significant  innova-
tions and  advances for in situ
treatment, are the following:

o  Delivery  of  the  treatment
  agents directly to the treat-
  ment zone.

o Thorough mixing and homogeni-
  zation resulting in effective
  contact between the treatment
  agents and the contaminant.

o Closed-loop operation.

o  Ability  to  use  a  range  of
  treatment  agents  in liquid,
  gas, solid  and slurry forms,
  thus   providing   versatility
  and  ability  to  implement  a
  range  of   options.     These
  include   thermal  treatment,
  stripping  of  volatile organ-
  ics,   oxidation,   reduction,
  precipitation, neutralization
  of  inorganics  and stabiliza-
  tion,  solidification,  fixa-
  tion or  biodegradation  of a
  wide variety of contaminants.

o   The   treatment   system  is
  mobile and transportable.

PROCESS DESCRIPTION

    A    prototype     in   situ
Detoxifier was  utilized in the
summer of  1986  for remediation
of  a  site  in  Los  Angeles,
California,  under  development
as  a  light   industrial  and
office complex.   The  site  had
previously been used as a truck
terminal.      During   initial
construction on the  site,  five
underground  tanks  were  uncov-
ered.  The  tanks  had contained
gasoline   and   diesel   fuel.
Leakage  from  these  tanks  had
contaminated  over  4,700  cubic
yards  of soil.    The  in  situ
Detoxifier  was  selected   for
remediation  of the  site  after
an  evaluation of  alternatives
because it:   1) did not require
transport of  hazardous  mater-
ials 2)  solved the waste prob-
lem   as   opposed    to   merely
displacing  it  and  3)  was  an
immediate   solution   requiring
only a few months to complete.

    The remediation process was
initially   investigated  in  a
bench  scale  test  using  soil
samples  from  the site.   Those
studies    demonstrated    that
potassium  permanganate,  oxida-
tion as  well as steam  and  hot
air  are  effective  for  the  re-
moval of hydrocarbon contamina-
tion.     Hence   the   cleanup
operations at the site employed
steam and hot air stripping and
varying  amounts  of  oxidation
via  potassium permanganate  in
the highly contaminated zones.

OPERATIONAL VARIABLES

    The  only  variables associ-
ated  with   treatment   by   the
Detoxifier are:

1.  The speed of rotation.

2.   The  rate  of penetration of
    the soil.

3.  The amount of time spent on
    any one treatment block.

4.  The number of passes of the
    drill blades through a con-
    taminated zone.
                                506

-------
    The energy  supplied  by the
steam and hot air for stripping
the   volatile  compounds   are
delivered  to the  soil  at the
maximum  output  rate   of  the
boiler  and compressor.   These
values  are presented  in Table
I.

RESULTS

    The  Detoxifier was  effec-
tive  in reducing the  level of
petroleum hydrocarbon compounds
found  in  the  soil  at  a  wide
range  of  concentrations.   For
example, in  the northern por-
tion  of  the  site where initial
hydrocarbon concentrations were
on  the order of  1,000  ppm or
less,  removal  efficiencies  of
75-90  percent  were  routinely
achieved with operation  of the
unit  on a  15'  soil  column for
an  average of 47 minutes with-
out    potassium   permanganate
addition.     In  the  southern
portion  of   the   site   where
initial   hydrocarbon   concen-
trations averaged 10,000 ppm
but reached 39,000 ppm, removal
efficiencies  of  90-95  percent
were  routinely  achieved  with
operation of  the  unit  on a 22'
soil column  for  an  average of.
78  minutes.    The  Detoxifier
system was demonstrated to be a
viable   alternative   to   the
current   technology  used   in
contaminated  soil remediation.
Some limitations in the ability
to remove  the higher molecular
weight,  less volatile  compon-
ents  of the  diesel  fuel were
encountered.    Table II  below
summarizes     the    treatment
achieved.

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

    The  main  problem  encoun-
tered   was   related  to   the
prototype design of the process
train   and   the   anticipated
concentration   of   the   soil
hydrocarbons.   Analysis  of the
soil  chemical  samples  before
the project showed a maximum of
4-5000  ppm hydrocarbons.   The
process train was designed for
                TABLE  I   - OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS

            j      Volume         Temperature  j   Pressure

     Air    j   600 cu.  ft./min.     400 deg.  F  j   250  psi
            i                                  i
            i                                  i
     Steam  J3,100 Ib./hr.          400 deg.  F  j   400  psi



                          TABLE  II

       TOTAL PETROLEUM HYDROCARBONS  (PPM) METHOD 418.1

                             Initial         Final

             Mean             2222.5         191.4
             S.D.             6059.0         301.8
             Maximum          35,980           2170

                        %Reduction = 91.4%
                                507

-------
this level.  In one area of the
site,  the actual concentration
proved to be much higher, up to
39,000 ppm.  This caused prob-
lems   with   the   operation,
resulting in overloading of the
carbon filters and recycling of
hydrocarbons   into   the  soil.
When  this  occurred,   the  soil
cleanup criteria were difficult
to  meet.    However,   when  the
system  was  operating  within
design  parameters,   the  soil
cleanup   levels   were  readily
achieved.    The  process  train
has  been redesigned  to handle
over   100,000    ppm   initial
hydrocarbon   concentration   in
the   soil.      The   operating
procedures  can be  adjusted  to
alleviate  overloading  of  the
process   train  so   that   the
current unit  can  remediate any
type or concentration of hydro-
carbon contaminated in soil.

    The  results  of  the proto-
type test were used to signifi-
cantly  modify  the  Detoxifier
process   train   and   process
tower.  The major problem found
with the prototype consisted of
ineffective condensation of the
volatile petroleum hydrocarbons
which  resulted in  overloading
the granulated activated carbon
(GAG) filter.  This resulted in
recycling of  hydrocarbon gases
and  frequent  changes  of  the
GAG,    decreasing    treatment
efficiencies.      A   modified
Detoxifier  has  been  built  and
is  being  used for  remediation
of   a   volatile   chlorinated
hydrocarbon site.   Results from
this project will be presented
at the meeting.

DISCLAIMER

    The work described in  this
paper  was  not funded by  the
U.S.   Environmental  Protection
Agency.   The  contents  do  not
necessarily  reflect  the  views
of the  Agency and no  official
endorsement should be inferred.
                               "508

-------

-------

-------
                      THE ONE-STEP METHOD FOR RECOVERY AND REUSE
                    OF WASTE CHROMIUM FROM ELECTROPLATING PLANTS

                                            BY

                                      YANCEY CHOU

                         SHANGHt, THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA

                                         ABSTRACT
       This industrial pollution control method is applicable to the recovery of chromium chemicals
 from  electroplating  waste effluents  and sludges from  treating electroplating wastewaters.
 Through this method, the materials can be recovered and reused to make all sorts of chromium
 products. The use of process requires only that two different chelating agents, which are actually
 byproducts from a chemical  manufacturing plant,  be poured  together simultaneously.   The
 procedure can be accomplished with very simple equipment, which is easily installed. The results
 are environmental protection for the public, plus complete recovery of the chromium for reuse.
INTRODUCTION

      Environmental concerns are in a dynamic
state ail over the world.  During the past twenty
years, we have  seen a change  in philosophy
from  near  total  neglect  of the  effects of
industrial  pollution  to  the  realization,  by
responsible people of its serious effects. (1) The
most  recent philosophy,  in  response to the
economic problems experienced  worldwide, is
that "pollution control  is good  business."  In
some   developing  countries  and   emerging
industrial  nations, pollution control  is a high
priority rather than just a minor  concern.  This
was clearly  expressed by Dr. Mostafa K. Tolba,
Executive  Director  of the U.N.  Environment
Program at  the World Industry Conference on
Environmental Management. (2)

      The environmental pollution problems in
China, especially in Shanghai, are still in some
degree  of disorder.  Pollutants are still being
dispersed with carelessness. Recently, however,
the governments of Shanghai and the People's
Republic of China are beginning to handle toxic
substance control programs as one of the city's
main priorities. Previous regulations only limit
the effluent contents as  a  percent of volume,
but not in  accordance  with the quantity of
pollutants.
      In the past 35 years since the liberation of
China, the major attention to industry was on
production, and only secondarily was emphasis
placed upon pollution control.  Shanghai is an
old-style city: All the sewer lines are outmoded
and   currently   not  available to  all  sites.
Moreover, the old-style city construction has still
not been altered and upgraded. Some factories
dilute the effluent prior to pipeline discharge.
Factories located at the  side of the river might
even  discharge  directly into the river.  Most of
the managers and directors of the factories are
only concerned  with production and do not care
about pollution control.  They would rather pay
the fines  involved since  they consider them to
be minimal and furthermore such  fines are not
paid out of their own pockets.

      A wise man, who is deeply  interested in
protecting Shanghai's environment, suggested
dispatching the  electroplating  plants  and
disbursing them throughout the countryside to
avoid polluting the  city.  But he did not know
that the  government could  best control the
industry   only    when   the   polluters  are
concentrated and not when they are dispersed.
According to the geographical and hydrological
situation  in China,  most of the  rivers flow
eastward,  as illustrated in Figure 1. The Yantse
                                           511

-------
 River,  which passes through Shanghai, flows
 into the sea. Therefore, all pollutants from the
 countryside would be passed through Shanghai
 (see Figure 2).

      The  People's  Republic  of  China  now
 intends to improve environmental protection.
 However, most of the Chinese cadres have not
 yet gained acceptance of this new policy. There
 is a serious shortage of practical knowledge and
 experienced  people   in   China  concerning
 wastewater   treatment   technology    and
 management.

      The  alternative  idea to  disbursing the
 electroplating plants is  that  of  using  large
 volumes of water to dilute the  effluents to a
 point  where they  are  acceptable in  the
 discharge.  This method can be employed only
 where water is available and the receiving river
 can  tolerate the  discharge.  In  an increasing
 number of cases, this method is not applicable.
 Even where it is, some treatment procedures are
 usually  necessary,   such  as   reduction  of
 chromates  and pH adjustment.  If dilution is to
 be applied to meet discharge limits, it is better
 to  do so"  after treatment   of  the  more
 concentrated or more toxic rinse waters.

 PROBLEM IDENTIFICATION

      Most metal finishing operations involve
 two main   processes.   The  first  consists  of
 treating the workpiece in a solution or chemical
 process tank,  and  the  second  consists  of
 removing excess chemicals, that is rinse,  from
the workpiece  (i.e.,  the rinse process).  This
 excess  chemical is called "drag out." Typical
 electroplating plant processing  operations for
 chromium are shown in Figure 3.

 Chromium  is extremely toxic in its hexavalent
form.   Hexavalent chromium in plating  rinse
waters must be reduced to the trivalent form,
which  is much less toxic (see Figures, Typical
 Chromium Plating Line).
CONVENTIONAL METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF
CHROMIUM WASTES

      The  treatment  of  rinse  waters  from
chromium plating operations usually consists of
one   or  a  combination   of  the  following
procedures:

1.     Reduction of hexavalent chromium to the
      trivalent   form   followed   by   the
      precipitation of the reduced chromium as
      the hydroxide.

2.     Reclamation of  chromic acid from the
      more  concentrated  rinse  stream  by
      evaporation or ion exchange techniques.

3.     Removal of hexavalent chromium by the
      addition   of  compounds  that   form
      insoluble salts (e.g., barium chromate).

Reduction  of   Hexavalent  Chromium  and
Precipitation of Chromic Hydroxide

      Methods  for  reduction of hexavalent
chromium  vary  with  each particular  plant.
Common reducing agents  are gaseous  sulfur
dioxide;  sodium   bisulfite,  metabisulfite,  or
hydrosulfite; and ferrous sulfate.

      Reduction with sulfur dioxide (SO2) is the
method most  commonly employed by  many
large  plating plants. Basic  equipment for this
method consists  of sulfonators for combining
sulfur dioxide with water and agitated tanks for
conducting the reduction.   During reduction
sulfuric acid is normally added to maintain an
acid solution with a pH range  of 2.0 to 3.0.
Under these conditions, the  following reactions
occur:
S02

(Sulfur
dioxide)

2CrO3   •

(Chromic
acid)
                 H2O

                (Water)
                                                           3H2SO3
                                                               (Sulfurous
                                                               acid)
  -»    H2SO3

       (Sulfurous
       acid)

Cr2(S04)3 + 3H2O

       (Chromic
       sulfate)
                                          512

-------
      The  approximate  chemical  usage   is
1 gram of SOa per gram of chromic acid (CrOs) in
the waste solution.

PURPOSE

      After a series of laboratory experiments, I
have  begun  a pilot-scale  batch trial.   It  is
expected that the following will be achieved:

•     Elimination   of   chromium   VI  and
      chromium III in the effluent.

•     Elimination of the toxic off gases from
      the reaction vessels.

•     Elimination  of trace  concentrates  of
      chromium VI  and  III from  the sediments
      and sludges.

      Utilization   of
      technology.

      Simplification
      equipment.
a   simple  and   easy
of   installation   and
•     Recovery and reuse of the chromium and
      rinse water.

APPROACH

      Currently, the  prevailing  treatment  in
China  for  most of  the  electroplating  plants
involves  adding ferrous sulfate  and  sodium
hydroxide to waste chromium liquor. This forms
precipitates of chromium hydroxide. These are
collected as dried  sediments,  stored in ragged
bales, and  left  on  the ground  out in the open
air.   To  my  knowledge, this   procedure  is
conducted everywhere in China.

Another  available  process is  to use  an ion
exchange   method,   but   this   has   two
Shortcomings: First, the resulting chloride ion
causes harm when the wastewater is reused,
and second, the price of ion exchange resin
often is too high.  The method that I selected
and report here uses sodium ferrocyanide (NFC)
together with  a tertiary  amine, which  serve
respectively as  chelating and  emulsing agents.
                         However,  this  method   is   comparatively
                         expensive.

                         As an alternative method, I used the black liquor
                         from     the     wastewater     diethylamine
                         manufacturing  plant.  Excellent  experimental
                         results were achieved from both laboratory test
                         and batch-scale operations, which gave similar
                         results.   I  found  that there  was 0.7mg/l
                         chromium remaining in effluent when  I used
                         NFC alone.  In  the following step, I added the
                         black liquor containing the diethylamine.  The
                         results  indicated there  was  no  trace  of
                         chromium within the effluent or the resulting
                         sediments.  The amines have the capacity for
                         reacting with  hexavalent chromium  in acidic
                         solutions by the following mechanism.
2R3N
                                     Cr2O7= +2H+ -» (R3NH)2 Cr2O7
(amine)  (dichromate ion  (compound of
          in acidic        amine with
         chrome rinse     dichromate with
         waters)         negligible solubility
                         in water)

      The following table expresses the results
achieved by the reaction of chelating agents on
NFC  using  various  metal  ions other  than
chromium.
Metal
Ions
Na +
K +
Fe* +
Fe+ + +
Uo-1"1-
Mn-*-
Co
Cu
Zn
Precipitate
Color
IM/A
N/A
Blue
Dark Blue
Brown
Light Green
Bluish Green
Red
White
Adsorption/
Dissociation









Solute
-Sl
si







                                           513

-------
Metal
Ions
Pb
Sn
Sr
Al
Cd
Au
Ag
Ca
Ba
U
Th
Cs
Mg
Mo
V
Tl
Ga
Precipitate
Color
Yellowish White



White

White


Brown
White






Adsorption/
Dissociation

Disso.









Adsorb
Adsorb
Adsorb



Solute


si
si

s

s
s





s
si
s
Character

      Cyanide (CN) is tightly bonded with iron
in ferrocyanide form and therefore is not easily
decomposed. This reaction takes place at room
temperature and in a  diluted acidic solution.
Finally, the sodium ferrocyanide can be recycled
and   reutilized,    but    tertiaryamine   is
decomposed.   This  process is quite safe and
inexpensive.   NFC  can  be  chelated  in the
presence of many metal ions.  It appears that
neither a  precipitation nor  turbide  solution
form  during the  reaction.   Meanwhile, NFC
chelated with nickel  is green in color. Chelated
with copper it is red; with zinc, white; and with
lead,  a light yellowish white.    When it  is
chelated with chromium, no color develops.
                                                 The following shows the affinity of metal ions
                                                 with Oxygen (O) and Nitrogen (N). (The relation
                                                 is arranged in series.)

                                                 O > N Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, In, Tl, Ti, Zr, Th, Si, Ga, Sn, V+5

                                                        V+", Cb, Te, Mo, U + 6, (j+4, Fe+3, co+2

                                                 N > O Cu + , Ag + , Au, Cu+2, Cd, Hg, V+3, Co + 3, Mi*2

                                                       All  above  relations  of  affinity  never
                                                 mention chromium.   It was learned that the
                                                 radius of the chromium ion is 0.3A.

                                                 Chemical Reaction
        and Na4Fe(CN6)   no evidence

Cr2(SO4)3 and R4Nx Cr(NHR3)H2O

where    n    =   1-5

          R    =   C - C8

      When the effluent contained Nickel (Ni),
Copper (Cu),  and  Iron  (Fe), it  reacted  with
ferrocyanide,   producing   various   colored
precipitates shown in the table above.

THE RESULTS

      By  means  of the  described  co-treated
method of  NFC and  black liquor wastewater,
the  final  test of  the effluent and sludges
resulted in satisfactory concentrations.
Test No.
1
2
6
7
8
Cr(mg/l)
6*
0.05
0.01
0.07
nil
nil
3 +
0.45
0.09

nil
nil
     Tests 1 and 2 use NFC alone.
     Test 6 is the test of effluent in the batch trial.
     Tests 7 and 8 are the sludge analysis when
     NFC is used with black liquor.
                                            514

-------
      The results of the laboratory and  field
batch trials confirm that NFC and wastewater
black liquor from a diethylamine manufacturing
plant  can  be   used   to   effectively   and
inexpensively treat toxic chromium from metal
finishing plants.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

      The analytical laboratory support service
was received from the Sanitation and Epidemic
Prevention  Station  of  QIN-AN  District  of
Shanghai. The reuse of the chromium sludge
was  sponsored by  Mr. ZeeYi-din.   He is the
Assistant  Engineer in the Dah-fong  Chemical
Factory of Shanghai, Peoples Republic of China.

REFERENCES

1.    George  Rey,   William   J.  Lacy,   and
      Allen Cywin,  "Industrial  Water  Reuse:
      Future  Pollution  Solution,"   Environ-
      mental  Science and Technology, Vol.5,
      No. 9 (1971).
2.
3.


4.



5.

6.

7.


8.
Mostafa,  K.   Tolba,  "World  Industry
Conference      on      Environmental
Management,"      United     Nations
Environmental  Programme,  Versailles,
France, November (1984).

F. P. Dwyer and D. P. Mellor, "Chelating
Agents and Metal Chelates."

E.  Arthur Martell  and  Melvin Calvin,
"Chemistry   of   the  Metal  Chelate
Compound."

An Ahorg. Align. Chemia (321) 175-9.

Ibid.. 180-3(1963).
International     Solvent
Conference (1980).
Extraction
University  Rajptana   Studies  Physical
Science (1962) 45-55.
                                            515

-------
                                       Disclaimer
      The work described in this paper was not funded  by the U.S. Environmental  Protection
Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect the views of the Agency,  and no official
endorsement should be inferred.
                                         516

-------
\ £S% l
R VS
                     o
                     >

                     o
                      I
                      o
                      UJ
                      o:
                      ID
                      o
  517

-------
      o
      ro
      o_
      10
     ki
     k.
     ki
          kj
          co
 11 # I ®i
fj*s  A
                              o

                              Q
                              z
                              <
                              X
                              (O
                              I

                              CVJ

                              LU
           518

-------

               13     ^~.
               oe ej   uj
               < 5   9
               X z n: z
               y < s <

               5 I § >

               1 *g I
               z s 3 5
                                     _
                                     9. 5 £
                     8:  3
                     o  t
s

z

<
a.
                        O

                        5
Z O    I

ilsW
9 3
w u    I
<      I
                 S ~

                 5 i
                                       a
                                       {U
                                       >
                                   O 
-------

-------
                     REUSE  OF   WASTE  FERROUS  SULPHATE
                     Lucjan PAWLOWSKI nad Marek KOTOWSKI
               Department of Waster and Wastewater Technology
                       Technical University of Lublin
                40,  Nadbystrzycka Str., 20-618 Lublin,POLAND
                                 ABSTRACT
     Processes of manufacturing of the yellow, red and black iron pigments
from a waste ferrous sulphate are discussed in this paper.
INTRODUCTION

     Large quantity of waste ferrous
sulphate generated during either
production of titanium white (tittia-
nium dioxide) or metal pickling
operations creates an environmental
problem with its storage. Stored in
dumps, it penetrates to ground waters.
In Poland, there are a few million
tons of waste ferrous sulphate stored
in dumps. Ferrous sulphate may be a
product for:
- agriculture for production of
  herbicide and insecticide,
- wood preservation,
- dyeing and tanning industry,
- production of photographical
  developers,
- ink production,
- production of sorbents  to
  desulphurization  of natural and
  converter gases,
- waters and wastewaters  treatment
   (as reductor  and  coagulant).
     All the above  applications  do
not  utilize  the huge quantities  of
waste ferrous  sulphate  and therefore
the  studies  on new  applications  is
of significant practical importance.
     Production of iron pigments from
waste ferrous sulphate seems to be a
proper way of its utilization. The
demand for these pigments in Poland
is about 40000 tons per year and it
is almost  all imported. According to
literature, the greatest application .
and demand have been obserbed for yellow
(06- FeOOH), red (<£ -Fe203) and black
iron pigments (Fe304- magnetite). Among
the iron pigments, the yellow one is
commercially most important because
it is widely used for production of
dyes, magnetic supports and for
manufacturing red and black pigments.
 AIM OF   STUDY

   Th3 aim of the study is to work  out
 a simple method of manufacturing the
 yellow  iron oxide pigment from waste
 ferrous sulphate generated as a waste
 product during production of titanium
 white.
     The manufacturing of yellow iron
 oxide pigment  may be carried out by:
 - oxidation of solution of Fe(II)

-------
2H20

  +
   salts in the presence of metalic
   iron in acidic environment
   |Matsuo Y.;1954;  Oda M.;1960a|;
 - oxidation of suspension of Fe(OH)2.
      Such oxidising agents as chlora-
 tes (Edwards W.H.;1962|,  hypochlorites
  Krause A.;1955a|,  nitrobenzene
  Riskin J.;1946|,  H202 JKrause A.;
 1955a;  Krause A.:1963b|,  oxygen
  Voigt C.W.;1948|  and air
  Kasherininov G.0.;1968|  are most
 frequently used.  For neutralization
 one of the following agents:  NaOH
 |Oda K.;1969b;  Northern Pigment Co.
 Ltd 1964 ,  Na2C03  |Riskin J.;1946|,
 Fe(OH)2   Minot M.A.;1949|,  gaseous
 NHj  or its aqueous  solution
 |Naganuma U.;1963a;  Naganuma U.;
 1968b|,  may be used.
 The oxidation reactions can be
 depicted by eqs.:

 4Fe+2  +  02  + 80H~ - 4FeOOH  + 2H20

 4Fe(OH)2  + 02     - 4FeOOH

 4Fe+2 +  02  + 4H20 - 4FeOOH  + 4H

 When NaOH is used for neutraliza-
 tion, waste solution  left after
 separation  of <%- FeOOH contains
 Na2S04 and  NaOH, what makes  such
 wastewater  treatment  more compli-
 cated. In  the case when NH3  is
 used for  neutralization, the waste
 solution  contains only (NH4)2S04.
 Utlilization of such  wastewater
 is easier.
     Therefore, we have decided to
 study only  these processes where NH3
 is used for  neutralization, using
 two procedures:
 - precipitation of Fe(II) in the
  form of Fe(OH)2 with
  stoichiometric amount of NH3 and
  aeration of slurry with air for
  oxidation of Fe(II)  to Fe(III);
- fractional precipitation of
  Fe(II) in the form of Fe(OH)2
  with NH3 and aeration of each
  fraction (together with whole
  solution) with air for
  oxidation Fe(II) to Fe(III).
                There were two series of experi-
           ments. First one, when solution of
           FeSO, was prepared by dissolution of
           a ferrous sulphate in pure water and
           the second one, when the ferrous
           sulphate was dissolved in solution
           of (NHJzSO,,.
RESULTS

     As Figs  1 and 2 show, it is
imposible to  obtain iron oxides pigments
when, before  aeration, the total amount
of Fe(II) is  precipitated in one step
with a stoichiometric amount of ammonia.
Depending on  a concenzration of the
ferrous sulphate in a solution (see
Fig.l) and intensity of aeration (see
Fig.2), the following products of
oxidation of  Fe(II) to Fe(III) were
obtained. That is:

- pure Fe(OH)3 or one of the follow-
  ing mixtures;

- i - FeOOH + Fe(OH)3 + Fe304  br

- y - FeOOH + Fe304.

     Iron oxides having pigment
properties were formed when a fractio-
nal precipitation and aeration of
each precipitated fraction was applied.
At lower intensity of aeration i.e. 10
to 15 mVhm3 the yellow pigment
(cv,  -FeOOH) was formed, while at
intensity of aeration 50 m3/hm3 the
orange pigment (if -FeOOH) was formed,
and at intensity of aeration between
these values amixture of ^ - FeOOH
and / -FeOOH was obtained,  which have
colour changing from yellow via yellow-
-orange to orange.
     Mechanisms of the oxidation reac-
tion Fe(II) to Fe(III) were not
thououghly studied, however some
qualitative obserwations were made.
It was found,  that there are three
stages of the oxidation reactions
(see Fig.3):
- the 1st etage,  where the  reactions
  produce an excess of hydrogen ions
        522

-------
            &
            u_
            •o
            'x
            o
            01

        A-0.018 M  FeS04
        o-0,18  M  FeS04
        x-0,25 M  FeS04
        e-0,50 M  FeS04
        0-0,60 M
                                             3         A
                                       Reaction  time [ h]
Fig. 1. Procentage of oxidation Fe(II) to Fe(III) as a function of reaction
        time for various concentrations of the ferrous sulphate. Intensity of
        aeration 120 m3 of air/hm3 of solution. Final products:  A.- Fe(OH)3;
         0 - Fe30A +  y - FeOOH + Fe(OH)3;  x - Fe3u\ +  /- FeOOH;
         • - Fe30^ +  x -• FeOOH;  O - Fe30, +  y - FeOOH;    - Fe(OH)3 +
        +    - FeDOH.                     4
  and therefore ph drops from 8 to
  6;
- the 2 nd stage where pH is stable
  around value of 6.  In this stage
  so called "rust green II"
  |4Fe(OH)2. 2Fe(OH)3. FeSO^ nH20]
  is formed;
- the 3rd stage, where again the
  reactions produce an excess of
  hydrogen ions and therefore pH
  drops from 6 to 3.
The stages are observed during aera-
tion of each of four fractions.
     A flowsheet of the process
based on fractional precipitation
and oxidation is depicted in Fig.4.
In a reactor, a solution of the
ferrous sulphate was mixed with 25%
of stoichiometric amount of ammonia,
then aerated till the sludge in the
reactor reached yellow colour. Then
the next portion of 25% ammonia was
added and a mixture was aerated
untill the sludge reached again
yellow colour. This operation was
repeated four times.
     In the next operation a sludge
was separated from a solution of the
ammonium sulphate. The sludge was
rinsed with water circulating via a
strongly basic anion exchanger which
was regenerated with a 4% solution
of the sodium hydroxide. A regenera-
tion effluent containing the sodium
sulphate is discharged as a waste-
water.
                                     523

-------
1
c
o
*a
•o
'x
o
o

-------
                     A-10m3 of air/h-m^ of  solution
                     «-15m3 of air/h-m^ of  solution
                     x-30 m^ of air/h m^ of  solution
                     o-50m^ of air/h m^ of  solution
                      Reaction  time [ h]
Fig. 3. Influence of reaction time on pH of the aerated solution of the 0.5M
        ferrous sulphate. Before aeration 25% of Fe(II) was precipitated in a
        form of Fe(OH)2 with ammonia. Final products: A - ot - FeOOH; ® - <* -
        - FeOOH; x - ex; - FeOOH +  y - FeOOH; o -  tf - FeOOH.
which decreases with an increase of
a concentration of the ammonium
sulphate in a solution of the ferrous
sulphate to be oxidized (see Fig. 5
and 6).
     The ferrous sulphate may be used
also for manufacturing of red and
black pigments (see Fig. 7). The red
pigment was obtained by calsination
of the yellow pigment. To obtain the
black pigment (see right side of Fig.
7) it was necessary to heat a solu-
tion containing a mixture of the
ferrous sulphate and hydrogen
piroxide (H202) to temperature 80-
-95 C, and then to add a stoichiometric
amount of ammonia during stirring. The
black pigment obtained was then
separated, rinsed and dryed on spray-
-dryer.
A solution of the ammonium sulphate
leaving a filtration unit was
directed to an ammonia stripping unit.
The ammonia recovered, in the stripper
was used for fractional precipita-
tion of the ferrous hydroxide.
    The processes depicted in Figs.
4 and 7 allow to "convert" an
usless waste ferrous sulphate into
the,useful iron oxide pigments.
Disadvantage of these processes is
that although the waste ferrous
sulphate is elimnated, a problem of
a protection of the environment still
exists, because new wastes, solid
calcium sulphate and wastewaters
containing calcium and sodium
sulphates are generated. Fortunately,
they are less harmful. However, it
is possible to eliminate the waste
calcium sulphate and its solution by
utilization of the ammonium sulphate
as a fertilizer. Usually, the solu-
tion will need to be concentrated or
                                     525

-------
                           Fractional  precipitation
                           and oxidation
                                   Filtration
                        CaO
                       JL
   Stripping of ammonia from
   solution  of
  Rinsing
     Waste: solid
     CaSO/;  and
     solution-2g
     CaSCWdm3
[Spry dryer
                                                           NaOH for
Strongly basic
anion exchanger
Fig. 4. A flowsheet of the process for production of the yellow  iron oxide
        pigment from the waste ferrous sulphate.
even solidified by evaporation.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT

     We gratefully acknowledge the
financial suport of the CPBP No
03.08. we also acknowledge the expert
technical assistance of Mrs. Grazyna
Miodawska, Miss Ewa Smulkowska and
Mrs. Elzbieta Zolnierczuk.
                      Disclaimer

         The work  described  in  this paper was
         not funded by the U.S. Environmental
         Protection Agency.  The contents do
         not necessarily reflect the views of
         the Agency and no official endorse-
         ment should be inferred.
                                      526

-------
c
o
-4—
a
x
o
**—
o
a>
Ol
o
H-»
c
ai
0
i_
O_





A f\ r\
—, 1UU
£ 90
" 80
— 70
= 60
i£ 50
o 40
-*-•
— 30
= 20
CD
"• 10






/ s /* /°
/ X • /°
: / / y^
/ :/ ;*'* ^^ e>-0 M (NH4)2S04
^{s>r /* ;oX X-0.5M (NH4)2S04
S&S**' .X*^°^° »-1.0M (NH4)2S04
. & ^r^^tf^ o-1. 5M (NH4)2S04
•Srf^^^O*^^*^, | | l ' - i

0 1 2 3 ; 4 5
Reaction time [ h]
Fig. 5. Procentage of oxidation of Fe(II) to Fe(III) as a function of reaction
        time for various concentration of the ammonium sulphate in a mixture
        with 0.5M solution of the ferrous sulphate. Intensity of aeration 10 m3
        of air/hm3 of solution.Final products:&,x,e,o,  - a. - FeOOH.
         PH
i
8
7

6

5
4
3
i

^^
%N> e-O M
X?xN> X~0.5M
°^^^o-o-o^o »-1,OM
*»o— ^
^ 'v»a "~ *
Xe-0^rr^x-"
i i i i
0-1 2 3 4
Reaction ti


(NH4)2S04
(NH4)2S04
(NH^)2S04
{NH4)2S04

«— •

,
5
me [ h]
Fig. 6. Influence of reaction time on pH of the aerated for various concentra-
        tion of the ammonium sulphate in a mixture with 0.5M ferrous sulphate.
        Before aeration 25% of Fe(II) was precipitated in a form of Fe(OH)2
        using ammonia. Intensity of aeration 10 m3 of air/hm3 of solution.
        Final products: 0 , x , 0 , o,  - °c - FeOOH.
                                      527

-------
                                    ammonia stripping
                        NH3~from  ammonia  stripping
                                   Solution
                                   of FeSO/,
                   Fractional
                   precipitation
                   and
                   oxidation
                                      Heating
                                      to  80-95°C
                     Filtration
                                                         and heating
Strongly
basic' anion
   Stripping of
   ammonia from
   solution  of
   Rinsing
  of  pigment
                                      .
                                   exchanger
                                        '
                  j Spry  dryer
    aste:
   solid CaSO/,
   and solution
   ~2g
Yellow pigment
                                     |  Spry dryer]
                                                      [Black  pigmenO
                            Vapour-to  ammonia stripping
Fig. 7.  A flowsheet of the process for production of yellow, red and black
        iron oxides pigments from the waste ferrous sulphate.
                                   528

-------
REFERENCES

1. Edwards, Webster H.; U.S. Pat.
   3,052,644; 4 September 1962;

2. Kasherininov G.O,;  USSR Pat.
   213 996; 20 March 1968;

3. Krause A., Krang M.,
   Fijalkowska J.; Chem. Abstr.
   55(1961), 17333;

4. Krause A., Zielifiski S.; Chem.
   Abstr. 59_(1963), 7753

5. Matsuo Y, Tanaka H.; Jap. Pat.
   8018/54; 7. December 1954;

6. Minot, M.A.; Fr. Pat. 953-329;
   5 December 1949;

7. Naganuma U.; Jap. Pat. 17652/
   /63; 10 September 1963;
 8. Naganuma U.; Jap.  Pat.  11661/68;
    16 May 1968;

 9. Northern Pigment Co.  Ltd.;  Can.
    Pat. 698.715; 24 November  1964;

10. Oda K.; Jap. Pat.  28,372/69;
    21 November 1969;

11. Oda M.; Kagitani T.;  Jap.  Pat.
    9027/60; 12 July 1960;

12. Riskin J., Velikoslavinskaya T.;
    J.appl. Chem. (USSR), JJK1946),
    262;

13. Voigt, C.W.; Chem. Abstr.;  42_
    (1948) 70 62 e.
                                 Disclaimer

 The work in this paper was not funded by the U.S. Environmental Protection
 Agency.   The contents do  not necessarily reflect the  views of the Agency
 and no official  endorsement should be inferred.
                                      529

-------

-------
          BARIUM RECOVERY FROM SPENT HARDENING SALTS


              Ryszard Szpadt and Marta Sebastian
       Institute of Environment Protection Engineering
               Technical University of Wroclaw
                   PL 50-370 Wroclaw,Poland
                           ABSTRACT
    Spent hardening salts contain water-soluble barium chloride
and are, therefore, classified as waste substances creating se-
rious environmental hazards. Since those hazardous wastes are
produced in relatively small amounts by a number of plants wor-
king for the metal industry of Poland, they have usually been
disposed of at municipal or industrial dumping sites which are
not suitable for receiving such loads. In this paper the compo-
sition and physico-chemical properties of spent salts, water
extracts and extraction residues are characterized. Attempts
have also been made to recover barium from water extracts by
precipitation of low-solubility salts, barium sulphate and ba-
rium carbonate. Owing to a high degree of purity, recovered
salts are suitable for reuse.

    Technological systems enabling barium salts recovery and
disposal of extraction residues are suggested. Keeping in mind
that the wastes of interest are produced in a number of sources
scattered throughout the country, barium salts recovery should
be carried out only on a nation-wide or at least on a macrore-
gional scale. The most recommendable concept is that involving
treatment and regeneration by the manufacturer. The waste mana-
gement concept proposed has two inherent advantages - it enab-
les barium recovery and reuse, thus abating environmental pol-
lution from this specific hazardous waste.

INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE
    The most common hardening
method to be encountered in
the machine-building industry
of Poland is the application
of salts containing barium
chloride as a main component.
Displaying a high water-solu-
bility, barium chloride can
easily penetrate the environ-
ment, and particularly ground-
                              531

-------
and surface waters, thus crea-
ting serious hazards to munici-
pal water supply systems. These
hazards will manifest especial-
ly when spent salts are dispo-
sed of inappropriately, e.g. by
storage on municipal or indust-
rial dumping grounds which fail
to meet the sanitary standards
required. And this is a fre-
quent practice in the metal in-
dustry of Poland. Implementing
an adequate system for the col-
lection and processing of such
wastes should help not only in
the abatement of environmental
contamination by a toxic subs-
tance, but also in the reasona-
ble recovery or reuse of barium
salts (1,2,3) .
   Spent and contaminated salt
baths produce two major kinds
of wastes:
   ( a ) spent hardening salts,
routinely removed from the salt
furnace, and
   ( b) impurities ( removed re-
gularly, at least once a week,
from the furnace bottom) con-
sisting of small iron fillings,
ash, dust particulates, melted
salts and salt degradation pro-
ducts.
   There is only a slight dif-
ference in the composition bet-
ween the two types of wastes -
spent hardening salts contain
less impurities than do the
wastes removed from the salt
furnace bottom. In this paper
consideration is given to the
type itemized as {b), because
these wastes are more difficult
to treat.
   The objective of the study
{ 4) was to determine the compo-
sition and physico-chemical
properties of the wastes, water
extracts and extraction resi-
dues, to develop methods of ba-
rium recovery from water ex-
tracts in carbonate or sulphate
form, and to present a general
concept of waste barium salt
management in Poland.


APPROACH

    The experiments were run
on a laboratory scale and in-
volved 17 samples, which had
been milled to obtain grain
size  <2 mm.

    Physico-chemical analyses
and technological investiga- ,
tions included the following:
    - determination of Ba, Sr,
l?e,Na,K, Ca,Mg, Pb, Zn,Ni, Ou, Or,
Gd,Mh and Co content in salt
wastes by atomic absorption in
solutions after mineralization
in a mixture of concentrated
HGICL+HNO., acids, using a Oarl
Zeiss-Jena AAS1 spectrophoto-
irieter.
    - thermogravimetry invol-
ving an OD-102 Paulik-Erdey
derivatograph made by MOM Bu^
dapest.
    - single- and multi-stage
water extraction in order to
dissolve and wash out barium
chloride from salt wastes.
Single-stage extraction invol-
ved mixing of 50g of waste and
1 dm3(liter) of distilled wa-
ter. After 24 h the extract
was decanted. In multi-stage
extraction 50g of waste were
mixed with 1 dnP of distilled
water. The extract was decan-
ted after 4 h. The residue was
subject to five extraction
processes ( each of them invol-
ving 250 cm^ of distilled wa-
ter )  with the aim to determi-
ne barium content in successi-
ve extracts.
    - determination of the
composition and properties of
water extracts by making use
of standard methods  { for wa-
ter and wastewater) .
    - determination of the
                                532

-------
chemical composition  of the
residue from extraction. Ana-
lytical procedures were the
same as those for wastes.
    - microscopic examinations
of salt wastes and residues
from extraction, using a Cam-
bridge-Stereo scan 180 scanning
microscope with a link-System.
    - precipitation of barium
sulphate ( using sulphuric acid
or sodium sulphate solution)
and barium carbonate { using
sodium carbonate solution)
from water extracts of salt
wastes.
    - approximate spectral a-
nalyse of barium sulphate and
barium carbonate, using a Oarl
Zeiss-Jena PGS-type spectro-
photometer.                    •
    - X-ray analyse of barium
carbonate, making use of a
Oarl Zeiss-Jena TUR M-62 appa-
ratus { radiation Cu^ )
    - thermogravimetry of ba-
rium carbonate with the use of
a Q-150 OD Paulik-Erdey deri-
vatograph made by MOM Budapest.
    - purity determinations
for barium sulphate and barium
carbonate according to the fol-
lowing standards: PN-59/C-
80250, ZN-54/M and PCh/05-228.

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

    Barium concentrations in  ,
salt wastes, water extracts and
extraction residues were deter-
mined by gravimetry and atomic
absorption. The gravimetric me-
thod, in which barium,is preci-
pitated by sulphuric acid,  was
found to be recommendable for
water extracts only. Determina-
tion of barium by the gravimet-
ric method in solution after
mineralization of salt wastes
or in the residue from extrac-
tion is characterized by a
considerable error which should
be attributed to the co-preci-
pitation of other compounds
present in the solution. Fur-
thermore, approximate spectral
analyses have shown that the
barium 'sulphate precipitate
contains Sr,11,Fe,Na,Ca, Si,Zn,
Pb,Mg,Mn and Gr in amounts
grather than 10"*2 dry wt.%.
    Thus, it is the atomic ab-
sorption method that should .be
recommended when mineralised
salt wastes or extraction re-
sidues are involved.
RESULTS

   Table 1 gives the chemical
composition of two SH-960 salt
waste samples. As shown by
these data, barium and iron
occur at the highest concent-
rations.

Table 1. Chemical composition
         of two salt waste
         samples ( dry ,wt... %}.
Metal   Sample 1  Sample 2
Ba
Pe
Cr
Mn :
Sr
Fa
K
Ca
34.86
30.55
1.98
0.18
0.12
0.36
0.51
0.73
36.69
2,1.4.9
0.06
0.16
0.14
0.58
0.49
. 0.72
Mg,PbjZn,Ni,Cu,Cd and Co have
not been included, because
they are found in amounts below
0.04 dry wt. %.
    Barium content in salt was-
tes accounts for 64,.6 to 68.0 %
of its content in fresh harde-
ning salts.

    Comparison of results for
single-stage extraction and
multi-stage extraction.shows
                               533

-------
a distinctly higher effective-
ness of the latter. It has
been found that three stages
are sufficient to yield satis-
factory effects. But it is on-
ly the first extract that con-
tains appropriate "barium con-
centrations to enable recovery
of barium carbonate or barium
sulphate. The second and third
extract should be concentrated.
And this may be achieved by
reusing them for the first ex-
traction of a successive por-
tion of wastes. In the case of
Sample 1, the residue from
single-stage extraction amoun-
ted to 44.28 dry wt.# of the
initial value and displayed
barium concentration accoun-
ting for 8 % of the initial
content. The data obtained for
the residues from multi-stage
extraction were 39.93 dry wt.#
and 4.10 % respectively.
Non-extracted barium persisted
exclusively in the form of low
water-soluble carbonate and
oxide, which was also confir-
med by microscopic examina-
tions and X-ray analyses.

   Figures 1 through 9 give
micrographs and maps showing
the surface distribution of
some elements on waste parti-
cles and in residues from sin-
gle- and multi-stage extrac-
tion. They reveal a noticeable
abatement of barium content
and an increasing contribution
of iron to the residues from
multi-stage extraction { as
compared to the remaining two
samples ) .

   Technological investiga-
tions on the precipitation of
barium sulphate from water ex-
tracts have shown that it is
necessary to use reacting sub-
stances in slight excess
( 2-4 % ) as compared to stoi-
Figure 1. Backscattered elect-
          rons image of SH-960
          salt waste.
Figure 2. Distribution of Ba
          in the region of
          Fig. 1.
 Figure  3. Distribution of Fe
          in  the region of
          Fig.  1 .
                               534

-------
 Figure 4. Backscattered elec-
           trons image of 3H-960
           salt waste after sin-
           gle-stage extraction.
 Figure 7. Backscattered elect-
           rons image of SH-960
           salt waste after mul-
           ti-stage extraction.
Figure 5. Distribution of BaV(V
          in the region of
          Fig. 4.
Figure 8. Distribution of Ba,
          in the region of  *
          Fig. 7.
Figure 6. Distribution of Fe
          in the region of
          Fig. 4.
Figure 9. Distribution of Fe
          in the region of
          Fig. 7.
                              536

-------
chiometric doses, i.e.
   0.744 g H2S04/g Ba  and

   1.075 g Na2S04/g Ba .
The disadvantage of using sul-
phuric acid is a strong acidi-
fication of the extract {pH 1.4)
and of the water from barium
sulphate rinsing [ pH 2.4) .
   The fine-crystalline barium
sulphate sediment has a white
colour and a water content of
about 40.5 % after decantation
of the post-reaction solution.
   Rinsed barium sulphate con-
tains insignificant amounts of
impurities such as Sr,Si,Al,
Ga and Na, but these occur at
concentrations below the admi-
ssible levels for pure product.

   Barium carbonate precipita-
tion required application of
sodium carbonate in 10 % ex-
cess with respect to the stoi-
chiometric dose,i.e.

   0.845 g Na2G05/g Ba .
The major impurities found in
the barium carbonate sediment
are as follows; sodium carbo-
nate (which can be removed to
a large extent by rinsing) ,
strontium carbonate and cal-
cium carbonate ( both present
in amounts below the admissi-
ble levels for pure productl .
The water content of the ba-
rium carbonate sediment appro-
ached 75 %• The pH level in
the effluent from precipita-
tion was about 10, whereas
that of the rinsing water ran-
ged between 8.3 and 9.4.
   The flow chart and mass ba-
lance of barium salt recovery
is given in Figure 10.
   Apart from the recovered
product, i.e. barium sulphate
or barium carbonate, both
technological systems produce
secondary pollutants which call
for adequate treatment.
   These are as follows:

   - residues from water extra-
ction, which take the form of
fine-grained sediments  contai-
ning predominantly very fine
iron fillings and non-extracted
barium ( persisting in carbonate
or oxide forms ) . Wastes of
that Icind should be dewatered
before they are stored on spe-
cial dumping sites0 Non-extra-
cted barium may be recovered
by dissolution in sulphuric
acid with simultaneous preci-
pitation of barium sulphate.
Ferrous sulphate persisting, in
the solution can be recovered
either by crystallization yiel-
ding FeS04»7 H20 or by precipi-
tation with calcium hydroxide.

   - brine produced during pre-
cipitation of barium sulphate
or barium carbonate from the
extract is practically impossi-
ble to remove by conventional
methods. The only way to remove
this pollutant is a controlled
discharge ,of the solution into
the sewer system. There may al-
so be involved dilution with
water from rinsing of the reco-
vered barium salts. Some part
of the rinsing water can be re-
circulated and reused for ex-
traction ( after discarding the
first strongly polluted bath).

   The investigations have
shown that recovery of pure ba-
rium salts from spent SH-960
hardening salts is relatively
easy to achieve. The amount of
barium chloride used for the
manufacture of hardening salts
accounts for some 5 % of the
total barium compounds used in
Poland. Barite, the starting
substance in the manufacture of
barium compounds, is now being
                               536

-------
                  WASTE AND  SPENT HARDENING SALTS
                       1000 kg  (358 kg Ba )
                       SEGREGATION. STORAGE
                      MILLING - Particles < 2mm
   RETENTION
     BASIN I
WATER  EXTRACTION , MIXING
      SEDIMENTAT-ION
                 Extract ll°+III0
                     4.7m3+4,8m3
                Extract  )°
                19 m3
              I  324  kg Ba
                                                            Water
                                                        10-20m3,5m3,5m3
            1000 kg water
  Extraction  423 kg solids
            260 kg Fe
            34kg Ba
                                                   residue
           RETENTION  BASIN  II
                                                       DEWAT BRING
                                                Filtrate
   BaC03 RECOVERY
       BaS04 RECOVERY
                 302.5 kg
   REACTION  BASIN
      MIXING,
    SEDIMENTATION
  Sewer
         I H2S04  266.4 kg
         i   |Na2S04  384.9 kg
        REACTION  BASIN
            MIXING,
        SEDIMENTATION
             Post - reaction solutions
                 RETENTION  BASIN III
                    pH  CONTROL
     RINSING
   BaC03  SEDIMENT
I	
          Rinsings
    DE WATERING
            L
             Filtrate
                                                         Cake  1123 kg
            SECURE
            LANDFILL,
      H2S04  SOLUBILl-
      ZING WITH  PRE-
      CIPITATION  OF
              57 kg
^  Cake
                                                _
                                          Filtrate
           RINSING
       BaS04  SEDIMENT
       Rinsings
                       -H-
                    ..
     j CRYSTALLIZATION .[
     | OF  FeS04- 7H20  |

     [ __ _l2i1_kl__J
         DEWATERING
        Filtrate
      DRYING
     ( -- —  _._ ___ .
     i LIME  TREATMENT!


     !  DEWATERING   ~|
            DRYING
                             Filtrate
                                                                Cake
                  REUSE OF
            BaC03 or     BaS04
            466 kg    551 kg +57 kg
Figure 10.  SIMPLIFIED FLOW CHART AND MASS BALANCE  OF BARIUM  SALTS
          RECOVERY
                                   537

-------
 partly imported from the free
 foreign-exchange zone. Hence,
 barium recovery from wastes may
 radically reduce a high-cost
 import.
    Hardening salts are produced
 by a number of plants scattered
 throughout the country. It is
 obvious that this scattering
 makes the processing of those
 wastes a difficult task. A ra-
 tional management of barium re-
 covery calls for a nation-wide
 (or, at least, a macroregional)
 system. The most advantageous
 and the easiest method of uti-
 lizing waste barium compounds
 is to return them to the manu-
 facturer of barium salts for
 appropriate processing.

    The industrial plant wherein
 waste salts originate should be
 obligated to return these by
 free door-to-door delivery. It
 also seems recommendable to put
 the waste originating plant un-
 der an obligation to deliver
 wastes and spent salts as a
 prerequisite to enable purchase
 of brand fresh salts. The ad-
 vantages may be as follows: mo-
 re effective control of spent
 hardening salts management, ma-
 ximization of barium recovery,
 and smooth delivery of wastes
 for processing. Preliminary a-
 nalyses have revealed that the
 recovery of barium salts from
 wastes involves significantly
 lower costs than their manufac-
 ture on the barite basis.
     Another alternative solu-
 tion to the barium recovery
 problem consists in incorpora-
 ting a special line for the
 processing of barium-containing
 wastes in the macroregional
 stations of hazardous waste ma-
 nagement which are now under
 design.
    The lanfilling of barium
 wastes is neither rational
(when considering economic as-
 pects)  nor recommendable ( when
 taking into account environmen-
 tal pollution control)  despite
 the  fact that the direct landfi-
 lling  costs are lower than the
 processing costs.

 AGKWOWGLEMENTS

   This study has been supported
 from the funds of the Institute
 of Environment Protection Engi-
 neering, Technical University of
 Wrociaw.
   The authors are greatly inde-
 bted to lidia Pe.kalska,D.Sc. and
 Marek Maciejewski,D.Sc. for
 their valuable co-operation.
 REFERENCES

 1. Kempa,E.,Szpadt,R.,l985,
   A Decision Model Resulting
   from the Classification of
   Hazardous rfaste, In: Prop.
   Intern. Conf. on New Front.
   for Hazard, rfaste Manag.,
   Pittsburgh PA,pp.171-178.

 2. Miiller,W. ,1978, Aufarbeitung
   von Hartesalzruckstanden.
   In: Materialien 2/78. Salze
   und salzhaltige losungen,
   Erich Schmidt Verlag Berlin,
   pp. 29-37.

 3. 3chenkel,¥.,1983, Sonderab-
   fallbeseitigung in der BRD,
   Wasser. JLuft und Betrieb.
   Vol.27, pp. 47-51

 4. Sebastian,M. and R.Szpadt,
   1986, Regeneration, Treat-
   ment and Disposal of the
   Spent Hardening Salts,  Rep.
   of the Inst. of Env.  Prot.
   Eng., Techn. Univ.  of Wroclaw,
   No 3PR 44/86, [ in Polish,
   unpublished) .

             Disclaimer

The work described in this paper
was not funded by the  U.S.  Envi-
ronmental Protection Agency.
The contents do not necessarily
reflect the views of the Agency
and no official endorsement
should be inferred.
                                538

-------
              ECONOMIC EVALUATION OF SOURCE REDUCTION PROJECTS

                                David Butler
                              Carl Fromm, P.E.
                           Christopher Timm, P.E.

                        Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
                            251 South Lake Avenue
                             Pasadena,  CA  91101
                                  ABSTRACT

     This paoer examines costs  and  savings  to  a firm that are associated with
source reduction projects.   The types  of  operational  costs  impacted  by such
projects  are  identified and  discussed  with  respect  to  their  importance  to
capital  project  evaluation.   Two  examples  of  waste  reduction projects  are
provided to illustrate the discussion.
INTRODUCTION

     Recent  legislative  and  regula-
tory  emphasis   on   controlling  the
management  of  hazardous  waste  has
escalated     the     current     and
anticipated future  costs  to firms of
handling  their  process  byproducts.
According to  The New York Times, the
chemical  waste  management  industry
has     entered      a     period    of
unprecedented   growth    and    profit
visibility,   driven  principally  by
government  regulation  (1).   Manage-
ment   discussions   in   the    annual
reports  of  the  larger chemical waste
management  firms indicate that these
companies  have  very  nearly  a  free
hand  in passing  compliance costs on
to  customers in  the form  of  higher
prices   (2).     With  no  reasonable
limit  on  waste management  costs in
sight,      source      reduction—the
reduction   of  waste   in-process--is
becoming financially more  attractive
to   companies   in   waste-generating
industries.
     This paoer  identifies types  of
operational  costs  and savings  asso-
ciated    with    source    reduction
projects    and    discusses    their
relative  importance  to capital  pro-
ject  evaluation.   Two case examples
of waste  reduction  projects are pro-
vided to illustrate the discussion.

PURPOSE

     This paper  highlights operating
costs  that  are   impacted   by  source
reduction projects.   The  methods  Of
project  evaluation  are  already well
known.   The  intent of  this  discus-
sion    is    to     demonstrate    the
importance  of    incorporating  these
additional  cost   considerations  into
analyses    of    source    reduction
projects.

      For   this  effort,   information
was  drawn  from  the  waste reduction
audit    experience     of     Jacobs
Engineering.
                                     .539

-------
APPROACH

     Source  reduction projects often
have   costs   and  savinqs  different
from    those    of    other    capital
projects.    In  practice,  the poten-
tial  value of  most  capital  projects
has been  established  on  the  basis of
savings   in   raw   materials   costs;
savinqs   in   utilities,   labor,   and
maintenance   costs;   and    enhanced
revenues   throuqh   the  creation  of
marketable    byproducts.       Source
reduction  projects  can  impact these
same  areas.     However,  the  goal  of
reducing  waste  at  the source  focuses
attention   specifically    on  waste
generation  costs:     disposal  fees;
fees/taxes   on   generators;   waste
transoortation  costs; on-site waste
storage  and  handling  costs;   predis-
posal  treatment  costs;  permitting,
reporting,  and  recordkeeping costs;
and      pollution      and     safety
liabilities.       These   costs  were
largely  ignored in the  past   because
the  lack  of  an  active  governmental
presence   in   environmental   affairs
allowed  much  smaller  commitments  of
company   resources   to    the  waste
management    segment    of    company
operations.   Recent  hazardous waste
management  requirements   have caused
these  costs  to  increase  beyond  pre-
vious proportions.

     For  the  purpose  of  evaluating a
project  to reduce  waste quantities,
some  types  of  costs (savings)  are
larger  and more easily  quantified.
These  are disposal  fees, transporta-
tion   costs,   predisposal   treatment
costs,   raw   materials   costs,   and
operation  and  maintenance   costs.
These  costs  (savings)  are   usually
considered first because  they have a
greater  effect on  project economics
and involve  less effort  to  estimate
reliably.  However,  the  other, "sec-
ondary"  costs  can  gain   importance
deoending  on  the type of  project to
be evaluated.
     Two  case  examples  were  chosen
to  illustrate  the  role  of  easily
quantified     and     less     easily
quantified costs  in  source  reduction
project evaluation.   In  each case,  a
fixed-price,  fixed-dollar  cash  flow
projection  was   constructed,   which
assumes  no  inflation  and  no  change
in  the   real   relationships   among
costs.   Inflation was netted  out  of
interest   rates   per   the   Fisher
formula  (3).   Fixed  capital  outlays
were    depreciated    according    to
methods prescribed by  recent federal
tax  legislation.    All projects  are
assumed  to   begin   construction   on
July   1,   1987.      For  each   case,
internal  rate  of return  (IRR)  and
payback  period  (PBP)  were  used  as
measures of financial performance.

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED   .

     A    fixed-price    cash    flow
projection  ignores  the effects  that
real changes  in  prices would have  on
project  performance.   For  example,
the  avoided  cost  of  waste  disposal
could rise  against  project  operating
costs  in the  future  (both  costs cor-
rected  for  inflation),  which  would
serve  to  enhance  source   reduction
project  performance.    If   avoided
costs  are  exoected  to rise  against
operating costs\ in real terms,  then
fixed-price projections give conser-
vative estimates  of  project  perform-
ance   because   they   understate  the
cash   generation   of  the   project.
However,   they   do    eliminate   the
uncertainty surrounding forecasts  of
future prices.

RESULTS

Case 1:  Secondary Solvent  Recovery

     A   resin-compounding   operation
at  a   pharmaceutical   company  uses
1.,1,1-trichloroethane   solvent   for
equipment  cleaning.    The   present
configuration  uses   a  single-stage
                                    540

-------
atmospheric    still    for    solvent
recovery.    The  still  recovers  92
percent  of  the  3,455  Ibs  of  spent
solvent  feed  per  day.    The  still
bottoms,  which  contain  20  percent
solids  by  weight,  are sent to  a TSD
facility for solidification  prior to
landfill ing.

     The   company   is  investigating
the    feasibility    of   adding   a
secondary  recovery  system to produce
a  nearly  solvent-free,  "dry"  cake
consisting -  of  filler   solids   and
polymerized  resin.    It  is  proposed
that  a  scraped-drum  evaporator  be
evaluated    for   this   application.
Spent  solvent would  be  fed  onto  a
heated   drum  as  a   thin   coating.
Solvent  vapors  would  be  collected
and  condensed into a  receiver tank.
The  residue  on  the   drum  would  be
scraped   off  by   a    doctor   blade
resting  on   the  drum  surface  and
carried  away  for  disposal.    Design
and  construction of the system would
require  3 months.

     The    current    and    proposed
solvent  recovery schemes,  along with
the   associated   mass  balance,   are
depicted  in  the block flow  diagram
in Figure 1.

     The  estimated  capital  outlay,
including  an  allowance  for  contin-
gencies,  is    $69,450.    Incremental
operating   cost   is   estimated   at
$12,340 per  year.   The  value  of raw
material  offset   by   the  recovered
solvent  is   $23,085.   Avoided  waste
disposal  cost  is  $12,770.    Waste
disposal   cost   is   reduced   both
because  there   is   less  volume  of
waste  and  because the new byproduct
is  a  solid   rather  than  a  liquid.
The  project  is  expected  to require 3
months for implementation.

     Table  1  reports  the  economic
performance    measures    for    this
project.   The  internal  rate  of re-
turn  for  this  project is calculated
to  be 32.37%.   The  project  payback
period  is  3.3  years.    To  highlight
the  effect  of  avoided disposal  cost
on   project    economic   performance,
avoided disposal  cost was removed in
a  subsequent  evaluation.    Internal
rate  of  return  fell  to 8.37%  and
payback period  was  lengthened  to 6.9
years.    These  would  generally  be
considered  as  indications  of  poor
performance.        Therefore, •   the
scraped-drum   evaporator   cannot  be
justified on the  basis  of recovered
solvent alone.   The  presence  of sig-
nificant    avoided   disposal    cost
allows  the   scraped-drum  evaporator
project  to  be  seriously considered
as   an   alternative   to   continued
solvent waste generation.
Table 1.  Summary   of  Economic   Performance  Measures,   Secondary  Solvent
          Recovery
                                     Internal Rate
                                     of, Return  («)
                   Payback
                 Period lyrs)
Including Avoided
    Disposal Costs

Excluding Avoided
    Disposal Costs
 32.37


  8.37
3.3


6.9
                                   541

-------
                               PROCESS EQUIPMENT
                                    CLEANING
                                PRIMARY  RECOVERY
                              (ATMOSPHERIC STILL)
                                                                       EXISTING
                                                                        PLANNED
                              SECONDARY RECOVERY
                           (SCRAPED DRUM EVAPORATOR)
                                 TO  LANDFILL
Stream             1
Solvent          3,455
Resin               30
Filler           	76
Total, Ibs/day   3,551
270
 30
 76
376
 27
 30
 76
133
243
  0
  0
243
3,185
    0
	0
3,185
Figure 1. Block Flow Diagram and Mass Balance for Solvent Recovery System
                                      542

-------
Case 2:  On-site Thermal Oxidation

     A  manufacturer   of  electronic
components     sends     approximately
125,000 gallons  per year  of chlori-
nated   and   non-chlorinated  solvent
waste  for  off-site management.   The
cost  of  having  the  waste  managed
off-site   has    grown   to   nearly
$250,000    per    year,     including
disposal  charges,  taxes,   and  fees,
and  now represents  a  sizeable  por-
tion  of  manufacturing  cost.    The
company is investigating  ways to re-
duce this cost  and  is  seriously con-
sidering on-site thermal oxidation.

     Two   configurations    for    a
thermal    oxidation    system    are
proposed.  The  first,  Alternative A,
is  a  thermal oxidizer  with a boiler
for ancillary  heat  recovery.  Alter-
native  8   is  a   thermal  oxidizer
alone.   Each system would  burn  only
non-chlorinated solvents,  which  com-
prise  somewhat  more than  90 percent
of   the  facility's   total  solvent
waste generation.

     Total    capital    outlay    is
estimated     at     $560,300     for
Alternative  A,  $143,000 of  which is
estimated permitting cost.   Alterna-
tive A  would require 1 year to build
and permit.   The  outlay for Alterna-
tive B  is estimated at $658,000, of
which  $328,000 is  permitting  cost.
The  reason  for  the  difference  in
permitting costs  is  that Alternative
A,  because of  its provision for heat
recovery,  can  be   permitted  as  a
resource  recovery  facility,  whereas
Alternative B must  be  permitted  as a
hazardous waste  incinerator.  Alter-
native  B  is  expected  to  require 2.5
years   to   construct    and  permit.
Table  2  displays  the breakdown  of
the  permitting  cost estimates.   The
midpoints  of  the  cost  ranges  were
used   in   the  economic  feasibility
analysis.
     To  establish  a  benchmark  for
comparison,  the   alternatives   were
first  evaluated  without  permitting
costs.    The  permitting  costs  were
subsequently  added  to  the  capital
outlay  amounts  and  the  alternatives
were reevaluated.

     Table  3  shows  the  result  of
this evaluation.   Without permitting
costs,  both  alternatives  exhibit un-
exceptional    economic    performance
with  regard  to internal  rate  of re-
turn,  and each  is  outside  manufac-
turing  industry  norms  for  payback
period  of 2-3  years maximum.   When
permitting  costs  are included,  the
projected    performance    of    each
project   is   reduced  substantially,
though  Alternative A  still  exhibits
average  economic  performance.    In
the  case  of  Alternative  B,  the pay-
back period has more than doubled.

     It    should   be    noted   that
Alternative  B  is  expected to require
1.5  years   longer  to  permit  than
Alternative A.   The  permitting costs
in  Table  1 do  not  include  the cost
of  this delay  to the company  if it
chooses Alternative  B.   To  approxi-
mate  the  consequence of  implementing
Alternative  B  over  Alternative  A in
this  instance,  the  cost  of  disposal
during  the  additional  1.5  years  is
entered   into   the   operating   cash
flows for  Alternative  B.   The result
is  an  internal  rate of return  of
3.81%  and a payback period  of 12.1
years.   These  figures are  more use-
ful   for   evaluating    incineration
alone  against  incineration with heat
recovery in this  instance.

Summary and Conclusion

     The  costs  of  waste generation
are  no longer  a negligible  part  of
overall  operating cost.   Two  cases
have  been outlined  where  waste gen-
eration  costs  figure  importantly in
                                     543

-------
Table 2.    Permitting Costs Associated with the Thermal Oxidizer
                                       Resource
                                   Recovery Facility
                                                             Hazardous
                                                        Waste  Incinerator
1.  Prepare Part B Application
2.  Agency Review and Response
    to Notice of Deficiencies
3.  Trial Burn Plan
4.  Formal Trial Burn
                                   $         25,000

                                   $   4,000-10,000
                                   $  1.5,000-30,000
5.  Test Burn in Lieu of Formal
    Trial Burn
6.  Public Hearings/Community
    Awareness/Local Permitting     $         30,000 (a)
7.  Risk Assessment (if required)  $	40.000 max
          Subtotal
8.  Contingency for Permitting
    Uncertainties
9.  Optional Additional Monitoring
    Instrumentation Costs          $
10. State Agency Permitting Cost   _$
                                   $ 74,000-135,000


                                   $         23,000
                                             12,000 max
                                             10,000
          TOTAL
                                   $107,000-180,000
$
25,000
$  10,000-16,000
$  15,000-30,000
$ 55,000-200,000
depending on number
of tests required.
$         50,000
$  25,000-40,000

$155,000-361,000
$
$
54,000

12,000 max
10,000
$219,000-437,000
project  evaluation.    In  the  first
case,  the magnitude  of  avoided dis-
posal    cost    supports    secondary
solvent  recovery.    In  the  second
case,    each  > project   alternative
involves      significant      avoided
disposal  cost,  but  the   costs  and
delays  associated with  permitting  a
hazardous  waste  incinerator  clearly
eliminate  incineration  alone  as  an
option for on-site waste management.

     These  two  cases  also  serve  to
indicate  how  recent  regulation  has
enhanced  the  economics    of  source
reduction.    Both  projects  stand  on
the  basis  of  avoided  disposal  cost.
By   changing  the   relative  prices
associated with  waste generation and
management,       regulation      has
encouraged firms to implement source
                                         reduction measures  in  order to main-
                                         tain production  cost  efficiency.   It
                                         is  apparent  thai; source  reduction in
                                         many cases  could represent  a  lower-
                                         cost alternative to  continued waste
                                         generation.

                                         NOTES AND REFERENCES

                                         1.   Wiggins,   P.,   "Waste  Control:
                                              Strong  Outlook," The New  York
                                              Times, September 8, 1986.

                                         2.   See, for  example,  Waste Manage-
                                              ment  Inc.,  1985  Annual  Report,
                                              p.  51:   "Competitive conditions
                                              and   governmental   regulations
                                              permitting,  the  Company expects
                                              to  adjust  its prices  to  recog-
                                              nize   future  cost   increases."
                                              See  also  International  Technol-
                                    544

-------
Table 3.    Summary of Costs and Benefits, On-site Thermal Oxidation

                                                  Alternative
                                             A
Benefits
    Recovered Heat                         43,400
    Avoided Disposal Cost                 185,360
    ,   Total Benefits                     228,760

Operating costs
    Raw Materials & Utilities               6,394
    Overhead                       .        27,000
    Operating & Maintenance Labor          52,412
    Insurance & Property Taxes             13,562
       Total Operating Costs               99,368

Performance without Permitting Costs
    Internal Rate of Return (%}            22.45
    Payback Period (yrs)                    3.9

Performance with Permitting Costs
    Internal Rate of Return (*)            15.99
    Payback Period (hrs)                    5.5
                                                         185,360
                                                         185,360
                                                           6,3.14
                                                          18,000
                                                          36,920
                                                          10,725
                                                          71,959
                                                          17.54
                                                           3.9
                                                           7.70
                                                           8.4
 3.
ogy  Corporation's  1986  Annual
Report,  p.   16:   "The substan-
tial  costs  associated with  (a
major  'investment   program  for
complying  with  the   new  RCRA
requirements),  coupled with in-
creased    taxation    on   waste
disposal, ,has  resulted  in sub-
stantial      periodic     price
increases.   These  are expected
to  continue  as  new regulations
impose      more       stringment
pretreatment  standards on dis-
posal to landfill."

(1  +  r)  =   (1  +  i)/(l   +  n),
where
   r  =  real interest rate
   i  =  nominal interest  rate
   n  =  rate of inflation
                                                       Disclaimer

                                          The work described in this  paper  was
                                          not funded by the U.S.  Environmental
                                          Protection Agency.  The^contents,  do
                                          not necessarily^reflect the views of
                                          the Agency  and no off.icial  endorse-
                                         .ment should be inferred.
                                     545

-------

-------
                     MINIMIZATION OF SOLVENT WASTES FROM
                AN ELECTRONIC CAPACITOR MANUFACTURING PROCESS
              Harry M. Freeman
        Hazardous Waste  Engineering
            Research Laboratory
          Cincinnati, Ohio  45268

            Michael  S. Callahan
       Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
            Pasadena, CA  91101
            James R.  Teuscher
         SFE Techno!og^es, Inc.
         San Fernando,  CA  91340
              Carl  H.  Fromm
      Jacobs Engineering Group Inc.
           Pasadena, CA  91101
                                  ABSTRACT
      The  paper  summarizes  the  results  and  recommendations  of  a  waste
minimization audit carried out to identify opportunities  for  reducing  solvent
wastes from an electronic capacitor manufacturing  process.  The major  solvent
waste  generating  operations   audited   included  the  cleaning   of   various
equipment   with   RM-513   (a    proprietary    solvent)    and   with   recycled
1,1,1-trichlorethane (TCA); general cleaning  with  isopropyl  alcohol and  with
recycled TCA;  and  the on-site recovery  of  spent TCA.  The audit  resulted  in
22 waste  reduction options being  postulated  and  seven selected  for  further
investigation.  This  paper  is  extracted from  the  EPA report, Case Studies,of
Minimization  of  Solvent  Waste  from  Parts  Cleaning^  and  from  Electronic
Capacitor  Manufacture  Operations presently  under review forclearance  from
HWERL.
INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE

     In order to  increase  the accep-
tance  of  waste  minimization by  in-
dustrial hazardous  waste  generators,
the  EPA has  supported the  develop-
ment of a  procedure for facilitating
identification  of  opportunities  for
waste reduction.

     The    general     procedure    is
summarized  in  Table 1.    (A  manual
based  on  the procedure  is currently
under  preparation by  the  EPA.    The
manual will  be  available  from HWERL,
Cincinnati  in  the  fall   of  1987).
The  case  study  summarized   in  this
paper  was  one  of five such  studies
carried  out  to  test  the  auditing
procedure.
performed in

APPROACH
The  work described  was
the fall of 1986.
     The  facility   chosen   for  the
study  is  a  major  manufacturer  of
multilayer  ceramic  capacitors  used
primarily  by the  telecommunications
and military electronics  industries.
Production  operations  are  performed
in  two  separate  buildings  located
within   close   proximity   to   each
other.   Ceramic  materials  are formu-
lated  in  an Annex building  and then
transferred   to   the  Main   Facility
where  the   capacitors   are  formed.
Various   finishing  operations   are
performed at both buildings.
                                    547

-------
           Table  1.   Recommended  Waste  Minimization  Audit  Procedure
   Program
    Phase
           Activities
       Product
 Pre-Audit    1.  Preparation for the audit
              2.  Pre-audit meeting and
                 inspection  •
              3.  Data compilation and
                 waste stream selection
                                 o  needs  list/inspection agenda
                                 o  notes

                                 o  facility and process
                                    description
                                 o  waste  description
                                 o  rationale for selection
 Audit
4. Facility inspection
5. Generation of a compre-
   hensive set of WM options
6. Options evaluation
              7.  Selection  of  options  for
                 feasibility analyses
                                 o
                                 o
notes
list of proposed options
with written rationale
independent options ratings
by audit team and by
plant personnel followed by
joint review
list of selected options
options interim report
Post-Audit   8. Technical  and  economic
                feasibility  analysis
             9. Final report  preparation
                                    study or budget grade
                                    estimates of capital and
                                    operating costs; profit-
                                    ability analysis
                                    final report with
                                    recommendations
   Major   operations   are   depicted
schematically   in   the   block  flow
diagram (Figure 1).

   The  solvent wastes  are  generated
mainly by  various equipment cleaning
operations:

o  ball  mill  cleaning  and  off-spec
   slurry disposal;
o  cleaning of the transfer pots;
o  off-spec  slurry  disposal,  clean-
   ing  and  flushing  of the  slurry
   application system;
o  general cleaning;
o  still  bottoms  from  the  on-site
   TCA still.
                                 The  most  common  solvents  used
                            for cleaning  include  1,1,1-trichlor-
                            ethane  (TCA),  RM-513  (a  proprietary
                            solvent),    and   isopropyl    alcohol
                            (IPA).

                            Development and Screening of  Solvent
                            Haste Minimization Options

                                 Each    main   solvent   cleaning
                            operation   was  scrutinized   by  the
                            audit team  so as   to  develop  a  list
                            of  options   that  would  reduce   or
                            eliminate    waste    generation.   at
                            source.     The  focus  was  mainly  on
                            recycling  of  spent cleaning  solvent;
                            such approach was  deemed  as  the most
                                   548

-------
effective  short-term  option.    The
long-term  solutions  (e.g.   develop-
ment  of   non-solvent   formulations)
could not  be meaningfully  addressed
in this study.

    Table 2  lists  the  various  waste
minimization  options  identified  by
the  audit  team  for each operation.
For  initial   screening,   each  option
was  rated  on a  scale of zero  (low)
to  ten  (high) for  its  waste reduc-
tion    effectiveness,     extent    of
current  use,  and future application
potential.       After   rating   each
option,  the   current  and  future  re-
duction indices were determined.

    Following     discussion     with
facility  personnel,  several  of  the
options    described    above    were
selected  for  further   investigation
based on their  high future reduction
index.    The  options  evaluated  in
further detail were:

o  Ball  Mill  and  Slurry Application
   Wastes:
   Segregate   and   recycle   RM-513
   based off-spec slurry.
o  Ball  Mill,   Transfer  Pots,  and
   Slurry Application Wastes!
   Segregate,standardize,and  recy-
   cle cleaning solvents.
o  Slurry Application Wastes:
   Segregate   arid   recycle   RM-513
   flushing solvent.
o  Slurry Application Wastes:
   Convertapplicationsystem
   filters to bag/wire mesh type.
o  General Cleaning Wastes;
   Segregate  and   recycle  isopropyl
   alcohol waste.
o  TCA Primary Recovery  Wastes:
   Install     secondary      recovery
   system.

Figure   2   partially   depicts    a
proposed . scheme for  segregation and
recycle  of  cleaning  solvents  based
on   the .  options   indicated.  Para-
graphs   below  detail    the  results
of   feasibility   analysis  performed
for each option.

Ball Mill/Slurry Application Wastes

     By   segregating   the   off-spec
slurry  waste  from  the  other  wastes
generated   at   the  ball   mill   and
slurry   application   operations,   20
gallons  per  week  of  RM-513  waste
would    be   rendered    recyclable.
Segregation   would    require    that
separate  storage  containers be  pro-
vided  to   the  operators.     Proper
training of the operators to use the
special   storage   containers  should
not be  a problem,  since the facility
has  recently  implemented  a success-
ful waste segregation program.

     Once  this  waste  is segregated,
a  small  55-gallon batch distillation
unit   could  be   procured   for   the
recovery  of RM-513).    The cost  of
procuring   and  installing  an  auto-
mated   still   is   estimated   to  be
$25,750.    Annual  savings   based  on
recovering  14.4   gallons of solvent
per week  and  reducing waste disposal
costs  would amount to  $6,040.   This
equates  to a  payback period  of 4.3
years.    Since this  period  exceeds
the  required  hurdle  rate  of  3.0
years,  procurement of a still  to re-
cycle  this  waste  stream alone cannot
be justified.

Ball Mi 11/Transfer Pots/Slurry
Application Wastes"

     After  segregating   the  wastes
according  to  solvent  type  (RM-513 or
TCA),   efforts  should   be  made  to
standardize the type  of solvent used
for  cleaning.   Figure  2  presents  a
modified   block   flow   diagram   for
standardizing  the  solvent  used for
cleaning  the  equipment  which handles
RM-513  based  materials.   The follow-
ing  major  changes  to  the   currently
employed    cleaning     scheme    are
proposed:
                                    549

-------
 o   Primary  ball  mill rinse would  use
    RM-513,  instead  of  TCA.
 o   Primary   transfer   pot   cleaning
    would  use RM-513,  instead  of TCA.
 o   Slurry  application  pot   rinsing
    would  use RM-513,  instead  of TCA.

      Once  these  changes   are  made,
 the  amount  of   RM-513  based  waste
 will  increase  so  that  the  economic
 justification  for  procuring  a  still
 is  improved.    Assuming that all  50
 gallons   per  week  of  waste   can   be
 converted  to   RM-513  based   waste,
 annual   savings  of   $19,130   would
 result.   This  equates to an  accepta-
 ble payback period  of  1.3 years.

 Slurry  Application  Wastes  -  Solvent
 Flush

      By   segregating   the    flushing
 waste from  the  other wastes  that  are
 sent  off-site  for  incineration, 14.5
 gallons per week of RM-513 could  be
 recovered  by  use  of  a  small  batch
 still.    The  cost  of  procuring  and
 installing  an   automated   still   is
 estimated  to  be   $25,750.     Annual
 savings  based  on  recovering  RM-513
 and   reducing  waste  disposal   costs
would   amount   to   $5,400.     This
equates to  a  payback  period  of  4.8
years  which  makes   this  option,   by
 itself, economically infeasible.

Slurry  Application   Wastes   -  Filter
Cartridges

     Waste   containing  spent  car-
tridge    spent   filters    could    be
virtually eliminated by changing  to
a   wire   mesh   filter.      A  major
advantage of this style of filter  is
that  it  is  reusable  and   that   no
filter housing  replacement  would  be
necessary.    The   envisioned   system
would consist  of replacing the cur-
rent  filters  (4   per  system)  with
washable   wire   mesh   filters   and
adding  a  few   valves  to   allow   for
backwashing of  the  filters with  the
solvent  used  for  system  flushing.
Based  on  a  total  installed  cost  of
$9,830  for   all   six  systems,  the
annual   savings    would   amount   to
$6,660.   This equates  to  a  payback
period  of  1.5 years,  making  this  a
viable option.

General Cleaning  Wastes  -  Isopropyl
Alcohol

   General      facility      cleaning
generates  94  gallons  per  week  of
dirty   isopropyl    alcohol    (IPA).
Since  the   overall quality of this
waste  is unknown,  it  is  assumed that
only  50 percent  of  the  waste would
be  amenable  to recycling.    The  re-
maining  50  percent   (assumed   to  be
too  heavily  contaminated  to  allow
for    efficient    recovery),    would
continue  to  be   sent  off-site  for
incineration.    Included   with  this
waste  would  be   the  still  bottoms
from IPA recovery.

   Recycling  of   IPA  waste  is esti-
mated  to  save  the facility   $11,650
per   year.      Based   on   a  total
installed   cost    of   $25,750,   the
resulting   payback  period   is  2.2
years.  Since this is less than  the
required hurdle   rate  of 3.0  years,
and  since  it was  conservatively  as-
sumed  that  only   50  percent  of  the
waste  was  recyclable,  this  option is
considered  viable.    For  IPA waste
that  was  too  heavily  contaminated
with  water  to  allow  for  recycling,
drying  with   unslaked  lime  could  be
performed.       While   this   would
increase  the  amount  of   recyclable
IPA, the effects  of  increased  solids
disposal would have to be addressed.

TCA Primary Recovery Wastes

   The  facility   currently  generates
55 gallons per  week  of still  bottoms
from   the  operation   of   their  TCA
primary recovery  system.    This waste
is   sent   off-site   for   additional
                                   550

-------
recovery  of TCA  (estimated  to be 65
percent).   Use  of an  on-site still
that   could   achieve   a   secondary
recovery  of 80  percent  would reduce
annual  costs  by $7,100.   Based  on  a
total  installed cost of  $25,750 for
a   still,   the   resulting    payback
period  is 3.6 years.

      In   addition   to  the  marginal
economic  performance,  the   residuals
(distillation  bottoms)  may pose dis-
posal   problems   after   November 8,
1986   if   the   TCA   level    exceeds
10,000 ppm.   It  is  recommended  that
the  solvent content  of  residuals be
determined  experimentally before the
secondary   recovery  of   the  still
bottoms  is  attempted  on   a  larger
scale.

SUMMARY

     Five major solvent waste produ-
cing  operations   were    investigated
during  the  initial audit.   The  five
operations  involved   ball   milling,
slurry    transfer    pot     cleaning,
cleaning  of the   slurry  application
systems,  general   cleaning   performed
throughout  the  facility,  and opera-
tion  of   the   on-site   TCA  still.
Waste minimization  options  were  for-
mulated for each  operation,  with the
main   focus   placed    on   ways   to
increase  the   recyclability   of  the
waste produced.    These  options  were
then  tabulated   and .  rated.    From
these ratings,  options  were selected
for   additional   economic   analysis.
The  results  of  this  analysis  are
shown in Table 3.

     Many  of   the  options  discussed
above  rely on  the  use  of  a small
batch  still  for  solvent  recovery.
Since the  still operates in  a batch
mode, all of these waste streams can
be  separately  .processed  in  the  same
unit.   By dividing the  capital  cost
for one system  by  the savings resul-
ting from  implementation  of the  four
options  indicated  in  Table  3,   the
overall  payback period  is calculated
at 0.9  years, as  opposed  to periods
ranging  from 2.2  to  4.8  years  for
each option  individually.   By incor-
poration   of   the   above-mentioned
measures,  the  facility  can  reduce
solvent  waste generation by  54  per-
cent  (5,810  gallons per year)  at an
estimated annual  savings  of  $30,190.
In    summary,    the   economic   and
technical  feasibility   for   on-site
reclamation  of  cleaning solvent  is
demonstrated.
DISCLAIMER

The work described in this paper was
not funded by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.  The contents do
not necessarily reflect the views of
the Agency and no official endorsement
should be inferred.
                                    551

-------






















q
1
TO

w
U.
*_
1
^
1








































"c
_>
CO











	 (
w, "3 •'
-^ m 5
4
T
L


cd
"O O
o'^
4
°i

4


e"
Q
J_
To "e
5 •=
O

JL,
O)
€C
0
'3
Q.
3
H


M
1
S
£
<
P




?
s
s




















3



^
B
1
»•<





*
i







2
2
*_

^:
•5;
CO
V
1
1
S.







1^
4*
c
.g
= .9 "
73 Q.
Q.
il



i_
k— (O
29^









(0
0)
C/3
!§>
X
/
/
cn-c-
C 0)
i: E
O) >.
o o
=r o-







S ra
fc»5-£«
J Q
• <



9a
Is
CO 35
^ ol
si







""-

o
3
0
8
3
\
\
E'S'
1§
0 o
5 co


fc j
<3 J



•: .5
o
o
O



























»
» -rf
»
5


.a|OAoau^,.,;;:r::0;^
I.* s- _»,.
< _>. -^ p-
c Q

^











••




S
Is
S
1
JC







a,oXoayJ9














o
CO
cu
03
.0
CO
s
oi
•o
cu
3
^z
1

JJBO












^1
a
2
8
o
2
Itor FInlshIr
s
u

















-tei
1

a>
'>,
O

4


O)
c
'o
Q

1
T


_ O)
£ C
^ il
|
0)
E
H

I
O)

o
CO
1





i


































k

































h
l!
C
C
c
<
4
LJ
^


<
t
'i
j
0

^

I
c
<
i
1
c
a


t


~&
c
il
4
c
c
•*
c
£
Q

k


L
^




^
D
I)
D
I
T
L
i


3)
3.
0

f

31
r
^
L

A
f


C
H
f
3)



K
5
?
3
]
h







































                                                               co
                                                               to
                                                               CO
                                                               o
                                                               o
                                                               O)
                                                               c
                                                               CO
                                                              C/)
                                                              Q.

                                                              <

                                                              O
                                                               o

                                                              'o

                                                               CL
                                                               CO
                                                              O

                                                               o

                                                              'E


                                                               CD
                                                              O
                                                               CO

                                                               O5
                                                               CO

                                                               b


                                                               §
                                                               o
                                                               ^

                                                               CO
                                                               05

                                                               13
552

-------
                                                              co
                                                              >>
                                                              CO

                                                              a>
                                                              o
                                                              >s
                                                              o
                                                              CD
                                                              CC
                                                              •*-•

                                                              CD

                                                              "5
                                                              CO

                                                              en
                                                              O

                                                              CO
                                                              T"~
                                                              LO

                                                              2
                                                              CC

                                                              T3
                                                              CD
                                                              W
                                                              O
                                                              a.
                                                              o
                                                              cj

                                                              CD

                                                              3
                                                              O)
553

-------
S

i
s


i
X
S
X
Ul

1
IV


Ul
g
u w e>
Ii~
EC

|||
DC
g-

CU *Jw-
1- O 4J
3 0 C
^2
u. txo
*"•
CU
«*• tn
0=>
gg
X *s-
to
ojf
Ul






fe
1?
I
I
Control

	






4-*
1





o

u
g


M
S

0-CM«<0

A
II



in.nN.tON.






ocoinoo




co co in -oo-

	 	 	

— 8-3
• o ** x
CO I- CO U
— * 4J CD CU
3 C DC L.
<- o ro-jj
o «— c
•^ X in ra
C^-Gc*: g
3 ^ 3 61 3
j|||
O fi> * 4-* "5
4^ « 6 ra t-
13 ca 5 o> ra
o o 4-» a *o
"D O O DJ C3
T-cuto vr in



t



o cu
S.O
to

ox







CO
^

«»
a
ca
ON

ft

tOO


in co






coo




vro


CU •

c o°
O CU
> c.
O"S
to c
CD
o
O CU

cu in
L. CD
4J ro
cu
'Sen
<-CM



g
*E

CJ

u
>.
i

a.





w
o
al
0)

CO
L.
h-
O O



-m


««






sO CO




"^


v^
• o
>'o
o ro
CA •*-
CA C
o S
cu u
•*- 4-»
•*-> C
go
Ro
Reduce eva
Increase s
tO-*

en

S

CJ

CD
1
a













r-



0


in






CO




CO



•
2
U
X
4-»
CO

O
CU
t_
U
Increase d
*-



L.
D

CO
U
2L
CO

o
c


4-»

O
"^
ft
**•
>..
t.
co
*-<0<0

11
H
CM CZ) O


rs.co N.






^ O O




xj- r>- o


, B
CA (U
.4^0
0) CA >.
CA CD O
3 X CU
C_
CA O
O N
I- O*O
O >- t-
H- O CO
CU Q) "D
cB
4-* "D 4-»
aC CO
CO
Wipe feed
Segregate
Segregate,
cMro-*



1
cu

o
o
o.
"8
Q>
U.








5
j
2.

•*



0


t-






O




in





cu
u
§"
35
1
4-*
i
0
=>
in



ra



tu
I

CO












in



0


r»






0




N.




CO
L.
cu
2
X
.c
la
4-1
•Si
5
cu
CO
3
O



E1
O)


.C
CJ
L.

u_












O O



^- in


in *4-






sO CO




""^


X

c S
OJ .p»
> 0
OM-
°)>(U
M-
O D)
C0'~
8C
CO
*J C
2|
Reduce eva
Increase s
N-CO



en
c
'E
CD
CU

O
c_
CD
U












•*

t
"
o


CO






CO




in


•
o>
CA
S
1
o
CO
cu
1
1
Segregate
«-



o
1

<

&
o
C-
%
CO



en
c

c
Si

_>
CD
CU
0
CJ
«-



CO


o>






0




0


•
CU
CA
S
c
CU
"o
CO
CU
•i
CD
Segregate
CM
Cll


_C
4->
OJ
o

o

(I
1 —

«—












OCM-4-

A
It
H

si-%00


m>oco






Oh-O




•* O in

.
>*• •
• •*"* §
D)— ' 4^
111
CU O >*
— • X t-
u u 
4-J I— O
CU CA CU
2:1* *-
^ c >.
CA CU C.
> CO
o— '"b
t- O C
O CA O
4- U
cu cu cu
CO CO
4-* C
Q •!- — '
Q. CD — '
*J CD
CUC 4J
Q."- CA
— fD C
3 E -<
-cMro







o
co
4-*




•^

CO
«£
1—
O

CO
8
-






•


•





s

_J
z
CO
o
t—
o.
o

I

1—
s

z
=
111
1—
CO

h-
z
g
8

u_ '
o


|
13
C/>






UJ
CD
•I
H-
















.
	 .
Jk! D)
O ^^
CD CO
xra
CD Q>
£S_ >-

CO CO
4-" 4-»
'Q.O
CD CJ
CJ
ro 4-
c ro
"* «S

O CO
•x. co

1
C 0
o c-
•58.
1
ce t.
CD


CA -x.
CD CA
3 C
o

CO
ro








g

4->

g
CO
N

'i

'E










OJ
CJ
L.
Q
CO
CU

CA
CO



— — •


ro 10
stf- «—


o o
PR
in in
CM CM
0 0
•>* ro
0 ^
so"oT




CO 0
CO sO
CM CO





O O


CM


, ' •

• CU
S-,
u

CA U
§£
ro "D
in co

CA
CU D

u cu
"o

CD CU
N
cu •—
*-» TJ
CO t-
ro CD
(U "n

m+s
CO CO
*
4->
o
a.
cu
H-
CA
c
CO
1—
(D

(A


£

CO
m



CO o in
*J- O «—


o o o

in ro o
CM CM Ifi
oo o
"^ CM sQ
in T— >o




N- O O
S§ 0
*~




in • i
ff : :






OJ
4-*
CA
CO

C CO
CO t-
0) CU
— ' 4-»
U — *
fll • 4—
— ' CO
0 1- CU
>» ,
CU — ' 4-»
H^ JC
T3 CA
f_ CU C)



4-* CO
co ro4-*
0.8 i

ro cu cu
CU CA CO

*^

s
X
CO

g
CO
u

1




t_
CO
1


CM
CM


o
tc
in
CM
o
in
sO
«—*




O '
o
in •





0
in
ro

CM




cu
CO
CD
•x
I
cu

u
cu

u
O '
cu
£_
"g


CU
4-1
CD
CU°

O)

*


^
4-*

E-8
g*
CU — '
CJ Q.
O

CD D.
I- O
CU CA
S"
C3



sO
rO


O
1C
8"
o
0

N-"
;i-in:


O
CO

in


CA
"8
*£
i

*
c.
o
H-

^

CO
u

c




u
CO

cu
CA
3

O
<
C
3
0
^:
CO
CA
CU
u
C-
i
CO
cu
V
CO


-^
*
                                                        554

-------
               SELECTION OF A MOBILE INCINERATION SYSTEM

                             John C. Reed
                           Steven R. Strauss
                             James D. Cobb
               Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
                   Springfield,  Illinois 62794-9276
                               ABSTRACT
     Recognizing the need to develop a mobile incineration technology
in the State of Illinois, the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
("IEPA" or "Agency") formed an inter-Agency task force in 1984
consisting of members from the divisions of Land Pollution Control, Air
Pollution Control and the Office of Chemical Safety.  A series of
meetings with interest contractors was initiated, site visits were
held, a Request for Qualifications was issued and in the latter part of
1985, a Request for Proposal ("RFP") for a Remedial Action utilizing a
mobile incineration system was issued by the Agency.  After a thorough
evaluation of the proposals submitted, a contract was awarded to Roy P.
Weston, Inc. to mobilize a mobile incineration system at a designated
site and conduct remediation activities.  The unit was mobilized in May
of 1987 and treatment of contaminated soils is expected to be completed
by the end of 1987.

     This paper describes the background of the selection of the mobile
incineration technology as it has been developed by the IEPA.  In the
course of this selection process, IEPA has developed evaluation tools
and techniques that will be useful to others involved in hazardous
waste cleanups.  The IEPA believes that the information and methods
described here will ensure the selection of the best treatment system
with the lowest probability of foreseeable difficulties.
 INTRODUCTION

      For many years,  the most
 common practice for disposing  of
 hazardous  substances  was dumping
 into available landfills.   Now,
 the need for technological
 alternatives to landfills  is well
 recognized.   This need has become
 more acute with the advent of  the
 Comprehensive Environmental
 Response,  Compensation and
 Liability Act, the discovery of
 many nonpermitted treatment,
 storage and disposal  facilities
 requiring remediation of
 significant amounts of
 contaminated soil,  sludge and
 liquids,  and the enactment in
 Illinois  of a legislative mandate
 requiring that hazardous waste
 streams may be landfilled only
 after a demonstration has been
 made that recycling, incineration
 or chemical, physical or
 biological treatment of the waste
 is not technologically feasible or
 economically reasonable
 (1).Incineration and other means
 of thermal destruction have been

555

-------
well accepted as attractive
alternatives for disposing of
hazardous substances but are
costly and suffer from the
"NIMBY"  (not in my backyard)
syndrome.  Thus, the concept of a
mobile incineration system that
can be transported from one
hazardous waste site to another
becomes very attractive.  The
hazardous substances can be
treated on site, thereby avoiding
the necessity for transport of
the waste to a stationary
incineration facility or
landfill; the unit is on site for
a limited period of time
correcting a known problem and
then moved, thereby avoiding the
public resistance to a stationary
facility; the stationary
incinerator facilities are not
backlogged by a deluge of
hazardous substances emanating
from a hazardous waste cleanup
(often between 7000 and 15,000
tons of contaminated materials)
and the cost of treatment of the
waste on site with a mobile
incineration system appears to be
significantly less than
transportation and treatment of
waste to a stationary
incineration facility.
ORIGINAL CONCEPT

     Stationary incineration has
been long considered an adequate
disposal technology and many
units have been built and
operated (2).  The original
concept of mobile incineration
technology was first actively
investigated by the USEPA in
Edison, N.J. with a
trailer-mounted rotary kiln (3).

     The first field test of
USEPA's mobile incineration
system was at the Denney Farm
site in southwest Missouri
(McDowell, Missouri)(3),  This
field test gives a guide to the
various problems that can be
encountered by a mobile
incinerator and has been very
helpful in the Agency's own
evaluation of the process.
BACKGROUND OF SELECTION PROCESS

     The early background of the
selection process has been
described in a previous paper
(4).  In October, 1984, a task
force was formed at the IEPA
consisting of the divisions of
Land Pollution Control, Air
Pollution Control and the Office
of Chemical Safety to consider the
feasibility and appropriate
technology for alternate treatment
technology at Superfund and "Clean
Illinois" sites.  "Clean Illinois"
is a state-funded program
analogous to the Superfund Program
at the federal level.

     As a result of these efforts
in October, 1985, a Request for
Proposal ("RFP") to remediate a
specific site in Illinois
utilizing a mobile incineration
system was issued to prospective
bidders.  The site proposed for
remediation was an abandoned
salvage yard containing
approximately 7000 tons of soils
contaminated with polychlorinated
biphenyls in concentrations up to
1650 PPM.  Six bidders responded
to the RFP by submitting proposals
to the Agency.
EVALUATION FORMAT

     An evaluation committee was
selected to evaluate the proposals
submitted in response to the RFP.
The evaluation committee consisted
of members from the Divisions of
land Pollution Control and Air
Pollution Control as well as a
consultant from a large private
                                    556

-------
engineering company having
substantial on-hands experience
with incineration technology.
The committee evaluated the
technical adequacy of the
incineration system, the proposed
methodology for accomplishing the
scope of work, and the permitting
experience of the bidders.  In
addition, inasmuch as the RFP
requested a turn-key type of
proposal, the Agency anticipated
the bidders being composed of a
composite group, consisting of an
incinerator
manufacturer/fabricator, an earth
moving remediation contractor and
an engineering company with
permitting experience.
Accordingly, the organization of
the bidder and the cohesiveness
of the proposal were evaluated.
An evaluation form was designed
to thoroughly examine the above
described components of the
bidder's proposals.
TECHNOLOGY OF THE MOBILE
INCINERATION SYSTEM  .

     The IEPA wanted as much
assurance as possible that the
incineration system ultimately
chosen would have a high
likelihood of success in the
field.  Accordingly, the system
had to be designed to meet or
exceed the performance standards
established by the Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA) for
incineration of PCB's as well as
performance and operating
standards established by the Air
and Land Divisions of the
Agency.  Process flow diagrams
and process and instrumentation
diagrams as well as lengthy
narratives were evaluated to
determine the capabilities of the
proposed systems.

     The proposed control room of
each bidder was evaluated to be
certain monitoring with continuous
data recording would be done for
the parameters deemed essential by
the Agency, as well as contain an
automatic control system and shut
off system when operations of the
incinerator failed to meet
acceptable temperature and stack
gas concentrations.  Additionally,
the waste capacity of the system
and backup and redundancy of the
system were evaluated.  The Air
Pollution Control equipment was
evaluated utilizing descriptions,
specifications and drawings.  Air
monitoring procedures and
equipment were evaluated.  The
evaluation committee also
evaluated how the proposals dealt
with problems that had arisen in
the USEPA field test (4) such as
carryover of ash into the
secondary and combustion controls
to assure proper and complete
combustion.

     The major technical
disparities among the proposals
were the level of sophistication
of the proposed control rooms,
vertical afterburners versus
horizontal afterburners, wet
scrubbers versus dry scrubbers,
waste throughput capacities,
energy efficiencies of the systems
and the types of air pollution
control equipment.
SCOPE OF WORK

     The bidder's proposed
methodology to implement the
required work was evaluated.
Sampling techniques, laboratory
facilities, excavation techniques,
dust suppression techniques,
runoff control, treatment and
disposal of waste water and
ambient air monitoring were
evaluated.  The type of variations
within the proposals dealt with
such issues as the extent of soil
sampling necessary at the
                                    557

-------
 excavation areas,  extent of
 sampling necessary of the ash
 residues and the method of
 analysis of both feed soils and
 ash residues.  Also,  there were
 variations in extent  of ambient
 air monitoring necessary to
 detect particulate and organic
 emissions.

      Based upon the difficulty
 encountered in evaluating certain
 of the above criteria,  the IEPA
 concluded that the proposals
 would have been more  amenable to
 comparison in certain areas if
 the RFP had contained more
 specificity.   In addition,  where
 federal approval is necessary in
 the permitting process,  such as
 TSGA,  engaging in  a dialogue with
 federal officials  early in the
 process as to federal
 requirements  would have  helped
 facilitate the evaluation and
 contracting process.

     After the initial
 evaluation, each of the  bidders
 was given an  opportunity to make
 a  presentation of  their  proposal
 to the evaluation  committee.   The
 meetings gave the  evaluators an
 opportunity to ask the bidders
 questions concerning  the bidders'
 proposals and receive needed
 clarification.   In addition,  the
 bidders had the opportunity to
 meet the evaluation committee and
 to accentuate these portions of
 the proposal  they  felt the most
 important.  Finally,  it provided
 the evaluation committee an
 opportunity to inquire and
 discuss with  the bidders the
 types of unforeseen circumstances
 that might  occur at the site
which would cause delays and cost
adjustments.   Issues affecting
 the time  schedules  and cost
proposals of the bidders were the
availability of an adequate  fuel
source, availability of
sufficient quantity of water of
requisite quality,  excavating
   into the ground water table, high
   moisture content soils
   necessitating higher residence
   time, high or low BTU soils
   affecting throughput in the
   system, potential of contamination
   of the field laboratory and the
   advent of winter weather.

       At the conclusion of the oral
   presentation, the bidders were
   given an opportunity to submit
   clarifications to their proposals
   which were discussed during the
   presentations and their "last
   best" bid, at which time the
   bidders had the opportunity to
   alter the cost proposal portion of
   their proposals.               I

       The evaluation committee then
   went through the score sheet a
   final time to deal with any
   changes in scoring arising from
   the clarifications.  The RFP
   stated the technical criteria
  would be evaluated independent of
   the cost portions of the bidder's
  proposals.  The RFP also stated
  that,  to the extent that there
  were no significant differences
  among the proposals, price would
  become increasingly significant.
  The ultimate purpose of the
  evaluation was to award a contract
  to the bidder whose proposal was
  the most advantageous to IEPA,
  cost and all other factors
  considered.   Accordingly,  the cost
  proposals were evaluated and
  weighed into the evaluation
  process at the completion of the
  technical evaluation.

      Based upon the conclusions
  derived from the evaluation
  process described above,  a
  contract was awarded to Roy F.
  Weston,  Inc.  of West Chester, PA.
  The requisite permit and approvals
  have been obtained and the
  remediation is proceeding on
  schedule.
558

-------
REFERENCES ,

1.   Illinois Environmental
     Protection Act, Section
     39(h), 111. Rev. Stat. 1985
     Ch. 111|, para. 1039(h)

2.   Frankel, I., N. Sanders and
     G. Vogel, March 1983, Survey
     of the Incinerator
     Manufacturing Industry,
     Chemical Engineering
     Progress, pp. 44-55.

3.   Freestone, F. et. al., 1986,
     Evaluation of On-Site
     Incineration for Cleanup of
     Dioxin-Contaminated
     Materials, In: Land
     Disposal, Remedial Action,
Incineration and Treatment of
Hazardous Waste.  Proceedings of
Twelfth Annual Research Symposium,
EPA/600/9-86/022, Hazardous Waste
Engineering Research Laboratory,
Cincinnati, OH., pp. 298-318.

4.   Reed, J.C., S.R. Strauss and
     J.D. Cobb, 1986,
     Considerations in selecting a
     Transportable Thermal
     Destruction Unit (TTDU), In:
     Toxic and Hazardous Wastes.
     Proceedings of the Eighteenth
     Mid-Atlantic Industrial Waste
     Conference.  G.D. Boardman
     (ed.)| Technomic Publishing
     Co., Lancaster, PA., pp.
     187-197.
                  Disclaimer

      The work described in this paper was
      not funded by the U.S. Environmental
      Protection Agency.  The contents do
      not necessarily reflect the views of
      the Agency and no official endorse-
      ment should be inferred.
                                    559

-------

-------
            TRACING CONTAMINANT LEAKS USING BOREHOLE TELEVISION

                               Alan M.  Jacobs
                                  GEOPROBE
                       Pittsburgh, PA   15235, U.S.A.
                                  ABSTRACT
     Borehole  television cameras are  used  to document stratigraphy  or internal
structure  of  wells,  and  can detect  the presence and movement of fluids or
solids.   Cameras are designed for  2+-inch  air- or water-filled  boreholes.  The
images can  be  titled on the screen and  videotaped with voice-dubbed notation.
The  tapes  can be replayed for non-field  personnel, permitting officials, and
in courtrooms.  Television has the advantage over other geophysical methods of
downhole  sensing in that one can actually see the features in question.

     Contaminant  leaks  were investigated in 8 states.  Monitoring wells had
been  placed at site  perimeters to sample water-supply aquifers. The wells
were  installed with  screens/slots  at the aquifer  horizons.  Surface
contamination from perched ground-water  zones above the slots were sometimes
caused by improper installation or damage  to the well.  Sometimes contaminants
were  observed entering  the  well  through the slots at the horizon of the
aquifer.  Solids  could  be seen adhering to the casing, clogging the slots,
settling  in water,  and oozing into the  well at splices.  Gasoline, having a
different  optical  index  of  refraction from water, formed  a visible layer
floating  on water.

     Additional ground-water information in  uncased boreholes has been
collected  by  observing  the water  movement above and below the water level.
The  water  could  be  seen  entering or  leaving the borehole where the hole
intersects  aquifers, fractures,  and  contacts between strata of different
permeabilities.  Quantitative  measurements of flow could be  obtained by
duplicating the  video  image in the  laboratory where a known flow—rate was
produced.
INTRODUCTION

     Television  camera  probes are
presently  being  used to examine the
subsurface  strata,  ground water, and
the  internal structure  of well
casings, screens, and  down-hole
instruments.  This  method  allows
actual  real-time  images  to be
monitored and recorded on videotape.
The  replay  can be viewed immediately
(no  photo  processing)  or viewed
later by others  not involved with
the  field  work, by permitting
agencies, and in the courts.
      Since  1980, the author has  been
asked  to televise uncased boreholes
and  completed wells  in  Maryland,
Tennessee,  Louisiana, Pennsylvania,
New  Jersey,  Nevada,  Virginia, and
California  for  the  purpose of
evaluating  the hydrogeology of a  site
or  to  explain  the  movement of
contaminants  at hazardous-waste
facilities  and  at  cleanup sites.
This  paper  summarizes what is being
done  using  borehole  television to
detect and  assess  the movement of
contaminants  in ground water.
                                     561

-------
 FEATURES OF BOREHOLE TELEVISION

     The  borehole television camera
 system  used  by GEOPROBE  is
 manufactured by  the Westinghouse
 Electric Corporation,  Industrial and
 Government  Tube  Division,  in
 Horseheads, New  York.  The camera
 can   transmit   a   clear,
 high-resolution  image to a surface
 TV monitor for the insitu inspection
 of subsurface conditions (1).
     The  closed-circuit  TV system
 (ETV-1252) consists  of a camera head
 (probe)  and a  camera control unit
 (CCU) connected  by a  flexible
 multilead underwater cable' (Figure
 1).   The  probe contains  a  16-mm
 remote focus lens, a low-light level
 Newvicon pickup  tube, quartz-halogen
 lighting  on various attachments:
 down-hole viewer,  side-hole  viewer
 (with prism),  combination down-hole
 wide—angle and side—hole viewer
 (with mirror), spotlight viewer
 (with prism), and directional
 spotlight (with prism and magnetic
 compass).  The CCU contains  remote
 focus and light-intensity controls.
 The  cable  contains   armored,
 sheathed,  and  shielded bundles  of
 single conductors (24) and coaxials
 (2),  and is lowered  and raised by  an
 electric-powered cable  reel and
 winch.  This  system is used with
 other  video equipment  for
 video-titling, tape recording, and
 monitoring.   The down-hole portions
 of  the system  can  operate  under
 water and in a dry hole.  The probe
 can  be lowered and raised from air
 to  water  and   from water to air
 without pausing. This ETV-1252 can
 survey wells  as small  as 50 mm  in
 diameter and as deep  as 150  meters.
     In the  field,  a van functions
as  a  mobile  TV studio (Figure  2).
The  van  protects  the control,
monitoring, and recording units from
the elements.   A sheave and boom
guides the  cable off the reel,  out
of  the back of  the van, and down  the
hole.   Inside the van, the operator
controls  the descent/ascent,  the
focus  and  light intensity, the  video
recording,  the audio-dubbing  of
verbal   notation,  and  the
video-titling  using  a 'character
generator  (depth,  date,  location,
client,   borehole  number,
hydro-geologic  features, etc.).   The
amount of cable  that is played out is
noted  by  observing  markings on  the
cable  and  entering  depth values or
elevation  by means  of a  keyboard.
Power  (110  VAC) is  provided  by  a
gasoline-powered alternator.

      Because the  image is in  black
and white,  the  resolution  is
three-times  better  than  with a
similar  color  pickup tube.  The
ETV-1252  can televise a  strand of
wire  only  1/3 the  thickness  of  a
human  hair.   It  can focus  from
infinity  down to  the  lens plate of
the camera  probe.   The 'high
resolut ion -and closeup focus  enables
the  camera to  sit close to the object
being  televised;  thereby  allowing
relatively  clear  images  in murky
water.

      The  probe is made of stainless
steel,  the  down-hole attachments  are
made  of either stainless  steel  or
cast  alluminum, and the cable sheath
can be  made  of various  flexible
materials  such as PVC,  polyethylene,
and polyurethane.
MONITORING-WELL INSPECTION

Monitoring  During Drilling and
Installation of Wells

     During  and  after  drilling,
portions of the hole are either cased
or uncased.   In a cased hole  the
side-wall bedrock or soil cannot be
viewed.   The  side  walls  can  be
televised prior to the installation
of casing  if the borehole can be kept
open  without casing.  Well casing can
be installed in stages  with the upper
                                    562

-------
part of  the borehole cased to keep
the  side  walls  from caving and the
lower part  of the borehole uncased
for  televiewing.

     The  camera  can be  introduced
into the  hole during the drilling
operation  (between  runs) if
hollow-stem augers  or  wire-line
methods  are employed to  look at the
down-hole  tools  or peek out at the
rock or  soil in  the bit area.  The
driller  can usually guess about
down-hole conditions, but seeing the
situation  first  hand  is  more
reliable.   The driller can suggest
the  need  for the camera during the
drilling  operation depending on the
speed of  drilling, bit resistance,
loss of  circulation of  drilling
fluids,  tool  drops, cuttings, etc.

     The  camera  can also  stand by
during  the  installation  of the
casing  and  screens,  the  well
development,  and  the grouting to see
if materials are properly in  place
before  proceeding to the next  step.
After   completion  of  the
installation,   the  well  can be
visually  inspected  by introducing
the  camera  into  the completed  well.

Water Level

     The  measurement of  the  water
level is  usually  accomplished by
lowering a  probe down the  hole
(Figure 3).   The probe sends  a
signal   to   the   surface when it
touches  the  top  of standing water.
Discrete readings  can be  taken
periodically in  this  manner.  We
have noticed that the probe can be
triggered by moisture  above the
static  water level, thus giving an
erroneous reading.   Perched  water
sometimes enters  the casing through
cracks  or unsealed  joints in the
casing  and  sets off  the  probe.
Droplets of  water from condensation
(not associated  with ground water)
 can  also  trigger  the probe.  TV
 monitoring of  the  water  table and
 comparison with  the  probing method
 should be done periodically.
      If  continuous  readings are
 needed,  a  pulley can  be  installed
 which  balances  a  float  with  a
 counterweight.   The  float rests  on
 the water  surface.   If water levels
 change,   th,e   float  and  the
 counterweight adjust and the rotation
 of  the pulley wheel moves a pen on a
 continuous  recording  chart.   If
 unusual  fluctuations are recorded,
 the camera  should  be used to visually
 check these fluctuations.  One could
 perform a 1- or 2-day  surveillance  of
 the water  table  by videotaping the
 view of the  top of  the water column.
Water Sampling
      Contaminants  in the  water
column of  a well are in solution or
suspension. Dissolved material  will
come  up with the water sample  in a
representative  concentration.
However,  suspended material may not
be  present  i.n the water sample  in a
representative  concentration.
Suspended  solids  (including oily
residues)  can stick to the sides  of
the  casing, side wall, or  slots  and
not  come up with the water to  be
analyzed,   thus   being
under - represented  in the  water
sample.  Suspended solids floating  on
the  water  or adhering to the sampling
device can  be  over-represented in  the
water  sample.   Therefore,  it  is
important  to see the actual  amount  of
suspended  matter in the water column
prior to  sampling.  The TV camera  can
be  used to  visually assess the  actual
amount of  suspended  solids  in  the
well  water  at  different  depths
(Figure 4).
                                    563

-------
Examining the  Integrity of the Casing

     A well  with damaged casing may',
not   fulfill  its  function of
assessing  the  true  ground-water
conditions.   In some cases, the well
is   used  for  detection  of
contaminants  from'a subsurface
aquifer.  For  this,  the  well .is
installed so  that the water entering
thewell  comes  only  from  the
aquifer.  This  is  accomplished by
putting  slots or screens only where
the  well  intersects the  aquifer.
All   other  horizons are  sealed.
(casing,  grout, ,ben tonite,; >etc . ) .
If the  casing is cracked (Figure 5).
or if there  is a leaky seal between
joints  of  casing  (Figure  4),
however,  the  ground water from
perched  zones  or  from the surface
can  enter  the  well and contaminate
the  water.   This  may incorrectly
indicate  that  the aquifer  is
contaminated.                        .

     Damaged  casing can also provide,
incorrect  water  level data.  If one
wishes  to  .measure the hydraulic
gradient  of  a specific aquifer, the
wells must be open  only to the. water
of  the  specific  aquifer.  Cracks or
holes in  the casing may cause other
strata  (not  being  tested) to affect
the  level  of the water in the well.
T.he  camera can locate  damages in the
casing.

     Finally,  if  an obstructing
object  falls into the well,  the
camera can be used  to  determine what
may  be  needed to remove the object.

Examining the  Screens  and Slots

     The  purpose  of screens  and
slots,  it  to allow  ground water to
freely  enter the  well and prevent
insitu  sediment  from  coming in.  The
slots or screens actually keep  back
the  gravel and/or sand in  the
annular space of  the well that was
installed to filter  out the  the soil
and  rock part.icles , adjacent  to..the
well. I   Proper well development using
flushing techniques keeps the slots
free- of c logging  ma tte.r ,   But-:how
free are the  .slots? , The camera  cafn
view,  the  s 1 o t:s  (figure 6)-and
determine  the .effectiveness  of.
-------
impermeable  strata.  Water sometimes
comes  in very slowly, a trickle or
just  moisture  on the side hole.   At
other  times  the water comes  in
quickly in  streams.   One  would
expect  the  shape of the:stream to be-
laminar or  sheet like, because,the
fractures  or  planes that permit  its
entry  are  laminar and sheet like in
form.   However,  the  shape  of  the
stream  is  usually  pencil  shaped
(Figure 8); water virtually squirts
into  the  hole.  The direction of  its
spray  is always towards the center
of  the  borehole, no matter in what
direction  the  regional ground water
flows.   The  center of the borehole
is  the  point  of  lowest  pressure.-
There  may  be  a section of borehole
where  one can  see water flowing into
the  borehole  from different and even
opposite directions.
     Below  the water level one can
identify movement of ground water in
several  ways.  Water seldom will be
turbulent.   Normally' the  water
movement is  almost  imperceptable.
The  movement can  be observed  by
watching  suspended-sediment
particles  moving  in the  flow  of
water.   Flow caused by  secondary
permeability is  easiest  to see'
(Figure  9).   A settling  particle
passing  a  fracture or bedding plane
separation will be unaffected by it
if  there is  no flow.  The particle
will be  pushed away from the side
wall if  water is  flowing into the
hole.  Or,  the particle  will  be
sucked  in  towards the  side wall if
water is flowing  out  of the hole.
Flow into the borehole from the pore
spaces  of  an aquifer  is  the most
difficult  to see;  particles will be
relatively more  "active" than in
non-aquifer  zones.
QUANTITATIVE  ANALYSIS'.'

Contaminants  in  Suspension

      Solid, s   can  be,,  observed
suspended  in the  ground water of. a
borehole: or  well.   The  actual
identification must be  done  by
sampling and  laboratory.analysis.  As
mentioned  in a  previous section of
the  paper,' the  spec if ic :gravity .of
t h'e   suspended  material  can  be
evaluated  depending   o'n  whether it
floats or  sinks.  The  texture of the
material would  help to identify it.
Some  materials  observed are fibrous
(algal, growth)'  or gelatinous (tar).
Color  television would  help  to
further  identify  some  of  the
materials.

Immiscible Liquid  Contaminants

      One of  the  wells  examined, by
the  author  was  tested  for the amount
of gasoline  contamination.  Gasoline
floats on  water  and has a different
index of  r-effaction from water.  The
camera >probe was  lowered, into the
fluid column.   It  passed  into- one
liquid and  then  into another.   A
clearly  defined  miniscus was present
and-easily  seen  between  the upper
(gasoline)  and  lower (water) fluid
layers.  The volume of gasoline was
calculated  by  -using  the value
measured by the  television probe of
the thickness  of  the gasoline layer.

Measuring Flow Rates

      To  quantify  flow  rates,  one
should recreate  the visual image in a
laboratory  with  the sizes ,to proper
scale.   The  TV  camera  can be used in
the  laboratory  to verify the image.
The   f 1 o w- o r  di'scharge  rat'es  of
perched  water  and  sa tur ated^-zone
water can.  be. measured.in this
fashion.                   ,:-'•;:
                                     565

-------
                                       REFERENCES
                                              Beyer, R.  R. ,  and A. M.
                                              Jacobs, 1986,  Borehole TV for
                                              the Problem Sites...A New
                                              Investigative  Tool,
                                               Engineering and Mining
                                               Journal,  May  1986.
     Recovery of  the water level
during down-hole pump tests, could
also  be observed with the camera.
One  could  also evaluate the effect
of  perched  water  zones  on the
recovery rate  of  the water level.
CONCLUSIONS

     The use of borehole television
for  the detection and assessment of
the  contamination of ground water is
an  important breakthrough in the
technology  available   to   the
hazardous-waste management industry.
Current technology provides a black
and  white,  high-re solution image
from equipment that can be used in
most underground  situations.   The
addition  of  co1or-television
borehole probes,  presently being
introduced,  will make this technique
more valuable to this industry.
                                 Disclaimer

     The  work described in this paper  was not funded by the  U.S. Environmental
Protection  Agency.  The contents do  not necessarily reflect  the views of the
Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                     566

-------
FIGURE 1 - Borehole Camera with Lighted  Attachments.
FIGURE 2 - TV Van
                                      567

-------
FIGURE 3  - Down-hole  View of Surface of Static Water  Level.
FIGURE 4  - Suspended Solids Leaking into  Well and Adhering  to  the  Casing,
                      "J";iSw!	"	"""""
                         PJ"tii?;;:

                         '- '""^''SiSJftr'.vi*'
                         •••"i>.ir*:t^l-™-3™-,'>j±'*i'nHni««i'i,i

                                                                - "• i *.£££$xx£*>~;~^^^^^S^'^'S-'isJ "";'^:
                                                     ^ife'	'-litaftMnH'-V," .'.«.' -:^' •'^'^"2-"^-^^™^^™S^^l^;«~**:li> .'• ' -;•
                                                     -\»L*»d:tr.-»i*^-- - .. •  , 7?-"3;-.%;^!;-^^^z^ss^JSj- ;/-«




                                              ggggajswr1**'-  ' --  •-"••--*-^^-—«»*«*«*:*
                                                 568

-------
FIGURE 5 - Cracked Casing  and Grouted Annular Space
FIGURE 6  - Slotted Casing  (Underwater) as Seen in Elliptical Mirror at  Upper
            Right.                                                   •
                                     569

-------
FIGURE 7 - Horizontal Fracture in. Bedrock-
FIGURE 8 - Pencil-shaped Streams  of Water from Perched Aquifer
                                       570

-------
FIGURE 9 - Sediment Mnvino  in  Flow of Water from Fracture at 323-ft Depth
                                       571

-------

-------
                  THE EFFECT OF pH ON 2,4-D BIODEGRADATION

                 G. L. Sinton, L. E. Erickson and L. T. Fan
                     Department of Chemical Engineering
                                Durland Hall
                           Kansas State University
                          Manhattan, Kansas  66506
                                  ABSTRACT

     Considerable uncertainty  exists  as to if  and  how 2,4-dichlorophenoxy-
acetic  acid  (2,4-D)  inhibits  microbial  growth.   The  uncertainty may  be
induced  totally  or  partially by  the  observed  inhibition  effects  of  a
metabolic product 2,4-dichlorophenol  (2,4-DCP).   The  results of experiments
with Pseudomonas  sp.  NCIB 9340 in  one and two  liter  fermenters  have shown
that culture  pH is an  important  factor  in determining the  growth rate  of
this microorganism and the extent of 2,4-DCP accumulation.  Experiments with
1-liter batch  fermenters  over  a pH range of 5.1  to 9.4 have shown that the
highest growth rates  occur between  pH  6.5  and  7.9;  the specific growth rate
decreases  as  the pH  is  increased  or  decreased from  this  range  until  it
reaches zero at 9.4 or 5.1 respectively.

     Extensive  accumulation  of  2,4-DCP  occurred at  a  low pH;  it  was
accompanied by a reduction  in the biodegradation  rate, presumably  due  to
inhibitory  effects  of 2,4-DCP.  2,4-D biodegradation  ceased completely when
the concentration of  2,4-DCP reached  about 44  mg/L.   No growth was observed
even  after  the  2,4-DCP  concentration  was reduced   by  non-biodegradation
mechanisms  and new 2,4-D substrate was subsequently  added  to the culture.
Cultures exhibiting no  growth  for seven days at  pH 5.1 could be  revived to
resume normal growth  by increasing  the pH to 6.0.
INTRODUCTION

     2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic   acid
(2,4-D) is an aquatic and terrestrial
herbicide.  It has been selected as a
model  compound  for  study  because of
its  wide  use  and  structural  simi-
larity  to other  toxic  and hazardous
compounds currently  of interest, such
as  other  halogenated  aromatic  and
phenolic   compounds.    Furthermore,
2,4-D  is  among  38 compounds that the
EPA has  proposed  to add to a list of
chemicals used for identifying wastes
as  hazardous   and   appropriate  for
management  under the  Resource  Con-
servation and Recovery Act (19).

     Organisms  capable  of  degrading
2,4-D were  studied  in  pure  and mixed
cultures mostly  under  aerobic condi-
tions   (20) .    A  typical  metabolic
pathway is illustrated in Fig. 1 (4).
Numerous  investigations  were  under-
taken  to  develop kinetic models for
the   biodegradation   of  2,4-D  and
                                    573

-------
             O.CHa.COOH
                      OH
                                                  OH
               2.4-D
       Cl             Cl
2.4-dichlorophenol  3.5-dichlorocatechol
                                                  Cl   .COOH
                                                   V   COOH
                                               -   v
                                                      Cl
                                                   cis.cis-2.4-
                                               dichloromuconic acid
                                                               N-.ci~
                            COOH
                            CH2
                                                               O
                  Cl
                     (acetate] -i- I
                            CH2
                            COOH
                            succinic
                             acid
                                      COOH
                                         COOH
Cl   Jl   .
 To ?OOH
  ky
                   chloromaleyl
                    acetic acid
                                               4-carboxy methylene-
                                               2-chlorb bu't-2-«nolide
        Figure 1.  Aerobic pathway for 2,4-D biodegradation (Cripps, R.  E.,
        and Roberts, T. R.)  (4).
related   compounds   (2,10,14-17,22).
These  studies   have  given  rise  to
various models,  some of which appear
to  yield conflicting results.   Part
of  the diversity  among these models
can be attributed to  the  variability
of  experimental  conditions,  such  as
pH,  temperature,  aeration,  supple-
mental nutrients,  culture  enrichment,
and  substrate   concentration  range,
all  of  which   have  been  found  to
affect   appreciably   the    rates   of
biodegradation  (20).

     Many of  the proposed  biodegrada-
tion  models  do  not  account  for  in-
hibition  effects  (2,10,16,22).   Most
of them are of  the Monod type:
^ - WSl'^s
                                   (1)
Specifically,  e.g.,  Tyler  and  Finn
(22)  have  reported  that this  model
accurately  describes growth  on 2,4-D
up to 2000  mg/L  and for 2,4-DCP up to
25 mg/L.   Moreover,  they have  found
that   2,4-DCP   inhibits  growth   at
concentrations above 25 mg/L.
                      Considerable uncertainty exists
                 as  to  if  and  how  2,4-D  itself  is
                 actually      inhibitory.        Some
                 researchers have  reported inhibitory
                 effects of  2,4-D  at various levels
                 such  as  35  mg/L and  45  yg/g-soil
                 (14,17).    Others  (2,10,16,22)  have
                 successfully employed versions of the
                 Monod model  that neglect inhibitory
                 effects.    The  uncertainty  may  be
                 induced totally  or partially by the
                 observed  inhibition  effects  of  a
                 metabolic   product,   e.g.,    2,4-DCP.
                 Several   researchers    have   found
                 2,4-DCP    to    be    inhibitory   at
                 relatively     low     concentrations
                 (3,12,22)

                      The Haldane model

                 y = (y    rs])/([S] + K  + ([S]2/K ))
                      ulcLX              S          J-
                                                   (2)

                 appears  to  be  the  most  promising
                 model   for   the   description   of
                 inhibitory   substrate   degradation.
                 Numerous       researchers       have
                 successfully  fitted  this  model  to
                 their degradation data for 2,4-D. or
                 related  compounds such as phenols or
                                      574

-------
benzoate  (6,14,18,21);  nevertheless,
it does not appear to fit the data of
Tyler and Finn' (22) well.
PURPOSE

     The   primary   goal   of   this
research is to examine the effects of
pH  on  the rate  of  2,4-D biodegrada-
tion.  The forms of 2,4-D biodegrada-
tion models  and the values  of their
kinetic parameters  need  be clarified
to  understand  the mechanism of 2,4-D
biodegradation  under  a  variety  of
conditions.  An  understanding of the
effects of pH  is  essential  for  the
design  and evaluation of  biological
treatment   options    to   eliminate
production wastes and  to manage bio-
degradation  in  field  applications.
The pH  should also be  considered in
assessing  environmental  persistance
of  2,4-D   and  in  determining   if
undesirable  metabolic  products  are
produced  as  a  result  of  2,4-D bio-
degradation.
APPROACH

Organism and Media

     The organism used in the present
experiments was  Pseudomonas  sp. NCIB
9340.   The  growth  media  for  this
organism  contained   the  following:
1.5 g/L of K HPO,; 0.2 g/L of MgSO,  .
7H 0; 0.05  g/L of CaSO,  .  2H.O;  0.5
g/L  of  NH4NO_;  0.5  mg/L of  FeSO,   .
7H_0;  de-ionized water;  and  either
2,4-D or  2,4-DCP as  the  sole source
of carbon.  Cultures  of the organism
were   continuously   maintained   to
provide   inocula    throughout   the
experiments by  regular  subculturing
in shake flasks  with  either  2,4-D or
2,4-DCP as the carbon source.  The pH
and  temperature  of   the  maintenance
cultures  were   not   controlled  but
generally remained  at levels  of  6.5
to 6.9 and 22 to 25°C, respectively.
Assays

     Substrate and product concentra-
tions  were assayed  by  high perfor-
mance "liquid chromatography  (HPLC); a
Varian  MCH-10  column  was  employed
(monometric octadecasilane  bonded to
silica).   Detection  was accomplished
by UV absorption at 283 nm.  Acetoni-
trile  and  0.015  N  H SO  served  as
solvents in a gradient elution.  This
HPLC procedure made  it possible  to
analyze   aqueous  samples   directly
without any extraction or  concentra-
tion.   The only sample  preparation
required was filtration through a 0.45
ym  nitrocellulose filter  to  remove
the  biomass.   Biomass  concentration
was monitored using a Bausch and Lomb
Spectronic  20  to measure  absorbance
at 545 nm.

Batch Fermentations

     Batch  fermentations  were  con-
ducted in  one  and two  liter fermen-
ters by controlling  pH, temperature,
aeration,  and stirring rate  (tempera-
ture = 25 °C,  aeration  =  0.65  wm,
stirring  rate  =  700  rpm).   These
controlled  variables  as well  as  the
concentrations of biomass,  2,4-D  and
2,4-DCP were monitored.  Experiments
were   conducted   over  a  pH   range
between  5.1  and  9.4;  the  initial
concentration of 2,4-D was  200 mg/L.
PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     The    determination    of    an
appropriate  method  of  storage  for
Pseudomonas sp. NCIB  9340  to provide
a  consistent  source  of inocula  was
the major  difficulty  encountered  in
the present  research.   It has  been
known  that biodegradation rates  of
2,4-D and  other  xenobiotic compounds
can be  greatly  increased by allowing
the  organisms  responsible  for  the
degradation to  become  acclimated  to
the new  substrates (1,10,13).  Thus,
                                    575

-------
it is  desirable to  have  experiments
inoculated  with organisms  that  are
equally   acclimated   to   the   test
substrate.  In  an  attempt to provide
a supply  of organisms  with  a uniform
history of  acclimation,  the original
freeze-dried  sample  of  Pseudomanas
sp. NCIB  9340 was  revived  and grown
on 2,4-D.  It was then dispensed into
a large number of test tubes contain-
ing  the  regular   2,4-D   media,  as
listed  in  the  approach,   plus  10
weight percent glycerol.  Subsequent-
ly,  these samples  were placed  in a
freezer   at   -10°C   for  long-term
storage.   Unfortunately  this  method
of  storage  caused  the  organism  to
loose  its  ability  to  degrade 2,4-D
and 2,4-DCP.  Storage on  refrigerated
agar   slants   was   also   attempted;
however,  revival of  2,4-D  degrading
organisms was generally not possible
after  more  than about  two  weeks and
was   very  inconsistent   even  over
shorter intervals.

     The  genes  required for the bio-
degradation  of  xenobiotic  materials
are  often found on plasmids (5,7-9).
Based  on  the   assumption  that  the
ability  of  Pseudomonas sp.  NCIB 9340
to    degrade    2,4-D   was    plasmid
mediated, Leslie (11)  at  the National
Collections of Industrial and Marine
Bacteria  Ltd.   investigated   several
storage  methods  in response  to our
inquiries   concerning   long   term
storage  of  the  organism.  Pseudomonas
sp.  NCIB 9340  plasmid DNA was well
maintained  by regular  subculturing on
2,4-D, and  storage  in  liquid nitrogen
apparently  maintained  the plasmids,
but   at  a   somewhat   lower   level.
Finally,    in  agreement   with   our
results,  storage in 50% glycerol at
-20°C  is  unsuitable   for   plasmid
maintenance.

      Because  of  the  failure  of  the
glycerol and the agar  slant methods,
regular  subculturing was selected as
the   procedure  for  culture  mainte-
nance.  It is generally observed that
after a certain period of acclimation
the   organisms   are   not   greatly
affected by further acclimation (10);
thus   this   method   should  provide
fairly consistent inocula.
RESULTS

     The shake flask experiments gave
no indication of substrate inhibition
by  2,4-D  in the  concentration range
from 0.0  to 370 mg/L.   In  the 50.4,
94.5,  198,  and 370 mg/L shake flask
experiments, accumulation  of 2,4-DCP
was observed to  reach levels of 0.1,
1.0,  13.2,  and  16.9 mg/L,  respec-
tively.   The  2,4-DCP  and  2,4-D were
eventually  completely degraded.  The
data  from  the  flask  initially con-
taining 2,4-D  at 198  mg/L  in Fig.  2
illustrate  the basic  pattern of the
substrate  and product  concentration
profiles  obtained  in  the shake flask
experiments.  The pH  in  these experi-
ments   were   not    controlled;   it
generally  dropped  from the initial
value of  6.8 to about  6.4 to  6.7 with
the  largest  drop  occurring  in  the
flasks   with  the   highest  initial
concentration of 2,4<-D.

     The  results  of  experiments  in
1-liter  batch fermenters  with 2,4-D
as   the   substrate   indicate   that
culture pH  is  a  significant  factor in
determining growth rates.   Figure 3
demonstrates the relation between the
pH  and  specific  growth  rate.  The
latter was  obtained from the slope of
a logarithmic  plot  of the biomass
concentration  against time  during the
exponential   growth    phase.    The
highest   specific  growth  rates were
observed  in the pH range from  6.5 to
7.9.    The   specific   growth  rate
decreased as the pH was increased up
to  9.4 where no  growth or biodegrada-
tion  was  observed over a  period of
four  days.   The specific growth rate
also  decreased as the pH was reduced
from 7.0  to 5.1;  at pH 5.1,  no  growth
                                     576

-------
  250.00
                                                                100.00
    o.
                              'TIME,  h
Figure,2.  2,, 4-D degradation by'Pseudomonas sp. NCIB 9340 in a shake flask
at 25 C .and.initial pH = 6,8; • , biomass concentration; * , 2,4-D concen-
tration; o , 2,4-DCP concentration.
i-t ' '
UJ
1—0.16-
1 •'-
00.12-
0
O
u_ •
"0.08-
UJ ,
Q_
CO
z:;
X
z:


sis *
, * 3K
*

•--....' ' ' - -.
SK . ' ' ' . •• , '
•. • • * .'••/:. . -
-•'•'• " • •
. sts
y 1 1 t t v
0 6.0 7.0 8.'0 9-0" 10
- . . - - PH •• ' '
 Figure 3.   Effect of pH on the maximum specific growth rate o'f Pse'udomohas
 sp.  NCIB 9340 growing on 2,4-D in batch fermenters at 25 C.1 ••'•'•
                           577

-------
was observed.  Cultures  exhibiting no
growth for seven days  at pH 5.1 could
be  revived  to  resume  normal  growth
and    substrate     consumption    by
increasing the pH  to 6.0.

     Appreciable    accumulation    of
2,4-DCP  was  observed  in batch  fer-
mentation experiments  conducted at pH
5.5  and  5.7.   These  were  the  two
lowest  pH  levels  where  growth  was
observed.     In   both    cases   the
accumulation of  2,4-DCP  appears  to
have   completely  stopped   the  bio-
degradation  of  2,4-D.    In  the  pH 5.7
experiment,   the   2,4-DCP  concentra-
tion  reached  49.5  mg/L  with  2,4-D
biodegradation  stopping at  38 mg/L.
No  further growth or  degradation was
observed   even   after   the   2,4-DCP
concentration was decreased  to below
20    mg/L   and   additional   2,4-D
substrate  was  supplied.  The  pH 5.5
experiment    resulted    in   2,4-DCP
accumulating to 44.5  mg/L with 2,4-D
biodegradation stopping at 84 mg/L as
shown in Fig.  4.   The  specific, growth
rates given  in Fig.  3   for pH 5.5 and
          250.00
         00200.00
         B
5.7  were   based  on  growth, before
significant    amounts   of    2,4-DCP
accumulated.  Accumulation  of  2,4-DCP
is accompanied  by a reduction in  the
biodegradation  rate,  presumably  due
to  inhibitory   effects  of  2,4-DCP.
The results of  experiments  in 2-liter
batch  fermenters with 2,4-DCP as  the
only  carbon source  have indicated  a
strong    inhibitory   effect  .  above
concentrations  of  30 to  35  mg/L.

     2,4-DCP  accumulation   does  not
appear  to  be  a  factor  in  reduction
of  the  growth  rate  in  the higher
range  of  pH  (above  pH 7),,  but  it
affects  appreciably  the growth  rate
in  the  low pH range where  it  can
inhibit    and    possibly   completely
arrest  the degradation  of  2,4-D.   It
is not  clear why 2,4-DCP accumulation
was   observed   at  slightly  higher
values  of  pH  in  the shake  flasks;
this  may be  due  to a  difference in
vapor  loss  or  other  nonbiodegration
mechanisms compared to  that observed
in the  fermenters.
                                                                 so. oo
            °-0(o«o	eH9e$o7o	4oTo	eoTo	§o7o"
                                    TIME,  h
         Figure 4. 2.4-D degradation by Paeudomonas sp. NCIB 9340 in a 1-liter batch
         fermenter at pH 5.5 and 25 C; * ,  2,4-D concentration; o , 2,4-DCP concentration.
                                      578

-------
CONCLUSIONS      .

     The   shake   flask  and"  batch
fermentation >. experiments   gave   no
indication of inhibition of growth by
2,4-D.   Accumulation of  2,4-DCP  was
observed  in  the shake  flask experi-
ments  but  all  of  the  2,4-D  and
2,4-DCP  were  completely  eliminated
eventually.   The  Batch  experiments
with  2,4-D  indicated  that  pH  is an
important   factor   in   determining
growth  rates.   The  highest  growth
"rates  were  observed  between pH  6.5
and 7.9.  Accumulation of 2,4-DCP was
also  dependent  on pH;  accumulation
^occurred  at  pH  5.5  and  5.7,  the
lowest  pH  levels'  where growth  was
observed.   In these  two cases,  the
accumulation  of 2,4-DCP appears  to
have  stopped  the   biodegradation  of
2,4-D, possibly killing  the microbial
population.   2,4-DCP  inhibits growth
above  concentrations   of  about   30
ing/L.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     This  work  was  conducted  under
the  sponsorship  of  the  Engineering
Experiment    Station    (Office    of
Hazardous  Waste Research)  of Kansas
State University.
     Audus,   L.J.,   1964,  Herbicide
     Behavior  in the  Soil,  In:  The
     Physiology  and  Biochemistry of
     Herbicides,  Academic Press, New
     York, pp. 163-189.

     Banerjee,   S.,   Howard,   P.H.,
     Rosenberg,   A.M.,   Dombrowski,
     A.E.,   Sikka,   H.  and  Tullis,
     D.L.,   1984,  Development  of  a
     General  Kinetic   Model   for
     Biodegradation  and  its  Appli-
     cation      to     Chlorophenols,
     Environ* Sci. Technol., Vol. 18,
     pp. 416-422.
                                         8.
 9.
10.
Beltrame,  P.,,  Beltrame,  P.L.,
and Carniti,  P.,  1984,  Kinetics
of    Phenol   Degradation    by
Activated   Sludge    in   CSTR,
Chemosphere, Vol. 13, pp. 3-9.

Cripps, R.E., and Roberts, T.R.,
1978,  Microbial  Degradation , of
Herbicides,    In:     Pesticide
Microbiology,  (Hill, I.R.,  and
Wright,  S.L.J.  eds.)  Academic
Press, New York,  pp. 670-677.

Don, R.H.,  and Pemberton, J.M.,
1981,  Properties  of  Six Pesti-
cide     Degradation    Plasmids
Isolated     from    Alcaligenes
paradoxus     and     Alcaligens
eutrophus, J. Bacteriology, Vol.
145, pp. 681-686.

Edwards,    V.H.,  .   1970,    The
Influence   of  High  Substrate
Concentrations    on   Microbial
Kine t ie s,  Biotechnol.  Bioeng.,
Vol. 12, pp. 679-712.   ,

Fisher,  P.R,  Appleton,  J.,  and
Pemberton, J.M.,  1978, Isolation
and   Characterization   of   the
Pesticide-Degrading Plasmid pJPl
from  Alcaligenes  paradoux,  J_._
Bacteriol.,    Vol.    135,   pp.
798-804.

Friedrich,  B.,  Meyer,  M.,  and
Schlegel,  H.G.,   1983,  Transfer
and Expression of the Herbicide-
degrading   Plasmid   pJP4   in
Aerobic   Authtrophic  Bacteria,
Arch.  Microbil.,  Vol.  134,  pp.
92-97.

Ghosal, D., You,  I.-S., Chatter-
jee, D.K.  and Chakrabarty, A.M,
1985,  Microbial   Degradation of
Halogenated  Compounds,  Science,
Vol. 228, pp.  135-142.

Hemmett, R. and Faust, S., 1969,
Biodegradation Kinetics of 2,4-D
                                     579

-------
r
                   by   Aquatic   Microbes,    Res'. '
                   Review,  Vol.  29,  pp.  191-206.

              11.   Leslie,   C.E.,   1986,   private
                   communication,  December 4,  1986.

              12.   Liu,   D.,   Thomson,   K.,   and
                   Kaiser,  K.L.E.,  1982,  Quantita-
                   tive           Structure-Toxicity
                   Relationship   of    Halogenated
                   Phenols    on   Bacteria,   Bull.
                   Environ. Contam. Toxicol.,  Vol.
                   29, pp.  130-136.

              13.   Loos,   M.A.,   1975,   Phenoxyal-
                   kanoic  Acids,   In:  Herbicides:
                   Chemistry,  Degradation  and  Mode
                   of action,  (Kearney, P.C.,  and
                   Kaufamn, D.D.,  eds.)  2nd  Ed.,
                   Marcel  Dekker  Inc.,  New  York,
                   Vol.  1,  pp.  1-56.

              14.   Papanastasiou,  A.C.,  and  Maier,
                   W.J.,   1982,   Kinetics  of  Bio-
                   degradation  of  2,4-Dichlorophe-
                   noxyacetate  in  the  Presence  of
                   Glucose,  Biotechnol.   Bioeng.,
                   Vol.  24, pp.  2001-2011.

              15.   Paris,   D.F.,   Lewis,    D.L.,
                   Barnett,    J.T.,     Jr.,     and
                   Baughman, G.,   1975,  Microbial
                   Degradation  and Accumulation  of
                   Pesticides in  Aquatic  Systems", '
                   EPA-660/3-75-007,       Southeast
                   Environmental  Research  Labora-
                   tory,    National   Environmental
                   Research  Center,    U.S.    EPA,
                   Athens,  Georgia,  30601.

              16.   Paris,   D.   F.   Steen,   W.C.,
                   Baughman,  G.L.   and   Barnett,
                   J.T.,   Jr.,   1981,   Second-Order
                   Model to Predict Microbial
17.
     Degradation of Ogranic Compounds
     in    Natural    Waters,    Appl.
     Environ.  Microbiol.,  Vol.  41,
     pp. 603-609.          ,
     '.'');   • ':  ; .-,'.'::,  .-  ••••;•;•.'•. i •• ;'•  •';»-.
     Parker,   L.W.,   and   Doxtater,
     K.G.,    1982,    Kinetics  ~  of '.
     Microbial Decomposition of 2, 4-D
     in  Soil:  Effects 'of 'Herbicide'
     Concentration,,   J0    Environ.
     Qual., Vol. 11, 'pp.,, 679-689.,
                                    ..
18.  Pawlowsky, U. , ;and Howell, J.A.,
     1973, Mixed Culture Biooxidation
     of  Phenol.  I.  Determination' bf
     Kinetic  Parameters,  Biotechnol. '
     Bioeng., Vol. 15, pp. 889-896. ;,,,

19.  Rich,  L.A.,  1986',  EPA. Broaden^
     its  List  of Hazards,  Chemical
     Week,  Veil  139,  July  2,  pp.
     26-27 ..  „ ;  ,        ,.....,.".''

20.  Sinton,    G.L., ...   Fan,.   .L.T. ,"
     Erickson,  L.E.   and  Lee,'  S.M.,
     1986,  Biodegradation  of . 2,'4-D '
     and   Related   Xenobiotic   Com- .
     pounds, Enzyme Microb. Technol.,
     Vol. 8, pp. 395-403, ..

21.  Sokol,  W.,   and Howell,  J.  A.,
     1981,    Kinetics    of.   Phenol'
    t Oxidation   by ' ' Washed '.:  Cells ,
*'   "i! JB'id techno 1." Bioeng.;'  Vol. '23*,
     pp. 2039-2049.

 22. Tyler,  J.E.,   and  Finn,  R.K.,
     1974,    Growth    Rates    of   a
     Pseudomonad  ,  on    ?,4-D    and
     2,4-Dichioirophenol,     '   Appl.
     Microbiol.,    Vol..   28,    pp.
     181-184.  "   r '''; !'"1"  '.
                                               Disclaimer                       '   "

                   The work described  in this paper was  not funded by  the U.S. Environ-
              mental Protection Agency.  The contents do not necessarily reflect the views
              of the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                                   580

-------
                                NDEX
acid
  wastes, 33
  neutralization capacity, 34    ,
aery)ates,  23
Afri ca
  mining wastes, 21
air'           '  "              •    •
  samp)ing of,  12
air stri pping,  42
ash
  i ncinerator,  18
  resi dual,3
assays
  pH-stat,  23                              .
ASW matr i x                               ,
  concentrated, 20
attenuation, 33
Atterberg 1imits, 45
audi ts
  waste minimization, 59
Australi a
  mining wastes, 2f
bacter i al
  treatment, 26
bari um, 57
Batch Reactor,  15
benton i te,   15
bioaccumu1 atioh, 56
bi oassays
  jet fuel  contamination,  14
  plant responses to  petrochemical  Wastes,  24
biodegradation, 39
  i n-s i tu,  25
  1i gn in, 28
  mi crobi al  , 1.4
  of 2,4-D,  62
  P.  chrysosporium, 28
  soi1,  13
  white rot fungus, 28
b i o1og i ca1
  treatment, 41
b i pheny1s,   28
bo i1ers
  i ndustr i al,  1
  watertube, 21                              ,
B.S procedure
  penetrometry testing,  33
buffers
  borate,23
calc i um                                     .
  a 1g i nate,23
  si 1 icate matrix,  33
  su1 fate,   56

                      •       .    $81    '.. '••-•'•

-------
Cambridge-Stereoscan,  57
Canada
  mining wastes, 21
carbon
  activated, 17
carbon dioxide
  evolution, 14
carbonyl diimidazole,  23
Carl Zeiss-Jena TUR M-62, 57
eel 1
  1ined, 16
cement, 3O
chemical
  destruction,  43
China
  electroplating wastes, 55
  mining wastes, 21
chlor i de
  acryloyl,  23
chlorine
  contamination, 6
  destruction,  43
  organo- compounds, 3O
chromi urn
  removal of, 8
  waste recovery/reuse, 55
cl ay
  soi1   1iners,  47
cleaning system
  flue gas,  23
closure
  cost, 52
coal
  conversion residuals, 27
combustor
  secondary, 6
compressive strength,  33, 34
conductivity
  hydraulie, 33, 34
contaminat ion
  groundwater,   11
  hydrocarbon,   11,  14
  soi1,  11,  14
Cracov, Poland, 11
creosote, 13
cultivars,  39
cutoff walIs
  plastic/concrete, 19
cyan i de
  destruction of, 41
  waste, 33
  oxidation of, 9
Daphnia, 13, 39
                                 582

-------
    5O
    23
of the Environment (DOE), UK, 18
4
decontamination
  electrical  equipment, 36
  Polychlorinated biphenyls
  so i 1 ,  7
  transformers, 36
degradat i on
  oily wastes,
  proteolyt i c,
dens i ty
  bulk,   12
Department
desorpt i on
  thermal,
destruct i on
  chemi ca1, 43
  cyanide, 41
  thermal, 31,  37, 39
Destruction Removal Efficiency
Detoxifier System, 54
d i ox i ns
  waste  incineration,  39
  chlorinated,  43
di sposal
  of solid hazardous waste, 29
d i st i 1 1 at i on
  batch, 59
  leachate, 38
  process of,  41
  solvent, 9
drainage front, 2O
dust
  clay or kiln, 3O
  fi1ter, 35
  1 i me,  3O
econom i cs
  evaIuat i on,  58
electrical equipment,
electrodes, 8
electronic capacitor
  manufacture  of,  59
electroplating plants,
  sludges from, 55
electrostatic  precipitator,
electro-kinetics
  DC electrical field,  8
encapsu1 at i on
  micro-,  23
  surface, 33
entrapment,  33
  gel, 23
enzymes
  chymotryps i n;
  cross 1 i nk i ng
  stabi1 i zat i on
                 (PCBs),  36
                    (DRE) ,  1
           36
            55
                 30
      covalent  attachment  of;
     of;  crystaI 1i ne;
      of,  23
                      583

-------
in  field so i1s,  22
evaluat ion
  capital project, 58
evaporat ion
  process of, 38
extract i on
  equi1i bri urn, 34
  method of,  7
  PCDD/PCDF,  43
  sequential  chemical, 34
  treatment,  7
Federal Republic of Germany
  mining wastes, 21
ferrous
  phosphates, 56
f i re hazards, 11
fixation (see solidification)
  metal,  3O
  soluble silicates, 30
flexible membrane  liners  (FMLs)
  polyethylene, 47
flow rates
  di stri  but i on
flue gas
  samples, 1
flyash,  3O, 37
  samples, 1
soli d i f i  cat ion, 33
furans
  chlorinated, 43
Furnace  Bottom Ashes
gas
  odours, 18
gasoline
  contamination, 61
gel
  stabi1izat ion, 30
glacial  drift deposit, 11
glutaraldehyde, 23
grasses
  bent-;  brome-;
  reed canary-,
gravity
  of specific solids,  12
groundwater
  contamination,  11,  14
  movement,  61
grouting
   i-njection,  30
Harwell,  Waste  Research  Unit,  UK,  33
hazardous  wastes
  management of,  12
   treatment  of,  9,  32
heat
   recovery,  10
      (FBAs),  18
  dess i cat i on
 39
of;
                  584

-------
                33,  34,  45
                 1 1
                         27
                        54
homogen i zat i on
  t i ssues of,  23
hydrau1i c
  conduct i v i ty,
  measures, E5
hydrocarbons
  contami nat i on
  aromatic, 25
  polynuclear aromatics,
   in-situ treatment of,
hysteresis, 20
immob i 1i zat i on
  degradat i on, 50
incineration,  3
  d i ox i n waste,  39
  hazardous waste, 35
  mobile system, 6O
  oily siudge, 16
  Polychlorinated Biphenyls  (PCBs)
  rotary k i1n, 16
  siag, 5
i nc i nerator
   liquid, 6
  MWP-2000, 6
industrial wastes
  d i sposa1,53
i norgan i c
  acid wastes, 33
  wastes, 33
irrigation (water), 3O
jet fuel
  contamination,  14
Kuwait, Shuaiba Industrial
land  treatment
  oily wastes, 50
1andfarm fac i1 i t i es
                           Area (SIA),  16
                     16,  39
1andf i 1 Is
           51
  central  low point, 52
  design/operation, 52
  gas odours, 18
  hazardous wastes, 38
 leachate test
  dynami c, 34
 leachates, 27
  col 1ect i on, 42
  di st i11 at i on, 38
  reduction, 52
  monitoring of, 46
  organic  halides,  46
  synthesis of clay, 47
  Total Organic Carbon  (TOG), 46
  treatment of, 15
                                 585

-------
leaching,  3
  characteristics of, 33
  hydrauli c,  8
leaKs
  identification, 52
  contaminant, 61
least cost alternative, 23
1iners
  clay, 47
  Flexible Membrane Liners (FMLs),  47, 52
1inK system,  57
Low-Level  Wastes (LLW)
  treatment of, 3£
management
  hazardous waste,  12
matri x
hydrated calcium silicate, 33
membranes
  high pressure, 48
  latex, 45
  swel1i ng tests, 45
metals
  bearing slags, 33
  emission, 37
  finishing industries, 33
  hydrated ions, 30
  polyvalent,  30
  solidifi cat ion, 30
microbiology,  25
microtox test, 46
  biodegradation, 13
migrat ion
  i on i c, 8
minimization
  wastes, 59
mining wastes
  Africa;  Australia; Canada;
  China; Federal Republic of Germany;
  legislation; Poland; research;
  United Kingdom; USSR, 21
MODAR  oxidation process,  10
nerve  gas, 12
neutralizat ion                      •
  of caustic/acid wastes, 33
new housing land, 51
                   Laboratory  (ORNL), 32

                                 (OWEP), 30
Oak Ridge National
oedometer, 8
Oily Waste Extraction Procedure
organics, 4O
  free-phase, .20
  gross  (disappearance of), 15
  particulate/semi-volatile, 1
  polymer, 33
  refractory, 15
                                586

-------
46
outf1ow
  cl ay soi1s, 22
ox i dat i on
  cyanide, 9
  therma1, 58
oxygen
  demand,  27
  rate of uptake, 27
PCDD/PCDF, 43
penetrometry testing
  BS procedure, 33
pesticides,  23
petrochemi cal
  phytotoxicity,  39
  wastes,  39, 24
PH
  effects on 2, 4-D, 62
phase interactions
  mass transfer,  2O
phosphate
  ferrous, 56
Photobacterium phosphoratum,
phytotoxicity
  petrochemical,  39
pi gments                                     ,:,?. ? -
  oxide,  56
pi 1ot seale, 41
plast i c                                              .
  siurry  wal1s, 19
Poland
  mining  wastes,  21
  remedial action,  11
pol1utants
  enhanced movement of, 8
Polychlorinated Biphenyls  (PCBs)
  contamination of, 6, 26
  decontamination of, 36                    •        .
  metabol  i sm of,  26             ,   r   ,  ,'        ,
polymerization (co-),23
Polytetraf1uoroethylene (PTFE), 18
Portland Cement,  33
post-closure, 52
Powdered Activated Carbon Treatment  (PACT), 17
pozzolanic processes, 33                       ,
preci pi tat ion,  41
Principle Organic Hazardous Constituent,  (POHC)  1, 2
prototype test
  hydrocarbon treatment,  54
Pseudomonas
  biodegradation,  62
   587

-------
                   58
                   55
                            1 1
Pulverised Fuel Ash (PFA),  18
pyrolysis
  plasma arc, 2
qua Ii ty pred i ct i on
  solidification process, 33
Q-150 OD Paulik-Erdey derivatograph,
rad i oact i ve
  wastes, 12
Radioactive Mixed Wastes (RMW)
  treatment of, 32
reactor
  squelching batch, 27
recovery
  heat, 10
  secondary solvent,
  waste chromium of,
recycling, 59
reduction
  source, 58
remedial action
  hydrocarbon  contamination,
remedi at ion
  soi1, 27
retarders, 3O
reuse
  waste chromium of,
robotic technology,
rotary kiln
  incineration, 4
Rotating Biological
Royal  Arsenal
  Woolwich,  London,
Saint  Vulbas,  France
  incinerator  plant, 36
salt  caverns
  hazardous  waste disposal,  29
  repository,  29,53
salts
  hardening, 57
scrubbing system
  exhaust gas, 30
Shuaiba  Industrial
si 1i cates
  fixation of, 30
slags, 35
  extraction,  5
  incineration, 5
  metal-bearing, 33
                                   57
                    55
                   12
                  Contactor  (RBC),  15
                   51
                  Area  (SI A),  Kuwait,  3O
fudges,  3O
 alkylation,  39
 and  1ime dust,
 electroplat ing
 farming of,  3O
 homogenous,  3O
                 30
                 waste,
55
                               588

-------
14,  26,  31
   Kuwa it,  16
   oily,  16
   supercritical  fluid,  40
slurries,  3O
   filter  presses,  48
   wal1s,  48
s1urry wal1
   durabi1i ty of,  45
sodium hydroxide,  33
sodium hypochlorite,  33
so i 1 s
   catalytic oxidation,  40
   c1 ay,  22
   contamination  of,  11
   decontamination, 7
   fluid  extraction,  40
   humus  content,  3O
   remediation  of,  27
solidification  techniques
   s i 1 i cate-based,  33
   s i te-spec i f i c,  33
solidification  technology,  33
   cement-based;
   hazardous wastes;
   inorganic wastes;
   long-term stability;
   qual i ty  control
sol ids (dry), 9
solvents,  59
   di st i11 at i on of, 59
stab i1 i zat i on
   gel, 30
steam str i pp i ng
   process of, 41
st i11 bottom
   trichlorophenol, 39
sulfates
   calcium, 56
supercritical fluids
   extraction of, 44
Superfund sites, 8
   Stri ngfel low,15
   New Lyme, 15
supernatant production, 33
telev i s i on
   borehole, 61
Test & Evaluation Facility  (T&E), 15
tests
   freeze/thaw, 34
  wet/dry, 34
Thames Barrier
  London Flood Prevention,  51
Thamesmead, London, UK, 51
        589

-------
thermal
  desorpt ion,  4
  destruction, 37, 39
  oxidation, 58
  vitrification, 31
thermoplastic processes, 33
toxicity test, 46
Toxicity Char. Leaching Proc.  (TCLP),  9, 34
toxi cology
  validation,  44
tracer breakthrough
  clay soiIs,  22
transformers
  decontamination of, 36
Transuranic Wastes (TRU)
  treatment of, 3E
treatment
  bi ologi cal,  27, 41
  extraction,  7
  hazardous wastes, 9, 32
  in-situ, 54
  leachates,  15
  low-level wastes, 32
  radioactive mixed wastes,  32
  removal of  volatile hydrocarbons, 54
  Transuranic wastes, 32
  wastes, 32
Treatment, Storage, Disposal Facil's  (TSDF's)
tri chlorophenol
  st i11 bottom,  39
UK  Department of  the  Environment  (DOE),  33
United Chrome Products,  Inc.,  8
United Kingdom
  mining wastes,  21
  Thamesmead, London, 51
USSR                           ,  •
  mining wastes,  21                      .   <
Utica Gas & Electric  Co.,  27
Vapour Phase  Adsorption  (VPA), 42
Vapour Phase  GAG  Adsorption, 42
vermi cu1 i te,  39
v i trifi cat ion
  i n-s i tu,  31
vitrification processes, 33
Waste Research  Unit Odour  Index  (WRUOI), 18
wastes
  ac i d,33
  caustic solution,  33
  decomposition,  18
  destruction,  2
  dewatering,  16,  30
  hazardous,  5,  38
                                 590

-------
  hazardous generation,  35
  hazardous incineration,  35
  hazardous liquids,  1
  inorganic,  33
  inorganic acid, 33
  1  i qu id  cyan i de, 33
  minimization  of, 59
  mi ning,  21
  muni ci pal  soli d
  oily  degradation, 50
  petrochemical,  24,  39
  radioactive,  12
  reduction of, 59
  repos i tory,  53
  sol id cyan ide,  33
wastewater,  17, 34, 55
water
  content  of,  34
weather resistance, 34
we)  I
  inspection,  61
wood preservation, 13
zero-migration, 29, 53
 The editor of these Proceedings wishes' to tender special thanks  to:
 Daniel W. Farrell, Adam Dolby, Jacqueline Lewis, and Ellis Chu.
                                  591

                            •h U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1987—7 48  -121 / 6 7 0 2

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------
                                                                                     13 :±
                                                                                     CD O
                                                                                    CQ

                                                                                    CD
                                                                                     C
                                                                                     en
                                                                                     ro
                                                                                     CO
                                                                                     O
                                                                                     O
                                                                                                     o

                                                                                                     o
                                                                                                     O
                                                                                                     I
                                                                                                     CJl
                                                                                                     ro
                                                                                                     O>
                                                                                                     00
O
o
OD
00
       | o  c   3"o
not wish to
r copy this co
t-hand cornei
               5.0 3
re
       1 <  O
        -7 ®
                 a-S
                 -i a
                 ft> in
        D -O



       •IS
        CD -O
        QJ X
        Q. m
        Q. O
3 Q)
— cr
           m
        ss

-------